/v /
HARVARD UNIVERSITY
ffltW
LIBRARY
OF THE
Museum of Comparative Zoology
BULLETIN OF THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
Vol. XXIX Apbil 1, 1928. No. 7
Science Bulletin
Vol. XVIII, Nos. 1 to 13
(Continuation of Kansas University Quarterly.)
LAWRENCE, KANSAS
Published Semimonthly from January to June and Monthly from July to
December, inclusive, by the University of Kansas.
PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT
B. P. WALKER, STATE PRINTER
TOPEKA 1923
12-3341
Entered as second-class matter December 29, 1910, at the post office at Lawrence, Kansas,
under the act of July 16, 1894.
NOTICE TO EXCHANGES.
The attention of learned societies and other institutions which
exchange scientific publications with the University of Kansas is
called to the list of publications of this University on the third and
fourth pages of the cover of this issue.
Those marked "Supply exhausted" cannot be furnished at all ; as
far as the supply permits the remaining numbers will gladly be fur-
nished to any of our exchanges who may need them to complete their
files.
Back numbers of the Kansas University Quarterly, as far as pos-
sible, will be sent to those of our newer correspondents who are able
and willing to reciprocate.
ANNOUNCEMENT.
The Kansas University Science Bulletin (continuation of the
Kansas University Quarterly) is issued in parts at irregular inter-
vals. Each volume contains from 300 to 400 pages of reading mat-
ter, with necessary illustrations. Exchanges with other institutions
and learned societies everywhere are solicited. All exchanges should
be addressed to the Libraky of the University of Kansas.
All communications should be addressed to
The Kansas University Science Bulletin,
Library of the University of Kansas,
Lawrence, Kan.
EDITORIAL BOARD.
Raymond C. Mooee, Chairman.
H. B. HuNGEBFOBD, Secretary.
DiNSMOBE Alter.
Aethxjb W. Davidson.
E. N. Manchester,
A. J. Mix.
Asa a. Sch after.
0. 0. Stoland.
THE
KANSAS UNIVERSITY
Science Bulletin
DEVOTED TO
THE PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS OF
RESEARCH BY MEMBERS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
Vol. XVIII
(Whole Series, VoL XXIX)
i I I
PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY,
LAWRENCE, KANSAS.
1928
PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT
B. P. WALKER, STATE PRINTER
TOPEKA 1928
12-3341
sT - N /? - /_
CONTENTS OF VOLUME XVIII.
No. PAGE
1. The Genus Clastopfera in America North of Mexico.
Kathleen C. Doering ,5
2. Studies on the Biolog}^ of Kansas Cicadidae. R. H. Beamer, 155
3. Haemoglobin Cells and Other Studies of the Genus Buenoa
(Hemiptera, Notonectidae) . Clarence 0. Bare 265
4. An Exploratory Survey of Characters of Specific Value in
the Genus Gelafitocoris Kirkaldy, and Some New Spe-
cies. Chas. H. Martin 351
5. The Coreidae of Kansas. Howard 0. Dcay 371
6. The Genus Scolops. E. P. Breakey 417
7. Study of the Life History and Spotting Habits of Eutettix
chenopodii (Homoptera, Cicadellidae). /. Pearl Carpen-
ter 457
8. Further Studies on the Reaction of Opalina to Various
Laboratory Culture Media, ^[ary E. Larson and Fred
W. Allen, Jr 485
9. A study of the Parasites of the Digestive Tract of Thirty-
five bogs. C. Ruth Shaw '. . 491
10. Relations Between Plants and Birds in the Missouri River
Region. Jean Linsdale 499
11. Birds of a Limited Area in Eastern Kansas. Jean Linsdale, 517
12. Reactions of the Formamidines: XII. Some Derivatives
of Desoxybensoin. F. B. Dains and John F. Olin 627
13. I. Synthesis of Tiazane Derivatives. II. Reactivity of
Various Alkyl Bromides with Diphenyl Thiourea. Flem-
ing G. Moore and F. B. Dains 633
(3)
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII. ] April, 1928. [No. 1.
The Genus Clastoptera in America North of Mexico.
KATHLEEN C. DOE'RING, Department of Entomology.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 11
Historical Review 11
Purpose of Paper 12
Acknowledgments 14
DISTRIBUTION 15
MORPHOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE 15
DESCRIPTION OF GENUS AND KEY TO SPECIES 17
Original Description of Genus 17
"Writer's Description of Genus 17
Key to Species 18
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES 20
BIBLIOGRAPHY 102
INDEX TO SPECIES 103
(5)
PLATE I.
1 to 13. Dorsal view.
12. Dorsal view. C. proicus. Fitch type. No. 722. Female.
14. Fitch type. C. proteus .subsp. nigncollis var. c. No. 735.
15. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type,
subsp. nigricollis var. a. No. 733.
16. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type,
subsp. nigricollis var. d. No. 736.
17. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type,
subsp. maculicollis var. a. No. 729.
18. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type,
subsp. cincticollis var. c. No. 727.
19. Dorsal view. Fitch type. C. pini. No. 719.
20. Dorsal view. Fitch type. C. proteus subsp. flavicollis var. a
21. Dorsal view. Fitch type. C. proteus subsp. flavicollis var. b
22. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type.
subsp. cincticollis var. a. No. 725.
23. Dorsal view. Fitch type. C. proteus subsp. nigricollis var. b
24. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type,
subsp. maculicollis var. c. No. 731.
25. Dorsal view of head, pronotum and scutellum. Fitch type,
subsp. maculicollis var. b. No. 730.
Dorsal view. C. testacea. Male.
Dorsal view. C. testacea. Female.
Dor.-^al view. C. testacea. Fitch type.
Dorsal view of head and pronotum.
C. proteus
C. proteus
C. proteus
C. proteus
. No. 723.
, No. 724.
C. proteus
. No. 734.
C. proteus
C. proteus
26.
27.
28.
29.
var. b.
30, 31.
No. 715.
C. pini. Fitch tj'pe.
No. 721,
Dorsal view.
PLATE IL
Dorsal views.
(6)
\
/* s
J^ ^
'^resfacea ?
Cdisfincla
V ^ C.siskiuoa
INTRODUCTION.
HISTORICAL REVIEW.
THE genus Clastoptera was described by Germar in his Zeit-
schrift jiir Entomologie in 1838, in which he describes Clastop-
tera xanthocephala and C. achatina. However, Say described Cer-
copis obtusa in 1825, which later was placed in the genus Clastoptera.
Fitch in 1851 described three species, pini, testacea and proteus. Of
the latter he made numerous subspecies and varieties, based on slight
color variations which are untenable. For this reason, and also be-
cause of his system of using Roman numerals and names to desig-
nate the- subspecies, with the varieties under them designated by
letter but without names, subsequent writers were greatly confused.
This in part explains the many mistakes which have been made in
the literature since that time. In 1854 Stal described Clastoptera
lineatocollis, which, because of the vagueness of his description, in
its turn has caused considerable confusion. In 1872 Provancher
added his share to the general mix-up by writing a description of a
so-called new species, which he called Clastoptera saint-cyri. Then
in 1885 he changed this to a variety under the species Clastoptera
proteus Fitch.
Certain workers have failed to notice this change and have at-
tempted to synonymize certain species with saint-cyn, which later
have proved to be varieties of proteus and not saint-cyri at all.
Uhler in 1875 described Clastoptera delicata, which in the literature
has been synonymized in various ways with other forms by all sub-
sequent writers. In many cases it has been used interchangeably
with lineatocollis, so that it is very difficult in many treatises to know
which form the writer in question had in mind. In 1895 Gillette and
Baker described another species, Clastoptera osborni, which brings
us up to Doctor Ball's paper, published in 1895. To date this was
by far the most complete paper on the genus Clastoptera. It was
valuable at this time in that it served as a summary of the recog-
nized species and varieties. However, as Doctor Ball (1927) him-
self states, "many mistakes in nomenclature and the interpretation
of previous descriptions" were made in this paper, due for the most
part to the "adoption of Fitch's method of presentation involving
named subspecies and lettered varieties." But the writer is of the
opinion that part of the confusion at that time, as well as at the
(11)
12 The University Science Bulletin.
present time, is due to Doctor Ball's belief tliat there are only four
distinct species existing in the United States. The four species which
he retained in 1895 were Clastoptera proteus, Clastoptera delicata,
Clastoptera obtusa, and Clastoptera xanthocephala. In 1900 Baker
published some critical notes on the genus, in which he attempted to
straighten out the nomenclature. In general his changes were cor-
rect, especially in regard to making binotata and osborni distinct
species instead of varieties. Van Duzee in 1912 described the variety
tristis, which is still good, and the variety glauca, which, however,
as Ball pointed out, is synonymous with Fowler's Clastoptera uni-
color. He likewise made certain helpful criticisms and pointed out
certain errors in nomenclature made by Doctor Ball, but incorrectly
synonymizes Clastoptera pini with proteus. Doctor Ball in 1919
published a second paper on Cercopidse in which he describes five
additional varieties. Then in 1920 McAtee published a summary
of the Cercopidse taken around Washington, D. C, and the speci-
mens contained in the National Museum collection. In this paper
three new varieties are described, two by McAtee and one by Gibson.
Another large systematic paper on the Cercopidse was published by
Stearns in 1923 in the Hcmiptera of Connecticut. Finally in 1927
Doctor Ball published a revision of the genus north of Mexico, in
which he still retains his four species and about twenty-five varie-
ties.
PURPOSE OF PAPER.
From the historical account just given it is evident that the
genus Clastoptera is in a state of much confusion. There is scarcely
a species or variety in the entire group but what has been confused
at some time or another with some other form. Moreover, no two
writers have ever agreed about the various species and varieties.
For this reason it has been apparent to many workers that a de-
tailed revision of the genus was necessary. McAtee (1920) states:
"The classification and nomenclature of this genus is miu'h in need of re-
vision. The principal basis for the existing conception of the group is Doctor
Ball's 1895 paper. This essay was prepared at a time when the proper dif-
ferentiation of subspecies and varieties of nomenclature, also, were little ob-
served. No one is more aware of its faults than its author, and it is to be
hoped Doctor Ball can find time to give us a revised classification not only
of this genus but of the whole family."
Accordingly in 1927 Doctor Ball published a revision of the
genus in which he listed all the forms known to him, and added
several new varieties. However, the writer felt, since Doctor Ball
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 13
did not go into the structural details at all except to make a key
to his four species and gave only brief color descriptions of the
various forms, that a more detailed treatise based on structural
studies and drawings of the genus would be useful. Doctor Ball's
notes on distribution and food plants are very valuable in supple-
menting any work based on structural characteristics, but without
the latter they are inadequate.
Therefore in this paper the writer has attempted to employ any
and all structural characters that might possibly be of use in classi-
fication. Anyone who has worked with this genus will agree that
it is a very difficult group to classify. Fowler (Biologia Centrali
Americana) states that the members of this genus are "very variable
in coloration, and it is almost impossible to distinguish them by de-
scriptions." To substantiate his claim he gives the following quota-
tion from Stal, in the Bidrag till Rio Janeiro, Trakten's Hemiptera
Fauna, 11, p. 16: "Species hujus generis non nisi coloribus inter se
differunt, plurintr difficillimc distinguunter et discribuntur; alise
igitur certe aliarum tantum varietates." To this quotation he adds
tlie following statement: "The punctuation and general size and
shape, however, afford fair characters in some cases."
Doctor Ball (1927) makes the following statements:
'"The members of this gmus arc all small and globose and are easilj- sep-
arated from other Cercopidse, but here the easy part abruptly ends. . . .
Under the circumstances it is manifestly impossible to determine the number
of species involved or to work out a stable nomenclature until extended col-
lecting and careful life history has been done in the areas involved. . . .
Some of these units may possibly be further divisible ; if so, these divisions
should ako present good structural characters or certain definite and unchang-
ing color characteristics, or both. Two or three times, during the course of
the years, the writer has become convinced that some one form or other was
distinct, only to find later that additional material from some other locahty
or season so thoroughly intergraded as to make it exceedingly doubtful. In
general, the fewer the specimens the easier it is to believe that a distinct
species exists."
Therefore, because of the difficulty in separating these forms, the
writer considered it essential to make a study of the following char-
acteristics: The inflation of the face; the extension of the front
(tylus) beyond vertex; the width of the eyes as compared to the
width of the head; the distance between the ocelli as compared to
the distance between each ocellus and eye; the number and depth
of the wrinkles on the pronotum; the length and general shape of
the body, including the inflation of elytra; the margins of the elytra
and the length of the elytron beyond the scutellum; wing venation,
14 The University Science Bulletin.
including size and shape of the apical callous (bulla) ; the number
and length of the hairs on the wings; the external genitalia of both
sexes, and the internal genitalia of both sexes where this was pos-
sible. In addition to these structural differences, certain color char-
acters were used, namely, the color of the face and the general color
pattern of the elytra and pronotum.
Not all of these characteristics were of equal importance in classi-
fication of this group. The most commonly used characters were
the inflation of the face, the extension of the front, the wrinkles on
the pronotum, the length of the body, size of the apical callous, the
structure of the inner valve of the ovipositor, the color of the face,
and, of course, the general color pattern. Of these, probably the two
most valuable ones were the color of the face and the inner valve
of the ovipositor. All of the other characters were used at various
times to distinguish a few species from each other, but none of them,
except the last two mentioned above and the color pattern, were used
constantly to separate each species from every other species.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
The writer wishes to express her appreciation to all those who have
assisted in the preparation of this paper. She is deeply indebted to
Dr. P. B. Lawson, under wiiose direction the paper was prepared,
for the many tedious hours he has spent in instruction and criticism,
at the sacrifice many times of his own research, as well as for the
stimulus and inspiration he has given her in completing the paper.
The writer is under special obligation to Dr. E. D. Ball for the
material which he has so generously supplied whenever it was called
for, and for the helpful suggestions he made in regard to various
forms. Likewise she is indebted to the following workers for very
kindly loaning her their material: Prof. H. C. Severin, Dr. W. J.
Baerg, Dr. L. A. Stearns, Dr. C. J. Drake, the curators of thg
American Museum of Natural History and the United States Na-
tional Museum, and to Dr. E. P. Felt for the opportunity to study
the Fitch types at the New York State Museum.
Lastly she wishes to thank the following: Dr. H. B. Hungorford
for his interest and help in the preparation of the paper, as well as
for the extensive collecting which he, assisted by Mr. Charles Martin
and Mr. Edward Becton, did in this group in Michigan; also Dr.
R. H. Beamer, Dr. P. A. Readio and Mr. Lauren Anderson, for the
vast amount of material they collected in the Southwest during the
summer of 1927.
Dcering: The Genus Clastoptera. 15
DISTRIBUTION.
The genus Clastoptera is well distributed over the United States,
specimens having been taken from practically all parts. They have
also been taken extensively in Canada and Mexico. In fact Fowler
stated that they were fairly common throughout North, Central and
South America. Although Doctor Ball (1927) retained only four
distinct species with twenty-five varieties, the writer cannot follow
him in this respect. Instead, the writer maintains that there are
thirty distinct species, with only six varieties. Of these species the
ones which have the greatest range of distribution in the United
States are Clastoptera obtusa, C. xanthocephala, and C. proteus var.
nigricollis. Wherever these are taken they are usually collected in
fairly large numbers, too. Other species which have been taken in
large series are C. osborni, C. delicata, C. lineatocollis, C. arborina,
C. canyonensia, C. elongata and C. pallidocephala. These, however,
are apparently considerably limited in range.
MORPHOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE.
In order to make the discussion of the genus more complete and
clear, it might be well to call attention to a few morphological facts
which have not been mentioned in the following descriptions, and
to explain the technique used in obtaining certain data and making
certain drawings.
In the first place, all descriptions refer to female specimens. The
males in the majority of cases differ from the females in several
ways. They are always smaller, although this variation in size
differs in the different species, some being only slightly smaller than
the females, as in xanthocephala, while others are considerably
smaller, as in delicata. Also, in the majority of species the males
are much darker than the females, and often the front protrudes
cephalad less than in the females. Secondly, in studying the wang
venation it was apparent that there is no variation in the venation
of the hind wing. Therefore this wing was not figured.
In order to study the wing venation of the elytra they were
mounted on microscope slides in gum arable. The drawings were
made from these slides and therefore might not possibly always
check exactly with the wings as they appear on the body, since the
latter have not been flattened out as they have on the slides. In
studying the hairs of the elytra the slides were again used and a
16 The University Science Bulletin.
drawing of the third anal cell was made, showing the distribution
of the hairs on that region. By using an eyepiece scale marked off
into squares, the distribution of the hairs in the various species can
easily be compared by counting the number found in one square on
a given part of the elytron. The Comstock-Needham system of
nomenclature for the veins of the wings was used, based upon Met-
calf's (1917) work on the tracheation of the nymphal wing pads.
The writer found that the external genitalia of both sexes can-
not usually be used as a superficial characteristic in classification.
This is due to the position in which they are held on the body.
Normally they are bent dorsad at more or less of an angle to the
body and thus are usually too much hidden by the elytra to be
seen plainly. Therefore, in making the examinations and drawings
of the genitalia the specimens were first relaxed and the pygofer
dissected from the body. From an examination of plates it can
easily be seen that the external male genitalia, except for distinguish-
ing the larger groups, are of little value. The chief value of the
external female genitalia lies in the proportional length of the ovi-
positor and the pygofer.
The internal genitalia, likewise, proved to be of little value in
classification of the males, except to divide the species into four
larger groups, namely proteus, obtusa, arborina, and osborni groups.
If certain closely related species are studied side by side in a relative
way it is usually possible to pick out minor differences, but these are
difficult to point out and describe. Then, too, mere difference in
size was occasionally useful.
The inner valves of the ovipositor fortunately are of great assist-
ance in determining the species. The variations are not always
outstanding, but no matter how slight they are they always appear
to be constant for the species. To prove this, where the material
was abundant, the writer made from four to six slides of the same
species from as many localities as possible, and in every case where
it was at all possible she made at least two slides. For this reason
she is reasonably certain that the differences in the valves are con-
stant. The outer valve was used in some cases, since it varies with
regard to its general shape, the size of the membrane and in its
relative length w'hen compared with the ninth sternite. At first the
writer thought there might be some variation in the number of hairs
on this valve which would be a useful taxonomic character, but the
differences proved to be negligible. The middle valve of the ovi-
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 17
positor in this genus is also of little systematic importance. At first
glance it seemed that there were differences in these valves, but
later investigation did not bear this out, except in a few cases where
the base was greatly expanded. Perhaps more careful technique
and study of these valves might reveal other differences.
DESCRIPTION OF GENUS AND KEY TO SPECIES.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION OF GENUS.
Kopf gross, stumpg dreieckig, so breit wie der Vorderrucken, Stirn
gewolbt, queerstreifig, Scheitel breit viereckig, vorn und hinten
scharf gerandet, die Nebenaugen auf der mitte des Scheitels genahert.
Schnabel bis an die Hinterbrust reichend, Fuhler in einer Grube und
der Wurzel der Wangen, sehr kurz, mit langer feiner Endborste.
Vorderrucken breit am Scheitel vorgezogen and gerundet, bei den
Augen gebuchtet, von den aber tief ausgerandet. Schildchen ein
langgezogenes spitzwinkeligcs dreick bildend. Deckschilde lederartig,
an der Spitze gewolbt, uber einander klapfend, die hintere Randader
weit von dem Hinterrande entfernt. Flugel hautig, unter den Deck-
schilden verborgen.
WRITER'S DESCRIPTION OF GENUS.
Form, small, globose, although extremely variable in size and color
markings; head considerably wider than long, with the head and
anterior part of pronotum at an angle with rest of body; vertex
extremely narrow, slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
usually slightly carinated; ocelli placed midway between anterior
and posterior margins of vertex, or nearer anterior margin than
pronotum; eyes broad, on same plane with vertex; front extending
cephalad beyond vertex in varying degrees, sometimes scarcely
visible from above, in some forms equal to length of vertex; post-
clypeus not longitudinally carinated, inflated in varying degrees
according to species; antennae inserted in deep cavities between eyes
and postclypeus ; pronotum convex, broader than long, transversely
wrinkled, anterior margin broadly rounded, lateral margins diver-
gent, posterior margin deeply emarginate; scutellum triangular,
much longer than wide; hemelytra pubescent, convex, deflected
posteriorly, clavus with apex broadly rounded, corium terminating
in a hyaline membrane, sometimes apical portion of corium also
more or less hyaline with a conspicuous, usually protruding, callous
18 The University Science Bulletin.
spot near apex. Posterior tibia with a single terminal row of spines;
ovipositor and male genital plates usually bent dorsad at an angle
to rest of body.
KEY TO SPECIES.
PACE
1. Few deep jironotal wrinkles or distinct bands, niimliering twelve or less on median
line ; postclypeus generally greatly inflated 2
Pronotal wrinkles many, usually numbering sixteen to twenty-five along median Ime,
indistinct in proteus group, distinct in others; postclypeus generally moderately or
slightly inflated, saint -cyri excepted 11
2. Elytra fuscous-brown with a distinct, broad, white band across clavus ; wrinkles
numbering eleven or twelve along median line 3
Elytra without white band; wrinkles or bands less than ten on median line 4
3. Front longer than vertex; size smaller, between 3.5 mm. and 3.7 nmi.
C. arizonana n. sp., 73
Front not more than two-thirds length of vertex; size larger, l)etween 4 mm. and
4.5 mm C. lawsoni n. sp., 71
4. Mostly black in color 5
Fuscous and brown, striped and banded in yellow 8
5. Black with white spot midway on costal margin; other hyaline or light markings
on elytra and face 6
All black above and below ; front as long as or longer than vertex ; length 4.6 mm.
to 4.8 mm C. sierra n. sp., 33
6. Postclypeus black witli five or six pairs of light arcs anteriorly: elytra with apex
brownish-hyaline and without clear hjaline areas around apical callous; length
3.75 mm. to 4 mm C. bi/iotata n. sp., 30
Postclypeus without light arcs; smaller, elytra with more or less clear hyaline areas
around apical callous 7
7. Postclypeus black except f<jr occasionally faint intlications on lateral margins.
C. brunnea Ball (black male), 26
Postclypeus with a light band across posterior margin.
C. lineatocoUis Stal (black male), 20
8. Larger, elongate, measuring 4.5 mm. to 4.9 mm. in length; front usually longer
than vertex 9
Smaller, measuring between 3.4 mm. and 4.3 mm. ; front usually not over two-thirds
length of vertex 10
9. Greenish -yellow or sometimes washed in fuscous with white veins in sharp contrast,
C. delicata Uhler, 24
Bronze, or brownish with markings more or less obscure on elytra; arcs and spot
on postclypeus more prominent C. lugubris Ball, 28
10. Yellow and light fuscous with prominent yellow veins; postclypeus yellow with light
spot or band, preceded by five or six pairs of arcs C. lineatocoUis Stal, 20
Darker, with markings less prominent; face mostly all black C. brunnea Ball, 26
11. Face with anterior portion sliining black, rest bright yellow; wrinkles shallow or
sometimes scarcely discernible 1"-
Face uniformly yellow or brown, or anterior portion at least chiefly yellow; wrinkles
deep and usually fine 18
12. Body elongate, cell R,-, longer than wide, clavus striped in yellow and black,
C. salicis Doering, 49
Body globose or pear-.shaped : cell R- about equal in length and width; variously
patterned ^^
13. Body obovate, tapering at both ends equally; entirely black above,
C. hyperici Gib.,
Body pear-shaped, widest posterior to middle; black, variously marked above with
yellow and brown ^^
14. Broad, with elytra greatly inflated; front apinoximately equal to length of vertex;
black band on postclypeus two-thirds or three-fifths its length 15
Semielongate, pear-shaped, elytra moderately inflatetl; front not more than two-
thirds length 01 vertex; black band on postclj-peus usually not more than one-
half Its length 16
15. Yellow am! black striped species C. saint-cyri var. saint cyri Prov., 46
.Ml black above with brownish-hyaline aiiex C. saint-cyri var. anceps McAtee, 47
10. All yellow or washed in smoky hyaline C. proteus var. proteus Fitch, 40
Mostlv black or maiki'd with black 1 '
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 19
PAGE
17. Base of clavus yellow C. proteus var. nigricollis Fitch, 41
All black above except for yellow bands on head and pronotum and liyaline apex,
C. proteus var. osceola Ball, 43
18. Face entirely yellow or brown 19
Face yellow, variously marked with dark 21
19. Testaceous yellow, pronotum olive-green 20
Mostly black marked with pale yellow C. tcstacea Fitch (male), 60
20. Pronotal wrinkles deep, numerous, veiy irregular; apical callous lifiht,
C. osborni Gill and Bak., 56
Pronotal wrinkles less deep, reg\ilar, numbering about twenty-five on median line;
apical callous dark C. testacea Fitch (female), 60
21. Pronotal wrinkles irregular, deep; body tapering posteriorly; striking black and
yellow species C. distincta n. sp., 54
Pronotal wrinkles regular, moderately deep ; body not particularly tapering pos-
teriorly ; color pattern varied 22
22. Very small, less than 4 mm. in length, nrhorinn and ncwpDrtn .sometimes excepted. .23
Larger, always 4 mm. or over in length 27
23. Uniformly dark brown or tannish-Virown 24
Fuscous-tan with a more or less distinct white band on clavus 25
24. Uniformly dark brown C. xanthocephala var. xanthocephala Germ., 76
Yellowish-brown C. xanthocepliala var. unicolor Fowler, 77
25. More slender with margins of elytra distinctly parallel; >ellow band on pronotum
obscure C. media n. sp., 99
More robust ; yellow band on pronotum very distinct 26
26. Smaller, brown bands on pronotum and elytra very distinct, standing out in sharp
contrast; front sometimes longer than vertex C. arborina n. sp., 94
Larger, more robust ; more golden in color with brown markings less prominent ;
front generally er^ual to length of vertex C. ncwporta n. •.■p., 100
27. Front at least two-third's length of vertex 28
Front less than one-half length of vertex 31
28. Fuscous and brown with usually a faint oblique band across clavus and other dark
brown marks on eljtra; wrinkles numbering usually between sixteen and
twenty 2'J
LUiiformly pale yellow with no dark markings on elytra ; wrinkles nuiiiliering ap-
proximately twenty-thr<;e on median line C. canyonensia n. sp., 80
29. Pronotum entirely yellow; elytra lighter tan or fuscous with iiiiirkings and apical
veins dark brown in sharp contrast; band on postclypeus and spots on genae
smaller C. juniperina Ball, 97
Pronotum banded with dark; elytra brownish -fuscous, veins and markings not par-
ticularly prominent ; band on postclypeus and spots on genic large, occupying
central portion of face 30
30. Pronotum with three brown bands C. ovata n. sp., 90
Pronotum with middle Ijrown band lacking C. siskiuou ii. sp., 92
31. Posterior half of face black or sometimes mottled iirecedcd by five or six pairs of
arcs on postclypt us 32
Face yellow with a il.'irk band across middle preceded by several pairs of dark
arcs 34
32. Elytra fuscous-brown with an ol)li(iue white band across clavus 33
Elytra uniformly bronze fuscous C. obtusa var. tristis Van Duzee, 66
33. Elytra very dark fuscous-brown with a very distinct white claval band,
C. obtusa var. borealis Ball, 67
Elytra fuscous, mottled, with white claval band much less distinct, sometimes only
barely discernible C. obtusa var. obtusa Say, 65
34. Pronotum uniform yellow without brown markings; no white band indicated on
elytra 35
Pronotum yellow with usuallj' two or three l)rown bands present or at least indi-
cated ; a white band across clavus 36
35. Elytra light yellow mottled faintly with fuscous; band and arcs on postclypeus
abbreviated at sides C. uniformia n. sp., 82
Elytra mostly dark fuscous except for anterior portion of clavus, which is bright
tawny yellow C. achatina Germ., 69
36. Elytra lighter fuscous-tan with markings more distinct ; median brown pronotal
band broader and more prominent C. texana n. sp., 79
Elytra dark brownish -fuscous; median pronotal band narrow, frequently interrupted
through middle 37
20 The University Science Bulletin.
PAGE
37 Usually without brown bands on anterior margins of vertex and pronotum; arcs on
postclypeus very faint C. pallidocephala n. sp., 87
Brown bands distinct on vertex and pronotum; arcs prominent on postclypeus. . . .38
38. Brown bands on vertex and pronotum very distinct, never interrupted,
C. tricincta n. sp., 89
Bands less distinct; median brown band on pronotum often interrupted,
C. elongata n. sp., 84
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.
Clastoptera lineatocollis Stal.
(Plates III, IV, VIII, XII, XVI, XX, XXIV, XXV.)
stal. Ofv. Af. K. Vet. Ak. Forh., p. 253; 1854.
ORIGIN.AL DESCRIPTION.
Patria, Cal. (St. Francisco).
Caput dilute flavescens, verticis marginibus basali et apicali lineisque trans-
versis frontis apicem versus longitrorsum impressse nigrofuscis. Thorax postice
profunde angulato-sinuatus, medio longitrorsum carinatus, dilute flavescens,
lineis pluribus transversis fuscis ornatus. Scutellum flavescens, ante medium
vitta fusca, ut littera S fere formata, utrimque ornatum. Tegmina latitudine
vix duplo longiora, sordide flavescente pellucida, medio fascia antrorsum an-
gustata et abbreviata albida, anterius a linea, postice a fascia indistincta fuscis
terminata, callo rotundata fere apicali ad marginem costalem nervisque api-
calibus hie ilhc fuscis. Subtus nigro-varia. Pedes dilute flavescentes, vitta
femorum maculis que tibiarum nigro-fuscis.
writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 3.9 mm. to 4.35 mm.; $ 2.92 mm. to 3.6 mm. Width:
5 2.1 mm. to 2.62 mm.; $ 1.8 mm. to 2.4 mm.
Shape. A medium-sized, semiglobose species with margins of elytra parallel
and front greatly extended, but not as much as in delicata or sierra.
Color. A greenish-yellow species marked conspicuously with fuscous, dark
brown and black. Front yellow, bordered anteriorly with brown. Vertex yellow
with anterior black border usually reaching ocelli. Eyes brownish. Face yel-
low with dark markings as follows: The greater portion of postclypeus crossed
by eight or nine pairs of distinct arcs, the last three pairs usually united to
form an irregular spot or band of vaiying size, another band across posterior
margin, usually all of anteclypeus except a light spot on each lateral margin,
the antennal cavities, a black spot between eye and postclypeus and usually
another below medioposterior corner of eye. Pronotum yellow or slightly
greenish-yellow crossed by five to eight dark brown, slightly depressed bands,
interrupted before lateral margins, the first one narrower than rest, not always
indicated. Scutellum sometimes all yellow with only a nan'ow brown band
across middle, occasionally interrupted through center, or in the darker forms
this transverse band more pronounced and with two large triangular brown
spots between band and base of scutellum. Elytra yellow, marked with fuscous
and tannish-brown in varying degrees, clavus usually with the third anal cell
more fuscous than the rest, a conspicuous blackish-brown spot at apex and the
thick yellowish-white veins standing out in sharp contrast; corium either yel-
I
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 21
lowish-tan or sometimes fuscous-brown, chiefly hyaline on apical portion and
explanate costal margin, a distinct opaque yellow spot midway on. costal mar-
gin, extending mesad across corium as an irregular uan-ow band, the latter pre-
ceded anteriorly by a short, oblique brown band, a smaller opaque yellow
spot at base of costal margin, sometimes a yellow area in cell R3 just cephalad
of apical callous, another yellow area around apical callous, veins yellow, a
dark cloud anterior to inflated portion of elytron, apical callous conspicuous
and black. Legs, yellow, marked as follows: Coxa of first two pairs yellow
anteriorly, rest black, trochanter \^-ith a cephalic browTi spot, femur with a
dark brown longitudinal band usually separated at apex by a yellow spot, tibia
mostly yellow with two oblique dark bands, tarsus tannish-brown with dark
brown claws. Hind leg. coxa and trochanter yellow on basal half, tibia black
at base, rest yellow except a brown spot cephalad and caudad of the large
lateral spine, the spines browTi at base and black at tip. Mesothorax black,
metathorax j^ellow through center and blackish-brown on margins. Abdomen
mottled yellow and brown.
Majority of male specimens black above, except two brownish spots on ver-
tex, a large conspicuous white spot midway on costal margin of each wing, the
clear hyaline costal cell cephalad of apical callous, and an opaque yellow area
in cell first M4 and completely surrounding the apical callous. Face entirely
black, except for a j'ellow band across anterior margin of postclypeus and
yellow mandibular sclerites; light males same general color as females.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed anteriorly, anterior margin
carinated. Eyes level with rest of head, the width of the head being about
three and one-half times the width of one eye. Ocelli located nearer the
anterior margin of vertex than pronotum, the distance between the two ocelli
slightly greater than the distance between each ocellus and eye. Front ex-
tending beyond vertex the length of the latter, or sometimes only two-thirds
its length. Front greatly inflated, length of postclypeus approximately two and
one-half times length of anteclypeus. Scutellum approximately one-fourth
longer than wide. Elytra covered by a moderately long pubescence, the
length of one elytron slightly over three times its width, base of costal margin
flaring slightly, then parallel-margined to base of apical third, from whence it
abruptly' incurves to rounded apex. Wing venation, cell R.5 about equal in
length and width, cell R3 not much smaller than cell first M4, apical callous
round and bulbous, occupying only the cephalic half of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length and width approximately
equal, exceeded by ovipositor about one-sixth of its length. Male genital plates
broad at base, inner margins rounding to a blunt apex, exceeded by styles by
about one-fourth their length.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoon-shaped, taper-
ing to a roundingly pointed apex, basal laterodorsal angle membranous, ninth
sternite two-thirds length of valve; inner valve flat, bladelike, broader in
proportion to length than in other closely related species, united on inner
margins for slightlj^ over half their length, the free apical margins bearing two
conspicuous notches, the one at point of union of the two valves and the other
at base of apical third, and about 60 finely pointed teeth from basal notch
to apex.
2—3341
22 The University Scienxe Bulletin.
Comparative Notes. ClaMoptera IvientocoUis resembles three other species
very closely, namely C. delicata, C. lugubris and C. brunnea. In color pattern
C. lineatocoUis and C. delicata resemble each other perhaps more closely than
any of the others, the color pattern of the two in some specimens being seem-
ingly identical. The extreme light forms of delicata can usually readily be
distinguished because they are a light greenish-yellow with less fuscous than
the lineatocoUis specimens have. However, sometimes delicata also has con-
siderable fuscous on the elytra and then they are not so easy to separate, so
that other characteristics have to be used. C. lugubris differs from these two
species in color in that it is decidedly more bronze or brownish-fuscous, with
the veins and markings much more obscure. On the other hand, even in the
darker forms of both delicata and lineatocoUis the veins are conspicuous, thick
and yellow, making a sharp contrast to rest of elytra. Clastoptera brunnea
frequently grades into lineatocoUis in general color although as a general rule
brunnea is more bronze and darker, somewhat resembling lugubris.
The other differences in color between these species pertain to the color
pattern of the face. Clastoptera brunnea can be separated veiy easily from
the other three by the fact that it usually has an entirely black face, whereas
that of the other three are yellow with a transverse dark spot or band and dark
arcs on the postclypeus, as given in the descriptions of each. It must be noted,
however, that occasionally brunnea has faint touches of light on the lateral
margins of the postclypeus and on the gense with sometimes the mandibular
sclerites mostly all yellow. Moreover, the dark sjjots on the postclypeus and
genae in lineatocoUis are usually larger in proportion to the yellow areas than
they are in delicata. Lastly, there is another color dift'erence which sometimes
aids in separating C. lineatocoUis and C. delicata. Usually lineatocoUis has
six or seven, and frequently eight, dark bands on the pronotum, while in
delicata the usual number is five.
Structurally these species differ in several ways. Clastoptera delicata is
the longest species of the group, with the length of the clavus extending be-
yond scutellum usually equal or nearly equal to the length of the scutellum,
which is not true in anj^ of the others, particularly lineatocoUis and brunnea
C. delicata also has a more pointed head, with the front protruding beyono
vertex much farther than in anj' of the others, thus interrupting the rounding
frontal curve of the head at point of union of gena and front. The postclypeus
in delicata is greatly inflated, less in lugubris and lineatocoUis and least of all
in brunnea.
The size of these species also aids in separating them. Clastoptera delicata
and C. lugubris are the two largest forms, being almost equal in size. Clcmtop-
tera brunnea is usually the smallest one in the group, and C. lineatocoUis is
about halfway between delicata and brunnea.
Lastly the ovipositors of these species differ notably. The inner valves of
delicata are verj^ long and broad, united for not quite a third of their length,
the two notches are widely separated, and the margins between the basal notch
and apex of each are alternately broken up into smooth areas and toothed
areas, which is entirely different from any of the other species. The inner
valves in lineatocoUis are extremely short and broad, the notches are located
verj- close together and the teeth are moderately fine and numerous, the
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 23
valve of lugubris is more nearly like that of lineatocoUis than delicata, having
pi-actically the same number of teeth as the former, but differing from it in
that the valve is longer and much more slender, with the two notches spaced
somewhat further apart and the apical notch distinctly roundingly i)roduced.
This valve of hrunnea is also a short valve, but not as broad in proportion to
its length as that of lineatocoUis, and has much finer, more numerous teeth,
and a rounding groove on its inner margin just before apical notch.
The black male forms in this group may also cause confusion in trying to
classify them. Black males occur in Clostoptera lineatocoUis, hrunnea and of
course sierra, since it is an entirely black species in both sexes. The writer
was unable to find males of binotata in any of the collections which she had
on hand for study. (For further discussion of this question, see distribution
notes in the description of binotata.) The black males of these three species
mentioned above, however, can easily be separated by the following differ-
ences: Sierra is entirely black above and below, and therefore lacks the con-
spicuous Avhite spot on costal margin and any light markings on face; C.
lineatocoUis and C. hrunnea both have this white spot on costal margin present,
as well as a hyaline area of varying size preceding the apical callous and a
yellow margin around the latter. In turn these two can be separated from
each other by the color of the postclypeus which is entirely or almost black in
hrunnea but which has a lighter, iiregular band across posterior border in
lineatocoUis.
These three species may easily be confused with the males of the following
species, namely: C. xanthocephala, C. saint-cyri var. anceps, and C. hyperici.
C. xanthocephala resembles the black males of lineatocoUis and hrunnea be-
cause it also has a white spot on the costal margin of the elytron, but it can
be distinguished easily enough from these as well as from sierra by the fact
that the pronotum has numerous fine wrinkles on it, while in the others the
pronota are traversed by only a few deep ones. C. hyperici and C. saint-cyri
var. anceps can be distinguished from the lineatocoUis group by the color pat-
tern of the face, which in the firet two is of the proteus type wherein the an-
terior portion is shining black and the posterior portion is bright yellow,
while the other three have black or mostly black faces as mentioned above.
Likewise hyperici and anceps both have very faint, moderately numerous
WTinkles instead of the few deep ones found in the lineatocoUis group.
DiSTRiBi'TioN. Doctor Ball states that he has taken this species abundantly
in California and occasionally in Utah. In addition to these states they have
been taken abundantly in Arizona and one specimen in the National Museum
collection bears a Texas label. Another single specimen was taken in Eddy
county. New Mexico. In the Snow collection, University of Kansas, there is
a large series of 552 specimens. The majority of this large series were taken
in Mescal, Cochise county, a few in Coconimo county, and a few in the Santa
Rita mountains, Arizona.
Of this large series 363 were females and 189 were males. In the males
there were 158 black forms and 31 light ones.
Ho.sTS. Doctor Ball states that this species is taken abundantly on sage
brush and mint in California.
24 The University Science Bulletin.
Clastoptera delicata Uhler.
(Plates in, IV, VIII, XII, XVI, XX, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera delicata Uhler. Uhler, P. R. Bui. U. S. Geol. Surv. I, p. 348; 1875.
Clastoptera delicata subsp. binotata Ball. Ball, E. D. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, p. 184 ; 1895.
Clastoptera lineatocoUis var. delicata Uhler. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 105 ; 1927.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Form of C. proteu.s Fitch, but with a more prominent front. Pale greenish-
yellow. Head broad, apparently impunctate; cranium short, transversely
depressed, as is also the tylus; anterior edge of the vertex carinately elevated,
bordered from eye to eye with a black line; eyes margined behind with black;
front smooth, polished, bright yellow, rounded, the transverse rugae sub-
stituted by slender black bands; lower down grooves, and with a broad, black
spot, adjoining which each side on the cheeks is a smaller spot; under side
bright yellow, rostrum black, reaching almost to the posterior coxae; antennae
black at base. Pronotum banded on the anterior edge by a slender black line,
and with five straighter and more slender lines, which stop just short of the
lateral margins, these lines feebly impressed, and obsoletely, minutely scabrous;
surface not wrinkled, almost smooth, moderately convex, deeply emarginated
behind, the lateral margin narrowly produced as far as the outer line of the
eyes; the humeral margin recurved, and with a small black dot before it.
Scutellum pubescent, yellow, transversely wrinkled, with a slender black line
at base and an interrupted one behind the middle. Hemelytra with a short,
remote, golden pubescence, coarseh^ punctate at base, more obsoletely so
posteriorly; the inner and posterior margins, the suture between the corium
and clavus, an oblicjue short streak on the disk, and a spot on the middle of
the costa fuscous; posterior margin of the corium with a sinuous brown band,
the membrane and posterior one-third of the corium and a spot at base of costa
pale brown, the bulla very prominent, black, under side yellow; the mesosteth-
ium, disks of the pleural pieces, and the middle line of the genital segment
pitch-black. Legs yellow, the tibiae having a band below the knee, another
on the middle, and a third at tip and the spines of tibiae and tarsi, including
the nails, dark piceous.
Length to tip of hemeh'tra, 4Mi mm.; width of pronotum, 2 mm.
Colorado and Utah.
writer's DESCRIPTION.
Size. Length: 2 4.5 mm. to 4.95 mm.; 5 3.6 mm. to 3.9 mm. width:
9 2.47 mm. to 2.77 mm.; S 2.1 mm. to 2.32 mm.
Shape. A large, semielongate species, tapering somewhat posteriorly and
with a greatly protruding front.
Color. Greenish-yellow, marked conspicuously with dark brown and fuscous.
Front yellow, crossed by three pairs of faint dark brown arc^. Vertex yellow,
a black band across anterior margin reaching ocelli. Eyes golden-brown. Face
yellow, marked with dark as follows: Nine or ten pairs of dark brown arcs
and a posterior band across postclypeus, anteclypeus dark brown through
middle, sometimes the posterior two or three pairs of dark arcs on postclypeus
fusing together to form a dark spot, occasionally entire lower half of post-
clypeus and all of anteclypeus shining brownish-black. Pronotum bordered
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 25
anteriorly by an irregular dark band, broadest through middle and narrowed
at eyes, the disk crossed by four or five conspicuous dark brown bands, inter-
rupted before lateral margins, and usually a shorter, fainter band just back
of anterior border, sometimes, also, one to three faint lines or wrinkles on each
posterior lobe. Scutellum yellow with a slender black line at base and an-
other just behind middle, both usually interrupted through middle, sometimes
in the darker specimens a conspicuous sinuate dark line on each side connecting
the two transverse bands. Elytra yellowish-green and brownish-fuscous, clavus
mostly yellow with the central areas of cells, an elongate spot on elytral
margin laterad of each pronotal posterior lobe, and a large spot at apex light
brownish-fuscous in the lighter forms, or extremely dark fuscous in the darker
ones, with the thick, yellow veins greatly accentuated; corium yellow on basal
two-thirds marked with light brown or deep fuscous as follows: A spot on
costal margin just before middle becoming an oblique transverse band across
middle, a border along the claval suture and a large cloud just before in-
flated portion of elytron, apical third clear tannish-hyaline except for the thick
3'ellowish-white veins, the dark brown apical callous, surrounded by opaque
yellow and an elongate thickened brown spot just anterior to cell M2. Legs
yellow, coxa of first two pairs with a dark band across middle, a dark spot on
trochanter, a longitudinal brownish band on femur, a black band below knee
of tibia, another on middle and a third at apex, sometimes a longitudinal band
connecting these oblique bands, tarsus yellow or washed in brown with blackish-
brown claws. Hind legs yellow with brownish, black-tipped spines, sometimes
a brownish spot on femur and the tibia as above except for a yellow spot
around larger lateral spine which divides the middle dark band. Mesothorax
shining black through middle with yellow lateral margins. Metathorax yellow
except for black lateral margins. Abdomen yellow, sometimes anterior seg-
ments dark and rest margined anteriorly with black, ovipositor always black.
Males resembling females in general color pattern.
Structural Det.ails. Vertex slightly dej^ressed transversely, anterior margin
carinated. Eyes, length somewhat less than one-fourth the width of head.
Ocelli located nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotum and distance
between the two ocelli equal to di.stance between each ocellus and eye. Front
transversely depressed, greatly extended beyond vertex as much or usually
more than length of vertex, the anterior curve of head interrupted at point of
union of gena and front as in C. sierra. Postclypeus greatly inflated, its
length approximately two and one-half times that of the anteclypeus. Prono-
tum minutely pitted, crossed by four, five or six depressed bands on median
lines, commonly five, the first usually much shorter and less di.stinct, the
sixth one, if present, merely a deep wrinkle instead of a band, usualh* one
to three wrinkles on each posterior lobe, the first one sometimes a short,
broad band instead of a wrinkle. Scutellum, length approximately two-fifths
greater than its width. Elytra covered by a moderately fine pubescence, the
length of one elytron approximately three times its width, base of costal
margin flaring, then parallel-margined to apical half of elytron, from whence
they taper to a bluntly pointed apex, length of clavus beyond apex of
scutellum approximately equal to length of scutellum itself. Wing venation,
cell R5 about equal in length and width, cell R3 much shorter than cell first
M4, apical callous round, bulbous, occupying about half of cell Ri.
26 The University Science Bulletin.
External genitalia : Pygofer of female slightly wider than long, exceeded
by ovipositor by one-seventh of its length. Male plates broad, divided on
inner margins for about one-half their length, their mesocaudal angle bluntly
rounded, exceeded by genital styles by about one-third their length.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve broad, spoon-shaped tapering to a
bluntly pointed apex, its laterodorsal margin membranous for half its length,
ninth sternite approximately three-fourths its length; inner valve fiat, blade-
like, long, tapering to a pointed apex; the two valves united on inner margins
for one-third their length, the free margins bearing fine teeth at scattered
intervals and two conspicuous protruding notches, one at point of union of
the two valves, the other at base of approximate apical third. Male styles
broad, stout, basal apex extended into a flap, apical fourth at base bearing
laterally a sharply pointed recurved hook, from whence it tapers to a dorsad-
curving sharply pointed apex.
CoMP.ARATivE NoTES. See discussion of this subject under this heading in
the description of Clastoptera lineatocollis.
Distribution. Specimens have been collected from the following states:
Arizona, California, Colorado, New Mexico and Utah. A large series of thirty-
five or more specimens were taken by Doctor Lawson and Doctor Beamer at
Pawnee Buttes, Colo. Another large series of about sixty specimens were
collected by Doctor Beamer and Doctor Readio at Williams and in the
Grand Canyon, Arizona. In all, the writer had available for study about 130
specimens, of which only 13 were males, a fact which indicates that the males
of this species are rare.
Hosts. Doctor Ball states that this "species is abundant on rabbit brush
(Chrysothamnus graveolans) in sheltered locations in Colorado and to a less
extent on the sage brush in the western areas." Doctor Beamer and Doctor
Lawson found the specimens taken at Pawnee Buttes on the rabbit brash
mentioned by Doctor Ball. In New Mexico and Arizona Doctor Beamer
noted that they were taken on a sagelike plant, which again checks with Doc-
tor Ball's data.
Clastoptera briouiea Ball.
(Plates III, IV, Mil, Xll, XVI, XX, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera UneotocoUis var. brunnea Ball. Ball, E. D. la. Acad. Sci. XXVI, p. 147; 1019.
ORIGIN.'VL DESCRIPTION.
Smaller and less distinctly marked than delicata. Smaller than typical
lineatocollis with less of a smoky and more of a bronzy cast, the lines and
markings present, but obscure; face shining black.
Described from four examples from Alder and Rifle, Colo., collected by
the writer. The smaller size and shining black face will at once distinquish
this variety from the lincata relatives.
writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 3.45 mm. to 3.75 mm.; $ 3 mm. to 3.3 mm. Width: 9
1.95 mm. to 2.32 mm.; $ 1.87 mm. to 1.95.
Shape. A small, parallel-sided species with elytra only slightly inflated.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 27
Color. Fuscous-bronze and yellow, marked with dark brown or black, very
similar in appearance to C. UneatocoUis and C. lugubris. Front, vertex, pro-
notum and scutellum as in the darker females of lineatocollis. Face outstand-
ingly different from other closely related species by being entirely shining
black, or occasionally wath six or seven pairs of yellow arcs indicated on ex-
treme lateral margins of postclypeus. mandibular sclerites sometimes j^ellow
and sometimes touches of yellow around eyes or outlining a black spot on
gena between postclypeus and eye and another just beneath caudomesal angle
of eye. Elytra marked as in lineatocollis excepting that the clavus usually is
more bronze-fuscous than in the latter, with the veins and markings less dis-
tinct. Rest of the body as in lineatocollis excepting that the dark areas are
more accentuated.
Males of this species of two forms, the light ones resembling the females
in color pattern and dark forms, entirely black above and below except for
a yellow border around apical callous, preceded by a hyaline area and some-
times metathorax j'ellowish.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior mar-
gin slightly carinated. Eyes, length approximately one-fourth total width of
head. Ocelli located nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotum and dis-
tance between the two ocelli less than di.-^tance between each ocellus and eye.
Front extended beyond vertex only one-half or two-thirds length of latter,
less than in other closely related species. Postclypeus moderately inflated, its
length approximately three times length of anteclypeus, its width about one-
half greater than distance between its lateral margin and outer margins of
head. Pronotum crossed by six to eight distinct, slightly depressed dark bands,
interrupted before lateral margins, anterior margin roundmgly produced,
lateral margins short and not greatly diverging, posterior margin deeply
emarginate. Scutellum approximately tw^ice as wide as long. Elytra approxi-
mately two and one-half times as long as wide, base of costal margin slightly
flaring, then parallel-margined to base of apical fourth from whence it ab-
ruptly incurves to rounded apex. Wing venation, cell R.5 about equal in length
and width, cell R.3 smaller than cell first M4, apical callous round, bulbous,
occupying only part of cell Ri.
Extenial genitalia : Pygofcr of female slightly wider than long, exceeded by
ovipositor approximatelj^ one-fifth of its length. Male plates broad at base,
inner margins rovmding to blunt apex, exceeded by styles about one-fifth or
one-fourth their length.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of females broad, spoon-shaped, tapering
to a bluntly pointed apex, its laterodorsal margin membranous for half its
length, ninth stemite approximately' three-fourths its length, inner valve flat,
bladelike, rather broad and short but not as much as in lineatocollis, the inner
margins united for half their distance, the free margins bearing fine, pointed
teeth, numbering about one hundred and fifteen and two notches, the first at
point of union of the two valves and the other just anterior to apical two-
fifths, a deeply rounding groove cephalad of apical notch.
Male styles broad and stout, basal apex extended into a flap, apical foiu'th
at base bearing laterally a recur\ed hook, from whence it tapers to a dorsad-
28 The University Science Bulletin.
curving, sharply pointed apex; connective roughly triangular; cedagus very
short and broad, not much longer than connective itself.
Comparative Notes. See discussion under this heading in the description
of lineatocollis.
Distribution. Specimens have been collected from Arizona, California,
Colorado, Nevada, North Dakota and Utah.
Location of Tites. Collection of Dr. E. D. Ball, Sanford, Fla.
Hosts. Doctor Ball (1927) states: "The writer has taken this form com-
monly on sage brush {Artemisia tridentata) and in smaller numbers from
rabbit brush on the western slope of Colorado, throughout Utah, and a few
examples in the Bad Lands of North Dakota. Dr. J. McDunnough reports
this from Lilloet, B. C, on sage brush."
Clastoptera lugubris Ball.
(Plates III, IV, VIII. XII. XVI, XX.)
Clastoptera ImeatocoUis var. lugubris Ball. Ball, E. D. la. .\cad. Sri. XXVI, p. 146; 1919.
Clastoptera lineatocollis var. lugubris Ball. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 100 ; 1927.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Size and form of var. delicata, but lacking its definite marking. Dvill smoky-
brown with faint indications of the transverse bands on vertex and pronotum.
A dark, smoky cloud ju.st before the inflated portion of elytra and a large,
shining black callosity. Face shining black.
Described from a single female from Alameda county, California, in the
collection of the writer. Other examples from the same locality vary in having
broader bands on the pronotum and the face with traces of light lines.
writer's DESCRIPTION.
Size. Length: 9 4.65 mm. Width: 9 2.77 mm.
Sh.\pe. a large, semiglobose species with the front greatly extended.
Color. Dark tan or brown marked with yellow and dark brown. Front,
deep yellow, with a dark brown band across anterior portion formed by the
union of two pairs of dark arcs. Vertex deep yellow with a black band along
anterior margin. Eyes graj'-brown. Face, postclypeus yellow with eight or
nine pairs of conspicuous dark brown arcs on anterior two-thirds, the posterior
three pairs united through middle, thus forming a partial transverse band;
another solid brown band on posterior margin, all of anteclypeus, a dark spot on
gena, another beneath mediocaudal angle of eye and the antennal sockets
dark brown. Pronotum dark tan with an uneven black border along anterior
margin, disk crossed by seven or eight broad dark brown stripes, with the space
between them more greenish in color and a brown spot on each lateral angle.
Scutellum yellow with a dark spot at each basal-lateral angle, another midway
down on each lateral margin, and a large median dark V. Elj'tra, clavus
mottled with brown and fuscous, the third anal cell darker than the rest, veins
yellow, greatly accentuated; corium tannish-brown, becoming clear hyaline
towards apex, with a dark brown spot at base of costal margin, another mid-
way down on costal margin, followed by a conspicuous yellow-white spot,
which extends mesad almost to claval suture as a narrow white line, the latter
I
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 29
bordered anteriorly by a distinct oblique dark brown band, posteriorly by a
large, dark cloud, the large apical callous brownish-black. Legs yellow, conspic-
uously marked in dark brown as follows: Coxa of first two pairs yellow ante-
riorly, solid black posteriorly, trochanter with a cephalic brownish spot, femur
with a dark brown spot on cephalic surface separated at apex by a yellow spot,
tibia mostly dark brown on cephalic surface, except for two oblique yellow
bands, tarsus tannish-brown with dark brown claws. Hind leg with coxa and
trochanter yellow, femur, excepting posterior half, yellow, tibia yellow except-
ing the black base, a brown spot cepalad and caudad of lateral spines, and
the lateral and apical spines which are brown at base and black at tip, tarsus
yellow, with spines black at tip. Mesothorax black. Metathorax black on
anterior portion, rest yellow. Abdomen with anterior segments black, caudal
segments yellow, margined in black, pygofer and ovipositors mottled in brown
and yellow.
Structur.'^l Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
not distinctly carinated. Length of eye slightly over one-fourth the width of
the head. Ocelli located nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotum and
the distance between tlie two ocelli being somewhat wider than distance be-
tween each ocellus and eye. Front extending beyond vertex more than length
of vertex. Face, postclypeus moderately inflated, its length about two and
one-half times length of anteclypeus, its width about one-third greater than
distance between its lateral margin and outer margin of head. Scutellum two-
fifths longer than wide. Elytra, their surface covered by relatively long hairs,
length of one elytron approximately two and one-half times its width, base of
costal margin flaring, then parallel-margined to apical third of elytron, from
whence it abruptly incurves to rounded apex. Wing venation, cell R.5 length
and width equal, cell R3 smaller than cell first M4, apical callous large and
bulbous, occupying mo.st of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length and width almost equal,
exceeded by ovipositor about one-tenth or one-eleventh of its length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a bluntly pointed apex, its mediobasal half membranous, the
ninth sternite about two-thirds the length of the valve; inner valve flat,
bladelike, the inner margins of the two valves united for slightly over half
their distance, with a small notch at point of union of the two valves and a
more prominent protruding notch at base of apical third, and the free margins
bearing approximately eighty-nine teeth.
CoMP.\R.ATivE Notes. See the discussion under this heading in the descrip-
tion of lineatocollis.
Distribution. Doctor Ball states that this species is known only from
southern California.
Location of Types. Collection of Dr. E. D. Ball, Sanford, Fla.
30 The University Science Bulletin.
Clastoptera binotata Ball.
(Plates in, IV, VIII, XII, XVI, XX.)
Clastoptera delicata subsp. II bivutata Ball. Ball, E. D. Pioc. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, p. 185;
1S95.
Clastoptera binotata Ball. Baker, C. E. Notes on Cercopidfe, Ent. News; 1900.
Clastoptera lineatocollis var. binotata Ball. Van Duzee, E. P. Cat. Hemip. ; 1017.
Clastoptera lineatocollis var. binotata Ball. Stearns, L. A. Hemip. Conn., p. 233; 1923.
Clastoptera lineatocollis var. binotata Ball. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 106; 1927.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Size variable; color from yellow to black; front much inflated; two cir-
cular yellow depressions on vertex near eyes; pronotum strongly, broadly
wrinkled.
Front rising abruptly from face at sides, meeting vertex in same plane above,
outline a regular curve. Vertex very slightly transversely depressed; a distinct,
circular, .yellow depression midway between eye and ocellus on either side.
Pronotum coarsely pubescent, strongly, transversely wrinkled, about eight on
the median line. Hemelytra coarsely pubescent; veins on clavus strongly
raised; apical cells transversely compressed, third cell triangular, not reaching
bej'ond angle of posterior marginal vein. Legs stout; spurs and spines strong;
femur and tibia with dark lateral lines coalescing with two dark spots on out-
side of tibia.
Subsp. I, lineata. Pronotum yellow, with five black bands. Subsp. II,
binotata. Pronotum entirely black.
H.-vBiT-^T. Utah (Uhl.), California, Colorado and Arizona.
NOTES ON SYNONYMY.
In 1895 Doctor Ball called this form a variety of delicata Uhler. At this
time he stated that this variety had been given the manuscript name, Clastop-
tera binotata, by Uhler. It was distributed under this name in collections.
In 1900 Mr. Baker pointed out that this should not be a variety, but a dis-
tinct species. He says: "I regard it as a good species. Among other things
the pronotum in binotata is opaque and broadly, shallowly wrinkled, in delicata
(lineatocollis) it is shining and nearly smooth. Binotata is further distinguished
by the coarser sculpturing of the clavus. A variety of binotata occurs in
California having a greater extent of light coloring along the costa and a
transverse light band across lower part of face."
writer's description.
Size. Length: ? 3.75 mm. to 4.05 mm. Width: $ 2.17 mm. to 2.47 mm.
Sh.ape. A medium-sized blunt species with elytra only slightly inflated and
margins distinctly parallel.
Color. A blackish-brown species with a conspicuous white spot on each wing.
Head black with two light brown spots on vertex, and grayish-brown eyes.
Face, all black crossed by five or six pairs of yellow arcs on the anterior half
of postclypeus and sometimes a faint spot in center of dark part. Scutellum
black. Elytra black at base, brownish on explanate costal margin and apical
tliird, with a conspicuous white spot midway on costal margin. Metathorax
yellow. Abdomen black or blackish-brown. Legs yellow marked with brown
as follows: Coxa of first two pairs dark brown, trochanter yellow washed in
J
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 31
brown, femur yellow with a narrow longitudinal brown stripe on cephalic sur-
face, tibia yellow with two oblique brown spots on cephalic surface, tarsus
yellow with apices of segments margined in brown, claws dark brown. Coxa
and trochanter of hind legs yellow, femur yellow except for the basal portion,
a longitudinal narrow stripe lengthwise of each, and apical portion brown,
tibia yellow with a brown spot at base, another between the two lateral spines
and a third just caudad of second spine, the spines yellow at base and black
at tip, tarsal segments washed in brown, with extreme tips of spines and tarsal
claws very black.
Structural Details. Vertex not transversely depressed, anterior margin
slightly carinated. Length of eye one-fourth the width of the head. Ocelli
located half way between anterior and posterior margins of vertex, the dis-
tance between the two ocelli equal to distance between each ocellus and eye.
Front extending beyond vertex about two-thirds the length of vertex, the
anterior curve of head evenly rounded. Postclypeus moderately inflated, not
as much as in sierra, its length almost three times the length of anteclypeus,
its width about twice the distance between its lateral margin and outer
boundary of head. Pronotum, roundingly produced anteriorly, lateral margins
greatly diverging, posterior margin deeply emarginate, its surface roughly
checked, also crossed by seven or eight deep wrinkles along median line and
more at sides. Scutellum, length one-fourth greater than width. Elytra,
approximately two and one-half times as long as wide, base of costal margin
flaring, then parallel-margined to apical fourth of wing, from whence it
abruptly incurves to blunt apex, their surface covered bj' moderately fine, short
pubescence. "Wing venation, cell Rr„ trifle longer than wide, cell R3 smaller
than cell first M4, apical callous very large, bulbous, occupying basal two-
thirds of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female somewhat wider than long, exceeded
only slightly by ovipositor by about one-thirteenth of length of latter.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
rounding to a bluntly pointed apex, its basal laterodorsal angles membranous,
ninth sternite approximately two-thirds the length of the valve; inner valves
flat, bladelike, tapering to a bluntly pointed apex, their inner margins united
for half their length, their free margins bearing about ninety-three distinct
teeth and two notches, the smaller one at point of union of the two valves and
the other at base of apical third.
Comparative Notes. Clastoptera binotafa resembles Clastoptera sierra,
Clastoptera saint-cyri var. anceps, Clastoptera hyperici and Clastoptera xan-
thocephala, since all of these are more or less black or blackish-brown. It
is distinguished from sierra by the fact that the latter has no yellow markings,
while binotata has six or seven light arcs on the postclypeus and a whitish-
yellow spot midway on costal margin of each elytron. Moreover, the general
shape of the body is somewhat different, sierra, being a larger, more inflated
species, with the elytral margins greatly diverging and the front considerably
extended, while binotata is a more blunt species, with the elytra less inflated and
the margins distinctly parallel. Binotata differs from saint-cyri var. anceps
chiefly in that it is larger and has all black eh'tra and face while anceps has
the apex of elytra light brown and the posterior half of postclypeus bright
32 The University Science Bulletin.
yellow. Binotata also resembles hyperid, but differs in that the lower half of
the postclypeus in hyperici is bright yellow, while in binotata the face is
entirely black, with five or six pairs of light arcs on the anterior half of the
postclypeus. Moreover binotata has the two white spots on the elytra, which
are entirely lacking in hyperici. Lastly, superficially biHo^a^a. resembles C.
xanthocephala, since they are both dark colored species and their general shape
is similar, both having parallel-sided elytra which are bluntly tapered at apex.
They can be distinguished by the general color, which in xanthocephala is
blackish brown while binotata is more black, and by the color of the post-
clypeus, which in xanthocephala is yellow with a dark transverse band across
middle, preceded anteriorly by dark arcs, while in binotata the postclypeus
is all black except for the anterior light arcs. Then binotata differs from these
last three species very decidedly in the pronotal wrinkles, binotata having a
few very deep wrinkles, Clastoptera hyperici and Clastoptera saint-cyri var.
anceps comparatively few but exceedingly shallow ones, while xanthocephala
has many shallow wrinkles.
The ovipositors of these five black or blackish-brown species furnish an-
other good distinguishing character. The inner valve of sierra, which of course
more closely re.sembles that of binotata since they belong in the same large
group, is much longer and more slender than that of the latter, with the dis-
tance from apical notch to apex of valve proportionally shorter, and with two
other notches indicated cephalad of it instead of just one as in binotata; more-
over, the teeth of sierra are larger and less in number than in binotata, there
being about 93 in the latter and 68 in the former. The differences in the valve
of the other three can easily be seen by a glance at the figures; hyperici has a
short, broad valve with apical notch almost entirely lacking; the var. anceps
has a longer but also a broad valve with the two notches widely separated,
and xanthocephala has a very small valve with the notches only slightly in-
dicated. The teeth in hyperici and xanthocephala are fine, numbering about
110 in the former and about 78 in the latter, while in anceps they are larger,
numbering about 108.
For discussion of the males of related species see page 23.
DiSTRiBUTiox. Doctor Ball states that this species "occurs from the Rocky
Mountains in Colorado, west to California and southward. Common on the
sagebrush." However, since there has been so much confussion in regard to the
black males of this group it is possible that .some of the males of Clastoptera
sierra and lineatocollis have been confused with this species.
The writer is inclined to believe that no males of binotata have been col-
lected. Just how they would differ from those of sierra it is hard to determine.
As Doctor Ball suggests, the best way, perhaps, would be to depend on locality
labels which show that males and females have been taken together, and that
no other species was confused with it.
In regard to this question Doctor Ball (1927) stated: "The males of
binotata are much smaller and have the face all black, and may lack the light
markings along costa." In a letter to the writer he also made these remarks:
"The only waj^ that I have of placing the black males of all varieties, except
delicata is that the}' have been collected with the females where only the one
variety was found in the place. Most of my collecting was done before the
Doerixg: The Genus Clastopteka. 33
varieties were differentiated, and there should be a considerable amount of
study in the field of the relationship of these forms, and especially of the rela-
tion of the sexes. Males of delicata are almost always scarce, while on the
other hand the black males of brunnca and lineatocoUis are abundant. As the
black females of binotata are themselves rare, and have been rarelj- taken
where they are free from possible contamination with the other forms, it is
difficult to segregate their males.''
Location of Types. Holotj-pe and allotype in the collection of Dr. E. D.
Ball. Sanford, Fla.
Hosts. Sage brush.
Clastoptera sierra sp. new.
(Plates III, IV, VIII, XII, XVI, XX, XXIV, XXV.)
Size. Length: $ 4.65 mm. to 4.S mm.; $ 3.75 mm. AVidth: $ 2.7 mm.
to 3.3 mm.; $ 2.4 mm.
Sh.\pe. a large, robust species. Males much smaller, approximating the
size of the females of lineatocoUis and brunnea.
Color. An entirely black or browmish-black species, except for two light
brown spots on vertex and the golden-bro\\Ti e3'es. Elytra black, becoming
reddish-black on distal portion. Mesothorax black. Metathorax light. Abdo-
men and legs black.
Structur-^l Det.uls. Vertex slightly depressed transverselj^ anterior margin
slightly elevated. Eyes with their greatest length less than one-fourth the
width of the head. Ocelli located slightly nearer anterior margin of vertex
than pronotum, the distance between the two ocelli equal to the distance
between each ocellus and eye. Front extending beyond vertex a distance
approximating the length of the vertex. Postclypeus greatly inflated, length
about three times the length of the anteclypeus. Fionotum rough, anterior
margin roundingly angulate, lateral margins greatly diverging, posterior margin
deeply emarginate, anterior portion of pronotum and head at an angle with
rest of body, wrinkles across disk few and deep, numbering about ten along
median line. Scutellum roughlj' wrinkled and pitted, its length about one-half
of width. Elytra greatly inflated, length of one slightly more than twice its
width, base of costal margin flaring, then only slightly diverging to apical
third of el\-tron, from whence it abruptlj^ incurves to rounded apex, its surface
roughly wrinkled, covered by a moderate number of short hairs. Wing vena-
tion, cell Rs equal in length and width, cell R3 smaller than cell first M4,
the apical callous large, bulbous, occupying most of cell Ri.
External genitalia : Female pj'gofer longer than wide, exceeded by oviposi-
tor about one-fifth of its length. Male plates broad at base, inner margins
rounding to a blunt apex, exceeded by genital stj'les about one-third or one-
fourth their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoon-shaped, taper-
ing to a bluntly pointed apex, the basal two-fifths membranous on dorso-
lateral angle, the ninth sternite over half the length of the valve. Inner valve
flat, bladelike, narrow, tapering to a roundingly pointed apex, the basal half
of the two valves united, the free apical margins bearing three notches, one
at point of union of the two valves, another at base of apical third, and the
34 The University Science Bulletin.
other one-half way between these two, the margin from the apical notch to
apex of valve bearing distinct teeth, numbering approximately 68. Male
stj'les broad and stout, basal apex extended into a flap, apical fourth at base,
bearing laterally a recurved hook, from whence it tapers to a donsad-curving,
sharply-pointed apex; connective roughly triangular, about twice as wide as
long, oedagus a straight rod with rounded apex, in situ the apical portion being
bent dorsad.
Comparative Xotes. C. sierra superficially resembles other black species in
the genus, but differs from all of them by the fact that it is entirely black above
and below. It is thus separated from hyperici, which is also chiefly black above
because the latter has the lower half of face bright A'ellow. Moreover, hyperici
has very shallow wrinkles on the pronotiun while sierra has only a very few
but decidedly deep ones.
For the comparison with binotata, see the discussion on page 31 under this
heading; and for comparison with the males of other black species, see the
discussion on page 23 in the description of lineatocoUis.
Distribution. The species was described from eight specimens in the Na-
tional Museum collection, collected by Coquillett and C. F. Baker. Four
females and three males of this series were collected at Sierra Xevada, Cal.,
and another male was taken at San Bernardino, Cal.
Location of Types. Holotyjie and allotype in the National Museum collec-
tion, Washington, D. C.
Hosts. Unknown.
Clastoptera proteus Fitch.
(Plates III, V, IX, Xlll, XVII, XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Fitch, Asa. Hoinoptera. New York State Cabinet of Natural History, p. 53 ; 1851.
ORIGIN.^L DESCRIPTION.
Head bright yellow, a black band on anterior margin of the vertex and a
broader one on the front; front polished, without transverse strise; a callous
black dot near the apex of the elytra; legs yellowish-white, tarsi black.
Length, 0.16; males slightly smaller. Abundant on the panicled dogwood
(Cnnnis paniculata) . Closely allied to C. atra (Germar), but on examining
a host of specimens not one occurs in which the legs are annulated with black
or fuscous. No. 722, female.
This pretty insect, though so small in size, presents an astonishing number
of subsjiccies and varieties so clearly and distinctly marked that at first glance
they would be confidently regarded as well characterized species. The follow-
ing are the more inominent. though by no means all, of the varieties that
occur :
Subspecies I — flavicollis. Thorax entirely yellow,
var. a — Elytra yellow. No. 723.
var. b — Elytra with an oblique, blackish vitta. No. 724.
Subspecies II — cinctocuUis. Thorax with a black band.
var. a — An interrupted black band on anterior margin of the thorax.
No. 725.
var. b — An entire black band on anterior margin of the thorax. No.
726.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 35
Subspecies II — cinctocollis — Concluded.
var. c — Thoracic band crossing the disk instead of the anterior margin.
No. 727.
var. d — Band on the disk of the thorax, and scutel black. No. 728.
Subspecies III — maculicoUi^. Thorax with one or two discoidal spots,
var. a — A black siDot on the disk and interrupted band anteriorly.
No. 729.
var. b — A black spot on the disk and anterior band entire. No. 730.
var. c — Two black spots on the disk of the thorax. No. 731.
Subspecies IV — nigricoUis. Thorax black, with a yellow band forward
of the disk,
var. a — The black band on anterior margin of thorax interrupted.
No. 733.
var. b — The band continuous. No. 734.
var. c — Scutel black, with a yellow dot at its base. No. 735.
var. d — Scutel entirely black. No. 736.
AUTHENTICITY OF THE FITCH TYPES.
Clastoptera proteus and its many subspecies and varieties, described by
Fitch in 1851 have been, for some reason, the source of much confusion to
systematists in this group ever since that time. In the literature one can
scarcelj' find any two writers agreeing on any one form. Moreover a number
of mistakes in nomenclature have been made. The result is that the group has
been woefully mixed up from beginning to end. It would appear, then, that
the first and easiest thing to do in settling the question would be to studj^ the
Fitch types themselves. However, this does not prove to be the simple task
it at first seems to be. In the first place there has been some misunderstand-
ing in regard to the location of the Fitch types. The National Museum au-
thorities are inclined to believe that they are found in the National Museum
collection, while others maintain that they are to be found in the Albany
State Museum. This question has been investigated by Dr. Herbert Osborn
quite thoroughly. In a letter to the writer he remarks:
"My opinion is that where the numbers on the specimens agree with the
mmibers in Fitch's published description they should be types, although where
specimens in the National Museum agree with those at Albany there would of
course be no debate as to what the species is. The National Museum set was,
as I understand it, a duplicate set kept bj* Doctor Fitch, and after his death
.sold with other matei'ial, and finally acquired by the National Museum. In
some respects it might be thought more authentic than the set dejiosited in
Albany, but the fact is that for many of the species, at least, the niunbers given
in the descriptions coincide precisely and references to sexes agree with the
specimens in Albany. In such cases there seems little room for doubt that
the Albany specimens were the ones actuall}' used for description."
On the case containing the tj-pes at Albany is pasted a label which Dr. E. P.
Felt states was placed there by Mr. Lintner. The wording of this label is as
follows: "Arranged by Doctor Fitch in 1850. Transferred to this case in 1879.
Contains 575 species and 5 subspecies of types of Doctor Fitch."
Furthermore, in Lintner's Ninth Report of the State Entomologist of New
York, which contains a copy of Fitch's original paper, Lintner gives the fol-
lowing explanation as a preface to the latter:
36 The University Science Bulletin.
"The case of Homoptera, arranged by Doctor Fitch to accompany and
ilkistrate the catalog — each specimen indicated by name and number cut
from the catalog — was placed in the collections of the New York State Cabinet
of Natural History in 1850. During ensuing years it became infested with
Anthrenus and other museum pests and a number of specimens were destroyed.
In 1879 those that had escaped destniction were removed and arranged with
the original labels in a new case, \vhich has since been in charge of the state
entomologist in his office in the capitol. A slip attached to the case states
that it contains the types of fifty-four species and five subspecies described
in the catalog. The Psj'lHdae were all destroyed; of some of the Aphididse
portions are remaining. In the other families, the structural features remain
for comparison, hut the colors have become so seriously impaired tliat they
would be almost valueless jor study."
During the summer of 1927 the writer was fortunate enough to be able to
study the type specimens which are kept in the Albany Museum. The speci-
mens in this collection all check according to number with the published de-
scription. However, it was very disappointing to find that, as mentioned by
Lintner, some specimens had been destroyed and all the specimens were con-
siderably faded. In fact they were so faded that superficially all the specimens
appear to be yellow. Yet that they have faded cannot be doubted when the
following facts are considered: First, the fact that Lintner mentioned that
the colors of a great many of the Fitch types were so impaired as to be value-
less for study. Secondly, the fact that no black was found on any of the
eleven specimens which have been preserved, while in the published descrip-
tions Fitch mentioned black in several places. Still a third reason for be-
lieving that they have faded is that the type specimens of Clastoptera pini
Fitch, in the same collection, are yellowish forms, while pini characteristically
is a uniform black species. Lastly certain specimens in the National Museum
collection, which are supposed to be duplicates of the Albany ones still retain
the black marks mentioned by Fitch in his original description..
As for the National Museum specimens they apparently cannot be taken
as types. In a sense they might be ranked as paratypes. They have been pre-
served much better than the Albany species, in that they have not faded to
the degree that the latter have. In this respect they have been of value in
determining the true color of the real types, since Doctor Fitch must have had
them before him when he wrote his descriptions. The labels on them, how^ever,
seem to be more or less valueless as the specimens do not check accurately
with the corresponding labels on the Fitch types at Albany. This might be
due to the fact that Fitch used color characteristics that are untenable, as will
be discussed later vmder description of color.
writer's description.
Size. Length: $ 3.6 nun. to 4.2 mm. Width: 9 2.4 mm.
Sh.^pe. a pear-shaped species, of medium small size, more obovate than
hyperici or saint-cyri, and yet not as elongate as some other species in the
genus such as osborni and salicis.
STRUCTUR.4L Det.\ils. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
barely carinated. Front (tylus) anteriorly rounding and extending beyond
vertex for at least two-thirds the length of the latter. Ocelli located about
halfway between the anterior and posterior margins of the vertex and the
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 37
distance between the two ocelli about one-half the distance between each
ocellus and ej^e. Length of ej-es about one-fifth total width of head. Post-
clypeus greatly inflated, arising abrupth* from sides of cheeks when viewed
ventrally, length about one and three-fourths times the length of the ante-
ch^peus, width somewhat greater than combined width of one gena and ej-e.
Pronotum bare and shining, broadly and shallowly \vTinkled with the wrinkles
sometimes hardly distinguishable, and numbering from twelve to sixteen or
seventeen, anterior margin rounding, posterior margin deeply emarginate and
lateral margins diverging. Scutellum about two-thirds as wide as long. Elytra,
length of each elytron about two and one-half times greater than width,
narrow at base, then lateral margins diverging so that the widest part of
body is just anterior to a line extending from apex of clavus to costal margin,
from which point it abruptly incurves to rounded apex, its surface bearing
relatively few hairs as compared with the other members of this group. Wing
venation, cell R5 of elytron slightly wider than long or as wide as long, cell
R3 shorter than first M4, apical callous (bulla) round and comparatively
small, occupying only approximately half of cell Rj.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length equal to width, exceeded by
ovipositor by one-third of its length, ninth sternite about one-half length of
lateral valve of ovipositor; male genital plates broad at base, inner margins
rounding to a blunt apex, separated approximately three-fourths their length
on median line, with styles exposed beyond genital plates about one-fourth
length of latter.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor roundingly pointed; dorsal
valve with basal half of inner or dorsal margins united, the free apical margins
bearing coarse, shallow, irregular teeth, approximately eighty in number and two
notches, a smaller and almost indistinct one at point of union of the two
valves, and a nuich deeper one at apex of middle third of valve; inner valve
bladelike, narrow at base and tapering to a slender apex. Male style broad and
stout, base extended into a flap and base of apical fifth bearing laterally a re-
curved hook, after which it tapers to a dorsad-curving, sharply pointed apex;
connective roughlj' triangular, twice wider than long, cedagus a straight rod
with rounded apex.
The writer has retained three color varieties for this group, namely proteiis,
nigricollis and osceola. The reasons for doing this are set forth in the follow-
ing paragraphs.
Fitch in his original description makes four subspecies and thirteen varieties,
based entirely on color characteristics of pronotum and scutellum. He men-
tions the elytra only with reference to the varieties of the subspecies flavicollis.
Furthermore he states that there are an astonishing number of these varieties
and says that those which he described in his paper are the "more prominent,
though bj' no means all of the varieties." From this it may be inferred that
Fitch had on hand a series of specimens which varied in color a good deal but
which he nevertheless considered as one species. It was unfortunate that he
chose color characteristics of the pronotum and scutellum only on which to
base his varieties, as these appear to be too unstable for use. Moreover, he
complicated things still more by being none too clear in his description of the
type form. As a result subsequent writers for some reason, perhaps because of
3—3341
38 The University Science Bulletin.
its greater numbers, got into the habit of calhng the dark form which has the
yellow and black areas in sharp contrast, and which Fitch described as his
subspecies No. IV, nigricollis, as the typical form of protcm. Then when a
study of the types at Albany was made it was surprising to learn that the type
specimen bearing the number 722, which is the first in the series of Fitch's
description, has no black on the wings at all. Also, at first glance it appeared
that all the other specimens were yellow forms. If this were true, it was
apparent that the abundant yellow and black form so commonly taken for
Vroteiis would have no place among the Fitch varieties. Doctor Ball (1927)
is inclined to this opinion and gives the following interpretation of the Fitch
types :
"Fitch's description is incomplete as he does not mention the color of the
pronotum, scutellum or elytra, and the writer inferred that he was describmg
the common form, with the yellow and black areas on these parts m sharp
contrast, and in this all .subsequent revisers have apparently concurred. Im-
agine, therefore, the surprise to find the type of proteus a pure yellow with
only the narrow band on vertex and the bulla black. Fitch described all the
black there was, and simply failed to mention the yellow parts. The writer
suggested that all Fitch's subspecies belonged to the yellow group, and in that
he was correct, but he did not expect to find the species itself to be the
yellowest of all. Fitch's subspecies were discarded, partly because the writer
"did not know that the rules gave them the same status as species names, and
partly because at that time the types were supposed to be lost and it was not
thought possilale to tell what they were, as only one color character was given.
On studying the types, which are well preserved, it was found that the one
color character given is all they have in nddition. to that given Jor the species.
And xohat was given jor the species iras all it had, so the combination makes a
complete description in each case.
"Fitch's subspecies all belong to the yellow group which was included under
flava, and will hereafter be known as pro'tciis, but as they, in their variations at
least, represent different lesser types, they may be retained by those who wish
to subdivide."
The writer, however, after studying the Fitch types at Albany, as well as the
so-called Fitch types at the National Museum, together with other interesting
data obtained, is unable to agree with Doctor Ball entirely in regard to these
forms. In the first place Doctor Ball seems to have ignored entirely the ques-
tion of fading. That this has happened seems apparent for the reasons ex-
plained in a preceding paragraph. To make this matter clearer it might be
advisable to describe the type specimens in detail, at the same time comparing
them with the published description. The sjiecimens numbered 722, 723 and
724 in the Albany collection have the head, thorax and base of clavus an
opaque yellow, while the rest is more or less hyaline yellow of a grayish cast.
The band on clypeus and vertex is light brown and the bulla is yellow. (See
paintings.) In his description Fitch speaks of "a black band on the anterior
margin of the vertex in No. 722, and a broader one on front ; a callous black
dot on apex of elytra." He distinguishes No. 724 from the other two by the
presence of an oblique, blackish vitta on the elytra. The specimen now has
the vitta faded to a light brown.
Only two varieties of the second subspecies, cinctocollis, were preserved, No.
726 and No. 728 not being found in the collection, evidently having been
destroyed. No. 725 and No. 727 are like the varieties of flavicolUs in regard
to the elytra. The yellow pigment of the head, thorax and clavus is distinct,
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 39
while the rest of the wing is a pale, greyish-tan or more or less hyaline. In his
description, Fitch separates these from the other subspecies by the presence of
a black band either on anterior margin or crossing the disk of the pronotum.
In the type specimens the so-called black bands are a light or faint brown,
sometimes barely discernible.
The third subspecies, macidicollis, Fitch characterized as having one or two
black spots on disk. In all cases the spots were ver}' light brownish instead of
black. In No. 731 there was no indication of two black spots at all, as
mentioned in the description, but rather the entire posterior half was washed
in a light brown.
The last subspecies mentioned by Fitch is nigricollis, of which he sa3'^s:
"Thorax black, with a yellow band forward of the disk." He makes four
varieties based on variations of the black band and color of the scutellum. The
types of nigricollis ha\e evidently undergone the same degree of fading as the
others. Here the typical opaque yellow stands out plainly, but the rest of the
elytra is a distinct tannish-brown, distinctly darker than any of the types of
Fitch's other subspecies, indicating clearly a j)attern derived by the fading of
the black wings of the common yellow and black form, conmionly termed var.
protem and lately called var. flnva in Ball's last paper. No black, of course,
was found on head and thorax, but was replaced by a light brown as in all
the other preceding forms. The variations of the scutellum in this subspecies
described by Fitch can be duplicated in our present-day collections of the
common form.
It seems logical to suppose, therefore, that since the parts that were de-
scribed as a deep or shining black, such as the band on the face, and the
markings of the thorax, have faded to a light bro\\Ti; that the brownish color-
ing of less intensity on the hyaline corium has also resulted from the fading
of black markings on the elytra. A number of specimens on hand for study
at the present time suit the description of the subspecies cincticollis and mac-
ulicoUis in regard to head and thorax, but they all have the elytra washed in
smoky-grey or brown. Similarly specimens of nigricollis show the elytra black.
In view of the above facts the writer thinks that in the large sense, Clastop-
tera proteus, Fitch would include forms vaiying from those which are mostly
yellow to those that are almost entirely black. Furthermore that in this group
there are only three color varieties that are substantial enough to be of service
in classification. The color characteristics of thorax and scutellum which Fitch
used are too variable to be of any use. One can find any number of variations
of these characters, and they all grade into each other so slightly that it would
be impossible to name them all. From a study of some four hundred speci-
mens they seem to fall into three more or less distinct groups. Thirty-eight
of these were of the all black type, thirty-eight of the j-ellowish or smoky
foi'ms with yellow jironota, and all the rest were the common variety where
the yellow and black areas on the elytra stand out in sharp contrast. The
latter ha.s the thorax black with a yellow band cephalad of the disk, as de-
scribed by Fitch under his subspecies nigricoUis.- In this series of over three
hundred specimens the thorax is always of this type. Therefore it seems
evident that it was the form described as nigricollis b}' Fitch and that it has
very stable characteristics. Moreover, in the duplicate collection owned by
the National Museum there are specimens of this common variety showing
40 The University Science Bulletin.
this coloration distinctly, so that Fitch evidently had them before him when
he made his original descriptions. The name flava, given to this form by
Doctor Ball, would therefore be synonymous with Fitch's nigricollis. For the
extreme black form the writer retains the name osceola, given to it by Doctor
Ball (1927). It is easily distinguishable from all other proteus forms by its
extreme blackness, so that it warrants varietal standing without a doubt.
This, then, leaves the yellowish forms to be taken for the true variety proteus.
This variety includes Fitch's subspecies flavicollis, cincticollis and maculicollis,
or in other words all the forms having either an entirely yellow pronotum
or bearing various slight markings of brown or black, and with the elytra
yellow at base of clavus, and rest either hyaline or washed in varying shades
of smoky-brown. In some cases the elytra almost border upon those of nig-
ricoUis. For this reason certain workers might prefer to differentiate between
those having the elytra yellow or hyaline and those with the smoky or darker
ones. Doctor Ball (1927) described a new variety, Clastoptera proteus var.
seminuda, which is of the smoky type. Since the thorax fits the description
of Fitch's subspecies cincticollis, and if one takes into account the fading of
the original type it seems tc- the writer that they are the same thing. In that
case, if one were desirous of making a variety of this smoky form it would
have to bear the name cincticollis. However, since the coloring of the thorax,
as well as the amount of dark on the elytra in these yellowish forms, seems to
be very variable it hardly seems advisable to try to separate them too care-
fully. Besides it is possible that these specimens are teneral forms which were
taken before they had a chance to acquire their full coloring. This has
occurred in other species of Cercopidse and it is not unlikely that it could have
happened here. But since this is hard to demonstrate satisfactorily, and since
Fitch evidently took all yellow specimens for his type, and his subspecies flavi-
collis at least, it will have to stand as the true proteus.
Clastoptera proteus var. proteus Fitch.
Clastoptera proteus Fitch. Fitch, Asa. Homoptera, New York State Cab. Nat. Hist., p. 53;
1851.
Clastoptera proteus var. flavicollis Fitch. Fitcli, Asa. Hoinoptera, New York State Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 53; 1851.
Clastoptera proteus var. maculicollis Fitch. Fitch, Asa. Homoptera, New York State Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 53; 1851.
Clastoptera proteus var. cincticollis Fitch. Fitch, Asa. Homoptera, New York State Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 53; 1851.
Clastoptera proteus var. semmuda Ball. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent., vol. LIX, p. 108; 1927.
writer's description.
Color. Head yellow, vertex with an irregular black band on anterior mar-
gin, becoming wider at ocelli, eyes dark. Pronotum entirely j'ellow or marked
in brownish-black in the form of a band on anterior margin, or one crossing
the disc, or with one or two discoidal spots, or entire pronotum margined in
brownish-black. Elytra, anterior two-thirds of clavus opaciue bright yellow,
corium at base tannish or very light brown, rest varying from pale hyaline to
dark smoky, sometimes with a darker cloud across middle but never getting
entirely black as in nigricollis and osceola, apical callous black. Face with a
broad, shining black band acrc'ss anterior half of postclypeus, and all of face
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 41
below the antennal cavities, excepting the mandibular sclerites or occasionally
the genae mottled; beak with last segment dark brown. Legs yellowish-white,
with tarsus of anterior two pairs of legs washed in brown, a longitudinal dark
stripe down femur and tibia, and with a dark ring around base of tibia. Hind
legs yellowish, with last segment of tarsus and spines dark. Mesosternum yel-
low with touches of dark; metasternum and abdomen yellow mottled with dark,
and in a few darker specimens almost black.
Distribution. Doctor Ball states that "this species is common throughout
the Northeastern states and eastern Canada, extending west to Montana and
Northern Utah, where it is rare. The writer has not taken it in Colorado and
California where much collecting has been done, rather indicating that it will
not be found in the arid southwestern region outside of the higher mountains.
It extends south to Florida and Texas, where it is again rare, probably owing
to the hot summer. Forms from Hayti and Mexico seem to be varieties of
this species."
Doctor Ball's statements refer to the species and its varieties together.
The variety proteus is not very common as compared witli the variety nigri-
collis. From the various collections in the hands of the writer only thirty-
eight specimens of the former were foimd. The labels on these specimens
showed that this variety has been taken in the following states: Iowa, Kansas,
Massachusetts, Missouri, New York, South Dakota, Wisconsin and Ontario.
It apparently has the same distribution as nigricolliA. In Kansas, where the
majority of the thirty-eight specimens have been taken, it was always collected
along with nigricollis.
All of these specimens at hand for study, as well as the Fitch types in
Albany, were females.
Location of Types. Fitch collection, New York State Museum, Albanv,
N. Y.
Hosts. In Kansas it is taken on dogwood. Fitch in his description states
that it was abundant on the panicled dogwood {Cormis paniculata) . Doctor
Osborn (1916) referred to it as the "dogwood spittle bug."
Clastoptera proteus var. nigricollis Fitch.
Clastoptera proteus var. nigricollis Fitch. Fitch, Asa. Homoptera, New York State Cab.
Nat. Hist., p. 53; 1851.
Clastoptera protee Fitch. (Clastoptera saint -cyri). Prov. Petite Faune du Entomologique,
p. 253; 1885.
Clastoptera proteus var. proteus Fitch. Van Duzee. E. P. Cat. of Hemiptera, p. 519; 1917.
Clastoptera protens Fitch. McAtee, W. L. Cercopidae of the Vicinity of Washington, D. C,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 33, p. 171; 192n.
Clastoptera proteus var. candens McAtee. Cercopida; of the Vicinity of Washington, D. C,
Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., vol. 33, p. 175; 1920.
Clastoptera proteus var. saint-cyri Prov. Stearns, L. A. Hemiptera Conn., p. 234; 1923.
Clastoptera proteus var. flava Ball. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 108 ; 1927.
writer's description.
Color. A black, yellow and brownish variety. Front yellow, vertex bright
yellow with a broad black band on anterior margin, reaching ocelli. Eyes brown
or grayish-broym. Pronotum shining black with a bright yellow band on
anterior portion. Scutellum usually entirely black, sometimes with a yellow
42 The University Science Bulletin.
spot at base, occasionally the entire scutellum yellow, margined with black.
Elytra, anterior three-fourths of clavus opaque yellow, rest dark brown, fading
to brownish-hyaline at apex, corium with a median dark brown or blackish
cloud, rest brownish-hyaline except the black apical callous, which is margined
in yellow and a clear hyaline area anterior to and surrounding the apical callous.
NOTES ON SYNONYMY.
McAtee (1920) established a variety of this form which he called Clastoptera
proteus var. candens. The following is the original description of the variety:
"Like var. proteus, except that anterior two-thirds of clavus, scutellum, bands
on pronotum and vertex and face are orange-red, instead of yellow, and other
pale markings are ruddy-tinged. Length 3.25 to 4 mm. Type, a female. Mt.
Vernon, Va., June 27, 1915, on Cornus. W. L. McAtee. Two paratypes, same
data."
To the writer this does not seem to be a good variety. As McAtee himself
says, certain climatic conditions may effect the yellow pigment of this species.
He gives the following discussion:
"The high color of these specimens is not due to the influence of cyanide in
the killing bottle, such as is sometimes observed in specimens of bees in the
genus Notnada and certain other insects, but was noted at the time of collec-
tion. Certain animal pigments seem to be quite unstable, and the yellow of
Clastoptera proteus may be another instance. Crawfishes turn red after cook-
ing, digestion in a bird's stomach, or weathering after death; and one of the
species of southern range (Cambarus chtrkii) is bright red in life. Some of the
Eumenidge having yellow marks in the north are red-patterned in the south.
It would appear, therefore, that climatic factors afTect certain pigments of
living animals in the same way that chemical processes are known to affect
them in the dead. The present newly described variety of C. proteus may be
an example of such effect."
Doctor Ball states that this variety has been taken only from Virginia.
Specimens from New Jersey are in the American Museum collection. Also one
specimen has been taken from Michigan and one from Kan.sas. The first of
these is orange on one elytron only. This would lead one to infer that this
coloring is not constant enough to establish a new variety. Besides, the writer
has found three specimens of Clastoptera salicis where the yellow has turned
orange, and several other specimens where the legs and parts of body are
tinged with orange, particularly on the under side of body.
Distribution. The variety nigricoUis seems to have a very wide distribu-
tion, as mentioned by Doctor Ball under his discussion of the .species. The
writer had on hand for study specimens from the following states: California,
Ontario, Colorado, Connecticut. Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Massachusetts, Michi-
gan, Minnesota, Mississippi. Missouri. Nebraska, New Jersey, New York,
Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Dakota and Wisconsin. It has been reported from
the following additional states: Florida, Maine, Montana, New Hampshire,
North Carolina, Texas, LTtah and West Virginia.
The proportion of males and females is approximately equal, with perhaps
a few more females than males.
Location of Types. Fitch collection, Albany State Museum, Albany, N. Y.
Hosts. This, like the variety proteus, has been taken on dogwood. Speci-
mens in the National Museum collection have been taken from the Arnold
arboretum, Boston, Mass., and were swept from Vnccinum spp., Cornus albus
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 43
rosenthalii, Cornus racemosus, and Cornus amcemum. Van Duzee reported
it from blueberry.
Clastoptera proteus var. osccola Ball.
Ball, E. D. Can. Ent., vol. 58, p. 108; 1927.
ORIGIN.AL DESCRIPTION.
All black above, except the three anterior yellow bands, a spot on scutellum,
a yellow area at the base of elytron, and a light area before the bulla. In the
darkest examples only the two anterior yellow bands remain.
Holotype female, Toronto, August 8, 1924; allotype male, Kingston, August
5, 1924; and three pairs of paratypes from the same localities and Osceola,
Wis., all collected by the author.
wkiter's description.
Color. Mostly a black form with yellow and brownish markings. Front
3'ellow, vertex with a broad black band on anterior margin, reaching ocelli.
Eyes brown. Pronotum shining black, except for a bright yellow band across
anterior portion. Scutellum all black. Elytra, usually with anterior three-
fourths of clavus and a broad median cloud black or dark blackish-brown,
sometimes a faint indication of yellow at base of clavus, rest of elytron brown-
ish-hyaline, excepting for the costal cell between ajucal callous and black area
which is clear hyaline. Apical callous black, margined anteriorly with yellow.
Face with a broad, shining black band across anterior half of postclypcys, and
all of face below the antennal cavities black excepting the mandibular sclerites,
or occasionally the gense mottled. Legs yellowish-white, with tarsus of anterior
two pairs of legs washed in brown, a longitudinal dark stripe down femur and
tibia and with a dark ring around bai^c of tibia. Hind legs yellowish with last
segment of tarsus and spines dark. Mesosternum brown. Metasternum yellow
and abdomen usually black.
CoMP.\R.'VTiVE Notes. This variety differs from the var. nigricollis in that it
has at most but a faint suggestion of yellow at base of clavus, and usually none.
It more nearly resembles C. saintsyri var. anceps than it does var. nigricoUis,
since the former is likewise an almost entirely black form. It can be dis-
tinguished readily enough from the variety anceps, however, both by color and
structure. The latter bears no yellow markings at all on its dorsal surface,
while Osceola has two or three anterior yellow bands on vertex and pronotum.
Structurally the two species differ in the following respects: In anceps the
female specimens, at least, have the front much more inflated, the front more
strongly produced anteriorly beyond vertex and head, and anterior part of
prothorax held more vertically than in nsceola. Moreover, anceps is a shorter,
stouter species than osceoJa. In osccola the black band on the face is only
one-half the length of the postclypeus, while in anceps it is always two-thirds
of the length. The ovipositors differ in the following respects: In anceps the
ninth sternite is longer proportionately to the lateral valve, and the lateral
valves do not extend beyond the pygofer nearly as much as in osceola; while
the dorsal valve is much broader and shorter, the notches are more pronounced
and the teeth are more numerous, regular and deeper in the former than in
the latter. The base of the ventral valve is expanded in anceps, but decidedly
narrowed in osceola.
44 The University Science Bulletin.
Clastoptera -proteus var. osceola might easily be confused with Clastoptera
hyperici, which is also a black form. It differs from this species in the following
ways: Hyperici has an ovate body, tapering at both ends equally, and is
widest directly through the middle, while osceola is widest caudad of the
middle from whence it abruptly tapers to ape.K, thus making the body rather
pear-shaped. The easiest recognizable difference, however, is the color of the
elytra ; osceola has the apical portion all brownish-hyaline with a clear hyaline
spot surrounding the apical callous, while hyperici is almost a solid black or
very dark brown, with the exception perhaps of the membrane, which is only
a trifle lighter and clearer than the rest of the elytron. The ocelli of osceola
are located closer together than in hyperici, the distance between the ocelli in
osceola equaling about one-half the distance between each ocellus and eye,
while in hyperici the space between the ocelli is about three-fourths the latter
distance. The front (tylus) in hyperici extends cephalad much farther than in
osceola, usually as much as length of vertex, while in the latter it protrudes
only about one-half the width of vertex. The clypeus of hyperici is likewise
much more inflated than that of osceola. Another outstanding difference is
that the elytra of hyperici are covered by twice as many hairs as in osceola or
anceps and the hairs are of a much finer and longer texture. In hyperici the
lateral valve of the ovipositor is shorter and decidedly more bluntly rounded,
the ninth sternite is about two-thirds the length of the valve instead of being
one-half as in the latter, and the inner valve is much wider and shorter. Also,
this inner valve in hyperici entirely lacks the second prominent notch found
on the inner margin of the valve, and the basal notch is not nearly as
jjrominent as in osceola. The teeth of this valve in hyperici are very fine and
regular, numbering approximately 110, while in osceola they are more irregular
and number around 80. The middle valve of osceola is narrowed considerably
at base, which condition is not found in hyperici. The male genitalia of
hyperici has the lateral hook much longer in proportion to apical hook than in
osceola. For comparison with .ranthocephala see discussion under the descrip-
tion of xanthocephala on page 76.
Distribution. The variety osceola seems to have a more limited distribu-
tion than nigricollis. The type locality, according to Doctor Ball, is Canada
and Wisconsin. In the Snow collection at the University of Kansas there are
some thirty-eight specimens all taken from Michigan and Wisconsin. In other
collections a few specimens are labeled from Xew York, New Jersey and Mas-
sachusetts. Therefore this variety seems to be limited in its distribution to
the Northeast.
Location of Types. Collection of Dr. E. D. Ball, Sanford, Fla.
Hosts. This variety has been taken along with the variety nigricollis, so
its chief host plant is dogwood. One specimen in the National Museum col-
lection bears a label stating that it has been taken from the Arnold arboretum.
Boston, Mass., on Vaccinum sp.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 45
C last opt era saint- cyri Provancher.
(Plates III, V, IX, XIII, XVII. XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera saint-cyri Prov. Provancher. Xat. Can. IV, p. 351; 1872.
ORIGIN'.\L DESCRIPTION'.
Clastoptera saint-cyri nov. spec— Longeur, 18 pouce. Varie de jaune et de
noir. Tete noire avec 2 bandes transversales jaunes, Tune aur le vertex et
I'autre rapprochee du bord anterieur. Rostre et bas des joues jaunes: thorax
noir, avec une bande transversale jaune pres du bord anterieur. Elytres avec
2 bandes jaunes partant de 1 epaule et se dirigeant obliquement vers la suture,
sans se rencontrer; leur sommet brunatre, assez transparent, avec un point
noir brillant vers I'extremite. Dessous noir; pattes jaunes.
Tres common. Tres rapproche du CI. pini de Fitch par sa taille et sa forme,
mais en differant grandement par sa coloration.
Thus Provancher described this species in 1872 as a new species. Then in
a second paper, published in 1885, he wrote a description of Fitch's proteus
wherein he mentions the clavus being yellow at base and darker at apex, and
accompanies his description with an illustration. There is no doubt but the
form he had in mind was C. proteus var. nigricollis of Fitch. In this latter
paper he states that his species saint-cyri is a synonym of Fitch's proteus and
makes it a variety of proteus instead.
writer's DESCRIPTION.
Size. Length: 9 3.45 mm. to 3.9 mm. Width: 9 2.25 mm. to 2.62 mm.
Shape. A short, broad species, apparently the most globose and inflated of
the Clastoptera series, with head and thorax more vertical when viewed from
the side than in other species.
Structural Det.ails. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
not distinctly carinated. Front (tylus) usually produced cephaiad as much
as the length of the vertex. Eyes with length about one-fifth of total width of
head. Ocelli located halfway between anterior and posterior margins of
vertex with the space between Ihem a little over one-half the distance between
each ocellus and eye. Postclypcus very strongly inflated, length about one
and three-fourths times length of anteclypeus, width somewhat wider than
combined width of gcna and eye. Pronotum bare and shining, broadly and
shallowly wrinkled, with wrinkles sometimes barely distinguishable, numbering
about 16 or 17, anterior margin rounding, posterior margin deeply emarginate
and lateral margins diverging; head and anterior part of prothorax when viewed
from side more vertical. Elytra, length of one about two and one-fourth times
its width, narrow at base, then lateral margins diverging so that widest part of
body is just cephaiad of a line drawn from apex of clavus to costal margin,
from which point they abruptly round to apex; their surface covered by
relatively few hairs, slightly more than in proteus but fewer than in hyperici
or salicis. Wing venation, cell R5 of elytron slightly wider than long or almost
equal, cell R3 shorter than first M4, darkened portion of apical callous round
and comparativeb^ small, not reaching costal margin, but with rest of cell Ri
sometimes thickened.
External genitalia: Pygofer trifle wider than long, exceeded by ovipositor
46 The University Science Bulletin.
one-fifth of its length, ninth sternite almost two-thirds length of valve. Male
genital plates broad at base, inner margins separated approximately three-
fourths of their length and rounding to a blunt apex, styles exposed about one-
fourth length of plates.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor roundingly pointed, decidedly
shorter and broader than in protem; inner valve with basal part of inner
margins united and free apical portions bearing fine, deeply notched teeth, num-
bering around 108, and with two well-pronounced notches, one located at point
of union of the two valves and the other at ba^e of apical third; inner valve
bladelike, not much narrower at base and tapering to a pointed apex. Styles
of male broad and stout, base extended into a flap, apical fifth at base bearing
laterally a recurved hook, from whence it tapers to a long dorsad-curving,
sharply pointed apex; connective, roughly triangular, twice wider than. long,
oedagus a straight rod with a rounded apex, which is always more or less curved
dorsad.
Clastoptera saint-cyri var. saint-cyri Provancher.
Clastoptera saint-cyri Prov. Provancher. Xat. Can. IV, p. S51 ; 1872.
Clastoptera proteus var. vittata Ball. Ball, E. D. Pror. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, p. 187; 1895.
Clastoptera proteus var. vittata Ball. Van Duzee, E. P. Catalogue of Hemip. ; 1917.
Clastoptera proteus var. vittata Ball. Stearns, L. A. Heniip. Conn., p. 234; 1923.
Clastoptera proteus var. saint-cyri Prov. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 107; 1927.
writer's description.
Color. Dark brown or black, marked with yellow. Vertex with anterior
black border, reaching ocelli, the rest yellow. Pronotum black with black
anterior margin followed by a yellow band of varying width, extending to
base of ej'es or sometimes a second broad yellow band caudad to first one,
which may be reduced to a spot or enlarged so as to occupy the posterior part
of pronotum in varying degrees. Scutellum u.*ually black with a yellow spot
on apex, or occasionally all black. Elytra blackish-brown and yellow, clavus
appearing striped, due to two yellow diverging bands which start together at
base, the inner extending three-fourths the length of the clavus, leaving a
narrow black border along the elytral margin, and the outer extending along
the claval suture, often posteriorly divided by a black line, the apex of clavus
brownish-hyaline, corium dark brown with the explanate costal margin
brownish-hyaline, a jagged oblicpie yellow band across middle, and the apical
third brownish-hyaline with the exception of the costal cell anterior to the
apical callous which is hyaline, and the apical callous itself which is black
surrounded by yellow. Face with a a shining black band extending caudad for
three-fifths the length of the postclypeus, and dorsad on front for at least half
its length, making the yellow band at base of front which is viewed from above
only half as wide as in the other members of this proteus group, the anterior
margin of black band almost straight across to the posterior corners of the
mandibular sclerites instead of being strongly convex between these points as
in proteus; gems all black excepting the mandibular sclerites; anteclypeus
yellow with a dark spot in center. Legs pale yellow, excepting a longitudinal
streak on anterior two paii-s of femora, and tibise and tarsi black. Hind legs
entirely yellow, with the exception of the last tarsal segments and spines on
I
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 47
tibiae and tarsi, -which are dark brown or black. Mesosternum dark brown.
Metasternum yellow. Abdomen brown or black.
CoMPAR.ATrvE NoTES. See notes under this heading in the description of
Clastoptera salicis.
Distribution. A large series has been taken in Michigan. Provancher says
it is very common in Canada. Other states in which it has been taken are
Connecticut, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, New Hampshire,
Xew Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania and Wisconsin.
One hundred and thirty-two specimens were available for study, all of
which were females.
Hosts. Doctor Hungerford states that this variety has been taken in Michi-
gan, sweeping the same low vegetation on which anceps is taken. In the National
Museum collection are specimens from Boston, Mass., which bear the same
data on their labels as some specimens of Clastoptera proteus var. osceola and
var. nigricollis. One specimen was taken from Vaccinum sp., one from shrub
collection, one from Leucothee sp. and one swept from Gyluscacia sp. An-
other set of eight was labeled "Reared from Cranbeny."' Six of these were
striped saint-cyri females and two were black males of the typical anceps type.
These eight are mounted on two cards, on one four females and on the other
two females and two black males.
Clastoptera saint-cyri var. anceps McAtee.
(Plates III, V, IX, XIII. XVII. XXI. XXIV. XXV.)
Clastoptera proteus var. aiirrps Mc.\tee. Mc.\tee, W. L. Ceicopidie of the Vicinity of
Washington, D. C, with Descriptions of New Varieties of Clastoptera. Proc. Bio.
Soc. of Wash. 33, p. 174 ; 1920.
Clastoptera proteus subsp. nigra var. b. Ball. Ball, E. D. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, p. 187;
1895.
Clastoptera proteus var. pini Fitch. Stearns, L. A. Hemiptera of Conn. ; 1923.
Clastoptera protens var. anceps Mc.A.tee. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 109; 1927.
According to McAtee and Van Duzee the name nigra is preoccupied by
Clastoptera nigra Germar. Therefore Doctor Ball's original varietal name
cannot stand. This species is not synonymous in the least with Clastoptera
pini, as Van Duzee and Stearns both thought. A new name was therefore
necessary, which was supplied by McAtee (1920). McAtee, however, placed
it as a variety of proteus. Structurally it differs from proteus, but resembles
saint-cyri, so that it must be placed as a varietj-- of the latter.
Ball (1927) lists his variety nigra as being synonymous with hyperici. Ac-
cording to his original description (1895) it seems evident that his var. a was
the same as C. proteus var. osceola because of the yellow band on vertex, while
his variety b probably referred to onceps. Specimens which he sent to the
writer for study labeled nigra were typical forms of the variety anceps.
ORIGIN.^L DESCRIPTIOX.
Black above, tegmina posterior of apical callous yellowish-hyaline, explanate
margin anterior of middle of costa sometimes same color; costal margin just
anterior of apical callous clear hyaline; black below, except lower part of face,
clypeus, beak, most of pectus, and legs which are pale yellow, with the fol-
48 The University Science Bulletin.
lowing parts dark; an elliptical spot on clypeus, tip of beak, lengthwise streaks
on anterior two pairs of femora, and tibiae and tarsi except the hind ones, of
which the spines and terminal joints are dark. Length 2.75 to 3.25 mm. Type,
a male; Beltsville, Md., June 14, 1914, W. L. McAtee. Paratypes, with same
data, also same locality, July 4, 1915, W. L. McAtee; and Cranbeny Lake,
N. Y., August 5, 1917, C. J. Drake.
writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 3.75 mm. to 4.05 mm.; $ 2.75 mm. to 3.6 mm. Width:
5 2.55 mm. to 2.85 mm.; S 1-8 mm. to 2.25 mm.
Color. All black and brown above, front and vertex shining dark brown
or all black. Eyes light to dark brown. Pronotum shining black. Scutellum
all black. Elytra with anterior three-fourths of clavus and a median large
spot across corium pitch black, rest of wing brownish-hyaline except for the
costal cell between apical callous and the black spot, which is clear hyahne.
Apical callous black margined anteriorly with yellow. Face, postclypeus with
a shining black band on anterior three-fifths or two-thirds, rest of face black
excepting mandibular sclerites and anteclypeus, the latter with a central black
spot, labium dark at tip. First two pairs of legs yellow except for a longi-
tudinal brown stripe on femur and tibia, the latter with a dark spot running
into the longitudinal stripe, the tansus entirely brown. Hind legs all yellow,
excepting last tarsal segment and spines which are dark brown or black. Meso-
sternum, excepting median portion and abdomen, black.
CoMPAR.-vTivE Notes. C. proteus var. anceps may be easily mistaken for any
of the other dark species found in the genus. For comparison with C. proteus
var. osceola, which it closely resembles, see discussion on page 43.
Likewise it resembles C. hyperici very closely, but can readily be dis-
tinguished by the following characteristics: The body of hyperici is more oval
in shape than anceps is, tapering at both ends equally and widest directly
through middle of body, while in anceps the body is widest posterior to middle
or just anterior to a line running from tip of clavus to costal margin. Also
anceps is proportionately broader than hyperici. The easiest recognizable
difference, however, is the color of the elytra; anceps has the apical portion all
brownish-hyaline with a clear hyaline spot anterior to apical callous, while
hyperici is almost a solid black or very dark brown, with the exception, per-
haps, of the membrane, which is only a trifle lighter and clearer. The ocelli
are located closer together than in hyperici, the distance between the ocelli
in anceps equahng about one-half the distance between each ocellus and eye
while in hyperici the space between the ocelli is about three-fourths the latter
distance. Another outstanding difference is that the elytra of hyperici bear
about twice as many hairs as do those of anceps and are longer and of a much
finer texture. The lateral valve of the oviposter of hyperici is much shorter
and decidedly more bluntly rounded than the other. The dorsal valve is
shorter and therefore wider in hyperici, and only bears a faint indication of
one notch at j^oint of union of inner margins of the valves, while anceps bears
two very distinct notches. The teeth of this valve are equal in number,
namely, about 110, with those of anceps, but since the valve is much shorter
and smaller they appear to be more numerous, and in actual width are about
Doerixg: The Gexis Clastoptera. 49
half the size of the teeth in anceps. The male genitalia are very similar, the
chief difference being that the base of the apical hook in anceps seems to be
somewhat more slender than that of hyperici.
For the comparison with C. binotata and C. sierra, see the discussion on
page 31, and for comparison with the males of C. brunnea, C. lineatocollis, see
the discussion on page 23. For comparison with xanthocepliala, see the dis-
cussion in the description of the latter, on page 76.
DiSTRiBUTiox. Specimens have been taken from Maine, Maryland, Mas-
sachusetts, Michigan. Montreal, New Jersey, Xew Hampshire, New York,
Rhode Island, Washington, D. C, and Wisconsin. A large series was obtained
by Dr. H. B. Hungerford, Mr. Charles Martin and Mr. Edward Becten from
Douglas Lake, Mich.
Apj)roximately 188 specimens were examined. Of this number only 63 were
females and 112 were males.
Location of Types. In the collection of the National Museum, Washington,
D. C.
Host Pl.ants. Doctor Hungerford took this species in Michigan when
sweei)ing low vegetation. It was taken along with saint-cyri. In distribution
thej^ appear to be about equal in number to the latter, although anceps, perhaps,
is a trifie more abundant than saint-cyri. Anceps has also been taken, ac-
cording to labels, at Boston, Mass., in the Arnold arboretum, apparently
along with saint-cyri, nigricollis and osceola on Vaccinum sp. Specimens of
this variety have also been taken at Mount Desert, Me., along with saint-cyri.
Clastoptera salicis Doering.
(Plates III, V. IX, XIII, XVII, XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera salicis Doering. Doering, K. C. Ann. Ent. Soc. Am. 19, p. 85 ; 1926.
Clastoptera proteus var. salicis Doering. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 107; 192".
OKIGIXAL DESCRIPTION.
Size. Length: 9 4.4 mm. to 5.2 mm.; S 4 mm. Widtli: 9 2.4 mm. to 2.8
mm.; $ 2.4 mm.
Sh.'VPe. An elongate, slender form, in size equaling some of the larger forms
in the genus.
Color. Dark brown or black, and conspicuously marked with yellow. Ver-
tex with anterior black border, reaching ocelli, the rest yellow. Face, anterior
third or two-fifths of postclypeus and all of gens black the rest of the face
yellow, labium dark at tip. Pronotum black, with black anterior margin fol-
lowed by a yellow band which extends to the ba^es of the eyes, and with a
second yellow band on posterior half, which may be reduced to just a spot
or be entirely lacking. Scutellum, usually entirely black or brownish-black,
but frequently with apex light yellow or occasionally a hght longitudinal
band extending along median line, which sometimes broadens just in front
of middle into two light spots. Elytra blackish-brown and yellow, clavus
appearing striped, due to two yellow bands which start together at base, the
one extending one-half to almost two-thirds the length of the clavus, leaving
a naiTow black border along the elytra margin, and the other extending along
the claval suture almost to the tip; corium dark brown, spotted with yellow
50 The University Science Bulletin.
as follows : A small longitudinal spot at base of costal margin ; a large rounded
or rectangular one about midway on costal margin, and just caudad of this
but near the claval suture a longer, somewhat trapezoidal or triangular one;
apical callous surrounded by yellow with a large spot cephalad, tapering to a.
point anteriorly, usually a line near costal margin, extendmg near apical callous
to a large brown spot near middle of costa, the cell between apical callous and
this spot being hyaline, and another small, hyaline area, usuaUy showing in
the yellow spot, cephalad of apical callous. Coxa, trochanter, and femur of
first two pairs of legs yellow, washed in orange or light brown, tibia and tarsi
black, with sometimes a yellow band or mark at base of tibia. Hind legs en-
tirely yellow, with the exception of the last two tarsal segments and spines
on tibite and tarsi, which are black or dark brown. Mesosternum brown or
black; meta.sternum yellow. Abdomen brown or black, sometimes posterior
margins of segments lighter.
STF.rcTrRAL Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior mar-
gin not distinctly carinated. Each eye slightly over one-fifth width of head.
Ocelli located slightly nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotum, and
distance between the two ocelli about three-fourths the distance between each
ocellus and eye. Postclypeus not as strongly inflated as proteus or saint-cyri,
indistinguishably fused with front, which is prolonged anteriorly beyond vertex
for about two-thirds length of latter, being somewhat longer in the female
than in the male; postclypeus much longer proportionately than anteclypeus,
at least twice, labium reaching to trochanter of middle pair of legs, postclyp-
eus wider than gena and eye. Pronotum finely wrinkled, wrinkles numbering
at least twenty-one or twenty-two. po.steriorly more broken and numerous
and somewhat deeper, cephalic margin produced and a trifle more angulate,
posterior margin deeply emarginate, about half width of anterior margin,
lateral margins slightly sinuate. Elytra approximately two and three-fourths
times as long as wide, base of costal margin flaring, then parallel-margined
to apical third of elytron, from whence it abruptly incurves to rounded apex,
with no point along costal margin wider than any other and with elytra only
slightly inflated, covered thickly by long, fine hairs. Wing venation, cell R.5
much longer than wide, cell R3 shorter than cell first M4, apical callous large,
oval or elongate, taking uj) most of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer, length equal to width, exceeded by ovipositor
about one-fourth its length, the ninth sternite longer than one-half length of
lateral valve; male genital plates broad at base, inner margins rounding to
a blunt apex, exceeded by genital styles only slightly.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve tapering to a very pointed apex, inner
valve united on inner margins for half their length, their free apical inner
margins slightly and irregularly jagged, bearing two notches, one at point of
union of the two valves and the other at base of apical fourth ; middle valve,
with base expanded, then slightly narrowed, from whence it broadens slightly
and then tapers to a pointed apex. Male styles broad and stout, base extended
into a flap, apical fourth at base bearing laterally a recurved hook, from whence
it tapers to a slender dorsad-curving sharply-pointed apex; connective roughly
triangular, twice wider than long, oedagus a straight rod with a rounded apex.
CoMPAKATiVE XoTEs. ClaMoptcrn salicis can easily be told from any other
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 51
member of the proteus group by its coloration and large size, being at least
one-fourth longer than the others. In color pattern the only one that possibly
might be confused with it is Clastoptera saint-cyri var. saint-cyri, since both
of these forms have the clavus of the wings striped with black and yellow.
However, size alone would distinguish these two, as well as the following
structural differences: Front of salicis only extends anteriorly about two-
thirds length of vertex, while in saint-cyri the lengths are equal. The face of
■salicis is considerably less inflated and the length of the postclypeus is much
longer proportionately than that of saint-cyri, being in the former twice the
length of the anteclypeus, while in the latter not over one and three-fourths
the length of anteclypeus. The wrinkles on the jjronotum are more numerous
and deeper than in saint-cyri. The elytra are scarcely inflated and the margins
are parallel, which is distinctly different from saint-cyri, where the elytra are
greatly inflated, and the margins diverge so that the wide part of the body is
just anterior to a line across to apex of clavus. Salicis, in this characteristic,
is between Clastoptera xanthoccphala and Clastoptera hyperici, and therefore
does not resemble the proteus group at all. The wing venation is perhaps the
best character for distinguishing salicis from anj- of the proteus group; cell R5
is much longer than wide in this species, while in all the others it is just the
opposite, being usually wider than long, or equal in width and length. Also
the apical callous in salicis is much larger, occupying much more of cell Ri
than it does in saint-cyri. The hairs on the elytra are about twice the num-
ber they are on saint-cyri and the proteus group. Salicis resembles hyperici in
this respect. The ovipositor extends one-fourth of its length beyond pygofer
while in saint-cyri it extends about one-fifth of its length. Still another dif-
ference has to do with the inner margins of the inner valves of the ovipositor,
which are irregularly jagged but not distinctly toothed in salicis, but which
bear regular, distinct teeth in saint-cyri, numbering about one hundred and
eight. Moreover, although the coloration of the face in this form seems to be
that of the proteu.-< group, namely, the black band on anterior part of face with
lower part of postclypeus, anteclypeus and mandibular scleritcs yellow in sharp
contrast, yet this yellow band in salicis is characteristically less than in the
other members of the proteus grouj), and particularly saint-cyri. In salicis the
band is typically two-fifths or one-third of the length of the postclypeus, while
in saijit-cyri it is always over one-half, usually nearer three-fifths. Occasionally
a few specimens of salicis show the band almost one-half the length of the
postclypeus, but ujion examination of sixty specimens the majority- were found
to have a band which was less than one-half. Besides in saint-cyri and the
var. anceps the black band extends dorsad on the front, but does not do this in
salicis or proteus.
Doctor Ball places salicis as a variety of proteus, for which the writer sees
no justification at all. Outwardh' there is no i-esemblance. the larger size and
color pattern of salicis distinguishing it immediately. The only reasons for
confusing it with any of the proteus group are because of the color of the face
and the similai'ity of the male genitalia. Tlae color of the face, although one
01 the causes for placing salicis with proteus and its varieties, at the same time
proves to be a good characteristic for distinguishing salicis from the other mem-
bers of the group. As was mentioned before, the anterior black band on the
face in salicis is usually not as wide as the bands in the other members of this
52 The University Science Bulletin.
group. In saint-cyri this band is three-fifths of the postclypeus, in anceps and
hyperici two-thirds, and in protcits always one-half.
Structurally salicis differs from protcus in a number of ways. The face of
salicis is less inflated than that of protens (figs. 5 and 6, pi. III). The wrinkles
on the pronotum are more numerous and slightly deeper. The elytra are
scarcely inflated in salicis, while in proteii^ they are considerably inflated, and
their margins are parallel in the former but diverge in the latter. The pubes-
cence on the elytra of salicis is about twice as heavy as on proteus. The out-
standing characteristic is that cell R.-, of salicis is considerably longer than wide,
but in proteus it is slightly wider than long. The apical callous of salicis is much
larger and more ovate, occupying most of cell Ri, while in proteus it is round
and small. The ovipositor extends beyond the pygofer about one-fourth of its
length instead of one-third as in proteus. Then, too, the ninth sternite is
longer than one-half the length of the lateral valve, while in proteus it is about
one-half. The inner margins of the inner valves of the ovipositor bear two
distinct notches as in saint-cyri, while in proteus the first notch is lacking or
only faintly indicated. Moreover, these margins in salicis are irregularly jagged
but not cut deep enough to form distinct teeth, while in proteus they bear dis-
tinct teeth. The male genitalia are twice the size of either saint-cyri or proteus,
a fact which alone would distinguish this species from the latter two. The
apical hook on the genitalia seems more slender than that of proteus, and the
lateral hook is much longer in proportion to the apical hook, while the style
itself is not as broad proportionally as in proteus.
Distribution. A series of some seventy specimens have been collected from
four counties in Kansas and one other specimen from Missouri. In this series
only three were males, which shows that the males are exceedingly rare.
LocvTiON OF Types. Holotype and allotype are located in the Snow col-
lection. University of Kansas.
Host Plants. This species has been taken on two species of willow, Sali.z
amygdaloides Anders., the broad-leaved willow, and Salix longifolia Muhl.,
the narrow-leaved willow, both of which border rivers.
Clastoptera hypcnci Gibson.
(Plates III, V, IX, XIII, XVII, XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera protcus var. hyperici Gib. McAtee, W. L. Proc. Bio. Soc. Wash., vol. 33,
p. 174; 1920.
Clastoptera proteus \ar. hijperici McAtee (Gib.) Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 109; 1927.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Agreeing with proteus var. proteus in inflation of face, shape of vertex,
stria? of pronotum and genitalia, but entirely black above and below, also with
the exceptions of the lower part of the face, clypeus, most of pectus, posterior
two pairs of coxae, two spots, or an interrupted stripe on lower surface of each
of the anterior two pairs of tibiae, a spc't on anterior surface near apex of each
femur sometimes excepted, apices of hind tibiae except spurs, and hind tarsi
except spurs and last joint, pale yellow. Length, 2.5 to 3.5 mm. Type, a male,
Plummers Is. Md,, July 5, 1914, (m Hi/pericurn prolificum, W. L. McAtee, al-
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 53
lotype same data. Paratypes, same data, also same data except as to dates,
July 14 and 26, 1914, and same locality August 11, 1907, W. L. McAtee.
This variety has been seen also at Great Falls and at Occoquan, Va., in each
case upon the same food plant, being most abundant during the flowering
season.
writer's description.
Size. Length: $ 3.5 mm.; S 3.15 mm. Width: 9 2.25 mm.; $ 2.1 mm.
Sh.ape. An ovate, small species, tapering posteriorly and anteriorly almost
eciually with the greatest width of body directly across middle.
Color. Almost uniformly black above with the exception of the apical por-
tion of corium and membrane which is slightly lighter in color. Postclypeus
with a black band across anterior two-thirds, rest of face black, excepting
mandibular sclerites and anteclypeus, which are yellow, the latter with a dark
spot at center. Labium dark. First two pairs of legs with coxa mottled in
yellow and brown, femur black but usually with a j-ellow spot on anterior
surface near apex, tibia black excepting two yellow spots or interrupted stripe
on lower surface. Hind legs black with apices of tibia, and first two segments
of tarsus light. Mesosternum black; metasternum either all yellow or black
with the median ]iortion light. Abdomen entirely black.
STRUcn-UK.M, Ch.\r.\ctekistics. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, an-
terior margin not distinctly carinated. Ffont prolonged anteriorly as much as
the length of the vertex. Greatest length of eye about equal to one-fifth
total width of head. Ocelli, located halfway between anterior and posterior
margins of vertex, with the space between them almost three-fourths the dis-
tance between each ocellus and eye. Postclypeus veiy strongly inflated, length
about one and three-fourths times length of anteclypeus, width somewhat
wider than combined width of gena and eye. Pronotum bare and shining,
broadly and shallowly wrinkled, with anterior UTinkles sometimes indistinguish-
able and numbering about seventeen or twenty, anterior margin rounding,
posterior margin deeply emarginate and lateral margins diverging. Elytra,
length of one, about twice width, narrowed at base, then margins evenly sinu-
ate to apex, so that body is widest across the middle; surface covered by
many long, fine hairs. \\'ing venation, cell R.5 of forewing wider than long,
apical callous not distinct, being same color as rest of elytron, only slightty
raised, occupying nearly all of cell Ri.
External genitalia : Pygofer of female, length about equal to width, exceeded
by ovipositor by over one-third its length, ninth sternite two-thirds length of
lateral valve. Male genital plates broad at base, inner margins separated for
l)art of their length, rounding to a blunt a])ex, the styles exposed only slightly
beyond valves.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor bluntly rounded at apex;
inner valve with basal part of inner margins united, and free apical portions
bearing fine teeth, numbering around 110, and a small notch at point of union
of the two valves; inner valve bladelike, not narrowed at base and tapering
to a pointed apex. Styles of the male broad and stout, base extended into a
flap, and base of apical fifth, bearing laterally a recurved hook, after which it
tapers to a long dorsad-curving, sharply pointed apex; connective roughly tri-
4—3341
54 The University Science Bulletin.
angular, twice wider' than long, a?dagus a straight rod with rounded apex
which is curved dorsad.
Comparative Notes. This species, being an entirely or almost entirely black
form, is apt to be confused with the other black forms in the genus. For
comparison with C. binotata, see page 32, with sierra, see page 34, with the
males of brunnea and lineatocollis, page 23, and with xanthocephala, page 76.
In the proteus group it very closely resembles C. proteus var. osceola and C.
saint-cyri var. anceps. For comparison with these forms see pages 44 and 48.
Distribution. Only five specimens were available for study. These were
sent to the writer for study by Mr. McAfee and were all collected from
Plummer's Island, Md.
Location of Types. The types are in the collection of W. L. McAfee,
Washington, D. C.
Host Plants. Taken on Hypericum prolificum (St. John's Wort).
Clcistoptera distincta sp. new.
(Plates III, V, IX, XIII, XVII, XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Size. Length; 9 4.65 mm. to 5.02 mm.; S 4.35 mm. to 4.5 mm. Width:
9 2.62 mm. to 2.7 mm.; $ 2.4 mm. to 2.47 mm.
Shape. An elongate species w-ith a pointed head and body decidedly taper-
ing to a slender apex posteriorly, resembling osborni in shape more than any
other species.
Color. A striking chocolate-brown and yellowish-green species. Front and
vertex greenish-yellow, the lateral margins of both shaded in brown and with
three pairs of brownish arcs visible from above on front. Face, postclypeus
yellow with nine or ten pairs of distinct brown arcs, the posterior three or four
pairs usually more or less fused together to form an irregular dark band, lower
two-fifths of postclypeus, all of anteclypeus excepting a median dark spot and
mandibular sclerites all yellow, the latter sometimes washed through center
with fuscous; gense dark brown with margins, and especially anterior jjortions,
much lighter. Pronotum entirely greenish-yellow, with lateral margins washed
in brown. Scutellum chocolate-brOwn except for the light yellow apex. Elytra,
clavus entirely dark chocolate-brown ; corium also this color, except for the
goMen-biown exi)lanate costal margin, the lighter brown membrane and a
golden or yellow spot just cephalad of apical callous which extends forward on
costal margin for a short distance, the entire elytron covered by a golden
pubescence. Legs, first two pairs with coxa, trochanter, and femur \ery dark,
except for extreme yellow bases and apices ; tibia dark with two light spots on
cephalic surface, tarsus dark brown with blackish-brown claws. Hind legs
lighter, mottled in dark brown, with tips of spines and tarsal claws black.
Mesothorax dark brown. Metathorax brown anteriorly and yellow posteriorly.
Abdomen of female yellowi.^h with pygofer dark brown; male abdomen dark
browni.sh-biack.
Structural Details. Vertex not depressed transversely, anterior margin
faintly carinated. Length of one eye over one-fourth total width of head.
Ocelli located slightly closer to anterior margin of vertex than pronotum, the
distance between the two ocelli a little less than distance between each ocellus
Doering: The Gexus Clastoptera. 55
and eye. Front greatly extended beyond vertex, as much as the length of
the latter, the head decidedly pointed. Pronotum about twice as wide as
long, the anterior margin roundingly angulate, lateral margins subparallel,
posterior margin deeply emarginate, the entire surface broken up by numerous
fine, irregular wrinkles, resembling those of osborni. Scutellum, width three-
fifths of length. Elytra, long and narrow, each wing over three times its width,
the distance from apex of scutellum to apex of elytron longer in proportion to
rest of elytron, thus resembling osborni and differing from the other species,
the costal margin greatly expanded at base, the outer margins flaring, then
parallel-margined for a short distance, from whence they converge to a
slender apex, the widest jiart of body being at a point midway across wing.
Wing venation. c(>ll R5 much longer than wide, cell R3 smaller than cell first
M4, apical callous large and bulbous, occupying all of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length and width about equal,
exceeded by ovipositor about one-seventh the length of the latter. Male
pygofer wider than long, genital plates broad at base, their mediocaudal angles
bluntly rounding, exceeded slightly by genital styles.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
rounding to a sharply jjointed apex, the basal laterodorsal half membranous,
the ninth sternite about three-fourths the length of \ho \;U\e. Middle valve
flat and bladelike, tapering to a slender pointed apex. Inner valve verj' broad
at base, then tapering to a sharply pointed ajiex, the two valves united on
basal third, the free margins bearing numerous distinct teeth, numbering about
eightj'-two, and two distinct notches, the one at base of apical third and other
one just caudad of middle of valve.
Male genitalia, resembling proleus, male styles broad and stout, with base
extended into a flap and base of apical portion bearing laterally a recurved
hook after which it tapers to a dorsad-curving, sharply pointed apex.
CoMPARATiVK XoTES. This spccles is not readily confused with other species.
It resembles osborni in regard to the color and wrinkling of the pronotum and
the general shape of body, which is long and slender, tajjering at both ends.
It can be easily distinguished from osborni, however, by its striking color and
by its great difference in the structure of the male genitalia, which can readily
be seen in the drawings. The inner valves of the ovipositor are also consider-
ably different in these two species, the valve in distincta, being short, very
broad at base and distinctly pointed at apex, with the two notches very close
together and about eighty-two teeth between the basal notch and apex.
Osborni, on the other hand, is a long valve with the notches ver.y far apart and
about 105 distinct teeth.
Distribution. This species was described from eleven s])ecimens. Four
specimen.s — two males and two females — were taken at Trinidad, Colo., b}^
Dr. C. J. Drake. The holotype was taken by Dr. R. H. Beamer in Coconimo
county, Ariz. The other six specimens are in the National Museum and bear
the label, Williams, Ariz., which is also in Coconimo county.
Loc.\TiON OF Types. Holotype. male, in the Snow collection, University of
Kansas. Allotype, female, in the collection of C. J. Drake, Iowa State College,
Ames. Iowa.
Hosts. Unknown.
56 The University Science Bulletin.
Clastoptera osborni Gillette and Baker.
(Plates HI, V, IX, XIII, XVII, XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera osbortri Gill, and Bak. Hemiptera of Colorado, p. 70; 1S9.5.
Clastoptera obtusa subsp. osborni Gill, and Bak. Ball, E. D. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, p.
190; 1895.
Clastoptera obtusa var. testacea Fitch. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 109; 1927.
Clastoptera obtusa Say. Van Duzee, E. P. Trans. Am. Ent. See. XXIV, p. Ill; 1903.
SYNONYMY.
In his original paper (1895) Doctor Ball placed thi.s species as subspecies III
under obtusa. He distingui.shed it from the rest of the obtusa group by the
fact that the face was entirely light and the bands on the front obscure. Under
this subspecies he had three varieties, the first one olive-green and yellow,
which is the true osborvi, the second one copper-colored, which he thought
was synonymous with testacea, and the third one black, which he considered
the same as pini.
In his recent paper (1927) Doctor Ball synonymizes osborin with Clastoptera
obtusa var. testacea. The reasons for doing this he gives in the following
paragraph :
"Baker insi.sts that osborvi is a distinct species from obtusa, and gives dif-
ferences in the number of pronotal wrinkles and shape of clavus, neither of
which appear to be constant. Van Duzee and Stearns follow Baker, but like
him they were not acquainted with the var. testacea of Fitch. If this is a
distinct species it will still be testacea of Fitch and not osborni G. and B.
S'tearns separates osborni from all others by the narrow elytra, ignoring the
fact that the Colorado forms of typical obtiisa and all mountain and northern
examples of testacea have the character equally marked. The only character
that is at all constant that the writer finds to separate osborni from testacea is
the lack of black on the bulla, and that appears too trivial to warrant, even a
varietal status. The writer was in error in calling the subspecies osborni as
testacea has priority; he also erred in including pini, which is sufficiently
distinct to warrant a separate status."
The writer, on the other hand, has found a number of characters which are
constant and yet sufficiently different from obtusa to warrant the status of a
distinct species. The most evident characteristic is that of the genitalia, which
are very dissimilar to that of obtusa, as can be seen by the illustrations.
Furthermore, there are sufficient characters available to separate osborni
from testacea, which in turn differs from obtusa. In fact the writer thinks that
there are three distinct species involved, oi^borni, testacea and obtusa, with
testacea standing as the intermediary form between the other two.
ORICIX.\L DESCRIPTION.
Female, face two-thirds wider than long, minutely, indistinctly sculptured;
clypeus broad at base, gradually tapering to a pointed apex, one-fifth longer
than broad, basal suture obsolete, lorre long, nearly as long and half as broad
as cly])eus; gena> narrow, outer margin concave beneath eyes, convex below the
loriE where they are very narrow, touching the clypeus at the broadest part;
front but little longer than broad, stiperiorly very broadly and evenly rounded.
Vertex vei-y slightly, transver.sely depressed, anterior margin carinately ele-
vated, not longer at middle than at eyes. Pronotum transversely wrinkled,
minutely scabrous, two distinct pits behind anterior margin near the median
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 57
line, three-fourths wider than long, anterior curvature three-eighths of length.
Scutellum finely and transversely wrinkled and minutely scabrous, longer than
wide. Elytra with a fine, thickly set, golden pubescence, entirely, finely,
densely punctured. Color pale rufous throughout, tinged with olive-green on
pronotum and clavus, beneath more yellowish. Length, 5.5 mm. Described
from two females. Large but somewhat narrower across hemelytra than is
usual in this genus.
■writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 4.95 mm. to 5.5 mm.; $ 3.5 mm. to 4 mm. Width:
9 2.2 mm. to 2.75 mm.; $ 1.66 mm. to 2 mm.
Sh,\pe. a large, slender species with elytra tapering to a very pointed apex
and clavus very long in proportion to rest of elytron.
Color. Typically a yellowish, testaceous species, but some forms, especially
males, washed in smoky-brown so that they are much darker than the typical
form. Front and vertex usually yellow, the latter with an orange-spot laterad
and caudad of each ocellus, occasionally entire head washed in smoky-brown.
Eyes brownish-grey. Face typically a uniform golden or straw-yellow
throughout, postclypeus traversed by nine or more pairs of darker arcs of
rufous-tan, but in the darker forms a deep rufous with the arcs in smoky-
brown. Pronotum light yellow with central iiortion underlined with grayish-
green, and usually six orange spots on anterior margin, but in the darker
forms the entire disc smoky-brown. Scutellum orange-tan on basal two-thirds,
rest more light yellow; in the dark scries all dark brown. Elytra, yellowish-tan
hyaline throughout except where body shows through, making it brownish-
gray; those of the dark series a trifle more rufous-brown than typical form.
Legs entirely yellow, with dark brown or black spines, occasionally those of
the smoky forms washed all over in smoky-brown. Ventral part of body en-
tirely yellow, with ovipositor sometimes washed in smoky.
Stuuctuiul Det.mls. A'ertex not depressed transversely, anterior margin not
distinctly carinated. Greatest length of eyes almost one-fourth width of en-
tire head. Ocelli located midway- between anterior and posterior margins of
the vertex, the distance between the two ocelli not quite three-fourths of the
distance between each ocellus and eye. Front extending beyond vertex for
almost half length of vertex. Postclypeus only slightly inflated, arising grad-
ually from face at sides, its length greater than twice the length of the ante-
clypeus. Pronotum dull, finely pitted, deeply wrinkled, the wrinkles numerous,
irregularly broken up into many smaller ones; cephalic margin roundingly
Ijroduced, posterior margin deeply emarginate. lateral margins di\erging; the
greatest length of pronotum being posterior to its laterocaudal angle, and the
entire head and prothorax more vertical to rest of body when viewed from
the side than in other related species. Scutellum long, its width two-thirds of
its length. Elytra scarcely inflated, long and slender, the length of one elytron
almost four times its width; clavus very^ long proportionately, the distance
extending beyond the scutellum being almost equal to the length of the f-cu-
tellum itself and nuich longer than the membrane, with the width across apex
considerably narrowetl; base of costal margin flaring, then parallel-margined
for half length of el.ytron from whence it tapers to a narrow, i^ointed apex,
wings covered by a fine pubescence. Wing venation, cell Ro much longer than
58 The University Science Bulletin.
wide, cell R?, smaller than cell first M4. apical callous verj^ faint, only slightly
elevated, elongate, covering most of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female slightly longer than wide, exceeded
by ovipositor about one-seventh of its length; ninth sternite slightly over
one-half length of valve, pygofer of male approximately twice its length,
laterocaudal angles elongated to form a slender ventrad-curving process, geni-
tal plates broad at base, their inner margins rounding, exceeded shghtly by
genital plates.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a roundingly pointed apex, its ventral basal two-fifths membranous;
middle valve flat and bladelike, base not greatly expanded, apex broadly taper-
ing; inner valves flat, bladelike, their inner margins united on basal two-fifths,
the free apical inner margins bearing two conspicuous notches, one at point
of union of the two valves, the other slightly cephalad of base of apical third,
with about 105 conspicuous teeth, those between the two notches broad and
shallow, but the apical ones deep, tapering caudad. Male styles broad and
stout, base somewhat pointed, median apical half expanded into a broad, re-
curved flap, whose laterocephalic angle is elongated into a slender, fingerlike
process.
Comparative Notes. Clastoptera oaborni, although considered by certain
writers as a variety of ohlnsa, is without a doubt a distinct species. The geni-
talia of the two are decidedly different, as can be observed by a study of the
drawings. Several characteristics other than the genitalia are helpful in sepa-
rating the two. In the first place the color patterns of the face are distinctly
different, that of OKhnrni being uniformly testaceous, while obtusa and its
varieties typically have the lower half of the face dark. Then, too, the gen-
eral testacec'us color of the body in osborni separates it from anything in the
obtU!--a group. The wrinkles of the pronotum are irregular and more numerous
than they are in obtusa. and the clavus of the elytron in osborni is propor-
tionally longer and more narrowed at apex '<kan in obtusa.
Superficially Clastoptera osborni resembles Clastoptera testacea more than
any other species. They both have the same general testaceous coloring, with
the pronotum tinged with grayish-green, and with the clypeus all yellow.
There is one difference in color, however, that of the apical callous, which is
always light colored in o.sborni and blacki.sh in testacea, standing out in sharp
contrast to the rest of the elytron.
Structurally Clastoptera osborni and Clastoptera testacea differ in several
ways. In the first place osborni is a large, very slender species with the margins
of the elytron almost parallel, or with the widest part of the body anterior
to apex of clavus or just back of the pronotum, and with the head and anterior
part of the thorax more vertical to rest of body when viewed from the side.
Testacea, on the other hand, has the margin less parallel than osborni, so that
the widest part of the body is anterior to tip of clavus but not so far forward
as in o.sborni. The wrinkles on the pronotum of osborni are very numerous,
deep and irregular, so that they can scarcely be counted, while the wrinkles
of testacea are not so deep and number about twenty-five or more. The pro-
notimi of testacea is more or less shiny, while in osborni it is decidedly dull.
Osborni is distinguished from testacea and obtusa also by the fact that the
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 59
pronotum is much longer posterior to its laterocaudal angle than it is from
that angle cephalad, but in testacea and obtusa the distances are about equal.
The length of the postclypeus in osborni is usually somewhat over twice the
length of anteclypeus, and in testacea it is usually less than one and one-half
times, while in obtusa it is usually exactly one and one-half times. The clavus
of the elytron in osborni is longer in proportion to rest of elytron and more
narrowed and pointed at tip than in testacea, where it is very broad and
rounded. The membrane of the elytron is proportionately much shorter than
in testacea.
From the above characteristics it can be seen that C. testacea is somewhat
of an intermediary foi-m between osborni and obtusa. The genitalia make this
even more a])i)arcnt and prove that there are three distinct species involved.
The lateral valve of the ovipositor in osborni on the ventral margin has the
basal two-fifths membranous, while in testacea and obtusa at least the basal
half is membranous. Also, the sternite of osborni is only slightly over one-
half the length of the valve, but in testacea it is greatly over one-half. The
ovipositor in osborni protrudes about one-seventh of its length beyond the
pygofer, while that of testacea protrudes one-ninth. The inner valves of the
ovipositors of the three species differ in the following ways: The basal notch
on the inner margin is more prominent and the apical notch less prominent
in osborni than in the other two. The basal notch is located almost exactly
midway on valve in obtusa, two-fifths of the distance from the base in testacea
and two-sevenths in osborni. The teeth along the inner margins of these
valves also differ, those of obtusa being finer and more numerous, between 115
and 125, while those of testacea and osborni are broader and more conspicuous,
numbering about 105 in osborni and around 85 in testacea.
The male genitalia of these forms are likewise specifically different. Those
of osborni and testacea are more nearly alike than those of obtusa. The differ-
ences can easily be seen by examining the illustrations.
DisTKiBi'TioN. Stearns (1923) states: "Specimens have been examined from
Colorado, New Mexico. Wisconsin and Ohio. It has been reported from West
Virginia and the District of Columbia (Ball)."
The writer had specimens at hand from two additional states — Arizona and
Texas. Doctor Drake has a large series, 63 in all. taken from Trinidad, Colo.
In the Snow collection there is another large series of over 200 specimens from
Oak Creek canyon, Arizona, indicating that the species is fairly common in the
localities where it is found.
The proportions of the sexes for the total number of specimens at hand
seems to be about twice as many females as males, the actual number being
209 females and about 107 males. In individual collections this may vary
somewhat. For example, in Doctor Drake's collection there were only 17
females as opposed to 46 males.
Loc.\Tiox OP Types. One female specimen bearing a red-type label is re-
tained at the National Museum, Washington, D. C. The label states that it
is from the collection of C. F. Baker, Colorado Springs; collected by E. S.
Tucker, July.
Hosts. The series from Arizona was collected from pine.
vol.
(30 The University Science Bulletin.
Clastoptera testacea Fitch.
(Plates III, V, IX, XIII, XVII. XXI, XXIV, XXV.)
Clastoptera testacea Fitph. Fitch, Asa. Homoptera, New York State Cab. of Nat. Hist.,
p. .03; 1851.
Clastoptera pini Fitch. Fitch, A.sa. New York State Cab. of Nat Hist., p. .53; 1851.
Clastoptera obtiisa subsp. II and III osborni Fitch. Ball, E. D. Proc. la. Acad. Sci.,
Ill, p. 190; 1895.
Clastoptera proteus var. pini Fitch. \'an Duzee, E. P. Cat. of Heniip. ; 1917.
Clastoptera obtusa var. testacea Fitch. Van Duzee, E. P. C^at. of Hemip. ; 1917.
Clastoptera proteus var. pini Fitch. Stearns, L. A. Heniip. of Conn., p. 234; 1923.
Clastoptera obtusa var. testacea Fitch. Stearns, L. A. Hemip. of Conn., p. 236; 1923.
Clastoptera obtusa var. pini Fitch. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. Ill; 1927.
Clastoptera obtusa var. testacea Fitch. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. 109; 1927.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Clastoptera testacea Fitch. Testaceous; scutel rufous; elytra with a polished
callouslike black dot near the apex. Length, 0.20 inches. Found on oaks and
pines. No. 715, female.
Var. a— A black callouslike dot on each side of pectus. No. 716.
Var. b — Pectoral dots pre.sent, elytra dots wanting. No. 717.
Var. c — The black dots wanting, both on elytra and pectus. No. 718.
Clastoptera pini. Black; head yellow, with a black band on the anterior
margin of the vertex; thorax with a yellow band anteriorly; elytra with a
broad hyaline, outer margin interrupted in the middle and a black callous
dot near the apex. Length 0.14. Found chiefly on pines. No. 719. male.
Var. a — A ferruginous dot on the apex of the scutel. No. 720.
Var. b — A yellow thoracic band widely interrupted. No. 721.
The writer has done an unusual thing, perhaps, by matching Clastoptera
testacea with Clastoptera pini, and giving them a single name, since only female
specimens of testacea and only male specimens of pini have been reported as
being found, except for two males of testacea and two females of pini, which
Doctor Ball states are in his collection. But the reasons for thinking that the
dark pini specimens are the males of the light yellow testacea are very con-
vincing. In the first place both species were described by Fitch at the same
time from four female specimens of testacea and three male specimens of pini.
He states that testacea was taken from oaks and pines and pini "chiefly on
pines." This seems to indicate that they were taken from the same locality
and on the same host plants. Secondly. Dr. "W. J. Baerg sent the writer a
series of s])ocimens taken from Ithaca. N. Y.. bearing labels, lot a7 lot o3,
lot alO, indicating that they had probably been reared from the same cage,
or at least had been collected from the same places. Twelve of these were
typical males of pini, and five were typical testacea females. Also. Dr. L. A.
Stearns sent .se^•en female testacea and one male pini taken from open woods
in Virginia, which were evidently taken together. The writer had at hand for
study only tliirty-three specimens in all, which represents the number found in
the larger Cercopid collections in the country. It is evidently a very rare
species. Doctor Ball says that he "beat three males and a female of this rare
form (meaning pini) along with examples of var. testacea from Pinus virginiana
at Chevy Chase, Md."
A third reason for placing them together is that they resemble each other
in certain characteristics, one of the outstanding ones being that the face in
Doering: The Gexis Clastoptera. 61
both forms is always entireh' yellow. This immediately separates them from
the obtusa group and links them with osborni. The outstanding thing, how-
ever, is the genitalia, which show that both testacea and pini are closely related
to osborni and are not like obtiisa. The inner valve of the ovipositor has more
the characteristics of the inner valve of osborni than that of obtusa, while the
male genitalia of pini are absolutely different from obtusa, but somewhat
similar to osborni. Clastoptera testacea, however, differs from osbonii in a
number of ways, so that they cannot be regarded as sj-nonyms, as Doctor Ball
thinks. (His opinion in regard to this matter is quoted in the discussion of
Clastoptera osborni.) In other words, it would seem that testacea and pini
are intermediary forms between obtusa and osborni, with the ovipositor of
testacea showing the same degree of gradation between the two other species
as the males styles of pini do. Therefore it seems logical to link them together.
Although the writer came to this conclusion independently, she is not
responsible for the original idea, since later in checking over Doctor Ball's
correspondence she found a reference to this matter in one of his letters, which
she had completely- forgotten, wherein he stated that he has often tried to
synonymize these two species as varieties of a distinct species, because of the
fact that they both possess the light-colored faces, but that he could find no
other good reasons for placing them together. In his 1927 revision of the
genus he therefore treated them as separate forms. However, the writer thinks
that they should be linked together because of the reasons discussed above. Of
course the matter can never be absolutely proven unless mating pairs are
taken, which it is to be hoped may sometime be done.
Since Fitch described testacea first in his paper the writer has retained this
name for the species. The type specimens in the Albany Museum are some-
what faded, especialh- those of pint, which are no longer black but a light tan.
The types of testacea were not osborni, so there is no possibility of any confus-
ion resulting from them. *
writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 4 mm. to 4.25 mm.; $ 3.25 mm. to 3.33 mm. Width:
$ 2 mm. to 2.37 mm.; $ 1.87 mm. to 2 mm.
Sh.\pe. a moderately elongate species, with margins of elytra fairly parallel,
head and pronotum broad.
Color. Female, testaceous, front and vertex golden-yellow, eyes dark. Face
entirely yellow, postclyi^eus with eight or nine i)airs of darker arcs, tip of
labium dark. Pronotum golden-yellow, or sometimes washed in greenish-
brown. Scutellum reddish-tan. fading to grayish-tan at apex. Elytra entirely
yellowish-tan hyaline with dark body showing through, making the general
appearance through middle darker, apical callous blackish. Mesothorax and
metathorax, usually entirely yellow, occasionally two dark brown areas on
mesothorax, laterad of labium. Abdomen yejlow, ovipositor sometimes dark.
Legs 3^ellow, excepting tarsal claws and the spines on tibia and tarsus of last
pair.
Male black, front and vertex sulphur yellow with black band on anterior half
of vertex. Eyes dark. Face, entirely lemon-yellow, the postclypeus traversed
* By a later examination of his material at the request of the writer, Doctor Ball found
that the male specimens of testacea were only small female specimens of that form, and that
there were no female pini specimens in his collection.
G2 The University Science Bulletin
by eight or nine pairs of dark tan arcs. Pronotum shining black with a sulphur-
yellow band on anterior part. Scutelluni black. Elytra, corium dark brown,
with a broad clear hyaline area all along costal border and surrounding the
black apical callous, inteiTupted only on middle by narrow extension of the
dark brown area, the dark brown portion fading to lighter brown before reach-
ing the hyaline membrane. Mesothorax and metathorax yellow, occasionally
two dark brown areas on mesothorax laterad of labium. Abdomen dark brown.
Legs yellow, excepting the dark tarsal claws and spines on tibia and tarsus of
last pair of legs.
Structure. Vertex somewhat depressed transversely, anterior margin dis-
tinctly carinated. Length of eye about one-fourth total width of head. Ocelli
located halfway between anterior and posterior margins of vertex, the distance
between the two ocelli being two-thirds the distance between each ocellus
and eye. Front extending beyond vertex not more than one-third the length
of the latter. Face, postclypeus very slightly inflated, arising gradually from
face at sides, its length twice or less than twice length of anteclypeus. Prono-
tum not greatly elevated, shining, finely wrinkled, the wrinkles not as deep
as in the obtusa group, and fairly regular in line, its width almost twice its
length, anterior margin roundingly produced, posterior margin deeply produced,
lateral margins slightly diverging. Scutelluni, length about one-third greater
than its width. Elj'tra, length about three times the width of one, only slightly
inflated, margins almost parallel, so that the widest part of the body is slightly
cephalad of tip of clavus; clavus, normal length, its apex veiy broad, the por-
tion extending beyond tip or scutellum much less than the length of the scu-
telluni, but almost equal to the length of the membrane; surface covered by
fine hairs, numbering less than those of obtuf^a or osborni ; wing venation, cell
R.-, much longer than wide, cell R.-j smaller than cell first M4 and apical callous
prominent, occupying all of cell Rj.
External genitalia : Pygofer of female, length equal to width, tJie ovipositor
protruding beyond tip of pygofer for one-ninth of its length, ninth sternite con-
siderably over one-half length of valve. Male jilates divided on median line for
two-thirds their length, styles exposed a considerable distance beyond pygofer.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve broad and spoon-shaped, its ventral basal
angle membranous for half length of valve, ninth sternite considerably over
one-half length of valve. Middle valve expanded at base, tapering to a pointed
apex. Inner valve united for about two-fifths of its length, the free inner
margins bearing about eighty-two broad, distinct teeth and two notches, one
notch at point of union of the two valves, and another just anterior to base of
apical third. Male genitalia, styles veiy broad, base expanded into a flap,
and inner margin of apical fourth expanded into a broad flap whose cephalic
angle is elongated into a point; connective broad and roughly triangular;
ccdagus a thick rodlike structure with apical half curved cephalad.
CoMPAR.\TivE Notes. This species has been confused with C. osborni and
C. obtusa in the literature. For comparison with osborni see the discussion
under this heading in the description of the latter.
It differs from obtiisa externally in that the face is entirely yellow, while
abium tyijically has the lower half of the face dark, or else mottled; the
pronotal wrinkles are deeper and more numerous than in obtusa; the hairs on
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 63
the elytra are more numerous, and the length of the postclypeus is usually
just slightly less than twice the length of the anteclypeus, while in obtusa the
former is only about one and one-half times the length of the anteclypeus.
For comparison of the valves of the ovipositor of these three species see
the discussion in the description of osborni.
The males ipini) because they are blackish forms, are easily confused with
other dark-colored species in the genus. They can be distinguished from all
other species by the all-yellow face. In addition to this they can be separated
from C. proteus var. onccola, and C. saiut-cyri var. anceps and C. hyperici
by having many wrinkles on the pronotum, whereas these species all have few
wrinkles. Likewise it is separated bj' this character from C. sierra, C. hinotaia,
and the black males of C. lineatocollis and C. brunnea, all of which have few
but deep wrinkles on the pronotum. C. testacea (pini) is separated from
xanthoccphala, in addition to color pattern of the face by its much larger size.
Lastly the male genitalia separate this species from all the other species
\"ery easily. This can readily be seen by examination of plates XXV, XXVI
and XXVn. C. testacea resembles C. onborni in this respect more than any
of the other species, but is decidedly different from it also.
Distribution. The writer had available for study thirty-one specimens
from the following states: Minnesota, New Jersey. New York, North Carolina,
South Dakota, Wisconsin, and from Washington, D. C. and Quebec, Canada.
Doctor Ball reports it also from Maryland.
Of the thirty-one specimens fourteen were yellow females of the typical
testacea type and seventeen were males of the black pini tj'pe.
In a letter to the writer Doctor Bail makes the following remarks: "I have
twenty-one females of testacea and two males. On the other hand I have three
males of pini and two females, and one female and two males of pini were taken
at the same time and place with the testacea examples, and the only male of
that species taken in the east."
Location of Types. The types of both testacea and pini are to be found in
the New York State Museum at Albany. The specimens are all badly faded,
those of the black pini males having faded to a light tan or brown, as in the
painting. The bullae of testacea are black or dark colored, which proves that
Fitch had a form distinct from osborni.
Hosts. In eveiy case where the host plants have been mentioned it has
always been pine.
Clastoptera obtusa Say.
(Plates III, M, X, XIV. XVIII. XXII. XXIV, XXVI.)
Cercopis obtxtsa Say. Say, Thomas. Conijil. Writ. II, p. 2.56; 1S25.
ORIGIN.AL DESCRIPTION.
Head and anterior part of thorax pale, with three transverse lines, wings
varied with brown and pale. Inhabits United States. Body short, oval ; head
pale yellowish, an elevated reddish-brown, transverse line between the eyes
and before the stemmata; front with about nine parallel equidistant reddish-
brown lines which are interrupted in the middle and abbreviated at the cavity
of the antenna?; antennic placed in a deep cavity, beyond which the setae only
64 The University Science Bulletin.
projects; head beneath black, thorax pale, yellowish before, reddish-brown and
rugose with continuous lines behind, anterior edge elevated, reddish-brown;
a reddish-brown transverse band on the middle; scutel pale, reddish-brown;
hemelytra varied with fuscous and pale, generally forming a band.
writer's description.
Size. Length: $ 4.65 mm. to 5.1 mm.; $ 3.75 mm. to 4.5 mm. Width:
9 2.55 mm. to 2.7 mm.; S 2.1 mm. to 2.62 mm.
Shape. A somewhat slender species with a broad head and thorax; margins
of elytra almost parallel, although the body seems a trifle wider at a point
in line with apex of clavus.
Structural Det.ails. Vertex depressed transversely, anterior margin some-
what carinated. Greatest length of eye approximately one-fourth the width
of head. Ocelli located about midway between anterior and posterior margins
of vertex, the distance between the two ocelli almo.st three-fourths the dis-
tance between each ocellus and eye. Front usually extending only slightly
beyond vertex, but in a few cases protruding almost half the length of vertex.
Face, postclypeus very little inflated, arising gradually from face at sides, its
length not much over one and one-half times the length of the anteclypeus,
and its width slightly greater than width of gena and eye. Labium reaching
to trochanter of middle pair of legs. Pronotum bare and shining, its length
a little greater than half its width, about twenty-five regular, deep wrinkles
on median line, anterior margin angularly produced, posterior margin deeply
emarginate, lateral margins slightly diverging. Scutellum, width about two-
thirds of its length, the length being just equal to the distance from tip of
scutellum to apex of elytron. Elytra scarcely inflated, length of one not quite
three times its width, base of costal margin flaring, then parallel-margined to
apical fourth or a point just opposite tip of clavus, from whence it abruptly
incurves to rounded apex, their surface covered by many haiis, as compared
with other species in the genus; wing venation, cell R.5 rectangular, longer than
wide, cell Rs shorter than cell first M4, and apical callous irregular in .■?hape,
occujjying most of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer about equal in length and width, ovipositor
exposed about one-seventh of its length beyond pygofer; male genital plates
broad, divided for about three-fourths their length, their inner ajiical angles
rounding; laterodorsal angles of pygofer extended into a long, fingerlike flap,
styles exposed for about one-third their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovii)ositor broad ami roundingly pointed
at apex, its basal dorsal half greatly membranous, the ninth sternite about two-
thirds length of valve; inner valves united for almost half their length, the
inner free njjical margins bearing small, di.stinct teeth, numbering between 115
to 125, and two distinct notches, one at point of union of the two valves, and
the other at base of apical third; middle valve flat, bladelike, tapering to a
pointed apex, its base greatly exiianded on cephalolateral angle. Genital
styles of males, basal two-thirds broad, apical third narrowed and bent dorsad
at an angle with rest of style, the apical angles extended into sharply pointed
apices, the caudal one longer than the cephalic one.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 65
Clastoptcra obtusa var. obtusa Say.
Cercopis: obtusa Say. Say, Thomas. Compl. Writ. II, p. 25C ; 1825.
Clastoptera obtusa var. pallida Ball. Ball, E. D. la. Acad. Sci. XXVI, p. 145; 1919.
writer's DESCRIPTION.
Color. A mottled brown and fuscous species. Vertex pale yellow with light
reddish-brown band on anterior margin, posteriorly reaching ocelli. Face,
lower half of postclypeus and genje. mandibular sclerites and anteclypeus all
blackish-brown, rest of face light cream-yellow wnth four or five pairs of black-
ish-brown arcs on postclypeus cephalad of dark portion, sometimes faint indi-
cations of lighter areas along posterior and lateral margins of postclypeus,
lorae and anteclypeus, and occasionally these lighter areas, merging to form a
light band dividing the dark areas. Pronotum, anterior half pale straw-yellow,
excepting a light reddish-tan band on anterior margin and a second darker
reddish-brown band posterior to first, the caudal half shading from lighter
brown to very dark brown. Scutellum, basal part orange-tan, fading to lighter
yellow with extreme apex and base somewhat washed in fuscous. Elytra,
mottled in brown, fuscous and white; clavus mottled brown and fuscous with
an oblique, usually indistinct or barely discernible, whitish band across middle,
corium mottled brown and fuscous, with an oblique white band which is united
at the claval structure with the white claval band, and then extends cephalad
across middle of corium to costal margin, where it merges into a large w'hite
spot, the white band again divided by a nanow oblique brownish-black band
and followed posteriorly by a dark fuscous cloud which forms a dark spot on
costal margin, from whence it fades into pale hyaline on apical third with The
veins standing out in sharp contrast, the explanate costal margin pale hyaline,
apical callous black, bordered anteriorly by white and a small white spot in
cell just anterior to apical callous. Coxa of first two pairs of legs dark, tro-
chanter j'ellow with a ventral brown spot, femur dark brown with a whitish spot
at apex and sometimes a very faint white line running along cephalic margin,
tibia and tarsus washed in a lighter shade of brown, excejiting the last segment
of the tarsus which is brownish black. Hind legs with somewhat the same pat-
tern but generally lighter, except for the dark spines. Mesothorax blackish,
mottled with yellow; anterior part of metathorax dark, rest lighter. Abdomen,
segments of the female usually yellow with ovipositor washed in brown; seg-
ments of the male dark with the margins j-ellow.
CoMP.AR.\TivE Notes. Clastoptera obtusa, and also its variety tristis, may be
confused with five closely related species, namely C. elongata, C. pallido-
cephala, C. tricincta, C. ovata and C. siskiyou. The obtusa forms can usually
be separated from these other forms very easily by the color pattern of the
face. In obtusa the lower half of the face is all dark, blackish-brown, or else
somewhat mottled wdth lighter brown, while these other species all have a
light face with an irregular, dark band across the middle.
The inner valves of the ovipositors in these three species differ in the fol-
lowing waj's: Obtusa has the two notches spaced farther apart than in any of
the others, and the distance from the basal notch to apex of the valve is
longer than in the others. The only two which approach these proportions in
any way are elongata and tricincta. However, in these two species the valves
are longer, different in shape, and with the notches much more distinct than
66 The University Science Bulletin.
in obtusa. The teeth on the valves likewise vary. Obtusa has the most,
numbering approximately 115 to 125, while pallidocephala and siskiyou have
about 100, tricincta about 109, and elongata and ovata both have an irregularly
jagged edge.
The writer does not consider the variety pallida Ball as a distinct variety.
It was undoubtedly described from teneral specimens which did not have a
chance to color up properly.
Distribution. This has been taken from the following states: California,
Colorado, Connecticut, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
Michigan, Minnesota, North Carolina, Nebraska, New Hampshire, New Jersey,
New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, South Dakota, Tennessee,
Texas, Virginia, Vermont, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and from Washington,
D. C, and Montreal, Canada.
This seems to be one of the commonest forms found in the United States.
It appears in fairly large numbers in whatever locality it is taken. In a series
of approximately 200 specimens the sexes are about equally divided.
Host Pl.'^nts. Doctor O-sborn (1916) speaks of it as the "alder spittle bug."
Doctor Ball (1927) reports if from alder, basswood and willow. In Kansas it
has been taken from weeping oak, walnut and pawpaw trees, as well as the
grass and shrubbery beneath these trees. Doctor Readio reared adults from
nymphs that were feeding on ho]) horn beam. Van Duzee states that it is taken
abundantly on blueberry. Lintner rejiorted it from linden.
Clastoptera obtusa var. tristis Van Duzee.
Van Duzee, E. P. Bui. Buf. Soc. Xat. Sci. X, p. .")0;> ; l!il-2.
ORIGIN.AL DESCRIPTION.
The variety he (Ball) calls achatina, as I know from a specimen determined
by him, is mostly fuscous, with the vertex and anterior margin of the pronotum
narrowly fuh-ous, the former with a dark line. I propose the name variety
tristis for this form.
writer's description.
Color. Resembling obtusa, except that the ground color is a bronze or
golden brown with fewer light markings. Vertex pale yellow with light
reddish-brown band on anterior margin, posteriorly reaching ocelli. Face,
lower half of postclypeus and gense, mandibular sclerites, anteclypeus all black-
ish-brown; rest of face light cream-yellow, with four or five pairs of blackish-
bro\\Ti arcs, sometimes faint indications of lighter areas along posterior, lateral
margins of postclypeus, mandibular sclerites and anteclypeus. Pronotum,
anterior half pale, straw-yellow, excepting a light reddish-tan band on anterior
margin and a second darker reddish-brown band posterior to first, the caudal
half shading from lighter brown to very dark brown. Scutellum, basal part
orange-tan. fading to lighter yellow, with extreme apex and base somewhat
washcMl in fuscous. Elytra, bronze, or golden-brown, no white band on clavus
and only occasionally on corium. where it is barely indicated, posterior to the
median, obhque dark band, sometimes the white band being a yellowish-tan,
the explanate costal margin ])a!e hyaline, and the apical callous black. Legs
and under side of bodv as in obtusa.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 67
CoMPARATiv^E XoTES. See discussion in the description of the variety' obtma.
Distribution. Doctor Ball makes the following statement in regard to its
distribution : "This form has been taken by the writer on alder at Ames, Iowa,
at Kingston, Ontario, in the mountains of Colorado, on the slopes of Mount
Shasta, California, and on wild grape in the dense swamps of Florida."
The following is a list of states from which this variety has been collected:
Alabama, Arizona, California, Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Maine, Massachusetts,
Michigan, New Jersey, North Carolina, New York. Ohio, Pennsylvania, Florida
and from Montreal, Canada.
There seems to be an even distribution of males and females, for the series
of 145 specimens at hand for study is divided into 79 females and 66 males.
Location of Tites. Collection of E. P. Van Duzee.
Host Plants. From Doctor Ball's statements, given above, it seems that
the host plants are probably the same as for obtusa. One specimen was col-
lected by Mr. Morrison in the Arnold arboretum, Boston, Mass., from Tila sp.
Clastoptera obtusa var. borealis Ball.
Bull. E. D. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. XXVI. p. 145; 1919.
ORIGINAL. DESCRIPTION.
Reseml)ling ty])i<'a! obtusa in size and pattern, but much darker. Ground
color dark, smoky-brown, with the vertex, anterior half of pronotum, except
for a naiTow transverse band, and the oblique saddle definitely set off in light
creamy or white, in sharp contrast. Described from two examples from Nova
Scotia from Doctor Brittain, one from Osceola, Wis., collected by the writer,
and one from West Virginia. This is the common form in the Rocky
Mountains and northern regions, and extends down along the coasts as far as
\\'ashington and San Francisco. It was the only form at hand from California
at the time the writer reviewed the genus. The western specimens have the
band on the pronotum somewhat broken and the lower part of the face light,
thus agreeing fairly well with the description of Uncatocollis Stal. and were so
referred. Since that time dark, smok}' forms of the species that w^as known at
that. time as delicata Uhl. have been found in Cahfornia, and as Baker sug-
gests, they are undoubtoilly the form that Stal described.
writer's DESCRIPTION.
Color. A mottled brown and fuscous species, resembling obtn.'^n but much
darker, ^'ertex and front yellow, with an orange-brown band on anterior
margin of vertex. Eyes brown. Face, lower half of postclypeus, lower half
of genae posterior to antennal cavities, mandibular sclerites and anteclypeus
all blackish-brown, rest of face light cream-yellow, crossed by five or six pairs
of dark arcs, sometimes faint indications of lighter areas along lateroposterior
margins of postclypeus, mandibular sclerites and anteclypeus mottled, oc-
casionally these lighter areas merging to form a faint, light band. Pronotum,
anterior half straw-yellow with a light reddish-tan band on anterior margin,
and a second narrow, dark reddish-brown band posterior to first, the caudal
portion shading from lighter brown to very dark brown. Scutellum, basal
third orange-brown, sometimes washed in fuscous, followed by a yellow area,
then a band of brown, another area of straw-yellow and apex blackish-brown.
68 The University Science Bulletin.
Elytra mottled brown, fuscous and white, clavus with a broad, white, distinct
band across middle, rest of clavus dark brownish-fuscous; coriuni, dark
brownish-fuscous with the exception of a broad hyaline area at base of costal
margin, the hyaline apical third bearing the well accentuated dark brown veins,
a white band across middle of corium beginning at the white band on clavus,
then running cephalad across corium to costal margin, these two bands together
making a prominent white V on each elytron, an oblique dark brown band
running through the white band on corium, which broadens into a large, ir-
regular dark brown spot just before reaching costal margin, apical callous
black and prominent. Coxa of first two pairs of legs dark, trochanter yellow
with a cephalic brown spot, femur dark brown on cephalic and lateral sides,
caudad portion somewhat lighter, a whitish area at apex, tibia and tarsus
washed in brown. Coxa of metathoracic legs j^ellow, trochanter yellow with
a cephalic spot, femur and tibia as above, with black spines, the base of each
spine surrounded by a definite white area.
CoMPAR.'VTivE Notes. The writer thinks that the reasons for making this a
distinct variety are not very substantial. It is true that the extreme dark
specimens of this variety and the extreme light specimens of obtusa are rather
conspicuously different. Yet one can find an endless number of gradations
between these two forms. In other words, there is no clear line of demarcation
which sets off a large series of borealis on one hand and a large series of obtusa
on the other, as can be done with tristis.
Clastoptera obhisa var. borealis may be very easily confused with two other
species, C. lawsoni and C. arizonana. The three species are somewhat alike
in general color pattern, since they are all dark brownish-fuscous species with
a distinct oblique white band across elytra. However, both lawsoni and
arizonana have this band much broader than that of the var. borealis. Then,
too, lawsoni has a shiny, semitransparent, darker pronotum than borealis has.
Moreover lawsoni is a more globose species with the margins of the elytra more
expanded at base and diverging than in the obtusa form where the margins
are more nearly parallel. The front of laicsoni is more extended anteriorly
than in obtusa, while the wrinkles of the pronotum are much broader and less
numerous.
Clastoptera obtusa var. borealis can be separated from C. arizonana, in ad-
dition to its having a narrower white band on elytra, by the fact that it is much
larger, with a much broader head and pronotum and longer body. The costal
margins of the elytron flare slightly more in borealis than in this species, and
the front is clearly more produced in arizonana than in borealis, its length in
the former being even longer than the vertex, while in borealis it is scarcely
visible beyond vertex. Also, the wrinkles of the pronotum are much finer and
more numerous in borealis than in arizonana; where they seem to have dark
furrows between them.
The male genitalia show very little difference between these three species
unless they are placed side by side. Then it can be seen that the styles of
arizonana are stouter and shorter than those of obtusa or lawsoni. The inner
valves of the ovipositors differ, however, and thus indicate that three species
are involved. The valve of borealis is much larger in every way and the two
notches are spread much farther apart than in the other two. The teeth also
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 69
var>', numbering between 115 and 125 in borealis, about 96 in lawsoni being
very faintly indicated between the two notches, and only about 67 in arizonana.
Distribution. Doctor Ball states that he "has taken nymphs and what ap-
peared to be immaturely colored males of this form in abundance on the
beaked hazel brush in shaded areas at Woods Hole, Mass., on July 11, 1925.
He has taken this form on alder in the Rocky Mountains, on basswood in
Iowa, and on grape in a Florida swamp. It seems to be found most abun-
dantly in damp and shaded situations from Nova Scotia to the Pacific, and
south to West Virginia in the Appalachians and Colorado in the Rockies."
From the specimens in the collections at hand for study it seems apparent
that borealis is found along with ohtusa. It has been taken from the following
states: California, Colorado, Connecticut, Iowa, Kansas, Massachusetts, North
Carolina, North Dakota, New Jersey, New York, Michigan and Florida.
In a series of 200 specimens the proportion of the sexes is equal.
Location of Types. In the collection of Dr. E. D. Ball, Sanford, Fla.
Hosts. Doctor Ball mentioned beaked hazel brush, alder, basswood, and
grape. In Kansas thcj^ have been taken on oaks, walnut and pawpaw.
Clastoptera achatina Germar.
(Plates III, VI, X, XIV, XVIII, XXII, XXIV, XXVI.)
Clastoptera acliatina Germar. Germar. Zeit. f. Ent. I, p. 87; 1838.
Clastoptera ohtusa subsp. I. var. c, Germar. Ball, E. D. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, p. 190; 1895.
Clastoptera obtusa var. achatina Germ. Van Duzce, E. P. Cat. Hemip., p. 518; 1917.
Clastoptera ohtusa var. achatina Germ. Stearns, L. A. Heniip. Conn., p. 236; 1923.
Clastoptera obtusa var. achatina Germ. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX, p. Ill ; 1927.
ORIGINAL description.
Testacea, fronte nigra, elytris ante apicera fuscis, macula submarginali ante
apicem nigra, femoribus medio fuscis. Hab. in Pennsylvania, Zimmermann.
Two bis 2'/4 hr. lang rothgclf oder grau gelf, stirn and Mittleburst, bisweilen
auch der Hinter-theil des Bauches schwarz. Deckschilde von der mitte weg
bis vor die Spitze Schwarzlichbraun, doch bleibt ein Fleck am Seitenrande
heil. Die Ader des vorderrandes fuhrt vor ihrer spitze einem schwarzen Fleck.
writer's description.
Size. Length: $ 4.5 mm. to 4.8 mm.; $ 3.45 mm. to 4.05 mm. Width:
$ 2.7 mm. to 2.85 mm.; $ 2.25 mm. to 2.4 mm.
Sh.ape. a semielongate species with a broad head and pronotum resembling
obtusa.
Color. Front, vertex and pronotum all uniform tawny-yellow, eyes brown.
Face yellow, marked as follows: A broad brown band across middle of
postcl.ypeus, a large brown spot mesad of band on each gena, a spot caudad
of mesocaudal angle of eye, a brown spot on caudal portion of mandibular
sclerites and another across anteclypeus, or sometimes all of mandibular
sclerites and most of anteclypeus dark brown, with occasionally even the caudal
margin of postclypeus somewhat darkened. Scutellum tawny-yellow. Elytra^,
basal third of clavus and anal margin as far as membrane tawny-yellow, rest
of clavus dark fuscous, sometimes with an oblique, indistinct yellow band
across middle; corium browni.?h-fuscous, with an oblique, white band which
5—3341
70 The University Science Bulletin.
is united on claval suture with the white claval band, then extends cephalad
across middle of corium to costal margin, the white band again divided by a
narrow, oblique brownish-black band and followed posteriorlj- by a dark,
fuscous cloud which fades into a tannish-gray hyaline on apical third with the
dark veins standing out distinctly, the explanate costal margin pale hyaline,
apical callous dark brown or black. Legs, usually a dusky yellow, coxa of first
two pairs dark or mottled, femur and tibia light with a longitudinal dark stripe
on lateral and cephalic sides which sometimes are very broad, merging to-
gether so that the entire cephalic and lateral sides are dark; tarsus, excepting
spines and last segment, light. Hind legs light, excepting spines and last
segment, which are black. Mesothorax usually dark. Metathorax light or
mottled. Abdomen with segments dark, margined in light.
Structural Details, ^'ertex depressed trans\'ersely, anterior margin some-
what carinated. Length of each eye one-fourth width of head. Ocelli located
a trifle nearer anterior margin of head than pronotum, the distance between the
two ocelli equal to distance between each ocellus and eye. Front extending
beyond vertex for approximately one-half its length. Postclypeus only slightly
inflated, its length approximately twice length of anteclypeus, its width only
slightly greater than gena and e.ve. Pronotum dull, its length slightly greater
than half its width, with eighteen to twenty deep wrinkles along median line,
the grooves between them wider than in obtusa, anterior margin angularly
produced, posterior margin deeply emarginated, lateral margins slightly diverg-
ing. Scutellum, length about two-fifths greater than width. Elytra, scarcely
inflated, length of one almost three times its width, base of costal margin flar-
ing, then almost parallel-margined to apical third of elytron, from whence it
abruptly incurves to rounded apex, their surface covered by many hairs, as
compared with other species in the genus. Wing venation, cell Rs rectangular,
longer than wide, cell R.-, shorter than cell first M4, and apical callous small,
usually occupying only basal half of cell Ri, rest of cell thickened.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female about equal in length and width,
ovipositor exposed about one-seventh of its length beyond pygofer. Male
genital plates broad at base, their inner apical angles rounding, laterodorsal
angle of pygofer extended into a long, finger-like flap, styles exposed for about
one-third their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and roundingly pointed
at apex, its basal dorsal half membranous, ninth sternite two-thirds length
of valve; inner valves flat, bladelike, united for almost half their length, the
free apical margins bearing small distinct teeth, numbering about ninety-five
and two distinct notches, one at point of union of the two valves, the other just
posterior to base of apical third. Genital styles of males, basal two-thirds
broad, apical third narrowed and bent dorsad at an angle with rest of style,
the ai)ical angles extended into sharply pointed apices, the caudal one being
longer.
CoMi'AH.XTivi': Notes. C. achatina has been considered as a variety of ob-
tusa by many writers. The writer considers it a distinct species for the fol-
lowing reasons: First, because of its outstanding color, namely, the yellow
head and pronotum in achatina, whic"li separates it veiy readily from obtusa.
Then, too, the wrinkles on the jironotum are less numeroiis in achatina. num-
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 71
bering 18 to 20 on median line, while in obtusa there are usually about 25.
Moreover, the wrinkles are deeper with the grooves between them wider than
in obtum. Lastly, the inner valve of the ovipositors of the two species differ,
although not as markedly as in other species perhaps. The chief differences
are that the valve of achatinn is more slender and narrow as compared to that
of obtusa and has fewer teeth, namely, about 95 while those of obtusa number
between 115 and 125.
Distribution. The type locality for this species is given as Pennsylvania.
Doctor Ball speaks of it as a "rare sjiecies." A series of fifty specimens have
been taken in Kansas from Atchison and Leavenworth counties. The speci-
mens from other collections numbered about thirty, making the total num-
ber of eighty, of which sixt\' were females and twenty were males. They
have been taken from the following states: Connecticut, Florida, Indiana,
Maryland, Ma.s^achusetts, Mi-ssouri, New Jersey, New York, North Carolina,
Penn.sylvania, Ohio, Texas, West Virginia, Wisconsin, and from Washington.
D. C.
Host Pl.ants. One specimen, collected by Mr. Morrison, in the National
Museum collection was taken from the Arnold arboretum. Boston. Mass.. on
Tilia sp.
Clastoptera lawsoni sp. new.
(Plates III, VI. X. XIV, XVIII, XXII, XXH', XXVI.)
Size. Length: 9 4.05 mm. to 4.5 mm.; S 2.4 nun. to 2.62 mm. Width:
9 3.45 mm. to 3.9 mm.; $ 2.1 mm. to 2.55 mm.
Sh.ape. a broad, short, medium-sized species with graduall.v rounding head
and elytra moderately inflated.
Color. A yellow and fuscous species with a conspicuous white band across
elytra. Head and vertex solid j-ellow, occasionally two or three pairs of
darkish arcs showing on front and two brownish spots on vertex. Eyes brown.
Face yellow, with the following dark markings: An irregular brownish band
across middle of postclj'peus, not extending to margins in some cases and
occasionally almost lacking, another brown spot laterad of this on each gena
and a brown spot on apex of antech'peus. Pronotum, semilwaline on central
portion with dark body showing through and giving this portion a darker
appearance, the outer edges irregularly margined and spotted with opaque
j'ellow, a broad reddish-brown band across middle. Scutellum cream->ellow.
washed in orange or sometimes all reddish-tan, occasionally a reddish-brown
band at base and a dark arc across middle. Elytra ground color, fuscous, the
clavus bearing a broad, distinct white band across middle, corium with this
white band continued transversely to costal margin, thus making a shallow
white V on each elytron, the explanate costal margin and apical tliird of
elytron hyaline, an oblique dark band across middle of corium partially divid-
ing the white band, another dark spot just caudad of middle of elytron and
a darker brownish cloud caudad of white band, apical callous brownish and
apical veins somewhat darker brown than rest of elytron. Legs, coxa of first
two pairs yellow at base and dark brown at apex, trochanter yellow, with a
cephalic brownish spot, femur yellow with a broad brownish band on both
cephalic and caudal surfaces, this cephalic band at apex interrupted by a
72 The University Science Bulletin.
yellowish, longitudinal spot, tibia brown with a darker brown band indicated
on ventral surface, tarsus brown with black claws. Hind leg, coxa and tro-
chanter yellow, femur yellow, with a brown basal ring and a broad band
running almost to apex on cephalic surface, tibia mottled fuscous and yellow
with apices of spines black. Mesothorax blackish-brown. Metathorax yellow.
Abdomen yellow or washed in brown.
Structural Details. Vertex not depressed transversely, the anterior margin
barely carinated. Length of each eye over one-fourth the width of head.
The ocelli located midway between anterior and posterior margins of vertex,
the space between the two ocelli about equal to the distance between each
ocellus and eye. Front extending beyond vertex about two-thirds length of
the latter, gena and front gradually rounding anteriorly from eye, giving the
head a characteristic rounded appearance. Postclypeus moderately inflated, its
length twice that of anteclypeus, and its width slightly greater than space
between its lateral margin and lateral margin of head. Pronotum, width almost
twice its length, the anterior margin roimdingly angulate, the lateral margins
diverging and the posterior margin deeply emarginate, the whole surface very
shiny, with comparatively few broad wrinkles, numbering about eleven or
twelve on median line. Scutellum, length two-fifths greater than width.
Elytra broad and moderately inflated, the length of one about two and one-
half times its width, the length of clavus beyond apex of scutellum only three-
fifths the length of the scutellum, each elytron narrowed at base, its margins
then slightly diverging to a point on line with apex of clavus, from which
point it tapers to a bluntly rounded apex. Wing venation, cell R5 much longer
than wide, cell R3 smaller than cell first M4, the apical callous small, roughly
diamond shaped, occupying only the cephalic portion of cell Ri.
External genitaha: Pj'gofer of female longer than wide, exceeded by
ovipositor for about one-tenth of latter. Pygofer of male, longer than wide,
the genital plates divided on median line for about one-half their length, the
caudomedian angles tapering toward middle of valve, exceeded by genital
styles for about one-half their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve broad and spoon-shaped, tapering to a
bluntly pointed apex, the ninth sternite slightly over one-half the length of
the valve; middle valve flat and bladelike, tapering to a slender apex; inner
valves flat and bladelike, united for half their length, their free inner margins
bearing two distinct notches, the one at point of union of the two valves and
the other at base of apical third, and about sixteen faintly indicated teeth
between the two notches, and about eighty between the apical notch and apex
of valve. Internal male genitalia of the obtusa type, the style broad and stout,
its base expanded into a membranous flap, the basal three-fourths much
broader than the apical fourth, with the margins of the former bent together,
the naiTow apical fourth bent laterad. with its extreme apical angles distinctly
pointed.
CoMPAR.'iTivE Notes. For the comparison of C. law.wni with C. obtusa var.
borealis see the discussion in the description of var. borealis on page 68.
Clastopfcra Inusoni is very similar in appearance and structure to C. ari-
zonana, although the two have many characters by which they may be sepa-
rated. The chief structural differences between these two are as follows:
laicsoni is a larger, broader species than arizonana, with the margins of the
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 73
elytra greatly diverging and not parallel, while in arizonana they are only
slightly flaring and parallel. The front of arizonana is greatly extended beyond
vertex, more so than in either obtusa or lauysoni, the curve of the head of the
latter being evenly rounded so that front and gena are smoothly joined to-
gether, while in arizonana the anterior curve is broken at junction of gena and
front and the head is more pointed.
In color these two differ, since arizonayia is a chocolate-brown with the white
band across elytra very broad, occupying a third of the length of the corium.
while in lauvsoni thi.s band is distinct, but occupies about one-fifth of the clavus,
and the general color of the elytra is a lighter brown. Also, the pronotum of
lawsoni is very shining, transparent, and with a well marked reddish-brown
arc crossing the disk, while in arizonana the thorax is less shining, more opaque
yellow, with the grooves between the wrinkles dark, a narrow brown band just
caudad of anterior margin and a second veiy narrow one across the disk.
The ovipositors of these two closely related species differ in the following
respects : the inner valve of arizonana is smaller with its base more expanded,
followed by a constriction through middle, which lawsoni does not have. Then,
too, the distance from the apical notch to apex of valve in arizonana is less
than this same distance in lawsoni. Moreover, arizonana has fewer teeth,
namely, about sixty-seven, with the ones between the notches as distinct as
the rest from last notch to apex, while lawsoni has about ninety-six, with the
ones between the two notches only faintly indicated. The male genitalia are
quite similar, showing little difference except when compared side by side.
The styles of arizonana as compared with lawsoni are stouter and shorter.
Distribution. This species has been taken in various parts of Arizona.
Dixie, Utah, Los Angeles, Cal., and Kerrville, Tex. The majority of the
specimens have been taken in Arizona.
The species was described from thirty females and fifteen males. Fifteen
specimens were collected by Doctor Beamer, Doctor Readio and Mr. Anderson
from Mescal, Ariz., and four specimens by Doctor Ball from Dixie, Utah.
The others were specimens from the National Museum collection, which were
collected by Uhler, Coquillett, W. D. Pierce, F. C. Pratt, Barker and Schwarz,
and H. G. Hubbard.
Hosts. On the specimens collected by Hubbard and Pierce are labels stating
that they were collected from grape.
Clastoptera arizonana sp. new.
(Plates III, VI, X, XIV, XVIII, XXII, XXIV, XXVI.)
Size. Length: $ 3.5 to 3.7 mm.; 3 3.52 mm. Width: 9 2.17 mm.; $
1.95 mm.
Shape. A very small, slender species, parallel-sided with a greatly elongated,
enlarged front.
Color. A dark-brown and yellow species with a conspicuous broad, white
band across elytra. Front yellow, crossed by three or four pairs of reddish-
brown arcs. Vertex yellow with a narrow reddish-brown stripe just caudad of
anterior margin between the eye and ocellus, another orange spot sometimes
present caudad of this. Eyes light brown or tan. Face cream-yellow, with a
solid dark brown band extending across postclypeus and gena to eye, there
74 The University Science Bulletin.
being cephaJad of this on postclypeus six or seven pairs of prominent dark
brown arcs, the antennal socket, area caudad of eye and a small spot on
anteclypeus likewise dark brown. Pronotum cream with the grooves between,
the wrinkles dark and two distinct brown bands, the one just caudad of anterior
margin which sometimes may be broken up into four rectangular spots, the
second band forming a narrow arc just anterior to middle of disk. Scutellum
creamy with a large reddish-brown spot at base, and a broad dark Y across
middle. Elytra, brownish, a broad white oblique band across middle third of
clavus, this band continuing across corium to costal margin, explanate costal
margin and apical third of corium distinctly hyaline with veins, large bulbous
apical callous, and an oblique narrow band running through the white band
dark, standing out in sharp contrast to rest of corium, the membrane distinctly
whitish-hyaline. Legs mostly dark, with coxa of first pair dark on basal half
and rest light brown, trochanter with a large brown spot on cephalic surface,
femur with a dark brown longitudmal strii>e running down middle and a
narrow, yellow longitudinal band on either side of it, tibia blackish-brown with
a yellow crescent at base, tarsus dark brown and claws almost black. Second
pair of legs similar to first, except the femur which is all dark brown on cephalic
surface except for an oblique yellow band at apex. Hind legs with coxa,
trochanter, and femur like second pair, tibia brownish with large white spots
cephalad of lateral spines, the spines brown with black tips, tarsus brown with
blackish claws. Mesothorax dark brown. Metathorax dark brown anteriorly,
fuscous-tan posteriorly. Abdomen dark brown laterally, the inner margins of
pleura and pygofer of female lighter.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
slightly carinated. Greatest length of eye somewhat more than one-fourth the
width of the head. Ocelli nearer to anterior margin of vertex than pronotum,
the space between the ocelli equal to the distance between each ocellus and
eye. Front greatly extended beyond vertex, its length longer than vertex.
Postclypeus moderately inflated, more so than in obtttsa and less than in
protens, its length somewhat over twice the length of anteclypeus, its width
one-third wider than space between its lateral margin and outer margin of
head. Pronotum almost twice as wide as long, anterior margin roundingly
angulate, posterior margin deeply emarginate. its surface traversed by broad
wrinkles on median line with deep furrows between them. Scutelhmi
one-third longer than wide. Elytra, length of one about three times its width,
length of clavus beyond apex of scutellum less than one-half length of clavus,
base of costal margins only slightly flaring, as compared to C. lawsoni, then
parallel-margined to apical third of el\tron. from whence they taper to a
bluntly pointed apex. Wing venation, ceil R-, just slightly longer than wide,
cell R;; smaller than cell first M4, the apical callous roughly diamond-shaped,
prominent, occupying only the cephalodorsal portion of cell Rj.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female longer than wide, only slightly ex-
ceeded by ovipositor, api)roximately one-eighth or one-ninth of valve. Pygofer
of male nuich wider than long, the laterocaudal angles greatly elongated into
long slender jjrocesses, the genital plates separated on median line for a little
over half their length, th(> mediocaudal angles hhiiitly rounded, exceeded by
genital styles for about half their distance.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 75
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a bluntly pointed apex, its laterodbrsal half membranous, the ninth
sternite about three-fourths the length of valve; middle valve flat and blade-
like, tapering to a slenderly pointed apex; inner valve flat and blade-
like, its base broad, then constricted, from whence it broadens again abruptly,
the two valves united on inner margins for half their length, their free inner
margins bearing two notches, the one just caudad of point of union of the two
valves, and the other at base of apical third, and tlnrteen distinct teeth be-
tween the two notches and about fifty-four between ai^ical notch and apex.
Male style, broad at ba^e, margins of the basal two-thirds bent together, the
apical third considerably narrowed and bent laterad, the extreme apical angles
in the form of sharply pointed hooks.
Comparative Notes. See the discussion under this heading in the descrip-
tion of C. lawsoni on page 72.
Distribution. The species was described from nine specimens, seven of
which were males and two females. The females were collected by Dr. P. A.
Readio and Dr. F. H. Snow. The males were collected by Uhler, C. F. Baker,
Dr. Snow, and Dr. R. H. Beamer.
Loc.'\Tiox OF Types. Holotype and allotype. Snow collection. University of
Kansas.
Hosts. Unknown.
Clastoptera xanthoce phala Germar.
(Plates III, VI, X, XIV, XVIII, XXII, XXIV, XXVI.)
Germar. Zeit. f. Ent., p. 189; 1S39.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Nigra, capite flavescente, fronits, facia nigra, elytris maculis marginatibus
hj'alinis, puncta calloso anter ai)icum nigro, pedibus pallido-fuscaque annulatis.
Habitat in Pennsylvania, Carolina. Zimmerman. One and one-half lin
lang. Kopf gelb, under scheilel chmkel. eine cpveerbinde auf der unterseite
schwarz. Deckshilde schwarz. cin Fleck am ^■orderrande vor der Spitze, ein an-
derer, der den ganzen Hinterrand einnimmt, glashell, latzerer mit einem
schwarzen schweilegen Punkte vor der "S'orderecke. Beine gelblich, braun
geringelt.
writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 2.9 mm. to 3.3 mm.; $ 2.4 mm. to 3 mm. Width: $
L95 mm. to 2.1 mm.; i L65 mm. to 2.1 mm.
Sh.^pe. a short, compact species, with margins of the elytra almost parallel.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
slightly carinated. Length of each eye slightly over one-fifth the width of
the head. Front exposed beyond vertex about two-thirds of the length of the
vertex, more roundingly produced than in the protcus group. Ocelli located
midway between anterior and posterior margins of vertex, with the distance
between the two ocelli equal to the distance between each ocellus and eye.
Postclypeus very slightly inflated, its width greater than combined gena
and eye, length one and three-fourths times the length of anteclj'peus.
76 The University Science Bulletin.
Pronotum shiny, with about twenty-three fine, even wrinkles, cephalic margin
somewhat more produced than in proteus group, posterior margin deeply
emarginate and lateral margins diverging. Scutellum very long, one-fifth
longer than distance from its apex to apex of elytron. Elytra, length approxi-
mately two and two-thirds times width of one, base of costal margin flaring,
then parallel-margined to apical fourth, from whence it abruptly incurves to
rounded apex, covered by a fairly scant pubescence, less than in salicis and
hyperici but more than in proteus. Wing venation, cell R5 about equal in
length and width, or slightly wider than long, cell R3 much smaller and shorter
than cell first M4, apical callous round and bulging, occupying most of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female about equal in length and width,
ovipositor .extending beyond pygofer for about one-fifth of its length. Pygofer
of the male slightly broader than long, its laterodorsal angle expanded into
a long, slender, tapering process; male genital plates broad at base, inner
margins rounding to a blunt apex, the genital styles scarcely visible beyond
plates.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor tapering to a pointed apex,
its length not quite twice the length of the ninth stemite; inner valves united
for approximately half their length, the free apical half bearing regular, dis-
tinct teeth, numbering seventy-seven to seventy-eight, and two very small
inconspicuous notches, one at point of union of the two valves, the other at
base of apical third; the middle valve blade-like, expanded into a sharp angle
at base and tapering to a pointed apex. Styles of male broad and stout, base
extended into a flap, apical fourth bent dorsad, the apical angles both extended
into sharply pointed apices, the inner one longer and more sharply pointed
than the outer one.
Clastoptera xanihocephala var. xanthocephala Germar.
Color. A verj^ dark brown, uniformly colored species. Front from above
usually yellow washed in dusky. Vertex usually dark brown with the anterior
margin somewhat lighter, in some cases being tannish-yellow like the front.
Eyes dark brown. Face, postclj'peus all yellow, except for four or five pairs
of dark arcs on anterior two-fifths, and a conspicuous dark band extending
across the middle, mandibular sclerites and anterior half of anteclypeus yellow,
rest of face dark brown with the exception of the area anterior to and sur-
roimding the antennae. Pronotum uniformly dark brown, or sometimes with
a lighter brown band across anterior margin. Scutellum dark brown. Elytra
uniformly dark brown and shiny except in the following places: A white
hyaline .spot half way down costal margin, the explanate costal margin anterior
to this subhyaline washed in brown, and the extreme apical portion bej'ond
clavus hyaline with the veins and black apical callous standing out in sharp
contrast. First two pairs of legs varjnng from light to dark brown, with a
light spot at base of tibia and sometimes another at apex, tibia of hind legs
dark brown with a white spot at apex, and rest of segments light or varigated,
with dark brown or blackish spines.
Comparative Notes. Since this is a blackish form it may easily be confused
with any of the other black forms in the genus, such as C. proteus var. osceola,
C. saint-cyri var. anceps, C. hyperici, C. binotata, C. sierra, and the males of
lineatocollis and brunnea. From all of these, however, it can easily be separated
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 77
by the color pattern of the face. In osceola, anceps and hyperici there is a
broad, shining black band on anterior portion of the postclypeus, with the re-
mainder a shining sulphur yellow, while in binotata the postclypeus is black
crossed by light arcs, and in sierra it is all black. On the other hand, xantho-
cephala differs from all of them because the black band extends only across
the middle of the postclypeus. C. xanthocephala also differs from osceola,
hyperici and anceps in the color pattern of the elytra, since it has a whitish
spot half way down on the costal border, which the others lack. Binotata, on
the other hand, has this spot, too, but can easily be distinguished from xantho-
cephala in that the latter ha-s a more or less shining pronotum with many fine,
shallow wrinkles (see drawing) while binotata has a dull black pronotum with
half as many deep wrinkles. This latter characteristic also distinguishes sierra
— which is like binotata — from xanthocephala.
C. xanthocephala differs structurally from the other species in many ways.
The ocelli are located farther apart than in osceola or anceps, the space be-
tween the two ocelli in the latter two being about one-half the distance be-
tween each ocellus and eye, while in xanthocephala these spaces are about
equal. The lateral margins of the elytra are parallel in xanthocephala and start
to curve toward apex at base of apical fourth instead of at base of apical third,
as in the others. The scutellum is very long in proportion to the elytra and
the membrane of the elytra is proportionately less than in any other of the
species, which makes xanthocephala look much more blunt than the others.
For discussion of the ovipositors of these species, see page 32 in the descrip-
tion of binotata. For comiiarison of xanthocephala with the males of brunnea
and lineatocollis, see page 23.
Distribution. C. xanthocephala has been taken in the following states:
Alabama, Arkansas, Arizona, California, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Iowa,
Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Maryland. Massachusetts, Mississippi, New Jersey,
New Mexico, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Tennessee,
Texas and Washington, D. C.
Apparently the species is more or less of a southern form, since it has
been taken most abundantly in the southern states such as Georgia, Alabama,
Mississippi and Texas.
The distribution of the sexes in a series of 581 specimens taken from all
over the United States is about equal, with possibly a few more males than
females.
Host Plants. The writer has no notes to contribute as to its host plants.
Doctor Ball states that he "has found the frothy masses of this species on
many different plants in Florida, ranging from shrubs and trees to grass, but
its favorite hosts appear to be Ambrosia and Helianthus."
Clastoptera xanthocephala var. unicolor Fowler.
Clastoptera unicolor Fowler. Fowler. Biol. Cent. Am. Homop. II, p. 205 ; 1897.
Clastoptera xanthocephala var. glauca Heid. Heidemann. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. IV, p.
399 fig. 1901.
Clastoptera xanthocephala var. glauca Heid. Van Duzee, E. P. Bui. Buf. Soc. Nat. Sci.
X, p. 508. 1912.
Clastoptera unicolor Fowler. Van Duzee, E. P. Cat. of Hemiptera. 1917.
78 The University Science Bulletin.
NOTES ON SYNONYMY.
Doctor Ball in 1898 mentioned two color varieties of xanthocephala which he
called A and B, distinguishing them from each other by the fact that the
former was black above while the latter was glaucus. Then Heidemann in 1901
found specimens of spittle bugs growing on chrysanthemums. He reared them
out and called them C. xanthocephala var. glaucus Ball. Along with his dis-
cussion he published a drawing, although he gave no written, technical de-
scription with the drawing. In 1912 Van Duzee published the following account
in the Bulletin of the Buffalo Society of Natural Science Vol. X:
"There are two distinct and fairly constant varieties of this species found
throughout the southern states. Doctor Ball lists them as varieties 'a' and 'b.'
The former is typical xanthocephala Germar. while the latter is a pale glaucus
or grayish form, for which I now propose the above varietal name (Clastop-
tera xanthocephala var. glauca) ."
But according to McAfee the correct name would be C. xanthocephala var.
glauca Heidemann. The reason for this he sets forth in the following para-
graph :
"According to article 25a of the International Rules of Zoological Nomen-
clature (further construed in opinion I) and previously long accepted practice
among zoologists, the name glauca as used by Heidemann cannot be considered
as nomen nudum as done by Van Duzee (1912) because it is accompanied by an
illustration."
All of this discussion is somewhat imnecessary, however, since, as Doctor Ball
(1927) points out, this form is synonymous with C unicolor Fowler (1898).
Fowler's written description fits the variety very well. Moreover, he himself
states that it is identical with Fitch's € . arkansasensis, a manuscript name.
Arkansasensis, according to the records of systematists, seems to have been
.synonymous with the variety glauca of xanthocephala.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
A small, oblong species, more or less dilated behind, of a uniform, dirty
testaceous color (occasionally reddish), with the pronotum faintly impressed
with transverse lines, and the tegmina (especially the clavus) more or less
di.stinctly punctured; legs testaceous; underside somewhat pitchy. 3 milium.;
lat. 2 milium. Hab., Mexico (Bilimek, in Mus. Vind. Caes.) Vera Cruz (H. H.
Smith); Guatemala, San Geronimo (Champion).
This insect appears to be inseparable from C. arkansasensis Fitch (in litl.),
and is also allied to Clastoptera rujesceris and C. xanthocephala Germar, as
well as to C. testacea Fitch; the last mentioned is longer, and differs in several
particulars.
writer's description.
Color. Front yellow, vertex .vellowish-tan washed in brown. Face yellow,
postclypeus crossed by a median transverse black band, cephalad of which are
four or five pairs of dark brown arcs; most of anteclypeus dark brown, genge
anterior to and surrounding antennal cavities yellow, rest dark brown or black,
except the mandibular sclerites, which are yellow. Pronotum mottled tan
and dirty brown, lighter on anterior margin. Scutellum reddish dark brown.
Elytra tannish-hyaline, becoming clearer on distal third and anterior to apical
callous, a clear white spot midway on costal margin, the dark body showing
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 79
through, giving a darker cast to the central portion, apical callous black. Legs
mottled dark brown and yellow, tarsus of posterior legs yellow with the dark
brown spines standing out in sharp contrast. Mesothorax black, metathorax
yellow. Abdomen bhick.
Distribution. The variety seems to have a similar distribution with the
species. It has been taken from the following states: Alabama, Arizona,
Arkansas, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland,
Mississippi, Texas, Virginia, and Washington, D. C.
The distribution of the sexes is about equal, the writer having at hand for
study 111 females and 91 males.
Hosts. Apparently the same as for xanthocephala.
Clastoptera texana sp. new.
(Plates III, VI, X, XIV, XVIII, XXII, XXIV, XXVI.)
Size. Length: 9 4.4 mm. to 4.6 mm.; $ 4.2 mm. Width: $2.7 mm.; $
2.4 mm.
Sn.\PE. A fairly large, slender species with front only slightly extended and
margins of elytra distinctly parallel, resembling the elongata group in size and
shape, but more like the arborina group in coloring.
Color. A yellow, brown and fuscous species with the general color similar
to the arborina group. Front and vertex yellowish-tan, the latter with anterior
golden-brown band reaching ocelli. Eyes brown. Face light yellow, marked
as follows: A broad dark brown band across middle of postdypeus, preceded
by five or six pairs of dark brown arcs, a brown spot on gena laterad of band
between postdypeus and eye, antenna! sockets darkened and a central brown
spot on anteclypeus. Pronotum with anterior brown border, becoming narrower
at sides, followed by a yellow band, then another brown band of equal width,
rest dusky-tan. Scutellum yellow with extreme apex dark. Elytra, clavus
3'ellow at base and along elytral margin for half its distance, rest golden-
brownish-fuscous except for an irregular oblique light band across middle with
a large dark brown spot at apex; corium with a longitudinal yellow spot near
base, explanate costal margin and apical third tannish-hyaline. an oblique
dark brown band across middle, interrupted before claval suture, partially
bordered anteriorly and entirely bordered posteriorly by j'ellowish-white, a
dark fuscous cloud posterior to white band, a dark spot midway on costal
margin, veins and apical callous dark brown, bordered in .yellow, a distinct
yellow spot at apex of cell R3. Legs j'ellow washed in light brown, clavus
dark brown, spines on hind tibia brownish with black tips. Mesothorax brown
through center, lighter at sides. Metathorax yellow. Abdomen yellow.
Structural Details. Vertex depressed anteriorly, anterior margin slightly
carinated. Length of eye slightly over one-fourth the width of the head.
Front extended only slightly beyond vertex, not much over one-third length
of vertex. Ocelli located much nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotiun,
distance between the two equal to the distance between each ocellus and eye.
Postdypeus twice as long as anteclypeus. Pronotum almost twice as wide as
long, anterior margin rounding, lateral margins diverging, posterior margin
deeply emarginate, its surface crossed by distinct but semishallow wrinkles,
numbering about twenty or twenty-one along median line. Scutellum ap-
proximately one-third longer than wide. Elytra only slightly inflated, length
80 The University Science Bulletin.
of one about three times its width, base of costal margins flaring, then parallel-
margined to apical third, from whence they abruptly taper to a blunt apex,
surface covered by a relatively short fine pubescence. Wing venation, cell R5
longer than wide, cell R3 much smaller than cell first M4, apical callous roughly
rectangular, occupying only part of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length and width equal, exceeded
by ovipositor by about one-ninth of length of latter. Male genital plates
broad at base, inner margins rounding to a blunt apex.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoon-shaped, taper-
ing to a roundingly pointed apex, its dorsobasal angle membranous, ninth
sternite approximately two-thirds length of valve; inner valves flat, bladelike,
their inner margins united for little over one-third their length, narrowed
through middle, then broadened to form a distinct notch, followed by another
distinct notch at base of approximate apical third, the margin between the
first notch and apex of valve irregularly jagged and notched without distinct
teeth. Male styles broad at base, the margins bent together, apical third slender,
narrowed just before apex, then broadening out again with apical angles form-
ing sharp points.
Comparative Notes. See the discussion under this heading in the description
of arborina.
Distribution. The species was described from three specimens, two females
and one male, collected from Devil's River, Texas, by Bishopp and Pratt.
Location of Types. Holotype and allotype. National Museum collection,
Washington, D. C.
Hosts. Unknown.
Clastoiptera canyonensia sp. new.
(Plates III, VI, X, XIV, XVIII, XXII, XXIV, XXVI.)
Size. Length: 9 4.05 mm. to 4.5 mm.; $ 3.52 mm. to 4.12 mm. Width:
9 1.95 mm. to 2.4 mm.; $ L95 mm. to 2.4 mm.
Shape. A medium-sized, slender species, with head and thorax more
narrowed than in C. uniformia, elytra only slightly inflated, their margins
parallel.
Color. A cream and tan species, one of the lightest colored species in the
genus. Front entirely cream, vertex cream, bordered anteriorly by a black
band which is broader across middle third. Eyes yellowish-tan. Po.stclypeus
cream with a broad, almost regular blackish band across middle third, five
or six pairs of very faint tan arcs cephalad of this, rest of face cream except
for antennal sockets, a spot on each gena laterad of transverse band, an
elongate spot caudad of each eye, a spot on apex of anteclypeus and sometimes
a small spot on line of demarcation between postclypeus and anteclypeus which
are dark. Pronotum solid cream, with a conspicuous blackish rectangular spot
on each lateral angle and two irregular brownish spots on anterior margin just
caudad and somewhat mesad of the eyes. Scutellum cream, with a faint
tannish band at base and an indication of a dark shallow V across middle.
Elytra uniformly cream and tan, the clavus entirely opaque cream on basal
two-thirds, the apical third tinged with tan and the apical vein brown; corium
with explanate costal margin light, mesad of which is a tan area, followed
by a large wedge-shaped, opaque yellow area which is divided by a very faint
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 81
oblique brown band, the rest of elytron tannish-brown, becoming more hyaline
near apex, the apical veins and callous, and a small spot in cell first M4 brown,
margined with opaque cream or yellow. Legs, anterior two pairs yellow,
marked in dark as follows: Coxa with a conspicuous blackish-brown spot on
cephalic surface, a faint spot on trochanter, femur with a broad longitudinal
band on cephalic and caudal surfaces which fuse together near apex, leaving
a white ring around apex, tibia with a longitudinal black band on cephalic
surface fusing with a black basal ring, another short longitudinal bar in the
yellow portion, tarsal segments brown with almost black claws. Coxa and
trochanter of hind leg cream washed in light brown, femur with two very
broad longitudinal dark bands which fuse near apex just anterior to an apical
white ring, tibia yellow, spines dark brown with black tips, tarsal segments
light except for the last segment, which is washed in brown, and the black
spines and claws. Mesothorax brown, darker just laterad of labium. Meta-
thorax yellow. Abdomen yellow with central portion of segments tannish,
ovipositor and male pygofer darker.
Structur-al Characteristics. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, an-
terior margin slightly carinated. Length of each eye less than one-fourth the
width of the head. Front extending beyond vertex for about two-thirds the
length of the latter. Ocelli located nearer anterior margin of vortex than pro-
notum, the distance between the ocelli practically equal to the distance be-
tween each ocelli and eye. Face, postclypeus moderately inflated, its length
about twice the length of the anteclypeus and its width slightly greater than
distance between its lateral margin and outer margin of the head. Pronotum
regularly and semideeply wrinkled, the wrinkles fine, numbering about twenty-
three on median line, the anterior margin roimdingly produced, the lateral mar-
gins diverging and the posterior margin deeply emarginate. Scutellum, width
about three-fifths of its length. Elytra covered with a fine, silky pubescence,
the length of one about three times its width, the base of costal margin flaring,
then parallel-margined for about two-thirds the length of the elytra from
whence it tapers to a roimdingly pointed apex. Wing venation, cell R5 much
longer than wide, cell R3 smaller than the cell first M4, the apical callous very
prominent, all of cell Ri being thickened.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female slightly longer than wide, exceeded
by ovipositor very slightly. Pygofer of male wider than long, exceeded bj'-
genital styles for about one-half their length, the genital plates separated for
about one-half or two-thirds their length, the mediocaudal angles bluntly
rounded.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoonshaped, taper-
ing to a bluntly pointed apex, its basal mediolateral angle membranous, the
ninth sternite slightly over one-half its length; middle valve flat and blade-
like, tapering to a slenderly pointed apex; inner valve flat, bladelike, fairly
stout, the inner margins of the two valves united for about one-third their
length, their free inner margins bearing numerous fine teeth, numbering about
105, and two distinct notches, the first and less prominent about midway on
valve, the other approximately at base of apical third. Male styles broad at
base, the margin of the basal two-thirds greatly expanded and folded together,
the apical portion much more slender, tapering to a pointed, laterad-curving
82 The University Science Bulletin.
aiiex. Connective roughly triangular, oedagus a long slender rod with two
membranous lateral flaps on apical half.
CoMPAR.4TivE NoTES. C. canyofiensia superficially resembles C. unijormia.
At first glance the color seems to be similar, but upon closer examination there
are noticeable differences. In general canyonensia is much lighter, with the
black marks on vertex and pronotum sharply contrasting with rest of body.
In unijormia the black marks are not present and the elytra are considerably
mottled with fuscous, thus giving them a much darker appearance. More-
over, the postclypeal band is very distinct in canyonensia but greatly reduced
and inconspicuous in unijormia. Besides these color differences there are many
structural ones. In the first place canyonensia is much smallei'. with its head
and thorax narrowed anteriorly, while unijormia has a much broader head and
thorax. Moreover, the front is more produced in canyonensia than in the
ether, and the pronotal wrinkles, although numbering approximately the same
along the median line in both species, are in reality closer together in canyon-
ensia since the thorax is smaller in unijormia. Then, too, the a])ical callous
is large in canyonensia, occupying all of cell Ri, but is smaller and inconspic-
uous in unijormia.
In addition to these external differences the ovipositors show variation.
The ovipositor of canyonensia is smaller and the distance from its apex to
first and second notches relatively' longer than in unijormia. Lastly, the teeth
of unijormia appear somewhat larger than in canyonensia, although this
does not check very easily.
Distribution. The entire series from which this species was described was
collected from the Grand Canyon, Arizona, about nine hundred feet down
in the canyon. A series of 233 specimens were taken, of which 136 were males
and 97 females. Four mating pairs were taken in this group.
Location of Types. Holotype and allotype in the Snow collection, Univer-
sity of Kansas, The collectors of this large series were Dr. P. A. Readio, Dr.
R. H. Beamer and Mr. L. A. Anderson.
Hosts. Unknown.
Clastojytera unijormia sp. new.
(Plates in, VI, X, XIV, XVIII, XXII, .XXIV. XXVI.)
Size. Length: 9 4.8 mm.; S 4..5 mm. Width: 9 2.7 mm.; $ 2.55 mm.
Sh.\pe. a rectangular species with margins of elytra parallel, broad head
and pronotum, and front extended only slightly beyond A'ertex.
Color. A yellowish-tan species with elytra finely mottled with fuscous.
Head, front and vertex yollowish-tan. Ocelli and eyes brown. Face entirely
yellow except for an irregular, partially formed brown band through middle
of postclypeus and a central longitudinal dark stripe on anteclypeus. Prono-
tum entirely yellow in female, with four small reddish-tan bars caudad of
anterior margin; male with a transverse, arcuated brown band faintly indicated
across disk. Scutellum entirely yellow or with basal half reddish-brown
bordered in yellow, a narrow dark band midway from base, interrupted through
middle. P^Iytra yellow, finely mottled with fuscous, a small brown arc at
base of cla\ns, a narrow, oblique brown band midway on corium, interrupted
before claval suture and broadening into a light-brownish spot on costal
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 83
margin, veins on apex dark brown, margined in yellow. Coxa and trochanter
of first two pairs of legs all j'ellow, femur j'ellow with a broad, cephalic dark
band, apical portion of band being much darker than basal, tibia j-ellow with
a dark brown ring around base, merging into a longitudinal dark band, another
abbreviated dark longitudinal band laterad of this, tarsi yellowish-tan, claws
black. Metathoracic leg, coxa and trochanter yellowish, washed faintly in
brown, femur yellow with a dark spot midway on lateral margin, tibia brown-
ish tan, .spines brown with black tips, their bases surrounded by white, tarsal
segments tan, tips of spines and claws black.
Structural Details. Vertex slight h^ depressed on each side of ocelli,
anterior margin carinated. Length of each eye less than one-fourth the width
of head. Front extending beyond vertex not more than one-half length of
vertex. Ocelli located nearer anterior margin of vertex than i)ronotum, the
distance between the ocelli less than the distance between each ocellus and
ej'e. Face, postclypeus only slightly inflated, its length about one-third greater
than length of anteclj'peus. Pronotum very broad, almost twice as wide as
long, regularly and semideeplj' wrinkled, wrinkles numbering about twenty on
median line, anterior margin roundingly produced, lateral margins diverging,
and posterior margin deeply emarginate. Scutellum approximately one-third
longer than wide. Elytra covered with a fine, silky pubescence, length of one
elytron approximately three times its width, scarcely inflated, base of costal
margins only slightly flaring, then parallel-margined to apical third of elytron,
from whence it tapers to roundingly pointed apex. Wing venation, cell R5
much longer than wide, cell R;j considerably smaller than cell first M4, apical
callous not greatly convex, occupying only the ba.-al portion of cell Ri, rest
of cell thickened but not protru<ling.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female slightly longer than wide, exceeded
by ovipositor about one-ninth of length of latter. Pygofer of male wider
than long, genital plates separated for about three-fourths of their length,
mediocaudal angles bhmtly rcunding, exceeded by style at least one-half of
their length.
Internal genitaha: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a bluntly pointed ai)ex. its basal mediolateral angle membranous,
ninth sternite broad and short, slightly over half length of valv(>; middle valve
flat, bladelike, slender, constricted through middle, their inner margins united
for about one-third their length, the free margins bearing two notches, the
one caudad of base of apical third and the second slightly cephalad of it.
the margin between apex of valve and basal notch divided into about 108
caudad-pointing teeth. Male styles broad at base, margins of basal two-third
greatlj' expanded and folded together, apical portion very slender, tapering to
a pointed, laterad-curving apex. Connective roughh' triangular, cedagus a
long, slender red with two membranous lateral flaps on apical half.
CoMPAR.\TivE Notes. See the discussion under canyonensia.
Distribution. The species was described from two specimens, a male and
a female, collected by Uhler in Arizona.
Location of Types. U. S. National Museum collection, Washington, D. C.
Hosts. Unknown.
84 The University Science Bulletin.
Clastoptera elongata sp. new.
(Plates III, VII, XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: 9 4.8 mm. to 5 mm.; S 4.2 mm. to 4.5 mm. Width: 2 2.4
mm. to 2.7 mm.; S 2.28 mm. to 2.4 mm.
Shape. A long, slender species with margin.? of elytra uniformly parallel
and little inflated.
Color. A brownish-fuscous species marked with yellow and white. Front
cream-colored traversed by three or four dark brown arcs. Vertex creamy-
yellow with an interior orange-brown band which widens at ocelli. Eyes
brownish-gray. Face creamy-yellow with dark brown markings as follows:
The antennal sockets, a spot on each gena, the area caudad of each eye, a trans-
verse band across middle of postclypeus which fuses with spots on gense, four
or five pairs of heavy black bands anterior to this band, a small spot on clypeal
suture, and a large spot on distal portion of anteclypeus. Pronotum cream-
yellow, with caudal third dark, reddish-brown, a red-brown band on anterior
margin, sometimes a second brown band with its lateral margin always darker
brown, or occasionally this band only indicated at the sides, entirely lacking
through middle. Scutellum golden-brown, irregular margined laterally with
cream. Elytia, clavus a mottled bronze-browTi, with usually a light irregular
oblique band indicated across middle, corium a fuscous-bronze or brown, becom-
ing more hyaline on apical third of body and with the following other mark-
ings: Explanate costal margin cream hyaline margined faintly in brown, a
dark brown oblique band across middle, irregularly margined on both sides
with white, the posterior white margin broadening into a white spot on costal
margin, the apical callous and veins on distal third and a round spot in cell
first M4 very dark brown, and the cell anterior to apical callous hyaline; legs,
coxa and trochanter of anterior two pairs yellow with a dark spot on cephalic
surfaces, femur yellow with a very broad, longitudinal dark brown band, tibia
mostly dark brown except for a cream-colored crescent near base on cephalic
.surface and another cream-colored spot at apex, tarsus brownish with last seg-
ment darker and tarsal claws almost black. Hind leg with coxa and trochanter
tannish, femur with a broad, longitudinal band which becomes much darker
toward apex, tibia fuscous with white area^ cephalad of the lateral and apical
spines, the spines themselves darker with blackish tips, tarsus tannish with
black spines. Mesothorax tan on lateral margins, becoming very dark brown
laterad of labium. Metathorax tan. Abdomen mottled in fuscous and yellow.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
slightly carinated. Eyes, their greatest width one-fourth width of head. Ocelli
located slightly nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotum, the distance
between the two ocelli about equal to the distance between each ocellus and
eye. Front extending beyond Vertex for about one-half its width. Postclypeus
only moderately inflated, arising gradually from face at sides, its length
about twice the length of the anteclypeus. Pronotum distinctly wrinkled,
numbering about eighteen or twenty along median line, the wrinkles on caudal
part more irregular and broken up than on the cephalic portion, cephalic mar-
gin roundingly produced, caudal margin deeply emarginatc, and lateral mar-
gins short and slightly diverging. Scutellum about one-third longer than wide
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 85
Elytra scarcely inflated, long, slender, the length of one about three and one-
half times its width, distance beyond apex of scutellum longer than length of
scutellum itself, the elytra covered by a moderateh' fine pubescence, base of
costal margin flaring, then parallel-margined to approximate apical third of
elj'tron from whence it rounds to a somewhat pointed apex. Wing venation,
cell Ro much longer than wide, cell R3 smaller than cell first M4. apical cal-
lous prominent, occupying all of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Female pygofer. length slighth- longer than width, ex-
ceeded by ovipositor for about one-fourth length of latter. Pygofer of male
about one-third longer than wide, laterocaudal angles greatly elongated to
form a slender ventrad-curving process; genital plates broad at base tapering
to a roundingly pointed apex.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoonshaped, tapering
to a bluntly rounded apex, its ventral basal half membranous; middle valve
flat, bladelike, base greatly expanded, then constricted, from whence it broad-
ens out again, after which it tapers to a slender pointed apex. Inner valves flat,
bladelike, their inner margins united for about half their length, the free apical
margins bearing two conspicuous notches, the one at point of union of the
two valves, the other at base of apical third, the margin between the two
notches bearing ver>- fine teeth, the rest from the last notch to apex having an
irregular jagged edge but no distinct teeth. Males, basal one-half broad, its lat-
eral margins expanded and bent together, the apical third slender, the extreme
apical portion bent laterad and tapering to a slender apex. Connective about
twice as wide as long, roughly triangular; oedagus a broad, straight rod, the
apical half bearing two lateral broad membranous flaps.
Comparative Notes. This group of five species, C. elongata, C. tricincta,
C. pallidocephala, C. ovata and C siskiyott, has caused the writer considerable
trouble. Ordinarily the erection of five species resembling each other as
closely as these do would not be justifiable. Externall}- they are exceedingly
hard to distinguish, except by color. Yet the ovipositors show differences
which are of enough importance to use as specific characters, that is. if the
inner valve of the ovipositors in the other species is of taxonomic importance.
It is so evident in other .species in the genus that the ovipositors have specific
value that in order to be consistent one would have to accept the evidence they
offer here. Moreover, to find out whether the ovipositors are consistent for
a given species or not six slides of elongata were made, five from one locality
in New Mexico and one from Colorado, and five slides of pallidocephala were
made. In everj' case they held true to form.
These five species can be grouped into groups rather easilj% based upon
certain external characteristics. C. ovata and C. sv<kiyou can be separated from
the other three in that they are much shorter and broader, and the front
extends beyond vertex the length of the vertex itself, while in the other three
it extends not over half the length of the vertex.
The three species, C. elongata, C. pallidocephala and C. tricincta, can be
told apart externally only by color. Of the three, pallidocephala causes the
least trouble. The head and pronotum of this species are typically lighter
colored than in the other two. The front, vertex, and pronotum usually are
cream-yellow with only occasionally dark markings, occurring in the following
6—3341
86 The University Science Bulletin.
places : An interrupted dark band on anterior margin of vertex, sometimes the
beginning of a band on each side of pronotum, which usually is lacking through
the middle or sometimes the posterior third of pronotum with a touch of
dark, and also four small brownish bars on anterior margin. Besides this, the
cephalic dark arcs, which in the other species are usually conspicuous, are
very faint in pallidocephala, so that the combination of light postclypeus, plus
the lack of a band on anterior margins of either vertex or pronotum, distin-
guishes this from the rest.
C. elongata and C. tricincta cannot be readily separated externallj-. When
looking at a series of each species they appear to be different; yet there seems
to be no clear-cut character by which the two may be separated. Usually the
three anterior bands seem to be more prominent in tricincta, which suggested
its name. However, this is not always a means of identification, since speci-
mens of elongata grade into this. Therefore, it seems that the structure of the
inner valves of the ovipositors, plus locality labels, are the only criteria for
determining these species correctly.
The five species mentioned above differ in respect to the ovipositors as
follows: C. ovata and C. siskiyou are separated from C. elongata, C. palli-
docephala and C. tricincta by the fact that the di.stance between the first notch
and base of valve in the first two is greater than in any of the others, and
that consequently the two notches are much closer together. Moreover, the
valves of siskiyou and ovata are smaller, and for that reason the teeth of
siskiyou appear finer than those of tricincta or pallidocephala, although in
actvial number they are about the same as the others, there being about 100
in both siskiyou and pallidocephala and 109 in tricincta. C. siskiyou and C.
ovata are separated from each other chiefly by the fact that ovata has no
distinct teeth from apical notch to apex, but only an irregular, jagged margin.
Elongata is also separated by this characteristic from pallidocephala and
tricincta. The valves of these last three species are very similar. The differ-
ences which can be pointed out are as follows: elongata and tricincta are
more curved or bow out through the middle, while pallidocephala does not.
Then, too, the notches, particularly the apical one, in the first two are more
distinct and protruding than they are in pallidoceplvala . These two facts make
tricincta more nearly like elongata. On the other hand, it resembles palli-
docephala by having teeth from apical notch to apex, which are lacking in
elongatp, where this margin is only irregularly jagged. Lastly, there appear to
be a few more teeth in tricincta than in pallidocephala and the basal notch is
nearer the base than in the later. From these observations, it is apparent that
tricincta is an intermediary form between elongata and pallidocephala, but
differs enough according to the inner valves from either one to be placed by
itself.
The males of these five species are all considerably darker than the females,
but in general follow the color differences of the females. The male genitalia,
as in other species, are of little taxonomic value.
For comparison with C . obtusa and its variety tristis, see the discussion in
the description of C. obtusa var. obtiisa on page 65.
Distribution. A large series have been taken from Taos, Taos county. New
Mexico, of which forty-four were females and forty-five were males. These
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 87
were collected by Dr. R. H. Beamer, Dr. P. A. Readio and Mr. L. A. Anderson.
They have also been collected from Colfax county. New Mexico, by Mr.
Anderson; from Las Vegas, N. Mex., by Barber and Schwarz; and from Pecos,
N. Mex.. by C. Heinrich (?). In Colorado they have been collected by C. F.
Baker and Uhler; from Poudre Canyon b^' Dr. P. B. Lawson and Dr. R. H.
Beamer; from Estes Park by Dr. C. J. Drake. Mr. Hottes and Professor
Severin; and from Pingree Park by Dr. C. J. Drake. One specimen from
Gotha Orange, Fla., in the Snow collection, states that it was collected by E. R.
Location of T^tes. Holotype and allotype in the Snow collection. Uni-
versity of Kansas.
Host Pl.\xts. Doctor Beamer reports that the large group collected in Taos.
N. Mex., were found on cedar and birch. One specimen collected at Pecos,
New Mex., bears a label stating that it was found on Populus angustifolia.
Clastoptera pallidocephala sp. new.
(Plates III, VII, XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: 9 4.5 mm. to 5.4 mm.; $ 4.2 mm. to 4.8 mm. Width: 9
2.4 mm. to 3 mm.; $ 2.4 mm. to 2.7 mm.
Shape. A rather elongate species, but more robust than elongata or tri-
cincta, with margins of elytra subparallel.
Color. A fuscous bronze and yellow species with head and thorax lighter
in color than in any of the closely related species. Front and vertex cream-
yellow, occasionall.y indications of an interrupted dark band on anterior margin
of vertex. Eyes yellowish-brown or gray. Face cream yellow, a very dark
brown transverse band across middle of postclypeus, which occasionally fades
out at sides or else merges with another dark brown spot on gena, six or seven
pairs of dark arcs preceding the transverse band, the cephalic three or four pairs
being very faint and almost indiscernible; the antennal sockets, area caudad ot
eyes and lower half of anteclypeus dark brown. Pronotum usually entirely yel-
low with the beginning of a dark brown band across middle, which becomes very
faint as it crosses the disk or is entirely lacking across the middle, and also
occasional indications of dark on the distal third or half with four small
brownish bars or spots along anterior margin. Scutellum reddish-brown at
base with irregular lateral margins, and apex a light yellow. Elytra, clavus
uniformh- fuscous, occasionally indications of an oblique light band across
middle; corium fuscous, except for an oblique dark browTi band across
middle, prominent dark brown veins, conspicuous apical callous and a round
spot in cell first M4, the explanate costal margin, apical third and membrane
hyaline, the oblique dark band bordered by white, which becomes a white spot
on costal margin, all of the apical callous and veins margined in white. Legs,
coxa and trochanter of first two pairs yellow, with a ventral dark spot on each,
femur yellow with a longitudinal dark brown stripe, tibia with a dark ring
around base which becomes a ventral, longitudinal dark stripe, another narrow
longitudmal bar on lateral surface. The hind legs mottled yellow and fuscous
with brownish spines, becoming black at tips. Mesothorax yellow with a large
brownish area on each side of labium. Metathorax yellowish. Abdomen
mottled light brown and yellow.
88 The University Science Bulletin.
Males very much darker, but like females having a light colored head and
thorax.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
slightly carinated. Length of each eye one-fourth width of head. Ocelli lo-
cated slightly nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotum, the distance
between the ocelli about equal to the distance between each ocellus and eye.
Front extending beyond vertex for about one-half its width. Postclypeus only
moderately inflated, arising gradually from face at sides, its length about twice
the length of the anteclypeus. Pronotum distinctly wrinkled, the wrinkles
numbering eighteen or twenty along median line, more irregular and broken
up on caudal lobes than on disk, cephalic margin roundingly produced, caudal
margin deeply emarginate and lateral margins short and slightly diverging.
Scutellum about one-third longer than wide. Elytra scarcely inflated, very
long and slender, the length of one about three and one-half times its width,
distance beyond apex of scutellum longer than length of scutellum itself, cov-
ered by a moderately fine pubescence, base of costal margins flaring, then
parallel-margined to approximate third of elytron, from whence they round
to a somewhat pointed apex. Wing venation, cell R5 much longer than wide,
cell R.s smaller than cell first M4, apical calloiis prominent, occupying all of
cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female slightly longer than wide, ninth
sternite about three-fifths of length of lateral valves, the latter extending be-
yond pygofer for about one-seventh of their length. Pygofer of male one-
fourth broader than long, its laterocaudal angles elongated to form a slender
ventrad-curving process, genital plates broad at base, somewhat tapering
caudad, their inner apical angles bluntly rounded, and the genital styles ex-
posed beyond plates for about one-half their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a bluntly rounded apex, its ventral basal half membranous; middle
valve flat and bladelike, base greatl.y expanded, then constricted, from whence
it broadens out again, then tapers to a slenderly pointed apex. Inner valves
flat and bladelike, their inner margins united for considerably over half their
length, the free apical inner margins bearing two conspicuous notches, the
basal one at point of union of the two valves and the second at base of apical
third of valve, the free margins bearing numerous fine teeth, numbering ap-
proximately 100. Male styles, basal part broad, its lateral margins expanded
and converging, the apical portion bent laterad and tapering to a slender apex.
Comparative Note. See discussion under Clastoptera elongata.
Distribution. This species has been taken only from Arizona, California
and New Mexico. Only one specimen, a male, was collected in New Mexico
by Cocherell. A fairly large series was taken in Oak Creek Canyon, Arizona,
by Dr. R. H. Beamer and Dr. P. A. Readio, of which twenty-six were females
and thirty-nine males. From Coconimo county, Arizona, six females and
seven males were collected by Doctor Beamer and Mr. Anderson, and four
specimens were taken by Mr. Anderson in the Grand Canyon. In LThler's
collection in the National Museum there is one specimen labeled from Arizona,
and Doctor Ball sent the writer one specimen from Castello, Cal., collected
by E. G. Titus.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 89
It would seem, therefore, that this is a restricted species and that the sexes
are approximately equal with a slight margin in favor of the males.
Location and Types. Holotype and allotype in the Snow collection. Uni-
versity of Kansas.
Host Plants. Unknown.
Clastoptera tncincta sp. new.
(Plates III, VII, XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: 9 4.5 mm. to 5.4 mm.; $ 4.2 mm. to 4.5 mm. Width:
9 2.55 mm. to 2.85 mm.; $ 2.25 mm. to 2.4 mm.
Sh.\pe. a long, slender species, with margins of the elytra parallel.
Color. A brownish-fuscous or bronze species marked with yellow and white.
Front cream-yellow with usually three pairs of dark arcs. Vertex yellow with
a reddish-brown anterior margin. Ej'es dark brown or greyish-brown. Face,
postclypeus yellow, with a transverse black band across middle preceded by
seven or eight pairs of distinct brownish-black bands on the antennal cavities,
a spot on each gena adjacent to band on postclypeus dark browTiish-black.
Pronotum cream-yellow with a dark reddish-brown band on anterior margin,
followed by a naiTow reddish-brown band, and a third broad brown band
on caudal two-fifths. Scutellum reddish-brown, margined irregularly with
cream-yellow. Elytra, clavus bronze-fuscous, occasionally an indication of a
faint oblique light band across middle, corium a fuscous-bronze or brown, be-
coming more hyaline on apical third of body with the following white and
dark markings: Explanate costal margin cream-hyaline, margined faintly in
brown, a dark brown oblique band across corium, irregularly margined in white
which becomes a white spot on costal margin, the apical callous, veins on
distal third and a round spot in cell first M4 very dark brown, the cell anterior
to apical callous pale hyaline. Legs, coxa of first two pairs yellow, mottled in
brown, trochanter j'ellow with a cephalic brown spot, femur yellow with
cephalic and caudal dark brown stripes, tibia mostly dark brown or blackish
mottled with light, tarsus dark brown with tips of spines and claws almost
black. Hind legs lighter, mottled with fuscous and with blackish spines.
Mesostemum reddish-tan, metasternum yellow. Abdomen reddish-brown,
margined anteriorly and posteriorly with yellow.
Structur.al Det.ails. Same as for Clastoptera elongata in regard to general
external characteristics.
External genitalia: Pj-gofer of female, length almost equal to width,
ovipositor protruding one-sixth of its length beyond pygofer. Pj-gofer of
male slightly wider than long, its laterocaudal angles elongated to form a
slender ventrad-curving process; genital plates broad at base, their inner mar-
gins bluntly rounding at apex, exceeded by genital st3des at least one-half
their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoon-shaped, taper-
ing to a blunth' rounding apex, its ventral, basal half membranous. Middle
vahe flat, bladelike, base greatl}^ expanded, then constricted, from whence it
broadens out again, then tapere to a pointed apex. Inner valves flat, blade-
like, vmited on inner margins for half their length, free apical inner margins
bearing two conspicuous notches, one at point of union of two valves, the
90 The University Science Bulletin.
other at base of distal third, or two-thirds of the distance from base of valve,
and numerous fine, regular teeth between the first notch and apex of valve,
numbering at least one hundred and nine.
Distribution. This species was described from seven females and two
males. Three females were collected at Fort Garland, Colo., two from Veta
Pass, Colo., and one from Trinidad, Colo. The two males were taken at Fort
Garland, Colo. These specimens were taken by Dr. C. J. Drake and Mr.
Hottes.
Location of Types. Holotype and allotype in the collection of Dr. C. J.
Drake, Iowa State College, Ames, Iowa.
Clastoptera ovata sp. new.
(Plates III, Vn. XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: 9 4.65 mm. to 4.8 mm.; $ 4.05 mm. to 4.8 mm. Width:
9 2.7 mm. to 2.85 mm.; $2A mm. to 2.77 mm.
Shape. A short, stout species, much broader than elongata, pallidocephala
or tricincta, and even slightly broader than siskiyou which it so closely re-
sembles in other respects.
Color. A yellow, golden-brown and fuscous species. Front and vertex
cream-colored with three or four pairs of dark arcs and a dark brown band
along anterior margin in sharp contrast. Eyes, light brown. Face cream-
yellow, a veiy dark brown band across middle third of postclypeus, preceded
by seven or eight pairs of distinct, narrow^, dark arcs, the antennal cavities, a
large spot on each gena laterad of transverse band, another large spot caudad
of each eye and a conspicuous central spot on anteclypeus dark brown, or
occasionallj' the band on postclypeus and spot on anteclypeus much broader
and distinct. Pronotum cream-colored, with the anterior margin, a median
narrow transverse band and a broad posterior band in light brown. Scutellum
orange-brown fading to cream-j^ellow at apex, with a blackish spot just before
apex. Elytra, clavus uniformly bronze or brown with occasional indications
of a faint, oblicjue white band across middle and the area preceding it darker
brown ; corium mostly bronze-fuscous, becoming hyaline on apical portion with
the following markings : An oblique dark brown band across middle, irregularly
margined anteriorly and posteriorly w-ith white, this posterior white margin
broadening into a distinct white spot on costal border, the explanate costal
margin hyaline, as is also the apical third and membrane, with the veins in this
region dark brown, standing out in sharp contrast and margined with whitish-
yellow. Legs more or less mottled with yellow and dark brown, coxa and
trochanter of first two pairs tan, with a dark spot on cephalic surface of each,
femur tan, washed in dark brown which forms two longitudinal lines on ventral
surface and a dark ring, followed by a cream-colored ring or spot just before
apex, sometimes the entire femur dark except for a lateral light stripe; tibia
of first two pairs of legs tan, washed in dark brown, which forms a dark spot at
base, followed by an oblique white band or crescent, and also another white
spot located on apex; tarsus tannish-brown with the tarsal claws very dark
brown or blackish. Hind legs yellowish -tan with a dark brown spot on lateral
margin of femur sometimes becoming a broad band, spines of tibia and tarsal
claws blackish. Mesothorax mostly dark brown, especially on either side of the
Doerixg: The Genvs Clastoptera. 91
labium. Metasternum and abdomen light yellow or with the abdomen also
washed in dark.
The males of this species, as in the other species, are considerably darker
than the females. They can be distinguished from the males of siskiyou bj'
having a distinct band across the pronotum.
SxRucTtTRAL DETAILS. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
slightly carinated. Length of one eye approximately equal to one-fourth the
width of the head. Ocelli located much nearer the anterior margin of the head
than to the posterior, the distance between the ocelli about equal to distance
between each ocellus and eye. Front extending beyond vertex as much as the
length of the vertex. Postclypeus only moderately inflated, arising gradually
from face at sides, its length about twice the length of the anteclypeus, and
its width about one-third wider than distance from lateral margins to outer
margins of head. Pronotum evenly and deeply wrinkled, numbering about
seventeen along median line, cephalic margin not greatly produced, lateral
margins narrowed at base and slightly diverging, the hind margin semideeply
emarginate. Elytra only slightly inflated, the length of one about twice its
width and the length bej'ond apex of scutellum only slightly longer than length
of scutellum itself; elytra covered by a median fine pubescence; wing vena-
tion, cell R5 longer than wide, cell R3 much smaller than cell first M4, apical
callous very prominent, occupying all of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length equal to width, exceeded by
ovipositor between one-seventh or one-eighth of length of latter. Pygofer
of male, length about equal to width, its laterocaudal angles greatly elongated
to form a slender ventrad-cun'ing process ; genital plates broad at base, taper-
ing to a roundingly pointed apex, exceeded by genital styles about one-half
their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a bluntly rounding apex, its laterobasal half membranous; middle
valve flat and bladclike, base greatly expanded, then constricted, from whence
it broadens out again, then tapers to a slenderly pointed apex. Inner valve
flat and bladelike, their margins united for half their length, the free apical
inner margins bearing two notches, the first and less prominent at point of
tmion of the two valves and the second at base of apical third, the margin
between the two notches bearing very fine teeth, the rest of margin from the
last notch to apex having an irregularly jagged edge.
Male styles, basal one-half broad, its lateral margins expanded and bent
together, the apical third slender, the extreme apical portion bent laterad
and tapering to a slender apex. Connective about twice a^ wide as long,
roughly triangular; oedagus a broad, straight rod, the apical half curving
dorsad and bearing two lateral, broad membranous flaps.
CoMPAR.\TiVE Notes. Clastoptera ovata resembles the following four species
very closelj^; C. siskiyou, C. elongata, C. tricincta and C. pallidocephala. Of
these four it is more closelj' related to C siskiyou than any of the others. In
fact these two, C. ovata and C. siskiyou can be separated from the other three
without much trouble by the fact that they are shorter and broader and the
front extends beyond vertex as much as the length of the vertex, while in
the other three it protrudes not over" half the length of the vertex, thus
92 The Uxiversity Science Bulletin.
resembling C. ohtusa in this respect. For comparison of the ovipositors see the
discussion in the description of C. elongata on page 86.
Clastoptera ovata and Clastoptera siskiyou can only be separated externally
by minor differences in color. In siskiyou the pronotum is decidedly yellow
with only a narrow brown band on anterior margin and a much broader one
on posterior part, with no third band crossing the yellow one. In ovata there
is always a distinct third brown band running through the yellow band, al-
though in one or two male specimens this band was interrupted and somewhat
indi.stinct. Structurally there is, of coui-se, a difference in the ovipositors, the
inner valve of ovata having a jagged inner margin, while that of siskiyou has
fine teeth.
DiSTr;iBUTiON. They have been collected from California in the following
places: Castello by E. G. Titus; Siskiyou county by E. C. VanDyke; Santa
Cruz county and Maria county, collectors unknown. They have also been
taken in Oregon by C. F. Baker; Wyoming, collector unknown; and British
Columbia by R. P. Currie. The species was described from fourteen speci-
mens, six of which were females and eight males.
Location of Types. Holotype and allotype in the National Museum col-
lection, Wa.shington, D. C.
Host Plants. Unknown.
Clastoptera siskiyou sp. new.
(Plates III. VII. XI. XV. XIX. XXII. XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: $ 4.5 mm. to 5.4 mm.; S 3.9 mm. to 4.5 mm. Width:
9 2.62 mm. to 3.3 mm.; $ 2.4 mm. to 2.7 mm.
Sh.aj'E. a shorter species than elongata, pallidocephala and tricincta, but
somewhat more slender than ovata although approximating it in length.
Color. A golden-brown and yellow species. Front and vertex golden-yellow
with the anterior margin of vertex brown, as well as two or three pairs of brown
arcs on front. Eyes light gray-brown, sometimes darker. Face creamy, with
a dark-brown band across middle third of postclj'peus anterior of which are
six or seven pairs of distinct dark arcs, the antennal cavities, a spot on each
gena just laterad of transverse band, area posterior to each eye, and a spot of
varying size on anteclypeus, dark browii. Pronotum ykjllow with a fairly wide
brown band on anterior margin and a very broad brown band on posterior
portion, making the median yellow area stand out distinctly, although oc-
casionally a faint indication of a narrow dark brown band across this central
yellow band. Scutellum mostly orange-tan, slightly darker at base, with some-
times a dark spot just before apex, extreme apex usually light. Elytra, clavus
mottled in fuscous and golden-tan with an oblique white band usually plainly
indicated; corium mottled in fuscous and tan, becoming hyaline on apical
third, an oblique band across middle, irregularly margined anteriorly and
l)osteriorly with white, this posterior white margin broadening into a distinct
white spot on costal border just caudad of middle; explanate costal margin
whitish-hyaline, veins at apex, a spot in cell first M4, and apical callous all
dark brown margined with whiti.sh-3'ellow. Legs ground color golden-yellow,
coxa and trochanter of first two pair with a dark spot on cephalic surface, femur
with a l)road, longitudinal, cephalic brown band, becoming darker near apex,
after wliich there is a white spot, tibia with a dark ring at base, followed by a
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 93
crescent-shaped white spot or inverted V, rest washed in brown, tarsus tan
with tarsa claws dark brown. Hind leg, coxa and trochanter yellowish-tan,
femur tan with apical half washed in dark brown, tibia and tarsus light tan or
yellow with spines darker tan, and the extreme tip almost black. Mesothorax
yellow with a large dark area on each side of labium. Metathorax yellow.
Abdomen a light brown, with segments margined in lighter brown or yellow.
Male.s much darker, but thorax very characteristic with the plain yellow
and brown marking, and the band across the yellow portion entirely lacking.
Structur-^l Det.ails. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior mar-
gin carinated. Length of eye about one-fourth the width of the head. Ocelli lo-
cated nearer anterior margin of \ertex than pronotum, the distance between
the ocelli approximately equal to the distance between each ocellus and eye.
Front usually extending beyond vertex as much as the length of the vertex,
sometimes only two-thirds of this length. Postclypeus only moderately in-
flated, arising gradually from face at sides, its length about twice the length
of the anteclypeus. and its width about one-third wider than the distance
from its lateral margin to outer margin of head. Pronotum deeply and reg-
ularly wrinkled, the wrinkles numbering sixteen or seventeen along the median
line, the anterior margin of pronotum roundingly produced, lateral margins
diverging and posterior margin deeply emarginate. Elytra only slightly in-
flated, the length of one about three times its width, their surface covered by
a moderately fine pubescence; wing venation, cell R5 longer than wide, cell R.-:
much smaller tlian cell first M4. the apical callous very prominent, occupying
all of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length equal to width, exceeded by
ovipositor api)roximately one-sixth of length of latter; male i)ygofer, its
width greater than lengtii, the laterocaudal angles greatly elongated to form
two slender ventrad-cur\ing processes, genital plates broad at base, divided
along inner margin for half their length, the mediocaudal angles bluntly
rounded, e.xceeded by genital styles for half their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped,
tapering to a bluntly pointed apex, its laterobasal half membranous, ninth
sternite somewhat longer than half the length of the valve; middle valve flat
and bladelike, the base greatly expanded, then constricted, from whence it
tapei-s to a slender apex; inner valve flat and bladelike, their margins united
for over half their length, the free apical inner margins bearing two notches,
the first and less prominent one at point of union of the two valves, and
the second at base of apical third, these inner margins also bearing fine teeth,
numbering ninety-eight to a hundred.
Male styles, basal one-half broad, its lateral margins expanded and bent
together, the apical third slender, with the extreme apical portion bent laterad
and tapering to a pointed apex. The connective, width about twice its length,
roughly triangular; oedagus a broad, straight rod, the apical half usuallj^ curv-
ing dorsad bearing two lateral broad, membranous flaps.
CoMP.\R.ATivE Notes. See the discussion of these species under this heading
in the description of C. ovata.
Distribution. This species has been described from fourteen specimens,
all of which were taken in Siskiyou county, California, except two specimens
which were taken from Los Angeles county, California. Of these fourteen
94 The University Science Bulletin.
specimens six were females and eight were males. These specimens bear no
collector's labels.
Location of Types. Holotype and allotype in the National Museum col-
lection, Washington, D. C.
Host Plants. Unknown.
Clastoptera arborina Ball.
(Plates III, Vll, XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Clastoptera obtusa var. arborina Ball. Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. LIX; 1927.
ORIGINAL DESCRIPTION.
Size and form of juniperina with its testaceous color and black markings.
The elytra are washed with smoky wath a definite white band running obliquely
from the scutellum to the apex of the black line and down it to the costa.
Smaller than obtma. with the three transverse reddish-brown bands on vertex
and pronotum. Holotype female, allotype male and two paratype females
taken by the author on white cedar at Muscatine, Iowa.
writer's DESCRIPTION.
Size. Length: 9 3.3 mm. to 4.1 mm; $ 3.15 mm. to 3.75 mm. Width: 2
1.8 mm. to 2.1 mm.; £ 1.65 mm. to 2.1 mm.
Shape. A small, slender species with the front greatly extended beyond
vertex in comparison to rest of body.
Color. A conspicuously marked drab tan and brownish species. Head, front
yellow with three or four pairs of brownish arcs visible from above, vertex
yellowish-tan. with anterior margin reddish-brown. Eyes brown or tannish.
Pronotum yellow with anterior margin reddish-brown, a prominent dark band
setting off the anterior third, this band darker on the sides than through the
middle, the area between this band and the anterior band lighter yellow than
the portion posterior to it. Face light yellow, the postclypeus with eight or
nine pairs of very dark, distinct brown arcs on anterior two-thirds, the posterior
three or four pairs united to form a solid dark brown band which usually does
not quite reach the lateral margins; the antennal sockets, a dark spot on gena
laterad of transverse band, and the area posterior to eye dark brown. Scu-
tellum yellow, with a brown band at base and usually a dark spot on apex.
Elytra mottled in cream-yellow, tan and fuscous, the clavus usually with a
cream-colored spot on laterobasal angle and an oblique, irregular light band
across middle, with the space between these two spots darker than the re-
mainder of the clavus; corium tannish-fuscous with the explanate costal margin
and distal third clear hyaline, an oblique dark brown band across middle,
bordered in cream anteriorly and posteriorly, the posterior cream margin be-
coming a large spot on costal margin, with a dark spot posterior to this, the
apical callous and veins dark brown margined in yellow. Legs yellow with
tarsus washed in dark brown, the tarsal claws and spines almost black, occa-
.sionallj' faint indications of spots on coxae and longitudinal stripes on femora
and tibiae. Mesothorax very dark brown. Metathorax and abdomen j'ellow
with the ovipositor very dark brown.
Structural Details. Vertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
carinated, front extended beyond vertex as much as the length of vertex itself.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 95
The eyes level with vertex, the length of each being about one-fovn'th the
width of the head. Ocelli located an equal distance between anterior and pos-
terior margins of vertex, the distance between the ocelli being less than the
distance between each ocellus and eye. Face, postclypeus moderately inflated,
not as flat as in obtum group, its length not quite three times the length of
the anteclypeus, its width greater than the space between its lateral margin
and the outer margin of the head. Pronotum finely and not deeply wrinkled,
the wrinkles numbering about twenty along the median line, its anterior
margin very roundingly angulate, its lateral margins short and only shghtly
diverging, the posterior margin deeply emarginate. Scutellum, width about
two-thirds of its length. Elytra moderately inflated, the margins subparallel,
the length of one about three times its width, the surface of the elytra covered
by a fine, short pubescence. Wing venation, cell R5 about square, cell R3
smaller than cell first M4, the apical callous conspicuous, roughly diamond-
shaped, not occupying all of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female, length and width about equal, ex-
ceeded by ovipositor by about one-fifth length of latter. Male pygofer con-
siderably wider than long, its lateroventral angles greatly elongated to
form slender, tapering processes, the genital styles separated for over half
their length, mesocaudal angles blunth^- rounded, the plates exceeded by the
genital styles for half their length.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve of ovipositor broad and spoon-shaped
with bluntly rounded apex, the ninth sternite small, approximately one-half as
long as the valve; middle valves flat and bladelike, tapering to pointed apices
and broad at base; inner valves short, broad, bladelike, their inner margins
united for about one-third their length, the free apical margins bearing two
notches, the first at point of union of the two valves, the other at base of apical
third, the space between the notches and also between the second notch and
apex broken up into very distinct teeth, numbering eighty-one to ninety.
CoMP.AR.\TivE Notes. There are five species which resemble each other very
closel}', namel}', C. arborina, C. jtmiperina, C. mediaj C. newporta and C.
texana. They can be distinguished from each other, however, in several ways.
Texana can be distinguished from all the others by its large size, which
approximates that of the elongata group rather than this group. Moreover,
it is like the elongata group in that the front extends veiy little beyond the
vertex. Then, too, it has a much broader head and pronotum than any of the
other four species have. But, although it has the color pattern of the arborina
group and the size and shape of the elongata group, the male genitalia is of the
obtusa t}'pe with the apex divided into sharp points in place of the one.
Juniperina is next, in size to texaiui, some of the larger specimens being
almost as large as those of texana, although some are much smaller. This
species can be easily distinguished, however, from the other four by its color.
In juniperina the head and pronotum are usually a solid golden-yellow with'
only occasionally a faint indication of a transverse brown band. Moreover,
the head is distinctly more pointed than in any of the other species, and the
wrinkles on the pronotum are much deeper, with the grooves between them
being much more prominent than in any of the other species.
. Clastoptera neiv^orta, media and arborina are .more nearly alike, since they
are approximately the same size. They differ, however, in that C. media is
96 The University Science Bulletin.
more slender than the other two, with the margins of the elytra more distinctly
parallel. C. newporta is the broadest, most blunt species of the three, while
arborina as a general rule is the smallest. Moreover, in arborina the front
proportionately is more extended beyond vertex than in the others. There
seems to be no outstanding difference in the WTinkles of these species.
In color there are several minor differences. The general tone of newporta
seems to be more golden and light brown with less fuscous than in the others.
The yellow band on the pronotum of this species, as well as in texana and in
arborina, stands out very distinctly. In media the yellow band and also the
brown band following it are more obscure. On the other hand, in arborina the
brown band on pronotum, especially at the sides, and the other brown mark-
ings on elytra and scutellum, are usually very dark, becoming almost black in
some specimens, so that they stand out in sharp contrast to the rest of body.
The male genitalia of these species, with the exception of those of C. texana,
which definitely places it in the obtusa group, are of little systematic value
except, perhaps, in a relative way. The ovipositors, however, prove to be of
considerable value, as can be seen by a glance at the drawings. Arborina has
a broad, short valve, with the two notches spaced widely apart and bearing
distinct teeth, numbering eighty-one to ninety. C. newporta has a short, broad
valve also, but with the two notches spaced much nearer together and the
teeth numbering about eighty-two. C. media has a long, slender valve, dis-
tinctly narrowed and constricted through middle, with about seventy-eight dis-
tinct teeth. C. texana has a valve similar to media, in that it is constricted
through the middle, but has a jagged, irregular edge instead of distinct teeth.
The valve in C. juniperina is of medium length and width, similar to new-
porta, but differing in that the first notch is very inconspicuous and rounded,
sometimes just barely visible, while in newporta it is always distinct. The
teeth of juniperina are much larger than in any of the others, there being
between seventy and eight}-, although some of the larger specimens sometimes
have ninety.
Distribution. This species was described by Doctor Ball from four speci-
mens taken at Muscatine, Iowa. In the Snow collection of the University of
Kansas there is a large series of this species taken from Taos, Taos county,
N. Mex., a fairly large series from Coconimo county, Arizona, and a smaller
series from Poudre canyon, Colo. A few scattered specimens have been taken
from Logan county, Utah, Fort Collins, Colo., Yavapai and Oak Creek canyon,
Ariz. Also, Professor Severin sent the writer for study eleven specimens from
Interior, S. Dak. In all there were available for study some 170 specimens, of
which 82 were females and 95 males.
Location of Types. Holotype and allotype and two paratypes in the col-
lection of Dr. E. D. Ball, Sandford, Fla.
Hosts. Doctor Ball reports it on white cedar.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera. 97
Clastoptera juniperina Ball.
(Plates III, VII, XI, XV, XIX, XXII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Clastoptera obtusa var. juniperina Ball. Ball, E. D. la. Acad. Sci. XX\'1 : 1919.
ORIGIN.^L DESCRIPTION.
Resembling tesiacea in ground color, but with the addition of a definite
pattern of narrow dark lines on the nervures of the posterior part of the elytra,
a band from the middle of the costa to just before the claval suture slightly
irregular and curving around the bulla, a medium-sized callosity, a crescent
at the apex of davus, and usually an arcuated transverse line setting off the
anterior third of pronotum, a line at the base of the scutellum and a very
small spot at the extreme tip black. Sometimes a brown cloud extends
obliquely across the clavus from before the middle of the scutellum towards
the dark line in front of the bulla.
Described from four examples from Palisades, Colo., taken by the writer.
Thi.s variety occurs only on the red cedar, and has been found in all stages
on that tree throughout the mountain regions of Colorado and Utah. The
ground color and dark penciling render this globose species an almost perfect
mimic of a dried strobile of this tree.
NOTES ON SYNONYMY.
In regard to this Doctor Ball (1927) writes: '"This is a clear cut and veiy
distinct variety, and would be considered as a species if it were not for a few
variable forms and its evident relation to the next variety (arborina) which is
intermediate between this and typical obtusa."
The writer has dissected and figured the genitalia of both juniperina and
arborina. The male genitalia are not only entirely distinct from obtusa but
differ from obtu-'^a much more than some of the other well known species, such
as xanthocephala. The ovipositors, likewise, are distinctly different. More-
over, they are taken out of the obtusa group because of the color pattern of the
face and the extension of the front.
writer's description.
Size. Length: 9 4 2 mm. to 4.8 mm.; $ 4.2 mm. Width: 9 2.4 mm. to 2.7
mm.; $ 2.4 mm.
Sh.\pe. a medium-sized ovate species with a decidedly pointed head.
Color. A golden-yellow species with dark markings on apex of elytron
standing out in sharp contrast. Head, front and vertex usually entirely golden-
yellow, eyes golden-tan or brown. Face, postclypeus in some cases entirely
yellow with nine or ten pairs of faint arcs, sometimes the posterior arcs fused
to form two dark spots, sometimes becoming a transverse band, always ab-
breviated before margins, rest of face all yellow excepting a spot on anteclyp-
eus which may be distinct or verj' faint. Pronotum usually all yellow, with
the anterior margin reddish-tan, and sometimes an indication of a narrow
transverse band across the disk. Scutellum yellow, usually a dark band at base
and a darker spot at apex, the extreme apical part usually somewhat lighter
yellow than the rest. Elytra golden-yellow, clavus usually with a dark cloud
on anterior half which is more pronounced in some than in others, its apex
bearing a dark arc on the vein just anterior to membrane; corium mottled
98 The University Science Bulletin.
golden-tan and fuscous, a dark, oblique band across middle boi'dered anteriorly
and posteriorly with cream, the posterior cream border expandmg into a large
cream spot on costal margin, the apical third of corium hyaline except for the
dark brown veins and apical callous, which are in turn margined by cream,
the explanate costal margin also light colored. Legs yellow, with last segments
of tai-sus, the spines on hind tibia and all the tarsal claws veiy dark brown.
Mesothorax yellow, with a large dark brown area on each half which is more
pronounced laterad of labium. Metathorax and abdomen yellow with the
ovipositor dark brown.
Structural Det.\ils. 'S'ertex slightly depressed transversely, anterior margin
not distinctly carinated. Front extending beyond vertex at least as much as
two-thirds of length of \ertex. Length of each eye slightly over one-fourth
of the total width of head. Ocelli located halfway between anterior and pos-
terior margins of vertex, the distance between the ocelli being about equal
to the distance between each ocellus and eye. Postclypeus moderately in-
flated, more so than in obtusa and testacea, arising gradualh^ from face at
sides, its length about two and one-half times length of the anteclypeus, and
its width slightly wider than the distance between its lateral margin and the
outer margin of the head. Pronotum deeply and distinctly wrinkled, the
wrinkles uniform, numbering eighteen or twenty along median line. Elytra
moderately inflated, narrow at base, their margins then slightly diverging
until broadest part is just anterior to apex of clavus, the length of one ap-
proximately twice its width; wing venation, cell R.5 longer than wide, cell R3
much smaller than cell first M4, the apical callous distinct but occupying only
the cephalic half of cell Ri, rest of cell somewhat thickened but not darkened.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female somewhat wider than long, exceeded
by ovipositor one-fourth of length of latter. Male pygofer broader than long,
exceeded by genital styles for one-half their length; genital plates separated
on inner margin for half their length, the mediocaudal angle bluntly rounded.
Internal genitalia : Lateral ^alve of ovipositor broad, spoonshaped, tapering
to a bluntly rounding apex, ninth sternite slightly less than half length of
valve, middle valve flat, bladelike, tapering to a slender-pointed apex; inner
valves, bladelike, long, narrow, united for approximately one-half their length,
the free inner margins bearing conspicuous teeth, numbering between seventy
and ninety-six and two notches, a gradually sloping one near point of separa-
tion of valves, a second distinctly protruding one just anterior to apical fourth.
Male styles much broader at basal two-thirds, their margins greatlj^ ex-
panded and folded together, apical portion more slender, tapering to a pointed,
laterad-curving apex. Connective roughly triangular; cedagus a long slender
rod with two membranous lateral flaps on apical half.
Comparative Note. See discussion luidor this heading in the description
of C. arborina on page 95.
Distribution. In regard to the distribution of this species Doctor Ball
states the following : "It has been taken by the writer, abundantlv in Colorado
and Utah and rarely in Montana, the Bad Lands of North Dakota, West
Virginia, Washington, D. C, and Woods Hole, Ma.ss.'' In addition to the
states listed above, this species has been taken in Los Angeles countj^, Cali-
fornia, Arizona and Texas.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 99
The writer had on hand for study eight females and six males, so that the
distribution of sexes is apparently about equal.
Location of Types. In the collection of Dr. E. D. Ball, Sanford, Fla.
Hosts. Doctor Ball says that it occurs on red cedar, "where its color and
pattern closely resemble the strobile of this tree.''
Clastoptera media sp. new.
(Plates III, VII, XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: 9 3.8 mm. to 4.12 mm.; $ 3.57 mm. Width: 9 1.9 mm.
to 2.2 mm.; $ 1.9 mm.
Shape. A small, very slender species, with fronr moderately extended
beyond vertex, and margins of elytra parallel.
Color. A yellowish-tan and fuscous species, similar in color pattern to
arborina. neurporta and juni-perina. Front and vertex golden-tan, with two or
three ijairs of brownish arcs visible on fiont. and vertex margined anteriorly
with brown. Eyes golden-brown. Face light j'ellow marked with dark, as
follows: Nine pairs of reddish-brown arcs on postclypeus, the posterior three
pairs darker, usually united across middle to form a dark blackish-brown spot,
a brown spot between postclj^peus and eye, a small tlark spot in center of
anteclypeus, sometimes the area beneath the eye dark brown. Pronotum
golden-tan. with a brown band across anterior margin and another across disk.
Scutcllum brown at base, yellow through middle and apex dark bro^\Ti. Elytra
brownish-tan. clavus with a large light spot on claval suture near base, fol-
lowed by a large dark fuscous cloud, an irregular whitish-yellow band across
middle, a blackish-brown spot at extreme apex; corium, yellow spot near
base, explanate costal margin hyaline, an irregular oblique dark-brown band
across middle, interrupted before reaching claval suture, partially bordered
anteriorly and entirely posterior by cream-yellow, the latter becoming a
large cream-yellow spot on costal margin, rest of elytron tannish-hyahne with
veins and apical callous dark brown margined in yellow. Legs, coxa and
trochanter of first two pairs yellow mottled in brown, femur with two longi-
tudinal bands, one yellow and one brown on cephalic surface, tibia brownish
with a narrow .vellow longitudinal band; tarsus brown with blackish claws.
Hind legs yellow, mottled duly with brown, spines and claws dark brown or
black. Mesothorax blackish-brown. Metathorax yellow. Abdomen yellow,
ovipositor marked with black.
Structural Details. Vertex transversely depressed, anterior margin cari-
nated. Length of each eye more than one-fourth width of head. Front ex-
tending beyond vertex a distance equal to length of vertex. Ocelli located
nearer anterior margin of head than pronotum, the distance between the
ocelli equal to the distance between each ocellus and eye. Postctypeus only
slightly inflated, its length nearly three times length of anteclypeus. Pronotum,
width one and three-fourths greater than its length, anterior margin round-
ingly produced, lateral margins greatly diverging, posterior margin deeply
emarginate, its surface crossed by many semideep wrinkles, numbering seven-
teen along median line. Scutellum approximately one and one-half times
its width. Elytra scarcely inflated, base of costal margin only slightly flaring,
then parallel-margined to apical third of elytron, from whence it tapers to a
100 The University Science Bulletin.
pointed apex, covered by a median fine pubescence. Wing venation, cell R.5
longer than wide, cell R3 considerably smaller than cell first M4, apical callous
roughly diamond-shaped, occupying only part of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female slightly longer than wide, exceeded
by ovipositor by about one-sixth of length of latter. Male genital plates
broad at base, inner margins rounding to a blunt apex, exceeded by genital
plates about one-half their length.
Internal genitalia: Lateral valve of ovipositor broad, spoon-shaped, ninth
sternite approximately three-fourths length of valve; inner valves flat, blade-
like, imited on inner margins for almost half their length, the free margins
bearing numerous distinct teeth, approximately seventy-eight, the valves nar-
rowed through middle, then expanding to form a slight rounded notch, an-
other protruding notch at base of approximate apical third. Male styles broad
at base with the margins bent together, apical third greatly narrowed, taper-
ing to a slender laterad-curving apex.
Comparative Notes. See discussion under this heading in the description of
Clastoptern orborina.
Distribution. Described from five females and one male specimen, collected
in Oak Creek canyon, Arizona, by Dr. R. H. Beamer.
Location of Types. Allotype and holotype in Snow collection, University
of Kansas.
Clastoptera neivporta sp. new.
(Plates III, VII, XI, XV, XIX, XXIII, XXIV, XXVII.)
Size. Length: 9 3.3 mm. to 4.1 mm.; ^ 3.3 mm. to 4.01 mm. "Width:
9 1.9 mm. to 2.36 mm.; $ 2.03 mm. to 2.2 mm.
Shape. A short, bluntly robust species with the front greatly extended and
margins of elytra subparallel.
Color. A yellowish-tan and fuscous species, very similar in color pattern
to arborina and media. Front golden-tan with two or three pairs of brownish
arcs, vertex golden-tan with anterior margin narrowly bordered in light brown.
Eyes grayish-tan. Face light or dirty yellow, marked as follows: A blackish-
brown band across middle third of postclypeus, sometimes interrupted at sides
and preceded anteriorly by five or six pairs of blackish-brown arcs, a dark
spot on gena between transverse band and eye, antennal sockets and central
spot on anteclypeus dark brown. Pronotum bordered anteriorly by a brown
band which is broadest through middle, followed bj' a .yellow band, then a
somewhat naiTower brown band which is sometimes much darker on sides than
through middle, rest dusky-tan through middle. Elytra, clavus with a large,
light spot on claval suture near base, followed by a large dark fuscous cloud,'
an irregular yellow band across middle, rest tannish-fuscous with a dark-brown
spot on apex; corium, a yellow spot near base, explanate costal margin hya-
line and irregular, oblique dark band across middle of corium, partially bor-
dered anteriorly and entirely posteriorly by yellow, which becomes a large
yellow spot on costal margin, followed by a smaller dark spot and a brown
cloud ju.st before inflated part of elytron, rest tannish-hyaline with veins and
a])ical callous dark brown, margined in opaque yellow. Legs, coxa of first two
pairs dark brown, tiochanter brown with yellow margin, femur yellow with a
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 101
longitudinal brown band on cephalic surface, interrupted before base at apex,
tibia yellow with a longitudinal light-brown band, tarsus brownish with black
claws. Hind legs mostly yellow, washed in light brown, tips of spines and claws
black. Mesothorax dark brown through middle, yellow at sides. Metathorax
yellow. Abdomen all yellow, or with segments sometimes darker through the
middle, ovipositor and genital plates dark.
Structural Details. Vertex transversely depressed, anterior margin dis-
tinctly carinated. Width of the head about three and one-half times the length
of one eye. Front extending beyond vertex as much as length of vertex.
Ocelli located much nearer anterior margin of vertex than pronotmn; the dis-
tance between the ocelli equal to or slightly less than the distance between
each ocellus and eye. Postclypeus moderately inflated, its length three times
the length of the antoclypeus. Pronotum almost twice as wide as long, an-
terior margin roundingly i)roduced, posterior margin deeply emarginate, lateral
margins diverging, the disk crossed by semideep wrinkles, numbering about
nineteen or twenty along median line. Scutellum, length about one and one-
half times its width. Elytra slightly inflated, the length of one either two or
two and one-half times its width, base of costal margin only slightly flaring,
then almost parallel-margined to* apical third of elytra, from whence it ab-
ruptly tapers to a blunt apex. Wing venation, cell R-, longer than wide, cell
Rs considerably smaller than cell first M4, apical callous usually long and
narrow occupying the dorsal half of cell Ri.
External genitalia: Pygofer of female slightly wider than long, exceeded
by ovipositor about one-sixth of length of latter. Male genital plates broad at
base, their inner margins rounding to a blunt apex, exceeded by genital styles
for about one-half their length.
Internal genitalia : Lateral valve broad, spoon-shaped, its dorsobasal mar-
gin membranous for half its length, ninth sternite two-thirds the length of the
valve; inner valve flat, bladelike, their dorsal margins united for almost half
their length, the free margins bearing two notches, one at a point of union
of the valves and the other at tlie base of the apical third, the free margin
between first notch and apex of valve broken up into large, sharply pointed
teeth, numbering about eighty-two. Genital styles broad at base, their lateral
margins folded together, apical third greatly nan-owed, tapering to a laterad-
curving, sharply pointed apex; connective roughly triangular, cedagus a slender
rod with apical portion curving dorsad and bearing a large membranous flap
on each side.
C0MPAR.ATIVE Notes. See discussion under this heading in description of C.
arhorina.
Distribution. This is an eastern species apparently. Specimens have been
collected from Connecticut by Uhler; Lakehurst, N. J., by E. L. Dickerson;
Lake George, New York, by J. L. Zabriskie; and Newport, R. L, by Uhler.
The species was described from six females and five males.
Location of Types. Holotype male, and allotype female, American Mu-
seum of Natural History.
7—3341
102 The University Science Bulletin.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Baker, C. F. Notes on ClasLoptera (Cercopidae). Ent. News XI, p. 463; 1900.
Ball. E. D. A study of the genus Clastoptera. Proc. la. Acad. Sci. Ill, pp.
182-193; 1895.
Notes on Cercopidae, with descriptions of some new species. la. Acad.
Sci. XXVI, pp. 143-149; 1919.
The genus Clastoptera (Cercopida?). Can. Ent. LIX. pp. 103-112; 1927.
Barber, H. G. Hemiptera of Florida. Bull. Amer. Mus. of Nat. Hist., p. 529;
1914.
Fitch, Asa. Homoptera. N. Y. St. Cab., p. 53; 1851.
Fowler, W. W. Homoptera II. Biologia Centrali-Americana, p. 198; 1897.
Gekmar, E. F. Zeit. fur die Ento., p. 187; 1838.
Gillette, C. P., and Baker, C. F. Li.st of Hemiptera of Colo., p. 71 ; 1895.
GoDiNG, F. W. Synopsis of subfamilies and genera of North American Cer-
copids. Bull. ill. St. Lab. Nat. Hist., p. 483; 1895.
Heidemann. Clastoptera xanthocephala, habits. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. IV',
pp. 399-402; 1901.
Lallemand. Homoptera, family Cercopidte. Genera In.sectorum, p. 143; 1912.
LiNTNER, J. A. Fourth report of New York state entomologist, p. 242; 1889.
Eighth annual report New York state entomologist, p. 152, 1893.
McAtee, W. L. Cerco]3ida* of the vicinity of Washington, D. C, with descrip-
tions of new varieties of Clastoptera (Homoptera). Proc. Bio. Soc. of
Wash. 33. pp. 171-176; 1920.
Metc.\lf, Z. p. The wing venation of the Cercopidae. Annals Ent. Soc. Amer.
X, pp. 27-34 ; 1916.
OsBORN, Herbert. The phvlogenv of Hemiptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. of Wash.
Ill, pp. 185-190; 1895.
Studies of the life histories of froghoppers of Maine. Maine Agric.
Exp. Sta. Crono. 254. pp. 254-288; 1916.
Provancher, Leon. Petite faune entomologique du Canada. Vol. Ill, Hemip-
teres; 1885.
Nat. Can. IV, p. 351 ; 1872.
S.\Y, Thomas. The complete writings of Thomas Say on entomology of North
America. Edited by John LeConte. Vol. II; 1825.
Stal, C.\rl. Of. Vet. Akad. Forh., XI. p. 253; 1854.
Uhler, P. R. List Hem. Reg. West Miss. River. Bull. U. S. Geol. Geog.
Surv. Ter. V ; 1876.
Van Duzee, E. P. Hemiptera from Muskoka Lake. District of Canada. Can.
Ent. XXI, p. 8; 1889.
Synonymy of the Homoptera described by Say, Harris and Fitch.
Psyche V,"pp. 387-391; 1890.
A list of Hemiptera of Buffalo and vicinity. Bull, of Buff. Soc. of Nat.
Sci. V, p. 193; 1894.
IiLsects taken at Beulah, New Mex. Trans. Ann. Ent. Soc. XXIX,
p. Ill; 1903.
List of Hemiptera taken in Adirontlack mountains. Twentieth Report
of N. Y. State Entomologist, p. 553; 1905.
Hemipterological gleanings. Bull. Buff. Soc. Nat. Sci. X, 506-509; 1912.
WiRTNER. Ann. Carn. Mus. III. p. 217; 1904.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera. 103
INDEX TO SPECIES.
Clastoptera: p^qk
achatina 69
arborina 94
arizonana 73
binotata 30
brunnea 26
canyonensia 80
delicata 24
distincta 54
elongata 84
hyperici 52
juniperina 97
lawsoni 71
lineatocollis 20
lugubris 28
media 99
newporta 100
obtusa 63
var. borealis 67
var. obtusa 65
var. tristis 66
osborni 56
ovata 90
pallidocephala 87
proteus 34
var. nigricoUis 41
var. Osceola 43
var. proteus 40
saint-cyri 45
var. anceps 47
var. saint-cyri 46
salicis 49
sierra 33
siskiyou 92
testacea 60
texana 79
tricincta 89
unif ormia 82
.xanthocephala 75
104 The University Science Bulletin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE III.
Figs. 1 to 13. Lateral view of head.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
105
PLATE III.
I. Cdelicafa
T.C. sainf-cun
C.hLjperici
T.C.obtusa
CxanThocephala
C.osborni
C.Tesfacea
CacnaTma
2.C lineafollis
Cbrunnea
Cbinorata
5.C profeus
g.C.disdincra
loC.anzonana
i/.C.elonqata
C. pallidocephaia
C.fricincfa
texana
12.
C.siskiijou
C.ovaTa
C.arborlna
C. media
Ccanuonensia
LuniFormia
3.C.
Sierra
fc.C. salicis
^.C.law
soni
is.C.juniperma
C. Tiewpor*'
106 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE IV.
Fig. 1. Ventral view of head. Typical delicata type.
Fig. la. Ventral view of head. Only occasional specimens of this type.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of head. Typical lineatocollis type for females and
light colored males.
Fig. 2a. Ventral view of head. Typical type for black males.
Figs. 3 to 6. Ventral view of head. Typical type.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
107
PLATE IV.
postclupeus.'
anfeciupeus..
-TnanJi bular sclerite
i.C.delicata
Id
£ C.iineatocollis
5 C.bruTinea
^-.C.luaubris
S-CbinoTata
fc.C. sierra
108 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE V.
Fig. 1. Ventral view of head.
Fig. 16. Ventral view of head. Variation from typical type.
Figs. 2 to 9. Ventral view of head.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
109
PLATE V.
I C.salicis
2 C.proteus vir. niaricollls
S C profeus
•t.C.saiTif-curi var anceps
b.C.distincfa
sX-sainf-curi
7. C.huperici
t. Cfesfacea
l.C.osboPTii
no The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE VI.
Fifi. 1. Ventral view of head.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of head. Occasional forms.
Figs. 1 to 8. Ventral view of head. Tj^pical forms.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
Ill
PLATE VL
I. C.oljtusa„
.fupicaL
2, C.lawsoni
s.C.arizonaTia
7 C.canuonensia
g. CuniFormia
112 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE VII.
Figs. 1 to 9. Ventral view of head. Typical forms.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
113
PLATE VII.
S.C.triciTicTa
114 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE VIII.
Figs. 1 to 6. Dorsal view of head.
Figs. 7 to 12. Dorsal view of pronotum.
Doerixg: The Gexus Clastoptera.
115
PLATE VIII.
7, C bmorafa
■jC brunnea.
lO.C. liTieafocoilis
;£.C.IuQii bris
116 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE IX.
Figs. 1 to 5. Dorsal view of head.
Figs. 6 to 12. Dorsal view of pronotum.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
117
PLATE IX.
3.C.proIeus
C.salicis
s.C.sainf-CMri
C. huperici
b.C huperici
7 C.sainT-cwrl
il.C.osborni
8 C. profeus
(oC salicis
iS.C.lesIacea
8—3341
118 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE X.
Figs. 1 to 8. Dorsal view of head.
Figs. 9 to 16. Dorsal view of pronotum, showing wrinkles.
Doering: The Gexus Clastoptera.
119
PLATE X.
120 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XI.
Figs. 1 to 7. Dorsal view of head.
Figs. 8 to 15. Dorsal view of pronotum, showing wrinkles
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
121
PLATE XL
122 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XII.
Figs. 1 to 6. Apex of clavus of elj-tron, showing distribution of hairs.
Figs. 7 to 12. Elytron, drawn from microscope slide.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
123
PLATE XII.
.C.I ineatocollis
s.C.bruTiTiea
? C .1 ucjubris
■4.C . delicala
s.C.bmotata.
fc.C. sierra
i.C bruTiTiea
lo.C.delicafa
ii.C.biTiofafa
2.C.S
12. 1.. Sierra
124 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XIII.
Figs. 1 to 7. Apex of clavus of eb'tron, showing distribution of hairs.
Figs. 8 to 14. Elytron, drawn from microscope slide.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera.
125
PLATE XIII.
i.C.tesfacea
2.C. disfincta
3. C sainf.curi
*. C profeus
s.C.salicis
fc.C.huperici
7. C.osbomi
<», C.salicis
sC.tesfacea
lo.C. sainf.curi
is.C.disfincTa
I3.C huperi
126 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XIV.
Figs. 1 to 8. Apex of clavus of elytron, showing distribution of hairs.
Figs. 9 to 16. Elytron, drawn from microscope slide.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
127
PLATE XIV.
^S.C.uniForjnia
128 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XV.
Figs. 1 to 9. Apex of clavus of elytron, showing distribution of hairs.
Figs. 10 to 18. Elytron, drawn from microscope slide.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
129
PLATE XV
S.Carbon na
17.
C.media
laC.siskiijC
130 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XVI.
Figs. 1, 2. 3, 4, 6. Ventral view of female pygofer, drawn from a specimen
relaxed in boiling water.
Fig. 5. Ventral view of female pygofer, drawn from unrelaxed specimen.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
131
PLATE XVL
JiiTith srernife
l.C lujuiiris
aCJineafocollia
3.C br
S. C. sierra
4. C.binofata
t.C delicafa
132 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XVII.
Figs. 1 to 7. Ventral view of female pygofer, drawn from a specimen re-
laxed in boiling water.
DoERiNG : The Genus Clastoptera.
133
PLATE XVII.
I. C.fesfacea
2.C osborni
a.C.dJsfiTicra
♦ C sainf-curi
5.C.h
IP
erici
^^ bX.proieu
prole us
9—3341
zCsalicis
134 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XVni.
Figs. 1 to 8. Ventral view of female pygofer, drawn from a specimen re-
laxed in boiling water.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
135
PLATE XVIII.
I. C xa-nfhocephala
2.C,acKarma
3 C arizonana
4.C. lawsoni
5 Cfexana
b. L.obiusa
7 Ccanijonensia
8.C uTiif'ormia
136 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XIX.
Fios. 1 to 9. Ventral view of female pygofer, drawn from specimen relaxed
in boiling water.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
137
PLATE XIX.
7. Celonqata
8. C.tricmcfa
<>. CpaliidocepKala
138 The University Science Bulletin
PLATE XX.
Fig. 1.
Lateral valve of ovipositor. Fig. 4.
Inner valve.
Fig. la.
Inner valve of ovipositor. Fig. 4a.
Lateral valve
Fig. 2.
Lateral valve. Fig. 5.
Inner valve.
Fig. 2a.
Inner valve. Fig. 5a.
Lateral valve
Fig. 3.
Inner valve. Fig. 6.
Inner valve.
Fig. 3a. Lateral valve. Fig. 6a. Lateral valve.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
139
PLATE XX.
Cliiieatocollis
23
3,C.luaubris
4.
C.binotata
4a
S.C.aelicata
I
fa.C. sierra
140
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXI.
Fig. 1. Lateral valve of ovipositor.
Fig. la. Inner valve of ovipositor.
Fig. 2. Inner valve.
Fig. 2a. Lateral valve.
Fig. 3. Lateral valve.
Fig. 3a. Inner valve.
Fig. 4. Lateral valve.
Fig. 4a. Inner valve.
Fig. 5. Inner valve.
Fig. 5a. Lateral valve.
Fig. 6. Lateral valve.
Fig. 6a. Inner valve.
Fig. 7. Lateral valve.
Fig. 7a. Inner valve.
Doerixg: The Genus Clastoptera.
141
PLATE XXI.
|C proteus
C.festacea
142
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXII.
Figs. 1. 2, 3. Lateral valve of ovi-
positor.
Figs. 1«, 2a, 3«. Inner valve of ovi-
positor.
Fig. 4. Lateral valve.
Fig. 4fl. Inner valve.
Fig. 5. Lateral valve.
Fig. 5f!. Inner valve.
Fig. 6. Inner valve.
Fig. Qn. Lateral valve.
Fig. 7. Inner valve.
Fig. 7a. Lateral valve.
Fig. 8. Inner valve.
Fig. 8a. Lateral valve.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
143
I. CxanThocephala
PLATE XXII.
£. C.arizoTiana
bCfexana
4. C.achatina
5. Cobfusa
7. CuTiiforma
8 CcanuonensiS
144
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXIII.
Fig.
1.
Lateral valve of
ovipositor.
Fig. 5a.
Inner valve.
Fig.
la.
Inner valve of
ovipositor.
Fig. 6.
Inner valve.
Fig.
2.
Lateral valve.
Fig. 6a.
Lateral valve
Fig.
2a.
Inner valve.
Fig. 7.
Lateral valve.
Fig.
3.
Lateral valve.
Fig. 7a.
Inner valve.
Fig.
3a.
Inner valve.
Fig. 8.
Lateral valve.
Fig.
4.
Inner valve.
• Fig. 8a.
Inner valve.
Fig.
4a.
Lateral vahe.
Fig. 9.
Inner valve.
Fig.
5.
Lateral valve.
Fig. 9a.
Lateral valve
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
145
PLATE XXIII.
146 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXIV.
Ventral view of male pygofer, drawn from specimens relaxed in boiling
water, after which the uhdoniens or pygofers were I'emoved from bod\' in order
to draw.
Doerixg: The Gexus Clastoptera.
147
PLATE XXIV.
C lineatocollis
"teTiital plate
.ceniTal sfiile r i Y +
Cbrunnea
Cprofeusvar niaricoilis C.saint-ci^n var.anceps C.hLjpen
Csalicis
Cdisfincta
Cfeslacea
C.osborni
C.acharma
C obtusa
C.arizonana
C lawsoni
C.xanthocephala
C,juTiiper(na
C ovata
C.siskiijou
C arborina
C texana
C. media
Cuniformia
Cnewporfa
C.canuonensia
C.IricmcTa
Cetoncjata C.palliJocephala
148
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXV.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of male genitalia. Fig.
Fig. la. Lateral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 1?7. Ventral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 2«. Dorsal view of male geni- Fig.
talia. Fig.
Fig. 3. Dorsal view of male geni- Fig.
talia. Fig.
Fig. 3o. Lateral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 36. Ventral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 4. Dorsal view of genitalia. Fig.
Fig. 4o. Lateral view of stj^le. Fig.
Fig. 4b. Ventral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 5. Lateral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 5a. Ventral view of style. Fig.
Fig. 5b. Dorsal view of genitalia. Fig.
Fig. 6. Lateral view of style.
6«. Ventral view of style.
6b. Dorsal view of genitalia.
7. Dorsal view of genitalia.
7a. Ventral view of style.
76. Lateral view of style.
8. Dorsal view of genitalia.
8o. Lateral view of style.
86. Ventral view of style.
9. Dorsal view of genitalia.
9a. Ventral view of style.
96. Lateral view of style.
10. Dorsal view of genitalia.
10a. Ventral view of style.
11. Dorsal view of genitalia.
11a. Ventral view of style.
116. Lateral view of style.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
349
PLATE XXV.
10—3341
150
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXVI.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of male genitalia. Fig. 46.
Fig. 1«. Ventral view of style. Fig. 5.
Fig. lb. Lateral view of style. Fig. 5a.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of style. Fig. 56.
Fig. 2a. Lateral view of style. Fig. 6.
Fig. 26. Dorsal view of genitalia. Fig. 6a.
Fig. 3. Ventral view of style. Fig. 7.
Fig. 3a. Lateral view of style. Fig. 7a.
Fig. 36. Dorsal view of genitalia. Fig. 76.
Fig. 4. Dorsal view of genitalia. Fig. 8.
Fig. 4a. Ventral view of style. Fig. 8a.
Lateral view of style.
Ventral view of style.
Lateral view of style.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Ventral view of style.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Ventral view of style.
Lateral view of style.
Ventral view of style.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
151
PLATE XXVI.
C obtusa
Carizonana
43.
Ccanuonensia
3 W-- 53
C.xanfhocephala
C.lawsoni
C fexana
Cuniforraia
152
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXVII.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of male genitalia.
Fig. la. Ventral view of style.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of style.
Fig. 2a. Dorsal view of genitalia.
Fig. 3. Ventral view of style.
Fig. 3a. Dorsal view of genitalia.
Fig. 4. Dorsal view of genitalia.
Fig. 4a. Ventral view of style.
Fig. 5. Ventral view of style.
Fig.
5a.
Dorsal view of genitalia
Fig.
6.
Ventral view of style.
Fig.
6a.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Fig.
7.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Fig.
7a.
Ventral view of style.
Fig.
8.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Fig.
8a.
Ventral view of style.
Fig.
9.
Ventral view of style.
Fig.
9a.
Dorsal view of genitalia.
Doering: The Genus Clastoptera.
153
PLATE XXVn.
C si'skiijou a
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII.] April, 1928. [No. 2.
Studies on the Biology of Kansas Cicadidse.*
RAYMOND H. BEAMER, Department of Entomology.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 155
Acknowledgments 156
Nature of the Problem 156
Historical Sketch 158
TECHNIQUE OF DETERMINING THE LIFE HISTORY 159
A Study of Broods 159
A Sliort Cut to the Life History by Digging Nymphs in the Field 160
Rearing from Egg to Adult 168
GENERAL NOTES 172
MORPHOLOGY 190
CONCLUSIONS 228
BIBLIOGRAPHY 229
INTRODUCTION.
MY interest in cicadas was first aroused by the sport involved in
collecting them. Almost anyone enjoys hunting quails with a
good gun and a good dog. How much more interesting it is to hunt
cicadas; detect them by their song from the myriad other noises of
a summer day; locate the singer by his repeated cries; and then,
either take him with a net or shoot him with a rifle in true sportsman
style. The cunning of the hunter also is necessary in taking cicadas.
A hurried movement or a broken twig, and the song stops as though
broken in the middle, or with a wild squawk and a buzz of wings
the game is off to safer quarters.
Interest in the biology of these insects grew quite naturally from
collecting them. Occasionall}^ females were found ovipositing.
From nests of eggs collected it was noted that the eggs of some
* Submitted to the Department of Entomology and the faculty of the Graduate School
of the University of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy.
(155)
156 The University Science Bulletin.
species did not hatch till the following year, and fortunately, unlike
the seventeen-year cicada, the eggs remained in good condition
though the limbs bearing them were cut from the trees. From ma-
terial thus kept in the laboratory, two new species of nest parasites
were found. Thus at every turn new and interesting facts in their
biology were brought to light.
The following pages are an attempt to set down the interesting
things noted about some of our common Kansas cicadas. Fifteen
species have been studied representing five of the seven genera oc-
curring in the state.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.
Acknowledgment is here given to Dr. H. B. Hungerford for his
generosity in furnishing funds and in granting time for these studies,
and for his stimulating suggestions and criticisms of methods to be
used; and to Dr. Paul B. Lawson, under whose immediate direction
the problem was undertaken, for his generous cooperation in the
field and laboratory, for his detailed criticism of each step of the
work, and for his suggestions of many of the worthwhile phases in-
vestigated. This opportunity^ is taken to thank Mr. Wm. T. Davis,
of Staten Island, N. Y., for his kindly interest and constant inspira-
tion in this attempt to learn something of the biology of the cicadas;
and also Messrs. A. B. Gahan, S. A. Rohwer and J. M. Aldrich, of
the United States National Museum, for the identification of para-
sites. Mr. R. E. Snodgrass also has been most generous in furnishing
unpublished drawings and manuscript notes on the morphology of
the cicada. Many others have assisted in collecting material and
gathering data. Among these Mr. H. Steele, of Scott City, Kan.,
and Mr. John Wilson, of Elk City, Kan., deserve special mention.
Throughout the course of these investigations Mrs. Lucy Dunbar
Beamer, my wife, has been of incalculable assistance by sharing with
me the burden of caring for the insects under observation and by her
help in the preparation of the plates.
NATURE OF THE PROBLEM.
Since the seventeen-year cicada, Magidcada septendccim (Linn.) ,
the only one whose life history is known, spends such a long period
of time underground, it is natural that particular attention should
be given to the developmental stage of these insects. Questions
present themselves as to the number of instars; morphological char-
acteristics of each stage; the duration of each stadium; the food pref-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 157
erences of the nymphs of each species, if any; and the mysteries of
their movements underground. Along with so many things of
interest occurring beneath the soil, the emerging nymph introduces
us to many new problems in the open air.
The oft repeated statement that the adult cicada takes no food
makes the cjucstion of feeding very interesting. Mating and ovi-
position are other absorbing problems. Where do they lay their
eggs? In what type of substance — green or dead tissue — trees or
grasses? What kind of nests do they make? Do they fill them with
secretions oi any kind? Does the dying of the twig kill the eggs?
What egg parasites are to be found? A multitude of questions arise
in this part of the life cycle. The hatching of the eggs, effect of heat
and moisture upon hatching, the making of underground cells by
the nymph, all present phenomena of intense interest.
The above queries introduce some unique difficulties. First of
all, the only species about which anything is known takes seventeen
years to go througli its life cycle — an astounding length of time
when one considers the attempt to work out the life history in de-
tail. The unity of opinion among writers, however, that perhaps
most or even all other species pass through their life cycle within a
year, or two years at most, gave some encouragement in attacking
the problem.
Another difficulty presented itself by the occurrence of different
species emerging in localities many miles apart. For example, the
past year (1926), three species were studied in Scott county, Kansas,
and three others in Cherokee county, Kansas. The two localities
are 400 miles apart by automobile. Then, too, some of these species
are tree-loving forms, and he who would learn of them must simu-
late the habits of a squirrel. The shyness, also, which most members
of this family exhibit to the would-be observer is no small obstacle
in obtaining W'Orth-while data.
Attempts to collect nymphs in the field for study and rearing pur-
poses have been made. These have proved feasible only under the
most favorable conditions. Comparatively speaking, very few indi-
viduals of a species emerge each year in a given area. This fact is
indicative of the number of nymphs in the ground at a given place
and time. For example, let us suppose that in a ten-acre wood lot
with a tree on every ten-foot square there is a pair of cicadas in
each tree. No one would gainsay that the lot would be a perfect
din with their songs, but if one were to try to find the nymphs of
158 The University Science Bulletin.
one of these pairs in the ground beneath their tree, tons of earth
would have to be moved and examined. This has been, indeed, a
very real difficulty.
To add to the problem the nymphs of different species within the
genus are so nearly alike that only where one species occurs alone
in a locality can one be reasonably sure of the identity of his ma-
terial, even if he finds it.
The problem is rendered still longer and more difficult by the
fact that the adults occur but once a year, and then, in the case
of most species, for only a few weeks. In addition, a large brood
of a given species may occur in a certain locality only once in a
number of years. Nevertheless the problem has become increasingly
interesting, and plans have been made to continue the studies until
many of the still unsolved mysteries have been answered.
HISTORICAL SKETCH.
Long before the science of biology was born, before the habit of
attempting to explain the phenomena of life had been developed,
even before written records were kept of the thoughts of peoples,
the cicada had attracted attention. The Egyptians gave images
of this insect a religious significance. The ancient Greeks used them
as a symbol of music and also as a decoration on coins. The Athe-
nians fashioned golden ornaments in their likeness. In early writ-
ings they were often praised because of their song, and even held as
almost sacred. For centuries the Chinese have used them for their
coloring matter and medicinal properties. A common superstition
has been handed down that the "W" in the cicada's wing forecasts
war.
Records of many primitive peoples of the past and of the present
show cicadas have been used as articles of food. Aristotle wrote
that they were most edible just before emergence. Reaumur tells
us that some of the ancients ate the males before mating and the
females after. He adds that they liked the eggs of cicadas as the
French people of his day enjoyed crab eggs.
The first record of the seventeen-year cicada (the most famous
member of the family) was made by Oldenberg, London, in 1660,
in a paper entitled "Some Observations of Swarms of Strange In-
sects and the Mischief Done b}^ Them." Unfortunately, in this
paper he used the term locusts, thus confusing them from the first
with the true locusts (Locustida}). The brood which he had ob-
served occurred in 1634 in New England. The colonists reported
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 159
at this time that the American Indians used the cicadas as food;
and Andreas Sandel, of Philadelphia, in 1715 again mentioned this
custom. The first serious attempt at a study of the biology and
morphology of cicadas, however, was made by Reaumur in 1740. So
accurate was his description of the sound-producing organs of the
male that it is still used. He also made observations of the nests
and the eggs. He observed nest parasites, but made no attempt to
preserve them or place them systematically other than to say they
were ichneumonids. He tried to hatch the cicada eggs, but had
very poor results, failing to observe the process.
A century later Fabre, in his pleasing way, recorded many inter-
esting observations on the oviposition, the nests, the eggs and the
hatching of the cicada. He observed hymenopterous parasites
laying eggs in the cicada nests but, like Reaimiur, failed to record
'the identity of them. He even made an attempt to rear the nymphs
in a bowl .of growing wheat and heather. This, however, failed and
he decided that, while it might be done, it was not worth the effort.
Little has been done on the biology of cicadas other than Magici-
cada septendecim (Linn.) since the time of Fabre. A detailed
account of the work done on this species has been given by Marlatt,
United States Department of Agriculture Bureau of Entomology
Bulletin No. 71, 1907, and it will not be repeated here. Even with
this species, where thousands of eggs were available, rearings in
captivity failed. The data obtained were gained from digging under
trees where nymphs were known to have hatched in great numbers.
Numerous writers have recorded notes on the oviposition, nests, eggs,
etc., of some local species. Several have studied in greater or lesser
detail the song and song habits of various forms. Snodgrass and
Muir have done valuable morphological work on the group. It is
hoped the following notes will be of interest and will add to what
is already known of the biology of the cicadas.
TECHNIQUE OF DETERMINING THE LIFE HISTORY.
A STUDY OF BROODS.
Former writers have suggested that the life histories of cicadas
might be indicated fairly accurately from the occurrence of extra
large broods in the field. For the past four years records have been
kept on broods of different species in several localities. Whenever
a large brood of any species has been observed, the locality and
species have been noted, and also the time of year of the occurrence
160 The University Science Bulletin.
of the largest numbers of individuals. Then other notes have been
taken of the habits of the particular species, such as the time of
day the males usually sing, the type of hosts the females use for
oviposition, and the general appearance of the plants bearing nests.
The localities have been. visited each succeeding year as nearly as
possible at the time most favorable for finding the maximum num-
ber of individuals. The comparative numbers of some of the small,
grass-loving species are estimated by collecting them by sweeping;
the large, wary species are usually judged by the song of the males.
Something of the size of the brood may be ascertained by the num-
ber of cast nymphal skins on the ground or vegetation and by the
oviposition marks left by the females where these are of a nature to
be seen easily. Both details are accurate indicators, since one
readily learns to distinguish between new and old. Cast nymphal
skins will remain recognizable for a year, but they show the effect
of weather and would not be mistaken for newly cast ones. The
nests may be more confusing, but a little study soon renders one
quite expert in judging their age, and there is always the test of
cutting into the nest to find it either empty or containing live eggs.
Size of broods can be expressed only in relative terms, as large or
small, and the judgment of the observer would be valuable in
proportion to his experience. So far no method of measure has been
devised.
Observations indicate that a great many records of a species
should be obtained, and perhaps records in more than one locality,
before an accurate conjecture could be made as to the length of its
life history. This is due not only to the fact that there might be
more than one large brood in a locality, but also to the many fac-
tors which might cause a large brood to be diminished to a small one.
DATA ON LIFE HISTORY BY DIGGING NYMPHS IN THE FIELD.
Hope was entertained that a shorter and more accurate method
might be found for obtaining data on the life history of cicadas by
digging for nymphs in the field. Accordingly many hours have been
spent in this way with gratifying success in a few instances and
disappointment in many.
Where to Dig. Locations were selected where a species had been
known to be abundant. Often old oviposition marks determined the
exact place for excavating. In timber, the north side of large trees
near the trunk yielded the best results. Some locations, which
might have proved fruitful, were impractical because of the rock}-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 161
nature of the soil. Digging has been dehiyed occasionally by pro-
longed drouth. Not only -is the labor of digging in dry soil greater,
but a much higher percentage of individuals is injured in the opera-
tion. In all cases more large nymphs were found than those of the
smaller instars. This is probably due to the fact that as the nymphs
increase in size their cells are more often broken open, and also to
the fact that a large nymph is less apt to be overlooked. In a
locality where dozens of fifth-instar nymphs were taken only two
second-instar individuals were found; yet the next year many third
instars were collected, indicating that they had been present the year
before.
Equipment Necessary. A tile spade, a large bladed knife, and
a pair of tweezers constitute the equipment most often used in
digging for nymphs. Wide-mouthed bottles containing 70 per cent
alcohol are used for preserving the material in the field. If nymphs
are to be taken to the laboratory alive, suitable containers must be
provided. This will be discussed in detail a little later.
Method of Finding the Nymphs. Large spades of dirt are cut
loose and carefully lifted to a nearby natural clearing or to an
artificial one made by unfolding a heavy newspaper. The sides
of the excavation and of the removed lump of dirt are then examined
carefully for nymphs which may have been expelled from their cells
or for burrows into which the excavating has broken. When these
leads have been examined and any material removed, the sod is
held about a foot above the improvised w'orktable and gently torn
to pieces. Work may be accelerated and also made more accurate
by a helper carefully watching the surface of this table as the
particles fall. In most soils the nymphs are readily seen because of
the difference in color. As each additional spade of soil is removed,
it is examined over the same place, thus soon building a small,
flat-topped mound which forms a convenient worktable.
As the nymphs are discovered they may be removed to the alcohol
vials by means of tweezers, but, if live specimens are to be obtained,
this method of handling has proved undesirable because so many
specimens are injured. Often nymphs will grasp the tweezers with
their front legs and may be lifted thus to the live cage. Other-
wise they should be rolled gently into the hand or lifted with the
knife blade and again gently rolled from the hand or knife into the
awaiting container.
In the case of the seventeen-year cicada, and occasionally with
162 The University Science Bulletin.
large broods of other species, a satisfactory method is that of re-
moving the soil above a root for a few feet, then cutting the root
loose at one end and gently raising it. The largest number of
nymphs will have formed cells perpendicular to and directly beneath
such roots. Removing the root leaves the cells open at the top,
hence easily seen.
Transporting Live Nymphs. Specimens left exposed to the dry
air for any considerable time are destroyed by desiccation. If num-
bers are confined in the same container without partitions, they
mangle each other with their sharp claws. The first attempt to
overcome these difficulties was to cover each specimen as found with
loose earth. This relieved the above-mentioned conditions, but the
nymphs were often injured by the weight of the dirt. A nymph will
dig in the most compact soil, provided it is not too dry, but it finds
itself at a great disadvantage in loose earth. If it cannot make the
soil hold together and fashion an open space or cell, it can only
flounder helplessly, bruising "its soft body with the hard particles and
gradually wearing away its strength.
In Mud Cells. Individual cells made from mud proved a safe
way to transport them. A nymph so placed will ride in a car for
hours uninjured provided only that the ball remains whole. A more
desirable method where many nymphs were to be transported was
that of placing a layer of stiff mud about one inch deep in a flat box
and putting the individuals in artificial cells. As each cell was
filled, it was capped with a bit of flattened mud to prevent the
escape and desiccation of the occupant. Nymphs have been thus
inclosed without injury for a longer period during cold weather than
hot. If the container was too tightly closed, nymphs confined for
many hours have been found to be suffocated. Specimens which
appeared dead from suffocation have been revived by leaving them
in the open air for a short time. Where they were left for hours,
a wet cloth was spread over the container. Numerous nymphs,
thus revived, have formed cells and apparently recovered com-
pletely.
In Live Cages. Live cages have been taken into the field and the
nymphs placed in them as they were found. This has proven a most
desirable way where it is possible. Live cages have the advantage
over the mud cell in that the new home fonned is permanent. Newly
transplanted nymphs begin work on the new cell immediately if
kept in a warm place.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 163
Examination of Material, in the Laboratory. Hundreds of
preserved nymphs were studied in the laboratory in an attempt to
determine the number of instars and the length of the life history.
The nymphs of a species were first separated as to apparent size.
Then each size was studied in detail under the microscope. The hard
parts were measured. The number of segments of the antennae was
compared in specimens of the same size and those of other sizes. The
number of setse-bearing spines on the hind legs was compared. The
development of the front femora and tarsi was studied, as to size,
number of teeth in the comb, etc. The size of the wing pads, size
and shape of the pronotum, the genitalia, and general and specific
color changes were all noted. From all these studies it seemed im-
possible to decide the number of instars. Size divided them into
several groups. Even measurements of the hard parts, which sup-
posedly do not change within an instar, were found to vary. The
character of the antennae seemed to divide them into five groups, but
the variation in size of other parts was so great that it was impossible
to tell whether the differences were due to added age or inherent
nature of the individual. So many empty shells of nymphs having
large wingpads had been found in burrows in the field that it was
considered these large nymphs perhaps molted once during this stage.
Accurate data now seemed to depend upon actual rearings in cap-
tivity. Since the small size of year-old nymphs hatched and reared
thus far in the insectary indicated a relatively long life history for
all cicadas, an attempt was made to trick nature into giving up her
secret in a shorter time by simultaneous rearing of the various in-
stars which were found in the field.
Flower-pot Cages. A large number of experiments have been
conducted in an attempt to determine the best types of live cages
to use. Eggs have been hatched over large flower pots of perennial
grass, and a year later the nymphs found by carefully tearing the
dirt into fine particles. This cage has proved valuable when only
growth of the nymph was desired, but it was obviously not practical
for catching molts or for observing habits. To meet this need, small
glass-sided cages were constructed.
Small Glass-sided C.\ges. Three sides of a wooden frame one-
half to one inch deep by four inches wide by five inches long were
nailed together and a 4 x 5 glass plate placed on either side of it.
The sides were fastened in place by two wraps of a very fine copper
164 The University Science Bulletin.
wire. Small lead lugs were numbered and tied on these wires for
records.
Host Plants. Since the first nymphs found in the field had been
living on Panicum virgatum, small green sprays of this grass were dug
and placed in a dozen or more of these cages with good, rich soil.
The results were disappointing. This grass, divided down as small
as was necessary, would not take root and grow as it should. One
of two things seemed necessary. Either larger cages must be used
to allow the large grass to grow, or smaller grasses or other small
plants must be found on which the nymphs could live.
An attempt was first made to give the large grass room to grow,
and at the same time isolate some of its roots in small amounts of
soil surrounded by glass so that observations could be made without
disturbing the plant or insects. Six holes were bored in the bottom
of a box and small test tubes, punctured at the closed end to allow
the escape of excess moisture, were inserted in these holes. Then
grasses were placed in the box with a healthy root extending the
length of the test tube and the tubes filled with finely sifted and
sterilized earth. The nymphs were placed in the test tube, and when
they had disappeared into the soil, the box was filled with more of
the sterilized dirt. The soil was then moistened and the box buried
in loose sand in the laborator>^ Another attempt to accomplish the
same result was made with glass cylinders. A smaller cylinder
closed at one end was inverted in a larger cylinder. Grasses were
placed in the large beaker with their roots extending around the
inner cylinder. When the cage was partly filled with soil the
nymphs were placed between the two glass walls. Then the space
above was filled with soil. In both types of cages the nymphs and
the grasses lived, but neither plan was considered a success because
the thinnest film of dirt over the glass obstructed observation and
to remove the film it was necessary to demolish the cage.
Annuals as Host Plants. At the same time the above experi-
ments were being run, small annual grasses were being tried in the
glass-sided cages described above. They grew rapidly, and nymphs
placed among their roots gave every evidence of being in perfect
condition. This encouraged the belief that cicada nymphs are not
specific feeders, and experiments were started to determine what
kind of plants would make the most ideal hosts for them. Former
writers have held that nymphs probably passed the winter in a
dormant state and hence could live where only annuals were avail-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 165
able. All material, however, which was left in cages containing
annuals died when the grasses ripened in the fall.
Vegetables as Hosts. A series of experiments was begun to de-
termine, if possible, whether cicada nymphs might secure food from
fresh tubers. Fifth instar Magicicada septendedm (Linn.) were
used in the trials, with potatoes as the host.
Two methods were tried: First, a hole was made in the potato
about the diameter of the cells from which the cicadas were taken.
These holes were closed by small pieces of celluloid inserted through
slits made in the potato. (PI. XXXIII, Fig. 5.) Second, the
cicadas were placed in artificial cells in a pan and the top of the
holes capped with small potatoes.
These experiments were started on December 4, 1926, with fifteen
nymphs. They were kept in the laboratory where the temperature
was warm enough to allow normal activity.
Results. Of the five nymphs placed inside the potatoes one died
December 19, one December 20, two others were dead February 1,
and the last, though still alive, was noticeably diminished in size
March 10, 1927. These nymphs were observed with the beak im-
bedded in the potato, apparently feeding. All of them clawed loose
many bits of potato and attempted to arrange them near the open-
ing of their cells. A small lump of dirt placed in one hole was used
to cement the space around the window. It did not seem to be the
light from the opening that worried the cicada, but the air that got
in about the edge of it, and when this was sufficiently closed no more
attention was paid to this sort of occupation. While this experiment
would discourage the hope of using potatoes as hosts for cicada
nymphs for any considerable period of time, it did give evidence
that the above technique might prove a convenient and highly
successful method of transporting nymphs for long distances. It
seems probable that by using a little care in making the hole in the
potato approximately the size of the normal cell and carefully seal-
ing it shut to prevent desiccation and escape, nymphs might be so
shipped with minimum expenditures of preparation, postage and
fatality.
The second method has proved more successful. At first the
nymphs sealed the cells with soil, but, failing to find food elsewhere,
they eventually came back to the potato. Often when the potato
was raised for observation the beak of the cicada would be so firmly
imbedded that the nymph was raised out of the cell. They tunneled
11—3341
166 The University Science Bulletin,
about in the pan considerably, sometimes two nymphs opening holes
very near each other. The nymphs in this type of container fre-
quently opened their cells to the outside and left them open for days
at a time. No explanation is offered as to why this was the case.
An examination March 12, 1927, showed three nymphs in well de-
veloped cells in the bottom of the container living on the roots of the
potatoes, which at this time had begun to grow. They seemed in
fair condition, and might emerge in due time. It is possible that
cicada nymphs can be carried through their entire cycle in this man-
ner. However, success seems to be due not to the tuber but to the
roots that form from it.
Other Plants. Experiments wTre conducted with a number of
other plants. Wheat suggested itself as a winter food, but it proved
to be too easily injured by changes of moisture and by disturbing
the root mass in making examinations. Orchard grass, Dactylis
glomerata L., and dandelion, Taraxacum officinale Weber, were next
tried with excellent results. In about two weeks after transplanting
they fill the cages with a wonderful system of tender roots, thus
making it easy for the newly hatched or transplanted nymphs to
find abundant food. In November, 1925, cages of this sort were
carried in a car 400 miles to western Kansas and back again ; nymphs
were planted in them in the field, the grass lived, also the nymphs,
some of them emerging this past summer (July, 1926). Blue grass,
Poa 'pratensis L., Sorghastrum nutans, Panicum virgatum, orchard
grass, dandelion and yucca were all used in large cages. Any of the
above, with the exception of the first and last, appear to be satis-
factory. Preference is shown, however, for the large-stemmed
grasses because of the greater extent of the root masses. (PI.
XXXIII, Fig. 3.) Orchard grass forms many roots branching hori-
zontally, which would increase the probability of newly hatched
nymphs finding food, but the roots extend only a few inches deep.
Dandelion grows deep but does not produce as dense a root mass,
leaving the greater probability of tiny nymphs failing to find them.
Yucca suggested itself because Tibicen bifida (Davis) eggs had been
gathered in great numbers in Scott county, Kansas, placed in dead
yucca stalks. It is a hardy plant, but the root system is too coarse
and unbranched.
Because so many of our Kansas cicadas live in trees, experiments
were started with trees as hosts. Willow, cottonwood, maple, and
elm were potted. Trials with these have not proceeded far enough
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 167
to draw definite conclusions as to tlieir worth. A fiftli instar of
Tibicen auletes (Geniiar) taken from oak and placed in a cage of
willow on June 25, 1926, emerged in August. Some T. dealbata
(Davis), fifth-instar nymphs, placed in the same sort of cages in
August, 1926, are still alive and doing nicely February 9, 1927.
These meager results, however, would indicate that small trees may
be successfully used in live cages. The trees are less hardy, however,
and more apt to succumb to inadequate quarters than grasses.
Large Glass-sided Gages. During the second year it was found
that some of the earthenware pots had been so badly broken by
freezing and thawing that it was necessary to replace them. In
trying to overcome this difficulty large glass-sided cages were made
after the pattern of the smaller ones. Eight by ten glasses were
used and placed on a framework of wood two to four inches deep.
The glass was countersunk and held in place by wooden cleats.
These cages proved most convenient and desirable in every way,
except that the wood decayed (PI. XXXIII, Fig. 1). Not only
does the decaying render the cage difficult to handle and necessitate
ultimate replacement, but large nymphs will burrow through it and
escape. A fifth instar, Magicicada septendedm (Linn.), placed
in a large cage of willow on June 1, 1926, had escaped in this manner
before February 3, 1927, yet the cage was solid enough to hold
together (PI. XXXIII, Fig. 2). A more durable cage is now being
constructed by using heavy galvanized iron for the sides.
Transplanting Nymphs. Where nj'mphs are transplanted one
side of the cage is removed and a hole large enough for the individual
is made near the root. Transplanted nymphs, if placed near the
top of the cage with only loose soil covering them, tend to work to
the surface instead of going down. If they are being placed in pots
which have been growing for some weeks, the soil may be removed
intact by inverting the pot and artificial cells made for them among
the roots several inches beneath the surface. As the nymphs are
found at all depths from two to twelve inches in nature, they may
be placed at varying depths in the cages. Care should be exercised
to make these holes large enough to allow room for the nymph to
use its legs and to turn over to place loosened dirt in another part of
the chamber. About 40 nymphs, so placed among choice roots, were
found dead when examination was made, because the}^ had been
placed in cells too small to allow them to work.
When nymphs were transplanted in the winter the cages were
168 The University Science Bulletin.
allowed to remain in a warm room until the nymphs had time to per-
fect their cells. This is essential, because they will not dig at low
temperatures, yet they need the well-formed cell to protect them
from drying and flooding, from injury from jar and attack from
enemies. It is also considered that they feed in winter, so they
should have their cells built around the food roots.
Care of Cages. Cages containing nymphs are kept buried to the
top in the open when not needed for observations. If exposed to
air for long periods it is more difficult to keep the moisture content
right for the host to thrive.
Observations should be made frequently enough to catch any
changes which occur. During molting and emerging seasons daily
examinations are desirable; or, if one hopes to observe the actual
act of molting or transformation to adult, material must be kept
under almost constant observation. If the glass becomes soiled, it
may be removed, cleansed, and replaced. Often the glass will form
a portion of the cell and activity may be observed with the cage
intact. Cages containing nymphs which are nearly ready to emerge
are kept under large frames covered with screen wire or mosquito
netting. No protection is needed from rain or freezing after the
nymphs have had time to form their cells.
REARING FROM EGG TO ADULT.
Care of Eggs. Unlike the nymphs, the eggs reciuire very little
care. So far but one species has been studied whose eggs dry up
when the host plant withers. Although good eggs have been found
in twigs which have been dry for long periods and also in stems
badly molded from excessive moisture, natural conditions are main-
tained as nearly as possible by suspending the twigs bearing nests
in trees out of doors soon after collection. Even eggs placed in
dry tissue will shrivel if kept for a long time in very dry atmosphere.
H.\TCHiNG Out of Doors. At first eggs were simply placed over
pots containing the host plant and left to hatch naturally. It was
thought the mortality was needlessly high with this method, due
to a number of things. A hard storm, high wind, soil too wet or dry,
might be disastrous to great numbers. Ants have been found on
the stems containing the nests, devouring the nymphs as they
emerged. The predacious enemies in the soil were also numerous.
The defenseless nymphs must run the gamut of all these dangers.
Hatching Indoors. To reduce the mortality, the nests were
taken into the laboratory as soon as red eyespots appeared. Flat-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 169
bottomed trays with a smooth sm-face were found most convenient
as containers. The stems were moistened daily, and when hatching
began were kept covered. Nymphs left in dry air become desiccated
in a few minutes, but, if kept in a moist chamber, will remain in
good condition for several hours. Moisture was supplied either by
a damp cloth covering or a moistened sponge placed inside the tray.
Excessive moisture is undesirable because the nymphs are helpless
if caught in the surface tension of a drop of water. It became the
custom to dip the nests in water and place the tray in the morning
sunlight. Within an hour the eggs would begin hatching, and by the
end of two hours the largest part of that day's hatch would be out.
Newly hatched nymphs will not injure each other when placed to-
gether as do the older instars. Dozens of nymphs may be allowed
to crawl about together without injur}'. At frequent intervals dur-
ing the hatch the nymphs were removed, counted, and placed in
cages.
Cages for First-instar Nymphs. When the nymphs were being
plated for the purpose of obtaining data on the digging and feeding
habits and on the time of the first molt, the small glass-sided cages
were used. On the other hand, when the completed life cycle was
desired, large flower pots or large glass-sided cages were used. In
either case it is most essential to use cages that are well filled with
healthy root masses. The soil should be thoroughly moist, yet not
wet. If the soil is too dry the nymphs cannot form their cells. If
it is too wet they will leave, if possible, and many of those that
remain will become glued to their surroundings in some helpless
position.
A few newly hatched nymphs were placed in a plate cage contain-
ing moist cellucotton instead of soil around the grass roots. Obser-
vations were made under the binocular microscope. They crawled
hurriedly back and forth over the roots, into one crevice after
another, seeking for the necessary dirt for a home. This frantic
search continued until they became caught in drops of moisture
or were otherwise stopped. There seemed no doubt that the first
instinct, that of forming a cell, must be gratified before food could
or would be taken, and the idea of a soilless cage was abandoned.
Newly emerged nymphs, dropped on the surface of the soil, soon
disappear into cracks or crevices and readily find their way beneath
the surface. A more desirable way of transplanting, however, is to
170 The University Science Bulletin.
remove one side of the glass cage and drop the nymphs upon the un-
covered surface directly over the root mass.
Care of Live Cages. If the small cages are left lying on the side
for a few hours, manj^ cells will be found against the under glass,
giving the observer an ideal opportunity to watch cell-forming and
feeding habits. Cages should not be wet after the introduction of
newly hatched nymphs until these nymphs have had time to form
their cells. Two problems confront the caretaker when the new
nymphs have been plated. The host must be kept in good con-
dition and the tiny nymphs should be protected from predacious
enemies if possible. With the hardy plants which are used ex-
clusively now, the first problem may be solved simply by burying
the cages out of doors with their tops level with the surrounding soil
and leaving them in this natural condition. Only in extreme drouth
is any care needed. However, cages containing dozens of nymphs
thus buried in the open have been entirely depleted in a short time
by predacious enemies, probably largely by ants, while those kept
in the laboratory were undisturbed. The problem of freeing the
soil from animal life without using chemicals which will injure the
, cicadas when introduced, or by using treatment which will not injure
the plants which must be hosts for them, is now being attacked.
Collecting Live Specimens — Adults. To collect adult cicadas
in the wild is a task requiring some skill and much time and deter-
mination, but to obtain observations on all their habits in the field
would be a herculanean task. For museum purposes they may be
killed with small shot shells, but to hope to get their story they must
be taken alive. Some small species may be collected by sweeping.
To take the larger and more wary kinds a long-handled net has
been devised. The male may be found by his song, but careful
scanning up and down the trunks and limbs of trees or other hosts
is the only method of locating the females. No sure-catch methods
have been devised. Sometimes they dart quickly out from the tree,
sometimes to one side, sometimes to another. Again, if the female
happens to be ovipositing, a quick sweep of the net may break her
ovipositor, rewarding her captor with only a useless, mutilated
specimen. However, a certain skill may be developed by practice.
Live Cages for Adults. Live specimens of several species were
placed in a wire cage on green limbs freshly cut from surrounding
trees. Not a male sang, not a female oviposited, nor did a pair
mate. Within two days all were dead, most of them having sue-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 171
Climbed during the first afternoon. A wire cage containing a female
Tibicen dorsata (Say) was then placed over a small walnut tree.
Within a few minutes she was observed with her beak pressed
against the bark obviously feeding. She lived several days in cap-
tivity feeding a large portion of the time. She also made several
nice series of nests. It was assumed in succeeding work that all
adult cicadas must feed if they were to live and function, and live
specimens were always placed in cages over living plants or trees.
A convenient form of cage is a mosquito net bag approximately a
yard square left open at one end. This may be slipped over a twig
or small tree or weed and tied shut. A small opening in the closed
end makes a convenient place for inserting the cicadas, and may be
pinned shut once they are inside. This type of live cage has given
excellent satisfaction. It is inexpensive, collapsible, and can be
quickly attached to any desirable host. Also, the soft material
does not injure the excited captives when they strike it. Incisions
can easily be made in this type of cage, if it is desirable, to make
observations at closer range.
Transporting Adults to the Laboratory. A pasteboard box
with close-fitting lid is used to carry live adults from the field to
the laboratory. Green pieces of weeds placed in the box give them
something to cling to and reduce their nervousness materially. An
attempt to transport live adults 200 miles in a mosquito net bag
over a live transplanted tree in an open car was most disappointing.
Many were dead at the end of the trip, and all died within the next
thirty-six hours without having given any records. A few weeks
later, however, a similar number were carried about the same dis-
tance in a heavy pasteboard box about 18x18x24 inches filed with
green twigs. While some of those died in transit, some of all species
represented remained alive. When put in live cages the males sang,
both sexes fed, mating was observed, and many eggs were laid.
One male sang lustily for three weeks.
Making Observations in Cages. If one moves quietly and
slowly about the cages, the captive cicadas pay little or no attention,
and all the normal habits may be observed at length. Photographs
of captives have been made by cutting a hole in the netting and
folding back the edges to allow better lighting and unobstructed
view for the lens. It was found desirable in such attempts to work
rapidly but quietly and gently, for the least disturbance would stop
the operation and even if undisturbed the cicada might cease
172 The University Science Bulletin.
when the nest was completed. Prolonged observations have also
been made by placing a live cage on a table out of doors and clamp-
ing the binocular to the table. Numerous ovipositing females have
been observed in this manner.
Removing Adults from Cages. Cicadas in copula may be
removed from the cage by picking them up in the hand and placing
them wherever desired. They seem to have no fear, and may be
placed in the open and moved about at will.
If it is desirable to remove females which are ovipositing from the
cage, extreme care is necessary, and, even with the utmost care, only
a small percentage of trials have resulted in success. When this was
contemplated, dead sticks or live twigs, whichever was the normal
host, were placed in the cage in a manner to be removed easily.
GENERAL NOTES.
Broods. Queer, indeed, would be a Kansas summer without the
songs of a half dozen species of cicadas. Although they are always
with us, they rarely appear in sufficient numbers to be generally
thought of as broods. Even then great numbers occur only in
restricted localities. A few of these, however, are perhaps worthy
of note. Cicada hieroglyphica Say emerges almost every year in
blackjack oak, Quercus marilandica, in the southeast section of the
state. A fairly large brood came out in June, 1926. In an isolated
valley near Woodbine, Kan., a large brood of Tibicen aidetes (Ger-
mar), emerged in 1923, and about one-half as large a brood in 1921,
with practically none in 1925 and 1926. A noticeably large brood
of Tibicen lyricen (DeGeer) emerged near Garnett, Kan., in 1923.
It has not occurred there in so great numbers since. Our commonest
eastern Kansas cicada, Tibicen yruinosa (Say), emerges in what ap-
pears to be almost constant numbers each season. The other species
occur in varying numbers and places, some every year and others
perhaps not so often, at least in the same localities. Thus while
Magicicada septendecijn (Linn.), the most famous member of the
family, is represented by only an occasional herald one year, appears
in countless number the next, a few lone stragglers the third, then the
species disappears altogether for a number of years, apparently all
other species which occur in Kansas appear in greater or less num-
bers every year, and no other species has been observed which ap-
proaches Magicicada septendecim (Linn.) in the density of one
brood. There seems no reason, however, to question that each
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^.
173
species of cicada requires a definite number of years in which to
complete its cycle, just as the seventeen-year one.
There is considerable variation in the time of emergence of dif-
ferent species of cicadas. The early species emerge in June and July,
the late ones in August and September, while others appear in vary-
ing numbers throughout the season. Emergence time is constant
from year to year with a species in a given locality, but does not
hold for other species of the genus. Thus while Tibicen bifida
(Davis) appears in June, Tibicen aurifera (Say) occurs in small
numbers throughout the summer, being one of the last to cease its
song. The following table illustrates roughly the time of emergence
of the species:
Me lamp sal ta
calliope (V/allc.)
May , J'ine July Aug. Sept. Oct.
Length of Life of Adult. No data have been obtained on the
length of the life of the adult individual in the field. Specimens
have been kept in capti^'ity from a few hours to three weeks. It
seems probable that some species will live nearer their normal life
in captivity than others. A male specimen of Magicicada septen-
decim var. cassini (Fisher) taken before it had completely hardened,
lived in a live cage on cherry for two weeks. A male of Tibicen
dorsata (Say), which had been taken when active in the field, trans-
ported 200 miles, and placed in a live cage on apple, lived three
weeks.
Emergence from the Soil. Emergence from the soil in every
case observed has been accomplished through a more or less regular
174 The University Science Bulletin.
hole. Only in rare cases has there been a semblance of a hut or a
cone, as is sometimes the case for the seventeen-year cicada. The
normal time of constructing the emergence chamber has not been
computed. A Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) fifth-instar nymph, dug
its cell to within one-fourth inch of the surface twenty-six days be-
fore it emerged. No period of resting was detected, the nymph being
observed at the bottom of its cell feeding shortly before transforma-
tion. One M. calliope (Walk.) fifth-instar nymph, transplanted
from the field to a cage, emerged in ten days from a well-developed
underground chamber which it had constructed. (PI. XXXIII,
Fig. 6.)
Tr.\nsformation to Adult. Observations have been made on
the actual act of transformation from the nymph in but one species.
However, dozens of cast skins of numerous species have been col-
lected. Small species like M. calliope (Walk.) tend to cast their
skins much nearer the emergence holes than larger ones. All seem
to prefer night as the time for transformation. No variation has
been noted in the way the skin splits or the method of holding to
the support. The nymph comes to rest in a vertical position with
the head up, or in a horizontal position on the underside of the limb,
attaching itself firmly by the middle pair of legs.
Food Habits of the Adult. All data tend to show that adult
cicadas of both sexes feed regularly and often. Both M. calliope
(Walk.) and Proarna venosa (Uhl.) have been observed to feed
between the making of nests during oviposition. A female of the
latter species was seen to insert her beak into a stem of dry grass
in which she regularly oviposits. Whether she obtained any food
from it or not it was not possible to tell. In every instance the
first thing the adults were observed to do when placed in a live cage
was to feed and, given food, most of the species obtained mated,
the males sang, and the females oviposited in captivity. In all cases
where food was withheld the adults died within forty-eight hours
at most.
The Song. All of our Kansas cicadas have individual songs, with
the exception of Tibicen dealbata (Davis) and Tibicen marginalis
(Walk.). Their songs seem to be identical. That the song of the
cicada is a secondary sexual character has been generally accepted.
No record has been found of observations of females following the
songs of males, but two interesting types of experiences are given
where females have been attracted by rhythm similar to the song
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 175
of the male of the species. Mr. Annandale, writing on "Insects of
the Skeat Expedition to the Siamese Malay States," in 1899, says:
"At certain seasons this cicada, Dundubia intenerata, forms a regular article
of diet among the Siamese inhabitants of Patalung; and as their method of
capturing it is based upon a knowledge of its habits, I cannot do better than
give an account of this method, as I saw in operation at Ban Nah, a village
on the border of the hill country of Patalung. Immediately after the sun had
set several of the natives gathered in an open space, round a fire of brush-
wood or a number of torches fastened to stakes stuck into the ground, and
commenced to clap their hands in unison, obsen'ing a regular time and rhythm.
Very soon, if they were fortunate, the Cicadidse flew out from the under-
growth of the surrounding orchards and jungle and alighted on the persons of
their captors, who had no difficulty in picking off the insects with their fingers
and securing them, still alive, in the fold of their draperies. The clapping
only continued for about half an hour every evening; and when, with con-
siderable difficulty, I persuaded the men to recommence it again later in the
night, not a single cicada came near them, though the stridulating had now
become loud all over the village, like the noise of machine hair-brushes in a
barber's shop.
"The insects were silent on the wing, and I only heard one stridulate when
caught. The voiceless females, as might be expected, were in great prepon-
derance over the males among the specimens taken; probably the one in-
dividual which was not dumb when captured was the only male taken that
night. In order to be sure that the fire was not the chief attraction for the
Cicadidse, I stood among a party of natives who were clapping, together
with another member of the expedition, who clapped also, while I kept my
hands still. In the course of a few minutes the natives captured many speci-
mens, and ten alighted on my friend's coat; but only one settled on mine.
Afterwards I heard from a Patani Malay that the children of Patani have a
game in which they attract cicadas by clapping their hands, and without the
aid of light at all; though they sing, as they clap, a nursery rhyme, calling
upon the insects to come down from the trees."
A personal experience lends similar evidence. Numerous Tibicen
dorsata (Say) females were collected on the cab and other parts of
a Fordson tractor which was being driven through a weed-grown
field. Not a male was taken. Persons have been known to mistake
the song of this cicada when quite near for the hum of a distant
tractor, and it seems reasonable to suppose that the sense organs of
the female which record vibrations recognize a similarity in the two
sounds. In both instances the females of only one species were at-
tracted, although other species were present in the localities.
Perhaps the most direct proof of the relation between sex and
song is the fact that in captivity the other males in a cage almost
invariably sing when a pair is mating. They have been observed
crawling around and over the mating pair singing with all their
176 The University Science Bulletin.
might. Not only one male, but several at a time, will react in this
manner.
That the males also detect sound is indicated by the fact that
singing in one cage provokes the singing of males in adjacent cages,
even when they are of different species. It was also noticed that
the singing of males in cages often excited answering songs by males
in neighboring trees and, vice versa songs within hearing of the
cages were answered by captive males. Likewise one male may
break the silence on a summer afternoon to be joined almost im-
mediately by males on surrounding hosts.
Mating. Matings occurred frequently among the cicadas in the
live cages. Often several pairs would be in copula before the speci-
mens arrived at the laboratory from the field. The act of copulation
takes from a few minutes to an hour and a half. The same female
often mates with different males. In one instance a male Tibicen
pruinosa (Say) mated with a female Tibicen chloromera (Walk.).
This occurred while transporting a number of species together in one
container. Mr. W. J. Rainbow writing in Rec. Austral. Mus. v, p.
116, gives an account of the mating of two cicadas belonging to
different genera. He also includes a photograph of the pair.
During the act of copula the pair seem to pay no attention to
their surroundings, and may be removed from the cages for photo- .
graphs or other observations.
OviPosiTiON. The mechanics of oviposition is practically the same
for all species. As the abdomen is raised from the support the ovi-
positor springs from the protecting valves. The point is placed
against the host at a right angle to it, and by a rotating motion
of the whole organ and an in and out motion of the two valves it is
gradually driven into the tissue. As it pierces the material, the angle
is lessened so that the hole turns down, finally parallel with the sur-
face instead of directly into it. When sufficient room is made for the
nest, the process of placing the eggs is begun. These are laid usually
in two rows the full length of the nest. The bottom end of the egg is
placed at the back side of the cavity and the outer end against the
outer side. (PI. XXXI, Fig. 3.) There may be one or more nests
made from the same external opening depending on the species.
Nests. The nests may or may not be arranged in a definite order
in the host plant. Tibicen aurifera (Say), T. marginalis (Walk.),
T. dealbata (Davis), T. vitripennis (Say), T. dorsata (Say), Mel-
ampsalta calliope (Walk.), Proarna venosa (Uhl), and sometimes
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.^. 177
Tibicen bifida (Davis), exhibit an orderly arrangement of their
nests, while the others noted scatter them more or less at random.
Except in the use of grass stems, regular arrangement tends to be
found where green tissue is used, irregular where dead.
Some species make use of secreted gluelike material both at the
beginning and closing of a nest. Proarna venosa (Uhl.) exudes a
licjuid on the dry grass stem when she places her ovipositor against
it. Again as she withdraws the ovipositor from the nest, she fills
the opening entirely with a white frothy material. Tibicen lyncen
(DeGeer) not only fills the opening full of secretion, but presses the
torn tissues back into place with the fleshy sheaths of the ovipositor,
leaving the external evidence of the nest difficult to see. Unlike the
above, Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) does not place any secretion
in her nests. This omission may account for the fact that her eggs
shrivel as soon as the host begins to wilt.
Eggs. The number of eggs in a nest varies from three in Cicada
hieroglyphica Say, to as many as twenty in some Tibicen aurifera
(Say) nests. The arrangement of the eggs of most of the species
follows that shown in (PI. XXXI, Fig. 3) Melampsalta calliope
(Walk.), however, sometimes uses a different arrangement. (See
PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 4.1 In the stems of sweet clover, at least, she
places her eggs in a fan-shaped figure, starting as low as convenient
in the hollow stem and placing one egg on top of another up to or a
little above the entrance of the nest. Cicadas which oviposit in
different types of tissue may be influenced in the size of the nest by
the nature of the nest. Mr. Wilman Newell writes in the U. S. Dept.
Agri. Bureau of Ento. Bull. 60, pp. 52 to 58, of Tibicen vitripennis
(Say) placing 75 eggs in a hollow stem from one opening. Melamp-
salta calliope (Walk.) regularly places from 12 to 16 eggs in a nest
in asparagus or sweet clover, but only three in the stems of the
compass plant, Silphutn ladniatum L.
Hosts. No species has yet been observed which uses only one
host for oviposition. Attempts have not been made to list those used
by any of the species because observations tend to show that they
will use almost any material. Mr. Newell, writing in the report
mentioned above, records Tibicen mtripennis (Say) ovipositing in
the walls and roofs of sheds, in fence posts, in all kinds of weeds,
in cotton, in corn, and even in the handles of hoes left in the field.
Some one has observed a cicada attempting to oviposit in an iron bar.
Tibicen pruinosa (Say) has been observed in the laboratory oviposit-
178 The University Science Bulletin.
ing in the wooden side of a cage. A species may show a marked pref-
erence, however, for some particular material. It may be anything
from soft green weed stems to the very hardest of dead oak twigs.
Although some species seem to prefer hard wood, the majority choose
softer materials. The old corky bark of elm and willow is a favorite.
Partially decayed twigs are also used. Plants with a pithy or hollow
center, as sweet clover, cotton, corn, etc., are chosen by some species.
While most species prefer either live or dead tissue, practically all
will use the other if their preference is not at hand. Tibicen pruinosa
(Say) and Cicada hieroglyphica Say have not been observed to ovi-
posit in living tissue. Where twigs are chosen for nidification they
are usually of a size convenient for the cicada to grasp with her legs.
Effect of Oviposition on the Host. Where oviposition occurs
in green tissue, the death of the stem sometimes follows. Newell
reports a total loss of some cotton fields in Louisiana in this manner.
In July, 1925, a field of cotton was inspected in Oklahoma by the
author, where perhaps one-tenth of one per cent of the plants had
been killed or severely injured by the oviposition of Tibicen vitri-
pennis (Say). Tibicen dealbata (Davis) in western Kansas often
oviposits so thickly in cottonwood twigs that the twigs die, either
directly from the maceration by the ovipositor, or are so weakened
that the wind breaks them off. It is no exaggeration to say that
this species often cuts in shreds limbs one-fourth inch in diameter
for a space several inches in length. Unlike the seventeen-year
cicada, none of the species so far studied, except, perhaps, Tibicen
vitripennis (Say), become numerous enough to be of any consider-
able economic importance in this way.
Eggs. The eggs of the different species of cicadas vary in ap-
pearance only as to size. Those of Tibicen auletes (Germar) meas-
ure about 2.75 mm. in length and .5 mm. in width, while those of
Proarna venosa (Uhl.) measure about 1.6 mm. in length and 0.4 mm.
in width. The chorion is smooth, shining, and transparent, revealing
the internal structure distinctly as the embryo develops. The eggs
are white in color and somewhat spindle-shaped, a little more
sharply pointed at one end than at the other.
The length of the egg stage varies from one to three months in
those species which hatch the same summer, and from nine to twelve
months in those which hatch the following year. Among the species
studied which oviposit in live tissue, Melampsalta calliope (Walk.)
is the only one whose eggs wither with the wilting of the host. In
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 179
all the others, even though the host dried, the eggs remained in per-
fect condition, if they were kept in outdoor conditions of temperature
and moisture. Marlatt, in Bull. 71, U. S. Dept. of Agri., pp. Ill, in
discussing the eggs of the seventeen-year cicada writes as follows:
"As is the case with most insects that oviposit in the living parts of
plants, the eggs of the cicada receive a certain nourishment from the
plant and actually increase in size before hatching, by absorption
of the juices from the adjacent plant cells." Of the species studied
Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) is the only one which could possibly
obtain nourishment from the host, as the others, even if placed in
green tissue, are capable in themselves of developing and hatching
normally though the host dies. The eggs of all species show red
eyespots, and later tarsal claws on all the legs, some time before
hatching. In those of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.), Tibicen bifida
(Davis) and Tibicen intripennis (Say) the whole egg turns pink
and the first instar nymph is pink after hatching. Fabre refers to
those he studied as resembling a grain of wheat in color. All others
studied remain white.
Hatching. As has been mentioned earlier hatching appears to
be influenced by moisture and temperature. A few stems containing
eggs were left dry in the laboratory, while the remainder were mois-
tened daily. When the hatch was practically complete in the moist
stems and had not begun in the diy ones, these latter were dipped
in water for a few seconds and then placed in warm air. Within an
hour the eggs were hatching rapidly. A cool day during the hatch
has also been noticed to stop the emergence temporarily.
In hatching the embryo bursts the egg capsule anteriorly and
wriggles its way to the nest opening. The complete hatch of a dozen
or more eggs is accomplished with little or no disarrangement of the
empty shells. Usually the egg nearest the opening hatches first, and
the others follow in inverse order to that in which they were laid.
This is not invariably true, however. Wlien the nymph emerges
from the nest, it is still inclosed in the postnatal skin — a very thin,
transparent membrane. Although the appendages are each incased
in a separate sheath, all are folded ventrally against the body and
remain stiff-jointed and useless until this skin is cast. The emerging
nymph reminds one of a fish, both in general shape and in the wrig-
gling motion by which it works its way along. The postnatal skin
splits dorsoanteriorly. This is accomplished by repeated contract-
ing and expanding of the body, which resembles an undulating mo-
tion. The anterior end becomes greatly distended, then reduced. So
180 The University Science Bulletin.
transparent is the skin that the only evidence of its splitting is the
appearance through the slit of the hairs of the nymph. Gradually
the antennae are pulled free from the skin, then the front pair of
legs. They immediately begin moving these large, digging front
claws, opening and closing them. Within a few seconds all the legs
have been freed and the abdomen slips easily from the wrinkled
skin. When the eggs are hatching normally, it requires about five
minutes from the time the anterior end of the embryo appears in the
nest opening until the first instar nymph crawls away. The post-
natal skin remains attached to the nest. The individual which is
casting its skin may be projected entirely above the nest from the
anterior end of another egg. Even the second nymph has been ob-
served forced clear of the nest by the third. Only one casts its post-
natal skin at a time, however, and when the hatch is completed the
cast skins are grouped about the nest entrance. These appear to the
naked eye to be tiny funnels, but a careful examination reveals a
complete exuvium.
Occasionally the egg may be turned wrong end to in the nest and
the emerging nymph fails to find the nest opening. Where nests are
made in hollow stems, Tibicen aurifera (Say) nymphs have been
found two or three inches down the stem searching in vain for a way
out. Eggs removed from the nest usually do not hatch. This is
probably due to the lack of support to hold the shell while the em-
bryo breaks it. However, nymphs falling from the nest opening be-
fore casting the postnatal skin have been observed to wriggle con-
tinuously until they finally free themselves. This requires much
longer than when it remains attached to the host, and a little excess
of moisture in the receptacle or air which is a little too dry is fatal to
the nymph.
Much variation has been experienced in the rate of hatching. Ti-
bicen aurifera (Say) has been observed hatching so rapidly that the
tiny white forms resembled scattered aphids on the stems. As many
as 600 newly hatched nymphs of Tibicen dealbata (Davis) have
been removed from a handful of twigs in one day. On the other
hand, just an occasional postnatal skin or empty eggshell in the
nests marks the hatching of one egg at a time in other species. Usu-
ally with the eggs in the laboratory the largest hatches come near the
beginning, the number soon dwindling to only a few. Examinations
of the nests indicate that all of the eggs of a nest rarely hatch in
one day, but that in nests with large numbers of eggs most of them
Beamer: Biology of Kaxsas Cicadid.e. 181
hatch within a few hours. The one or two remaining eggs may wait
several days before hatching.
Among the species observed the hatching period of the eggs is
much shorter in those which overwinter in the egg stage than in those
which hatch the same season Laid. Thus, while the nymphs of
Tibicen aurifera (Say) emerged within a period of eleven days,
Tibicen bifida (Davis) has been observed to hatch over a period
of fifty-one days. It seems probable that this great variation in the
time of hatching may be due to the difference in the time of oviposi-
tion. The development in the eggs which overwinter appears to be
complete when spring comes, and all eggs of all species are ready to
hatch as soon as the temperature becomes high enough for the last
phases of development, regardless of the time laid. Thus Tibicen
dealbata (Davis) eggs laid in July began hatching onh' three days
earlier than eggs of Tibicen aurifera (Say), which were deposited
in September. They all hatch within a few days of each other.
Development may be accelerated by bringing the eggs into the warm
laboratory early in the spring. Unless the nests have been parasit-
ized or have been exposed to extremely arid conditions the per-
centage of eggs which hatch is high. In fact, examination of numer-
ous nests often shows 100 per cent emergence.
Immature Stages. The newly hatched nymph with its front legs
so peculiarly adapted for digging, its large antennae, and hairy
appearance in general, presents a really grotesque figure as it scram-
bles away from the nest. These are quite active as compared with
any of the other instars, running about over the twigs which con-
tained the nests or over the bottom of the tray, as the case may
be. As other writers have said, the nymphs hatching in nature
rush over the sides of the limbs and cast themselves into space as
though the wings of their progenitors would bear them safely to
the earth. It is here, no doubt, that the wind plays an important
role in the distribution of the nymphs beneath the trees. As has
already been stated the north side of trees seems to be the most
likely place to dig for immature stages. The fact that our prevailing
winds are from south to north agrees with these findings.
In the laboratory, at least, the nymphs seem to be attracted by
moisture, although a cage with the soil too wet tends to repel them.
However, the tiny individuals fresh from the nests are extremely
sensitive to desiccation. But a few minutes subjected to dry air is
sufficient to kill them. In order to make observations of nymphs
12—3341
182 The Univehsity Science Bulletin.
under binoculars they must be placed on a moist pad. In a dry
container one can watch the tiny creatures shrivel and die, the
process taking scarcely longer than it does to write these words.
Newly hatched nymphs are phototropic, but after they have en-
tered the soil light does not seem to affect the nymphs in any way,
either in this instar or any other, when once an individual has its
cell finished. Even though a part of the cell is glass and the light
comes in freely, the nymph will often continue feeding for weeks
without changing its home or showing in any other way what might
be construed as a reaction toward light. Even when a strong
electric light is thrown on them for observation, no reaction what-
ever can be noticed.
Unlike all the other instars, this is not affected by a sudden jar
or other disturbance. Nymphs may be transferred from a tray to
a cage by shaking the container over it, and, though they may fall
a foot or more, all of them, upon touching the soil, will be moving.
In the other instars there is a tendency to ''play possum" when
disturbed. The baby n^anphs pay not the slightest attention to one
another. If gathered together in a small space they will scramble
over and over each other without injury, while the individuals of
the other instars, if placed together, will soon kill one another.
Newly Emerged Nymphs. Newly emerged nymphs, upon reach-
ing the ground, crawl about until they find a crevice which they
can enter. They have never been observed attempting to dig from
the surface in the laboratory although Fabre records nymphs dig-
ging beneath the surface, leaving openings which resembled pin
holes. Excellent opportunity to watch their first operations has
been afforded by the use of the small glass-plate cages. Many
nymphs of different species have been observed during the first few
hours of nymphal life and the actions are so characteristic, so alike
in all essentials, that it seems safe to give a generalized description
which may be applied to all. Occasionally the first crevice entered
does not please the newcomer, and it returns to the surface and
crawls about until it finds another. AVithin a few seconds, however,
it has disappeared. The only exception to this rule is found when
nymphs have been exposed to excessive moisture. If they have
fallen into the water when hatched, or, if the soil is saturated with
w^ater, they remain above ground until a normal moisture content is
reached.
Underground. Undergroimd the nymph is an explorer whose
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 183
only compass is an instinct to go down. It wends its way through
numerous openings, over roots, through narrow passages, feehng
ever with the long antennae. Occasionally it stops to remove a load
or two of dirt from a narrow place, always being careful to place
what it has removed in some other part of the passage. In a short
time it finds a plausible site for a home and begins work in earnest.
Using its highly modified front legs as pick and shovel, it is well
fitted for the task. Tiny particles of dirt are picked from the side
of the tunnel and either pressed against the postclypeus or in a ball
between the front legs until a load has been amassed. This load is
a ball with a diameter about the same as the head of the nymph. It
may carry this dirt stuck fast to the cephaloventral side of its
body with or without the support of one front leg, or between its
two front legs. It is usually carried to a distant part of the proposed
cell where it is forced against the wall and smoothed out with re-
peated clawing motions. At first it crawls on all three pairs of legs,
with them in a normal position, but, once in the semblance of a cell,
the second pair of legs are used over the back. It works usually
in a tunnel small enough that all sides of it may be reached with
its legs, yet large enough for it to turn over. A cicada nymph never
turns around, it turns over. Hence, when it has its load of dirt,
it backs back a step or more, if necessary, to reach a larger place,
and, describing a partial somersault, crawls away in the other direc-
tion. After depositing the dirt it repeats the process to return to
the other end of the cell. The cicada's idea of a home is a cell, cy-
lindrical, smooth-sided, tightly finished. Within a short time it has
one completed. Then, and not till then, does it appear to think of
food.
A nymph will run oxev roots and pay no attention to them until
it has constructed its cell ; but it will complete a perfect cell in mud
in a pan which has no roots in it. If a root happens to be near the
cell, it is soon happily feeding. Numbers of nymphs have been ob-
served feeding in the morning after having been placed in a cage
late the evening before. However, if food is not available, it begins
a search for it. This is the most laborious process imaginable. It
keeps the cell complete always, moving slowly downward by remov-
ing the dirt from the bottom end of the cell and placing it carefully
at the other end. This is continued until food is found or death
overtakes the individual.
This instinct of observing such extreme care to keep the cell in
184 The University Science Bulletin.
perfect condition may not seem strange when one considers the de-
pendence of the nymph on the prevention equally of desiccation
and flooding. Not only will a nymph drown in a short time in
water, but a newly emerged one is so light and so frail that it is
unable to free itself from even a little excess moisture. After it is
established, hard rains or even temporary flooding of the ground
above may do no injury, but a light shower before the cell is con-
structed is disastrous. Again, when one considers that it is utterly
defenseless if attacked by enemies, one must admit there is really
a need for the care. The pincerlike claws are effective weapons
when they strike their mark, but the blindness, slow movement,
and lack of biting mouth parts seem to have been sufficient handi-
caps to the cicada in battle, so that its first reaction is nonresistance
rather than pugnacity. Safety seems to lie in not being found.
Judging from the pitifully few nymphs which develop after the
hatching of hundreds of eggs, one feels that the precautions are none
too great. This exceedingly high mortality is probably due largely
to predacious enemies. Ants, no longer than the nymphs themselves,
have been observed carrying away the helpless cicada, and cages
in which nymphs have been placed have been found worked into
fine particles by ants and other predacious animals. In such cases
the most diligent search reveals not a single living nymph.
When searching for food the cicada feels constantly with its
antennse, and, when a root is encountered, claws at it with the front
feet. The beak is inserted with some difficulty, the nymph ap-
parently pushing against the opposite sides of the cell with the two
hind pairs of legs. During feeding, the front claws remain idle,
not touching the root. The body is usually nearly parallel to
the root, though cases have been observed where the head was
bent backward. When the nymph emerges from the egg the beak
is straight and is carried close against the ventral side of the
body. The above-mentioned cases of the head being held at an
angle may possibly have been where the nymph was feeding for
the first time and had not yet bent the beak, for in all his later life
the nymph carries his beak bent between the front legs almost at
a right angle to the body.
First Instar. The length of the first instar apparently varies
with the species. According to Marlatt, the seventeen-year cicada
molts into the second instar in the second year, making the first stage
perhaps eighteen months. Tibicen vitrvpennis (Say), in the lab-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 185
oratory, molted the first time in six weeks. It seems probable that
the length of the first instar may foreshadow to some extent the
total life history of the species, although the data are, as yet, too
meager to warrant definite conclusions.
The baby nymphs of most species are white in color, although some
are pink. As to why some should be pink, no answer is apparent.
The three species observed which have pink nymphs all hatch the
same summer as the eggs are laid, but two other species, with
similar habits, have white nymphs. It cannot be due to live or dead
tissue in which the eggs are laid, because one species with pink
nymphs oviposits in dead tissue while the other two use green. It
is also interesting to note that the live tissue of one of the latter
withers upon oviposition, wdiile the other does not. This pink color
appears to persist throughout the first instar, but is lost in the second.
The general shape of the body of the first-instar nymphs is more
nearly cylindrical than in the next three instars. The head and pro-
notum are large and closely joined. The antennae are over one-third
the length of the entire body and about as large around as either of
the back pairs of legs. The segments of the antennae vary in num-
ber in different species and sometimes apparently within the species.
The beak is nearly as large as the front femur in diameter and al-
most a third as long as the entire nymph. The eyes are represented
by granules of highly colored pigment showing through the epi-
thelium.
The legs are long and strongly built, with the front pair remark-
ably modified for digging. The tarsi are two-jointed, with two long
tarsal claws, usually of unequal length. The apex of the middle and
hind tibiae is set with a number of strong, nonsetae-bearing spines.
The apex of the front tibiae is modified into a beaklike projection
with or without teeth on its cutting margin. The front femur on
the ventral side is armed with a short, sharp, median spine, and a
much larger, often more or less bifid, basal, beaklike tooth. It is
these adaptations of the front femur and tibia which so admirably
fit these insects for their underground life. The whole insect is
sparsely covered with hairs and spines of varying lengths and sizes.
Just before molting into the second instar the abdomen becomes
distended, thus changing the general appearance of the nymph.
In molting the skin splits in exactly the same w-ay as in the fifth
instar when the adult emerges.
Second Instar. The second-instar nymphs are quite noticeably
186 The University Science Bulletin.
less active than the first. They are practically helpless when out of
their cells. In color they are creamy white shaded somewhat with
brown on the anterior half and the cutting parts of the front legs.
The eyes, mere swellings on the side of the head, are always of the
same color as the body, with the posterior half sparsely set with stiff
hairs. The size of this instar varies considerably among the species,
and some even within the species. The nymph now loses the cylin-
drical form which it presented in the first instar. The abdomen
is much larger, tapering caudad and constricted anteriorly to meet
the smaller thoracic segments. It also curls ventrally, more in some
species than in others. This irregular form continues until the fifth
instar, when the nymph again becomes nearly straight sided, due to
the broadening of the thoracic segments.
The tarsal claws in many species lose all semblance of claws, be-
coming chitinous stubs, the anterior one usually veiy much shorter
than the other. The large spines at the apex of the middle and hind
tibiae have large setae projecting from their inner margin near the tip.
The tarsus of the front leg has almost entirely disappeared. It is
represented by a short, triangular-shaped segment so closely ap-
pressed to the anterior side of the tibia as to be practically in-
distinguishable. The whole tibia becomes more beaklike, and
otherwise adapted for cutting and digging. The femur is further
modified by the addition of a flat chitinous disc placed anterior to
the median tooth. This has been called "the comb" by Marlatt. It
is a flat, wedge-shaped piece with a varying number of teeth on its
outer margin and is used in helping to shear the dirt from the sides
of the cell. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 8 [d].)
Unlike the first instar these nymphs show a decided reaction to
disturbance. When they are rolled out on a heap of soil in the proc-
ess of collecting them, it is some time before they will begin to move
their legs in an effort to right themselves. This tendency to ''play
possum" is no doubt a protective measure. Frequently when a cell
is broken into the inmate draws back from the opening and assumes
a statuelike attitude, or perhaps first retreats to the depth of his cell
and becomes quiet. In contrast to this is the pugnacious behavior
encountered often when one opens a cell. Whether this difference
in behavior is due to a difference in the nature of the disturbance as
observed by the nymph or to a difference in temperament of the in-
dividual, it is impossible to say. Whatever the explanation, it has
been observed that in a great many cases where a cell is opened
without the nymph being ejected it rears up to the hole with both
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 187
front claws raised for an attack. This attitude is not all bluff, as
evidenced by the fact that it will grasp a stick or tweezers viciously
if it comes in reach. So tenacious is it that it may often be lifted
clear of its cell in this manner. No difference has been noted in the
pugnacity of the different species studied, but nymphs w^hich have
been starved will generally show fight if disturbed.
The individuals of this stadium are very difficult to find in the
field because of their small size and the fact that their cells are so
small they do not break open in the tearing apart of the soil.
Third Ixstar. The third instar closely resembles the second.
There is a substantial increase in size; the wing pads are noticeable;
the comb on the front femur becomes larger, with usually an in-
crease in the number of teeth, and the antennal segments may in-
crease in number. The length of the stadium varies with the species.
Fourth Instar. The fourth instar is almost an exact replica of
the third, save an increase in size. Sometimes faint fuscous mark-
ings appear on the borders of the sclerites. There may be an in-
crease in antennal segments ; the wing pads are distinct, and there is
an increase in size of the comb on the front femur, with an addition
of teeth. The length of the stadium varies with the species.
Fifth Instar. When the fifth-instar nymph draws itself out of
the exuvium which has encased it, the head and thorax broaden
markedly, becoming wider than the abdomen, which is now some-
what diminished. Throughout this stadium the abdomen never be-
comes as distended as in the three earlier stages. The body of the
nymph thus retains more of a rectangular shape, with the sides of
head, thorax and abdomen nearly parallel.
The nymphs of some species are also strikingly colored with fus-
cous. Wide borders appear on the dorsal abdominal sclerites, the
pronotum, and the wing pads. The segments of the antennae and
legs, also, often have conspicuous dark markings. In some species
the entire nymph becomes a light brown marked by a darker color,
in others the body remains practically white but strikingly marked
with dark, while in still others Yery little color appears.
The changes in the appendages are quite radical. The number
of antennal segments may increase and some of the segments may
change shape. The tarsi all become two-segmented. Those of the
front legs are normal in size, but are bent backward on the inside of
the tibiae, thus being out of the way of the insect's digging activities.
The tarsi of all legs have two well-developed tarsal claws, one usu-
ally slightly shorter than the other. The comb of the front femur
188 The University Science Bulletin.
becomes larger, and has additional teeth on its outer margin. The
setse-bearing spines of the middle and hind tibiae usually increase
in number. The genus Proarna is the only exception. This char-
acteristic would seem to be of some generic value. The genus Tihi-
cen changes from three in the second, third and fourth to five in
the fifth, Melampsalta from two or three, and Proarna does not
change at all.
The eyes in this instar are much larger and look more like eyes,
although the posterior half is still covered with sparsely set hairs.
The wing pads are long and show signs of tracheae through the walls.
Some little time before emergence the outline of the tarsal claws,
spines, etc., of the adult may be seen through the nymphal skin.
The eyes also change color in all the species noted. This fact is of
great help in picking specimens which one knows will emerge in
the next few weeks.
The fifth instar nymphs are decidedly more active when removed
from their cells than any other since the first. The others can
scarcely crawl on a flat surface, but tumble about awkwardly.
This change is probably due to the better proportioned body. It is,
of course, necessary, since the nymph must emerge from the soil
and find a convenient perch for transformation.
Enemies. Perhaps the most conspicuous of the cicada enemies
are the birds. Particularly noticeable is their ravage early in the
season. Often within an evening the song of half a dozen males will
end in the characteristic muffled squawk of the captive cicada, and
an interested observer may see the bird flying away with its prey.
Marlatt records the complete annihilation by birds of a brood of
seventeen-year cicadas which had been artificially transplanted to a
new locality and had emerged in great numbers.
Perhaps equally destructive, if a little less easily seen, are the
large digger wasps, Sphechis speciosus Dru., or cicada killers. A
comprehensive and detailed account of the habits and life history of
this wasp has been given in Marlatt's paper. Cicadas appear to be
aware of these enemies but rarely. Usually the wasp seizes it from
behind, and together they fall to the ground where the cicada is
stung until it is quiet. The cicada is utterly helpless when over-
taken, but individuals have been observed to fly away when a wasp
approached, and thus escape capture.
While birds and cicada killers are frequently observed taking the
large, tree-loving species, the smaller cicadas have still other enemies.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas CiCADiDiE. 189
Large robber-flies (Asilidae) have been observed carrying away
Cicada hieroglyphica Say, Tibicen aurifera (Say), Melampsalta
calliope (Walk.) and Proama venosa (Ulil.). These have also been
found in the jaws of large spiders or securely fastened in their webs.
The adult cicada has still another type of enemy. Two different
species of Sarcophagidae (flesh flies) have been bred from the bodies
of cicadas, and there are doubtless others which use them as hosts
when opportunity offers. It is not an uncommon sight when collect-
ing cicadas, especially of the prairie-loving forms, to see one or two
flies follow a cicada when it takes wing. This is easily seen if the
cicada happens to fly in just the right direction in regard to the sky
line. The flies follow but a few inches away, and sometimes seem
almost to alight on the body of the cicada.
In the egg stage clever little parasitic Hymenoptera cause great
havoc in certain species. In some cases fully fifty per cent of
Tibicen aurifera (Say) nests collected have been found to be
parasitized, and a single grub normally consumes an entire nest of
eggs. Similar parasites have also been reared from nests of Mel-
ampsalta calliope (Walk.) and Tibicen marginalis (W^alk.), al-
though so high a per cent of parasitism has not been observed in
nests of these species. Grubs have been found in the nests of
Tibicen dealbata (Davis) also, but the adults have not yet been
obtained. Other writers have described and illustrated numerous
species of mites which are also parasitic on the eggs of cicadas. No
attempt has been made in the present work to study this group, but
numbers have been observed in and about the nests of various
species, and eggs have been noted which have the appearance of
having been sucked dry by them.
From the time the tiny nymph crawls from the postnatal skin
until it bursts its fifth instar skin and emerges as an adult, it is
prized as food by various predacious animals. Ants have been
observed on the twig bearing nests waiting to devour the nymphs
as they hatch. In the soil, dismembered bits of small cicadas
have been found in their jaws and scattered remains have been ob-
served along their runs. No actual evidence has been obtained,
but circumstances and the habits of the groups would suggest that
chilopods and other forms of similar habits, doubtless play no small
part in the control of cicadas.
Marlatt writes interestingly of the habits of hogs rooting up the
ground where seventeen-year cicadas are about to emerge and feast-
190 The University Science Bulletin.
ing on the nymphs, and of dogs and chickens and other domestic ani-
mals eating large numbers of the emerging ones. During excavations
for seventeen-year cicadas, attention has been attracted frequently
in this v^'ork to mole runs along the under side of roots near the sur-
face of the ground. Where one is encountered it invariably runs
the length of the root and never has a nymph been found under these
roots, although they may be found in numbers only a few inches
away.
MORPHOLOGY.
No attempt has been made to treat the morphology of the cicadas
in an exhaustive manner. Drawings of the external parts of the
adult, which are self-explanatory, have been made of Melampsalta
calliope (Walk.). (Pis. XXXV and XXXVI.) A series of draw-
ings of the external development of the genitalia of the sexes in so
far as it could be followed is also included. (PL XXXVII.) At-
tention is called to PI. XXXVII, Fig. 8, in which the oedagus hooks
show through the body wall in the tenth sternite. This can be seen
only in individuals with red eyes. No trace of the internal genitalia
could be found in the fifth-stage individuals with normal eyes.
Melampsalta calliope (Walk.).
Because more data ha\'e been obtained on its habits and life history than on
those of any other species, Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) is here considered
first. Both adults and nymphs have been collected in greater numbers, and
rearing experiments have been more complete in this than in other species.
This is one of the smallest of Kansas cicadas, measuring 12 to 15 mm. in
length. In color it ranges from green to brown with an occasional pink speci-
men. The color seems to vary somewhat with the locality, those taken in
Scott county being uniformly green, while those of other localities are usually
light brown.
DiSTRiBUTiO]>f IN THE State. This species occurs in every county in the
state. Wherever prairie meadows are found, there one finds Melampsalta.
There are, however, three localities which deserve special mention. The first
of these is on the ranch of Mr. Herbert Steele, located in the Beaver Creek
valley 14 miles north of Scott City, Kan. The particular location is a small,
flat-bottomed draw perhaps 75 yards long and 50 yards wide, a short distance
east of Mr. Steele's house and extending back from the creek itself. (PI.
XXIX, Fig. 1.) Although this depression is scarcely five feet below the sur-
rounding land, the vegetation is very much heavier. It was here, in June,
1925, the adults were found ovipositing in goodly numbers. Upon examination
of the soil, it was found to be fairly teeming with nymphs of all stages, as
many as fifteen having been found in one spadeful of sod. (PI. XXIX, Fig. 2.)
Of the hundreds dug here but two or three proved to be of another species, al-
though four other species were collected in the valley at this time. It was from
Beamer: Biology of Kansas CiCADiDiE. 191
this location, about 40O miles by automobile from the laboratory, that most
of the data on transporting nymphs alive were obtained.
The second location is a wild-grass meadow about 11 miles west of Lawrence
on the road to Topeka, Kan. (PI. XXVIII, Fig. 2.) The adults were observed
ovipositing here, but no digging was done, as it was very stony soil and the
meadow was mow land. This was a convenient place, however, to procure
adults for cage experiments.
The third locality is a draw in the hills about one and a half miles south-
west of Belvidere, Kan. It is noted for the adults collected there in 1923, when
it was possible to capture 25 or 30 adults in a few strokes of the net. A visit
to this same locality in 1925 failed, however, to reveal the nymphs one would
naturally have expected to find. The adults had been many times thicker
than in the locality in Scott county, where one could get but one or two speci-
mens in twenty strokes of the net. This seeming high mortality may be
accounted for by fires which destroy the eggs before hatching, or floods which
bury and thus kill the vegetation of these fiat valley-floor habitats.
Habit.\t. This species is decidedly a lover of meadow land. It is prac-
tically never associated with trees. An unkempt roadside, small valleys among
rocky hills, or any other land growing wild perennial grasses and weeds, un-
mowed and rarely burned over, makes an ideal habitat. Here both sexes find
food in abundance and the females plenty of pitlw stemmed weeds for ovi-
position, while the nymphs pass the long underground life feeding on the roots
of the plants. (PI. XXVUI, Fig. 2.)
Bbh.'Wior. This is not what one would term a wild species, although during
the heat of the day they take flight readily. The females are very tame while
ovipositing, paying little attention to anything else. The stems upon which
they arc working may be carefully cut oft' and the specimens moved about
at will for observation and photography without disturbing them in the least.
The best method to locate the adults when entering a new locality is by
sweeping the vegetation with a net, as the specimens are small and colored
verv^ much the same as the plants upon which they live. Unlike most other
cicadas the males do not sing loud enough to be heard for more than a few
feet. It is possible when one becomes familiar with this species to walk
through a likely place watching the hordes of insects fleeing ahead and to
pick out the cicadas and often notice where they alight. This is usually
not far away unless a strong wind is blowing. Walking toward the wind will
often help, as the individuals will not fly so far against the wind as with it.
When this method is being used, walking in a certain direction with regard
to the light will also be found advantageous.
Emergence. The emergence in the field begins the latter part of May and
is well over by the first of July. They come out at night, as do other cicadas.
The emergence hole is somewhat irregular, and only in rare cases does it show a
tendency toward a cone (such as is made in some cases by the seventeen-year
cicada). This is never raised more than a bare fraction of an inch above the
level of the ground.
In cages the first emergence took place on June 11 and the last on July 2.
Here, also, there was a tendency to raise the edges of the emergence chamber
above the level of the surrounding soil in a few cases. The tunnel was con-
structed to within a fraction of an inch of the surface of the ground several
192 The University Science Bulletin.
days before emergence in all cases observed, but no period of rest or fasting
was detected. The nymphs seem to be active up to the time of emergence.
One placed well toward the bottom of a small glass cage built a nice cell to
the surface and emerged witliin ten days after being transplanted. This
nymph was observed feeding on roots near the bottom of the cage the day be-
fore it came out.
A short time before emergence the eyes turn bright red, thus marking
plainly those nymphs which are soon to appear as adults. In several instances
after the eyes had turned red they again resumed a white color, and in a few
days the nymph died. The most careful observations failed to reveal the cause
of this relatively liigh mortality just before emergence time. In many cases
the cell would have been completed to within a fraction of an inch of the top
of the ground. Individuals have died in cages from which another nymph
either had emerged, or did a few days later. Death could scarcely have been
due to attack by external enemies, for it was foreshadowed by the loss of pig-
ment in the eyes for some days before the individual succumbed. In fact,
these individuals have been observed to be nonnally active and often belliger-
ent when disturbed. Injury from transplanting would probably have been
suspected, were it not for the fact that so large a number of empty shells had
been found in cells near the surface, while digging for nymphs in the field, that
it was considered that possibly these large forms had molted once in the cell.
Rearing experiments show these must be the remains of nymphs which have
died very much as the ones in captivity died. If red-eyed individuals are pre-
served the tarsal, claws, spines, etc., may be seen through the nymphal skin.
Thus we have another mark of approaching maturity.
Feeding. The adults in captivity feed within twenty-four hours after emerg-
ing. They feed frequently at all times of day. They have been obsen'ed on so
many different hosts that it has been considered they will use almost any
living plant in their locality. In captivity they have been seen feeding on
oak and asparagus — two plants not in their regular habitat.
Mating. The mating of this species was not obsei-ved in the field. One
female emerging from a cage mated with a male bi'ought in from the field the
next day and deposited eggs that same day. While this pair was in copula
another male in the cage crawled to within itn inch of them and sang per-
sistently.
OviPosiTioN. Many females have been observed ovipositing in the field.
As has been stated above, they are less wary than most species, and may
often be earned about by removing the stem upon which they are working.
They will oviposit in almost any green plant but will make a far greater
series of nests in some of the perennial weeds with pithv stems. (PI. XXX,
Fig. 1.)
The mechanics of oviposition is the same as that already described. There
appears to be no secretion either at the beginning of the nest or at the ending.
Neither does the female attempt to replace the shredded tissues of the host
plant when the nest is completed. This species oviposits freely in captivity.
Numerous nests have been placed both in sweet clover and asparagus. As
has already been stated, a female which emerged in captivity mated and laid
eggs the next day.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 193
Nests, The nests are regularly placed in one row up and down the stem.
(PI. XXXII, Fig. 2.) More than one row is sometimes found, but this is prob-
ably due to different females having used the same stem. The number of nests
in a series may vary from one to thirty according to the nature of the host,
whether it is hard or soft, to the condition of the female, and to whether she
is disturbed. The nests give the stems a roughened appearance, and when
they are closely placed weaken the stem, but they do not kill it. The eggs
in a nest vary in number, from three in hard stems like the compass plant
(Silphium laciniatum) to twenty in the pithy stems of sweet clover. The
arrangement of eggs in the nest varies also with the kind of material of
the host. Often this species arranges its eggs in a vertical fan (PI. XXXVIII,
Fig. 4) instead of in the regular way (PI. XXXI, Fig. 3).
Length of Life. In the field no data have been obtained as to the length
of life of the adult. In cages they have been kept for about ten days. Since
the female that emerged in captivity mated and laid eggs the next day, it is
reasonable to assume they do not live a great while even under the most
favorable conditions.
Enemies. The adult cicadas of this species fall easy victim to a great
many predacious enemies. The dipterous family of robber flies, Asilidse,
is perhaps the arch enemy, as a great many large species of this group are
veiy common throughout the habitat of M elampsalta. The cicada flies so
slowly that it is easy prey for these hawks of the insect world.
A great many specimens, too, have been taken from spider webs where they
have become entangled and then wound up with silken thread. Not un-
commonly specimens have been seen in tlie jaws of certain of our large spiders,
no web having been used in the capture.
Aside from the predacious enemies, Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) encoun-
ters numerous vicissitudes such as haymaking, fire and floods. Such conditions
probably plaj' the biggest role of all in excluding the species from many locali-
ties. Eggs laid in a wild hay meadow are very often destroyed by the mowing
of the meadow before hatching time.
Fire is another big hazard which this species must run. An accidental fire
in the meadow lands where Melampsalta has oviposited obliterates entirely
the year's brood in that locality.
Floods are also a very real menace to broods in certain lowlands. Flat-
bottomed draws surrounded by prairie-covered hills often furnish the habitat
desired by this species. In times of freshets great amounts of soil are earned
down and deposited in these locations, often entirely covering and thus killing
the vegetation. This, of course, destroys any eggs which are in the present
growth and starves the nymphs of other broods which are feeding on the
roots.
Eggs. The eggs of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) differ from the other
species of cicadas in appearance only as to size. They are 1.7 mm. in length
and 0.31 mm. in width. When laid they are white in color, changing to pink
before hatching.
M.ATURATioN. The egg stage is about two months. Before hatching red
eyespots appear and later the entire egg becomes pink. Female cicadas were
observed ovipositing during June, and the eggs hatched in August.
194 The University Science Bulletin.
Hatching. The hatching of the eggs takes place in August of the summer
they are laid. It probably continues about a month. This was difficult to ascer-
tain because the eggs shrivel with the withering of the host, so that it was im-
possible to bring quantities of stems into the laboratory for observation.
The eggs do not seem to hatch as completely as those of some of the other
species. Usually a few eggs in each nest appear shriveled. Probably the
fact that they do not place a secretion in their nests after oviposition, but leave
the eggs dependent upon the condition of the host, accounts for this loss.
The first nests of eggs found in June, 1925, were collected, packed in boxes
and mailed to the laboratory. Examination a few days later revealed that
the eggs were shriveling. The next attempt to secure the hatching of eggs
was made August 14. 1925, when stems containing eggs were again mailed
to the laboratory. These eggs showed red eyespots plainly, were pink in
color, and the tarsal claws of the embryo could be seen through the eggshell.
They reached the laboratory August 15. The foliage of the plants had not
yet withered and the eggs seemed in perfect condition. A few eggs were
hatching when they arrived, and they continued to hatch in the laboratory'
throughout the loth and 16th. The hatch was regular in every way, appearing
identical with all other species observed. For twenty-four hours these stems
were kept in a closely covered jar to prevent withering of the hosts. The
evening of August 16 the laboratory assistant was called out of town and the
stems were placed in the open over a pot of perennial grass. Hence, no data
were obtained as to how long eggs would have continued hatching in these
cut stems if they could have been kept in humid conditions. Examination of
the nests two weeks later showed that a large per cent of the eggs had
shriveled instead of hatching. An attempt to find the tiny nymphs was made
early in the spring of 1926 with no success, and fear was entertained that
none of them had succeeded in finding food. However, another examination
March 27, 1927, revealed four nymphs — three were third-instar nymphs and
the fourth was still a second-instar nymph.
In the summer of 1926 numerous nests of eggs were obtained in plants in
the outdoor insectary from adults in captivity. Since it was again necessary
for the caretaker to be away during the time of hatching, large glass-sided
cages were buried near these host plants in the hoi)e of catching the tiny
nymphs in them when they emerged. Time must be allowed before the
success of these attempts can be determined because of the difficulty of finding
first- or second-instar nymphs in large quantities of soil.
A number of newly laid eggs were removed from nests and placed on
moist cellucotton in a vial. These eggs appeared to remain in good condition,
but maturation was not completed. This stage of Melampsalta calliope
(Walk.) is more difficult to study than of anj- other species observed because
of the extreme susceptibility of the eggs to the condition of the host.
P.\R.ASiTES. A number of chalcid parasites belonging to the genus Syn-
tomaspis were bred from nests made in sweet-clover stems. These have been
identified by A. B. Gahan as the same genus and species as previously bred
from the eggs of Tibicen aurijera (Say). (Ann. Ent. Soc. of America, vol.
XVIII, 1925, p. 483.)
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 195
NTMPHS.
From the Field. Several hundred nj-mphs of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.)
have been taken in the field. The greater part of these came from the locality
in Scott county, Kansas. (PI. XXIX, Fig. 1.) Interest in this locality was
first aroused by the taking of adults of the species while sweeping in this glen.
Although not many were taken in each series of sweepings, the adults were
soon observed flying away as the collector walked through the weeds. Care-
ful examination of the herbage soon disclosed large series of nests in many
of the weeds. Attention was then directed to scanning the weeds carefully for
a female in the act of ovipositing. In a few minutes one was located, and
the process observed first with the naked eye and later with a small hand lens.
When attention was directed to the hunting of this one insect, it was not dif-
ficult to find, and several were obsen-ed ovipositing and feeding on as many
different types of wild plants. So gentle were they that observations and
photographs were made with ease in the open. Since an hour or so of work
had been awarded by success in obtaining data on feeding habits and oviposition
of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) it was decided to {vy digging for nymphs.
A site was chosen near a plant with old oviposition marks on it. These
were in dead stems which had remained standing, while new nests were always
in green tissue. Almost the first spadeful of dirt yielded nymphs, and as many
as fifteen individuals have been found in one spade of sod. (PI. XXIX,
Fig. 2.)
Usuall}' the cell of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) is not over an inch long
where food is plentiful, although, if the plant on which a nymph has been
feeding has died, the cells may become burrows extending many inches. In
either case it is usually a simple matter to find the occupant if a cell is dis-
co\-ered, and using care thus first to locate the cells greatly reduces the danger
of injuring the nymphs. The following notes taken in the field on this first
trip may be of interest :
"In digging for nymphs we soon came to recognize their burrows. The cells
that contain tlie nymphs are usuallj- only an inch or so long. One end is of
the normal soil, while the other is stopped bj^ some dirt cuttings which look
much like fish-worm droppings. They occur mostly from six to ten inches
beneath the surface. Only the largest specimens are found near the surface.
These have large wing pads and doubtle-ss would have emerged in a few days.
One with large wing pads was down about eight inches, but it is different in
coloring from those found near the top of the ground. We could arrive at no
further conclusions as to age of the nymphs by the depth at which they oc-
curred because all sizes were found at all depths. More n.vmphs are found
■where vegetation is thick. We could not tell which kind of vegetation they
preferred. There was seemingly no difference or preference. A good many
molted skins were found near the surface of the ground, which seems to
demonstrate that the little fellow molts once after it has large wing pads."
From the first collection of nymphs made in June, 1925, about fifty speci-
mens of all sizes were preser^•ed in alcohol and as many more were packed in
loose earth and mailed to the laboratory. When they arrived, two days later,
just five specimens were uninjured. These all happened to be of the fifth
stadium. Two of these were placed in a small glass-sided cage perhaps one-
half inch thick with newly transplanted crab grass (Digitaria sanguinalis)
as the host. Usually newly transplanted hosts make poor food for nymphs.
196 The University Science Bulletin.
but so quickly does crab grass recover from being moved that these nymphs
seemed to thrive from the first. They began working on their cells almost
immediately when placed in the cages. These were soon completed one-half
inch in diameter and two and a half to three inches in length, with the long
axis in a vertical direction. Often the glass was allowed to form a part of the
cell for weeks at a time. The extent of the cell could be seen readily in this
small cage by the difference in appearance where the dirt had been pressed
firmly against the glass in making it.
The other three nymphs, received uninjured in this lot, were transferred
to a pot of native grass. This pot did not have sufficient drainage and a heavy
rain drowned the nymphs.
A second attempt to transport Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) nymphs from
Scott county was made in August, 1925. This time they were packed in roots
and leaves. They were mailed as soon as dug and reached the laboratory the
next day. Within twenty-four hours after leaving their cells in the field they
were digging new homes in the laboratoiy. Nineteen individuals of this lot
arrived uninjured. Most of these had formed cells in the dirt about them
and were in good condition. Specimens which had been injured were preserved
for laboratory use. Of those put in live cages, several were lost by experiment-
ing with them in cages of wheat. However, some interesting observations were
made on habits of digging and feeding in the cages of grasses. August 30, 1925,
a third-instar nymph was observ^ed digging its cell. It cut the dirt loose with
the front claws, packed it on the postclypeus until it had a ball about as large
in diameter as its head, then holding it in place with one front claw, it backed
to a wider place in its cell and turned over ventrally, describing a partial
somersault. By means of its two hind pair of legs — one pair up and one
down — it crawled off in the opposite direction. This placed the ventral side up
where it had been down before, but the nymph paid no attention whatever to
this, crawling as easily one way as another. When it reached the opposite end
of its cell it deposited the ball of mud and smoothed it down with its front
claws. This was repeated over and over, the action being the same in every
detail.
September 2, 1925, a cage was examined which contained a small fourth-
instar nymph. The grass was dead. The nymph had burrowed from end to end
of the cage in its search for food, and was trying vainly to go deeper in a lower
corner. Another cage, in which the grass was dead, contained a fifth-instar
nymph. When the glass was removed in order to transplant new grass the
nymph behaved much as a human might during a violent earthquake. It
crawled rapidly to the top of its tunnel, then hastened down halfway, stuck
its head and front claws out of the opening in the cell and appeared to be try-
ing to detect in some way what had caused the disturbance, and to show fight
if it encountered anything. So threatening was its attitude that a stem of
grass was held close to it in the opening. It grasped the stem firmly, appar-
ently trying to mangle it. Its alarm was very real. When the transfer was
complete and the cage closed, it immediately settled back in its cell and re-
sumed noi-mal activity.
On September 16, 1925, a fifth-instar nymph was observed feeding. It was
so located that its beak could be seen plainly without removing the glass. It
happened to be standing with head downward and remained in this position
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 197
feeding for forty-five minutes, holding vety still. The front claws were sus-
pended in the air, not grasping the root on which it was feeding.
A laboratory study of presented material divided the nymphs into eight
apparent sizes. Since it was impossible to prove what constituted a year's
growth, or even to be sure what range of variation should be termed an instar,
a series of experiments were planned to settle these points by rearing nymphs.
A trip was made to Scott county, Kansas, in November, 1925, to obtain live
material. This material was transported in layers of mud and live cages as
described under technique of transporting li\e nymphs, page 162. There were
no fatalities in transit. One hundred twenty-nine nymphs of the last four in-
stars were collected. Eighty-nine of these were placed in a large pot of Panicum
virgatum to insure future material. When the large pot was inverted on a
table the contents remained intact, revealing almost a solid mass of roots, large
and small, on the outside of the lump of dirt. (PI. XXXIII, Fig. 3.) The
nymphs were inserted in small holes made between the roots in the dirt and
each cell capped with a flattened bit of mud. These nymphs were placed all
around the pot and at varying depths, from three inches down to within an
inch of the bottom. Thej^ were as follows: Size No. 8, 20 individuals; size No.
7, 25 individuals; size No. 6, 10 individuals; size No. 5, 20 individuals; size
No. 4, 12 individuals. The sod was then replaced in the pot and left in the
warm laboratory for 48 hours.
The remaining 42 nymphs were sorted according to apparent size, placed in
cages, and records made of them. Only nymphs judged to be the same age
were placed together. Usuallj- not more than two fifth-instar nymphs were
caged together, but as many as five or six of the small ones were put in the
same cage. The host was orchard grass and had been growing for a month.
The nymphs were kept in the laboratoiy for 48 hours. When examination
showed that they had formed cells, they were buried in the open with the
tops of cages even with surface of the ground and thinly covered with dead
leaves.
These cages were unmolested until May 9, 1926, when they were taken into
the laboratorj^ for examination. A few nymphs were found dead where they
had been planted; these were undoubtedly injured in collecting. A few others
appeared to have died recently. In one cage the grass had died and the
nymphs had star\-ed to death. The soil was alive with other tinj' animals,
springtails, mites, fishworms, ants, sowbugs, etc. There was no evidence, how-
ever, that the cicadas had suffered from any of them. About 30 of the 42
original nymphs were found in the cages in apparently good condition.
June 1, 1926. while a search was being made in another localitj' for nymphs
of another species, three fifth-instar nymphs of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.)
were found. These presented one striking difference to those last observed
in the cages. They all had bright red eyes. This suggested the possibility that
time of emergence is foreshadowed by a change of color of the eyes of the
nymphs. Accordingly, the cages of Melampsolta calliope (Walk.) were again
examined. Not only did the nj'mphs called No. 8 ha^•e red eyes, but the eyes
of all of those called No. 7 like\vise had changed color. This indicated that
all of the nymphs with large wing pads were the same age and would emerge
during the summer. Consequently all cages containing these nymphs were
covered with screen wire to prevent the escape of emerging nymphs. Most of
13—3341
198 The University Science Bulletin.
these individuals had completed cells very close to the surface of the soil, but
in no case did they appear to be resting or fasting.
July 16, 1926. two weeks after the last adult had emerged in captivity, two
of the nymphs labeled Nos. 5 and 6 were found transformed to last-instar
nymphs. When specimens are examined in midwinter and have been molted
for a considerable time it appears impossible that these fourth-instar nymphs
could become fifth instars with a single molt, but when they are observed
just before and after molting the change seems simple. Before molting the
abdomen becomes veiy much distended. Immediately after molting the new
fifth-instar nymph is noticeably smaller than other specimens which have been
in this stage for some months. The abdomen is slightly distended toward the
center and all color markings are very delicate, some of the lighter parts ap-
pearing almost transparent. The cast skins of these two nymphs were found,
one at the top of a vertical burrow about one and a half inches long and one
at one end of a horizontal burrow about one inch in length. Neither of these
skins gave any evidence of having been attached to the walls of the cell
before being shed. Another nymph, which was carefully observed in the eve-
ning of July 16, molted during the night and was again obsen^ed on the morn-
ing of July 17. At both times the nymph appeared active and normal in every
way.
A careful examination of all cages containing smaller nymphs failed to re-
veal a single specimen. The condition of the soil in some of these gave evi-
dence that the nymjihs had been eaten by ants or other predacious animals.
On November 19 the last cage, containing what had been called a No. 5
n>'mph, was examined and the nymph found to be a very small, delicately
colored, fifth-instar nymph. The cast skin was found buried only a fraction of
an inch beneath the end of the burrow. The appearance of the nymph and
the position of the cast skin led to the conjecture that it had molted ciuite
recently. If this conjecture is true, there was a variation of about four months
in the time of molting of the fovuth-instar individuals into fifth instar. This
variation may have been increased by the abnormal conditions in the cages,
but the size of specimens collected in the field tends to show considerable dif-
ference even in nature. Of the specimens in cages all of those with large wing
pads either emerged as adults or died, and all of those grouped as Nos. 5 and 6
either died or changed to the last stadium. This evidence removed all question
as to there being more than the normal five instars common to the Homoptera,
and in the case of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.), seemed to give not longer
than a year as the length of any one stadium.
MclatnpmUa calliope (Walk.) has not been reared from egg to adult in the
laboratory, but sufficient data ha\e been obtained on the length of the various
stadia to warrant some conclusions. Nymphs which emerged in August, 1925,
wei-e in the third stadium in March, 1927. Since it is known that nymi)hs
other than the first instar normally molt in the summer, and that first-instar
nymphs of some of the other species molt in the fall after emerging in the
summer, it seems safe to conclude that Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) nymphs
molt from first to second in the fall after hatching, from second to third the
following sununer, and each succeeding stadium extends throughout a year.
This would give Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) a total life histoiy of approxi-
matelv four vears.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 199
DESCRIPTION OF IX STARS.
First Instar. Length, 2 mm.
Color of the body pink, appendages white. Antennae seven-segmented, al-
most parallel sided, the outer segments forming a sort of club. Eyes red spots
of pigment beneath the epithelium. Tarsi two-segmented with two apical
claws of about equal length. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 6.) Apex of tibiae with
several large spines, none of them with setae. Apex of front tibiae pro-
duced into a bifid tooth, with a small median tooth and large posterior one
almost as long as the tibiae with a smaller notch on its cutting margin. Body
sparsely covered with stiff hairs. Length of front femora, .2 mm., of the
pronotum .25 mm. (PI. XXXIX, Fig. 2.)
Second Instar. Length of entire body, 3.29 mm.; length of front femora,
0.3 mm.; length of pronotum, 0.4 mm.
Color creamy white. Antennae five-.segmented, elbowed at apex of first
segment; tapering from base to tip. Eyes small swellings on side of head with
row of stiff hairs extending vertically across them. Tarsi one-segmented,
scarcely discernible on the front legs. Tarsal claws mere stubs, the posterior
one the longer. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 6.) Apex of middle and hind tibiae with
two setae-bearing spines. Front tibia prolonged into a claw-like projection
with a tooth on the anterior margin. A flat, platelike shearing organ de-
veloped just anterior to the middle spine on the front femur (the comb), has
two distinct teeth besides the large apical one. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig L) This
organ is termed "the comb" by Marlatt in his work on the seventeen-year
cicada, and hereafter will be known by that name. The posterior spine with a
tooth at the base. Wing pads not yet visible. In general shape this instar
veiy closely resembles the third and fourth. (PI. XXXIX, Fig. 3.)
Third Instar. Length of entire body, 6.5 mm.; length of front femora,
0.65 mm.; length of front wing pad, 0.3 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 0.2
mm.
Color creamy wliite, shading into fuscous on anterior half; cutting parts
of front legs darker. Antennae six-segmented, tapering from base to tip, el-
bowed at apex of first joint. Eyes inconsi)icuous swellings on sides of head
with a row of stiff hairs extending vertically across them. Tarsi one-segmented,
those of front legs scarcely discernible, middle and hind legs with two horny
rudiments of tarsal claws, the anterior one the shorter. Apex of middle and
hind tibiae with two setae-bearing spines. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 6.) Front tibia
with large notch near apex on cutting edge. Comb of front femur with three
distinct teeth. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. I.) Posterior tooth of femur bifid, dis-
tinctly built for digging. Wing pads barely discernible. (PI. XXXIX, Fig. 4.)
Fourth Instar. Length of entire body, 7-10 mm.; length of front femora,
L2 mm.; length of front wing ]iad, 1 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 0.75 mm.
Color creamy white with cutting parts of front legs fuscous. Apex of middle
and hind femur and apical end of some of antennal joints with brown bands.
Antennae seven-segmented, tapering from base to apex, elbowed at apex of
first segment. Eyes inconspicuous with a row of stiff hairs extending ver-
tically across them. Tarsi one-segmented; that of front leg hardly discernible,
apparently without claws, those of the middle and hind legs bearing two horny
projections, the outer the smaller. Apex of middle and hind tibiae with two
200 The University Science Bulletin.
setae-bearing spines. Front tibia elawlike with a blunt tooth well toward the
tip. Comb of front femora with three distinct teeth besides the blunt apical
one. (PI. XXXVIII, Figs. 1 and 7.) Middle tooth of about same height as
comb. (PI. XXXIX, Fig. 5.)
Fifth Instar. Length of entire body, 10-18 mm.; length of front femora,
1.8 mm.; length of front wing pad, 2.3 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 2 mm.
The males tend to be slightly smaller than the females. General color runs
from almost white to fairly dark brown. Posterior margin of tergites usually
bordered with a darker band of brown, although in some specimens this is
scarcely noticeable. Antennae usually seven-segmented. Tarsi two-segmented,
all distinct, the front ones turned back on the inside of tibia. (PI. XXXVIII,
Fig. 8.) Tarsal claws two, unequal in length, the outer much the shorter.
Setse-bearing spines at apex of middle and hind tibiae, three in number. (PI.
XXXVIII, Fig. 6.) Eyes fairly prominent, becoming red just before emer-
gence; posterior half sparsely covered with hairs. Comb of the front femur
with five teeth, the largest one not much higher than the others. (PI.
XXXVIII, Fig. 1.) An indication only of a lateral tooth on tibia. General
shape when compared with the fourth instar more cylindrical, with the three
divisions of the body more nearly equal in diameter and their sides more
nearly parallel. (PI. XXXIX, Fig. 6.)
Proarna venosa (Uhler).
Adult. Proarna venosa (Uhl.) is the smallest species which occurs in Kan-
sas. In color it is gray with brown markings. Some specimens superficially
resembled Melampsalta calliope (Walk.). It occurs practically throughout the
state, but not in such great numbers as does the above species. The habitat
is a high dry hillside or hilltop, almost too ban-en to support vegetation.
One cannot help but wonder sometimes what the adults feed upon and how
the nymphs can exist in such rocky soil. In Scott county, Kansas, near the
locality where Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) was taken in such numbers,
Proarna venosa (Uhl.) was found in reasonable numbers about one-half way
to the top of the hills which border Beaver creek. (PI. XXIX, Fig. 1.) It
was here that obsei'vations on feeding and egg laying were made, and that
nymphs were collected.
Behavior. This species is a veiy sluggish insect, hardly moving from be-
neath the feet. It is usually discovered by sweeping the scanty vegetation.
The song of the male is very shrill, but can be heard only a few feet, so it is
not of much value in collecting. The greenish-gray appearance of the body
gives the individuals excellent protection because of its resemblance to the color
of the host plants. The most expeditious method of locating individuals for
study in the field is to follow the specimens which fly ahead as the observer
walks through the grass. This is readily accomplished, as they do not fly far.
They feed frequently. Females have been observed trying to feed on the
stems on which they were ovipositing.
OviPosiTioN. So tame is this species that it is a simple matter to make ob-
servations once a female is located. The following extract taken from the
field notebook gives rather a vivid picture of her activities:
"June 24, found Proarna venosa (Uhl.) female at 8:15 a.m. At 8:26 she
started ovipositing after moving around and finding a suitable stem of dead
<5
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 201
grass. The first nest was finished in seven minutes, or at 8:33, and anotlaer
started immediately. The second was completed at 8:38, and the third begun
immediately. This was finished at 8:48. and the fourth begun without delay-
it being finished at 8:55. She then went around the stem one-fourth way and
began the fifth at 8:56. She became startled at 8:59 and flew to a bunch of
grass without any old stems. The stem in which she had been ovipositing was
cut off and the end of it held down where she was clambering around in the
blades of grass, and she immediately crawled upon it. She explored this a
short time and then started to oviposit. Since the wind was so strong, the
stem was carried over behind a cliff without disturbing the process. She was
examined minutely with a hand lens, and held, with a notebook for a back-
ground, for a picture, seemingly without disturbing her in the least.
"In starting the nest, the body is curved to about a right angle and the ovi-
positor to somewhat less than a right angle, and a little foamy fluid is exuded
on the stem. The ovipositor then begins to rotate in this spot of liquid with
the saw-toothed valves working back and forth, first one and then the other.
The teeth cut to shreds the tissue of the stem. When the ovipositor has
been inserted full length the eggs are placed. Each egg can be plainly seen as
it passes down the ovipositor. When the last egg has been laid the opening
is filled with this same foamy material as was used at the beginning. She
makes very little attempt to pat down the torn tissues of the stem, but moves
almost immediately to a new place. This is practically one ovipositor length
from the old one."
The eggs are laid in almost any dead plant stems that are at hand. In
Scott county the dry fruiting stalks of a native prairie grass were favorite
places.
Nests. The nests are arranged in a single row lengthwise of the stem.
From one to a dozen or more nests may be made in a series. The opening
is very small and inconspicuous. Collecting them is facilitated b}' holding
the grass stems in a loose bunch, and looking down into them. The observer
detects the series of nests as white saw-teeth on the sides of the stems. Three
or four small, white eggs are placed in a single row in a nest. They are 1.52 mm.
long and .36 mm. wide. Unlike Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) these eggs re-
main white until hatching takes place.
In 1925 the eggs collected the week of June 24 showed red eyespots August
5, and postnatal molts were found about the nests August 10. The first nymphs
hatched in the laboratory August 16, and hatching continued until September
27. Whether this relatively long hatching period was due to laboratory condi-
tions or to differences in the time of oviposition, or whether it is a normal
variation for Proarna venosa (Uhl.) has not been determined.
These eggs hatch the same as other species noted, and the nj-mphs are
equally active and capable of building a home and finding food, but they are
noticeably smaller than any other nymphs obser\-ed.
The first-instar nymphs transplanted in captivity appear to have died for
want of food or to have been eaten by predacious enemies before molting.
This total loss of considerable material is attributed largely to the unhealthy
condition of the hosts used. At the time of this hatching, experiments were
being conducted with some of the native western Kansas grasses, which did
not thrive under insectary conditions. Also, surviving nymphs may have been
destroyed by an attempt to find them in the soil, for it has since been ad-
mitted to be practically impossible to locate the first-instar nymphs in large
quantities of earth.
202 The University Science Bulletin.
Numerous excavations were made beneath bunches of grass which showed
old oviposition marks without yielding any nymphs. This, in some measure,
was due to the very rocky condition of the soil. However, bj^ prolonged
digging beneath and around yucca plants, about 30 were obtained. Three of
these belonged to the third instar, 22 to the fourth and 11 to the fifth. No
second-instar nymphs were found.
First Inst.'\r. Length of entire body, 1.6 mm.; length of front femur,
0.2 mm.
Color of the body creamy white with the cutting parts of front legs darker.
Antennae usually six-segmented. Eyes red pigmented. Tarsi two-jointed with
two tarsal claws, one much longer than the other. Middle and hind tibiae
with scattered heavy spines without setae. Front tibia beaklike, with two teeth
on the cutting margin. Front femur with a median sharp spine and a posterior
one which is long and heavy with a tooth on the cutting surface. Body
sparsely covered with stiff hairs. (PI. XL. Fig. 2.)
Second Instar. This instar has not been seen.
Third Instar. Length of entire body, 6 mm.; length of front femora, 0.75
mm.; length of front wing pad, 0.4 mm.; length of hind wing pad, .3 mm.
Color creamy white, slightl.v darker on cutting parts of front legs. Body
with a few scattered hairs. Antennae usually eight-segmented, tapering from
base to tip, elbowed at apex of first joint. Tarsi one-segmented, that of front
leg indistinguishable on anterior margin of tibia, middle and hind tarsi with
two apical claws of about equal length. Apex of middle and hind tibiae with
three setae-bearing spines. Wing pads plainly seen as outpouchings of meso-
thorax and metathorax. Eyes represented by slight swellings on side of head
with six small to large hairs scattered at random about its surface. Comb of
front femora with three distinct teeth besides the blunt apical one. Ventral
cutting edge of tibia with one notch. (PI. XL, Fig. 3.)
Fourth Instar. Length of entire body, 6.75 to 10 mm.; length of front
femur, 1.25 mm.; length of front wing pad. 1 mm.; length of hind wing pad,
0.6 mm.
Color creamy white tinged with brown, margins of cutting parts of forelegs
darkened. Antennae usually eight-segmented, tapering from base to tip,
elbowed at apex of first segment. Eyes less in evidence than in fifth instar,
sparcely set with hairs. Tarsi one-segmented with two tarsal claws of almost
equal length; that of the front legs very difficult to see with the naked eye,
so clo.sely appressed is it to the inside of the front tibia. Comb of the front
femur with three well-defined teeth besides the blunt apical one; some show a
very small fourth tooth. Front tibiae with but one notch on ventral margin,
apex of middle and hind tibiae with three setae-bearing spines. Each segment
of abdomen with sparsely set row of hairs. (PI. XL, Fig. 4.)
Fifth Instar. Length of entire body, 16 mm.; length of front femur, 2.3
mm.; length of front wdng pad, 4.2 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 2.2 mm.
(PI. XL, Fig. 5.)
Color creamy white with appendages and borders of body segments more
or less tinged with brown. Antennae usually nine-segmented, tapering from
base to tip, elbowed at apex of first joint. Eyes fairly well developed, with
a band of scattered hairs. Tarsi two-segmented, of normal size, with claws of
unequal length. Apex of middle and hind tibiae with three setae-bearing spines.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 203
This species differs from all others obsen-ed in not increasing the number of
these spines with this molt. Front tibise with one tooth on ventral cutting
side, middle tooth of femur large, considerably longer than the comb, a char-
acter which separates the nymphs of this species from those of Melampsalta
calliope (Walk.). Comb with four well-defined teeth besides blunt apical one.
Cicada hicroglyphica Say.
Adult. This is a rather small, green, black and straw-colored species, meas-
uring 20 to 25 mm. in length. The colors of the body are so arranged as to
blend almost perfectly with the lichen-covered trunks of the oak trees upon
which they are found, making the individuals very difficult to find. The wings
are held less rooflike than in our other species of cicadas, giving them a
flattened appearance. The most striking character is the transparency of the
abdomen when Aaewed wuth transmitted light.
Distribution and H.abitat. So far as is known this species is hmited in dis-
ti-ibution to blackjack (Quercus marilnndica) and past oak {Quercus stellatus)
groves in the southeastern corner of the state. Most of the data were obtained
near the nursery of Mr. John Wilson, four and one-half miles southwest of
Elk City, Kan. This nurserj' is located in some oak-covered hills, and made
an ideal place to study a large brood which occurred there this past summer
(1926). The only other locality where material was obtained was an oak
gro\'e twelve miles east of Columbus, Kan. This latter place was visited on
June 6, 1926. when thirty nymphs of the three last instars were dug from the
sandy soil beneath the oak trees.
No adults were pre.«ent at this time. However, a few weeks later these
woods were ringing with the songs of the males. While all other data obtained
would lead to the conjecture that cicadas are not specific feeders, this species
shows such a marked preference for the habitat described that one is forced
to admit that if oak is not essential to life, at least it is greatly preferred. In
both localities other trees surrounding the oak or between groves of it would
yield no Cicada hicroglyphica Say.
Another element of interest in the habitat is the nature of the soil. In both
localities studied the soil from which these cicadas emerge is almost pure sand.
Whether it is the oak trees or the sandy soil they prefer so decidedly has not
been determined; but the two habitats were so similar and the boundary so
marked that it seems scarcely probable that it is merely coincident.
Emergence. This species begins emerging about June 7, and specimens
have been noted as late as August 7. They appear in greatest numbers about
the first of July. The act of emergence has not been witnessed, but the ap-
pearance and position of the exuviae and of the emergence holes leads one to
conjecture that it is essentially the same as of other species of cicadas. The
cast skins have been found in greatest numbers on the under sides of the
leaves and branches of small oaks only two or three feet above the surface of
the ground. This locahty, near Elk City, is overgrown with these small oaks
which come up ever>'where from the roots of old stumps, making practically a
solid mat of brush, so that it is difficult to obsen^e the ground or to find the
cast skins.
204 The University Science Bulletin.
Feeding. Cicada hieroglyphica Say in live cages fed frequently on oak twigs.
No other host has been tried.
Mating. Matings have been observed both in the field and in live cages.
Copula takes place as in all other species noted.
OviposiTiON. So warj' is this species, and so tiny and obscure are the nests,
that much time was spent before any data were obtained on this phase of the
life cycle. Although camp was pitched in the midst of oak timber which fairly
rang with the songs of the males, and three days were spent, June 22 to 25,
collecting and studying them both in the open and in cages, not a single nest
was located. Fifty-one adults were confined in a mosquito-netting cage over
live oak, but none of the females were seen to oviposit. It seems possible that
this very flighty species may not oviposit in captivity as do many of the
other species. It is considered, however, that this failure was due to the fact
that the females were not yet fully matured.
A second attempt was made July 3 to obtain data on the oviposition. Even
then the most diligent search bj' two collectors was not rewarded for several
hours. Perhaps half a dozen females were spotted in the act of egg laying
within the next day. The most cautious attempts to approach near enough to
observe the process, however, resulted in disturbing them. It was noted that
dead twigs were used exclusively for oviposition and the nests were found in
the limbs from which the females had flown. It was then relatively easy,
by diligent search along the small partially decayed twigs protruding from the
main trunk of the tree to collect the limbs bearing the nests. These stubby
limbs are characteristic of Quercns marilandica. (PL XXXIV, Fig. 2.) A
goodly number of nests were found and brought into the laboratory for hatch-
ing.
Nests. The nests are scattered at random on the twigs and are so small and
carefully sealed shut that they often cannot be detected with the naked eye.
In fact, nests have been cut into unexpectedly while the observer was dis-
secting a twig under the binocular. The decayed nature of the bark adds to
the difficulty of finding the nests.
The eggs are invariably three in each nest, arranged in almost single file,
with enough space between the last egg and the nest opening for another egg.
The nest is filled with an excretion which appears, after drying, ver>' much as
empty broken eggshells might.
Eggs. The eggs, when laid, appear identical with all other cicada eggs ob-
served. They are 1.6 mm. long and .4 mm. wide. In about seven weeks after
they are deposited red eyespot« appear, and a few days later the eggs hatch.
The total incubation period is about two months.
The method of hatching and behavior of the nymphs is identical with that
of other species described. The hatch appeared to be complete so far as ob-
served. No parasites were reared from these nests. In fact, it would be dif-
ficult to prove that animals found in the limbs had been parasitic on the eggs
of Cicada hieroglyphica Say, for the entire twig often reminded one of a
tenement district. Nests of other species of cicadas, and evidences of in-
mmierable other kinds of minute life were plentiful. The scarcity of the eggs
was disappointing. About sixty nymphs were plated and perhaps a dozen pre-
served for study between September first and fifth.
Nymphs. The nymphs hatched in the laboratoiy were transplanted to a
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 205
small glass-sided cage which was well filled with orchard grass. This cage was
buried in sand in the laboratory. October 10, 1926, an examination of part of
the dirt in this cage revealed one nymph apparently not much larger than
when hatched, but alive and active. It was returned to its cell and the re-
maining soil unmolested. Later the cage was buried with the other plate cages
out of doors. This bit of evidence would lend encouragement to the hope that
these nymphs will live on grass roots.
Other rearing experiments on nymphs of Cicada hieroglyphica Say are lack-
ing. The nymphs in the field were so scattered and the labor of obtaining
them so great that it seemed impractical to risk losing the material by at-
tempting to keep it alive during the excessive heat and with the poor facilities
at hand at the time. However, in the light of knowledge gained from rearing
nymphs of other species, the examination of nymphs in the laboratory revealed
a part of the story.
Digging for the Nymphs. Extensive digging was done on Mr. Wilson's
place at Elk City, and perhaps 100 nymphs were found. The equipment for
and technique of digging for nymphs were the same as used in collecting other
species. The nymphs were found more frequently on the north side of vety
large trees as close to the trunk as it was practical to dig. They occurred usu-
ally from four to twelve inches beneath the surface. Few cells were seen be-
cause the soil was so sandy that the least disturbance would completely wreck
them. The evidence obtained, however, indicates that they are not unlike
those of other species.
Material could easily be sorted into five instars (four instars from the ma-
terial dug, as the first-instar nymphs were not found). In addition, one could
distinguish between the nymphs newly molted into the fifth instar and those
which were soon to emerge as adults. X.ymphs between these two extremes
could not accurately be placed in either group. No attempt is made to esti-
mate the length of time required for any one instar or for the total life cycle.
First Instar. Length of entire body, 1.6 mm.; length of front femur, 0.26
mm.; length of pronotum, 0.28 mm.
Color creamy white, anterior half of body and legs amber. Antennae
usually six-segmented. (PI. XLII, Fig 1.) First segment' short and thick,
second slightly longer than first, almost parallel-sided; third half as long as
second; fourth slightly longer than third; fifth same length as third; sixth
oval in shape, pointed at tip, a little longer than fourth. Eyes represented
by small spots of black pigment beneath the surface. Tarsi two-segmented,
tarsal claws two, long, slender, of unequal length, anterior one the shorter.
(PI. XLII, Fig. 2.) Tibia with three nonsetse-bearing spines at apex. Front
tibia produced into a sharp, clawlike organ with a sharp tooth on its cutting
margin. Anterior femur without comb; middle tooth small, sharp; posterior
one long, with a small notch on its cutting margin. Whole body sparsely set
with stiff hairs. (PI. XLI, Fig. 2.)
Second Instar. Length of entire body, 4 mm.; length of front femur, 0.5
mm.; length of pronotum, 0.6 mm.
Color of body creamy white, anterior half and legs darker. Eyes represented
by swellings on side of head, covered on posterior half by hairs. Antennae
usually six-segmented (PI. XLII, Fig. 1.), three apical segments and apical
half of third somewhat inflated. Tarsi one-segmented, those of the front legs
206 The University Science Bulletin.
reduced to the merest rudiments, middle and hind legs with two tarsal claws
of unequal length. Middle and hind tibiae with three setae-bearing spines (PI.
XLII, Fig. 2) ; front tibia beak-shaped, no teeth. Comb appears on the front
femur with two distinct teeth on the cutting edge, posterior tooth large with
no distinct tooth on its inner margin. Wing pads barely discernible. (PI.
XLI. Fig. 3.)
Third Inst.^r. Length of entire body, 4.5 to 6.2 mm.; length of front fe-
mur, 1 mm.; length of front wing pad, 0.4 mm.; length of hind wing pad,
03 mm.
Color creamy white, shading into light brown on anterior half, cutting parts
of front legs and apices of other legs. Eyes small swellings on side of head,
posterior half sparsely covered with hairs. Antennae usually seven-segmented
(PI. XLII. Fig. 1). Segments 4, 5, 6, 7 slightly inflated. Tarsi one-segmented,
that of the front leg veiy small, two tarsal claws of unequal length. Middle
and hind tibiae with three setae-bearing spines (PI. XLII, Fig. 2), front tibia
beak-shaped, with no teeth on inner margin. Comb of front femur with three
teeth, besides blunt apical one (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 2) ; posterior tooth large
with very small tooth near ba.se. (PI. XLI, Fig. 4.)
Fourth Instar. Length of entire body, 7.3 to ILo mm.; length of front
femur, 2 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 1 mm.; length of front wing pad, L5
mm.; length of pronotum, 2 mm.
Color creamy white shading to light brown on anterior parts; cutting parts
of front legs and certain ventral sclerites fuscous. Eyes inconspicuous enlarg-
ments on side of head; hairy on posterior half. Antennae usually eight-
segmented, from third to tip tending to be inflated. (PI. XLII, Fig. L) Tarsi
one-.segmented, exceedingly small on front legs. Apex of middle and hind
tibiae with three setae-bearing spines. (PI. XLII, Fig. 2.) Front tibiae break-
like; no teeth. Comb of front femur with four teeth (PL XXX\TII, Fig. 2),
posterior tooth with small notch on inside. (PI. XLI, Fig. 5.)
Fifth Inst.^r. Length of entire body, 12-20 mm.; length of front femur,
3.2 mm.; length of front wing pad, 6.5 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 3.6 mm.;
length of pronotum, 4.3 mm.
Color creamy white, posterior borders of pronotum wing pads and abdominal
segments fuscous. Cutting parts of front legs almost black. Antennae usually
eight-segmented; segments 4, 5 and 6 inflated (PI. XLII, Fig. 1) ; fourth some-
times black. Postclypeus of peculiar rectangular shape. (PI. XLI, Fig. 6.)
Eyes large, projecting, posterior half sparsely covered with hairs. Tarsi two-
segmented with two unequal apical claws. (PI. XLII, Fig. 2.) Apex of middle
and hind tibiae with five setae-bearing spines, front tibiae beak-shaped with no
spines or teeth on the cutting margin. Front tarsi bent back on inner margin
of tibiae. Comb of front femur with six well-developed teeth besides the blunt
apical one. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 2.) Middle tooth extends at a different angle;
posterior tooth large, sharp, with an indication of a tooth on inner margin.
Wing pads well developed. (PI. XLI, Fig. 6.)
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^. 207
Tibicen aimfera {Say).
Adult. Tibicen aurifera (SajO is one of the smaller species of this genus,
measuring from 23 to 26 mm. in length. In color it ranges from green and
black to almost orange and black. Freshly emerged specimens are often
covered with long, golden-colored pile.
DiSTRrBUTioN. This species is found over the eastern third of the state, but
not in definite broods any one year. It occurred over as large an area this
past summer (1926) as it has for the past ten years. The special locality from
which most of the data have been taken is a hillside one mile northwest of
Midland, Kan.
H.ABiTAT. Tibicen aurifera (Say) is most frequently found in small grass-
covered areas containing shrubs. Often this habitat is near trees, and the
males may be heard singing in them, too. While the largest number of nests
taken have been in the hollow stems of panic grass {Panicum virgatum) , they
have also been found in other large grasses, in weeds, and in sumac {Rus
glabra L.) which is a very common host. Where the latter is used, the nests
are placed in the dead ends of twigs. The species is easily located by the
song of the males. The adults are not wild, and hence are easily taken with
the net. Although the male may be heard singing in trees, the female rarely
oviposits in them. The individuals of this species are usually darker than their
hosts and are comparatively easilj' seen.
Emergence. The latter part of Jul.y Tibicen aurijera (Say) begins to
emerge. It is, however, a late summer species, usually occurring in greatest
numbers in September. Most of the observ-ations on oviposition, etc., have
been made during this month. In fact, it is among the last species to cease
singing in the fall.
Feeding and M.-vting. The adults feed often in captivity, very much as
any of the other species. Mating was observed on a compass plant (SiJphium
laciniatiwi L.) at Garnett, Kan., September 7, 1926. The individuals were
end to end and remaining quiet during the making of a photograph. (PI.
XXXIV, Fig. 1.)
Oviposition. (PI. XXX, P'ig. 3.) It was the finding of Tibicen aurifera (Say)
ovipositing at the location northwest of Midland that first aroused my interest
in the life histories of cicadas. The female seals the nest with an excretion,
expending considerable time patting the torn tissue into place with the
sheathes of the ovipositor.
Nests. The nests are placed in a single row lengthwise of the stem. (Pi.
XXXI, Figs. 1 and 4.) They are about the length of the ovipositor apart, and
are separated by a little torn tissue. There ma}' be from one to eighteen
nests in a series. As has been stated above, the nest is neatlj' closed, leaving
only a small mark on the stem. In grasses these nests are placed in the fruit-
ing stalk. They do not injure the plant, in fact, thej' do not even weaken it
materially. Normally the eggs are- placed in two rows. Usually eight to
twelve occur in a nest, but as many as twent.v-two have been found.
Eggs. (PI. XXXI, Fig. 3.) The eggs are 1.8 mm. long and 0.52 mm. wide.
They remain white until hatched. Red eyespots appear during the second
week in June, and hatching begin.s about June 16. This makes the egg stage
at least nine months. Unlike most of the eggs which hatch the same season
208 The University Science Bulletin.
Tibicen aurifera (Say) has a short hatching period. Within two weeks after
the first nymph wriggles out, all have emerged. Practically every egg hatches
which has not been parasitized, even to the occasional good egg in a nest where
all others have been consumed.
Par,4sites. Often as high as fifty per cent of the nests of this species are
parasitized. A small metallic-green hymenopteron belonging to the genus
Syntomaspis lays a single egg in the nest and the grub feeds on the eggs.
(PI. XXXI, Fig. 2.) Usually all the eggs in one nest are consumed by one
grub, but occasionally in a large nest a few are uninjured. The grub obtains
its growth and spends many weeks in a resting stage before pupating. In a few
days after pupating, it emerges. In nature this emergence is timed nicely to
coincide with the oviposition time of the cicada. In the laboratory the .
parasites have been known to emerge as early as Maj'' 7.
Some doubt has been expressed by hymenopterists as to the accuracy of
the above data, but parasites have been observed in the field, and rearing has
been done repeatedly under conditions which would allow no mistake as to
identity. While the actual act of oviposition of the parasite in the field has not
been observed, it is interesting to note that Fabre, writing in Souvenirs Ento-
mologiques, page 272, recorded having observed a small hymenopterous parasite
which he described as a chalcid 4-5 mm. long, black, with knotty antennae
increasing in size toward the end, and a long ovipositor situated toward the
middle of the abdomen. He also states that in laying its eggs this impostor
does not vise the entrance to the nest made by the cicada but inserts its eggs
through the solid wall of the stem and that the parasite svibsists on the whole
nest of a dozen cicada eggs. He did not collect the parasite, so could not
learn its identity. He suggested that it might be new. More interesting still
is the fact that Reaumur, writing in 1740, described virtually the same
phenomena.
H.\TCHiNG. Just why it should have been difficult to learn to obtain the
emerging nymphs connot be explained unless because of so long an egg stage.
Whatever the explanation, it must be admitted that bundles of stems contain-
ing eggs of this species and others were kept for months, only to let the
nymphs emerge unobserved before the technique of obtaining them was per-
fected. The first success was in working with this species, and was somewhat
of an accident. When red eyespots were observed the eggs were examined
daily. On June 16 the stems containing the eggs were moistened because they
had been kept dry for a few days while transferring from one laboratory to an-
other. The stems had been left in the laboratory for a few minutes while
further observations were made on a nest under the binocular. When the ob-
server turned to remove the lot to the open again, they were found covered
with many tiny, white nymphs. The wetting, together with the wannth of
midday in June, had produced a large hatch. The chance circumstance gave
the essentials of hatching eggs in the laboratory. Referring again to Fabre,
one notes a similar experience. Having tried in vain repeatedly for two years
to find the nymphs emerging, and finally, thoroughly discouraged, he laid a
bundle of twigs on a chair, to be near his hand, and accidentally in front of his
fire in the open hearth, while he made one last seai-ch in the twigs with his
glass. When he turned to the chair to take up another twig, he found the
nymphs emerging from the warmed nests by the hundreds.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 209
Nymphs. A year before any data had been obtained on the hatching of
nymphs, a bundle of stems bearing Tibicen aurifera (Say) was placed over a
large pot of Panicum virgatum and the eggs allowed to hatch naturally and
the nymphs find their own way to food and shelter. Nothing was done to the
sod for about eleven months, when the soil was removed by inverting the
pot on a table and a search made for nymphs. By tearing about two-thirds
of the root mass and soil into fine particles eleven nymphs were found. These
were tiny white creatures 3 mm. in length which appeared to have many years
to grow before they could emerge as adults. This proved bej'ond a reasonable
doubt that Tibicen aurifera (SajO at least, had a relatively long life cycle.
With Magicicctda septendecim (Linn.) requiring seventeen years to complete
its life and Tibicen aurifera (Say) giving evidence of requiring several j^ears,
little ground was left for belief in the popular statement, which so manj' authors
had made, that the other species of cicadas probably develop in from one to
two years. It was this information which caused the experiments to be started
to obtain more suitable live cages, and some method of reducing the high
mortality of nymphs during the first j'ear.
Repeated efforts have been made to obtain nymphs in the field by digging
on the hillside near Midland. A few nymphs have been obtained on many
occasions. But since the first attempts at rearing nymphs were made with this
species, it is not surprising that many were lost.
Observations were made, however, on the digging and feeding habits, and
numerous hosts have proved satisfactory. Given sufficient food these nymphs
form cells from an inch to two inches in length and large enough to allow
freedom of motion of the legs. If the host thrives, they will remain in the
same cell indefinitely, moving about verj- little. Even fifth-instar nymphs have
been kept for months in cages little thicker than their cells. However, if the
host dies, the nymph makes a heroic search for food. Third-instar nymphs
have been observed to mine the dirt from end to end of a glass cage. A fifth-
instar nymi)h, living in a large flower pot, was found to have tunneled the
bottom half of the dirt thoroughly in search of food when the host had died.
He was found in the bottom of the pot. When placed in a hole near live roots
he simply completed his cell and remained for weeks where he had been
placed. The only actual data on the length of the stadium that have been
obtained is that the fifth requires moi'e than one year for completion. The
length of the first three stadia was determined approximately from the nymphs
reared from eggs in the large pot refeiTed to above. The first instar changes
into the second sometime the first summer, the second into the third the
second summer, and the third into the fourth the third summer. Thus, count-
ing from the time the eggs were laid to the beginning of the fourth stadium,
we have a period of three years. Definite data cannot be given as to the length
of the fourth and fifth stadia at this time.
FiHST Instar. Length of the entire body, 1.8 mm.; length of front femur,
0.29 mm.; length of pronotum, 0.3 mm.
Color creamy white; digging parts of front legs fuscous. Antennae usually
seven-segmented, almost same size throughout. Eyes small, red granular
pigmented. All tarsi two segmented with two tarsal claws of about equal
length. Apex of middle and hind tibiae with some large spines but no setse;
210 The University Science Bulletin.
apex of front tibia produced into a beak-like projection with two teeth on its
anterior margin. Anterior femur with one small middle spine and a large,
somewhat bifid posterior one. Body and appendages with the usual long, stiff
hairs and spines. (PL XLIII, Fig. L)
Second Ixstar. Length of the entire body, 4 mm.; length of front femur,
0.5 mm.; length of pronotum, 0.6 mm.
Color creamy white to fuscous on cutting parts of front legs. Antennse
usually seven-segmented, tapering from base to tip; elbowed at apex of first
segment. Eyes mere swelling,* on side of head, set on posterior half with sparse
stiff hairs. Tarsi one-segmented; those of middle and hind legs with two
claws, the anterior one slightly shorter; tarsi of front legs closely appressed
to anterior surface of tibia, veiy small, scarcely discernible as such. Apex
of middle and hind tibise with three setse-bearing spines. Front tibia beaklike,
bifid at tip and a slight sinuation at location of two small teeth in third instar.
Comb of front femur with two distinct teeth besides blunt apical one, median
tooth of about same height as comb; posterior tooth large, with a medium-
sized tooth on its inner surface. Slight indication of wing pads. (PI. XLIII,
Fig. 2.)
Third Instar. Length of entire body, 7 mm.; length of front femora, 1
mm.; length of front wing pad, 1.2 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 0.3 mm.;
length of pronotum, L2 mm.
Color creamy white, fuscous at apex of leg segments and cutting parts of
front legs. Antennse usually eight-segmented; outer two ven^ closely joined.
Eyes almost as in the second instar, slightly larger. Tarsi one-segmented;
front one hardly distinguishable from side of tibia ; middle and hind ones with
two claws of almost ecpial length. Apex of middle and hind tibise w'ith three
setae-bearing spines. Front tibia beaklike with three teeth — one large and two
small ones. Comb of front femur with three distinct teeth, besides blunt
apical one; middle tooth of about same height as comb; posterior tooth large,
bifid. Wing pads discernible as small outpouchings of meso- and metanotum.
(PL XLIII. Fig. 3.)
Fourth Instar. Length of entire body, 8-15 mm.; length of front femur,
3.3 mm.; length of front wing pads, 2 mm.; length of hind wing pads, 1.5 mm.
General color creamy white turning to brownish on head, thorax and legs.
Apices of leg segments, especially cutting parts of front legs, edged with black.
Antennae usually eight-segmented, smaller but of same general shape as that of
fifth instar. Tarsi one-segmented, the middle and hind ones bearing two claws
of unequal size; the front tarsi reduced to a small V-shaped segment with no
sign of claws, so deeply embedded on the anterior side of the tibia that it can
hardly be seen. Apex of middle and hind tibiae with three setae-bearing spines
on anterior-ventral margin. Comb of front femora about as in fifth instar, but
with only five main teeth. (PI. XLIII, Fig. 4.)
Fifth Instar. Length of entire body, about 20 mm.; length of front femur,
4.25 mm.; length of front wing pad, 7.75 mm.; length of hind wing pad, 5 mm.
General color brown with posterior borders of abdominal tergites, mesonotum
and metanotum much darker. Apices of leg segments narrowly edged with
black, also gonapophj'ses. Antennae usually nine-segmented, segments parallel-
sided growing smaller from base to tip. Apices of some segments may be edged
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 211
with black. Tarsi all normal and two-segmented, bearing two claws, anterior
one one-fourth the size of posterior, the latter slightly longer than the first
tarsal segment. Tarsi of front legs well developed, turned back on anterior
margin of tibia. Apex of middle and hind tibijs with four setse-bearing spines
on anterior ventral margin. Front tibia bifid at apex. Comb of front femur
with six teeth along its outer margin. (PI. XLIII, Fig. 5.)
Tibicen vitripennis (Say).
Adult. Tibicen vitripennis (Say) is colored much the same as Tibicen auri-
jera (Saj-) and is about the same size, with the exception that it is slighth'
more slender. The two species may be separated by the following characters:
Uncus wishbone shaped, vitripennis (Say) ; uncus not wishbone shaped, auri-
jera (Say).
Distribution. Roughly speaking, this species has been taken over the east-
ern half of the state. It occurs in greater numbers in the southern part than in
the northern. No particular localities in Kansas have been under observation.
The notes on oviposition and nests were obtained in the Arbuckle mountains
in Oklahoma.
Habitat. The habitat, unlike that of Tibicen aurijera (Say), is in trees and
usualh' along streams, ^^'illows and cottonwoods are favored hosts. The
adults are usually located by the songs of the males, but as they are often
high in the trees the}' are much more difficult to take than the species thus
far considered. The songs of the males are quite distinctive, having as a
part of it a series of clicks more like the song of some of the Orthoptera.
Oviposition. It is large broods of this species which oviposit in cotton and
corn, in some localities causing considerable damage to the crops concerned.
William Xewell, U. S. Dept. of Agri., Bureau of Ento. 60, p. 52-58, gives an ac-
count of a brood in Ouachita valley, La., where twenty per cent of the cotton
plants were destroyed. Some fields were so badly damaged that they were
plowed up. One man reported more or less damage for the past twenty years,
but that year (1905) was the worst. The corn was preferred to cotton, the
insects choosing the part of the stalk just beneath the tassel and placing so
many nests in them that the tassel died without functioning. He counted three
stalks with 297, 181 and 215 nests respectively. Each nest contained from 4
to 5 eggs. It was his opinion that each female laid about 1,000 eggs, and would
oviposit in almost anything, trees, shrubs, fence posts, roof and walls of sheds.
Even the hoe handles became so roughened by the oviposition of this insect, if
they were left exposed during the noon hour, that they had to be smoothed
with sandpaper. He also records one nest in a hollow weed with 75 eggs in it.
A recent number of the Quarterly State Plant Board Plant Bui. of Miss., vol.
6, July, 1916, No. 2, carries the following paragraph on this species:
"A forty-acre field of cotton in Yunica county was severely injured bj'
locusts or cicadas the latter part of June. The species responsible for the in-
jury was Tibicen vitripennis (Say), which occurs throughout Mississippi, but
is most abundant in the delta counties. The injun' was caused by the fe-
males splitting the stalks and branches to deposit eggs, resulting in the death
of the smaller stalks and the injured branches. About 90 per cent of the plants
were injured and 25 per cent of the stand destroyed. Such heavy injuiy to
-cotton occurs veiT rarely. No control measures were used."
212 The University Science Bulletin.
On July 17, 1925, nests of Tibicen vitripennis (Say) were collected in the
cotton field of Mr. Sam Brown, four miles south of Davis, Okla., by the writer.
The greater mmiber of nests were found in the parts of the field nearest the
timber which bordered the river. Only a small per cent of the stalks had been
used as hosts, but in every case the placing of nests had resulted in the death
of the plant above the nests. Usvially the punctures had been made in the
main part of the stem, although branches were sometimes used. Each nest
was finished with a frothy excretion. The species had been heard singing in
great numbers in practically eveiy timbered section for miles around this
locality.
Nests. The nests were arranged in mismatched pairs, usually four or five
pairs, only an ovipositor's length apart, then a little longer space before the
next series began. In the stems sent to the laboratory there were from 13 to
37 nests in a stalk. The external appearance of the nest is not unlike that of
Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) . Perhaps they are a httle less conspicuous from
the fact that Tibicen vitripennis (Say) uses secretions in closing her nest.
From three to seven eggs are placed in a nest, the number varj'ing with the
size of the stem used. They are 1.7 mm. long and 0.42 mm. wide, white in
color when laid, turning to pink before hatching. Tibicen vitripennis (Say)
occurs from June to August at least. No general statement as to the extreme
times of egg laying or of hatching can be given. The eggs observed in the
laboratory were laid before July 17. Red eyespots were observed in many of
the eggs August 5 and hatching began August 7. These nymphs appeared to
be hatching from one stem, while in other stems the eggs appeared very pink,
and in still others the only pigmentation was the red eyespots. The hatch
appeared to be complete August 15. The data are too meager to warrant con-
clusions, but if they are of any significance, would suggest a relatively short
incubation period for the eggs. These stems were collected when only wilted
and confined in a container for several days. When removed they were badly
moulded, but the eggs were uninjured.
The newly hatched nymphs were placed in small glass cages in the open.
September 20 two nymphs were found in a crab-grass cage, one still in the
first stadium and the other in the act of molting. The first one was placed
in a cage of orchard grass and was never seen again. The second one and its
molted skin were preserved in alcohol. This specimen had a first stadium
of six weeks. The total loss of this material was due, in part at least, to the
experimental stage of rearing technique. No digging has been done for
nymphs of Tibicen vitripennis (Say). An interesting question arises in con-
nection with the nymphs hatching in cultivated fields. Do they all perish or
are the}^, in nature, able to subsist on annuals?
Tibicen bifida (Davis).
Adult. Tibicen bifida (Davis) is a brown and black cicada of medium
size. A very striking character is the pruinose markings of the body, espe-
cially a dorso-median line extending the whole length of the insect. The
opercula of the males are long and sharply pointed.
DiSTRiBVTioN. This species is confined to the western part of the state.
The hills about Mr. Steele's ranch in Scott county fairly echoed with the songs
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 213
of the males in 1925. Semidesert, prairie hills, with very little vegetation ex-
cept sage brush and scattered yucca plants, form the habitat. (PI. XXVIII,
Fig. 1.) It makes its presence known by the piercing song of the males and
can easily be traced down and collected with a net. The species is active dur-
ing the heat of the day, but early in the morning and late in the afternoon
it becomes sluggish, and is more easily taken. Although the females were
observed ovipositing, and photographs were made, they could not be carried
about while at work as could specimens of Melampsalta and Proama.
Emergence. Tibicen bifida (Davis) is classed as an early species. It is out
m June and gone by the last of July or the first of August.
OviPOSiTiON. Adults of this species have not been confined for observation,
and the individuals are so waiy that detailed study could not be made in the
field. Females have been observed ovipositing in dead yucca stalks, and
hundreds of nests so placed have been taken. (PI. XXXIV, Fig. 4.) They
are often arranged in rows which tend to wind around the stem to avoid
branches. They may, however, be placed at random on the stalk. The nests
are closed with secretions. One female spent ten minutes filling and closing a
single nest, using care to pat the torn tissues into place before leaving to
make a new one. The nests are not conspicuous, yet may be found readily
if the stalk is examined. Dead yucca fruiting stalks, preferably more than a
year old, are commonly used. Very rarely a few nests are placed in a green
stem. Four eggs are placed in a nest, usually the first one alone in the bottom
of the nest, the next two crowded very closely together and overlapping each
other and the two end eggs, the fourth extending nearly to the opening.
They are white when laid, and about the same size as those of Tibicen aurifera
(Say). After red e^'espots appear the entire egg becomes pink. Eggs laid
before June 18 showed red eyespots August 3, and August 7 some of the eggs
were pink, while othere w^ere still white. August 10 cast postnatal skins were
found about the nest opening of some stems which had been out of doors, but
no nymphs were hatched in the laboratory until September 13. The hatch
appeared to be complete by September 27. These data give a range of six
weeks from the time of the first hatching to the last. The variation is prob-
ably due to differences in time of oviposition. The egg stage appears to be
approximately three months. Eggs collected in August of 1926 were not
brought into the laboratory until the 24th of this month, and no evidence of
eggs having hatched was observed. In three days, September 3-5 inclusive,
445 nymphs emerged from a large handful of stems.
In the summer of 1925 some newty emerged nymphs were put into small
glass-sided cages, and others were allowed to hatch naturally over large pots
in the open. Sixteen nymphs were placed in a small cage of Panicum virgatum
on September 17. The grass had been transialanted in June and apparently
started growing nicely. One of these formed a cell against the glass with a
new, white root running through it. and remained there clearly visible through
the glass for manj- days. By October 1 its abdomen was much distended.
Later the grass died, however, and when food ceased the nymph dug out of
sight. When the cage was opened, October 26. only two live specimens were
found. These were transferred to another cage and disappeared.
Interesting observations were made of another nymph. When first observed
it appeared to be feeling the sides of the cell with its antennae and front
14—3341
214 The University Science Bulletin.
claws. When it struck a root running through the cell, it clawed repeatedly,
then appeared to insert its beak with difficulty. The middle and hind pairs
of legs were raised to the back or sides of the cell, and the nymph gave every
evidence of pushing. After inserting the beak, it remained very quiet for a
considerable time feeding.
Others were placed in a cage of newly transplanted grass. When they were
examined two or three weeks later they appeared no larger than when hatched.
There was a marked difference in size between these and nymphs transplanted
at the same time in cages of grass which had been growing. Nymphs appear
to be unable to obtain nourishment from newly transplanted grass.
Of those which hatched over pots in the garden little is known. No con-
jecture can be made as to the probable number which emerged. An examina-
tion of the soil in these was made May 27 of the next year. The first pot ex-
amined contained wheat, yucca and Panicum virgatum as hosts. At this time
the wheat had a nice root mass extending four to five inches in all directions,
but at the time the nymphs entered the groimd the roots must have been much
fewer in number. The yucca had only a few large, short roots. There is no
evidence that one of these would not have furnished food for a nymph if it
had had the good fortune to find it, but the per cent which would find them
would certainly be very low. The panicum showed only a few sprays above the
surface, but had formed a mass of roots both large and small on one side ex-
tending to and covering the bottom of the pot. Just how much of this root
mass was formed before the emergence of the nymphs it is impossible to say.
The search for nymphs was made chiefly on the sides of the pot where wheat
and yucca had been growing, although it extended some into the iianicum
roots. One nymph was foimd at the bottom of the pot on the grass roots. It
was considerably enlarged, but had not molted. Further examination was not
made because of the danger of destroying individuals which might be over-
looked. This nymph was placed in a small glass-sided cage. June 4 one claw
was found in a run that some tiny brown ants had made in the cage. Since
the dirt was not all examined, and eggs were hatched over three large pots, it
seems probable that data will yet be obtained from them. The information
gained thus far indicates that at least some of the nymjihs of Tibicen bifida
(Davis) overwinter in the first stadium.
The nymphs hatched in September, 1926, were placed in a large cage of
Panicum virgatum which had been growing since May, 1926. During the hatch-
ing period this cage was left lying on its side. The top glass was removed and
the nymphs allowed to fall on the dirt above the roots. When opened and ex-
amined on February 3, 1927, one second-instar Tibicen bifida (Davis) was
found with its cell constiaicted against the glass. It seems probable that the
more rajiid development in this cage than in the pot described above was due
to the food svipply, although differences in hatching time might also have in-
fluenced the development.
Considerable digging has been done in the field in the hope of finding
n>-miihs. Fxcavations were made about and beneath yucca plants whose fruit-
ing stalks showed old oviposition marks, but only a very few nymphs were
found in all the trials. These have the typical wrinkled appearance of a
Tibicen and can be told readily from the nymphs of the other two genera oc-
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.^. 215
curring in this locality. An attempt was made to rear the material collected
and it has either been lost through death of the individual or is still in the live
cages.
Tibicen marginalis (Walk.).
Adult. Tibicen marginalis (Walk.) is one of the largest of the Kansas cica-
das. It measures from 36 to 39 mm. in length. In color the species is greenish
and black or greenish yellow and black.
Distribution and Habitat. This species occurs in the eastern third of the
state. It is most commonly found in groves of willow or cottonwood along
streams, although may be heard in other trees. A special study of this species
has been made in a grove of birch on the farm of Mr. Wm. Payne, four miles
northeast of Oswego, Kan., where large broods occun-ed in 1923 and 1926.
Beh.wior. The specimens are located by the continuous Z'wp, Z'we, of the
males. In the warmer parts of the day the adults are active and fairly difficult
to take with a net unless the trees are low. The males are the most persistent
and prolonged singers of any of the Kansas species. Their song begins as soon
as the sun wamis them in the morning and continues far into the night. Speci-
mens have been heard as late as 1:30 o'clock in the morning. As the tempera-
ture is reduced with deepening night, the time of the song becomes slower.
Just how long one male will sing continuously is not definitely known, but it
is many times longer than for most of the other species.
Emergence. Occasional specimens have been heard as early as June, and
a lone male has usualh' sounded the last cicada note heard in the fall. In 1926
one was heard October 17. The largest numbers occur, however, in July and
August.
Mating and Oviposition. Specimens have been observed in copula both in
captivity and in nature. They remain either side by side or end to end. One
pair mating in the toij of a willow tree, perhaps twenty feet from the ground,
was dislodged in an attempt to capture them. They fell striking the tree sev-
eral times in their fall, but were not separated.
The female oviposits both in green and dead tissue and in a number of hosts.
(PI. XXXI, Fig. 7.) In Payne's pasture, in Cherokee county, birch is fa-
vored. Usually green twigs are chosen. These are often so cut by the ovi-
positor that they die. (PI. XXXII, Fig. 1.) The corky bark of the trunks of
willow is also used.
Nests. The nests in green tissue are placed in one or two rows along the
twigs, often slightly winding around the limb. If two rows are made the
second nest is placed to one side and a little in advance of the first. Having
filled the nest with eggs, the female forces the ovipositor deeply into the
tissues just in front of the last egg thus raising the shreds up across the
opening. She then e.xudes a secretioA into the nest, which cements the im-
provised door in place.
Eggs. The eggs are pearly white, pointed at either end, 2.25 mm. in length
and 0.5 mm. in width. The number of eggs in a nest varies from three to
seventeen. The nature of the host used probably accounts, in part, at least,
for the number of eggs placed in each nest.
Eggs collected in 1925 and kept suspended in the open until the following
June showed red eyespots June 10, and hatching began June 15. A few nests
216 The University Science Bulletin.
of these were laid in birch in Cherokee covmty and collected August 13; the
rest were taken in Douglas county. These were in willow. The hatch ap-
peared to be complete July 8. These data would give a period of at least ten
and a half months for the egg stage and a little over three weeks for the
hatching period.
P.AR.'VSiTES. The eggs of Tibicen marginalis (Walk.) are sometimes para-
sitized by a small braconid which Mr. S. A. Rohwer, of the United States
National Museum, has identified as a new species belonging to the genus
Hctcrospilus. There is but one parasite to a nest of eggs. At maturity the
grub rests in the otherwise empty nest throughout the winter. As the season
for the appearance of the next brood of cicades approaches, the larvae pupate
and in a few days emerge as tiny reddish-brown braconids.
Xymphs. Of the nymphs hatched in the laboratory, 51 were transferred
to a small cage of orchard grass, 58 to another small cage, and 186 to a large
cage of Sorgha.strum nutans. During a part of the hatching period the stems
containing nests were placed over a large pot of willow and cottonwood trees
in the open. The nymphs in the small cages had all disappeared when exami-
nation was made October 10. This loss has been considered to be due to ants
and other predacious enemies. One limb of birch, particularly well filled with
eggs, was placed over a cage in the open for a few days during the hatch.
When examined again man.y small, brown ants were found crawling about the
dead stem. They did not appear to have molested the eggs in the nests. As
there was nothing else to attract them, they evidently were capturing the
nymphs as they emerged. Although such a condition left unchanged would
have been disastrous to the nymphs from this series of nests, such a circum-
stance doubtless is exceedingly rare in nature because of the habit of the
females of placing them so far from the ground and scattered about in rel-
atively small series. An examination of the soil in the large cage February
3. 1927, showed three nymphs, one of the second instar and two of the third
with cells built against the glass. These were not disturbed, and extensive
examination was not made because of the fear of overlooking and thus
injuring the tiny nymphs. The sod in the cage wa.s removed from the locality
northwest of Midland where Tibicen aurifera (Say) is found and might have
contained two nymjihs of this species, which would account for the two third-
instar nymphs near the glass. Otherwise they must be Tibicen marginali!^
(Walk.), which have molted twice since hatching in June. They were quite
small for this instar.
Large amounts of soil were examined in the birch grove referred to in an
atJemjit to find the nvmphs, but none was obtained. This was thought to be
due to the immense number of trees in the locality comjiared to the nuuiber of
cicadas. Excavations near a large, solitary cottonwood tree in a pasture in
Cherokee county where Tibicen marginalis (Walk.) predominated, yielded
four fifth-instar n.ymi>hs of a Tibicen which was thought to be niaryinalis
(Walk.). The^se nymphs occurred in cells fron:i Unw to twelve inches beneath
the surface. Three of these were pickled for study, and the fourth was trans-
ported 150 miles in a mud cell to the laboratory. When placed in a large cage
of willow it formed a new cell and ajipearcd to be unharmed by the experience.
Examinations of this cage February 3, 1927, revealed the nymph apparently
m good condition in a large burrow near the bottom of the cage.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 217
Tibicen dcalbata (Davis).
Adult. Tibicen dealbata (Davis) was first described as a mountain variety
of Tibicen marginalia (Walk.), then later was made a separate species. It
differs from this species in having a shorter distance between the eyes and in
having greater numbers of pruinose markings.
Distribution and H.\bitat. This species is found over the western two-
thirds of the state. It practically always occurs in tlie trees along the water-
coui-ses, willow and cottonwood being prefened.
Behavior. While Tibicen dealbata (Davis) occurs west of Tibicen margi-
valis (Walk.), and its emergence time is a little shorter (perhaps due to higher
altitude), no difference has yet been detected in the behavior of the two. The
song sounds identical, the habits of singing are the same, the nests of one
might be mistaken for those of the other, the same types of hosts are used,
and the time and method of hatching and the appearance of the eggs and
nymphs are identical.
Emergence. Near Mr. Steele's ranch in western Kansas a fairly large brood
emerged late in June and was practically all gone by the middle of August.
It is known, however, that some individual.-^ of this species are out as late as
the first of September. While the adults have been collected and their song
has been recorded in many localities throughout western Kansas and eastern
Colorado, only this one location has been found which combined accessible
habitat and a brood of sufficient size to make .^tudy feasible.
Along the nortli side of the ford across Beaver creek two miles north of
Mr. Steele's ranch, in the southern edge of Logan coimty, a large brood of
Tibicen dealbata (Davis) was found in June, 1925. These were emerging from
the sandy soil under a thicket of small cottonwoods and willow near the creek.
Their emergence holes show^ed very plainly, smooth and faiil>' lound. The
edges were flush with the siuToimding surface. On June 22, when they were
first obser\'ed. they were not singing and appeared to have emerged recently.
On June 26 the males were singing, but no eggs were foimd. This locality
was visited again August 13. Only a few adults were left, but the trees,
especially the cottonwoods, were spotted with small patches of brown leaves.
These dead leaves were due to the stunting of the twigs by the oviposition
of the females. Small green twigs about the diameter of a lead pencil were
chosen. The female, standing with her head toward the tip of the limb,
makes a nest of about eight eggs placed in two rows, then moves a little to one
side and out and repeats the process. (PI. XXXI, Fig. 6.) When the eggs
have been deposited, she forces her ovipositor deeply into the tissue in front
of the nest and cements the shreds across the nest opening exactly as described
for Tibicen marginalis (Walk.). (PI. XXXIV, Fig. 3.) So close are her nests
and so ragged the openings that the outer tissues of a limb may be in shreds
for six inches and around half of its circumference. This type of oviposition
often weakens the twig until the wind breaks it off. Even where not broken
the twig may be sufficiently stunted to cause the loss of leaves, and may even
die. Usually where larger twigs are used the limb is scarred, but no further
damage is done.
Eggs. The eggs are pearly white, 2.25 mm. in length and 0.5 mm. in width.
They are deposited throughout the summer months and hatch the next June.
218 The University Science Bulletin.
The eggs collected in August, 1925, were suspended in trees in the open. On
June 8, 1926, no eyespots were visible, but on June 10, when they were placed
in trays in the laboratory, an extensive examination of many nests revealed
that some of the eggs in all the nests showed the eyespots, but not all of them
did. June 13 nymphs began emerging. Some of these nymphs were placed in
small cages; 312 were placed in a large, glass-sided cage of Sorghastnuii nutans,
and 287 were placed in a similar cage with willow as their host. All cages
were buried in the open June 20. The nests were then suspended over a large
pot of Cottonwood in the open. An examination June 29 showed the hatch
practically complete. Two nymphs emerged in a tray on that day. The above
data gives an incubation period of at least ten months and a hatching period
of sixteen days.
Nymphs. An excellent opportunity to study the behavior of the nymphs
was afforded by the small cages. One nymph was observed feeding a few
hours after emerging. Unlike others observed, this one had its head bent back
at a considerable angle, and the beak was still practically straight. This ob-
servation offered the suggestion that perhaps the beak at first is bent slowly,
and even with some effort. When it is completely bent, however, it remains
always so. Xo nymph has been observed, after the first day or two in the
soil, which did not have its beak placed almost at a right angle to the body.
The nymphs in the small cages appeared to thrive until placed in the open.
When examined October 10, however, no trace was found of any of them.
The large cages were examined February 3, 1927. The willow trees had died
leaving all the 287 nymphs to die. The grass, however, was in good condition.
No nymphs were seen against the glass as were observed in the case of Tibicen
marginolis (Walk.) and T'ibicen bifida (Davis), and an extensive search was
not made because of the danger of injuring those that might have survived.
Attempts to secure nymphs by digging in the Logan county locality were
made on two occasions. Each time a few were found, but the series is still in-
complete. In August, 1926, several nymphs were transported in mud cells by
automobile to the laboratory. Two days' delay in transit necessitated the
nymphs being so confined for three days. When removed, they all appeared
dead. They were placed in an empty tray which was covered with a damp
cloth and left over night. In the morning several of the nymphs were crawling
about. Two fourth- and fifth-instar nymphs thus revived were transferred to
artificial cells with roots running through them in a large cage containing
willow. Six days later well formed cells could be seen where three of these had
been placed. These were again examined Febraury 4, 1927, and found to be
in good condition.
Tibicen dorsata (Say) .
Adults. Tibicen dorsata (Say) is a large brown and black cicada with very
conspicuous white pruinose spots. It is close to Tibicen marginalis (Walk.) and
Tibicen dealbata (Davis) as to size, but may be separated from them by having
the fore wings with cross veins between R3 and R. . and between the latter and
Ml, distinctly darkened.
Distribution and H.abitat. This is one of the commonest Kansas cicadas
and occurs in all parts of the state. Unlike Tibicen -pruinosa (Say), it does
not prefer trees, and therefore is not so common about the cities and towns. It
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cic.adid.e. 219
is a lover of the wide open places, and, although it does not disdain to rest in
a tree if there are trees about, it much prefers the open fields, even cultivated
ones, and prairie land. It is veiy noticeable, in localities where this species
occurs with Tibicen dealbata (Davis), that it is to be found out in the open
perched on a briar, or even grass stems, perhaps not a foot above the ground,
while dealbata will almost always be found in the larger trees of that locality.
Behavior. The adults are easily located by the songs of the males. During
the heat of the day, especially at the first of the season, the species is wild.
All the cunning of a wild-game hunter is required, and then one must be quick
to strike and sure of aim to take them. This species, when it has been struck
at with a net and missed, has the habit of flying up an angle of about 45 degrees
and going usually out of sight. If perchance the specimen does not go out of
range of the eye, it will appear to fall almost straight down when coming to
earth and will alight immediately.
The song of the male is coarse and loud but not prolonged. As has al-
ready been stated, it sounds not unlike the distant hum of a mowing machine
or certain tj'pe of tractor. Not a few females have been collected from the
cab of a Fordson tractor while plowing. The females would fly about the
engine and finally alight on it as it moved along. This species occurs so
generally that it is difficult to find it plentiful enough to get much data. To
render nymphs available by digging, a species must be localized in large num-
bers, and such a brood of Tibicen dorsata (Say) so far has not been found.
Emergence. This species appears in June and is pretty well gone by Sep-
tember, although occasional specimens are found throughout this month. Per-
haps the purest and one of the largest broods was studied in July, 1925, near
St. Francis, Kan. Adults were out in large numbers July 3 in a large pasture
covered witli sagebrush, .\ugust 23 the adults were gone entirely. A bundle
of stems of sagebrush bearing nests was collected at this time. Although the
brood had disappeared so earl> in this locality in the extreme western part of
the state, specimens were observed in eastern Kansas the same year until
September 10, and in 1926 they were kept alive in outdoor cages until Sep-
tember 30.
Feedixg. When furnished with the proper food this species will live, ap-
parently happy, for several weeks in captivity, whereas, if confined without
food the specimens die in a short time. Adults begin to feed within a few
seconds after being placed in a live cage, and have been observed to feed
frequently throughout confinement.
M.^TiNG. Matings were obsen-ed both in captivity and in the field. It is
as has been described in other species. They may be end to end or side by side.
Probably the latter is the normal way, and it is only by being disturbed that
they change.
OviPosiTiON. (PI. XXXI, Fig. 5.) The female oviposits in anything that
is at hand. Green tissue or dead is used without preference. Nests collected
near St. Francis, Kan., from sage brush were mostl}- placed in dead stems.
Large numbers of nests were also made in captivity. Perhaps most of these
were in green tissue, although dead twigs were provided so the females could
have their choice. The nests in green material resembles those of Tibicen
marginalis (Walk.) as to aiTangement and appearance. In dead material they
may be scattered about or in single rows.. This is governed somewhat by the
220 The University Science Bulletin.
size of the material used. If it is a large stem the nest^s may be scattered,
while if it is a small twig they are usually in a single row.
The number of eggs in each nest varies according to the kind of material
in which the nests are placed. In soft material, either dead or green, the
number varies from twelve to fifteen to the nest, while in hard wood the
number varies from three to five, with a preference for three. After the last egg
is laid the female cuts a few shreds of material from the hmb by inserting the
ovipositor at the end of the last egg, and cements them in place, thus very
effectually closing the nest. This is done in either dead or green tissue.
Eggs. The eggs are spindle shaped, a little more pointed at one end than
at the other. T'hese, as other cicada eggs, are often distorted in shape to con-
form to the chamber in which they are placed. They measure 2.75 mm. in
length and 0.5 mm. in width, and are pearly white in color.
The eggs collected in August, 1925, were suspended in the open until June,
1926. June 10, red eyespots appeared,' and June 12 an examination revealed
some empty shells. June 13 the first nymphs emerged in the laboratory. The
hatch appeared to be complete by June 29. This indicates that Tibicen dorsata
(Say) has an egg stage of about ten months and a hatching period of a little
over two weeks.
Fifty-two of the newly emerged nymphs were placed in small glass cages
and seventy-seven were transferred to a large cage of Sorghastrum nutans. As
with the other small cages of newly emerged nymphs, so Tibicen dorsata (Say)
nymphs disappeared completely in a few weeks after having been placed in the
open. The large cages were examined superficially February 3, 1927. The
grass was in good condition. No nymphs were obseived, but extensive search
was not made through the soil.
Extensive excavations in the sagebrush locality failed to reveal a single
nymph. Cast skins could be found on the ground about the bushes, and old
ovipositor marks were located, but the nymphs were apparently so evenly
distributed over so large a territory that they could not be located with a
reasonable amount of work. The sandy nature of the soil would render the
tiny nymphs almost indistinguishable, thus adding to the difficulty of finding
them.
Better success was enjoyed in a sumac thicket in a pasture on Mr. Al
Smith's place, three miles west of Lawrence. Kan. Tibicen dorsata (Say)
adults had been taken there in sufficient numbers to suggest the possibility
of finding the nymphs. Exca\'ations near old shrubs yielded a fair number of
individuals on the first attempt. Occurring with these, however, were nymphs of
Tibicen aurifera (Say). The fifth-instar nymphs could readily be distinguished,
but the smaller ones required more study. Some of these nymphs were pre-
served for laboratory work, and others were transplanted in small glass cages.
When a second attempt was made to collect material it was discovered that
sheep had eaten the sumacs and other shrubs so completely that it was im-
possible to recognize where the first digging had been done. This attempt
yielded very little material. Thus, while it has been demonstrated that the
nymphs feed on perennial roots in cells from three inches to twelve inches
beneath the surface, and that they will live on grass roots in small cages, no
data have been obtained on the probable length of the life cycle. The series
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 221
of nymphs is not complete. They do add their bit of proof to the supposition
that the nymphs of the different species within a genus are confusingly alike.
This is not surprising when one considers that many of the adults are classified
by size and color, characteristics which are not satisfactory with the nymphs.
Tibicen pruinosa (Say).
Adult. While Tibicen pruinosa (Say) is perhaps the best known cicada in
Kansas, little information has yet been gathered on its life history. It occurs
every year through several months in almost every grove in the state. Es-
pecially does it predominate in cities and towns. Even in a locahty where
other species, such as Cicada hieroglyhica Say or Tibicen marginalis (Walk.),
have been found in large broods in the woods surrounding the towns, the lazy
"Za-wie, Za-wie'' of Tibicen pruinosa (Say) is the song that lulls the inhabi-
tants of the city to peaceful reverie or imtates them to murderous thoughts,
according to the particular disposition of the listener. The nearest approach to
a brood of this species which has yet been observed was found in September,
1926, in an apple orchard near Waverly, Kan. No opportunity was offered,
however, for an extensive study of this brood. Adults have been collected
in Cherokee county and in Douglas countj' and their behavior studied in live
cages. (PI. XXXIV, Fig. 5.)
Habit.^t. As has been suggested, it is essentially a tree-loving species, and
the adults are located by the singing of the males. Live specimens are col-
lected by means of the long-handled net referred to previously. The females
are located by scanning the surfaces of the limbs and trunks of the trees. They
are so nearly the color of the host that some practice is necessary to enable one
to see a very large per cent of those actually present. If the trees are small
and the grove not too dense, specimens which escape may often be followed
to their new position. In groves of large trees they have a disheartening
tendency to fly to a higher perch when disturbed.
Emergence. The largest numbers emerge at night, although it is not un-
common to find nymphs crawling about in the daytime in search of a desirable
spot for transformation, or to find specimens in some stage of this process dur-
ing the day. Often one is found which has been fatally injured but is still
alive and soft, showing that its emergence had been started in the daytime.
On August 29, 1926, about a quart of cast skins were collected near the
sidewalk along a half dozen city blocks with the idea of obtaining any in-
formation these might oflfer. Some of them were on the ground at the base of
the trees, others were on grass blades or weeds near the base, a much larger
number, however, had found the trimks of the trees and crawled up. Skins
could be seen 20 feet from the ground. No data have been obtained as to how
high some had gone.
At 5 p. m. a nymph was found about five feet from the ground, crawling
slowly up the trunk of an elm tree. It was removed to the arm of the col-
lector where it continued its crawling while the observer walked two blocks.
It crawled in an upward direction. At the laboratory it was removed to an elm
limb an inch and a half in diameter and two and a half feet long. When
moved from one place to another with the hands it immediately resumed its
climbing upon being released. When it reached the top of the limb the limb
222 The University Science Bulletin.
was inverted, and it turned around and began ascending it immediately..
About halfway to the top it stopped and carefully lifted and placed each pair
of legs on the bark. No estimate could be made as to how far the emergence
hole was from the base of the tree where it was found, but it was estimated that
the nymph had crawled about twelve feet after reaching it, and had spent over
one-half horn- doing so. Having placed its legs satisfactorily, the claws of
the middle pair firmly imbedded in the bark, the nymph rubbed its face and
antennae repeatedly with its front claws. Then it stood quite still for a
moment and again rubbed the front legs carefully over the head. It finally
came to rest with the front claws suspended in the air. At 5:50 the skin burst
slowly in a dorso-median line the length of the mesothorax. In three minutes-
the slit extended to the frontal suture, whence it cjuickly opened crosswise to
the antennae, at the same time extending backward to the first abdominal .seg-
ment. During this splitting of the skin no motion could be detected, but upon
its completion a rolling motion within the body began. By 5:55 the body was
bulging visibly through the opening. Four minutes later slight quivers were
noticed in the mesothorax every few seconds. By 6 the head had slipped clear
of the skin and the quiverings were more frequent. At 6:02 the first segment
of the front legs was clear of the skin and the crumpled wings were emerging.
At 6:05 the second joint of the front legs had appeared and only the tips of the
wings were holding in the skin. The wings were very light green, orange
and white mottled. At 6:08 the wings were free and the legs practically so.
At 6:09 the wings were held horizontal to the body. The body was extended
at right angles to the shell, ventral side up. The body cjuivered again two or
three times. At 6:11 it folded its tarsi a little. By 6:13 the abdomen was
still holding but the feet were all free, and the mouth parts, which had been
separated, all came together again in a normal position. At 6:14 the wings were
expanding slightly; the hairs on the tibia had become black; the tarsi were
orange and the remaining portions of the legs green. At 6:18 the wings ap-
peared mostly light green, the body bent down from the horizontal at about a
60-degree angle. At 6:23 the hind pair of legs moved a little and came to rest
at right angles to the body. At 6:28 it raised the body up, caught hold of
the exuvium with all legs, and began to move the wings, which were enlarg-
ing rapidly. At 6:29 the abdomen was freed from the now empty shell. The
genitalia (male) were protruding out and back. The wings were nearly one
inch long, with the veins green. At 6:33 the left wing was enlarged noticeably
more than the right. This was thought to be due passibly to the current of air
on the left side caused b3r the explosion of flash-light powder. The wings were
milkly to clear. At 6:38 it moved to the left side of the shell and off on to
the limb. The wings were nearly full length, the genitalia still protruding.
At 6:42 it moved the legs a little; at 6:48 the wings were much clearer but
still held flat, the veins light green. At 8:50 the cicada had crawled to the top
of the limb. The wings were held rooflike, the color markings pale, the body
soft, the genitalia not entirely retracted. The following morning the cicada
appeared a normal, mature male. He was placed in a live cage where he was
later observed singing and feeding.
The above is the only emergence which has been observed in such detail and
timed as closely, but it is considered to be essentially characteristic of the vari-
ous species. In all cases it appears to be the claws of the middle pairs of legs
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 223
which hold the cicada while emergence if effected. The front pair of legs are
left free to assist in freeing the loosening skin from the delicate structure of the
anterior part of the body.
Tibicen pruinosa (Say), like those already described, feeds on any conven-
ient host at all hours of the day.
Numerous matings were observed in captivity. The process requires from a
few minutes to one and a half hours. More than one male may mate with the
same female. It was interesting to note that the variety julva Beamer, which
has been found in Cherokee county only, intermates with Tibicen pruino'sa
(Say) without discrimination. Dark males with light females, dark females
with light males, light males and females, and dark males and females have all
been observed mating in the same cage. Other males in a cage become greatly
excited and sing lustily when a pair is in copula.
OviPOSiTioN. In most of the cases of oviposition which have been observed
in the field the female was using the corky bark of the trunks or the large
limbs of live trees. In cages where the live host is small green twigs ovi-
position has always been in dead limbs placed in the cage for that purpose.
No nests have been found in small green limbs. They are placed at random.
The external appearance is similar to the hole made by inserting a pin into the
bark. Observations would tend to show a preference of the females in nature
for relaliv(>]y low positions on the trunks of large trees. Very often nests are
placed no higher than on a level with one's e.yes. The females can often be
observed at short range in the fie^ld, although they are more wary than some of
the smaller species.
Tibicen auletes (Germar).
Adult. Tibicen auletes (Germar) is the largest species of cicada known to
occur in Kansas. It measures 40-42 mm. in length. In color it is greenish
brown and black. Newly emerged specimens are almost entirely covered with
pruinosit}'.
Distribution and H.\bit.\t. This species occurs ])ractical]y all over eastern
Kansas. It is, as a rule, not an abundant species. A male may be heard sing-
ing almost any day, but very rarely does one hear many. A rocky draw run-
ning east from Lj'ons creek just east of Woodbine, Kan., is the only locality
where a brood has been located. There, in 1923, a large brood of this species
was found. This locality has been visited each year since in the hope of
obtaining data on the length of the life history of this species. In 1924 there
appeared to be almost as many specimens out as in 1923, but none were found
in 1925, and only an occasional one in 1926.
Tibicen auletes (Germar) is easily detected by the song of the male which,
at least in this region, is loud and harsh. The song begins slowly, gradually
increasing to a crescendo and then subsides. It is represented by the following:
T - T - T - T-T-T-d-d-d-d-d-d-d-T-T-T. The T is repeated slowly and the d
quite rapidly with a crescendo in the middle. The noise is fairly deafening
during the hours when a large brood sings. Greater numbers sing from 9 to 11
a. m. and from 2 to 5 p. m.
Rocky ra\-ines and hillsides covered with oak trees, Qucrcus stcllata, etc., are
preferred habitats. The adults are not unusually wild, and if the trees are
short the specimens may be taken easily with a net.
224 • The University Science Bulletin.
OviposiTioN. The females, in all cases observed, were ovipositing in the
dead limbs of the oak trees which thej^ frequent. The limbs used were about
three-quarters of an inch in diameter and had been dead for some time. The
nests are not placed in any regular manner. They were usually on the under
surface of the twig and very hard to locate if the female was not present, as the
opening appears about as any other abrasion of dead bark. Oviposition occurs
in August and September.
No rearings have been attempted on this species. Material has been too
scarce the past two years to secure eggs and thus begin rearings, and the habitat
in which this species delights is so rocky that digging for nymphs in the field is
practically impossible.
Tibicen chloromera (Walk.).
Adult. Tibicen chloromera (Walk.) is a medium-sized cicada, almost black
in color. It may be separated from Tibicen lyricen (DeGeer), which it closely
resembles, by its veiy long opercula and by the white color of the venter.
Distribution and H.abitat. This species is confined to the southeastern
portion of the state, having been collected in various parts of Cherokee county,
but studied in detail only in a birch thicket about four miles northwest of
Hallowell, on the farm of Mr. Wm. Payne. Here a large brood was observed
in 1923, and many specimens were taken. Comparatively few individuals oc-
curred in 1924 and 1925. but in the summer of 1926 another large brood oc-
curred. This locality was visited August 26, and again the second week in
September. In the early morning the woods rang with their song, but by 10
o'clock it had subsided, and throughout the remainder of the day only an oc-
casional individual was heard. One might have spent considerable time in the
woods in the afternoon without being aware of the presence of this species, al-
though males of Tibicen marginalis (Walk.) and Tibicen pruinosa (Say) sang
in great numbers throughout the day.
A few specimens of this species ha\-e been heard singing in July, but the
greatest numbers occur from the latter part of August till the middle of Sep-
tember. Males confined in cages sing, but not as frequently and persistently
as those of the other species studied at the same time.
Feeding. Adults have been obsened feeding on birch, maple and apple,
all hosts on which specimens have been caged. They feed freely and often,
as do the other species.
Mating. Matings were observed frequenth' in cujjtivity. A pair remains
in copula for from one-half hour to over an hour. Several specimens were
confined for se\eral liours in a large pasteboard box with specimens of other
species during their transportation from Cherokee county to Lawrence, Kan.
When they were removed to li\-e cages after the trip, a female Tibicen
chloromera (Walk.) was found in copula with a male Tibicen pruinosa (Say).
Oviposition. One female was observed in the open making a nest in a green
birch limb le.ss than one-half inch in diameter. She made one nest and sealed
it carefully with a secretion, then began another nest, when a careless motion
frightened her away. She allowed the observers to bend the limb on which
she was working several feet nearer the ground and to watch her at a distance
of perhaps foiu- feet for several minutes. Another female observed in nature
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 225
was ovipositing in dead willow. She, too, was relatively gentle, allowing the
observers to approach to within a few feet of her. Several pairs were confined
in live cages over birch, maple and apple. In cages the females used dead
tissue exclusively for nidification. In all cases the nests were closed with se-
cretion.
The nests are placed irregularly. From the meager data obtained one
would infer that the females do not laj'^ as many eggs as in many other species;
or at least, if they do, that they scatter their nests far apart and oviposit
over relatively long periods of time. Very little external evidence is left when
the nest is completed. The external opening is entirely filled with a gluelike
substance appearing externally nuu-h as a bit of the gvmi which exudes from
a wound in a cherry or peach tree. Specimens of this species confined the
same length of time as other species laid far fewer nests.
From nine to eleven eggs are placed in a nest. They are arranged in two
rows similar to those of Tibicen mirifera (Say), etc. (PI. XXXI, Fig. 3.) The
nests are very close to the surface of the twig, and the last egg in a great
many cases extends almost flush with the bark. (PI. XXXVIII, Fig. 5.)
The eggs are 2.33 mm. in length and about 0.5 mm. in width. Thej' are
white and of the same general shape as other cicada eggs. Xone have been
hatched in the laboratory.
Tibicen lyricen (DeGeer) .
Adult. Tibicen lyricen (DeGeer) is a medium-sized cicada, black in general
color with some brown markings. It resembles veiy closely Tibicen chloromera
(Walk.), from which it may be easily recognized by the smaller and more
sharply pointed opercula.
Distribution. This species seems to be fairly well di.'^tributed over the
eastern half of the state. Only occasionally does it occm* in fairly large broods
in any one locality. It is usually represented by a few sjiecimens in almost
all woodland.
IIahit.at .AiND Beh.-wiou. This species is fond of trees, the larger the better.
It is onlj^ where the forests are low that one may take the species easily with
a net. The adults are readily located by the songs of the males. These are
of short diu'ation and characteristic of the species. They resemble .somewhat
those of Tibicen chloromera (Walk.) but do not ha\e tlie crescendo of the
latter species.
Emergence. Tibicen lyricen (DeGeer) has been collected from July 13 to
September 18. The greatest numbers occur in August. One locality about
five miles south of Garnett, Kan., where a large brood of this species appeared
in 1923, has been under observation each year since. This place is a north
slope too poor to support but a very meager ^■egetation. Persimmon trees
growing there are not much over the height of an ordinary man, and other
vegetation in proportion. This made an ideal location to observe the adults,
and it was here that the females were obseiTed in o\iposition. Small dead
persimmon twigs were chosen, smaller than a lead pencil. When the nest was
completed the opening was filled with secretion and the torn shreds of the host
so well replaced that it was next to impossible to find the nest after the female
had gone.
226 The University Science Bulletin.
OviPosiTiON AND Nests. The nests occur singly scattered over the twigs.
They may be placed either in dead or li\-e tissue. As was pubhshed in Annals
of Ent. Soc. of Am., Vol. XVIII, pp. 479-482, the nests differ from other
species in that one, two or three nests may be made from one external
opening. The nests may all be in the same general plane, radiating from a
common center, or one may be below the others.
Eggs. There are from six to twelve eggs in a nest, placed in the regular
order and of about the regular size. No data have been secured recently on
this species, as it has not ajii^eared in large numbers the past two seasons, and
attempts to dig for nymphs have resulted in failure.
Tibicen linnei (S. & G.).
Adi'lts. Tibicen linnei (S. & G.) resembles Tibicen pniinosa (Say) very
closely in general appearance, but the songs are markedly different. The
former is reputed to have a bend in the costal margin of the front wing, while
the latter has the costal margin an even curve. In reality specimens collected
and confined in live cages have shown the inaccuracy of separating them by
these characters alone. After a careful study of many specimens of both these
species the shape of the posterior end of the opercula seems the only in-
fallible character. (PI. XXX. Figs. 4, 5.) This is a character which is easily
seen, and proved constant for a great many specimens which had been killed
while singing.
Distribution .\nd H.abitat. This species occurs only in the northeastern
third of state. It lives in trees, the same as Tibicen pruinosa (Say), and
in this section is to be found closely associated with it.
Behavior. The males are located by the song. This sounds much as a
few bits of glass would if rattled in a tin box. The males have been observed
to crawl nervously about during the song, either backward or forward but
not going far in either direction.
Emergence. No large broods have been observed. During the fall of 1926
many hours were spent collecting live adults of both Tibicen linnei and prui-
nosa, for it was impossible to tell them apart even after they were taken. At
this time a stud}- of the distinguishing characters had not been made. At-
tempts to separate the two species by the curve of the wing resulted in failure.
Several specimens were isolated by this character for Tibicen linnei (S. & G.)
only to have the males, in practically every case, sing out in the approved song
of Tibicen pruinosa (Say). Specimens of Tibicen linnei were obtained, but in
no case where oviposition was obtained of isolated specimens did this individual
prove to be the desired one. Hope was held that if males could be located
by their song and placed in live cages with females of the two species their
mating would identify the females. However, since individuals of different
species have been known to mate, this does not offer an infallible proof. While
Tibicen linnei was heard singing almost daily for se\'eral weeks during the sum-
mer and fall of 1926, it did not occur in sufficient numbers to make extensive
study easy. Almost invariably the males which were singing could be traced
to a perch high above the reach of the longest net. and a( tempts to climb for
them resulted in frightening away the cicada, which flew high and far out of
sight.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 227
Magicicada se'ptendecim (Linn.).
Magicicada septendecim (Linn.) is not mentioned here with the hope or
thought of adding anything new to its Hfe history. It being the one species
whose hfe history has been recorded, has been used as a control. A brood has
not emerged in Kansas since the present work was started, and hence no com-
parison from first-hand data can be made on the adult behavior, the egg,
or first nymphal stages of the species with the others studied.
A locality covered with locust trees was found west and south of Lawrence
on the Wakarusa river where Dr. H. B. Hvmgerford had collected this species
in quantities in 1911. Digging in this locality yielded nymphs in unsuspected
numbera and gave an excellent opportunity for the study of nymphal behavior
in nature, and also ga\-e abundant material for laboratory experiments. It is
to be regretted that this rich field was not located sooner, so that the first
experiments with cages and hosts miiiht have been conducted with them.
Witli such experimentation much of the valuable material which was lost
migiit have been saved.
Only two broods of this species are recorded for Kansas each seventeen
yeai-s. These belong to Marlatt's broods Nos. 1 and 4. Brood No. 1 will
emerge in 1928, and brood No. 4 in 1930. Both broods were represented in
the material dug in this localitJ^ Individuals of brood No. 1 were in the fifth
stadium and were perhaps ten times as numerou? as those of brood No. 4.
which were in the fourth stadium. Considerable difference was noted in the
size of the individuals within the stadium. Some appeared just to have molted,
othei-s ai)peared to be mature. How much variation there may be in nymphs
which will emerge the same season cannot be given at this time. Considering
the probable presence of the variety cassinii (Fish.) with the seventeen-year,
one would exi)ect considerable difference in the nymph.'^. However, some ob-
servations have been made which .<how there are different aged specimens
present.
Early in the spring of 1926 many nymphs were preserved and several of
both instars were placed in li\-e cages. In June an adult was heard singing
in the trees near the laboratory, and a careful study was made of the locality
where digging had been done. Occasional emergence holes were observed; a
dozen skins could have been collected without difficulty; a male specimen of
■ cassinU (Fish.) was taken alive, still soft, and an occasional male could be
heard in the trees. There were too few, however, to obtain much data on
them. The male taken alive lived for two weeks and sang daily in a cage over
cherry. A number of other specimens were taken in \-arious localities scattered
over southeastern Kansas this same spring, and numerous others were heard
singing. Of the nymphs in live cages a large per cent of them lived, feeding
on grass roots, even though the cage was little thicker than the cell. Two of the
fourth-instar nymphs molted into fifth in captivity while the others remained
-in the fourth stadium, showing again that all would not emerge the same year.
228 The University Science Bulletin.
CONCLUSIONS.
From the data recorded in the preceding pages, it seems logical
to conclude:
1. Adult cicadas may be transported long distances and kept in
live cages for as long as three weeks, singing, mating and ovipositing
normally.
2. Adults feed frequently by sucking juices from living plants.
Neither nymphs nor adults are specific feeders.
3. Females of most species will oviposit in a wide variety of hosts,
but show a preference for certain types of material. The number of
eggs placed in each nest varies with the species and with the type of
material.
4. Females of most species -exude a gluelike secretion into the
nest before leaving it, and when this is done their eggs are not af-
fected by the withering of the host.
5. Eggs of different genera and species vary in appearance when
laid only as to size. During maturation the eggs of some turn pink,
while those of others remain white, the pink color persisting through
the first-instar nymphs only.
6. The eggs of all the genera except Tibicen hatch the same sea-
son they are laid. All the species of Tibicen except two overwinter
the first year in the egg stage — Tibicen bifida (Davis) and Tibicen
vitripennis (Say).
7. Temperature and moisture influence the time and rate of
hatching of the eggs.
8. For practical purposes the nymphs require soil to thrive.
9. Nymphs feed throughout the greater part of the year, at least,
and cannot subsist on annuals.
10. N3'mphs may be taken from the field, transported long dis-
tances in artificial cells and placed in cages, where they continue
development.
11. Nymphs remain in the same cell if the food is satisfactory,
but will burrow extensively if the host dies.
12. There are five instars, with no evidence of a pupal or resting
stage before emergence.
18. The number of segments of the tarsi change from two to one
and back to two again during nymphal life. The number of setae-
bearing spines on the apex of the tibiae also change.
14. Emergence is predicted by deepening of body color in many
cases, and always by darkening of eves from white to red or black.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.^. 229
15. The complete life cycle may be run in captivity.
16. All Kansas cicadas have a life history' covering several years.
That of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.), the smallest of our Kansas
cicadas, is completed in approximately four years.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
AsHTON, H. Notes on the "Hairy Cicada," Tetiigarcta crinitn. Proc. R. Soc.
Vict. Melbourne, pp. 238-239;' 1924.
Annandale. Malay method of attracting Dunduhia. P. Zool. Soc. London,
pp. 859-862; 1900.
Barber. The Eggs of Cicada lyricen. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., D. C, 210 f 2;
1913.
Beamer, R. H. Note.< on the oviposition of some Kansas Cicadas. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer., pp. 479-482; 1925.
Benham, W. B. Tr. N. Zealand Institute, XXXII, pp. 4-8, pi. I; 1900.
BiscoE. Abundant liquid discharge of Poecilopsaltrla sxihruja. J. Bombay Soc,
X., p. 535; 1896.
Clark, F. C. Song of cicada. Nat., 9:70; 1875.
Davis, Wm. T. Song of Cicada pruinosn. Ent. News, p. 458; 1910.
Distant, P. E. Soc. p]). ii, iii. Dunduhia sound organs. 1881.
Fabre, J. H. Habits of Mediterranean Cicadida;. Souvenirs, V, chaps. XIII-
XVII; 1897.
FROCG.^T. Habits of some Australian Cicadida;. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales,
pp. 526-532; 1895.
Gadd, G. Notice sin- les Cigales de la Crimec. Revue russe entomologie St.
Petersburg, 141-145; 1908.
Gird A La Cigale et d'autres Insects Attir's i)ar Certains bruits. Act. Soc.
Chili, V, pr. V, LXV and LXVI; 1895.
Hargitt Ch. AV. The digestive svstem of the periodical Cicada. Biol. Bull.,
Woods Hole, Mass., pp. 200-2i2; 1923.
Hasselt, a. W. M. Von. Stu(li<>s on the sound organs. Tijdsehc. Ent. XXV,
l)p. 179-212; 1882.
HiCKERNELL, L. M. The digestive svstem of the periodical Cicada. Biol.
Bull., Woods Hole, Ma.ss., pp. 213-221, 4 pi.; 1923.
HoRV.\TH and Abeille. Bull. Soc. Ant. France, pp. 170-171 ; 1896.
Imhof. Structure of the wings of Cicadidse. Zeitchr. Wis. Zool., LXXXIII,
pp. 211-223; 1905.
Jacobi, a. Ein Schrillapparat bei Singcicaden. Zool. Anz. Leipzig, pp. 67-71;
1907.
Jones. Shrill notes of Brazilian Cicadas. Naturalist (2) 9, pp. 129-130; 1884.
Krumb.^ch, T. Singcicaden im Roten Istrien. Zool. Anz. Leipzig. (1-11);
1919.
L.ATASTE, F. Mode of capturing Cicadas. Act. Soc. Chili, V, pp. 3-5; 1895.
Landois', H. Songs of Cicadas. Leipzig Verlagon von Wilhelm Engelman;
1867.'
Lawson, p. B. Cicadida? of Kansas. Kansas University Science Bull., vol.
XII, No. 2.
Lrcus. Cijlochiln auslralasioc Don., sound organs of. Tr. R. Soc. Vict. XXIII,
pp. 173-178; 1887.
Marshall. Senses and voices of .\frican Cicadida;. Entomologist, pp. 42-48;
1896.
230 The University Science Bulletin.
Matsumura. List of Japanese Cicadidse, with notes on voice, habits, etc.
Annot. Zool. Japan, II, pp. 1-20, pi. I; 1898.
McMahon. Sena qucerula in periodic swarms. P. Z. S., p. 147; 1910.
Meek. The mouth parts of Cicada and Hemiptera generally. Bull. Univ.
Kansas II, pp. 257-277, pis. VII-XI.
Melichan. Description of a Cicadid larva from Cameroon. Ergeb. Zweit.
Deutsch Zentral Afr. Exped. I; 1914.
MiDDLiNUM, C. S. Sound production. Nature 33:582; 1886.
Morgan. Sound-producing apparatus of Platypleura ca-pensis. Nature
XXXIII, p. 368; 1886.
Myers, I. and J. G. The sound organs and songs of New Zealand Cicadidse.
Rept. Austral. Ass. Adv. Sci., Sydney, pp. 420-430; 1924.
Newell, Welman. Notes on little known insect enemy of cotton and corn.
U. S. Dept. Agri., Bureau of Ento. 60, pp. 52-58.
OsBORN and Metcalf. Life History of Tibicen viridifascia. Ent. News, pp.
248-250, pi. Ill; 1920.
PoULTON, E. B. The courtship of the Cicada Monomatapa insignis Dist., ob-
served in Tanganyika territory. Proc. Ent. Soc. London, pp. ixiii-lxvi; 1922.
Rainbow. Copula between Cyclochila and Thopha. Rec. Austral. Mus. V, p.
116; 1904.
Reaumur. Memories Pour Sevir A L'Histoire Des Insects, pp. 145-206, 5
plates; 1740.
Rossi, A. Sul Modo di Terminase dei Nervi Mei Muscoli dell Organs Sonora
Delia Cicada. Rend. Ace. Bologn., pp. 119-200; 1879.
SiLVESTRi, F. Sui loro parassiti e descrizione della loro larva neonata e della
ninfa. Boll. Lab. Zool. Portici., pp. 191-204; 1921.
Snodgrass, R. E. Insect musicians — their music and their instruments.
Smithson. Rept., 443-447; 1923.
Mouth Parts of the Cicada. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., pp. 1-15, 2 pi.; 1921.
SwiNTON, A. H. Sounds of Insects; Zool. Lond., 145-153; 1909. Zool. London
1908, 376-389; and 1910, 426-432.
VoGEL, R. Auditory Organs in Cicadas Jehreshefte Ver. Natk. Stuttgart;
1922, pp. 46-47.
Wilcox. Spermatogenesis of Cicada tihicen. Bull. Mus. Harvard, XXVII,
pp. 1-32, 5 plates; 1895.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
(231)
15—3341
232 The University Science Bllletin.
PLATE XXVni.
Fig. 1. A tyincal hal>itat of Tibiccti bifida (Davis) in Scott count}-,
Kansas.
Fig. 2. A meadow habitat of M chnn p^alla calllnjx- (Walk.) eleven miles
west of Lawrence. Kansas.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
233
PLATE XXYIII.
"«^ift
m
' t
2
234 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXIX.
Fig. 1. A typical view in the Beaver Creek valley, Scott county, Kansas.
The grassy plot in the fore.ui'ound is the location from which the hundreds of
Melamj>saIto calliope (Walk.) nymphs were taken. The jiersons in the fore-
ground were observing the oviposition of this cicada at the time the picture
was taken.
Fir.. 2. Digging for Mclampsalla cdlUopc (Walk.) nymphs in Scott county,
Kansas. Breaking up the sod o\er a dirt table.
Beamp:r: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
235
PLATE XXIX.
■ii^srm^
H.-'L 'k^_
-■■ 'S-yl
'X^-i3m%
i^'^^^- ■ i-: :^
1
236 The University Sciexce Bllletix.
PLATE XXX.
Fin. 1. Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) ovipositing in sweet clover.
Fig. 2. Tibicen ynargmalis (Walk.) o\'ipositinfi in dead willow.
Fig. 3. Tibicen aurijera (Say) ovipositing in Pfuiicum virgatum near Mid-
land. Kan., September 22, 1923.
Fifi. 4. Venter of Tibicen pruinosa (Say), showing the more rounded
opercula.
Fig. 5. Venter of Tibicen linnei (S. & G.), showing the iiointed opercula.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
237
PLATE XXX.
238 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXI.
Fig. 1. Enlai'g:ement of a .*tpm of Paiiicuni virijalaiii. showinji the external
opening of three ne.*ts of Tibiccn aurifcnt (.Say). The tis.<uo of the phmt is
very carefully patted back into place by the outer valves of the ovipositor
after a sticky secretion has been placed on it.
Fig. 2. Grub of a small green hymenopteron lii'louging to the genus Syn-
tottiaspix, in place in the nest of Tibiccn nnrif( ra (Say). Same magnification
as the eggs in Fig. 3.
Fig. 3. Nest of eggs in a stem of Pauicum virgalum made by Tibiccn auri-
fera (Say). This shows the typical arrangement of the eggs in the nests of
most of the species studied.
Fig. 4. Rows of nests of Tibiccn nurifcni (Say) in stems of Panicum vir-
gatum. Note the even arrangement.
Fig. 5. Nests of Tibiccn dorsata (Say) in .sagel)rush.
Fig. 6. Nests of Tibic n didlbala (Davis) in cottonwood. showing liow the
young limbs are macerated by the ovipositor.
Fig. 7. Nests of Tibicm infirt/intdis (Walk.) in birch. The smaller twigs
are often killed by oviposition.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.^^,.
239
1
PLATE XXXI.
^
*vt
m
. Vi
7
240 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXII.
Fig. 1. Scars on birch limbs one year after oviposition by Tibicen mar-
ginalis (Walk.).
Fio. 2. Nests of MdamimiUu calliupc (Walk.) ni sweet clover. Some idea
of the number and arrangement is shown. Very often not a single branch of
the entire plant escapes.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
241
PLATE XXXII.
242 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXIII.
Fig. 1. A case using 8 hy 10 glass, containing nynii)hs of the seventeen-
year cicadas. One of the nyni])hs dug through the base of the cage in the left-
hand corner.
Fi(i. 2. Bottom of the cage shown in Fig. 1, with the exit hole of the Magi-
cicada Si i)l< luhciin (Linn.), fifth-instar nymph.
Fig. 3. A huge pot of Panicuni virgatuni, showing the extensive root mass.
Fig. 4. Lump of dirt broken open, showing a fifth-instar nymph, seventeen-
year cicada's cell and nymi)h.
Fig. 5. A large i)otato containing four iifth-instar seventeen-year cicada
nymphs in artificial cells. Tiie cell.'^ are closeil witli .-^mall squares of celluloid
inserted in slits in the potato.
Fig. 6. A small glas.s-sided cage containing orchard gra.ss from which a
M ( laitijisalla call in jn (\\';dk.) nx'inph has just emerged. Part of the tunnel is
shown ,'is well as the e.\u\ium just to the I'ight of the plant.
Beamf.r: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.k.
243
PLATE XXXIII.
244 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXIV.
Fig. 1. Tibiccii anriji ra (iSa.v) mating on n compass I'lant near Garnett,
Kan., September 7. 1926.
Fig. 2. A close view of some of the lianl, stuhby limbs of the oak, Querciis
marilandica, in which Cicada hicrof/h/phica Say delights to make her nests.
Fig. 3. Nest of Tibicen dealbata (Davis) in cottonwood. side view, showing
three eggs and the torn Tissue at {a) which is pushed up to close the nest.
This is accomplished by an additional insertion of the ovijwsitor. The ma-
terial is held in place by a secretion.
Fig. 4. Tibicen bifida (Davis) ovipositing hi the flower stalk of a yucca
l>lant in Scott county. Kansas.
Fig. 5. Live cage on elm for Tibicoi pminosa (Say). The adults li\e. ap-
])arently content, in this type of cage. The mosqtiito netting from which they
are made does not injiu'e the specimens when they fly against it.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.k.
245
PLATE XXXIV
^X
V-.
246 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXV.
Fig. 1. Ri^ht ;intonn;e of \ariou.s in.^tar.-^ of Melampsolta calliope (Walk.).
Fig. 2. Caudal aspect of the head of Mdampmlta calliope (Walk.).
Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of the head of Melampmlta calliope (Walk.).
Fig. 4. Lateral aspect of the head of Melampmlta calliope (Walk.).
Fig. 5. Cephalic asjiect of the head of Melampmlta calliope (^^'alk.).
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid^.
247
1st
4th
vertex
PLATE XXXV.
Z)id
postgena
it^^S^w
ivrtcx
1 compound eye
front
. postclypens
postclvpeus
\
f- - -/. - - gcna
vv
J- .1- postgena
anteelypeiis- - \ Jv
y
lahru
>nV/r
1
labium
.postclypcus
<... gcna
antcclypcus
labium
labrum
16—3341
248 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXVL
Morphology of the adult of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.).
Fig. 1. Cephalic view of prothorax.
Fig. 2. Lateral view of prothorax.
Fig. 3. Dorsal aspect of prothorax.
Fig. 4. Ventral view of thorax.
Fig. 5. Dorsal aspect of nieso- and metathorax.
Fig. 6. Ventral view of the abdomen of 9 (female). Is, first abdominal
sternite; lis, second abdominal sternite, etc.
Fig. 7. Ventral aspect of abdomen of male. 1st, first abdominal sternite;
VIIIs, eighth abdominal sternite.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
249
PLATE XXXVI.
^pistcruum
irochantin
basicoxitc
'. cpimeron
1st. spiracle
II
pygofer
m-i posit or
t-'ptstcrmim
- triichaiilin
..cpimeron
. .^coxal cavity
autccoxal bridge
basistcrimm
rsotlwraxi
mctathorax
250 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXVII.
Melampsalta calliope (Walk.).
Fig. 1. Tip of abdomen of first instar. XIs, eleventh sternite, etc.
Fig. 2. Tip of the abdomen of the second instar.
Fig. 3. Tip of the abdomen of the third instar $ (female). 1st v, first pair
of valves of ovipositor ; 2nd v, second pair of valves, etc.
Fig. 4. Tip of the abdomen of the third instar $ (male).
Fig. 5. Tip of abdomen of fourth instar 9 (female).
Fig. 6. Tip of the abdomen of the fourth instar $ .
Fig. 7. Tip of the abdomen of the fifth in.star $ .
Fig. 8. Tip of the abdomen of the fifth instar $ .
Fig. 9. Ventral view of oedagus.
Fig. 10. Lateral view of oedagus.
Fig. 11. Lateral view of tip of $ abdomen.
Fig. 12. Tenth and eleventh tergites with appendages enlarged.
Znd V
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
PLATE XXXVII.
251
9 ird
d'Srd.
ocdagus hook
252 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXVIII.
Fig. 1. Front legs of the nymphal instars of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.)
drawn to scale. Note the development of the comb.
Fig. 2. The front legs of all instars and adult of Cicada hieroglyphica Say
drawn to scale, with the exception of the first, which is larger.
Fig. 3. A nest of Proarna venosa (Uhl.) in the dry, fruiting stem of a grass.
Fig. 4. A nest of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.) in a stem of sweet clover,
showing the fan-shaped arrangement sometimes used.
Fig. 5. Eggs of Tibicen chloromera (Walk.) in a dead elm limb. Note the
secretion in the outer end of the nest.
Fig. 6. Apex of tibia and tarsi of nymphal instars and adults of Melamp-
salta calliope (Walk.). Note that the first instar has two tarsal segments, the
second, third and fourth have but one, the fifth has two, and the adult three.
All views of the right hind leg.
Fig. 7. Front leg of the fourth instar nj^mph of Melampsalta calliope
(Walk.), (a) Femur; (b) tibia; (c) tarsus; (d) comb.
Fig. 8. Front leg of the fifth-instar nymph of Melampsalta calliope (Walk.).
Lettering same as in Fig. 7.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
253
PLATE XXXVIII.
1st 2ndVy
254 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XXXIX.
Melampsalta calliope.
Fig. 1.
Esg X 20.
Fig. 2.
First instar X 20.
Fig. 3.
Second instar X 10
Fig. 4.
Third instar X 10.
Fig. 5.
Fourth instar X 5,
Fig. 6.
Fifth instar X 5.
Fig. 7.
Adult X 5.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
255
PLATE XXXIX.
256 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XL.
Proanm venosa (Uhl.)
Fig. 1. The egg X 20.
Fig. 2. First instar X 20.
Fig. 3. Third instar X 8.
Fig. 4. Fourth instar X 8.
Fig. 5. Fifth instar X 5.
Fig. 6. Adult X 5.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
257
PLATE XL.
258 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLI.
Cicada hicroglyphica Say.
Fig. 1. The egg X 20.
Fig. 2. First instar X 20.
Fig. 3. Second instar X 10-
Fig. 4. Third instar X 8.
Fig. 5. Fourth instar X 5.
Fig. 6. Fifth instar X 5.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
259
PLATE XLI.
260 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLII.
Cicada hieroglyphica Say.
Fig. 1. The antennae of the nymphal instars and the adult drawn to scale.
Note the bulblike tendency of some of the joints of the nymphal antennae.
Fig. 2. Tip of hind leg of all nymphal instars and adult, showing tarsal
segments and setae-bearing spines as well as the tarsal claws.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e.
261
PLATE XLII.
Ist
X=:c::cca:>
2nd
262 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLIII.
Tibicen aurijcra (Say).
Fig. 1. First instar X 20.
Fig. 2. Second instar X 10.
Fig. 3. Third instar X 8.
Fig. 4. Fourth instar X 5.
Fig. 5. Fifth instar X 5.
Fig. 6. The egg X 20.
Beamer: Biology of Kansas Cicadid.e. 263
PLATE XLIII.
17—3341
THE UNIVEESITY OP KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
VoL.XVIIL] April, 1928. [No. 3.
Haemoglobin Cells and Other Studies of the Genus
Buenoa (Hemiptera, Notonectidse).*
CLARENCE O. BARE, Department of Entomology.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 265
TAXONOMY 267
BIOLOGY 269
COLLECTING NOTES 280
TECHNIQUE 281
EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY 286
INTERNAL MORPHOLOGY 301
GENERAL SUMMARY 317
BIBLIOGRAPHY 318
INTRODUCTION.
THE purpose of this paper, after about one year's study, is to
give what additional knowledge has been secured for the genus
Buenoa of the family Notonectidse. It applies especially to Buenoa
margaritacea Bueno with its recently discovered haemoglobin cells.
While the study began with these very interesting cells, it has ex-
tended to and included life-history observations, external and in-
ternal morphological studies, genitalia, and specific characters upon
which distinct species may be based.
In the Canadian Entomologist for November, 1922, Dr. H. B.
Hungerford, of the Universit}^ of Kansas, reported the presence of
oxyhaemoglobin in definite cell clusters in the above-named species.
This he proved by means of a spectroscopic test, the hsemin crystal
test, and chemical tests such as Weber's guaiac test for blood. All
the tests gave positive results, and he wrote :
* Submitted to the Department of Entomology and the faculty of the Graduate School of
the University of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master
of Arts.
(265)
266 The University Science Bulletin.
". . . And we are thus able to report that we have in this case an insect
containing definite, bright red clusters of cells, enmeshed and closely associated
with the tracheal system of the abdomen, which contain oxyhaemoglobin.
"In the case of Chironomus (the bloodworm), which has been cited fre-
quently as the only insect possessing haemoglobin, the red fluid is free in the
body cavity, and when the larva is punctured flows out at once. Rollett (72)
in 1861 discovered haemoglobin crystals in this pigmented material and
Lankester (47) in 1867 noted that it gives the characteristic absorption spec-
tnun of haemoglobin. Cuenot (21), 1891, who investigated the blood and
lymphatic systems of many vertebrates and in^•ertebrates, is often cited in
connection with the above case."
Then follow his remarks on the only other known example be-
sides Buenoa of an insect containing haemoglobin cells in definite
attached clusters, and he says:
■'A case more interesting, and structurally more like the one I am reporting,
is that of the larva of Gastrophilus equi. Berlese (3) gives a discussion of the
literature relating to the discovery and study of certain pink cells related to
the tracheal system in these botfly larvae. He cites Vaney (81) as showing
that the red color of these 'cellules tracheales' is due to haemoglobin, which
he appears to have thought was secured in some manner from the host. Vaney
found further that the haemoglobin tended to disappear following the larval
period. Both the above-mentioned records are in the Diptera. We are pleased,
therefore, to report the presence of oxyhaemoglobin in definite cell clusters in
the free-swimming aciuatic hemipteron Buenoa, and to suggest that it is, no
doubt, present also in the closely allied genus, Aniso-ps* Since these insects
are not parasitic, the haemoglobin is jH-oduced by them, and has a normal
physiological function to perform."
In a footnote at the bottom of the page he has stated that "a com-
plete study of the histology and development of these interesting
cells is under way." It is in accordance with this footnote that these
studies have been undertaken.
Since the work started it was stated that a careful study should
be made of the genitalia and other structures, for it was felt that the
genus contained several other species as yet undescribed because of
the dearth of specific characters upon which to base them. So, in
addition, these studies have been worked out as carefully as the
time and materials available have permitted, and they are grouped
together in this paper with the hope that they will become a valuable
part of the knowledge of insect life.
Much appreciation is due to Dr. H. B. Hungerford for the mate-
rials he has loaned, for his kindly suggestions and encouragement,
* See Poi.'-son : Anisops producta Fieb., in Archives de ZoiJlogie Experimentale, T. 65,
Fas. 4, pp. 182-208; 1926. Since the completion of this thesis, ten pages and six figures are
devoted by this European worlcer to the hiemoglobin cells or "cellules tracheales" of the
genus Anisops.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 267
and for his guidance in the conduct of these studies; also, to Dr.
P. B. Lawson for his aid in the morphological studies; and to Miss
Kathleen Doering, Mr. P. A. Readio, Mr. R. H. Beamer, Mr. Wil-
liam Robinson, or any others who may have assisted in any way
or been interested in these problems.
In order to more fully understand the group of insects here con-
sidered, it may be well to mention the more important fact of their
phylogenctic and systematic relationship, life history, and other
points of more general interest before beginning with the more
specific parts of the investigation. The Notonectidse belong to that
great group of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera, sometimes called the
Cryptocerata, and seem to be closely related to the Corixidse.
TAXONOMY.
In University of Kansas Science Bulletin, volume XI, page 165,
Doctor Hungerford discusses the family Notonectidse as follows:
"The family Notonectidae embraces, according to Kirkaldy, two subfamilies,
Pleinae and Notonectinae. In hi.s 'Revision of the Notonectidse, part I,' in
Trans. Ent. Soc. London (3), Vol. 35, pp. 393-426, 1897, this author begins his
systematic re\ision of the family. This is continued in a .second paper which
appeared in the 'Weiner Entcmologischen Zeitung' for 1904, and entitled 'Uber
Notonectiden.'
"In the following year Bueno published 'The Genus Notonecta in America
North of Mexico.'
"Kirkaldy lists six genera in the subfamily Notonectinae: Notonecta L..
Aniso-ps Spin., Enithares Spin., Martarega B. White, and Nychia Stal. It is
in his second paper that he erects the genus Buenoa which is allied to Anisops.
In this country' we have the three genera : Notonecta, Buenoa and Plea. These
may be separated by the following:
KEY TO GENERA.
A. Legs quite similar Plt'c Leach.
AA. Legs dissimilar, hind legs flattened and fringed for swimming.
B. Last segment of antennre much shorter than the penultimate Notonecta Linn.
BB. Last segment of antenna; longer than the penultimate Buenoa Kirk.
"Of these three genera Notonecta is the commonest, being represented in
this country by 12 species; the genus Buenoa comes next, with 5," (now 7),
"while the Httle Plea so far is credited in the literature with but 1."
Since the above was published Doctor Hungerford has described
two other species, and the genus Buenoa now contains 7 species in-
stead of 5 in this country.
Dr. Carl Drake has since described Plea harnedi:
In the same publication on page 173 the genus Buenoa is described
as follows:
268 The University Science Bulletin.
"Genus Buenoa Kirkaldy.
"Named in honor of Mr. J. T. de la Torre Bueno.
"Similar to the genus Anisops, but the male is provided with two tarsal seg-
ments on the front legs, and claws are differently formed.
"Head: Eyes not contiguous, but interior margins about parallel, their
margins curving slightly, making distance at vertex greatest, and interocular
space long and narrow. Labrum reaching to apex of second rostral segment;
last segment of antenna longer than the penultimate.
"Thorax: Pronotum not most transverse; alae present and the hemelytra
divided into clavus, coriimi and membrane, and more transparent and hyaline
than in Notonecta. Hind femora not reaching apex of hemelytra. The hind
tarsi are provided with more conspicuous claws than Notonecta. The middle
and front legs are armed with long spines and the males of Buenoa elegans and
Buenoa margaritacea at least are equipped on the front leg with a tibial struc-
ture borne on the inner face of a prominence, which is forced into a thin,
elongate spur by the elevation of the inner angle or margin of the tibia near
its base. Tarsi of front legs two-segmented in both sexes.
"Abdomen: The abdomen is provided with a median ventral carina and the
lateral margins of the venter are provided with guard hairs which cover the
'gutters.' The female has the last ventral abdominal segments modified for
sheathing the ovipositor, which consists in the main of a pair of somewhat
spatulate chitinized gonapophyses for placing the eggs in the tissues of plants."
The following key is proposed to include the species now found
and described in the United States. It is probable that B. platy-
cnemis (Fieber) does not exist here.
KEY TO BUENOA.
A. Scutellum broad and as long or longer than the pronotum.
B. Pronotum in the male with four depressions, appearing tricarinate.
C. Head with eyes in male nearly as wide as pronotimi, a little narrower
in female; legs robust; length 7.5 to 9 mm B. carinatn (Champion)
CO. Head with eyes somewhat flattened and distinctly narrower than pro-
notuin in both sexes; legs slender; pale color; length 6. .5 mm.
B. alhida (Champion)
BB. Pronotum almost unimpressed, lateral carinfe in some males.
C. Small oval stridular area on front femur of males; length 6.7 to
8.1 mm B. margaritacea Bueno
CC. Long sword-shaped stridular area across front femur of males ; length
6.5 to 7.5 mm B. scimitra n. sp.
AA. Scutellum reduced and nanow and not as long as pronotum.
B. Species over 6 mm. long.
C. Pronotum of male large, inflated, and smooth ; length 6.25 to 7 mm.
B. limnocastoris Hungerfoid
CC. Pronotum of male tricarinate; large tibiaj in front; length well over
6 nun B. marrotibialis Hungerfoid
BB. Species less than 6 mm. long B. elegans (Fieber)
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 269
BIOLOGY OF THE GENUS.*
Concerning the biology and life history of the species of the genus
Buenoa apparently very little has been written except about Buenoa
margantacea Bueno. All the notes found are those by Doctor
Hungerford (36 and 37). The observations added herein are con-
fined to the above or very nearly related species.
EGGS AND OVIPOSITION.
Concerning the eggs the statement is confirmed that they are
placed in the tissues of plants with a bit of the surface exposed.
Most of those collected have been from a species of Ceratophyllum
growing in a permanent pond underneath a Union Pacific railroad
bridge about two miles north of Lawrence, Kan. At times only a
single egg here and there has been found in the stem of this plant,
nearly always with the cephalic end of the egg toward the bottom
of the plant. The portion of the stem chosen varied from within a
few inches of the tip of tiie growing stem to near the base of the
plant where the stem was tougher, larger, and much discolored.
Usually the eggs were more numerous, and most frequently found
near the middle of the growing stem where the tissue was neither too
hard nor too soft, and apparently of just the right consistency for
oviposition.
Of the hexagonal reticulations of the egg surface mentioned in
University of Kansas Science Bulletin, volume XI, page 195, it is
found for the eggs of B. margantacea that these reticulations are
confined to the area immediately surrounding the micropyle or
area exposed as the egg lies in situ. Each hexagonal area has a
finely corrugated or granular appearance. The rest of the chorion
appears quite smooth.
Specimens of B. margantacea collected from Smith's pond one
mile east of Lawrence on April 15, 1924, were placed in an aquarium
jar with a long stem of Ceratophyllum and left sitting in a window
of the laboratory. Two eggs were first observed deposited in the
stem on the morning of April 24. On April 28 they were observed
under the binocular, and it was found that the red eyespots were
well developed. On the morning of April 30 they were found to have
hatched and died almost immediately for some unknown reason.
After that date the eggs were found in the pond, and stems were
brought to the laboratory and examined to find that the eggs had
* See, also, Bare: Life Histories of Some Kansas Backswimmers, pp. 93-101, Annals
Ent. Soc. Am., Vol. XIX; 1926.
270 The University Science Bulletin.
already hatched as early as May 5. Around May 10 eggs were quite
easily found in the pond or secured by bringing live bugs from the
ponds and placing them in an aquarium jar together with some Ce-
ratophyllum. Most of the eggs were laid the first day or two after
the bugs were brought into the laboratory. Then the bugs died one
by one, until within three weeks they were all dead. The cause of
their death was not determined. It may have been lack of proper
food, the growth of a scum over the surface of the water in the
aquarium jars, the fact that they had laid their eggs and were dying
normally, or other reason. They do not appear to die in this manner
in the ponds.
In the spring of 1923 the eggs were found from May 12 to June 6.
No doubt they were laid much earlier than the first findings. Search
was made for them last on about July 1, but none were found. But
at that time many nymphs of all stages were found, and during the
early days of September and as late as October 22 fifth-instar
nymphs were collected from ponds about Lawrence. It seems prob-
able, then, that egg laying continues from as early as April 24, to
sometime in August, and there may be more than one generation
in a season.
The egg stage from time of oviposition to hatching is about one
week. At this writing only one hatching has been secured from eggs
the date of oviposition of which was nearly known. From eggs col-
lected in May, 1923, those which hatched would seem to verify the
above statement.
Observations on the oviposition of B. margaritacea are as follows:
At 7:20 a. m. May 15, 1924, a bright, sunny, cool morning, in an
aquarium jar sitting in the shade at an east window through which
the sun was shining, a female was first observed depositing her eggs
in the stem of a species of Ceratophyllimi. The stem was inclined
at an angle of about 45 degrees at the place where the egg was de-
posited. The bug when first observed was standing above the stem,
back upward, so that the body and stem formed an angle of about 30
degrees. Other observations later showed the bug on nearly every
side of the stem, and the position of the stem seemed to make little
difference. Sometimes two eggs were laid almost side by side or
just opposite each other in the same stem. The front pair of legs
were fully extended almost perpendicular to the line of the body
and grasped the stem of the plant rigidly. The middle, or mesotho-
racic, legs were extended caudally and grasped the stem at an angle
of about 45 degrees with the line of the body. They were not fully
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 271
extended, but stood in an elbowlike position allowing considerable
freedom of motion. The hind, or metathoracic, swdmming legs ex-
tended laterally like balancing apparatus and ready to make the
swimming stroke as normally. The tip of the abdomen was ex-
truded and bent dow'nward to the stem. The last exterior or seventh
abdominal sternite, which has a sharp pointed caudal tip, was stand-
ing at an angle of about 40 degrees to the line of the body and was
inserted into the plant tissues like a wedge.
The two sicklelike blades of the ovipositor were digging simul-
taneously into the stem with a backward scooping motion, and
under the binocular the fragments of plant tissue like sawdust were
seen floating away in the water. The movement of the ovipositors
seemed to be due partly to a slight backward and forward movement
of the entire body and partly to the movements of the muscles of
the eighth and ninth segments of the abdomen. As the work pro-
gressed the ovipositors were inserted deeper and deeper, hollowing
out the space downward and backward for the insertion of the egg,
and the seventh sternite, acting as a wedge, was shoved deeper into
the stem. When the opening was ready the two black-tipped styli at
the tip of the abdomen were pushed against the tissue on either side
of the more caudal part of the incision to help keep it open. The
ovipositors were apparently used literally as levers against the edges.
The bug rested for a moment, and then the egg was pushed into its
receptacle by contraction of the opening of the oviduct a little above
and between the ovipositors. The bug rested a few seconds longer,
and then withdrew the ovipositors and sternite and swam away.
The aquarium jar in which the above observations were made con-
tained about 40 or 50 bugs taken the evening before and placed in the
jar about 4:30 p. m., together with a stem of C eratophyllum about
15 inches long collected several weeks before, and in which no eggs
had been previously deposited. At 7 p. m. of the same evening it
was observed that the stem contained 3 eggs freshly deposited. At
7 a. m. of the next morning it contained at least 18 eggs. During
the morning and again in the afternoon other bugs were seen deposit-
ing eggs. The day was partly cloudy and at about 4:30 p. m. it be-
came quite cloudy. After that no more eggs were laid. The weather
conditions seem very much to affect their activities in this respect
as well as in taking flight, which is described on another page. Just
previous to the clouding over at 4:30 p. m., between the hours of 2:30
and 4:30 p. m.,- egg laying was quite active, and most of the mem-
bers of the department had an opportunity to observe it.
272 The University Science Bulletin.
The time of oviposition was taken repeatedly and found to be
about one and one-half minutes. Sometimes the bug would leave
the place where she had been working ^vith her ovipositor. Some-
times she seemed to be disturbed by her observers (all the Buenoa
are quite wary) and again it seemed that the place sought did not
prove satisfactory. After a trial was made of a place she would
always go to the surface for a fresh supply of air before trying an-
other place. Then she would swim quietly around till a suitable
place on the stem between two nodes was found. Next she would
quickly turn and grab it with the two pairs of front legs, and begin
to test it with the tip of the seventh sternite and the ovipositors.
If it was found suitable she would not change her position, but if not
she might crawl along the stem for some distance until she found
a better place. The ovipositors began working immediately when
she took hold of the stem. The time required to make the opening
complete for the egg was almost precisely one minute. Then she
would rest about five or ten seconds and lay the egg. After another
rest of ten to twenty-five seconds she would swim away. Fifteen
separate observations were made of the process of oviposition in one
day, and it has been noted repeatedly since.
Sometimes the bug encountered difficulty with the air contained
in the cells or vessels of the plant tissue. When she was through
laying the egg and started to swim away she found that a large air
bubble had collected, apparently from the pierced plant cells, under
the tips of her hemelytra. Then she would sT\dm about for a time
somewhat like a dog with a tin can attached to its tail until the
bubble was absorbed in the water or lost at the surface. It is not
certain whether the bubble of air came from the plant tissue, but it
appeared to do so. It may have come from beneath the hemelytra.
It is not yet determined whether the same bug lays more than one
egg in a day. From dissection it is known that the abdomen of the
female sometimes contains from ten to fifteen eggs of nearly the
same stage of development. It is not known how many eggs a single
female may lay.
NYMPHS.
Concerning the nymphs little is added to that already known and
written. Attempt is being made to further trace out the life history
and length of the instars. If the success is no better than former
experiences it will probably get them through to the second instar,
and then all will die from confinement, improper food, or other
such cause.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 273
IDENTIFICATION.
For the purposes of aiding in identification of the different instars
and distinguishing the sexes of both adults and nymphs, the follow-
ing notes are given and the reader referred to pages 195-197 of the
University of Kansas Science Bulletin, volume XI, for a table con-
taining other measurements and information. The notes on the
following pages apply, except as to size, to Buenoa margaritacea. our
most common species. They may apply in nearly all other char-
acteristics to any of the Buenoa species. In all cases of nymphs and
adults the seventh abdominal segment appears superficially to be
the sixth abdominal segment instead, because the first two abdominal
segments next the thorax are so fused together that it takes careful
study to distinguish them.
ADULTS.
M.'iLES :
1. V-shaped base of beak. (On the outer faces of this V-shaped segment
are sound dev^ices.)
2. Sound devices on front tibia, femur and coxa.
3. Black glandular spot near the junction of the pleurites of the first and
second abdominal segments.
4. Black spine on sinistro-caudal margin of the seventh tergite.
5. Asymmetrical genital claspers, left or sinistral one larger and hooked at
the end.
6. Seventh abdominal sternite somewhat rectangular.
7. Eighth abdominal sternite visible ventrally.
Females :
1. Seventh abdominal sternite projects caudad into a V-shaped tip beneath
the ovipositors and tip of the abdomen.
2. Symmetrical, sword- or sickle-shaped, saw-toothed ovipositors.
3. Seventh abdominal tergite symmetrical.
4. Eighth abdominal sternite not visible ventrally.
5. Styli visible near tip of abdomen, and black tipped.
NYMPHS.
A distinguishing feature of all the instars of the nymphs to
separate them from the instars of Notonecta nymphs with which
they are likely to be confused, is that the abdominal spiracles appear
large and of the same general appearance as in the adult Buenoa.
Those of Notonecta are small and inconspicuous.
There are also other structural differences which are noticeable.
After one has studied the ventral plates of the seventh abdominal seg-
ments he can usually be pretty sure of the sex and instar to which
a nymph belongs. This is especially true after the second instar.
For appearance of the ventral plates of the fifth-instar nymphs
274 The University Science Bulletin.
see plate LVII. The females are usually larger and wider between
the eyes than the males. This is also true of the adults. In all in-
stars the beak is four-segmented, and tarsi are one-segmented and
have two prominent claws. The tarsi of the adults are all two-
segmented and the tarsal claws of the swimming legs are incon-
spicuous.
FiFTH-iNSTAR Nymph:
1. About 5.175 mm. long, etc.
2. Wing pads extend full length of the metathorax or to the distal ends of
the hind coxae.
Males: Seventh abdominal sternite somewhat rectangular.
Females: Seventh abdominal stemite triangular at tip.
FOURTH-INSTAR NyMPH :
1. About 4.5 mm. long, etc.
2. Winj? pads extend to middle of metathorax or to distal end of meso-
thoracic tibiae when flexed.
Males: Seventh abdominal sternite rectangular.
Females: Seventh abdominal sternite triangular.
Third-inst.^r Nymph :
1. About 3.225 mm. long, etc.
2. Wing pads mere buds, or extending to line or trochanter of fore leg flexed.
Sexes rather hard to distinguish but some difference similar to the fourth
and fifth instars.
Second-inst.'\r Nymph :
1. About 2.25 mm. long, etc.
2. A kind of inwardly projecting pleural fold along sides of thorax and
abdomen.
Sexes indistinguishable externally.
FiRST-INST.AR NyMPH :
1. About 1.85 mm. long, etc.
2. Abdominal fringe of hairs forming ventral air chamber conspicuously
extended forward along sides of thorax to the head.
Sexes indistinguishable externally.
ADULTS.
(See, also, page 273.)
For a discussion of the biology of the adults, see pages 177, 194,
195, 197 and 198, of volume XI of the University of Kansas Science
Bulletin. There is hardly a living creature of the waters which ap-
pears more beautiful and graceful than does B. margantacea Bueno
as it calmly glides about in an aquarium jar among branches of
Ceratophyllum. The pearly luster of the wing covers as seen with
the aquarium in a window is beautifully enhanced by the film of air
contained underneath them, and the perfect poise of the animal is an
expression of grace worthy of note.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 275
In the above-named reference, page 197, it is stated that "the
adults appear from early spring to late fall." They are fom:id to
appear during every month of the year if one seeks them in their
proper habitat. They overwinter as adults only, lay their eggs in
the spring and summer, and it may be there are two generations in
a season in Kansas. At intervals of every ten days or two weeks
they have been collected all winter during the season of 1923-'24.
The winter has been a rather unusually cold one.
On January 22 the ice, which was almost twelve inches thick on
the pond at the Union Pacific railroad bridge mentioned on page 269,
was cut and a few sweeps of the water net made beneath the ice
and some distance from the bottom of the pond. Three specimens
of B. margaritacea, a number of small corixids, and one Notonecta
undidata were taken. The specimens immediately were brought to
the laboratory and placed in an aquarium jar in tap water, which
must have been several degrees warmer than that in the pond. The
water of the pond must have been at 4 degrees Centigrade. The
behavior upon this change of habitat was a little unusual. The
bugs were not further chilled as they were brought into the labora-
tory, because it was quite a warm, pleasant day with a temperature
of near 45 degrees Fahrenheit. The Buenoa acted stunned and very
languid, and did not come to the surface for air for about one-half
hour. This experience was later duplicated.
The question of just how respiration can take place under the
ice and at such temperatures is an interesting one. The bugs
most certainly can not get air from the surface. It is true that at
4 degrees Centigrade, the water contains its maximum of oxygen
and other gases. But it hardly would seem there could be a
sufficient amount for the needs of respiration, although the move-
ments of the water creatures and bugs at such a low temperature is
slight and rather languid. In this pond at the time there were some
green algs and Ceratophyllum, which no doubt produced some free
oxygen bubbles and the water bugs may have used them. But
later in February not even green plants were present. Wesenberg-
Lund (88) has published a paper, "Uber die Respirations-verhalt-
nisse bei unter dem Eise uber winternden, luftatmendcn Wasserin-
sekten, besonders der Wasserkafer und Wasser wanzen." It seems
that the whole question of respiration beneath the ice is one which
has not yet been fully investigated.
The longevity of the adults is yet a question. It would be a
276 The University Science Bulletin.
difficult matter to determine in nature because of the character of
their habitat. They evidently migrate from pond to pond as food
supply, water, seasonal differences, and other conditions require. In
the laboratory it has been difficult to keep them alive for more than
a few weeks, even in winter, and they certainly live as adults
through the winter months in the ponds. Repeated efforts may solve
the difficulty.
Of their habits of flight the following observations may be of
interest. On February 9, 1924, when observing living specimens
in the laboratory at night with electric light, two individuals flew
out toward the light and fell upon the table showing that they are
positively phototropic at times.
Other evidences of phototropism are many. Mr. Robert Guntert
says he has taken them many times around the electric lights at
night when he was collecting. On March 13, about 8 a. m., one
Buenoa flew toward the window from an aquarium sitting on the
window sill. Sometimes when brought into the laboratory in the
evening and spread from the "live bottle" upon a piece of toweling
paper to dry, some of them would fly to the windows or electric
lights. Most of these incidents happened in March and April, and
when the days were moderate in temperature.
April 15 while collecting at Smith's pond several individuals were
seen to take flight. Evidently the weather conditions w^ere favor-
able, for it was a beautiful, quiet morning, and they were migrating.
Some were also seen to alight in the pond. Sometimes they had
difficulty in getting their wings adjusted properly immediately after
alighting, and would kick about and dive in the water rapidly
trying to detach themselves from the large air bubbles which hung
beneath the hemelytra. They seem to strike the water at a low
angle, back upward, and immediately turn over as in the normal
swimming position. The pearly-colored hemelytra evidently serve
to disguise them from above while in flight and from below while in
the water so their enemies may not so easily see them. On taking
ffight from the water they swim close to the surface for a short
time and then suddenly shoot forth from the water at about a
thirty-degree angle and take wing. Notonecta was observed flying
about two weeks earlier. They sometimes climbed out on sticks or
other objects near the shore, waited till the hemelytra were dried
for a few seconds and then took wing. Other times they would
start immediately from the water, fly a short distance, fall back into
the water and float along on the surface for a little time dorsum
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 277
upward and then fly away. Notonecta is mentioned here simply in
comparison with Buenoa.
Of the food habits of Buenoa, they are said to feed largely upon
Entomostraca, and occasionally on other forms, which they hold in
the crib formed with the front pairs of legs and pierce with their
stylets. About February 9, 1924, while dissecting the abdomen to
see if eggs were developing, it was noticed that the stomach contents
were green in color. The material was examined under the micro-
scope and gave all the appearances of being the green chlorophyll
particles of Spirogyra, some of which was contained in the aquarium
jar from which the bug was taken. Two or three other individuals
within the next two or three days were seen to contain the same
material, but not in such quantity as the first one. One bug was
found dead in the water still holding a thread of Spirogyra. Part
of the cells of the thread did not contain their normal amount of
chlorophyll, but the beak was not inserted in any of them. It may
have just gotten tangled in the thread while in its death struggles.
It may be that predacious Buenoa also feeds upon algse as does its
relative, the corixid, when other food is not available.
It is worthy of note in connection with the study of the haemoglo-
bin cells discussed in the following pages that the swimming habits
vary. After the bug has been to the surface for air (it seldom re-
mains at the surface more than two or three seconds, which is quite
opposite to the facts with Notonecta or other water bugs) it makes
quick vigorous strokes in order to keep itself beneath the surface.
These strokes become less and less vigorous until it may rest in the
water in almost perfect equilibrium, sometimes for several minutes.
Then it begins slowly to sink and has to use effort to sustain itself.
It is usually not long after this till the bug returns to the surface
for a fresh air supply. The Notonecta and other water insects seem
not to be able to remain beneath the surface as long as Buenoa and
keep their activities the same. Either they swim more vigorously
about and come to the surface oftener for air, or they take down a
good supply of air and attach themselves, with no activity, to some
object on the bottom, or hang at the surface film in constant contact
with the atmosphere. Fernald's Applied Entomology, page 184,
says the corixids "are able to remain under water without coming
up for air for a much longer time than the backswimmers," referring
to the Notonectidae as a group. This has not been found to apply
to Buenoa, except when the corixids grab hold of something below
the surface and remain there motionless. In that case they would
278 The University Science Bulletin.
not use nearly so much air or oxygen as the Buenoa which are glid-
ing about in the water constantly.
In the ponds on a windy day, when the waves are large, Buenoa
usually swims in the quieter parts where surface contacts are more
easily made. They were often seen hovering about the piling of the
bridge, where they were collected when they could not be located
elsewhere. At the same time Notonecta might be found easily
about the edges of the pond in the quite rough water.
It has been observed that Buenoa elegans is usually found in the
shallower parts close to shore instead of out in the open and deep
waters, as is so often the case with Buenoa margaritacea. They
both are found usually in the same pond, and it may be that the
smaller species stays closer to shore for protection from the larger
one, which may attack it on occasions when they meet.
The Buenoa, as a group, appear to be able to swim almost as fast
and as well as does Notonecta, although it is much smaller. This
may be due to their larger development of muscles in the meta-
thorax.
All the Notonectidse, and especially the Buenoa, have a remark-
ably Avell developed stream line form, as has been discussed by va-
rious writers. This, with the oarlike hind limbs, makes them very
well adapted for living in the water.
SOUND DEVICES.
In the University of Kansas Science Bulletin, Volume XI. pages
196, 197, is a description of the sound devices of the male of the
species B. margaritacea in the following words:
"Upon attaining the adult stage a sexual dimorphism becomes apparent. Be-
sides the structural differences of the genitalia, the anterior legs of the male
possess on the inner faces of the femora and the tibiae peculiar stridular areas.
''The tibial structure is borne on the inner face of a prominence, which is
formed by the elevation of the inner angle or margin of the tibia near its base
into a thin but elongate spur. This spur is lacking in the female, and not dis-
covered in the nymphs. (See PI. XXIV, Figs. 5 and 6.)"
Again on page 195 is this:
"The males possess stridular areas upon the inner faces of the femora and
tibiae, and also on the sides of the face at the base of the beak. These are
shown in the drawings on plate XXIV. The tibial structure is borne on the
inner face of a spur near the base of the anterior tibia. When the fore limbs
are brought up to the head, it will be seen that the stridular areas of the
limbs meet those on the base of the beak. (See the figure on PI. LIV.) The
production of sound is doubtless the purpose of these structures. European
workers have recorded notonectids as capable of producing chirping sounds.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 279
Mial quotes Redfern to the effect that Notonecta makes a noise like the word
'chew' repeated three times."
. In a lecture before the Entomology Club at the University of
Kansas in the autumn of 1923 Doctor Hungerford told of hearing
Buenoa chirping in an aquarium in the laboratory at Douglas Lake,
Michigan, the preceding summer, and also described the accompany-
ing behavior of the sexes. His description indicated that a few days
before that date Buenoa was heard chirping in the laboratory here,
but the source of the sound was not then recognized. In the labora-
tory, one evening in September, peculiar noises were heard coming
from a galvanized iron aquarium where some live adults were kept
for study. The noise was rather faint, so cautious approach was
made and the light turned on to see what was happening. Before
the place was reached and before the light was turned on, the noise
ceased and did not occur again during the evening. Other lights
were on in the laboratory at the time. The noise sounded something
like drawing a nail quickly across the teeth of a rubber comb.
Nothing unusual was seen in the actions of the bugs swimming in
the water, and it was thought to be a mistake until Doctor Hunger-
ford gave his description. It is a common occurrence for them to
make considerable noise by butting their heads against the sides of
the aquarium, and this might be mistaken for chirping by one who
has not become accustomed to them. Constant watching since that
time to detect any further sound ]iroduction or mating has failed.
It should be added that upon careful examination it is found
there is also a strong but minute spurlike peg on the outer lateral
surface of the anterior coxa which aids, no doubt, in sound produc-
tion. There are also a number of strong setae and a chitinous thick-
ening at the distal end and inner lateral surfaces of the anterior
femora which are probably used to produce sound by plucking on
a chitinous-thickened corner on the sides of the face just below the
antenna?. The females possess this last device, also.
So it appears that Buenoa has, in the case of the males, three
pairs of sound devices and in the female one pair. Beginning at
the cephalic end of the body, in the male the first pair is the chitin-
ous thickening and setse at the distal end and inner lateral surfaces
of the front femora, together witli the chitinous-thickened sharp
corner on the sides of the face just below the antennae. This is
also the one pair for the females. The second pair for the males is
the tibial structures borne on the inner face of a prominence near
18—3341
280 The University Science Bulletin.
the proximal end of the prothoracic tibia, together with the areas
on the lateral faces of the prongs near the base of the beak. The
third pair consists of a washboardlike area about midway between
the ends on the inner lateral surfaces of the anterior femora, to-
gether with a spurlike seta near the base and on the outer lateral
surfaces of the anterior coxae. There are some exceptions to the
above rule for some of the Buenoa, but it is true in most cases.
With all these sound devices it appears they may have a language
all their own with quite a variety of sounds and combinations, es-
pecially in the case of the males. For an illustration of these de-
vices in their relative positions, see plate LI, figure 4.
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE.
Fernald in Applied Entomology, page 184, says of the Notonec-
tidse: "They are carnivorous, feeding on other small insects, but are
of little importance." Since the discovery of the haemoglobin cells
in Buenoa, they may appear of considerable scientific importance.
Their economic importance is not so certain, but they feed upon
the small crustacean life of the waters as do some fish, and Noto-
necta has been said to attack small fish. They may be of much
more importance to fish culture than is usually thought.
COLLECTING NOTES.
Most of the materials collected for these studies were taken at the
Union Pacific railroad bridge mentioned on page 269. It was
found to be the most convenient because it was a permanent pond
and the bugs could be found there at any time when fresh materials
were desired. Most of the studies on B. margaritacea were done
with fresh material. The piling at the foot of the bridge have cross
timbers bolted to them just at the surface of the water. These were
found to be very convenient because Buenoa usually swims in deep
water and well out from the shore. One could walk out on these
cross timbers where the water was fifteen or twenty feet deep or
stay nearer the bank, as he chose, and still have considerable area of
water over which to collect. In this position it was not difficult to
see the bugs balancing themselves some distance beneath the surface
and to quietly slip the net beneath them and bring them to the sur-
face.
Other collecting was done at Stubb's pond, nearer town, at the
brick-plant pool, at Smith's pond east of Lawrence, and in different
counties of central Kansas during the month of June, 1923. Some-
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 281
times quite a number of Buenoa would be taken in the water con-
tained in a cow track in a pool that was drying up. Shallow pools
often contained more of them than larger and deeper ones. They
seemed to be found during the summer months in the shallow pools
where crustacean life was most abundant more than in the deeper
ones.
A common water net at the end of a broom handle was used in
most cases. The live material was brought into the laborator\^ in an
empty bottle containing a few grass blades, leaves or cellucotton to
take up the excess water. If, as is usually well known, one should
attempt to bring them to the laboratoiy in water they would soon
drown. When drowned they could, like young chickens caught in a
thundershower, be revived by drying out. Often, if any of them
were sticking in a little water at the bottom of a bottle, it was found
best to empty them out on toweling paper and let them dn*^ till they
hopped about vigorously before putting them into the aquarium
jar. The eggs and nymphs were sometimes placed directly into the
fixing fluid for sectioning or other study when taken from the water.
The following fixing fluids were used: for the adults and nymphs:
picroformal, picrosulphuric acid and 85 per cent alcohol; for the
eggs; picrosulphuric acid, and Perenyi's fluid of chromonitric acid.
TECHNIQUE.
MOUNTING AND DISSECTION.
The technique used in the work of mounting and dissection for
the grosser morphological studies was suggested by R. H. Smith in
the 1923 September number of the Annals of the Entomological So-
ciety of America. To one with no experience the task of carefully
dissecting a bug 7 to 7.5 mm., or slightly more than one-fourth inch
long, is a rather difficult one. It may be of value to some one to
describe here the methods used.
At first the attempt was made to pin down the creature upon
parafin in a large dissecting dish, such as was used in the elementary
classes in morphology. The pins were too large and in the way of
the dissecting needles. They did not hold well and would tear out at
the sides and mutilate the specimen. Small ''minuten nadlen" were
then tried in a much smaller dish of paraffin and one which did not
require nearly so much salt solution. The making of quantities of
physiological salt solution eveiy little while was somewhat of a nui-
sance. It had to be used because the haemoglobin cells and other tis-
sues would hsemolyze and so cloud the medium in which one was
282 The University Science Bulletin.
working that nothing could be seen clearly. The red coloring sub-
stance of the haemoglobin cells was responsible for most of the dif-
ficulty in keeping a clear field. The "minuten nadlen" did not prove
satisfactory, for they would not hold well in the paraffin, and gave
the same difficulty of cutting out at the sides of the specimen as did
the larger pins. In casting about for some better method the article
by Mr. Smith was found.
By this method and for this purpose it has been found better to
use a small dissecting dish with a lid to keep the salt solution from
evaporating and ruining the specimen when interrupted by class
work or other difficulty. A little tin box with a lid, about three
inches in diameter and one inch deep, was filled nearly half full with
melted paraffin. This was allowed to cool. The bug was then held
in one hand with a small pair of tweezers by the legs or otherwise,
depending upon the position desired for placing and the ease of
holding. In the other hand was held a piece of wire of the size of
bailing wire or a little larger. The wire was placed in a gas flame till
hot and then used to melt a small area in the smooth surface of the
paraffin near the center of the dish. Immediately the bug was placed
in the melted area in the position desired. The paraffin hardened
quickly as it cooled and held the bug firmly in the desired position.
If a film of water happened to be clinging to the bug, a second appli-
cation of the hot wire around the bug was sometimes necessary to
make the paraffin hold well. A large needle might just as well have
been used to melt the paraffin. To hasten the cooling and hardening
of the paraffin and to prevent cooking of the more delicate tissues
the physiological salt solution was poured immediately into the dish,
but not directly on the bug, for sometimes it would wash away the
melted paraffin around it. At this stage all was ready for the dis-
section to begin.
Instead of paraffin in the dissecting vessel, beeswax and shoemak-
er's wax were also tried. Beeswax was almost as good as paraffin
but a little soft. Shoemaker's wax being very dark in some cases
was an advantage because of the contrast with the insect tissues.
Usually it remained too soft, or the heat from the electric light used
was sufficient to soften it so that it did not hold the insect satis-
factorily.
A medium sized sewing needle mounted in a handle, heated in a
gas flame, flattened on an anvil, and sharpened with a fine carbo-
rundum or razor hone under the binocular to a delicate arrow-shaped
point, was used to open the insect. The opening was done by pierc-
Bare: SxrniES of the Genus Buenoa. 283
ing the body integument and then cutting outward against the
paraffin. Otherwise the internal tissues would be crushed and
mashed out of place. The chitinous body wall of Buenoa is quite
thick in places considering the size of its body. After a cut was
made entirely around the body and outward against the paraffin
the top section could be lifted off and the interior examined in it?
natural position. In dissecting the tougher portions it was found
sometimes to be of advantage, in getting the insect thoroughly
fastened down in the paraffin, to clip off the wings close to the thorax,
or in other cases to clip off the legs.
The scalpel made from a needle just described; two or three dis-
secting needles made of "minuten nadlen," mounted in handles and
bent at the tip or sharpened to suit the worker; one or two dissecting
needles from sewing needles of the medium sizes, mounted and
sharpened ; two ink droppers or pipettes, one with a large opening
and the other with a smaller one, to remove bits of tissue suspended
in salt solution for microscopic examinations; a few slides and
cover slips; a large binocular microscope with an oil immersion lens
attached; and a smaller binocular, were the tools used in this study.
Also a projection microscope was sometimes used.
TRACHEAL TECHNIQUE.
The haemoglobin cells studied are closety associated with the
tracheal system, and it was therefore necessary to trace out some-
thing of the structure of this system. A study of the tracheal sys-
tem was also necessary to aid the findings of the other morphologi-
cal studies. For this purpose it was found to be much better to use
fresh specimens in which the tracheae were yet filled with air, giving
them a silveiy white lustre and making them visible. It was almost
impossible to distinguish tracheae from other tissue when once filled
with water. One could not work long with the same specimen till
the larger tracheae would become so filled. This was especially true
with those of. the thorax. Some of the suspected connections could
not be clearly traced, and it was decided to try a process of injec-
tion of the tracheae described by August Krogh (45), of Copenhagen
University, in 1917.
For an injection fluid he used a mixture of paraffin, beeswax, colo-
phonium and turpentine, stained as deeply as possible with alkanna.
It was difficult to get any alkanna, and that which was finally se-
cured may not have been of much value. The process described by
Krogh was repeatedly tried with Buenoa and found unsuccessful.
284 The University Science Bulletin.
The substances penetrated the other tissues as well as the tracheae
and made the tracheae invisible. The process may be good for the
larger insects.
Glycerin agar melted and colored deeply with finely powdered
carmine was tried instead of the mixture above described by Krogh.
It worked very poorly. The process of attempted injection used
for this was the same as is given on page 285 except that the colored
agar was placed in the large bottle and cooled till it hardened.
The bugs, inclosed in a wire-screen cage so they would not sink,
were placed in a bottle on top of the solid agar. The air was ex-
hausted and the bottle containing the colored agar and the bugs was
immersed in a hot-water bath until the agar melted and the bugs
sank into it. The air was then slowly readmitted to force the liquid
into the tracheae. With the reduced air pressure the substance would
boil at a very low temperature soon after it melted and so disrupt
the tissues. But the process did not work well even when boiling
was prevented.
Krogh also suggested using colored turpentine instead of the
above mixture in the case of animals with closely intact spiracles.
This was tried with considerable success, but no substance was found
which would satisfactorily color the turpentine so that the tracheae
would stand out in strong contrast to the other tissues. Eosin,
powdered carmine, picric acid, methylene blue, and borax carmine
solution were used in attempting to color the turpentine. At best
only a weak stain, which under the binocular was greatly diluted,
was secured with any of them. A substance of a lipoid nature was
necessary according to Krogh in order to penetrate the tracheae.
Turpentine was such, but was not strongly enough colored.
It was decided to try Grenacher's borax carmine, a substance
which has a very dark red color. It was felt that this surely would
give the desired contrast if it could be made to penetrate deeply
enough. It penetrated very nicely to the remote tips of the tracheae,
giving a bright-red color under the binocular in strong contrast to
the surrounding tissues. A large part of the sketches of the tracheal
system of Buenoa as figured in the accompanying plates were drawn
with the aid of this injection material. It can no doubt be as suc-
cessfully used with other minute or small insects. A difficulty arises
when an attempt is made to use it with tlie larger insects or larvae.
An injection was made of a nearly mature tipulid larvae, but it was
found that the fluid would flow out from the larger tracheae when the
insect was handled.
Bare: Studies of the Gexvs Buenoa. 285
The article by Krogh may not be readily available to the reader,
as it was not in our case, so there is given here something of a repeti-
tion of the device used by him, together with the modifications as
used jn this laboratory. A quantity of the injection mixture, Gren-
acher's borax carmine, was kept in a wide-mouthed bottle of about
250 cc. capacity with a ground tubulated stopper. If the ground
tubulated stopper was not available, a large rubber stopper with a
piece of glass tubing inserted w^as used. The neck of the bottle was
reenforced with adhesive tape to prevent its being easily broken.
The diameter of the rubber stopper was increased wuth the same ma-
terial to prevent its being pushed too far into the bottle by the air
pressure. The animals to be injected were removed from the
aquarium jar to a piece of toweling paper till the film of water was
removed from them. They were then deeply narcotized by dropping
them into a large bottle with a wad of paper or other material
saturated with a few drops of ether and replacing the stopper till
they were quiet for a moment. This was done to make them im-
mobile and render ineffective the mechanism for closing the spiracles
or tracheae.
A number of the bugs were usually so treated at the same time,
and one kept for a control to see that all were not killed with the
ether. The others were then placed in a wire-screen cage in the
bottle with the injection mixture, but kept above it till after the air
was exhausted. The stopper was then put in place and the bottle
connected by means of heavy rubber tubing to an air pump or as-
pirator. Previously the aspirator was fastened to the faucet at the
sink, one screw clip closed and the other screw clip opened. The
water was then turned on at the faucet and the air exhausted from
the bottle containing the bugs. After fifteen or twenty minutes the
exhaustion of the air was usually sufficient, for a pretty good vacuum
could be secured by such means. The cage containing the bugs was
then turned over by turning the bottle, so that the bugs were im-
mersed in the liquid; one screw clip was closed, and the second screw
clip was slowly opened till air bubbled through the wash bottle used
to indicate the rate of release of air into the vacuum. This was so
regulated that the air bubbled in quite slowly. A thermometer tube
or other tube with a bore of 0.1 mm. or less was used to aid in reg-
ulating the air supply as was suggested by Krogh. The joining was
made with heavy rubber tubing and all connections were made air-
tight with a little vaseline.
The most important point in the whole technique was the slow in-
286 The University Science Bulletin.
crease of the pressure which secured a complete fiUing of the tracheal
system. After about half an hour the second clip was opened a little,
care being taken that the injection should never be completed in
much less than an hour. When the pressure had risen to normal the
bottle was disconnected and opened, and the bugs taken out and
mounted in the paraffin dissecting dish previously described.
CELLULAR TECHNIQUE.
The technique used for the cellular and more minute structures
was the same as is ordinarily used for such work. The tissues were
fixed and embedded in paraffin, sectioned, mounted and studied
under low-, high- and oil-immersion lenses with a binocular com-
pound Bausch-Lomb microscope equipped with an Abbe condenser.
Attempt was made to use the projection microscope, but the lighting
was insufficient under high magnification.
EXTERNAL MORPHOLOGY.
Concerning the external morphology of the Notonectidse, and
especially about the genus Buenoa, little seems to have been written
or figured. From the viewpoint of pure morphological interest and
from a consideration of the possibility of aiding in determining the
phylogenetic or other relations of the order Hemiptera-Heteroptera,
a thorough study of the morphology of Buenoa and the other genera
of the Notonectidse might be of considerable value. No pretense
of such a thorough study is made in this paper. What is given may
help further study. The terminology used is intended to be in ac-
cordance with that of the latest authorities. However, Crampton.
1916, wrote that the Hemiptera-Heteroptera were composed of four
typical groups or suborders, and he called the notonectid group the
Euhemiptera or true Hemiptera. He said that, "The true Hemiptera
are so highly specialized that they are of no great interest from the
standpoint of the study of phylogeny ; but the Homoptera give some
valuable hints as to the relationships of certain of the higher forms."
(Ent. News, XXVII: 301.)
Ashton, 1837, in a discussion of the wings of Hemiptera, figured
and described the union of the wings of Notonecta. Berlese, 1909,
in "Gli Insetti," in that part of the volume dealing with external
morphology, figiu'ed the abdomen and genitalia of Notonecta glauca.
Hoppe, 1911, in "Die Atmung von Notonecta glauca," gave some
descriptions and a few figures of both adults and nymphs. Rich,
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 287
1918, in describing the respiratory organs of a notonectid in
South Africa, which he was not able to identify, gave two figures of
the abdomen. Hungerford, 1919, in the University of Kansas
Science Bulletin, gives a number of plates showing something of the
adults and nymphs of the three genera, Notonecta, Buenoa, and Plea.
Other figures have since been given of B. macrotibialis and B. lim-
no cast oris.
HEAD.
The head of Buenoa appears as in Plates XLIV and XLIX. The
eyes are quite large in comparison witli the size of the head and
rather close together. They approach closest at the notocephalic
margins of synthlipsis. In the species like B. margaritacea, they
form, with the lines of the prothorax, a smooth contour as seen from
a dorsal view. Tn those species more of the type of B. elegant they
project laterally or appear to protrude beyond the lines of the pro-
thorax when viewed dorsally. The ommatidia are quite regularly
hexagonal. The epicranium or sclerite between the eyes is narrow
and extends from near the ventral separation of the mesal or inner
margins of the compound eyes to the caudal and dorsal part of the
head, and seems to form the dorsal margin of the occipital foramen.
The gcna^ form the inoi'c lateral and ventral parts of the occipital
foramen. The frons is not distinctly separate from the epicranium
in the adults, but appears more so in the nymphs. The clypeus
seems to be fused with the frons. "i'he postgenae are small and lin-
ear. The gena> are rather long and have a part beneath what ap-
pears to be the beak. The trochantin of the mandible or basiman-
dibula is rectangular and has the angle in front of the antennae large
and sharp, and is evidently used to produce sound by plucking with
the front femur as described on page 278. The labrum is a small flap
distinctly seen below the clypeus, and is covered with many fine
setae which makes it appear like a moustache. (See PI. LI, Fig. 4.)
The labium with four distinct segments has a ventral groove in
which are contained the stylets consisting of a pair of mandibles
and a pair of maxilhe. The proximal segment in the females is con-
siderably enlarged sternally. The part of the head to which it is
attached is correspondingly large, probably to better accommodate
the larger salivary glands that are present in the males. The proxi-
mal segment in the males is rather inconspicuous. The second seg-
ment in the males is prolonged laterally into prongs. On the lateral
faces of these prongs are washboardlike areas used in the production
288 The University Science Bulletin.
of sound. Along the median line of these areas is usually a row of
very small but darkly chitinized toothlike setae which evidently aid
in the process. The third and fourth segments of the beak are
longer, and all are open ventrally with a narrow groove. Near the
base of the beak and beneath the labrum the mandibles are seen.
They often protrude at the end of the beak in mounted specimens,
or live adults held under the binocular can be seen to make them
protrude quite often. The mandibles and maxillae are rather loosely
held together in the sheath of the labium. The mandibles have a
row of serrate recurrent spines on the lateral surfaces at the tip.
The mandibles and maxillae form the tube through which the juicy
foods are taken. Time has not been taken to work out their exact
relations and form.
THORAX.
Prothorax. The prothorax appears to consist of an almost con-
tinuous segmental ring of chitin, longer in width laterally than in
length in the caudo-cephalic direction. Some evidence of sutures
is seen at the ventral parts to mark off the sternite and the antecoxal
pieces, but the pleurites appear to have wholly fused with the
surrounding sclerites.
Mesothorax. The mesothorax is more complicated than the
prothorax because it bears the front wings or hemelytra. The
dorsum of the mesothorax extends well cephalad under the dorsum of
the prothorax and appears to be divided at the anterior margin into
pairs of sclerites by three sutures. One extends caudad and dorsad
on either side from the anterior and caudo-lateral margin. (See
PL XLIX, Fig. 2, dotted lines.) These sutures mark the dividing
point of two sets of large muscles in the mesothorax. The sternum
appears as a broad central plate ventrally between the mesothoracic
legs. A suture marks off the mesal margin of the antecoxal piece
as shown in the figures. (PI. XLIX, Fig. 1.) The pleurites appear
as shown in figure 3, plate L.
An interesting pair of sclerites, which appear at first to be ante-
coxal pieces of the metathoracic legs, are two large ones called by
Rich, 1918, extensions of the mesothoracic scutellum. These appear
to arise from an episternite of the mesothorax, and extend caudad
and ventrad, covering almost entirely the metathoracic coxae and a
large part of the metasternum. They cover and help with their
fringes of setaceous hairs to form the ventral air channels to the
thoracic spiracles. This fringe of hairs is on the mesal and caudal
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 289
edges only in the adults, but appears also on the outer lateral
edges in the nymphs, as is shown for the fifth-instar nymphs in
plate LVII, figure 1 and 2.
The sclerites about the base of the front wing have not been
worked out thoroughly. The caudal margin of the mesothorax is
joined broadly and firmly to the anterior margin of the metathorax.
Spiracle. On the cephalic margin of the mesothorax, laterally
and ventrally beneath the caudal margins of the prothorax, and in
the more or less nonchitinous membrane connecting the prothoracic
and mesothoracic segments, are the spiracles. They exist simply
as a rather large opening in the membrane, and seem not to have
any sclerites about them such as the peritremes of the abdominal
segments. The insect seems to be able to close them in case of need
by simply pulling the prothorax and mesothorax closer together, so
that the posterior and anterior margins respectively telescope one
another more closely. These spiracles appear to be the largest and
supply the biggest and most remarkable array of tracheae in the
whole body. This bunch of tracheae is no doubt so developed be-
cause it supplies the air to the wing muscles. (PI. XLIV, TP.)
Metathorax. The metathorax is the largest segment of the entire
body. This must be because it contains the muscles of the hind
wings most used in flight, and also those of the swimming legs which
in the water are almost in constant use. The metathorax of Buenoa
is relatively much larger and projects further caudad on the dorsal
side than it does in the Notonecta. This may be due to the more
constant use of the swimming muscles in Buenoa than in Notonecta.
The exterior surface of the metathorax appears smoother than
that of the mesothorax. The metathoracic tergite is divided on the
dorsal median line by an internal projection or apodeme. This is
the largest sclerite of the body. The sclerites about the base of
the wing are rather small and undifferentiated. The pleurites ap-
pear large and distinct. (See PI. L, Figs. 3 and 4.) The meta-
sternum is a large ventral plate and possesses a large spinelike pro-
jection extending caudad on the mesal line between the coxae of the
hind legs. (See PI. XLIV and XLIX, Fig. 1.)
At the cephalic margin and from the dorsal surface there extends
internally and ventrally, about two-thirds the diameter of the body,
a large apodeme which apparently serves as a fastening for the
muscles supplying the wings of both thoracic segments. This
apodeme pushes the dorsal aorta and oesophagus to a quite ventral
290 The University Science Bulletin.
position in this region of the body. Another similar apodeme at the
caudal margin of the metathorax does likewise, except that it does
not extend so far ventrally, and extends cephalad and laterad at the
same angle as is formed by the caudo-lateral margins of the meta-
thorax to which it is also joined. (See PI. XLIV, IC and Ic.)
Prominent ventral apodemes are also present which somewhat sur-
round the ventral muscles leading to the legs. (See PI. XLVI.)
The spiracle, with a somewhat hidden chitinous opening, is just
beneath the base of the wing. (See PI. L, Figs. 3 and 4.)
WINGS.
The wings are figured in plate L, figures 1 and 2. For the fifth-
instar nymphs, see plate LVIL Both wings are quite transparent,
but the proximal area of the fore wing is more translucent. The
wing venation is much reduced and cjinte difficult to determine accu-
rately. The labeling given is approximate.
The fore wing has two unicjue de^'ices for fastening to the body
when not in use. Such or similar devices have been figured for
Notonecta by Ashton, 1837. The snaplike device at L in figure 1,
plate L, fits into a sort of hook at L in figure 3 of the same plate.
The snaplike device at B in the figure fits into another groove or
hook at the median dorsal line of the body. The membranous part
of the wing at the apex is quite coneshaped in life. In some species
this part of the wing may aid in breaking the surface film when the
insect comes to the surface of the water for air. In most of the
Buenoa studied it does not do so. Tlie film is usually broken by the
abdominal hairs.
The hind wing is quite delicate and beautifully iridescent. It is
folded in two folds beneath the hemelytra or fore wing. The veins
of the region near the front margin are the only ones that are dis-
tinctly visible unless the wing is mounted dry. The mounting of
this wing is a rather difficult matter if one desires a perfect specimen.
LEGS.
The legs of the thorax have each the same number of segments
but are variously modified to suit the purposes for which they are
adapted. All have the common segments, coxa, trochanter, femur
tibia, two tarsal segments, and two tarsal claws at the end of the
distal tarsal segment. (See PI. XLIV.)
The legs of the prothorax and the mesothorax are much alike in
form, but those of the mesothorax have somewhat longer and more
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 291
slender segments than those of the prothorax. Many setaceous
spines are so arranged that when the legs are flexed they form a crib
in which to catch and hold prey. These spines may also aid in
forming the ventral air chamber. They are lined in definite rows,
especially on the tibiae and femora. (See Pis. XLIV and LI, Fig.
6.) On the front legs are the modifications for the production of
sound described on page 278 and again on page 287. (See PI. LI,
Fig. 4.) In this figure corresponding numbers are given to those
parts which seem to work together in the production of sound. Their
relative i^ositions are the bases for the conclusions. The coxae of
the two front pairs of legs are quite long and ventrally distinctly
visible. The trochanter is rather short and V-shaped, with a num-
ber of setaceous hairs or spines on the apical surfaces which help
forin the ventral air chamber of the thorax.
The hind legs are especially modified for swimming, as they have
a fringe of setaceous hairs on each side of the segments including the
femur to the tarsal claws. The fringe on the femur is not strongly
evident but it is well developed on the tibia and tarsal segments.
The whole leg bears a strong resemblance to an oar. In the first-in-
star nymph the fringe is found only on the tarsal segment. The tar-
sal claws of the adult are of the same length at the tip of the tarsus
as the swimming fringe and are much reduced and inconspicuous. In
the nymphs they are much more conspicuous.
THE ABDOMEN.
General. Eleven segments are found in the abdomen. The first
two caudad of the thorax are not distinctly separated, but are firmly
joined together and to the caudal margin of the metathorax so far
as the tergites and sternites are concerned. The pleurites are some-
what more distinct and more easily separated. Each segment from
the second one to the seventh, inclusive, is made up of a single ter-
gite, two pairs of pleurites, and a single sternite. (See PI. L, Fig.
4; and PI. XLIX, Fig. 1.) In the seventh segment there is ap-
parently an extra pleurite on each side, making three pairs of pleu-
rites for this segment. (See PI. LV, Figs. 4, 5 and 8; and PL LII,
Figs. 8, 9 and 12.) Caudad of that the pleurites are simply chitin-
ous membranes. The genital segments are left for later description.
Hairy Fringe. Near the juncture between the two pleurites on
either side of each segment, and extending cephalad from the seventh
segment to the thorax, is a row of long, blackish, setaceous, aquifuge
hairs which fold closely parallel to each other and mesad, forming
292 The University Science Bulletin.
the abdominal air cliannels. The tips of these hairs meet those from
the opposite side in the cephalic part of the abdomen. Near the cau-
dal tip they meet with shorter hairs on the ventral median carina.
(See PI. LII, Fig. 12, for the male; and PL LV, Fig. 8, for the female.)
They are also figured on other plates, but are not usually drawn as
long as they appear in life, because if they were one would not be
able to distinguish other parts in the drawings. Under magnifica-
tion these hairs are found to be nearly flat. Together with the sur-
face tension of the air bubble which they hold they are able to keep
water out of the spiracles. The surfaces of the air chambers also
seem to be aquifuge. At the caudal tip of the abdomen this air
chamber is divided by the median carina into two separate parts,
but these parts unite shortly cephalad and continue as one to the
head on the ventral surface of the body.
Seventh Sternite. The seventh abdominal sternite in the fe-
males is projected caudally into a sharp V-shaped point on the
mesal line. The function in oviposition of this sclerite has been de-
scribed on page 271. It also serves as a ventral shield to the
genital parts at the tip of the abdomen, and may aid with the ab-
dominal hairs in breaking the surface film when the animal comes
to the surface for air. (See Pis. XLIX, L, LV and LVII.)
Fifth Sternite. The fifth abdominal sternite in the adult is es-
pecially large. It projects forward on the median ventral line until
it almost divides the fourth sternite in two halves. (See PI. XLIX,
Fig. 1; and PI. L, Fig. 4.)
Fourth Sternite Area. Just mesad and caudad of the fourth ab-
dominal spiracle, and on the fourth sternite, is a smooth, rather
glandular-appearing area. It is quite noticeable ventrally in both
males and females when the fringe of hairs forming the ventral air
chamber is turned aside. Examined under high power it is found
that the smooth surface is due to the fact that there are no setse on
the sclerite at that place. The entire inner surface of the air cham-
ber next the body, except the peritremes around the spiracles and the
area just mentioned, is covered with quite an even distribution of
minute setse. They seem to aid in making the surface aquifuge.
Just what function this smooth area may have is not known. It was
closely examined for glandular openings, but none were found.
First to Third Sternites. It has been written that the first and
second sternites were closely united. Berlese figures those for No-
tonecta glauca. He shows the first sternite to have internal projec-
tions or apodemes, but otherwise to be quite small. Biienoa appears
Baee: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 293
to have the first sternite quite large, extending forward and laterally
to a point near the middle of the methathorax. Immediately on each
side of the median ventral line, and projecting internally and
caudally from the first sternite, are two darkly chitinized and quite
long apodemes. The caudal extremities of these processes extend
into the third or fourth abdominal segments. Muscles which appear
to aid the hind legs in swimming are attached to them. The second
sternite, closely united to the first, is a narrow sclerite immediately
caudad of the first, and extends to the large, second abdominal
spiracle at its anterior lateral comers. The third sternite, im-
mediately caudad of this, is narrow and is the first anterior one of
the venter to be colored darkly.
Spiracles. The spiracles are at the lateral edges of the sternites.
All are quite large compared with those of Notonecta. Each one,
except the first and eighth, are distinctly marked by the white color
of the peritremes, in strong contrast to the blackish color of the
sclerites which surround them. Those of the second and fifth seg-
ments are the largest. The first abdominal spiracle is so far for-
ward that it appears superficially to be at the middle of the meta-
thorax. (See PI. L, Fig. 3 ; and PL XLIV.) The eighth one does not
appear except in the nymphs. (See PI. LVII, Figs. 1-4.) In the
adult it has atrophied because of the retraction of the segments
caudad of the seventh. It may be rather nonfunctional in the
nymphs.
Swimming Hairs. In both male and female a row of long, silky,
setaceous, free-swimming hairs is found near the junction of the
seventh tergite with the pleurites. This row usually extends ceph-
alad on to the same part of the sixth segment. (See PI. LII, LV,
and LVII.) The function of these hairs seems to be to aid in balanc-
ing the bug when at the surface film for air. When it is in that posi-
tion these hairs appear to attach themselves to the film, and serve as
anchors. They also may help some in swimming, serving somewhat
as rudders or like the tail fins of a fish.
Dorsal Spine. In the adult male, on the sinistro-caudal margin of
the seventh tergite, is a long and often quite black spine. The ap-
proximate parts of the tergite are so modified as usually to make the
whole segment somewhat unsymmetrical. A corresponding spine or
"strigillum" is found on the males of the corixids, but in that family
the adjoining sclerites are much more unsymmetrical. This structure
seems to be another indication of some relationship between the
294 The University Science Bulletin.
Notonectidse and the Corixidis. Whether a smiilar spine is ever
found in Notonecta, or the other genera of that family, has not been
determined. The purpose of this spine has not yet been learned. It
is supposed that it is of some use in mating. It appears to have
nothing to do with holding the wings in position or other such use,
and is not found in the females. The males of every species of
Buenoa studied possess it. (See PI. LII, Figs. 9 and 11; and Pis.
LIIIandLIV.)
Heart Area. On the dorsal median line of the second to the
fifth abdominal tergites, inclusive, is a very thinly-chitinized mem-
branous area. This area almost divides the tergites of these seg-
ments into two halves. If a live adult bug is held in position with
the dorsum upward under a high-power binocular regular pulsating
movements can be seen. These movements are caused by the dorsal
vessel, or heart. An enlarged portion, and probably the most func-
tional part of the heart, is located there. The membranous portions
of the tergites there allow more expansion and freer movements of
that organ. (See Pis. XLIV and XLIX, Fig. 2.)
External Gland Openings of the Male. In some species of
Buenoa, B. margaritacea and those of similar size and appearance,
the males possess near what seems to be the junction of the pleurites
of the first and second abdominal segments, on each side, a pair of
small, blackish, glandular-appearing spots. These spots are also
underneath the edges of the hemelytra when closed and beneath the
outer lateral edges of the large shieldlike plates over the bases of the
metathoracic coxae, but are still plainly visible from the exterior.
In one or two species, probably not yet described, similar spots are
found which are not black. The spots are distinctly visible to the
naked eye, vary somewhat in size, but are about one-half millimeter
in diameter. When viewed vertically with magnification they have
somewhat the appearance of a rather large, thick doughnut with a
small hole in the center. The hole is probably the opening for the
discharge of some fluid upon the surface of the body from what
appears to be a gland underneath. The colored part at the surface
of the body around the opening consists of many small, very darkly
colored or chitinized cells. Most of the cells are very perfectly
hexagonal in form. The thinly membranous chitin surrounding the
organ enables one to easily pluck it out. The outer colored portion
is quite hard and projects a little way above the surface. When
plucked out a string of tissue clings to it somewhat as shown in
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 295
figure 1, plate LI. This distinctly visible glandular opening, visible
although somewhat covered at times with translucent wings, may
prove of considerable taxonomic value aside from its morphological
interest. The function is not known. It may be a scent gland for
the attraction of the females, or it may provide the oily, aquifuge
substance covering the interior of the ventral air chamber. (See
PI. L, Fig. 3G; and PL LI, Figs. 1 and 2.)
The suggestion may occur that this structure is a modified
spiracle, but all the spiracles have been accounted for, one each in
the mesothorax and metathorax and the first eight segments of the
abdomen. Sectioning has not yet been successful enough to give
any further information about it.
GENITAL SEGMENTS.
Tergites. The eighth abdominal tergite is the last one which is
very distinctly seen from a dorsal position. The others may all be
seen in the female if properly extruded. The eighth tergite is very
similar in shape and appearance in both males and females, but in
the females it more closely incloses the tip of the abdomen. At the
caudo-lateral edges it is prolonged somewhat into a sort of oval flap
or projection which covers the more caudal segments. This pro-
jection is called by Berlese in Notonecta glauca the procercus. The
outer surface of these projections is covered by one or two patches
of small setaj. (See Pis. LII and LV.)
The ninth tergite in the female has on the median dorsal line a
cluster of setaceous hairs projecting through the opening of the
eighth tergite. To its anterior projections and at the lateral mar-
gins are attached the ovipositors. (See PI. LV.) In the males the
ninth tergite is almost a nonentity. It is a thin membranous piece
projecting under the eighth tergite, and almost entirely invisible
from the exterior. (PL LII.) The genital claspers apparently arise
from it.
The tenth tergite is distinctly visible in both males and females.
In the male it is covered dorsally with a fine, silky coat of setae,
and appears to stand up dorsally at an angle over the anal opening.
In the female its outer surface is comparatively smooth, and the
styli or acrostyli, so named by Berlese, seem to arise from its ventral
margin.
The eleventh tergite in the female shows distinctly as a soft chit-
inous point at the tip of the abdomen and adjacent caudally to the
tenth. It seems to be directly over the anal opening ventrally near
19—3341
296 The University Science Bulletin.
the junction of the tenth and eleventh segments. In the male it is
almost invisible, but appears as a slight projection at the tip and
beneath the tenth tergite, above the anal opening. (See Pis. LII
and LV.)
Sternites. The sternite of the eighth abdominal segment in the
female is retracted within the body and dorsad of the seventh ster-
nite. Its anterior end is opposite the anterior end of the seventh
sternite. It seems to be divided into two halves, connected by a
thin, almost nonchitinized membrane. (See 8 in figures of PI. LV.)
It is certain this sclerite, as shown in the figures, represents the
eighth sternite, because the tracheae leading to the nonfunctional
eighth spiracle joins it at the outer lateral margin, a position homo-
logous with the position of the spiracles in the more anterior seg-
ments. In the male the eighth abdominal sternite extends caudad
from the hind margin of the seventh sternite beneath and inclosing
the genital bulb, or ninth sternite, in the position analogous to that
of the seventh sternite in the female.
The ninth sternite in the female seems to consist of two chitinous
rods connected by an almost nonchitinous membrane and inclosed
by the eighth sternite as shown at 9 in figures of plate LII. These
two rodlike structures extend cephalad to the anterior margin of the
eighth and seventh sternites. At the caudal end of those rods, and
between them and the lateral prolongations of the ninth tergite, the
ovipositors are attached. In the male the ninth sternite is very dis-
tinct, and is commonly called the genital bulb, since it forms the
ventral inclosure for the genital claspers and oedagus. Below it ven-
trally is the eighth sternite, caudally tipped like the seventh sternite
in the female. (See Pis. LII and LV.)
The tenth and eleventh sternites seem to be very weakly repre-
sented by any structure or sclerite in either male or female. Pos-
sibly the tenth sternite is represented by a small chitinous piece be-
tween and beneath the genital claspers in the male and known, in
the Homoptera at least, as the connective. The development in the
fifth-instar nymph seems to indicate this. In other cases the ster-
nites are represented, if at all, by very small and thinly chitinized
membranous parts. In the tenth and eleventh segments of the fe-
male they apparently are crowded to the minimum by the gona-
pophyses, which occupy most of the ventral position. In the male
eleventh the same thinly chitinized part must be all that remains.
(See Pis. LII, LV and XLIV.)
In the male the anal opening is above the oedagus and near the
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 297
extremity of the tenth tergite on the ventral side. In the female it
is in a similar position between the base of the eleventh segment
and the styli. (See Pis. XLIV, XLV, LII and LV.)
GOXAPOPm'SES.
Adult. Folsom, 1922, writes that "Most authorities have found
that the gonapophyses belong to the segmental series, or pairs,
appendages — are homadynamous with limbs — and pertain com-
monly to abdominal segments eight, nine and ten ; though there are
different views in regard to this." The results of this study seem
to show the ovipositor proper to be connected with the ninth segment
of the abdomen. Two other ventral pairs of structures having the
appearances of being gonapophyses are caudad of the ovipositor.
These are figured as St and Sty in plates XLIV, XLV, L and LV.
The ovpositors are figured in the same plates and plate LVI as
Ovip. The pair of sclerites marked St terminate in two minute
sharp points at the caudal tip, seem to be divided but closely united
along the median ventral line, and appear in the position of a ster-
nite on the tenth segment. Because of the delicate membranous
nature of the cephalic ends of these sclerites it is difficult to be
certain whether or not they may not belong to the ninth segment.
The third and last pair of what must be gonapophyses (for cerci
are present only in the more generalized insects) are rather large,
black-tipped organs, marked in the plates as Sty. Berlese likely
would call them acrostyli, or acrocerci, and the ones immediately
cephalad of them the mesostyli or mesocerci. They are covered
with many fine bristlelike setae. They appear in the adult to be
attached also to the tenth segment. They are used in oviposition,
as has been described. The opening of the oviduct is between and
at the cephalic end of the pair of sclerites, marked St, which are
rather nonfunctional and rudimentary.
In the male adult the gonapophyses seem to be represented only
by the genital claspers and the oedagus. The claspers, which are
unsymmetrical, the left or sinistral one being larger and hooked at
the tip. are attached to the ninth segment, as are the ovipositors.
Also, they are closely bound by tough tissue to the connective, which
must be the sternite of the tenth segment. From the caudal side of
the connective and beneath it the oedagus arises and extends caudad.
It consists of a series of ringlike segments or rings forming a tube
opening at the caudal tip of the body. The claspers account for one
pair of the gonapophyses. The cedagus accounts for another. If
298 The University Science Bulletin.
there are any parts which represent a third one of the gonapophyses
in the adult male they have not been discovered positively.
From the studies of the adults there are two pairs of gonapophyses
attached to the ninth segment and one pair attached to the tenth.
At least the structures indicate that, and authorities have found
some variation from the rule of eight, nine and ten.
DEVELOPMENTAL STUDIES.
External. Some attempt was made to trace the development of
the genitalia in the instars. Externally no marked change takes
place in the development of the nymphs, so far as the genitalia are
concerned, except in the ventral sclerites at the tip of the abdomen.
The seventh abdominal sternite shows the most marked changes
in development, and by observing its shape and size the males and
females may be distinguished as early as the third instar. In the
first and second instars it is practically impossible to distinguish
any difference, and it is quite difficult sometimes in the third instar.
Beginning with the fourth instar, however, it is an easy matter to
distinguish the sexes. The other sclerites caudad of the seventh
sternite also show considerable development in the fourth and fiftli
instars. It is in these instars that the eighth abdominal spiracle
is especially visible. (See PI. LVII.) At the tip of the abdomen in
all the instars is a rather large, flaplike sclerite ventrad of the anal
opening, called by Hoppe, 1912, the analkonus. It must represent
the sternite of the eleventh segment. This structure entirely dis-
appears at the end of the fifth instar. (See PI. LVII, Fig. 3, A.)
In the female the seventh sternite is prolonged caudally, while
in the male it is more rectangular. The sclerites of the sternal side
of the ninth, tenth and eleventh segments, including the developing
gonapophyses, also seem to be represented. The styli, Sty, are dis-
tinctly visible as little darkened projections. The pair just cephalad
of these is represented by a mere point, as at e in plate LVII, figure
4. The ovipositors seem to be represented by small, rectangular
areas, d, in figure 4, and the sternites of the eighth, ninth and the
tenth segments by a, c, e, respectively.
In the male the developing genitalia have no external counterpart
in the nymphs, so far as could be seen. Only the sternites have cor-
responding sclerites represented. (See 9, 10, .4, in Fig. 3, PL LVII.)
The caudal part of the tip of the abdomen in both males and fe-
males, on the dorsal surface, shows little if any indication of seg-
mental arrangement, but is covered with patches of setae as in the
Bare: Studies of the Gexus Buexoa. 299
adult. These setae probably aid the bug in keeping its equilibrium
in the water and in giving it more floating ability.
Intern.\l. An attempt to dissect out the developing genitalia and
study their forms was made. This was done with the expectation
that it might throw some light on the structures as found in the
adult. Since the parts were soft, and for the most part not held in-
tact by coverings of chitin, it was a rather difficult undertaking.
Some evidence was obtained from the fifth-instar nymphs and a
mere trifle from the fourth. In the earlier stages nothing could be
distinguished since the parts were not clearly differentiated. The
materials were such as had been preserved in 85 per cent alcohol.
Some had been fixed in picrosulphuric acid.
For the female the parts as dissected out are represented in figure
6, plate LVII, for the fifth instar. The fourth instar appeared much
the same except that it was smaller. The origins of the parts could
not be distinguished clearly, but seemed to bear out the studies and
conclusions on the adult.
In the study of the fourth instar very little could be distinguished
of the developing genitalia of the male. The parts were very much
all one mass. With the fifth instar some detail was available. Fig-
ure 5, plate LVII, represents what was found. Here it is seen that
the oedagus appears bifurcate at the tip, showing its development
from a pair of gonapophyses, as has been found in other studies.
The pair of gonapophyses not seen in the adult seems to be present
here as at A, figure 5. It must fuse with the pair forming the oedagus.
The pair representing the genital claspers in development is quite
evident, as at c, figure 5.
The locations of the gonapophyses were the same as were found
in the adults. It is desirable that further and quite careful studies
be made to verify these results.
COMPARATIVE STUDIES.
Ovipositors. A brief study of the ovipositors, to see if the number
and position of the teethlike setse might be of specific value, has been
made and is appended here. To get absolutely reliable data these
studies would have to be extended over a much larger number of in-
dividuals. Not more than three or four individuals were used from
any one of the places named, and in some cases just one, because of
the lack of sufficient material.
The number of teeth on the cutting edge of the ovipositor was
taken for one count. The number of teeth not on the regular cutting
edge of the ovipositor, but situated on the sides and out of alignment,
300 The University Science Bulletin.
as at A in plate LVI, was taken as another count. The counts were
made under transmitted light with oil immersion or high power
magnification.
Number of
Number Number specimens
Locality label and specific iiame. on edge. on side. examined.
Bryant's Bog Douglas Lake. Michigan (B. macroti-
bialis paratype specimen) 40 and 41 — 1
Douglas county, Kansas (6. margaritacea) . 33 and 35 2 or 3 4
Chile, South America (Undetermined) 50 and 48 4 1
Bryant's Bog, Douglas lake, Michigan (Undetermined), 40 and 38 4 2
Benson, Minn. (Undetermined) 37 none 3
Stubb's pond, Douglas county, Kansas (Undetr rmmed), 37 2 or 3 3
Superstition movmtains. Arizona (Undetermined) 35 2 or 3 1
Sedge Point pool, Douglas lake, Michigan (Undeter-
mined) 30 and 31 2 or 3 2
It will be seen that the number of teeth on the cutting edge of the
ovipositor varies from 30 to 50, and that there is some variation in
the number not on the cutting edge. There are also other characters
of the ovipositors, which may be taken as indicating specific value.
(See PI. LVI.)
Genital Claspers and Spines. A little more detailed and ex-
tensive study of the genital claspers and the spine at the caudo-sinis-
tral margin of the seventh tergite was made than of the ovipositors.
The results are shown on plates LIII and LIV. The plates are
largely self-explanatory. Only a few specimens of each were used,
but the shapes and sizes seemed to be fairly constant for the speci-
mens from any given locality.
It will be noted that there are some differences, but often they are
so slight that they would not be considered of much specific value.
The pair of claspers of a species of Buenoa from Chile, South Amer-
ica, will be seen to be one about which there could be no mistake in
saying that they are distinctly specific. Another one from the Super-
stition mountains, Arizona, is readily distinguished by its size. There
are at least three types of spines which are quite distinct. While
it may be said that these characters as a group are not of specific
value, yet it must be acknowledged that there are several individual
instances in which they are, no doubt, of specific value. Such a study
as this needs to be worked out with a larger number of cases before
absolute conclusions may be drawn.
Sound Devices. The following notes have been made of the num-
ber of setaceous teeth and spines on the sound-producing areas of
the anterior legs of the males:
B. margaritacen: Right tibia. 27 teeth; left tibia, 26 teeth; one spine on the
coxa.
B. elegans: Forty teeth on each tibia; 2 spines on the coxa.
Buenoa from Chile: Right tibia, 8 teeth (probably some broken off in hand-
Baee: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 301
ling; left tibia, 12 teeth. A row of spines on femur just opposite the teeth on
the tibia. No visible sound-device area on the femur, and no spine visible at
corresponding place on the coxa, as in the above species.
Other differences have been noted which have specific value. In
specimens taken about Lawrence, Kan., and which superficially look
much like B. niargaritacea, the males have two constantly differing
forms of the sound-producing areas on the front femora. Specimens
from other localities have similar differences. Evidently there are
several species not yet fully described.
INTERNAL :\IORPHOLOGY.
Brief and preliminary studies were made of the internal morphol-
ogy in connection with working out the tracheal system and the
associated haemoglobin cells. Some notes and plates are given here-
with showing the parts and structures which are not greatly different
from what is found in other Hemiptera.
DIGESTIVE TRACT.
For a general idea of the digestive tract see plate XLVIII, figure 1.
When dissected out it measures about two and one-half times the
length of the body. Beginning at the head we find the salivary
glands divided into four groups or clusters. The foremost group lies
partly in the head next the beak and in the prothorax. The hind-
most group lies farther back and mostly in the metathorax. Riley
and Johannscn have figured the salivary glands of Notonecta macu-
lata after Bugnion and Popoff in their "Handbook of INIedical Ento-
mology," page 28. For Buenoa practically the same sort of struc-
ture has been found.
The oesophagus is a long, slender tube as it extends through the
thorax and beneath the dorsal apodeme as figured in plate XLIV.
What appears to be the proventriculus is reached in the caudal part
of the metathorax and extends for some distance into the abdomen.
Sectioning shows no chitinous teeth or anything of the kind in this
region, but the walls are very thick and seem to be of a glandular
nature. The lumen at this point is little larger than in the oesoph-
agus. No gastric caeca seem to be present, and if such ever have
a glandular function, that function must be performed in Buenoa by
the thickened glandular walls of the proventriculus.
The mid-intestine is considerably coiled about, but not as long as
might be expected in an herbivorous animal. Toward the caudal end
it appears to be somewhat segmented, and is supplied with a great
manv trachea.
302 The University Science Bulletin.
Evidently the processes of digestion and absorption are quite ac-
tive at that point.
The hind-intestine is rather small, as might be expected of a pre-
daceous bug living on animal foods, but possesses a fairly large rec-
tal caecum, as do some herbivorous insects. At its anterior end arise
the Malpighian tubules. These are brownish, knotty-appearing
tubes, and when traced out thoroughly are seen to form two loops
as shown in plate XL VII I. The two ends of each loop appear to
arise from the intestine laterally at about the same point. If rectal
glands are present they were not observed.
NERVOUS SYSTEM.
The ventral nervous system appears to possess five abdominal
ganglia from which the nerves can be seen branching to the various
organs. Its location in the abdomen is ventral, and on the mesal
line below the haemoglobin cell clusters, as shown in plates XLIV
and XLV. In the thorax it is much larger and thicker, due to the
three or four large ganglia there. Some cephalization of the ganglia
of the entire ventral cord is observed. In the head the ocular lobes
are cjuite large.
CIRCULATORY SYSTEM.
The dorsal vessel, or heart, is found to be in the position indicated
in plates XLIV and XLV. The enlarged portion next the dorsal
line of the second to fifth segments of the abdomen has been men-
tioned on page 294. The aorta is seen to be much depressed in po-
sition by the dorsal apodemes of the thorax and to extend forward
just dorsad of the oesophagus to the supraoesophageal ganglion, as
is usually the case. Several times in dissecting, the heart was ob-
served pulsating in the salt solution in which the specimen was im-
mersed. Also, in the observations described on page 294 it was seen
pulsing. The rate of pulse was about 70 per minute. The peri-
cardial cells about the wing muscles seemed to have no definite ar-
rangement in the specimens examined.
Locy, 1884, observed pulsating organs in the proximal ends of the
tibia of a number of water bugs, including Notonecta, and described
and figured those in Benacus, Nepa, and one or two others. He con-
cluded that the organs which he observed were entirely separate
from the musculature of the legs, and observed under magnification
the corpuscles of the insect's blood flowing through them. He stated
that the pulsating organs which he observed aided the flow of the
blood in both directions through the extremities. The same phe-
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 303
nomena were observed in this laboratory in the prothoracic and
mesothoracic legs of Buenoa. This might be expected, since it is
a genus related to Notonecta.
GENITAL SYSTEM.
The internal organs of the genital systems of both male and fe-
male are figured in plate XLYIIL In the male the testes appear to
consist of three parts, and are located ventrally just caudad in the
abdomen of the second abdominal spiracle. (See, also. Pis. XLIV
and XLV.) Large trachese from that spiracle supply them and seem
to support them. If a ligament of the testis or ovary was present
in the specimens dissected it must have been very inconspicuous.
Each part of the testis appears to consist of a long tube coiled up
in a roll and inclosed in membranous covering. The vas deferens is
a long tube of uniform diameter about two and one-half inches in
length. The bug's body is only about 7 mm. long. This tube is
coiled with its mate from the opposite side into a great mass in the
caudal part of the abdomen. (See PI. XLVIII.) Just before the
two vasa deferentia extend caudad of this mass they unite into
the cjaculatory duct. Near this union are three short-knobbed,
glandlike organs, probably accessory glands.
In the female the ovaries are located and supported by the tra-
cheal tubes from the second abdominal spiracle, as was found for
the testes in the male. The oviducts leading caudad from them,
dorsad and between the hsemoglobin cell groups, unite directly
into the bursa copulatrix. From the dorsal surface of this, and at
an enlarged portion, extends a long, coiled tube inclosed in a delicate
membrane and with a knoblike enlargment at the end. This
tube is about four times the length of the body of the adult insect,
and appears to be the spermatheca. (See PL XLVIII, Fig. 2, Sp.)
RESPIRATORY SYSTEM.
The respiratory system is not greatly different in most respects
from what is found in most Hemiptera. It consists in the main
of ten pairs of spiracles in the nymphs, one of which is atrophied in
the adults; longitudinal trachea^ on each side, from the caudal
atrophied spiracle of the eighth abdominal segment to the meso-
thoracic spiracle of the suture between the mesothorax and the
prothorax; and of transverse tracheae between the corresponding
spiracles of each segment, except possibly the metathorax, and the
first and second abdominal segments. The longitudinal connection
304 The University Science Bulletin.
between the first and second abdominal spiracles is quite difficult
to trace. The branching and rebranching and the extraordinary de-
velopment of the tracheae in the thorax is remarkable.
L'Organe Tracheo-parenchymateux. Ferriere, 1914, described
and figured what he called, "L'Organe tracheo-parenchymateux de
quelques Hemipteres aciuatiques." These were two white organs on
either side of the dorsal vessel in the thorax which were penetrated
with a great number of small tracheae. He found them in Nepa,
Ranatra, and Naucoris; but did not find them either in Corixa or
Notonecta. He seems to have concluded that they were degenerate
groups of muscles in the thorax of insects which no longer used
their wings as they once did in their phylogenetic development.
In plate XLIV is figured a remarkable group of tracheae w^iich
in the thorax seems to be homologous with "L'Organe tracheo-
parenchymateux" of Ferriere. There are other such groups of
tracheae in the thorax of Biienoa, but none so large and with such
remarkable development of tracheae as this one. The plate shows
just one of them in lateral view. There are two just like the one
figured. Each one lies in an almost vertical plane extending dorso-
ventrally on either side of a mesal rectangular group of muscles
which extend caudo-cephalad between the anterior margins of the
mesothorax and the large dorsal apodeme at the anterior margin of
the metathorax. By carefully dissecting a dried fresh specimen of
Biienoa they are most easily seen. Each one of these groups of
tracheae seems to supply the muscles between them. This must have
been once tnie of the organs figured by Ferriere. The organs he
described were white. These also are whitish when the tracheae are
filled with air. The organs he described in Ranatra were examined
in specimens of Ranatra jusca and found to bear a marked resem-
blance to those of Buenoa.
HAEMOGLOBIN CELLS.
References. The haemoglobin cells, as mentioned in the intro-
duction, are closely associated with the tracheal system and should
be considered in connection with it. Definite haemoglobin cells,
or cells containing haemoglobin, were first found in the larvae of
Gastrophihis equi. It appears they have been found in no other
insect except Buenoa* They were first observed and described
from the larvae of the horse botfly by Enderlein (25), 1899. The
next year, 1900, they were more fully described and figured by A.
*Poisson: Pages 192-201, Archives de Zoologie Experimentale, T. 65, Fas. 4, 1926, de-
scribes these cells in the genus A7iisops.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 305
Prenant (64), of Nancy, France. Other short articles were written
about these cells just previous to that time and immediately after.
In 1909 Portier, in "Physologie de L'appareil respiratoire des larves
D'Oestre," gave about the last original investigation concerning
these cells that is found in the literature. Berlese, 1909, in "Gli In-
setti" refers to the literature and sums up the knowledge then ac-
quired. Rollet as early as 1861 had discovered that there was
haemoglobin in the common blood worm or Chironomus larva. But
in the Chironomus larva there seem to be no cells in which the
haemoglobin is confined. Dr. H. B. Hungerford reported haemo-
globin in the cells of Buenoa in 1922.
Arrangement. The red cells in the abdomen of Buenoa, which
in living material is a bright scarlet color and dark red or black in
museum specimens, occupies in some cross sections of the body
nearly one-third of the abdominal space. The groups into which
these cells are clustered suiTound and are attached to the tracheae
which come from the spiracles of the third to the seventh abdominal
segments, inclusive. (See Pis. XLIV and XLVI.) In plate XL VI
will be seen something of the grouping of the cell clusters as they
usually appear in specimens when the dorsum is removed.
There are two rows of the cell groups on each side of the meson.
One row is on the outside from the meson. Through this row the
main tracheal trunks arise dorsally from the spiracles beneath to
the longitudinal tracheae and digestive tract above. This outer row
consists mostly of one cell group to each segment of the body.
Sometimes the branch trachea leading to the digestive tract leaves
the main stem trachea before it emerges above the cell group. This
is true of those in the third and fourth segments especially. The
others leave the stem above the cell cluster. (See PI. XLVI.) Some
of the cells are attached at the extremities of branch tracheae coming
from the main trunk arising through their midst. Others are at-
tached at the extremities of tracheae coming directly from the
spiracle. (See XLVII, Fig. 2.)
The inner row of cell groups next the meson consists entirely of
cells in groups about the ends of treelike branched tracheae arising
from the same spiracles as do the main trunk tracheae. They are
arranged in one group to each segment except in the fifth and sixth
segments. There the spiracles are especially large, and the internal
development of the tracheae and the attached cells is correspondingly
large. Often in the fifth and sixth segments in the inner row there
may be four or five groups of the cells.
306 The University Science Bulletin.
In segment three of the abdomen the cell groups are rather small,
due to the fact that this part of the abdomen is largely occupied
by the ovaries or testes which arise or are supported by trachege
coming from the second abdominal spiracle. Also the length of this
segment is much shortened, and near the meson the large apodeme
with their attached muscles extend caudad from the first sternite.
Again the cell groups are somewhat smaller in the seventh ab-
dominal segment. Here the reason is that the space is mostly
taken over by either the large coil of vasa deferentia in the male or
the coiled spermatheca in the female. Also, in the female especially,
the more caudal segments are here retracted and occupy much of
the space.
The trachefe branching from the atrophied eighth abdominal
spiracles do not supply haemoglobin cells, but extend to the ovarian
tubes or vasa deferentia and the parts of the genital segments.
Each cell group so named is loosely held together by a delicate
peritoneal membrane. This delicate membrane may be demon-
strated in two ways, either by gross dissection or by sectioning the
abdomen. It is seldom in gross dissection that it will be seen, except
when particular care is taken to shave off the group very carefully
in physiological salt solution close to the spiracle. Usually it is
broken and does not hold the cells together in a manner to attract
attention. Many gross dissections were made before it was dis-
covered.
The group with its surrounding membrane was transferred with a
pipette and suspended in salt solution to a slide and studied under
low-power microscope for some time before it would break. Fre-
quently renewing the evaporating salt solution, by adding some
that was fresh with a pipette, prolonged the time the membrane
would hold intact. In such a position it appeared holding the cells
in a cluster more or less spherical, as shown in plate XLVII, figure 3.
After a time some of the cells would begin to hsemolyze, probably
due to too much salt in the solution, which was constantly evap-
orating. The ha^molyzed material, like little reddish droplets of
oil, would bubble out from the cluster through openings in the
surrounding membrane. It was stated in the preceding paragraph
that the cells seemed losely held together by the surrounding mem-
brane. It may have been that there were natural openings in the
membrane at frequent intervals, allowing the body fluid or blood
to freely circulate between the ha?moglobin containing cells. Such
Bare: Studies of the Genvs Buenoa. 307
is a matter which needs more demonstration. The membrane itself
may have broken down in the supersaturated salt solution or it may
have been slightly punctured in removing. This technique was
repated several times, with always the same result.
On most every slide containing a number of sections of that part
of the abdomen containing the haemoglobin cells there are some
w'hich plainly show the inclosing membrane. Most of the slides in
this study have been stained with eosin and Delafield's hsematoxy-
lin stains. But few nuclei have been observed in the membrane.
Structure. Plate XLVII, figure 1, shows the structure of the cell
and the manner of its attachment to the trachea. The large tracheae
branch and rebranch into smaller tracheae until the whole mass has
much the appearance in form of a tree. At the end of the twigs or
tracheoles (small tracheae without taenidia, perhaps), the cells con-
taining the haemoglobin are attached. Each individual cell has about
the shape shown in the figure, an oblong cell tapering art each end.
The masses of cells taken from fresh bugs were mounted in newly-
made physiological salt solution on a slide and picked apart under
a binocular with fine needles, so that the individual cells could be
distinctly seen. A cover slip was then dropped over them, and
they were carefully and repeatedly studied with the oil immersion
objective and No. 10 oculars on a Bausch-Lomb compound binocular
microscope. In this manner many details could be observed in the
evidently yet-living cells. Most of the details were the same as
were afterwards observed in sectioned material.
A number of tracheoles branch out from the point of attachment
of the cell to the small trachea and pass out in almost parallel but
curving lines toward the opposite pointed end of the cell. Cross
sectioning shows most of these tracheoles to be just underneath the
periphery of the cell. The periphery of the cell is a rather tough
membranous covering retaining the protoplasm within. In the liv-
ing, unstained material the nucleus is distinctly seen in the cyto-
plasm as a globular, lighter-colored area. Within it can be seen
some darker areas but not in definite outline. The rest of the cell
shows, aside from the nucleus and the tracheoles, an even, slightly
pinkish color, due to the oxyhaemoglobin present.
In the fixed, mounted and stained material the same details of
structure can be seen as given above. But the nucleus stains darkly
with Delafield's ha^matoxylin, and the remainder of the cytoplasm
an even pinkish color with eosin stain. In addition small granular-
like specks are seen distributed throughout the cytoplasm and some
308 The University Science Bulletin.
larger, dark-stained bodies. Some may be fat bodies and some the
by-products of the cell metabolism. (See plate XLVII.)
In most if not every detail of structure the cells are very much
like those figured by Prenant in his "Notes Cytologiques" on the
haemoglobin cells of the larvae of Gastrophilus equi.
Development. Of the development of the haemoglobin cells in
Gastrophilus equi, Prenant, 1900, thought there were certain fat
cells about the tracheae which became modified into haemoglobin
cells. He gave a figure in one of the plates he produced, "planche
XV, figure 3" of his "Notes Cytologiciues VI," showing the grada-
tions and all the stages between the fat cell proper and the cell
containing haemoglobin. But Prenant seems to have thought they
were ectodermal in origin. Adipose tissue is usually considered
mesodermal in origin. Berlese, 1909, in summing up the matter in
"Gli Insetti," discusses the probability of whether they were ecto-
dermal or mesodermal in origin.
Portier, 1909, in writing of the physiologj^ of the respiratory ap-
paratus of the horse botfly larva, said: "On a distingue deux sortes
de cellules trachaeles; les unes anterieures, dont le protoplasma est
bourre de reserves graisseuses; les autres posterieures, teintes
d'hemoglobine." He did not discuss the origin and development of
these cells, but simply made the above statement, and then discussed
certain experiments which he tried on the living larvae with various
colored oils and other substances.
It has been noted that there are also two kinds of cells about the
tracheae in the abdomen of Buenoa, the fat cells and the haemoglobin
cells. This suggests that in this case, also, the haemoglobin cells may
be fat cells modified as in the horse botfly larvae. The fat cells in
the adult are found more especially around the tracheae leading from
the second abdominal spiracle. Also, some are found around the
tracheae leading from the other abdominal spiracles. Around these
other spiracles they occur as a rather thin coating of fat just be-
neath the red cell clusters. Since the fat cells and the haemoglobin
cells are in close proximity, it may be that there is a transitional
stage between them like that found by Prenant in the case of Gas-
trophilus equi. If such is true, it must occur in the early nymphal
stages, for it has not been seen to happen in either the adults, the
late instars, or in the developing embryo.
In the article announcing the discovery of the haemoglobin cells
it was stated that they "are found in the abdomen of the embryo not
vet hatched." These studies have not verified that statement con-
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 309
clusively. Because eggs and first- and second-instar nymphs could
not be secured till too late for a full investigation of the fresh ma-
terial, this part of the work has not been completed satisfactorily.
Studies were made of the developing embryo within the egg. Eggs
gathered May 14, and others laid in the laboratory May 15 and on
the days succeeding this, were the ones most carefully studied. They
were dissected from the plant by splitting the stem and pulling the
halves away from the sides of the eggs. Then they were kept in
small petrie dishes in pond water together with a little Ceratophyl-
lum. This condition did not usually interfere with the develop-
ment of the eggs if they were kept in water all the time and not
subjected too long to heat and strong light. Eggs exposed to the
strong light and heat of the binocular-stage light for more than two
or three minutes never hatched. Embryos well developed within the
egg chorion were observed when so placed to revolve round and round
on their horizontal axis by movements with the tip of the abdomen.
This must have been for the purpose of not leaving the one side ex-
posed to the strong light and heat too long. They could not be seen
to so revolve at other times. The studies were made with reflected
and transmitted light under the binocular, and also under a Bausch-
Lomb compound binocular microscope equipped with 16-mm. ob-
jective No. 10 oculars, and Abbe condenser. With a pipette the eggs
w^ere placed for examination in a drop of water on a slide.
For the first two days after the eggs were laid little differentiation
could be seen from any position. Then certain of the large yolk
bodies, scattered promiscuously about through the egg, became a
light pink in color, and the germ band could be seen along the ven-
tral side. The day following this, or the second day, the germ band
was further developed and the appendages became very evident. The
yolk bodies were of a slightly brighter red, and began to arrange
themselves in rows dorso-ventrally along the sides of the egg. The
development continued during the following days; but the red bodies,
or yolk granules as they appeared to be, lost their coloring, except a
few near the caudal end of the egg and a few near the center of the
abdomen. The pink coloring matter became more and more diffused
throughout the entire egg, except in those parts on the ventral side
where the germ band and its appendages were most developed. Next
the red coloring began to appear as two dorso-ventral red marks on
the sides of the cephalic end of the egg. The red yolk bodies entirely
disappeared, and the diffused pinkish color throughout the egg
gradually disappeared as the eyespots took on more and more color,
310 The Uxiversity Science Bulletin.
until about three days before hatching. At this stage no more pink-
ish color remained diffused through the egg. The yolk bodies on
the dorsal side of the abdomen were nearly all gone, and two black
streaks along the venter, representing the hairs to cover the ventral
air channel, had developed. The eyes were bright red and well de-
veloped. But no indication of hsemoglobin cells could be seen in the
abdomen. From this time until hatching little change was seen, ex-
cept the disappearance of the yolk bodies in the abdomen. IMost
of the eggs hatched May 24 to 26.
In the first instar nymphs no indication of the haemoglobin cells
was seen. Many of them had a greenish tint in the fore part of the
abdomen, but not the slightest trace of any red cells. The eyes
were rather bright red when the nymph first hatched, but turned to
darker shades of red as the nymph grew older. In the older nymphs
and adults the eyes are brownish or black.
Egg fixed in Perenyi's fluid, chromonitric acid, and preserved in
85 per cent alcohol during the various stages of development, often
show the eyespots and other red markings within the chorion still
in their natural or nearly natural color. The color varies from a
bright to a rather dark red.
Nymphal instars and adults, fixed in any of the various fixatives
and preserved in 85 per cent alcohol, show the haemoglobin cells to
have turned from the bright-red color of the living material to a
dark brown or black. Since the red coloring matter in the eggs does
not change color when fixed and preserved, it must be an entirely
different substance from that in the hsemoglobin cells. It seems very
probable then, that the ''red cells . . . found in the abdomen of
the embryo not yet hatched," were not haemoglobin cells, but the
yolk or similar bodies containing the coloring substance which later
accumulated in the eyes of the developing embryo. • The study is
being continued, and further observations may cause different con-
clusions.
Little more can be said at this stage of the investigation concern-
ing the development of the haemoglobin cells, except that preserved,
sectioned, and living materials have shown them to be well developed
in the third instar and those following.
Physiological Function. Examination of the literature con-
cerning the haemoglobin or tracheal cells of Gastrophilus equi has re-
vealed very little about their physiological function. Doctor Hun-
gerford wrote concerning those of Buenoa: "These large clumps of
red cells are most intimately connected with the respiratory system,
and might well serve to fix and store the oxygen as a reserve supply."
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 311
The fact that haemoglobin is found present in the cells may seem
prima jade evidence that their function is for the purpose given in
the above quotation. To the writer's knowledge haemoglobin serves
no other purpose than to loosely unite with oxygen when brought
in contact with it, and then release it again when surrounding con-
ditions demand such. In the vertebrates it unites with oxygen in the
lungs, is carried to other parts of the body, and there, as the con-
ditions demand, is released. This cannot be true in Buenoa, for the
haemoglobin is confined to certain attached cells which do not circu-
late in a medium like the blood of the vertebrates.
There may be two or three possible ways in which the haemoglobin
of the cells in Buenoa function for the insect's body. In each case
most of the oxygen must get to the haemoglobin from the air through
the tracheae and their extensions which lead to and penetrate the
cells. If this is not true, then it is a question why there should be
such an elaborate system leading into them. Some oxygen may
penetrate through the tissues, for it has been shoT\Ti that gases, in-
cluding oxygen, penetrate directly through chitin and other tissues.
(Moore, 1916.) Some small insects have little or no tracheal sys-
tem, although they are enveloped in a chitinous covering. At least
we know there is a direct connection between the outside air and the
interior of the haemoglobin cells.
The first of the possible ways for the haemoglobin in the cells to
function is that the oxygen may reach them through the tracheae and
the tracheoles, be fixed there temporarily, and then be distributed
to the tissues by the blood which bathes the haemoglobin cells in-
side the membrane which surrounds them. It was indicated on page
306, in the discussion of the arrangement of the haemoglobin cells,
that the blood might so bathe them, but was not conclusively
shown.
The second way may be similar to the first, except that the oxygen
is diffused through the surrounding membrane to the blood and then
distributed to the tissues. Since the membrane is very thin, the
oxygen would very likely penetrate it more easily than it has been
shown to do to chitin.
The first or second possible processes may be used wholly or in
part. Muttkowski (53), 1921, by a series of experiments, demon-
strated a respiratory protein in a great number of insects, but did not
use Buenoa. He did use Notonecta, a related genus. The respira-
20—3341
312 The University Science Bulletin.
tory protein he called hemocyanin, and its nucleus he found to be
copper. All the insects he used showed the presence of hemocyanin.
It is probably also present in Buenoa. So a respiratory function for
the blood of Buenoa must be included as being quite probable.
The third possible way is the same as the first and second, except
that the oxygen may be released back to the air from which it first
came, and from that through the tracheae to the tissues. This is con-
sidered much more likely, but the first or second possible ways may
be used slightly in coordination with it. This third way is supported
by observations on the habits of the insect.
Muttkowski (52), 1920, points out that the air in the tracheae of
Odonata naiads is the same as in the water, approximately 65 parts
nitrogen to 35 parts oxygen, as compared to 80 parts nitrogen and
20 parts oxygen in the atmosphere. When Buenoa has been beneath
the surface of the water for some time the proportions of nitrogen
and oxygen may be nearly the same as in the Odonata or other in-
sects with a closed tracheal system. Now it will be recalled that in
the discussion of the swimming habits of Buenoa, given on page 277
of this paper, that the insect uses effort at first after coming to the
surface in order to keep itself below, and then later has to use effort
to keep from sinking. The likely reason for this is that the oxygen
of the fresh air secured at the surface unites with the haemoglobin
in the red cells and reduces the volume of the air buoying up the
insect, so that it is soon well poised in the water. Then as the oxygen
of the air in the tracheae and ventral air chamber is used by the
tissues, some of the oxygen from the haemoglobin cells may be re-
leased back to the air in the ventral air chamber sufficient, perhaps,
to keep the proportions of near 65 parts nitrogen and 35 parts oxygen
as found in the surrounding water. Some of it may pass also to the
respiratory protein of the blood, as was indicated by Muttkowski.
After the oxygen supply has become depleted then the insect must
return to the surface. The great length of time which the insect
swims in almost perfect poise, compared to the lengths of time in
which it is using effort either to get below the surface or to keep from
sinking to the bottom, indicates very much that the above-described
process is what occurs.
Krogli has devised an apparatus by which he was able to measure
extremely minute quantities of gases. Tests can probably be made
to give further evidence with respect to the air at different times in
the ventral air chaml)er of Buenoa.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 313
EXPERIMENTS.
A great number of observations were made and several experi-
ments regarding the respiratory function of Buenoa. The following
are typical of the swimming habits :
Experiment No. 1.
After a cool night, Ma,v 14, 1924, with the temperature in the laboratorj^ at
the time of the observations around 58 degrees Fahrenheit, notes were made on
three adults of the species B. margaritacea. Each was in a separate jar of water
sitting on a well-lighted window sill. The observations started at 9:30 a.m.
Bug No. 1:
At 9:35 a. m. it came with effort to the surface for air. Before obtaining
the air it was heavier than the water, for it sank when it ceased momen-
tarily to swim. After it obtained air at the surface it had to use consider-
able effort for nearly two minutes in order to regain its customary poise
in the water. It maintained its poise with little effort until about 9:52,
and then began to use more and more effort to keep from sinking to the
bottom.
At 9:54:10 a. m. it touched the surface for renewed air supply, and then
repeated the behavior as before.
Bug No. 2:
At 9:38:05 a. m. it touched the surface for air and then acted as did bug
No. 1.
At 9:57 a. m. it again touched surface for air.
Bug No. 3:
At 9:44:35 a. m. it touched surface for air and repeated behavior of bugs
Nos. 1 and 2.
At 10:04:45 a. m. it touched surface for air again, etc.
At 10:12 a. m. the observations ceased. None of the bugs remained at the
surface for air more than four seconds. The periods between the times when
they touched the surface film for air were as follows: Bug No. 1, 19 minutes
10 seconds; bug No. 2, 18 minutes 55 seconds; bug No. 3, 20 minutes 10
seconds.
The periods during which they were striving to keep below the surface after
taking air could not be measured exactly, but were about 3 minutes for each
bug.
The periods during which they were noticeablj'^ striving to keep from sinking
to the bottom were about 1 minute each.
The periods during which they were swimming well poised in the water,
due to the functioning of the haemoglobin cells, were approximately as follows:
Bug No. 1, 15 minutes; bug No. 2, 13 minutes; bug No. 3, 15 minutes.
No other creature in the insect world, so far as is known, can swim so
nicely poised for anything like such a length of time. Surely this ability of
B. margaritacea and the other Buenoa has a meaning all its own. The periods
of time as given in the preceding experiment vary somewhat with temperature
and other conditions. The shortest time observed for Buenoa to remain below
without coming to the surface for air was 1 minute 10 seconds; and the longest
time was 31 minutes 43 seconds with bugs collected from under ice and brought
to the laboratory.
314 The University Science Bulletin.
Experiment Xo. 2.
Subject: Buenoa rnargaritacea Bueno.
Object: Behavior when kept from the surface air.
Process: Bugs were collected and put in aquarium jars at ordinary room
temperatures. A wire screen made to fit closely to the bottom of the aquarium
jar was dropped over the bug in the jar with as little disturbance to the bug
as possible. The bug could not then return to the surface for air. The bugs
were kept iu laboratory two weeks or more previous to the experiment. Tap
water was used and the bugs placed in the experimental jar at 7:30 of the
preceding evening. The experiment began at 8:17 a. m., November 20, 1923.
Different bugs were used for each trial.
Results: In the first trial it was found that the period of time, beginning
when the bug last obtained air at the surface until it ceased activity, was 4
minutes and 10 seconds. Data given as follows:
Time. Intervals and notes.
8 :17 :10 p. m Left surface film was covered with wire screen immediately.
Interval : 50 seconds.
8 :18 p. m Tried frantically to get to air.
Interval : 3 minutes 20 seconds.
S ;21 ;20 p. m No further activity except a faint kick now and then.
Interval : 40 seconds.
8 :22 p. m Screen lifted and insect brought to surface and left floating.
Interval : 3 minutes.
8 :25 p. m Recovered activity again.
Results: In the second trial, time till activity ceased was 8 minutes 45
seconds.
Time. Intervals and iiotes.
8 :42 p. m Bug at surface film, went below, covered.
Interval : 2 minutes 10 seconds.
S :44 :10 p. m Tried for air.
Interval : 3 minutes 30 seconds.
8 :45 :30 p. m Frantic.
Interval : 3 minutes 30 seconds.
8 :48 p. m Less active.
Interval : 2 minutes 45 seconds.
8 :50 :45 p. m All activity ceased.
Interval : 1 minute 45 seconds.
8 :52 :30 p. m Screen removed, bug floated to surface on its side.
Interval : 45 seconds.
8 :53 :15 p. m Spasms.
Interval : 1 minute 45 seconds.
8 :55 p. m Active again.
Results: In the third trial, November 21, 1923, bugs kept in trial jar over-
night, undisturbed. Time till activity ceased was 16 minutes 10 seconds.
Time. Intervals and notes.
9 :27 :35 a. m At the surface for air.
Interval : 9 minutes 10 seconds.
9 :36 :45 a. m Uneasy.
Interval : 7 minutes.
9 :43 :45 a. m Sank to bottom and became quiescent ; kicked some.
Interval : 10 minutes 45 seconds.
9 :54 :30 a. m Brought to surface.
Interval : 3 minutes 45 seconds.
9 :57 :15 a. ni Active again.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 315
Results: In the fourth trial, time till activity ceased was eighteen minutes,
20 seconds.
Time. Intervals and notes.
10 :04 :10 a. ni At surface ; put screen over it.
, Interval : 5 minutes 20 seconds.
10 :09 :30 a. m Uneasy.
Interval : 13 minutes.
10:22 :30 a. m Sank, and time was not free to finish this trial.
It will be seen that the average interval until activity ceased was 12 minutes
16% seconds. The longest interval until activity ceased was eighteen minutes
and twenty seconds; and the shortest was 4 minutes 10 seconds. The above
experiment may be of some value or significance.
November 11, 1923, a large corixid, Arctocorixa, species unknown, was
treated in the same manner as the above Buenoa were handled. The results
are given below and are interesting for comparison: Time till activity ceased
38 minutes 10 seconds.
Time. Intervals and notes.
9 :33 :45 a. m At surface for air ; submerged ; screen lowered over it without
disturbance.
9 :37 :40 a. m Fastened to screen and quiet ; wiped wings.
9 :43 a. m Tried to come up ; went down and kept quiet.
9 :49 a. m Came to top of screen, and attached to a rock.
10 :01 :55 a. m Floated to top and all activity ceased.
10 :05 :10 a. m Brought to surface, where it floated.
10 :05 :30 a. m Revived and began to swim about.
It will be seen that the time until activities ceased with the corixid given
above was much longer than with the Buenoa. This fact seems to be in ac-
cordance with the observations of others on corixids and notonectids.
Experiment No. 3.
A number of observations were made to determine the comparison of the
intervals at which various insects of the water come to the surface for air
normally. In these experiments the insects were disturbed as little as possible.
The first of these was B. inargaritacea Bueno.
B. margaritacea Bueno: On November 21, 1923, out of 28 observations it
was found that the insect came to the surface for air an average of once in 2
minutes 51% seconds. The shortest interval was 50 seconds, and the longest
interval was 4 minutes 35 seconds. All the obser^-ations in this case were made
with the same bug as it swam in an aquarium jar at ordinaiy room temperature.
On November 22, 1923, the same observations were made with another bug.
Out of five observations it was found that the average interval was 1 minute
54 seconds. The shortest was 1 minute 40 seconds, and the longest 2 minutes
40 seconds.
On November 27, 1923. the experiment was again repeated with another
bug which had been in the acpiarium jar for several days. Out of eleven inter-
vals obsei-\-ed, the average was found to be 6 minutes 28 seconds. The shortest
was 3 minutes 40 seconds, and the longest 8 minutes 57 seconds.
Of all the observations on B. margaritacea Bueno, some 44 altogether, the
average was three minutes 48 seconds. The shortest interval was 2 minutes
17 seconds, and the longest was 5 minutes 11 seconds. These results are about
316 The University Science Bulletin.
what may be expected on the average in the laboratory. Conditions being
different in the ponds, variations would occur there.
Notonecta undulata: The average interval during which this insect stayed
under water in the laboratory as observed was 7 minutes 25 seconds. The
shortest was 5 minutes 45 seconds, and the longest was 10 minutes 5 seconds.
Arctocorixa sp.: In a few short observations it was found the average
inten'al of immersion without coming to the surface for air was 40 seconds;
the longest 49 seconds, and the shortest 8 seconds.
Small dytiscid, species unknown: A few obsen-ations were made with
this insect as with the preceding, and it was found the average was 3 minutes
56 seconds; the shortest 50 seconds, and the longest 5 minutes 5 seconds.
Cybister fimbriolatus Say: Average 6 minutes 35 seconds; shortest 20 sec-
onds, and longest 11 minutes.
An average table of the intervals at which the preceding insects came to the
surface for air may be of interest, and is given here :
Average
interval: Shortest: Longest:
Species. min. sec. min. sec. rnin. sec.
B. margaritacea Bueno 3 :48 2 :17 5 :11
Notonecta undulata Say 7 :25 5 :45 10 : 5
Arctocorixa sp 0 :40 0:8 0 :49
Unknown dytiscid, small species 3 :56 0 :.")0 5 : 5
Cybister fimbriolatus Say 6 ;35 0 :20 11:0
Ranatra fusca was kept in the laboratory during an entire winter, and fre-
quently observed as to the frequency with which it came to the surface for air,
but its habits are unusual in this respect. It hangs for hours sometimes at
the surface and at other times lies motionless for just as long at the bottom.
No exact time records were made of it.
The above experiments were repeated on a small scale with
Buenoa margaritacea, a small Corixa species, Arctocorixa species,
Cybister fimbriolatus, and a small unknown species of hydrophilid.
All were observed under identical conditions of water, temperature,
light, oxygen content, and surrounding conditions. The results were
practically the same as in the experiments given on the preceding
pages.
It will be seen that the aboA^e experiments have amounted to very
little so far as proving anything about the haemoglobin cells of
Buenoa is concerned. It was thought at first there might be a com-
parison that would be much in favor of Buenoa being able to stay
beneath the surface of the water for longer periods of time because
of the hemoglobin cells which it possesses. The table above shows
that several other insects average longer periods beneath the surface
than does Buenoa. There is this fact to be taken into consideration,
however. Buenoa is in somewhat constant motion at all times.
Seldom is it seen at rest on the bottom or elsewhere. All the other
Bare: StudiEvS of the Genus Bitenoa. 317
water insects, while not hanging at the surface fihn or objects be-
neath the surface, are engaged in considerable activity, thus using
their oxygen supply quickly. When not active they may cling to
objects below the surface and remain there for hours, or periods of
time often longer than is the case with Buenoa. It is felt, therefore,
that a comparison of the intervals of time spent beneath the surface
of the water by various insects is of no A^alue so far as proving any-
thing definite about the function of the hsomoglobin cells.
GENERAL SUMISIARY.
The results of these studies may be summarized as follows:
1. Some additional life history and biological notes have been
added.
2. The external morphology of Buenoa has been more fully in-
vestigated.
3. Specific characters have been more closely examined and have
shown the possibilities of certain heretofore undiscovered structures
for specific determinations.
4. The internal morphology has been worked out in a general way.
5. The haemoglobin cells in Buenoa have been further investi-
gated as to structure, development, and function.
6. Certain details of techniciue in handling such a problem have
been further developed.
318 The University Science Bulletin.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Only the papers that apply closely to the subject matter have been used.
1. AsHTON, R. I. 1837. On the wings of Hemiptera. Trans. Ent. Soc.
London, III, p. 95. Figures and describes union of wings of Notonecta.
2. Barber, H. G. 1913. Aquatic Hemiptera. Jr. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXI, pp.
29-32. A paper of popular interest. Speaks of attraction to lights at
night.
3. Berlese, Antonio. 1909. Gli Insetti. A source of reference. Discussion
of tracheal or haemoglobin cells of horse botfly larvae, on pp. 769, 822.
Figures Notonecta, abd., pp. 265, 299, 322; figures tibial combs, p. 248.
4. BiRGE, E. A., and Juday, Chancey. 1911. The inland lakes of Wisconsin.
A discussion of the gases in water and their biological significance.
The Winkler method of determining oxygen, here described, was used
in one of the experiments.
5. Brocher, F. 1914. Recherches sur la respiration des Insectes Aquatiques
adults. Les Dyticiees (second article) suive d'une notice sur les
mouvements respiratoires de I'Hydrophils. Ann. Biol. Lacustre Brux-
elles 7, pp. 5-39.
6. 1923. Les trachees inversees. Bulletin de la Societe Entomo-
logique, Suisse, Bern. XIII, pp. 259-261.
7. BuENO, J. R. DE LA ToRRE. 1905. Notes on collecting, preserving and rear-
ing aquatic Hemiptera. Can. Ent., XXXVII, p. 138, good.
8. 1906. Ways of progression in water bugs. Ent. News., XVII,
pp. 1-4.
9. BuGNiON. 1908. Appariel salivaire des Hemipteres. Arch. Anat. Micro.,
Paris 10, pp. 227-268, 7 PI.
10. Carpenter. G. H. The stridulation of Corixa. Irish Naturalist, III, No.
12, p. 253.
11. Champion, G. C. 1897-1901. Biologia Centrali Americana. Rhynchota,
Heteroptera. Water bugs in vol. II.
12. Champl.mn, a. B. 1923. Fi,?h-killing insects. Nature Magazine II,
pp. 119, 120.
13. CoMSTOCK, J. H. 1887. Note on respiration of aquatic Bugs. Am. Nat.,
XXI, p. 577.
14. 1916. A manual for the study of insects, by J. H. Comstock and
Anna Botsford, 14th ed., Comstock Pub. Co., Ithaca, N. Y.
15. Crampton, G. C. 1909. A contribution to the comparative morphology
of the thoracic sclerites of insects. Phila. Pa. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 61,
pp. 3-54. PI. I-IV.
16. 1914. Notes on thoracic sclerites of winged insects. Ent. News,
Vol. 25, No. 1, pp. 15-25.
17. 1916. The lines of descent of the lower pterygotan insects, with
notes on the relationships of the other forms. Ent. News, Phila., Vol.
XXVII. p. 297.
18. 1918. The genitalia and terminal abdominal structures of male
Neuroptera and Mecoptera, with notes on the Psocidse, Diptera, and
Trichoptera. Psyche, Vol. XXV, p. 47.
19. 1920. A comparison of the genitalia of male Hymenoptera, Mecop-
tera, Neuroptera, Diptera, Trichoptera, Lepidoptera, Homoptera and
Stre'psiptera, with those of lower insects. Psyche, Vol. XXVII, p. 34.
20 1922. The genitalia of the males of certain Hemiptera and Homop-
tera. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc. Vol. XVII, No. 2; pp. 46-55.
21. CuENOT. 1902. Etudes sur le sang et les glandes lymphatiques dans le
serie animale. Arch. Zool. exper. et gen.; 1902.
22. Delcourt, A. 1907. De I'influence de la temperature sur de development
des Notonectes. C. R. Assoc, franc. Avanc. Sc, XXXVI, p. 244
(Reims).
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa, 319
23. DoERiNG, Kathleen. 1922. Biology and morphology of Lepijronia quad-
rangularis (Say) — Homoptera Cercopidae. Univ. Kan. Sc. Bn. Vol. XI,
pp. 515-569.
24. DoHKN, A. 1866. Zur anatomie der Hemiptera. Stettin Entom. Zeit. 27,
pp. 321-352.
25. Enderlein, G. 1899. Die Re.spirationsorgane der Gastriden. Sitz. Ber.
Akad. Wien, 108. Bd., p. 235. 3 Tav.; 1899.
26. EssENBERG, CHRISTINE. 1915. Habits and Natural History of the Back-
swimmers. Jr. Animal Behavior, Camb. V, p. 381.
27. Fernald, H. T. 1921. Applied entomology. Amherst, Mass.
28. Ferriere, C. 1914. L'organe tracheoparenchymateux de quelques Hemip-
teres aquatiques. Rev. Suisse Zool. Geneve 22, pp. 121-145, PI. 3, 4.
29. GoDOELST, L. Le trimorphisms larvaire des CEstrides. Comptes Rendus
des Seances de la Societe de Biologie, Paris, LXXXVI, pp. 501-504.
30. Glaser, R. W. 1917. The growth of insect blood cells in vitro. Psyche,
Boston, 24, 1-7, PI. 1 ; Feb.
31. 1918. The aerobic nature of insect tissue. J. X. Y. Ent. Soc. 26,
pp. 1-3.
32. Holmgren, E. 1896. Ueber das respiratorische Epithel der Tracheen bei
Raupen Festskrift. I^illjeborg. Upsala, p. 79, Con. 2 tav.
33. Die trachealen Endverzweigungen bei den Spinndrusen der Lepi-
dopteren. Sunto di N. v. Adelung. Zool. Centralbl., 3 Jhg. Nr. 14,
pp. 502, 503.
34. HoppE, Julian. 1912. Die Atmung von Notonccta glauca. Zool. Jahrb.
Jena Abt. f. allg. Zool. 31, 1912. pp. 189-244, 2 Taf.
35. H.AOKMAN, Lucy M. 1922. Studies on CicadeUa hieroglyphica (Homop-
tera). Univ. Kan. Sc. Bn., Vol. XIV, p. 185.
36. Hungerford, H. B. 1917. The egg-laying habits of a backswimmer,
Buenoa niargnritacen, and other biological notes concerning it. Ent.
News. Vol. XXVIII. p. 174, Phila. Note to the effect red bodies of
abdomen not visible in the first instar, only red eyes and other red
markings as in the egg.
37. 1919. Biology and ecology of aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera.
Kan. Univ. Science Bn., Vol. XI, pp. 1-194. Note to effect venter of
living specimens red and that of dead ones black.
38. 1922. Oxyha?mogIohin present in back.swimmer, Buenoa margari-
tacea. Can. Ent. Guelph, Canada, LIV, p. 263. This is the basis of
this investigation.
39. 1923. A new species of the genus Buenoa (Hemiptera, Noto-
nectids). Ent. News, XXXIV, May, 1923, p. 149.
40. 1917. Egg-laying habits of B. margaritacea. Ent. News, XXVIII,
pp. 174-183, 1 pi. ■
41. Kennedy, C. H. 1922. The homologies of the tracheal branches in the
respiratory system of insects. Ohio Jr. of Science, Columbus, Ohio,
XXII. p. 84.
42. Kirkaldy, G. W. 1897. Notonectidse, revision of. Pt. II. Trans. Ent.
Soc. London, pp. 393-426. Mentions difficulty of rearing.
43. 1904. Uber Notonectiden. Wien. Ent. Zeit., XXIII-VII.
44. Korchelt-Heider. Textbook of embryology, Vol. III. Good on insect
embryology.
45. Krogh, a. 1917. Injection preparation of the tracheal svstem of insects.
Kobenhavn Nath. Medd. 68. 1917, pp. 319-322, 2 Figs.
46. Studien ueber tracheenrespiration. Pfiuger Arch. Ges. Physiol.
Mens. U. d. Tiere, Berlin, CLXXIX, pp. 95-120.
47. Lankester, E. T. 1873. A contribution to the knowledge of Haemoglobin.
Proc. Roy. Soc. XXI, pp. 70-81; 1873. He noted spectrum of ha?mo-
globin in 1867.
320 The University Science Bulletin.
48. Lawsox, p. B. 1922. The Membracidse of Kansas (Homoptera), Plates
I-VII. Kan. Univ. Sc. Bn., Vol. XIV, p. 27.
49. LocY, Wm. a. 1884. Observations on the pulsating organs in the legs of
certain Hemiptera. Am. Nat. XVIII, p. 14. He concluded that they
were separate from the musculature and aided circulation in both direc-
tions in the legs. Notonecta was included.
50. Moore, W. 1916. How gases enter insects. Ann Ent. Soc. America, Co-
lumbus, Ohio, 9, pp. 224, 225. PI. xii. He experimented with white
grubs, used hydrogen sulphide and lead acetate. Osmic acid on tiny
insects darkened tissues where it entered.
51. Meek, Walter J. 1903. On the mouth parts of the Hemiptera. Kan.
Univ. Sci. Bn., Vol. II. No. 9, pp. 251-277; 1903.
52. MuTTKOwsKi, R. A. 1920. The respiration of aquatic insects. Bn.
Brooklvn Ent. Society, XV, pp. 89-96; Oct., 1920, and Dec, 1920,
pp. 131-138.
53. 1921. Studies on the respiration of insects, I. The gases and re-
.spiratorv proteins of insect blood. Annals of Ent. Soc. of America,
Columbus, Ohio, XIV, pp. 150-156, No. 2; June, 1921. Blood of all
insects has respiratory function not confined to tracheae as formerly
thought.
54. 1923. Studies on the blood of insects. Bn. of the Brooklyn Ent.
Soc, XVIII, pp. 127-136. Good bibliography at the end. The respira-
tory protein, htemoglobin or htemocj'anin, assumed on the presence of
copper.
55. 1924. Studies on the blood of insects. Bn. Brooklvn Ent. Soc, Vol.
XIX, Feb., 1924, No. 1. pp. 4-19, II. The structural elements of the
blood. Good bibliography.
56. Newell, Anna Grace. 1918. Comparative morphology of the genitalia
of insects. Annals Ent. Soc. of America, Vol. XI, No. 2, June 1918,
pp. 109-157.
57. OsBORx, Herbert. 1894. Phylogeny of Hemiptera. P. Ent. Soc Wash.,
Ill, p. 185. Considers water bugs highlj' specialized.
58. Pantel, J. 1901. Sur quelques details de I'appareil respiratoire et de ses
annexes dans les larves des Muscides. Bn. Soc. Ent., France, pp. 57-61;
1901.
59. Patton, W. H. 1896. Rank of water bugs. Ent. News, VII, p. 202. Is
said to consider water bugs highly sjiiecialized.
60. Peda>schenko, D. 1891. Sur la formation de la bandelette germinative
chez Notonecta glauca. Rev. Sc. Natur. St. Petersburg. (Not seen.)
61. Pettit, a. and Krohn, A. 1905. Sur la structure de la glande salivaire
du Notonecta (Notonecta glauca L.) Arch. anat. micr. VII, pp. 351-
368, PI. XIII. . . . Also, Sur revolution des cellules des glandes
salivaires du Notonecta qlanca L. Bn. Mus. Paris, pp. 113, 114.
62. Portier, P. 1909. Physiologic de I'appareil respiratorie des larves d'
oestres. Paris C. R. S'oc Biol. 67; 1909, pp. 568-571. Dealt with colored
oil experiments on the larvte.
63. Prenant, a. 1899. Terminaison intracellulaire et reelement cytoplas-
mique des trachees chez la larve de I'oestre du Cheval. C. R. Soc. Biol.
Paris (11) Tome 1, pp. 507-510.
64. 1900. Les cellules tracheales de la larve de TOe-stre du Cheval.
Bn. Soc Sc. Nancy, pp. 133-134; 1900.
65. 1900. Notes cvtologiques VI. Cellules tracheales des Oestres.
Arch. Anat. Micr., Paris, Tome 3, pp. 393-336; 1900. Con. 2 tav. Very
good, with many figures.
66. 1900. La notion cellulaire et les cellules tracheales. Bn. Soc Sc.
Nancy, pp. 117-130; 1900.
67. Purser, G. L. 1915. Preliminary notes oh some problems connected with
respiration in insects generallv and in aquatic forms in i)articular.
Cambridge Proc Phil. Soc. 18; 1915; ]ip. 63-70.
Bare: Studies of the Genvs Buenoa. 321
68. Readio, p. a. 1922. Ovipositors of Cicadellidje (Homoptera). Univ.
Kan. Sc. Bn., Vol. XIV, p. 213.
69. Redferx, p. 1859. On the method of production of sound by a species of
Xotonecta. Kept, of the 29th meeting of the British Ass'n for Adv.
Science. Trans., p. 173. Rubbed front legs together.
70. Rich, S. G. 1918. The respiratory organs of a notonectid. South African
Journ. Sc, Cape To\A'n.
71. 1920. Physiologv of respiration in some aquatic insects. South
African Journ. Sc. 16; 1919. Johannesburg, pp. 225-228.
72. RoLLETT. A. 1845. Zur Kenntniss der A'erbreitung des Haematin — Sit-
zungsb. Wien. Akad. XLIV, pp. 615-630. Discovered haemoglobin cells
in 1861.
73. SwiNTON. 1877. On .stridulation in the Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Ent. M.
Mag., XIV., pp. 29-31.
74. Smith, R. H. 1923. Technique in studying by dissection the internal
anatomy of small insects. Annals of the Ent. Soc. America, Columbus,
Ohio, XVI, pp. 277, 278. Mounted in paraffin, melted with needle, etc.;
used iodine stain. Verj^ good article.
75. SxoDGRASs, Robert Ev.\ns. 1909. The thorax of insects and the articula-
tion of the wings. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XXXVI, No. 1687, pp.
511-596; 1909.
76. — 1909. The thoracic tergum of insects. Ent. News. Phila.. Pa.. 20,
pp. 97-104. PI. VI. . . . The thorax of insects and the articulation
of wings, given above.
77. Taylor, Leland H. 1918. Thoracic Sclerites of Hemiptera. Ann. Ent.
Soc. Amer. 11, pp. 225-249.
78. Thomas, W. W. The splitting of insect tracheae. Ent. News, Phila., 23,
p. 422.
79. ToTHiLL, J. D. 1919. The chloral hydrate method of preserving insects
for dissection. Proc. of Ent. Soc. of Nova Scotia. Truro, pp. 8-10.
80. Uhler, p. R. 1884. In Kingsley Standard Natural History, Vol. II, pp.
249-276. Said to be splendid for water bugs.
81. Vaxey, C. Contribution a' L'etude des larves et des metamorphoses des
Dipteres. These de Lyon — Ann de I'Univ. de Lyon. Nouv. ser. 7.
82. Verhoep, C. 1893. "\'ergleichende Untersuchungen liber die abdominal
segmente der weiblichen Hemiptera-Heteroptera und Homoptera. Verh.
naturh. Ver Rheinl. Westf. Auch. Diss. Bonn.
83. Verrall, G. H. 1906. The anterior and posterior legs of insects. Entom.
Record, XIII. No. 6, pp. 184, 185.
84. Ward, Hexry B. and Whipple, George C. 1918. Fresh-water biology;
Wiley & Sons; 1918.
85. Wahl, B. 1889. Uber das tracheensystem und immaginalscheiben der
Larve von Eristalis tenax. Arb. Zool. Inst. d. L'niv. ^^ len u. d. zool.
Station in Triest, Vol. XII; 1889.
86. Walton, W. R. Entomological drawings and draughtsmen; their relation
to the development of economic entomology in the United States. Proc.
of Ent. Soc. of Washington, D. C, XXIII, pp. 69-99.
87 Wefelscheid. H. 1912. Ueber die Biologie und Anatomie von Plea.
Zool. Jahrb. (Jena), XXXII, pp. 387-474.
88. Wesenberg-Lund, C. 1910-1911. Ueber die Respirationsverhaltnisse bei
unter dem Eise iiber winternden Luft atmenden Wasserinsekten, bes.
der Wasserkafer und Wasserwanzen. Internat. Rev. ges. Hydro-
biol.. III.
89. White, F. Buchanan. 1873. Corixa. The male has a strigil or strigili-
form process, situate on the posterior margin of the upper side of ab-
dominal segment. Ent. M. M., X, pp. 60-63, 75-80.
90 Wistingh^usen, C. 1890. Uber Tracheenendigungen in den Sericherien
der Raupen. Zeit. Wiss. Zool., 49, Bd., pp. 565-582. Tav. 27 ; 1890.
322 The University Science Bulletin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE XLIV.
Female. Sinistral view, body section.
External : A, antenna. C, coxa. E, eye. F, femur. I-XI, abdominal seg-
ments. 1-9, sternites. Lr, labrum. md, mandibles. Mst, mesothorax. Mt,
metathorax. Ovip, ovipositor. Pt, prothorax. S1-7, abdominal spiracles.
Sms, mesothoracic spiracle. Smt, metathoracic spiracle, St, sternal gona-
pophyses. Sty, styli. tc, tarsal claws. Ti, tibia. Tr, trochanter, tr, tarsal
segments.
Internal : Ao, aorta. Dv, dorsal vessel or heart. H, haemoglobin cell groups.
IC, internal apodeme, anterior margin of metathorax. Ic, internal apodeme,
posterior margin of metathorax. 1, longitudinal trachea. M, muscles. Mp,
Malpighian tubules. N, ventral nerve cords. Oe, oesophagus. Ovd, oviduct.
Ov, ovaries. Pv, proventriculus. Re, rectal caecum. Sp, spermatheca. TP,
tracheoparenchemateux. tv, transverse trachea.
a
324 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLV.
Male and female. Body sections.
Fig. 1. Head and foreleg of male: A, antenna. Lr, labrum. Sd, sound de-
vices on beak, femur and tibia. Ti, tibia. Tr, trochanter. Tc, tarsal claws.
Fig. 2. Male: Ts, testis. S, spiracle. H, haemoglobin cell groups.
Fig. 3. Female: H, haemoglobin cell groups. 1-7, 8, 9, sternites. M,
muscles, tv, transverse trachea. Lt, longitudinal trachea. I-XI, abdominal
segments. Epi, epimeron. Eps. episternum, S^-Sp,, abdominal spiracles. T,
tergimi. St, sternal gonapophyses. Ovip, ovipositor. Sty, styli. Ic, in-
ternal chitinous ]:)roce.ss or apodeme, posterior margin of metathorax.
Fig. 4. Metathoracic leg : Tr, trochanter. Tc, tarsal claws.
Fig. 5. Male: Re, rectal caecum. Oed, cedagus. Gc, genital claspers. Vd,
vas deferens. Ag, accessory glands (?). VIII-XI, abdominal tergites.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
325
PLATE XLV.
326 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XL VI.
Fig. 1. Dorsal view of body section, showing arrangement and location of
hjemoglobin cell groups in abdomen: D, tracheal branches leading to alimen-
tary tract. L, longitudinal trachese. N, ventral nerve system. 3-9, abdominal
segments.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view bodj^ section, showing ventral sclerites and spiracles
from which arise the trachese and haemoglobin cell clusters in the abdomen :
Epi, pleurite next tergum. Eps, pleurite next sternum. Ovip, ovipositor. S,
spiracles. T, tergum. III-VII, abdominal sternites. 8, 9, terga of seventh and
eighth abdominal segments.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa. 327
PLATE XL VI.
21—3341
328 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLVII.
Fig. 1. (Oil immersion; in salt solution.) Piece of trachea showing haemo-
globin cell attached: n, nucleus, tr, trachea, with characteristics tsenidia, tr,
tracheoles. trl' tracheoles, or small trachese with no tsenidia.
Fig. 2. (Low power; in salt solution.) Trachete from fourth abdominal
spiracle, caudal view, sinistral side of bodj' : b, base of trachese opening over
spiracle below, d, branch leading to digestive tract. Ex, direction of exterior
of body. In, direction of interior of body, mt, main trunk of trachese. lead-
ing to longitudinal tracheae above, s, stubs of tracheal branches leading into
haemoglobin cell clusters, tv, transverse trachea.
Fig. 3. (Low power; salt solution.) Two clusters of haemoglobin cells
shaved off sharply next the spiracle, showing how clusters are held together
b}' a delicate membrane, as at a and b: a, membrane inclosing large cell
cluster, b, membrane inclosing small cell cluster, s, opening of tracheae to
spiracle, tr, tracheae.
Fig. 4. (Oil immersion; salt solution.) Base of tracheae about spiracle.
Spiracle with peritremes represented by dotted lines.
Fig. 5. (Low power; salt solution projection.) Haemoglobin cell clusters
to show tracheae and manner of haemolyzing: a, oillike red globular drops as
haemolvzed from cell cluster. Tr, tracheae.
330 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLVIII.
Fig. 1. Digestive tract: Mi, mid intestine. Mp, Malphighian tubviles. Oe,
oesophagus. Pv, proventriculus. R, rectum. Re, rectal csecum. Sal, salivary
glands, tr, trachea?.
Fig. 2. Female genital organs: Bs, bursa copulatrix. Ov, ovaries. Ovid,
oviducts. Sp, spermatheca. tr, tracheae.
Fig. 3. Male genital organs: Ag, accessory glands (?). Ej, ejaculatory duct.
Ts, testes. Vd, vas deferens.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
331
PLATE XLVIII.
332 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE XLIX.
External anatomj\
Fig. 1. Ventral view female B. margaritacea: A, antenna. E, eye. I-VIII,
abdominal tergites. 1-7, abdominal stemites. MSC, extension of meso-
thoracic tergum (Rich). Msl, mesothoracic leg, foramen. Mt, metathorax.
Mtl, metathoracic leg, coxa. PI, prothoracic leg, foramen.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view female B. margaritacea: Ao, thinly chitinous area dor-
sad of dorsal vessel, or heart. 1-X, abdominal tergites. Mst, mesothorax. Mt,
metathorax. Pt, prothorax. Syn, synthlipsis.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
333
PLATE XLIX.
,- Mst
334 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE L.
External morphology.
Fig. 1. Front wing: B. fastening or hook which hooks into groove on dor-
sal line at cephalic end of metathorax. L. fastening or hooklike device hook-
ing into similar device at L in Fig. 3. Venation: Costa and subcosta of
Comstock-Needham system probably fused along front wing margin. Media
and radius fused and extending together into the corium. Cubitus forming
back margin of corium. 1st A, 2d A and 3d A combined, found in clavus.
Fig. 2. Hind wing: C, costa. (Comstock-Needham system.) e, probably
a remnant of subcosta. F, Subcosta two and radius one. R, Radial sector.
M, Media and radius. D. Media and radial sector.
Fig. 3. Side view thorax of male : A, attachment of front wing. A' attach-
ment of hind wing. Ac, antecoxal piece (?). C, coxse; F, femur. G, glandu-
lar opening of the male. L, wing button. MSC. extension of mesothoracic
scutellum (Rich). Mst, mesothorax. mst, mesothoracic scutellum. Mt, meta-
thorax. mt. metanotum. Pt, prothorax. pt, pronotum. S, mesothoracic spir-
acle, beneath. S, first abdominal spiracle, smt. metathoracic spiracle, w,
groove into which front wing fits. 1 and 5, mesothoracic pleurites. 2 and 3,
metathoracic pleurites. 4, antecoxal piece. 6. mesothoracic sternum.
Fig. 4. Sideview thorax and abdomen: A', attachment of metathoracic
wing. B, hook for fastening mesothoracic wing. C. coxa;. Epi and Eps, pleu-
rites of abdominal segments. F, femur. I-XI, abdominal segments or tergites.
MSC, extension of mesothoracic scutellum (Rich). Mst, mesothorax. mst,
mesothoracic scutellum. Mt, metathorax. mt, metathoracic tergum. Ovip.
ovipositor. S, spiracles. St, gonapophyses. Sty, styli or gonapophyses. Tr,
trochanter. 1-7 of abdomen, sternites. Of thorax : 1 and 2, pleurites of meta-
thorax. 3 and 4, pleurites of mesothorax. 5, mesothoracic sternum. 6, ante-
coxal piece of metathorax. w, groove into which margin of front wing fits.
Fig. 5. Caudal view of metathorax: A, apodeme. B, lateral margin of
metanotum. D, median dorsal line of metanotum.
Fig. 6. Cephalic end of mesothorax, cephalic view: A, lumen of the meso-
thorax. B, prescutum. C, scutum. D, scutellum. E, pleurites. L, leg. S.
sternum.
Fig. 7. Caudal view of prothorax: D, pronotum. F, fringe of setaceous
hairs just caudad of mesothoracic spiracle. S, prothoracic sternum.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
335
PLATE L.
, Cnrui
336 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LI.
Fig. 1. B. Margaritacea (oil immersion). Glandularlike apparatus as pulled
out from male showing internal mass of tissues which cling to it: A, mass of
tissue mentioned above. B, cells at external opening very darkly chitinized
or pigmented. C, opening. L, lines in chitin about opening, apparently su-
tures.
Fig. 2. B. margaritacea (oil immersion). Glandularhke apparatus of male,
"^•ertical view from exterior of body.
Fig. 3. (Low power.) Antenna of B. margaritacea: A, proximal segment,
b, called penultimate segment in literature, c, may represent third segment,
d, distal or ultimate segment, e, spatulate, setaceous hairs.
Fig. 4. (8 ocular, 32 objective, Spencer.) Somewhat diagrammatical ar-
rangement of sound apparati of male B. margaritacea: A, antenna. C, coxa.
CI, clypeus. E, eye. Ep, epicranium or frons. F, femur, lb, labium. Ir,
labrum. mx, mandibles and maxillae. Ti, tibia. Tr, trochanter. Ts, tarsus.
Tsc, tarsal claws. 1, thickened angular corner, sides of face. 1', corresponding
setaceous spines and thickened corner of femur. 2, areas on beak prongs. 2',
area on tibia, 3, spur on coxa. 3', area on femur.
Fig. 5. (Oil immersion, balsam.) Apparatus on front tibia of B. w,arga-
ritacea: A, cephalic end of area. A', caudal end of area. B, point at which the
apparatus is bent in mounting. AA', whole stridular area. S, row of setace-
ous spines in view ventrally.
Fig. 6. (Oil immersion, balsam.) Apparatus on mesal face of front femur
of male B. margaritacea: A — A', stridular area, consisting of transverse thick-
enings of the chitin. H, strong setaceous spines which aid in forming crib of
the front legs for retaining prey. G, glandular-appearing areas in the chitin or
just below.
Fig. 7. (Oil immersion, balsam.) Apparatus on prong of beak of B. mar-
garitacea: A — A', sound producing area with row of spines or setaceous teeth
down the middle of the area.
Fig. 8. (Oil immersion, balsam.) Large setaceous spine on outer face of
the front coxa in B. margaritacea, for sound production, no doubt: M, prox-
imal margin of coxa next the sternum. S, sound producing spine or spur, s,
ordinary setae on the surface of the coxa around the larger one.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
337
PLATE LI.
'&:\:.&
/
/// /
338 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LII.
Adult male genitalia and abdominal sclerites.
Fig. 1. Left clasper, sinistral view.
Fig. 2. Dorsal view of claspers and connective.
Fig. 3. Right clasper, dextral view.
Fig. 4. Genital bulb, dextral view, claspers extended.
Fig. 5. Genital bulb, dorsal view, ninth abdominal sternite, etc.
Fig. 6. Genital bulb, ventral view, ninth abdominal sternite.
Fig. 7. Genital bulb, sinistral view, claspers retracted.
Fig. 8. Dextro-lateral view, tip of abdomen.
Fig. 9. Caudal view, tip of abdomen.
Fig. 10. Sinistro-lateral view, tip of abdomen.
Fig. 11. Dorsal view, tip of abdomen.
Fig. 12. Ventral view, tip of abdomen.
Lettering: C, clasper, or claspers. Con, connective. Ed, oedagus. Epi.
pleurite next tergum. Eps, pleurite next sternum. Gb, genital bulb, ninth ab-
dominal sternite, hypandrium. Lc, left clasper. Re, right clasper. S, spiracle,
Sp, spine on or near caudo-sinistral margin of seventh tergite, of abdomen. ^'I-
XI, abdominal segments, or tergites. 8, eighth abdominal sternite.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
339
PLATE LII.
Con .--
Ed
Con
Lc---
'- -Re
C-
---Con
Ed
Ed--
Gb--.
C-;
VIII
10
^40 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LIII.
Genital claspers and spines, male.
Left clasper at left of plate, spine of sinistro-caudal margin of seventh ter-
gite at center, and right clasper at right of the plate.
Fig. 1. Buenoa elegans Fieb.
Fig. 2. Buenoa margaritacea Bueno. Collected at "Union Pacific bridge
pond" Douglas county, Kansas, May L5, 1924. Clarence O. Bare.
Fig. 3. Buenoa macrotibialis Hungerford. From a paratype specimen
loaned by Dr. H. B. Hungerford; collected in Bryant's bog, Douglas lake,
Michigan, August 3, 1923.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
341
PLATE LIII.
342 The University Science Billetin.
PLATE LIV.
Buenoa males, claspers and spines.
Explanation; Left clasper on left side of plate. Spine from caudo-sinistral
margin of seventh abdominal tergite, in middle of the plate. Right clasper on
right side of plate, sinistral view. Parts from each individual specimen ar-
ranged horizontally across the plate.
Labels borne by the specimens as follows:
No. 1 : H. B. Hungerford, Stubb's pond, Douglas county, Kansas, Novem-
ber 27, 1922. Buenoa scimitra Bare.
No. 2: H. B. Hungerford, Bryant's bog. Douglas lake, Michigan, July 29,
1923. Buenoa elegans Fieb. (?).
No. 3: H. B. Hungerford, Sedge Point pool, Douglas lake, Michigan, July
13, 1923. Buenoa elegans Fieb. (?).
No. 4: H. B. Hungerford, Benson, Minn.. August 23, 1922. Buenoa elegans
Fieb. (?).
No. 5: P. A. Glick, Superstition mountains, Arizona, November 7, 1922.
Buenoa arizonis n. sp. (A full description of this will follow.)
No. 6: Alfredo Faz, Termas Cauquenes, Chile, South America, December
15, 1922. Buenoa naias Kirk.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
PLATE LIV.
343
22—3341
344 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LV.
Adult female genitalia ami abdominal sclerites.
Fig. 1. Sinistral view of genitalia.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of genitalia as .<hown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 3. Mesal view of ovipositor and adjacent parts.
Fig. 4. Dextral view of tip of abdomen.
Fig. 5. Caudal view of tip of abdomen.
Fig. 6. Sinistral view of tip showing genital parts.
Fig. 7. Caudal view of tip of abdomen.
Fig. 8. Ventral view of tip of abdomen.
Lettering: Epi, pleurite next tergite. Eps, pleurite next sternite. Ovip,
ovipositor. S, spiracle. St, gonapophyses (?). Sty, stylets. V-XI, abdominal
segments, or tergites. 6-9, abdominal segments, or sternites.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
345
PLATE LV.
"Ovip
CKip...
Ovip
HIX
Ovip
\aii
Mr I
I /
\iii
'Ovip
346 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LVI.
(Oil immersion, balsam.)
Ovipositor of female B. margaritncea, outer lateral view: A, teeth on inner
mesal surface. B, setaceous hairs of outer lateral surface. C, toothlike spines,
outer lateral surface. D, toothlike spines, inner mesal surface. I-I', long outer
row of setaceous teeth represented by dashes where seen through other chitin.
Il-ir, shorter inner row of setaceous teeth represented by lighter, thinner lines
where seen in section through other chitin. R, row of chitin, may represent
ninth abdominal sternite. *
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
347
PLATE LVI.
348 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LVn.
Male and female fifth-instar nymphs, showing genital development.
Fig. 1. Ventral view of male, legs snipped off to allow view of other parts:
F, tuft of setaceous hairs, not present in adult. 2, second abdominal spiracle.
7, seventh abdominal sternite. 8, eighth abdominal spiracle, probably nonfunc-
tional.
Fig. 2. Ventral view of female, legs clipped to allow view of other parts:
Msc, extension of mesothoracic scutellum (Rich). 7, seventh abdominal
sternite.
Fig. 3. Ventral view of male tip of abdomen: A, analkonus (Hoppe). 7,
seventh sternite. 8, eighth abdominal spiracle. 9, ninth sternite. 10, tenth
sternite.
Fig. 4. Ventral view of female tip of abdomen: A, analkonus (Hoppe). a,
eighth sternite. b, pleurite. c, ninth ovipositor, d, ovipositor, e, gona-
pophj'ses (?). Sty, styli. 7, seventh sternite. 8', eighth abdominal spiracle.
8t, eighth abdominal tergite.
Fig. 5. Internal development of male genitalia: Lateral view: Ed, oedagus.
C, clasper. 8 and 9, sternites. Dorsal view: C, claspers, Ed, cedagus. 9, ninth
sternite. Tergites — dorsal view, spread out: 7, 8, 9, tergites of corresponding
segments.
Fig. 6. Internal development of female genitalia: Sty, styli. St, gona-
pophyses (?). Ovip, ovipositors. 8, eighth sternite. IX-XI, tergites.
Bare: Studies of the Genus Buenoa.
349
PLATE LVII.
Msc
,-7 Ed
c.-.:
Lateral view
Ed
Tergites
Dorsal
view
-9
Ovipositor
6
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIIL] April, 1928. [No. 4.
An Exploratory Survey of Characters of Specific Value
in the Genus Gclastocoris Kirkaldy, and
Some New Species.
CHAS. H. MARTIN, Department of Entomology.
THE Gelastocoridae or Nerthridae is a family of squat, toad-
shaped bugs that are found frequenting the margins of streams
and pools, their color patterns blending with their surroundings so
completely that the casual observer rarely ever sees them in their
native habitat.
The first species of this family, G. oculatvs, was described by
Fabricius^ under the family Naucoridse. Later authors have de-
scribed species under the names Galgulidae. Mononychidse and Ge-
lastocorida3. Galgulida? and Gelastocoridae are the better-known
names. This family may be distinguished from the two related
families, Ochterid* and Saldidas, by the antennse; the antennae of
Gelastocoridae being hidden, while those of Ochteridse and Saldidae
are exposed.
The family contains four genera, all of which, as known at present,
are found only in the Western Hemisphere. The genus Gelastocoris
is represented by the largest number of species, the genus Monoityx
is represented by several species, while the genera Nertkra and Glos-
soaspis each are represented by single species. The following key
to the genera has been prepared from literature at hand:
KEY TO GENERA.
A. Fore tarsus with two claws Gelastocoris.
AA. Fore tarsus with one claw.
B. Wings not fused along median line.
C. Elytra wholly coriaceous, without clavus or membrane, meeting in a
straight sutural line Glonsoaspis.
CC Elytra not wholly coriaceous, overlapping Mononyi.
BB. Wings fused along median line Nerthra.
1. Supplementum Entomologia Systematica?, 1798, p. 525.
(351)
352 The University Sciexce Billetin.
The Genvs Gelastocoris Kirkaldy, 1897.
According to a catalogue published by Kirkaldy and Bueno- in
1908, this genus embraces ten species. In this catalogue the authors
raised all subspecies and submerged species to the rank of species, as
the status of some species is somewhat doubtful. In this way all
the species are kept before the attention of the worker until the
identity of each has been established by the examination of types, or
abundant material from type localities. Since this list was published
two new species have been described, raising the number to twelve.
Inadecjuate descriptions accompanying named species, and the baf-
fiingly subtle and elusive characters of the bugs of this genus, have
brought about the well-nigh hopeless condition of this group. Mr.
J. R. de la Torre Bueno", who has been a student of aquatic Hemip-
tera for many years, has written that "the genus is represented by
an uncertain number of undcscribed species."
Under the direction of Dr. H. B. Hungerford, who has assembled
what is probably the largest collection of Gelastocoris known, the
author has been able to make a study of considerable material, and
from these studies has gained a clear species concept of this difficult
genus. It has been possible to find some characters that will aid in
more accurately determining a species than has been possible in the
past. With this information it is felt that now when a study is made
of the old types it will be of more value than it would have been
under the present conditions of the taxonomy of Gelastocoris.
The author wishes to take the opportunity here to express his most
sincere appreciation and thanks to Dr. H. B. Hungerford for his
most helpful suggestions and kindly interest in the problem. Thanks
are due, also, to Mr. W. S. Blatchley, who has been so kind as to
loan paratype specimens of his species, G. suhsimilis; and to Dr. W.
E. Britton for the loan of G. barberi Bueno.
The characters that have received special attention in these
studies are: The front, the antennae, the eyes, the metaxyphus, pro-,
meso- and metasternum, metasternal orifice, the ovipositors of the
females, the granulations on the body surface, the ventral abdominal
segments of the males, the thoracic margins, the shape and size of
the body, color, and the male genital capsules. These characters fall
into three groups: characters of no value, characters of value but
difficult to use, and characters of value.
2. Kirkaldy, G. W., and Bueno, J. R. de la Torre. A catalogue of American Aquatic
and Serniaquatic Hemiptera : Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. X, Xos. 3, 4, Sept. -Dec, 1908.
3. Connecticut Geological and Natural History Survey, Bull. 34, 1923, Hemiptera of
Connecticut; Family Uerthridas, pp. 392-39(5.
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris. 353
characters of no value.
The shape and slope of the front varies in specimens of the same
species. The ridges of the front differ to a certain extent for some
species, while for others there seems to be no variation. It has been
possible to separate two species from Ecuador by this character; the
one species has a transverse ridge across the base of the front, while
specimens of the other species are marked by a conelike protuber-
ance. As the genus is so plastic, a long series would probably dis-
prove this character. Such distinct differences do not hold for other
species.
Blatchley^ states that these insects have three or four segmented
antennse, and other authors say that there are four segments in the
antennae. In three species that have been examined, G. oculatus
(Fabr.), G. rotundatus Champ., and G. quadrimacidatus (Guer.),
five segments are found. A small segment that is not easily seen
with ordinary powers of the binocular is between the second and
fourth segments and is not always visible with the high powers
unless it is put on a wet slide. In some specimens of G. quadri-
maculatus the second and fourth segments were in such close con-
tact that the third segment could not be found. In the short series
studied, the segments varied for different species, especially the
fourth. The antennae have not been considered a character of major
importance, so a large series has not been studied.
Some differences exist between the eyes of different species, but as
with the front, the differences are not easily measured and have not
been considered of much value. In some the eyes are inclined more
anteriorly than what might be called normal, while with others the
eyes are inclined more posteriorly than normal.
The metaxyphus does differ among species, but the wide variation
within a species is so great that this character is not of any ap-
preciable value. The spines on the metaxj'phus vary in number
along the margin and may or may not be present in the same species.
Since the male insects are asymmetrical, this character is not always
of the same shape for both sides.
The prothoracic, mesothoracic and metathoracic sternites were
studied, and conclusions were reached that they are not good, stable
characters by which accurate determinations can be made. The
shape varies greatly within a species, and does not differ greatly
enough among species to make it a good character. In G. oculatus
4. Heteroptera or True Bugs of Eastern North America, 1926, pp. 1022-1029.
354 The University Science Bulletin.
(Fabr.) the spines on the metasternite varied greatly in number and
size. The spines upon specimens from Arizona were sparsely scat-
tered and small, while upon specimens from Kansas they almost
covered parts of the metasternite and were larger in size.
The general shape of the metasternal orifice varies in shape within
a species. Its position also may be different on different specimens
of the same species. The shape of the lips of the orifice is of no
value, as drying of the insect would cause their distortion.
An extensive study of the ovipositors of the females has not been
made. In some species the spines are very stout, while in others
they are smaller and not nearly so stout. An attempt was made to
separate species on the arrangement of the spines of the ovipositor,
but the pattern varied greatly, and soon the number of groups of
spine patterns exceeded the actual number of species.
CHARACTERS OF VALUE BUT DIFFICULT TO USE.
The size and distribution of the granulations on the dorsal region
of the body varies some for different species, but they are not of any
great value as a character to aid in the determination of a species,
because it would be very difficult to describe them. The granulations
found on G. rotundus (Champ.) are very evenly distributed, giving
them an appearance of being smaller than they actually are. With
most species they are uneven in size and distribution.
The shape of the ventral abdominal segments offers an external
character for separating males that might be used as an auxiliary
character. This character was fairly constant in the series examined.
The telescoping of the abdomen will vary for a species, and is not a
very good specific character. The last caudal segments vary in
shape and length for dift^erent species. The main difficulty that
presents itself in the use of this character is that the segments may
shift their positions so that the general aspect of the segments is
changed, and thus at times becomes misleading. The position of the
spiracles on the last segments is of no value. In some species they
are found with difficulty. For some species the posterior spiracle
shifts its position because the segment it is upon shifts its position.
The spiracle opposite this one has not been found.
CHARACTERS OF VALUE.
The margins of the prothorax differ strikingly enough among
species that it is considered as a good character. The margins show
a great range of variation within a species, but once a characteristic
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris. 355
shape is learned with its variations, a species may be usually de-
termined quite easilj'. The slope of the disc of the thorax is not
considered as a character of any importance.
The color of these insects is helpful in determining most species;
however, it cannot be relied upon as an accurate check. Possibly
G. oculatus (Fabr.) shows as great a range of color as any of the
species described. We give notes on color under the discussion of
the species.
The size and shape of the body are gross indicators of a species.
Some species show a great range in size and shape, while with others
these characters were fairly constant in the series examined. The
length of G. qiLadrimaculatus (Guer.) ranged from 5.29 mm. to 6.46
mm. for a series of males. This species is very unstable morpholog-
ically. The measurements given in the descriptions at the end of
this paper for the length of the body are taken from the anterior
margin of the pronotum to the tip of the wings. The slope of the
front depends in part upon the position of the head, so it does not
offer a stable point from which to measure.
Hungerford" suggested that the genitalia of the male miglit be of
value in helping to distinguish one species from another. As was
predicted, studies of the genitalia of the male were very fruitful. To
aid in these studies long, narrow trays of plaster of Paris were
made with partitions in which to keep the individual genitalia
separate, yet conveniently placed for comparative study. With
these trays it was possible to have a long series ready for immediate
comparison without any danger of mixing the specimens. It was
found that structures could be studied more carefully if the capsule
were left to dry. However, when it was desired to make studies
under water, the tray would be filled with water and placed in a
small dish in which water was poured until the tray was not quite
submerged. In this way water could be added from time to time
without disturbing the contents of the tray.
The genitalia were dissected by holding the relaxed insect between
the thumb and forefinger while a curved dissecting needle was in-
serted along the side of the capsule and then carefully worked
around the anterior edge of the bulb, breaking the membrane loose
from the body wall. After this had been done the chitinized capsule
could be pulled out quite easily and either kept in a small vial of
5. Kan. Univ. 'Sci. Bui., Dec, 1919, Ent. No. The Male Genitalia as Characters of
Specific Value in Certain Cryptocera (Hemiptera-Heteroptera), pp. 329-331; PL XXI, Figs.
5 and 7, pp. 334, 335.
356 The University Science Bulletin.
alcohol, numbered with the specimen, or mounted on a point, the
point being kept with the specimen.
The caudal segments of the male have made a quarter turn to the
right so that the tips of the claspers point to the right instead of
dorsally. In most insects both claspers are equally developed, but
in this group the left clasper is much reduced, and has a ventral
position in respect to the insect. It is more or less strap-shaped, the
shape varying some in a few species.
To aid in the description of the genital parts the nomenclature
employed by Hungerford*^ has been used, namely: left clasper, right
clasper, and distal angle of the right clasper. The following have
been arbitrarily added: right clasper hook, tip of right clasper hook,
bulb, keel, keel hood, pan, and secondary pan. (See PI. LIX,
Fig. 18.)
The left clasper has already been discussed. For the sake of
comparison the right clasper can be likened to a capital letter
"J" made backwards, in both shape and position. Along its
anterior lateral margin rows and patches of peglike structures are
found. The number of these structures or their distribution pattern
seems to be of no special value as a specific character. The caudal
margin of the right clasper is produced into a flat plate which bears
a curved, fingerlike process that has been termed the right clasper
hook. (PI. LIX, Figs. 18 and 19.) The wide range of variations of
the right clasper hook make it useless as a specific character.
The angle formed by the right clasper hook and the lateral margin
of the clasper has been termed the distal angle. This angle has no
value as a character for determining a species. (See PL LIX, Fig.
20.) The plate at the end of this paper shows the wide range of
variation of this angle in G. oculatus (Fabr.).
The tip of the right clasper is not a very good character, since it
is not always of the same length and shape within a species. Though
the shape of the bulb does differ among species, it is believed that
it is of little use taxonomically. The posterior arm of the bulb,
which has been termed the keel, bears characters that can be de-
pended upon as an aid in accurately determining a species. The
hook on the distal end of the keel (the keel hook) has a character-
istic shape for each species that possesses it. In some species there
is quite a range of variation in the size of this hook. In the species
G. quadrimaculatus (Guer.) the size and shape might be quite mis-
G. See footnote 5.
Maktin: The Genus Gelastocoris. 357
leading unless one is familiar with the species. Some species are
without a keel hook. The reader is referred to the plates at the
end of this paper for the shapes of different species.
The shape of the keel hook aids in the determination of a species.
It is normally placed on the ventral side of the keel, with respect to
the insect, but in some species it may be displaced laterally. A
secondary keel hood appears in G. cucullatus n. sp.
The shape of the pan is an indication of a species. (See PI. LIX,
Fig. 18.) Upon the pan is a small structure that we have termed
the secondary pan. It is not of much value as a character.
CONCLUSIOX.
From the above studies one can draw the following points, which
are the only ones of significance in determining a species: The
genitalia of the male supply certain stable characters, as do also the
lateral margins of the prothroax of both male and female, and the
ventro-caudal segments of the abdomen of the male, with due regard
for the range of variation of each specific character. The combina-
tion of the structural features mentioned above may be relied upon
to differentiate the species in this exceedingly difficult genus.
Gelastocoris ocidatus (Fabr.).
Naucoris onilata Fahricius ; 1708. Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. .J'2o.
Galgulus ondntus (Fabv.) Latreille; 1S02. Hist. Nat. Crust. Ins.. Ill, p. 2-)4.
Gelastocoris orulatns (Falir.) Kiikaldy ; 1S97. Entomologist. XXX, p. 2.58 (n. n. for Gal-
gulus Latr.).
Gelastocoris barberi Bneno ; 1923. Conn. Nat. Hist. .Survey Bui. 34. p. 393. Fig. 3S.
Gelastocoris siihsimilis Blatchley: 1926. Heteroptera of Eastern North America. The Nature
Publishing Co., Indianapolis, Ind., p. 102.5.
Fabricius' original description, translated, is as follows :
"Margin of abdomen supplied above with black, anterior feet two-clawed.
"Habitat: in Carolina. .
"Closely related to N. nepaeformi but distinctly different. Head small with
boldly prominent eves, ring of eyes ovate, subspinose. Thorax flat, black.
Elytra black, immaculate. Anterior feet scarcely incrassate. tibia elongate,
tip of foot, incurved, claws incun-ed, sharp, stout."
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, Figs. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. Genitalia of male,
plate LIX, Figs. 1, 2 and 3. Length: Male, 4.4 mm. to 7 mm.; female, 6.3 mm.
to 8.1 m.
This is the only species of this genus found in the United States with the
exception of G. rotundatus Champ., found in Arizona; G. vicinm Champ.,
which Champion says inhabits the Southern and Western states; and according
to Van Duzee. G. variegatus (G.) in the Western states. We have at hand
550 specimens of this insect collected in the Atlantic Coast, Southern. Central,
Southwestern, and Pacific Coast states. It is a species that shows a great
358 The University Science Bulletin.
range of variation in morphological characters and in color variation. Our
plate LVIII, figures 9, 10, 11, 12 and 13, show some of the variations of the
thorax. It will be noted that there are no two alike, but all have the same
general appearance. Other variations of the surface and shape of the sternites
and other body structures have been mentioned elsewhere in this paper.
The genitalia of the male show many individual variations. Plate
LIX, figure 20, shows a series of distal angles (the distal angle is
found on the right clasper) . It will be noted that there is a gradual
gradation from the oblique angle to the acute angle, proving beyond
doubt that the angle is only an individual variation and not a
specific difference. The keel hood, the keel hook, the pan, and the
secondary pan show a great deal of variation. However, when
everything is taken into consideration, all the genitalia are of the
same general type as shown on plate LIX, figures 1, 2 and 3.
G. oculatus (Fabr.) shows the greatest variation of color of any of
the described species that we have at hand. When groups of in-
dividuals are considered, several color varieties might be described.
But when the whole group of specimens at hand are taken into con-
sideration, it is seen that there is a gradation from one color to an-
other. The genitalia of the males are all of the same type, so they
are not different species; possibly good ecological species, but they
are not good taxonomic species. Specimens from Florida and North
Carolina have a ground color of brown or dark brown, almost black
in some specimens, variegated with light-colored granules. Other
specimens from North Carolina, Tennessee, Louisiana, Arkansas,
Texas, Kansas, Missouri, Nebraska, Arizona and Oregon range from
a black to a light grey, and from a dark brown to a light tan for the
ground color. The granules are, for the most part, some shade of
white. The arrangement of the large and small granules makes a
variegated pattern on the ground color. Some are strikingly varie-
gated, while others are more obscurely variegated. Some particular
specimens from central Kansas and Texas have the medial area of
the dorsal region of a dark reddish-brown color, while the lateral
margins are splashed with yellow. In some specimens a tinge of lilac
appears where the yellow and brown blends. With some specimens
from western Kansas the dorsal surface is from a gray to a bright
black, spotted with a yellowish-white, the white color being tinged
with pink. The pronotum is mottled with shades of brown and
spotted with yellowish-white tinged with pink. The specimens are
indeed colorful and vie with Guerin's G. variegatus in beauty. Other
specimens from this region and from Oregon are of a velvety brown
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris. 359
with white granules. As mentioned before with other specimens the
arrangement of the granules gives a variegated effect. These are also
very handsome specimens, and have been determined erroneously
as G. variegatus (Guer.). A male from Arizona and a female from
Oregon are marked with various shades of tan and red. The base of
the pronotum is a light-green color. Other specimens show other
color schemes.
Van Duzee' gives the following locality records : New York, New
Jersey, Pennsylvania, Maryland, District of Columbia, "Caro-
lina," Georgia, Florida, North Carolina, Ohio, Illinois, Minnesota,
Colorado, Oklahoma, Arizona. To which list we add the following
records: Tennessee, Louisiana, Missouri, Arkansas, Kansas, Ne-
braska, Texas, California and Oregon. This is the first time, to the
best of om- knowledge, that this species has been reported from the
Pacific coast. The following records are from Kansas: Douglas
county, H. B. Hungcrford, collector; Bourbon county, R. H. Beamer,
collector; Woodson county, R. H. Beamer, collector; Neosho county,
Mrs. Grace Wiley, collector; Labette county, R. H. Beamer, col-
lector; Cherokee county, H. B. Hungerford and R. H. Beamer, col-
lectors; Riley county, J. B. Norton, collector; Saline county, C. H.
Martin, collector; Ellsworth county, C. H. Martin, collector; Rice
county, C. H. Martin, and others, collectors; Reno and Barton
counties, Cavanaugh, collector; Pawnee, Meade and Comanche coun-
ties, C. 0. Bare, collector; Morton county, C. 0. Bare and others.,
collectors; Wallace, Logan, Norton, Graham and Rooks counties,
F. X. Williams, collector. From these records we see that this insect
inhabits all parts of Kansas.
SPECIES IN SYNONYMY.
Gelastocoris barberi Bueno. Through the kindly interest of Dr. H. B. Hun-
gerford and the generosity of Dr. W. E. Britton I have been permitted to ex-
amine the type specimen of this species. The collections of the University of
Kansas contain a series of specimens from Kansas and Texas that are similar.
These specimens are all G. oculahis (Fabr.). Gelastocoris barberi Bueno is a
synonym of G. oculatus (Fabr.).
Gelastocoris subsimilis Blatchley. We had two specimens of this insect, one
collected at LaBell, Fla., by D. M. DeLong, and one collected at Hertford, N.
C, by W. R. Walton, which we identified as G. subsimilis Blatch. Later we
were able to verify the identification with a male and a female paratype loaned
by Mr. Blatchley. Fortunately, at the time Mr. Blatchley's paratypes were in
our hands Mr. C. O. Bare sent in a series of 17 males and 20 females collected
7 Van Duzee, E. P. Cat. of the Hemipteia of America North of Mexico. .
Univ of Calif. Pub. Tech. Bui., College of .'^gri., Agricultural Experiment Sta., Ent. Vol. I,
1917, p. 472.
23—3341
360 The University Science Bulletin.
in Florida which were identical with Blatchley's paratypes. A comparison of
the thoracic margins (Pi. LVIII, Figs. 9 and 11) with those of G. oculatus
(Fabr.) (PI. LVIII, Figs. 10, 12 and 13), show that the thoracic margins of G.
subsimilis are of the type of those of G. oculatus. When the color patterns
were studied it was found that they were also the same as for G. oculatus from
other localities. While the males are smaller than the males from other lo-
calities, yet their genitalia (PI. LIX, Fig. 1), are the same size and the same
type as those of males from other localities. (PI. LIX, Fig. 2, 3.) Taking the
thoracic margins and color patterns in consideration and using the genitalia of
the male as final proof of our assertion, Gelastocoris subsimilis Blatchley is a
synonym of Gelastocoris oculatus (Fabr.).
Gelastocoris bufo (H-S.).
Galgulus bufo Hemck-Shaffer, 1839 or 1840 (?). Die Wansenartigen Insekten; V, p. 88,
PI. 174, Fig. 530.
His original description is as follows :
"G. fuscescens, subtus pallidior, tibi.s et tarsis posterioribus pallidis fusco
annulatis.
"Da ich dieseinzige Art dieser Gattung vor mir habe, so kann ich nicht mit
Bestimmtheit behaupten, ob es wirklich Lefebvre's bufo ist. G. oculatus (F.)
kann es nicht wohl sein weil hier der Bauch schwarz sein soil.
"Gestalt kurz eiformig, unten flach, oben wenig convex; die Oberflache durch
iiusserst feine Korchen chagrinartig, matt rotlich graubraun, gegen die Spite
der Decken mehr rotbraun. Kopf, Thorax, und Schildehen durch ziemlich
unregelmiissige Erhohungen uneben; die Wurzelhlfte der Decken braun und
grau sehr zierlich gewiis-sert, die schmale Membran schmutzig weiss. Unten
blassbraun, mit lichen Riindern aller Theile. Auch die Fliigel sind bis liber die
Zelhm hinaus braun, und nur an der Spitze weiss.
"Aus Amerika; ohne genauere Angabe von Herr Norwich in Bremen."
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, figure 14. Length: Male, 6.98 mm.; female,
7.43 mm. to 7.65 mm.
We have at hand one male identified by Champion, who collected it at
Guatemala City. The genitalia of the male have been lemoved by someone in
the past, so we are not able to figure them. The thoracic margins are veiy
characteristic. The specimens are of a mottled reddi.sh-brown color.
Champion gives the localities Mexico, Guatemala and Costa Rica as its
habitat. Our specimens are from these localities.
Gelastocoris jlavus (Guerin).
Galgulus flavus Guerin, 1844, Iconographie du Regne Animal de B. Cuvier per Felix Edouard
Guerin-Meneville. Tome (II, III or IV [?]), pp. 251-255.
Guerin's original description translated is as follows:
Entirely of -a dirty yellowish-russet, shading to brown; underneath more
pale, some small, smooth tubercles, green and yellow, on elytra. Posterior legs
faintly ringed with brown. Length, 7 mm.; width, 5 mm.
"Figures 4a, its large head and view of face; 4b, antennae.
"Habitat: The interior of Brazil.
"Notes: This species is very closely related with Galgulus bujo of Hahn."
We po.ssess three males and three females of this species. Some of the
males are above and below of a lurid red, concolorous; others dark yellow and
black in color. The wings of the females are shorter than the abdomen. One
female is of a dull red while the other two are of a reddish-brown. Both males
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris. 361
and females possess six short, longitudinal carina on the base of the pronotum
that may be faint or prominent. Some specimens have the lateral edges of
the pronotum broadly crenate. The specimens at hand do not possess the
green tubercles that Guerin mentions, but such colored tubercles have no
particular significance, and may or may not be present.
Guerin's figure shows that the insect that he had had the base of the pro-
notum straight. In our specimens it is arcuate. Champion mentions that
with his species the base of the pronotum is trisinuate. Our studies of the
bases of other species show that they are very variable, and it is very probable
that this species shows an even greater variation than in the species we have
seen.
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, figure 18. Male genitalia, plate LIX, figures
4, 5 and 6.
Champion gives as the habitat, Costa Rica, South America, to Peru and
Bolivia. Our specimens are from Brazil, Bolivia and Paraguay. We believe
that possibly the females that we have at hand are the only ones of this
species that have been seen.
Gelastocoris quadrimaculatus (Guerin).
Galgulus quadrimaculalus Gut-rin; 1844. Icon. Ins., p. 351.
Galgulus nebidosus Guerin; 1844. Icon. In.s., p. 3.')1.
Galgulus vebulosus var. b Stal ; 1870. Svenk. Vet.-.Ak. Handl. Enumeratio Hemipterorum,
14, No. 4, p. 137.
Gelastocoris stali Kirkaldy and Bueno ; 1908. A Catalogue of American Aquatic and Semi-
aquatic Hemiptera. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., Vol. X, Nos. 3 and 4, Sept. to Dec, 1908.
His original description translated is as follows:
"Upper part black or very dark brown, with the head and sides of the
prothorax, some little spots on the scutellum, and one spot on each side at the
back, on the posterior edge of the elytra, of yellowish russet. Some small
green and very smooth tubercles on the elytra. Underneath and the legs
yellow, with the base of the abdomen black, and the sides alternately black
and brown. Posterior legs ringed with brown. Length, 7 mm; Width, 5 mm.
"From Brazil and Bolivia."
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, figures 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. Male genitalia, plate
LIX, figures 14, 15 and 16. Length: male, 5.29 mm. to 6.45 mm.; female, 5.18
mm. to 6.88 mm. It will be noted that our measurements fall shy of Guerin's.
However, it must be remembered that our measurements do not include the
head of the insect.
We have in the collections 62 females and 52 males from Bolivia, Paraguay,
Brazil and Ecuador. The species show a great variation in size and otherwise
morphologically. Even the male genitalia show extreme differences in size,
and also differences of structure. However, all are of the same general type,
and all the specimens at hand are considered to be the same species. Some
species are of a buff or tan color with or without green tubercles; others are
fuscus with or without green tubercles. One specimen is mottled with a lurid
red on a buff-colored background. Other specimens have the median part of
the dorsal region black, while on each side of the black stripe it is buff or tan.
SPECIES IN SYNONYMY.
Stal reduced G. quadriviaculatus to a variety under G. nebulosus, and then
described his variety b under G. nebulosus (G.). Following the Zoological
362 The University Science Bulletin.
Code, G. quadrimaculatus takes precedence over G. nebulosus, as it was de-
scribed before G. nebulosus in the paper. Because of the wide variation ex-
hibited by this species and from the study of the genitalia and color of our
specimens, we believe that Guerin described the same insect under two names,
his G. nebulosus being different only in coloration, which is not a good char-
acter for most species in this genus. Both species come from the same coun-
tries. Stal's G. nebulosus var. b is very evidently just another color variation
of the species. As Kirkaldy and Beuno raised Stal's variety to a species it will
fall.
Gelastocoris variegatus (Guerin).
Galgulus variegatus Guerin; 1844. Icon. Ins. p. 302.
Guerin's description translated is as follows :
"Above a variation of dark brown, of black, of gray more or less whitish,
and of yellow. The gray forms some round spots surrounded with deep black ;
some very small, smooth, ivory white tubercles on the elytra. Underneath
black with the sides of the thorax spotted with white and that of the ventral
with russet. All the legs banded with dark brown and russet. Length, 6 mm.
to 7 mm.; width, 4% mm. to 5 mm. From the Bay of Campeche. Taken by
M. Perbose, surgeon of the Royal Marine at Toulon."
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, figure 8. Male genitalia, plate LIX, figure 10.
The thoracic margins of this insect are very distinct. In Champion's
words, "the pronotum is subparallel at the sides in front. The lateral angles
are fohaceous, very distinctly crenate in front and behind, and transverse or
subtransverse along their anterior edge." As with other species, there is a
variation in the color of different specimens. Champion gives as its habitat
North America, southern and southwestern United States; Costa Rica; Argen-
tina; Antilles; Cuba; and Panama. Our specimens are from Guatemala and
Mexico.
Gelastocoris pulcher (Stal) .
Galgulus pulcher Stal.; 1854. Ofveisigt af Kongliga Vet.-Ak. Forhundlingar. Stockholm,
XI, p. 239.
Stal's original description translated is as follows:
"1. G. pulcher: Very densely coarsely granulate, brown and white wavy
variegated, thorax convex, flat, subimpressed transversely, last part and base
angularly dilated; scutellum trituberculate ; exterior margin of clavus becom-
ing reddish; blackish underneath, variegated with white; legs whitish, ringed
with brown. Length, 7mm.; width, 5mm. Habitat: Mexico."
Champion placed this species in synonymy under G. oculatus (Fabr.). The
description suggests Herrick-ShJiffer's colored figure of his G. bujo.
Gelastocoris vicinus Champion.
Gelastocoris vicinus Champion; 1901. Biologia Contiali-.\mericana, Insecta Rhynchota.
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, Vol. II, by G. C. Champion, F. Z. S. ; 1897-1901, p. 349.
Champion's original published notes are as follows:
"Montandon has sent us for examination numerous specimens of this insect
from Costa Rica, and also one from Mexico, and we have many others from
Nicaragua and Chiriqui agreeing with them. It is very much like G. variegatus,
but has the foliaceous lateral angles of the pronotum more oblique in front
(instead of transverse) and less coarsely crenate. The pronotum is strongly
con.strictcd at the sides behind the anterior angles, the margins being sub-
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris. 363
parallel in front. The general coloration is usually more obscure than in
variegatus. G. vicinus is the only species of the genus found by myself at
elevations above 2,500 feet on the slope of the Volcan de Chiriqui.
"Habitat: North America, southern and western United States; Mexico;
Panama; South America to Brazil."
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, figure 7. Male genitalia, plate LIX, figure
9. Length, 6.3 mm.
We possess two specimens collected at R. Surnbres, San Mateo, C. R.,
altitude 250 m., February, 1905.
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion.
Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion; 1901. Biologia Centrali-Americana, Insecta Rhynchota.
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, Vol. II. By G. C. Champion, F. Z. S., 1897-1901, p. 347;
PI. 20, Fig. 18.
Champion's original published notes are as follows:
"Of this species we possess about a dozen examples, agreeing with the types
communicated by M. Montandon. It is nearly allied to G. ocularis (Fabr.),
but differs from that insect in having the pronotum broadly rounded at the
sides and feebly sinuate behind the anterior obtuse angles. In one of the
specimens from Pinos Altos the entire upper surface is mottled with reddish
brown. G. rotundatus will almost certainly inhabit the southern part of the
United States. A spotted example from Guatemala City is figured.
"Habitat: Mexico; Guatemala."
Probably Champion never intended that this species and G. vicinus
Champion should be credited to him. As no other descriptions of these species
can be found that were published before Champion's, his description's are
taken to be the original descriptions.
Thoracic margins, plate LVIII, figure 16. Male genitalia, plate LIX,
figure 8. Length: Male, 6.95 mm. to 7.0 mm.; female, 7.2 mm. to 7.3 mm.
We have at hand 14 specimens, most of which are mottled with reddish
brown; one is black mottled with tan. Two of our specimens were collected at
Douglas, Ariz., August, by F. H. Snow, which is the first time that a record
for this species from the United States has been published.
Gelastocoris cucullatus n. sp.
Length: Male, 4.96 to 5.40 mm.; female, 5.85 mm.
A species near G. variegatus (Guer.) and G. vicinus Champion. Does not
possess the transverse lateral margins of the thorax of G. variegatus, and is of
an ovate shape instead of the elongate shape of G. vicinus.
Color. Ground color of males black to different shades of brown. Some
specimens strikingly marked with patterns of yellowish-white, others more ob-
scurely marked. Three specimens at hand have the color and markings of G.
variegatus. Some females are black, streaked with brown, others are brown,
marked with darker brown.
M.ARGiNS OF Thor.\x. Plate LVIII, figure 6. Posterior angle more broadly
rounded than that of G. vicinus.
Genit.\I/Ia of M.ile. Plate LIX, figures 11, 12 and 13. The angle found on
the margin of the keel hood and the secondary hood beneath the keel hood,
which may or may not reach the dorsal edge of the keel hook, are character-
istic structures of the genitalia of the male.
364 The University Science Bulletin.
Described from 4 males collected at Los Amates, Guatemala, by Kellerman;
1 male collected at Guatemala City, by Champion (det. by him as G. ocula-
tus); 1 male, no locality record, marked O. Sacken; a male and a female col-
lected at Canal Zone, Barro, Colorado, by N. Banks; 1 female collected at
Penemoma, Panama, by H. Brown; 1 male collected at Gualan, Guatemala,
April 1, 1905. Holotype, male (Guat.), allotype (Pan.) female and 3 paratypes
deposited in the entomological collections of the University of Kansas; 1 para-
type deposited in the Carnegie Museum ; 1 paratype deposited in the American
Natural History Museum.
Gelastocoris fuscus n. sp.
Length: Males, 6.3 mm. to 7.2 mm.; females, 6.75 mm. to 7.43 mm.
Resemble G. bufo (H-S.) but with the lateral margins of the pronotum
more deeply constricted.
Color. Color generally fuscous, some black present. With some specimens
the pronotum is of a lighter color than the rest of dorsal region.
Margins of Thorax. Plate LVIII, figure 15. Lateral margins of thorax
more or less crenate. Posterior angle may be sharp or rounded. Considerable
variation is found among individual specimens.
Genitalia of Male. Plate LIX, figure 17. Instead of a keel hook a flaplike
structure is present.
Described from 5 specimens collected at Tena, Ecuador, February 23 and 28,
1923, by F. X. Williams; 1 male collected at S. Paulo Olivonca, Brazil, by S.
Klages; 1 female collected at Banos, Ecuador, June 22, 1923, by F. X. Williams;
1 female collected near Napo, Ecuador, February 14, 1923, by F. X. Williams.
Holotype, male (Ecuador), allotype, female (Ecuador) and 5 paratypes de-
posited in the entomological collections of the University of Kansas; 1 male
paratype (Brazil), deposited in the Carnegie Museum, Philadelphia.
Gelastocoris duplicatus n. sp.
Length: Male, 5.85 mm.; female, 6.75 mm.
It is difficult to distinguish this species form G. juscus n. sp. The shape of
the body for the specimens that we have is somewhat different from that of G.
fuscus. Also the posterior margin of the posterior angle of the margins of the
pronotum is more nearly subparallel than those of G. juscus. The genitalia of
the male is very strikingly different from that of G. fuscus.
Color. Dorsal region from black to dark brown, nearly concolorous; ven-
trally fuscus. Base of pronotum greenish yellow to orange; disk, ground-color
black, with greenish granulations, prominent orange spots on the disk of the
specimen at hand. Females with more black in ground color than male,
granulations tan color, pronotum tan and black.
Margins of Thorax. Plate LVIII, figure 17. Margins of thorax most nearly
resembles those of G. vicinus Champion and G. quadrimaculatus (Guer.)
Genitalia of Male. Plate LIX, figure 7. Genitalia with a very robust,
double keel hook and a double pan.
Described from a male and a female collected at Naranjapta, Ecuador,
1,850 feet, December 14, 1923, by F. X. Williams. Holotype male, allotype
female, deposited in the Entomological Collections of the University of Kansas.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
(365)
366 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LVIII.
Thoracic margins of Gelastocoris.
Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Gelastocoris qiiadrimaculatus (Guer.).
Fig. 6. Gelastocoris cucullatus n. sp.
Fig. 7. Gelastocoris mdnus Champion.
Fig. 8. Gelastocoris variegatus (Guer.).
Figs. 9, 10, 11, 12, 13. Gelastocoris oculatus (Fabr.).
Fig. 9. Specimen from Florida. A specimen of G. subsimilis
Blatchley, in synonymy.
Fig. 10. Specimen from Arizona.
Fig. 11. Specimen from Florida. Drawn from a paratype specimen
of G. subsimilis Blatch., species in synonymy.
Fig. 12. Specimen from western Kansas.
Fig. 13. Specimen from North Carolina.
Fig. 14. Gelastocoris biijo (H-S).
Fig. 15. Gelastocoris juscxts n. sp.
Fig. 16. Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion.
Fig. 17. Gelastocoris duplicatits n. sp.
Fig. 18. Gelastocoris flavus (Guer.).
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris.
367
PLATE LVIII.
368 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LIX.
Male genitalia of Gelastocoris.
Fig. 1. Gelastocoris oculatus (Fabr.). Drawn from a specimen of Blatch-
ley's G. subsimilis.
Figs. 2, 3. Gelastocoris oculatus (Fabr.).
Figs. 4, 5 and 6. Gelastocoris flavus (Guerin).
Fig. 7. Gelastocoris duplicalus n. sp.
Fig. 8. Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion.
Fig. 9. Gelastocoris vicinus Champion.
Fig. 10. Gelastocoris variegatus (Guer.).
Figs. 11, 12, and 13. Gelastocoris cucullatus n. sp. A, keel hood. B, Sec-
ondary keel-hood.
Figs. 14, 15 and 16. Gelastocoris quadrimaculatus (Guer.).
Fig. 17. Gelastocoris juscus n. sp.
Fig. 18. Male genitalia of G. ocidatus (Fabr.).
Fig. 19. A and B, right clasper hooks of G. fuscus n. sp. C and D, right
clasper hooks of G. oculatus (Fabr.). E and F, right clasper hooks of G.
rotundatus Champ. These figures illustrate the wide variation that is found
within the same species.
Fig. 20. Di.stal angles of G. oculatxis (Fabr.).
20«, Riley county, Kansas.
20£>, Cherokee county, Kansas.
20c, North Carolina.
2Qd, Colorado county, Texas.
20e, Douglas county, Kansas.
20/, Ellsworth county, Kansas.
20<7, Morton county, Kansas.
20/i, Austin, Texas.
20?', Bourbon county, Kansas.
20;, Comanche county, Kan.sas.
20fc, Arizona.
20/, Tucson, Ariz.
20m, Pawnee county, Kansas.
Martin: The Genus Gelastocoris.
369
PLATE LIX.
C D
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
VoL.XVIIL] April, 1928. [No. 5.
The Coreidse of Kansas.*
HOWARD OWEN DEAY, Department of Entomology.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 371
FAMILY COREID^ 372
SPECIES OF COREID^ IN KANSAS:
Subfamily MerocoriniE 374
Subfamily Coreinse 375
Subfamily Pseudophloeinje 386
Subfamily Alydinie 387
Subfamily Corizinse 393
BIBLIOGRAPHY 401
INDEX 407
INTRODUCTION.
THE purposes of this paper are: (1) to give a list of the species
of Coreidffi that have been taken in Kansas to date; (2) to give
the counties in which they have been collected; (3) to give the orig-
inal description of each species found and to give any further char-
acteristics which may aid in the determination of the species; (4) to
determine whether the genital capsule and claspers of the male have
specific value; (5) to make keys for the separation of the groups
down to species.
The material examined is in the Snow entomological collection at
the University of Kansas, Lawrence, and in the entomological col-
lection at the Kansas State Agricultural College, Manhattan. The
material in the Snow collection is an accumulation of years of col-
lecting by the members of the State University Biological Survey.
* Submitted to the Department of Entomology and the faculty of the Graduate School of
the University of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master
of Arts.
(371)
372 The University Science Bulletin.
Collections have been made in nearly every county in the state.
However, most of these surveys were made in the months of June,
July and August and, as the Coreidse as a rule are more numerous
in the autumn, it is likely that the distribution of the different species
is more extensive than the records show.
The writer wishes to express his appreciation to Dr. H. B. Hunger-
ford, under whose direction the work was done and who gave most
helpful advice and criticism; to Prof. Harry G. Barber, of Roselle,
N. J., who checked the writer's identifications; to Dr. P. A. Readio
and Kathleen C. Doering, for their kindly help and criticism; and
to all others who in any way have assisted in this work.
FAMILY COREID.E.
The members of this family vary greatly in form. Some of the
species are among the largest of the Hemiptera, and others are very
small and inconspicuous; some have peculiar expansions or shapes
of the tibiae or antennae; in some the femora are swollen or armed, or
both; and in some the hind coxae are widely separated, while in
others they are contiguous.
The family is characterized as follows: The antennae are situated
above an imaginary line drawn from the eye to the base of the ros-
trum, and are four-segmented; the vertex of the head is not trans-
versely impressed; the rostrum is four-segmented; the scutellum is
triangular and of small or medium size, not reaching the middle of
the body; the hemelytra are usually complete and composed of
clavus, corium and membrane; the membrane is furnished with
numerous veins which spring from a transverse basal vein, and are
more or less anastomosing; the tarsi are three-segmented; the ocelli
are present.
In the male the last ventral segment is modified to form a sec-
ondary sexual organ, the genital capsule. It bears a pair of clasping
organs, the claspers, which are attached to the surface, and are con-
cealed in the genital capsule in the members of three of the sub-
families (Merocorinae, Coreinae and Pseudophlceinae) .
The species of the family found in Kansas fall into three groups
when classified by the genital capsule of the male. The males of
the subfamily Coreinae (PI. LX, Fig. 5), Merocorinae (PI. LX, Fig.
4), and Pseudophlannae (PI. LXII, Fig. 1) have a single convex geni-
tal capsule which incloses the claspers, internal genitalia, and the
anal segment. Tlu^ dorsal aspect of this capsule has good specific
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 373
characters in all the species examined. The writer made drawings of
the ventral aspect of this capsule when that aspect had good specific
characters, because the insects can then be identified without re-
laxing them.
The genital capsules of the males in the subfamily Alydinse (PI.
LXII, Fig. 5) are not closed at the caudal ends as those of the above
three subfamilies, but are open so that the claspers are exposed ex-
cept in the genus Stachyocnemm. The genital capsule is further
characterized in the species of Megalotomiis and Alydus by the
presence of a pair of hooks on the dorsal surface. Dr. H. B. Hunger-
ford has suggested that these be called "surcapsular hooks, "^-and the
writer has so designated them. (PI. LXII, Fig. 5.) These hooks
have specific value, not only from their shape and position but also
from the teeth on them. The writer has found no reference to these
hooks in the literature.
The genital capsules of the males of the subfamily Corizinse fPl.
LXII, Fig. 4) are open at the caudal ends as in the Alydinse, but on
the whole they have a bulbous shape as do the genital capsules in
the Coreinse, Merocorinae and Pseudophloeinse. The chief character-
istic of the genital capsule in this subfamily is the fact that it and
the eighth segment are drawn back up into the body so that they
are not visible from a ventral aspect. This condition holds true in
the female as well, and at first glance it is difficult to distinguish the
sexes. The shape and form of the genital capsules in this subfamily
are constant for the species, and are good specific characters.
The shape, size and form of the claspers are constant in cacli
species, and are specific. They can be readily seen in the subfamilies
in which they are concealed by relaxing the specimens and pulling
out the genital capsules.
The family is a large one. Lethierry and Severin (1893-1896)
list 1,320 species, which are divided into 29 subfamilies, as occurring
in the world. Many species have been described since then. Van
Duzee in his catalogue lists 125 species, which are divided among 48
genera and five subfamilies (Merocorinae, Coreinae, Pseudophlceinae,
Alydinae and Corizinae), as occurring in North America north of
Mexico. Two of these subfamilies (Alydinae and Corizinae) have
been raised to family rank by Parshley (1923) and Blatchley
(1926). Representatives of all five of the subfamilies, 21 of the
genera and 35 of the above species are found in Kansas. Fourteen
of these 35 species have not been recorded from Kansas before.
374
The University Science Bulletin.
Cffro* sitrema umAMo
MIAM "T<
lifcow
Fig. 1. Outline map of Kansas.
KEY TO THE KANSAS SUBFAMILIES OF COREID.5;.
PAGE
A. Head large, the part between the eyes wider than the scutellum ; body slender.
Alydinffi, 387
AA. Head smaller, part between eyes narrower than the scutellum ; body rather stout.
B. Metasternal orifices obsolete Corizinae, 393
BB. Metasternal orifices distinct.
C. Hind cox» contiguous or nearly .so ; upper surface, except membrane,
thickly beset with small granules, each bearing a short seta ; first seg-
ment of antenna shorter than the head Pseudophloeinse, 380
CC. Hind coxs widely separated ; upper surface not thickly beset with small
setce-bearing granules; first segment of antennae rarely shorter than the
head.
D. Apex of hind tibiie ending beneath in a short projecting spine;
length less than 9 mm Merocorinae, 374
DD. Apex of hmd tibiae without a projecting spine; length 10 mm. or
more Coreinae, 375
SUBFAMILY MEROCORIN.E (STAL).
This subfamily is represented by a single genus and two species
in North America north of Mexico. One of the two species occurs
in Kansas.
Merocoris distinctus Dallas.
(PI. LX, Figs. 4, 4a.)
Dallas, William S. List of the Specimens of Hemipterous Insects in the Collection of the
Briti.sh Museum; Ft. II, p. 419; 1852.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"Closely allied to the preceding Merocoris (M. typhceus Fabr.) ; chief dif-
ference is that the head is more nearly square, both sides of the front is sub-
spinose; antennae longer, first and second segments black, third dusky black,
punctured, fourth black; posterior tibise without curves.
"Female, length, %4 inch."
Oblong-oval species of medium size; head small, subquadrangular, porrect,
much shorter than the pronotum, armed above near base of each antenna with
Deay:^ Coreid.k of Kansas. 375
a pair of short, widely separated, divergent spines; first segment of antenna
stout, subcylindrical, constricted near its base, curved, second and third seg-
ments more slender, subequal, fourth segment longer than the second and
third combined; beak just reaching middle coxae; eyes prominent, subglobular;
pronotum subquadrangular. sides straight, feebly converging forward from the
acute hind angles; scutellum short, triangular, its apex acute; apical margin
of coriimi long, oblique, feebly sinuate, the outer angle acute; membrane
reaching tip of abdomen, its veins verv^ numerous, mostly simple, connexivum
narrowly exposed; hind coxae extremely widely separated; apex of hind tibae
ending beneath in a short, projecting spine; hind femora curved, strongly
clavate, the basal half very slender, the apical half much thickened, and
spined beneath.
Length, male, 6V2 mm.; width, male. 2 mm. Length, female, 7.5 to 8.5 mm.;
width, female, 3% mm.
Distribution. It has been collected in the following counties: Douglas,
Franklin. Riley, Sedgwick, Rice, Seward, Sheridan, Rawlins, Logan, Cheyenne,
Chase and Sherman.
SUBFAMILY COREIN.E (STAL).
This subfamily is represented in the United States by eight tribes.
Representatives of five of these eight tribes are found in Kansas.
KEY TO THE KANSAS TRIBES OF COREIN^.
PAGE
A. Hind femora not greatly enlarged, rarely spinous, in whieli case the antennal tuber-
cles are moderate in size and .separated by a space greater than their own width.
B. Po.sterior tibisp dilated Anisoscelini, 376
BB. Posterior tibiic not dilated.
C. Antennal tubercles large and prominent, clo.se together, extending much
beyond the apex of clypeus ; lateral angles of thorax produced in an
acute spine ; third antennal segment flattened and expanded.
Chariesterini, 382
CC. Antennal tubercles moderate in size, distant, not extending Vjeyond apex
of clypeus; lateral angles of thorax not .sjiined, third antennal segment
not flattened and expanded.
D. Second and third antennal segments three-sided ; hind tibia three-
sided Chelinidini, 382
DD. Antemia? cylindrical ; tibia* smiple, cylindrical Coreini, 383
AA. Hind femora spinous or tuberculate, usually much enlarged; antennal tubercles large,
separated by a space generally less than their own width.
B. Clypeus deflexed, not extending much, if an.\', before antennal tubercles.
Mictini, 379
BB. Clypeus not deflexed, extending much before antennal tubercles.
Acanthocephalini, 375
Tribe Acanthocephalini (Stal).
This tribe is represented in North America north of Mexico by
one genus. This one occurs in Kansas.
Genus Acanthocephala Laporte.
Five species of this genus occur in North America north of
Mexico. One of them occurs in Kansas.
24—3341
376 The University Science Bulletin.
Acanthocephala terminalis (Dallas).
(PI. LX, Figs. 7, 7a.)
Dallas, William S. List of the SpochiiPiis of Hemiplerous In^^ects in Ihe Collection of
the British Museum: Pt.- II, p. 4^1; 1852; Metapodiuf.
Original Description :
"A blackish-fuscous Metapodius, opaque, hairy; antenna pitch black, last
segment golden; tarsi golden, la.-5t segment and claws fu^cou-s.
"Length, female, % inch.
"Above dark brown, opaque, clothed with very short, yellowish hairs, and
very thickly and finely punctured. Thorax with the lateral margins smooth,
the lateral angles somewhat prominent and obtuse. Scutellum reddi.sh brown.
Margins of the abdomen with a small spot at the apex of each segment.
Abdomen blackish, somewhat shining, sparingly clothed with short yellow hairs;
second and third segments with three small impressed, pale, approximated
points on each side of the disc. Breast with a reddish orange spot at each
aperature of the odoriferous apparatus; antepectus and the posterior margin
of each of the other segments punctured. Legs pitchy, with the four anterior
tibia; brown; thiglis serrated beneath; posterior tibise not very broad, dilated
on the outside to within about one-fourth of their length from the apex, on
the inside to about the middle ; the margin of the outer dilatation strongly
emarginate at the middle; the apical portion of the inner margin of the tibia
with a few minute teeth; tarsi reddish orange, with the apical joint and the
claws brown. Antennce pitchy black, with the apical joint bright orange.
"North America. From Mr. Children's collection."
The writer finds the length of the females to be from 22 to 25 mm., and
that of the males to be from 18 to 22 mm.
Distribution. This species seems to be confined to the eastern and central
parts of the state. It has been taken in the following counties: Leavenworth,
Douglas, Labette, Cherokee, Montgomery, Wilson, Coffey, Riley. Cowley,
Sumner, McPherson, Rooks, Graham, Lyon and Chautauqua.
Tribe Anisoscelini.
Van Duzee lists three genera and sixteen species of this tribe as
occurring in North America north of Mexico. Four species of one
genus (Leptoglossus) occur in Kansas.
Genus Leptoglossus Guerin.
Nine species of this genus have been found in North America
north of Mexico. Four of these species have been taken in Kansas.
KEY TO THE K.\NSAS SPECIES OF LEPTOGLOSSUS.
PAGR
A. Clypeus projecting in front of gen.-e, not deflexed dypcalis, 378
AA. Clypeus deflexed in front of gena'.
B. Fourth segment of antenna equal to or shorter than the third; outer dilation
of hind tibia not scalloped corrulus, 377
BB. Fourth segment of the antenna longer than the third; ov:ter dilation of the
hind tiV)ia scalloped.
C. Side margins of pronotuui behind the humeri unarmed; elytra with a
very small oblitjue pale .spot on nervure opposite the base of membrane.
oppositus, 378
CC. Side margins of luonotuni behind the humeri crenulate or toothed; elytra
with a -straight white bar opposite the base of membrane .... p/iy/Zopus, 377
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 377
Leptoglossiis phyllopus (Linna?us).
(PI. LX, Figs. 1, lA.)
Linnaeus, Carl. Sy.stema Xatura', Ed. 12: I, pt. 2, p. 731; 1767; Cimex.
Origin.al Description (translated by the writer) :
"Thorax immaculate blackish; upper wings with a whitish band; hind-
shanks membranaceous and toothed.
'"Inhabits America.''
Linnaeus' brief description is scarcel.v adequate to distinguish phyllopus from
the other species of Leptoglossm, so the writer has redescribed it from the
specimens in the entomological collection at the University of Kansas.
Size. Length, female, 18 to 21 mm.; male, 17 to 20 mm.
Color. Above chestnut brown, thinly clothed with ver>' fine, short, appressed
yellow hairs; three narrow stripes on head, and front margin of pronotum dull
yellow; first segment of antenna fuscous, second, third and fourth yellow-
elytra with an ivory crossbar opposite base of membrane; under surface
reddish-brown, mottled with numerous blackish dots, and thickly pubescent
with short silver-white hairs; legs reddish-brown.
Structural Characteristics. Head three-fourths the length of the pro-
notum, convex; beak long, reaching to or behind the metacoxse; antennae with
basal segment stout, as long as head, second and fourth segments subequal,
longer than the third. Pronotum with humeral angles prominent, slightly
projecting upward, their tips feebly toothed. Hind femora slender, the spines
beneath relatively small. Inner dilation of the tibiae much the naiTower, reach-
ing the middle of tibia;, its margin finely toothed;, the outer reaching the
apical third, its margin with two wide scallops.
Distribution. It has been taken in the following counties: Douglas,
Pottawatomie. Riley, Dickinson, Saline, Greenwood, Elk, Chautauqua, Cowley,
Sedgwick. McPherson, Reno, Clark and Seward.
Lcptoglossus corculus (Say).
Say, Thomas. Descriptions of Now Species of Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America;
New Harmony, Ind. : p. 12; 1.S32. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural
Society: Vol. XVII, p. 770; 1857 (reprinted by Fitch). The Complete Writings of
Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America, Vol. I, p. 326; Anisoscdis.
Original Descrif'tion :
"Fuscous; antennae rufous; posterior tibiae dilated, not sinous.
"Inhabits Florida.
"Body reddish-brown, rather dark, minutely and densely punctured; head
simple, with three rufous lines; antennae rufous; basal joint much shorter than
the second, blackish above, second joint longest; ultimate joint rather shorter
than the preceding one, fuscous; thorax with the angles not prominent,
rounded; .scutel undulated on the disc; tergum on the lateral margin with
yellowish lines at the incisures; beneath dull rufous with numerous black
points; rostrum extending to the middle of the venter; thighs blackish above
towards the tip, spinous beneath, posterior pair a little thickened; tibiae dull
yellowish, posterior pair dilated, not undulated on the edge, fuscous with small
yellowish spots; the dilation not continued to the tip; inner edge with a few
short spines.
"Length four-fifths of an inch.
"I have obtained two individuals on St. John's river. In one of the two
specimens the nervures on the middle of the hemelytra are of a paler color, as
if, in some individuals, a pale band might exist in that part."
378 The University Science Bulletin.
The writer has but one specimen of this species, an unlabeled female, taken
from the student collection at the Kansas Agricultural College. This specimen
agrees with the original description very closely, especially with one of the
specimens that Say collected on the St. John's river, in that the nervures on
the middle of the hemelytra are of a paler color.
Leptoglossus opposihts (Say).
(PI. LX, Figs. 3, 3a.)
Say, Thomas. Descriptions of New Species of Heteropterous Hemipfera of North America;
New Harmon}', Ind. : p. 12; 1832. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural
Society: Vol. XVII, p. 771; 1S57 (reprinted by Fitch). The Complete Writings of
Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America: Vol. I, p. 327; Anisoscelis.
Origin.al Description :
"Reddish-brown; hemelytra with a white point in the middle of the corium;
antennae rufous; head trilineated; posterior tibiae dilated and sinuated.
"Inhabits Indiana.
"This is very closely allied to albicinctus Say, but is uniform in its differen-
tial characters. It may be known by the small white points of the hemelytra."
Hind femora relatively slender, their teeth relatively short. Hind tibiae with
dilations broadly oval, reaching but little beyond the middle of the tibiae, the
inner more narrow and bearing a few teeth, the outer with two rather deep
scallops. Length: Female, 18 to 20 mm.; male, 17 mm.
Distribution. It has been collected in the following counties: Douglas,
Riley, Sunmer and Cherokee.
Leptoglossus clypealis Heidemann.
(PI. LX, Figs. 6, 6a.)
Heidemann, Otto. The Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington : Vol. XII,
p. 195, PI. 8, Fig. 1; 1910.
Origin.^l Description.
"Body oblong, yellowish-brown, covered with short golden hairs. Head as
long as the thorax, narrowing towards the front, the upper part with two par-
allel black stripes and a short one behind each eye; clypeus not rounded at tip,
but conspicuously projecting as a stout spine to nearly the apex of the first
antennal joint; rostrum comparatively short, extending to behind the middle
co.xae or to the first abdominal segment. Antennae reddish-brown, about as long
as the distance from head to the middle of body; basal joint with a black line
exteriorh'', equal in length to the third; second and terminal joints subequal.
Thorax gradually sloping towards front, finely wrinkled and confluently punc-
tured; lateral margins shghtly sinuate anteriorly; the humeral angles bhmtly
rounded, the edge a little upturned and blackish; the callosities shining black,
feebly elevated, sei:)arated by a light brown somewhat raised line, continuing
faintly backward; the disk of thorax moderately convex, with a few scattered
dots; submarginal part of posterior margin depressed, and in front of it a
transverse sharp ridge. Scutellum black, the tip yellowish, strongly wrinkled.
Honielytra very finely confluently punctured and with a yellowish-white zig-
zag band across the corium. Membrane transparent, pale brown, darker at
base. Dorsal jnirt of abdomen more or less blackish, the inner sides orange;
underside of body pale brown, and dotted black. Legs reddish-brown; hind
femora sulcatc beneath, armed with a double row of stout black spines ; upper
side mostly blackish streaked, beset with hardly any tubercles. The membra-
nous expansion of hind tibiae spatulate-shaped", e.xtending toward apex about
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 379
two-thirds, being broadest near the point; the inner side of expansion not much
narrower than the other side, edged apically with a few spines, finer ones on
a single part of the hind leg; the outer expansion feebly sinuated twice, carry-
ing two spines, the surface of the membranous expansion dark brown, wrinkled,
and finely golden pubescent, covered with numerous small yellow spots and
a larger transparent one on the inner side. Venter with a shallow sulcation.
"Length, 16 to 20 mm.; width across thorax, 4 to 5 mm.
"Type : No. 13229, U. S. National Museum."
This species is distinguished from the other species of Leptoglossus known
at present by the stout spine projecting conspicuovisly from the point of the
head.
This species has not been reported from Kansas before.
Distribution. It has been collected in the following counties; Douglas,
Riley, Dickinson, Saline, Rooks, Decatur, Scott, Gray, Meade, Morton and
Stanton.
Tribe Mictini (Stal).
There are six genera of this tribe in North America north of Mex-
ico. Representatives of three of these are found in Kansas.
KEY TO THE KANSAS GENERA OF MICTINI.
PAGE
A. Antenniferous tubercles spinod on the outer .side; lioad with a distinct tubercle
Ix'hind each eye Euthochtha, 381
AA. .'Antenniferous tubercles not spined on the outer side; head not tuberculate behind
the eyes.
B. Truncate lund niargiu of the proiiotum not wider than base of scutellum ;
proovp for receiving ti]) of rostrum behind front le^s Mozena, 379
BB. Truncate hind margin of pronotum distinctly wider than base of scutellum;
without (iroovf for receiving tip of rostrum Archimerus, 380
Genus Mozena Amyot and Serville.
This genus is represented in North America north of Mexico by
six species. One of these has been taken in Kansas.
Mozena obesa Montandon.
(PI. LX, Figs. S; 8a.)
Montandon, A. L. Bulletin de la Societe des Sciences de Bucarest, Roumaine : Vol. VIII,
Nos. 1 and 2, p. 3 ; 1899.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"Rather uniform chestnut brown in color; lateral angles of pronotum
obtuse, not prominent; abdomen dilated, much rounded on sides.
"Head without punctures, with some very feeble rugosities, scarcely visible,
slightly paler on the sides. Antennae rather slender, a little longer than the
head and pronotum together; the first segment dark brown, a little longer than
the median part of head but visibly shorter than the second; the third and
fourth subequal, each longer than the first.
"Pronotum with dark punctures easily visible on the disk and posteriorly,
the free spaces between the punctures glossy and lightly calloused, paler than
the punctures, of the same tint as the anterior part of pronotum. The anterior
lateral sides straight, scarcely obtusely sinuated, notched by a series of un-
equal and irregular black tubercles on their anterior two-thirds, the lateral
angle straight or very slightly obtuse, not conspicuous, directed transversely,
subroimded, apex not acute.
380 The University Science Bulletin.
"Scutellum with rather scattered punctures, the spaces between the points
slightly elevated into irregular transverse cushions.
"Elytra clear brown, nearly uniformly colored, a little darker on the apical
angles, with scattered dark brown punctures. Each sunken point on the elytra
as on the pronotum gives rise to a very small golden hair. Membrane brilliant
bronze.
"Top of the abdomen rugose; connexivum fully rounded, dark brown with
the base of the segments more or less pale; a small, sharp projection at the
posterior angle of each of the segmerits.
"The tip of the rostrum black; fits into a short groove each side of which is
bordered by a small, elevated lamella situated on the anterior part of the
metasternum behind the anterior leg.
"Legs brown, rugose, the posterior femora of the males more or less re-
flexed, with two rows of white tubercles on the underside, and some spiny
tubercles, very scattered and irregular, on the upper side; the posterior tibiae
slender and curved, with a strong tooth on the middle of their innorside, much
narrowed on their apical half, and spiny on this from the median tooth up to
the apex.
"The underside of the body brown, more or less rugose, rather imiform, a
little clearer on the chest, a small white band on the sides of the abdomen,
narrow, irregular, most accented on the fourth and fifth segments.
"Length, 20 to 21 mm. Width between the lateral angles of pronotum
8 to 9 mm.; at the base of the elytra, 7.5 to 8 mm.; across the abdomen. 7 to
10 mm. Florida. (Two males in my collection, received from W. H. Ashmead
several years ago under the name of Archimerus calcarator F. He did not
know their true name.)
"By the form of its pronotum, with the anterior lateral sides nearly straight;
the lateral angles a little projecting; the abdomen dilated, noticeably larger
than the pronotum, the first segment of the anterinse a little shorter than the
second, the insect should not be confused with any of the other species of the
genus."
DiSTRiBTTTiON. It has been collected in Rawlins, Barber, Kiowa, Mont-
gomery and Riley counties.
Genus Archimcrus Burmeister.
Four species of this genus are listed by Van Duzee as occurring
in North America north of Mexico. One of these species has been
taken in Kansas.
Archimerus alternatus (Say).
(PI. LX, Figs. 5, 5a.)
Say, Thomas. Journal of the Aoademy of Natural Sfiinice Philadelphia: IV, p. .317; 1825.
Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North .America: 11, p. 243;
Coreus.
Original Description :
"Fuscous; thighs spinous beneath; margin of the abdomen black, with five
white lineolar spots; head mutic.
"Inhabits Missouri territory.
"Body deep blackish brown; eyes rufous, a movable black pupil; stem-
mata sanguineous; antennse blackish, tip black; thorax punctured, gradually
elevated behind, attenuated before, anterior termination as wide as the base of
the head, anterior lateral edge slightly dentate, posterior angles rounded;
scutel of the male tinged with rufous; thighs, a double series of hardly promi-
nent, robust spines beneath, of which the two opposite terminal ones are much
more prominent, distinct and acute: abdomen, margin black, alternating, with
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 381
five oblique white lines; tergum, disc sanguineous; male, posterior thighs much
dilated, very robust, slightly tuberculated above, terminal spines not more
prominent than the others, a large prominent spine on the inferior middle;
posterior tibiae dentate towards the tip, refracted in the middle, and with a
robust, prominent acute spine on the angle.
"Length of the male, more than four-fifths of an inch; female, nearly three-
quarters.
"Somewhat similar to C- guleatus Fabr., but is considerably larger, the head
is unarmed and in other respects sufficiently distinct. It belongs to the genus
Mictis of Leach."
Distribution. It has been collected in the northeastern part of the state in
Doniphan, Atchison, Leavenworth, Douglas, Shawnee and Riley counties.
Genus Euthochtha Mayr.
Van Duzee, in his catalogue of Hemiptera of North America north
of Mexico, lists one species of this genus. This one occurs in Kansas.
Euthochtha galeator (Fabricius).
(PI. LX, Figs. 2, 2a.)
Fabricius, Johann Christian. Systema Rhyngotorum Serundiim Ordinps, Genera, Species, etc.:
p. 191; 1803; Corcus.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"Thora.x serrated fuscous, antennae pale; posterior femora elevated and
toothed.
"Inhabits the Carolinas. Type specimen in the Museum Dom. Bosc.
"Size and form of C. mnrgitiati. Antennae pale, last segment fuscous. Head
small, acute at both sides of the base of the antennae. Thorax fuscous, the
posterior margin serrated and elevated, feebly spinose. Elytra punctated.
The imdei'W'ings slightly yellow. Legs fuscous, posterior femora thickened,
curved, toothed."
Size. Length, 15 to 17 mm.; width, 5 to 6.5 mm.
Color. Dull yellow or reddish-brown above, thickly marked with fuscous
punctures. Antennae reddish-brown or full yellow, the terminal joint darker.
Connexivum reddish-brown, the margins of segments fuscous and marked with
yellow, imder surface yellow or reddish-brown sprinkled with fuscous dots.
Legs the same except the hind tibiae are paler, immaculate. Pronotum finely
and irregularly punctuate. Scutellum finely transversely rugose. Elytra
punctate, each puncture having a small yellowish scale.
Structur.\l Characteristics. Body elongate-oval, depressed above, sub-
convex beneath. Head short, subquadrangular, broader across the eyes than
the apex of pronotum; antenniferous tubercules prominent, extending much
beyond the clypeus, which is deflexed, armed on the outside with a small blunt
spine. Antennae slender, the basal segment twice as long as the head, the
second and third more slender, the second longer than the third, the fourth
stouter, slightl3^ shorter than the third. Rostnmi reaches the middle coxaft.
Pronotum with front angles produced as a short tooth, basal margin truncate,
wider than the scutellum, lateral angles obtuse. Connexivum exposed. Mem-
brane reaches the tip of the abdomen. Femora all amied beneath, the hind
ones of male curved and swollen. Tibiae straight.
382 The University Science Bulletin.
Distribution. Seems to be confined to the eastern part of the state. It has
been found in Leavenworth, Johnson, Douglas, Miami, Linn, Bourbon, Chero-
kee, Neosho, Osage, Wilson, Chautauqua, Cowley, Riley, Montgomeiy and
Phillips counties. Phillips is in the north central part, of the state.
Tribe Chariesterini (Stal).
This tribe is represented in North America north of Mexico by one
genus, Chariesterus Laporte. Van Diizee (1917) lists three species
of this genus as occurring in North America north of Mexico, but
since then Fracker (1919) has described a new species. Of these
four species one occurs in Kansas.
Chariesterus antennator (Fabricius).
rPlate LXI, Figs. 4, 4a.)
Fabricius, Johann Christian. Systema Rhyngotorum Secundum Ordines, Genera, Species, etc. :
p. 198; 1803; Coreus.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"Thorax obscurely serrated, the next to the last segment of the antennae
with a dilated compressed membrane.
''Inhabits the Carolinas. Type specimen in Museum Dom. Bosc.
"Medium sized. Antennae dark; second segment scabrous, third dilated and
membranous, the last claviform. Head, thorax and elytra dark fuscous. Mar-
gins of thorax very serrated. Abdomen reddish."
Size. Length, 11-14 mm.; width across pronotum, 3-4 mm.
Color. Dark brown, with sparse short, appressed brownish-yellow hairs.
Dilation of third antennal segment, spines along lateral margins of pronotum,
margins of abdomen, beak and tarsi fuscous. Whitish beneath.
Structural Characteristics. Elongate, slender, depressed above, subconvex
beneath. Antennae with basal segment twice the length of head, third with
apical half dilated to form a thin, oval plate, fourth fusiform, shortest. Apex
of pronotum but one-third the width of base; front and hind margins of
humeral angles toothed, the tip ending in a short, acute spine; posterior margin
slightly concave.
Distribution. A common species throughout the state. It has been col-
lected in the following counties: Atchison, Leavenworth, Johnson, Miami,
Linn, Bourbon, Neosho, Douglas, Riley, Saline, Chautauqua, Cowley, Sumner,
Sedgwick, Kingman, Reno, Ellsworth, Rush, Osborne, Phillips, Rooks, Ellis,
Kiowa, Clark, Gray, Gove, Decatur, Rawlins, Cheyenne, Wallace, Hamilton,
Morton, Lyon, Pratt, Graham and Finney.
Tribe Chelinidini Blatchley.
' Blatchley (Heteroptera of Eastern North America, 1926) erected
this tribe for the genus Chelinidea. There are two species of this
genus found in North America north of Mexico. One of them is
found in Kansas.
Deay: CoreidvE of Kansas. 883
Chelinidea vittiger Uhler.
(PI. LXr, Figs. 2, 2a.)
Uhler, Phillip Reese. Transaction.s of the American Entomological Society: Vol. II,
p. 366; 18G3.
Size. Length, 13 to 15 mm.; width across pronotum, 5 to 5.5 mm.
Color. Clay yellow, glabrous; head and antennae brownish-fuscous, head
with a broad median yellow stripe; anterior and posterior margins of pro-
notum, scutellum and membrane fuscous-brown or sometimes darker; elytra
(hili yellow with dense fu.scous punctures, basal half of costal margin and veins
yellow; connexivum yellow, immaculate; beneath uniform yellow. The color
of the elytra varies considerably. McAtee (1919) has made two subspecies,
and each of these subspecies has a color variety.
Structural Characteristics. Body oblong-oval, depressed above, sub-
convex beneath, a plump-bodied species. Head subcj'lindrical, porrect, three-
fourths or more the length of i^ronotum, narrowed and pushed forward in front
of bases of antennse; gcna) shorter than clypeus which is strongly deflexed
between them; antenniferous tubercles small, widely separated. Antennse
stout, as long as head, pronotum and scutellum combined; basal segment stout,
curved half the length of head, second and third segments three-sided, sub-
equal, foiuth shortest, fusiform. Pronotum densely punctate, the humeral
angh^s lower than the intervening parts, apex one-half the greatest width.
Scutellum transversely wrinkled. Elytra rather closely and evenly punctate.
Front and middle femora each with two or three short spines on the inner
lower margins near apex, and one or two on the outer. Tibise straight, three-
sided. McAtee (1919) diviilcd the species into subspecies on the degree of
carination of the pronotum and the prominence of the anterior, lateral pro-
notal tubercles. He keys out the two subspecies as follows:
A. Pronotal margin more elevated anterioily, with a distinct notch at base of short,
rather blunt, and outwardly directed postocular spine vittiger subspecies vittiger.
AA. Pronotal maigin le.ss elevated anteriorly, sometimes not even carinate (almost evenly
rounded); postocular spine reduced to a mere blunt tubercle or even entirely lacking.
xnttiger subspecies aquoris.
This species has not been reported from Kansas before.
Distribution. It has been taken in Douglas, Franklin, Anderson, Neosho,
Wilson, Chautauqua, Greenwood, Chase, Phillips, Rooks, Rush, Clark, Gove,
Logan, Wallace, Hamilton, Stanton and Morton counties.
Tribe Coreini (Stal).
Nine genera of this tribe occur in North America north of Mexico.
Two of these genera are represented in Kansas.
key to the KANSAS GENERA OF COREINI.
PAGE
A. Head very broad, subdepressed ; articulation of antenn:e cephalic, guarded beneath
by an expanded plate of gen;e ; scent-gland orifices without buttonlike prominence
at the anterior margin Catorhintha, 384
AA. Head narrower and more convex ; articulation of antenna? laterocephalic, not guarded
beneath by an expanded plate of the genje; scent-gland orifices with a round but-
tonlike prominence at the anterior margin Anasa, 384
384 The University Science Bulletin.
Genus Catorhintha Stal.
Van Duzee lists four species of this genus as occurring in North
America north of Mexico. Frackcr (1923) described a new species.
He also places Ficana ajyicalis Dallas in this genus. Of these six
species but one occurs in Kansas.
Catorhintha mendica Stal.
(PI. LXI, Figs. 6, 6a.)
stal, Carl. Enumeratio Hemipterorum : Vol. I, p. 187; 1870.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"Yellowish-gray, dorsal surface dotted with fuscous; antennae, rostrum,
e.xcept apex of first segment, spines of the antenniferous tubercle and the dorsal
side of the abdomen, black; ventral margin of connexivum spotted with
black, three black spots on sides of pectoris, and a series of six black spots on
each side of venter; underside of legs sprinkled with black; apex of third
segment and occasionally the apex of fourth segment of the antennae yellowish-
white or pale yellow; two pale yellow spots on dorsal surface of abdomen,
yellow spots or bars on connexivum, posterior-lateral margin of thorax and
apex of scutellum pale yellow, two small yellow spots on the corium, one
median behind the disc, the other faded on the margin of the apex.
"Most like Catorhintha guttula (Fabr.), differing only in being larger, under
margin black spotted, and underside of legs densely sprinkled with black.
"Countries: Texas, Mexico."
Distribution. It has been collected in Atchison, Johnson, Miami, Linn,
Bourbon, Allen, Franklin, Douglas, Osage, Montgomery, Riley, Chautauqua,
Cowley, Rush, Pratt, Barber, Comanche, Kiowa, Ellis, Phillips, Norton,
Decatur and Rawlins counties.
Genus Anasa Amyot and Serville.
Seven species of Anasa are known from North America north of
Mexico. Three of these occur in Kansas.
key to the species of .4A^.4S.4.
V.KGF.
A. Head armed with a long spine on each side, one-third as long as first antcnnal
segment armigcra, 38(5
AA. Head not armed with spine.
B. Head marked with two black or black-dotted longitudinal lines trhtis, 384
BB. Head without longitudmal black lines repetita, 385
Anasa tristis (De Geer).
(PI. LXI, Figs. 7, 7.\.)
De Geer, Carl. Memoires pour ser\ir a L'histoire des Insectes: Vol. Ill, p. 340, PI. 34,
Fig. 20; 1773; Ciwex.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"That bug foimd all over Pennsylvania by M. Acrelius is the size of an
oxfly; the body elongated, the abdomen concave on the upperside but very
convex on the under side; the antennae, which are half as long as the body,
are four-segmented; the first and last segments are longer than the others.
The pronotum is triangular with the lateral angles obtuse.
Deay: Coreid^ of Kansas. 385
"The head, the pronotum and the elytra are obscure, brown above, garnished
with a great number of glossy' black dots; but the membranous portion of the
elytra is nearly black and the wings are also black. Beneath the body is gray
cinnamon, a little russet, uniformly covered with little concave points. The
sides of the prothorax are bordered with gray. The antenna; are brownish-
black; the legs browTi with black dots; the top of the abdomen is all black.
The sober and obscure color of this bug gives it an air of sadness."
This is the squash bug of literature, and as it is the most common, most
injurious and the best-known species of the family Coreidae, that name has
been adopted as the common name of the family. It varies a great deal in
size. Length, 13 to 18 mm.; width across pronotum, 4.2 to 6 mm.
Distribution. It has been collected in Johnson, Miami, Linn, Leavenworth,
Douglas, Osage, Riley, Chautauqua, Harvey, Rice, Barton, Decatur, Gove,
Gray, Logan, Scott, Finney, Sherman and Morton counties.
A?iasa repetita Heidemann.
(PL LXI, Figs. S, 8a.)
Heidemann, Otto. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington (D. C): VII,
p. 11 ; 1905.
Original Description :
"Elongate-oval, uniformly brown or light brown. Upper surface of body,
and breast, with irregular rows of dark punctures; from each puncture arises
a short, stiff, golden bristle; abdomen transversely wrinkled, the punctures
somewhat obsolete, with finer and longer hairs which are more closely placed
on the apex of the abdomen. Head without a sjiine or tubercle near the
antennae; ocelli amber colored, blackish-edged behind; antennae moderately
long and finely pilose; basal joint one-third longer than the head, gradually
curved, brown, with a black line exteriorly and a few black dots, the black
line even reaching the antenniferous tubercle; second joint a little longer
than the first; the third nearly equal in length with the second, both joints
about half as thick as the basal joint, black, narrowly yellowish-white at base;
terminal joint shorter, fusiform and orange colored. Rostrum reaching the
middle coxaj, light brown, black at tip. Thorax broader than long ; the disk
feebly convex, in the middle a longitudinal narrow, smooth whitish line;
lateral margins slightly sinuate anteriorly, and obtusely rounded posteriorly
near the humeri; the anterior margin less than half as broad as the posterior;
the latter considerably depressed and straight, the transverse raised line
above the margin well "defined. Scutellum wTinkled; at the basal corners a tri-
angular black spot, and also one at the tip. The disk of the corium has a few
dark speckles, formed by the more or less confluent punctures. The membrane
brownish and sprinkled "with some large black dots, the base darker. The con-
nexivum is edged with white and black lines, and has on the incisures broad,
whitish transverse bands. Abdomen much rounded, luteous, on the sides of the
segments a few black spots; also, one or two near the base of the coxae. Feet
j'ellowish-white and dotted with large black spots.
"The genital segment of the male is ciuite remarkable; it is a little longer
than broad, with a transverse, shallow line before the middle, the base con-
vexly rounded and sloping abruptly toward the apex, which is truncate, very
feebly indented in the middle, with "the corners decidedly humplike in form.
"Length, 9 15 mm., S 12 mm.; width across the thorax, 9 6 mm., $ 5 mm.
"Type, No. 8217, U. S. National Maseum."
This is the first record that the species has been taken in Kansas.
Distribution. It has been taken in Douglas and Riley counties.
386 The University Science Bulletin.
Anasa annigera (Say).
(PI. LXI, Figs. 5, 5A.)
Say, Thomas. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: IV, p. 319;
1825. Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America: 11,
p. 243 ; Coreus.
Original Description :
"Brown, feet white, .spotted with black; head spinous above the antennae;
margin of the tergum bkick. with five white lineloar spots.
"Inhabits Missouri territory.
"Body brown above, beneath pale; eyes prominent rufous; stemmata
sanguineous; above the origin of each antenna an elevated, prominent acute
spine, half as long as the basal joint of the antenna; antennse first joint white
spotted with black, second and third black, white at base and tip, terminal
joint rufous; thorax punctin-ed, elevated behind, descending almost vertically
and attenuating to the head; anterior lateral edge dentate, posterior angles
dilated and terminated in an angle, from whence the posterior margin descends
sinuously and obliquely, terminating in a short acute spine each side of the
base; base transversely rectilinear; scutel with three black spots at base;
hemelytra, a white oblique line in the middle on the membranaceous portion;
tip blackish; feet white, spotted with black; thighs armed at the tip beneath
with two short acute spines; tergum sanguineous, base, tip and margin black,
the latter with five white oblique lines; venter pale, spotted with black.
"Length of female eleven-twentieths of an inch.
"I have not seen the male of this species; it bears a general resemblance to
C. galeatus Fabr., and is about equal to that species in magnitude, but it may
be at once distinguished by the white transverse line at the base of the mem-
branaceou.s portion of the hemelytra."
The length of the specimens that the writer has examined varies from 13 to
17 mm.; width across the pronotum, 4.5 to 6.5 mm.
Distribution. It has been taken in Douglas, Leavenworth and Riley
counties.
SUBFAMILY PSEUDOPHLCEIN^ (STAL).
There are two genera of this subfamily in North America north of
Mexico, each of which has two species. One species of one genus
occurs in Kansas.
Conoineris humilis (Uhler).
(PI. LXII, Figs. 1 lA.)
Uhler, Philip Reese. Notices of the Hemiptera of the Western Territories of the United
States, Chiefly from the Surveys of Dr. F. V. Hayden (in.F. V. Harden: Preliminary
Report of the United States Geological Survey of Montana and Portions of Adjacenti
Territories for 1871): p. 403, 1872; Dasycoris.
Original Description :
"Closely resembling D. pilicornis, Burm., of Europe, but rather more
slender; the head longer and the antennae more slender. Fuscocinereous, or
pale fulvogfiseous, hispid; the head pale beneath; on the sides is a dark bro\vn
stripe running from the antennae to the base, tylus carinately elevated. An-
tennas having the second joint distinctly shorter than the third, the fourth
pale fuscous, about equal to the third joint in length, antenniferous spines very
short, small, Rostiimi reaching to the intermediate coxae; the tip piceous.
Pronotum remotely punctured, beset with numerous granular processes, densely
Deay: Coreid^ of Kansas. 387
clothed with gray pubescence; the lateral margins, with their close-set, short,
teethlike processes, whitish; humeral angles with an acute, fuscous tooth,
stouter and not so long as that in D. pilicornis. Pectus pale clay yellow, or
even whitish, closely, coarsely punctured, granulated, and with whitish, some-
what matted pubescence. Legs pale clay yellow; the femora granulated,
pubescent, mottled with brown; tibise darker at tip; the tarsi somewhat em-
browned, and the nails piceous. Mesosternum blackish. Scutellum coarsely
punctured, covered with dense, whitish pubescence; the tip white. Hemelytra
best with coarse, bro\\n granules and short, whitish pubescence; the embolium
grooved, flecked Avith brown; membrane pale, the nervures inteiTuptedly
brown. Connexivum with pale, transverse lines, between which are fuscous
clouds. Venter minutely wrinkled, closely punctured; the pubescence minute,
whitish; the basal segments having several brown points each side, and
u.sually with a series on each side of all the segments; the lateral margins
interruptedly infuscated.
"The posterior femora usually have two spurs beneath, near the tip, and two
or three small teeth close to the tip. Sometimes the two longitudinal ner\-ures
of the corium are interruptedly fuscous.
"Length of tip of venter, 8.5 to 9 mm. Width across the humeri, 2 to 2.25
mm."
The writer has seen but two specimens taken in Kansas, a male and female
from GoA'e county.
SUBFAMILY ALYDIN.E (AMYOT AND SERVILLE).
This subfamily is given family rank by Parshley (1923) and
Blatchley (1926). Blatcbley changes the name of the family to
Coriscidap (Blatchley; W. S. Hemiptera of Eastern North America:
p. 256). There are three tribes in this subfamily in North America
north of Mexico. Tribe I, ]\Iicrelytrini (Stal), has four genera, one
of which, Darmistus, is represented in Kansas. Tribe II, Leptocori-
sini, is not represented in Kansas. Tribe III, Alydini, is represented
in North America north of Mexico by six genera, four of which (Me-
galotomus, Alydus, Tollhis and Stachyocnemus) occur in Kansas.
KEY TO THE KAXS.\S GENERA OF ALVDIX.E.
PAGE
A. Posterior femora not armed with spines Darmistus, 387
.A..\. Posterior femora armed beneath with a row of spines.
B. Scent-gland orifices distinct ; antennae with fourth segment subequal to the
second and third segments together.
C. AntennjB with first segment longer than the second Megalotomus, 3S8
CC. Antennae with first segment shorter than the second Alydus, 388
BB. Scent-gland orifices obscure or obsolete; antennae with fourth segment much
shorter than second and third together.
C Posterior tibia; unarmed TolUus, 392
CC. Posterior tibis armed with two rows of strong spines. . . . Stachyocnernus , 393
Genus Darmistus Stal.
This genus is represented in North America north of Mexico by
one species. This one occurs in Kansas.
388 The University Science Bulletin.
Darmistus subvittatus Stal.
(PI. LXII, Fig. 11.)
Stal, Carl. 0\ersigt af Kongliga Vetenskaps-Akadeniiens Foihandlingar ; Vol. XVI, p. 409;
1859.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"Pale yellowish-gray, dorsal surface with pectoris distinctly punctated, two
fuscous lines on the head and four faint ones on the thorax, the hemelytra dis-
tinctly punctated with fuscous; black lines on the ventral surface of head,
and a black medioventral line on the pectoris.
"Male, 9 mm. long and 2 mm. wide.
"Texas."
This species has not been reported before as occurring in Kansas.
Distribution. It has been taken in Decatur county.
Genus Megalotomns (Say).
This genus is represented in North America north of Mexico by
one species. This one occurs in Kansas.
Megalotomus o-spinosu^ (Say).
(PI. LXII, Figs. 10, 10.4.)
Say, Thomas. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: Vol. IV, p. 323;
1824. Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America:
\'ol. II, p. 247; Lygcnis.
Origin.al Description :
"Obscure rufous: posterior thighs five-spined; tergum red, margin lineate
with black.
"Inhabits the United States.
"Body dull rufous, minutely and densely punctured; head triangular; stem-
mata sanguineous: antenna^, second and third joints black at their extreme
tip, fourth joint dusky, pale at base; rostellum pale, black at tip; setae black;
thorax obsoletcly indented longitudinally in the middle and transversely be-
fore the middle; posterior angles salient, acute, blacki.sh at tip; scutel pale at
tip; feet pale rufous, whitish at base; posterior thighs more robust, rufous at
tip, five-spined beneath; pectus, postpectus, and head beneath, black in the
middle; tergum red; margin with about four pale spots, and black lineolar
edges to its segments.
"Length of body more than half an inch."
Claspers of male forked. The outer lobes the longer.
Length, 14 to 16 mm.; width across the pronotum, 3 to 3.7 mm.
Has not been reported before as occurring in Kansas.
Distribution. It has been taken in Johnson, Douglas, Miami, Riley, Chau-
tauqua, Cowley, Harper, Rooks, Graham and Trego counties.
Genus Alydvs Fabrieius.
Van Duzec (1917) lists six species of the genus as occurring in
North America north of Mexico. Fracker (1918) describe(i a new
species. Of these seven species five are found in Kansas.
Deay: Coreid.^ of Kansas. 389
key to the kansas species of alydus (after fracker).
PAGE
A. Pronotum with lateral angles blunt, and sides and lattnal margins not distinctly
paler than the disc.
B. Ciaspers of male with caudomesal margins subparallel, caudal aspect narrow;
female of pluto with lateral plates of hypopygium terminating in a tumid
fingerlike process, sixth ventral segment with a distinct median carina;
mainly mountain species.
C. Antennse with fourth segment shorter than second and third together,
third subequal to second; body black, not densely pilose pluto, 389
CC. Antenn.'e with fourth segment more than one-third longer than second
and third together, third shorter than second; body variegated with
fuscous, densely pilose tomentosus, 390
BB. Ciaspers of male not with caudomesal margins parallel ; lateral plates of
female hypopygium fiat, not tumid at tip, sixth ventral segment with carina
short, indistinct or wanting.
C. ("jaspers of male twisted, not arcuate; lateral plates of female hypo-
pygium acute at apex ; pronotum usually black ; membrane infuscate.
euriiius. 390
CC. Ciaspers of male arcuate, divaricate at base and convergent at tip ;
lateral plates of female hypopygium broadly rounded at apex ; pronotum
usually with posterior two-thirds fulvous; membrane often spotted.
conspersus, 391
AA. Pronotum with lateral angles' acute and lateral margins pale; ciaspers of male with
lateral expansion and acuminate tip; lateral plates of female hypopygium bluntly
rounded, approximale at apex pilosu'us, 391
Alydus pluto Uliler.
(PI. LXII, Figs. 12, \2.\.)
Uhler, Philip Reese. Notice of the Hemiptera of the Western Territories of the United
S-tates, Chiefly from the Surveys of Dr. F. V. Hayden (in F. V. Hayd n : Preliminary
Report of the United States Gaological Survey of Montana and Portions of Adjacent
Territories for 1871): p. 403; 1872.
Origin.-vl Description :'
"Intensely black, much more lobu.st than A. eimnus Say. Head more robust,
minutely scabrous, pubescent; the constricted portion of the collum shorter;
eyes and ocelli prominent; the interorbital surface longitudinally impressed,
almost to the line of the antennse. Sides and underside of the head minutely
granulated, punctured, and wrinkled. Antennae either piceous black, or
black, with the bases of the first, second and third joints pale piceous; the
underside of base of the first whitish. Rostrum black, reaching to the in-
termediate coxae. Pronotum very moderately convex, a little pubescent,
coarsely, deeply punctured; the lateral margins slenderly carinated; the carina
obsolete at the anterior angles, but considerably elevated on the moderately
prominent posterior angles. Callosities broad, large, bald, minutely granulated
each side, with two impressed points behind their middle. Propleurse coarsely,
confluently, deeply punctured, except anteriorly, where the punctures are
fine; meso- and metapleurae rather coarsely, irregularly granulated, coarsely
punctured behind and below. Legs deep black, pubescent, or with the anterior
and intermediate tibia; pale piceous on the middle; posterior femora with
five curved spurs from behind the middle to near the tip; at tip, with two or
three close-set, very small teeth; tarsi pale piceous on the base of the first
joint. Scutelluni coarsely, remotely jiunctured. Corium less coarsely, rather
remotely punctured; embolium smooth, minutely, sparsely, obsoletely punc-
tured, minutely pubescent ; membrane brownish-black, with long, close, very
numerous nervures. Tergum red as far as the base of the antepenultimate
segment, or only a little red on two or three of the basal segments; venter
deep black, shining, immaculate, very minutely shagreened, pubescent at tip.
"Length to venter. 12-13 mm.; width across the humeri, 3 mm.
390 The University Science Bulletin.
"Inhabits Colorado; Ross Fork. Idaho; Louisiana; and Kansas. The spines
of the po.sterior femora vary in number from three to six; this variation occa-
sionally occurs on the opposite sides of the same .specimen. There seem to
be about twenty nervures to the membrane, of which two or three are usually
forked."
Distribution. This species has been collected in Clark, Norton and Mc-
Pherson counties.
Alydus eimnus (Say).
(P\. LXII, Figs. 7, 7a.)
Say, Thomas. The Journal of the Academy of Natural .Sciences of Philadelphia : Vol. IV, p.
324; 1824. The Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North
America: Vol. II, p. 247; Lygcrus.
Original Description :
"Blackish, haiiy, punctured; tergum black, disk rufous, margin with four
yellowi.*h spots; posterior thighs three-spined.
"Inhabits Missouri and Arkansas.
"Body blackish, hairy, punctured; head triangular; eyes prominent; an-
tennae, second and third joints dull testaceous, blacki.sh at their tips; thorax
densely punctured, mutic; hemelytra black-brown; feet black; tibiae and first
joint of the tarsi, dull testaceous, with black tips; posterior thighs three-spined
beneath, and one or two smaller spines at tip; abdomen, reflexed margin with
foiu' yellowish spots; tergum rufous on the basal disk.
"Length about half an inch.
"The body of this insect is long and narrow; the diameter of the head which
passes through the eyes is but little shorter than the breadth of the thorax."
Size. Length, 11 to 15 mm.; width, 2.3 to 3 mm.
Color. Color above variable from nearly wholly black to largely fuscous
brown; connexivum black, each segment with a small orange-yellow spot near
front angle ; antennae fuscous brown, basal segment and tips of second and third
segments darker; tibiae fuscous brown, darker near apex.
Structural Characteristics. Head finely and densely punctate; antennae
with third segment little shorter than the second, both together but little longer
than the fourth. Pronottun with disk convex, but little narrowed in front,
deeply and densely punctate, clothed with numerous rather coarse, erect black
or brown hairs, as is the head. ScuteUum .slightly convex, coarsely but not
densely punctate. Elytra finely and sparsely punctate. Abdomen slightly di-
lated at middle, the connexivum rarely narrowly exposed.
This species is easily confused with Alydus pluto Uhler if a superficial ex-
amination is made, but the genitalia of the two species is very distinct.
Distribution. Has been taken in Douglas, Miami and Riley counties.
Alydus tomento.sus Fracker.
Frackcr, S. R. The Annals of the Entomological Society of America: Vol. XI, No. 3, p.
267; 1918.
Original De.scription :
"Color black, mottled with dark brown; body and legs densely covered with
long, fine, black and white setae intermixed; form more robust than in eurinus
and not so large as in pluto. Head black, marked on each side with a longi-
tudinal flavescent anteocular line, slightly broken at tip of antenniferous tu-
bercle and extending nearly to apex of jugum; also a short, pale fuscous vitta
Deay: Coreid^ of Kansas. 391
caudoventrad of each eye. (One specimen in addition shows a small fuscous
spot behind the ocelli). Antennee fuscous, first, second and third segments
black toward apex; fourth segment more than one-third longer than two pre-
ceding together, first shorter than second, subequal to third,. and attaining
apex of head. Rostrum piceous, paler at incisions, first segment longest,
slightly longer than second, and subequal to two apical ones together, fourth
one-half longer than third.
"Pronotum densely punctate, black, mottled with fuscous on posterior half
of the disk and on the sides, sometimes with an indication of short mediodorsal
and lateral marginal fulvous lines near anterior margin. Scutellum black,
flavescent at tip. Corium castaneous, mottled with flavescent; membrane
infuscate. Thorax and abdomen black beneath, den.sely hairy, sides of thorax
rugose and deeply punctate. Scent-gland orifices well developed. Margins of
abdomen minutely flavomaculate. Legs with the coxse, trochanters and tibiae
castaneous, the latter black at tip; femora black, armed with three or four
long spines. Claspers of the male with mesal margins subparallel, caudal
surfaces slightly expanded laterally near tip.
"Size male, lCbc2.6 nmi.
"Holotype: male, from Fort Colhns, Colo.
"Paratype: male, from Las Animas, Colo.; both in the Ball collection."
This species has not been reported as occurring in Kansas before.
Distribution. It has been taken only in Norton county.
Alydus conspersus Montandon.
Montandon, A. L. Proceedings of the United States National Museum: XVI, p. 49; 1893.
Origin.al Description :
"Grayish above, sparsely hairy on the anterior part of the pronotum; head
black, anterior margin and a longitudinal spot on the middle of the anterior
part of pronotum black, the middle of this black spot sometimes with a very
small longitudinal pale line. The posterior part of the pronotum and the
elytra grayish with fine punctures, with castaneous and numerous irregular
black spots. Membrane pale vitreous with darkish nei-vures and numerous
round spots irregularly scattered on the surface; the greater part of the back
of the abdomen red, base and extremity black. Connexivum black with a pale
spot at the base of each segment. Body beneath black with metallic bronze
reflections, especially on the abdomen. Antenna dark brown, with the basal
two-thirds of the second and third joints pale. Legs black, the tibse brownish,
with the base and extremity darkish. First joint of the tarsi brownish, with the
extremity black. Length, 10 to 11 mm."
This species is distinguished from eurinus bj' the much sparser and finer
pvmctation of the pronotum, and by the fact that each one of these finer and
sparser punctures bears minute appressed yellow hairs.
This species has not before been reported as ocoumng in Kansas.
Distribution : This species has been taken in Rawlins and Riley counties.
Alydus pilosulus Herrich-Schaeffer.
(PI. LXII, Figs. 5, 5a.)
Herrich-Scliaeffer, Gottlieb August Wilhelm. Die Wanzenartigcn Insection : Vol. VIII, p. 101,
Fig. 870; 1848.
Origin.al Description (translated by writer) :
"An ochre-fuscous Alydus, pilose; fii-st to third -segments of antennae, tibiae
and tarsi testaceous, apex fuscous.
"Size and form similar to A. calvaratus, but more slender; the brownish
25—3341
392 The University Science Bulletin.
ochre-yellow ground color appears as three longitudinal lines on the anterior
part of head and as side stripes, and on the anterior black part of prothorax as
a median line. Underside of head, metasternum, and the tibiae near their ends,
fresh green.
"Male from North America; from Sturm."
Size. Length, 10 to 14 mm.; width across humeri, 2 to 2.7 mm.
Color. Color above usvially grayish yellow, the head fuscous, with clypeus
and a line on each side dull yellow, a narrow stripe below eye and the edge of
side margins of pronotum whitish; apical third of pronotum, tips of first three
segments of antennae, tips of tibiae and tarsi fuscous or black; terminal seg-
ment of antennae dusky; membrane pale brown.
Structur.\l CHAR.\CTERiSTrcs. Elongate, slender, depressed above, sub-
convex beneath. Pronotum longer than wide, the sides straight and converging,
the apex about two-thirds the width of base; humeral angles acute, slightly
projecting forward; hind margin subtruncate. Elytra finely and densely
punctate.
Distribution. It has been taken in Doniphan, Johnson, Douglas, Franklin,
Wilson, Chautauqua, Greenwood, Pottawatomie, Riley, Reno, Harper, Pratt,
Phillips, Clark, Finney, Scott, Rawlins, Cheyenne and Cowley counties.
Genus Tollius Stal.
Van Diizee in his catalogue lists two species of this genus as occur-
ring in North America north of Mexico. One of these species has
been taken in Kansas.
Tollius curtulus (Stal).
Stal, Carl. Kongliga Svenska Fiegattens Eugenies resa omkiing Jorden, Insekter: p. 234;
1859; Alydus.
Description (based upon that of Fracker (1918) and Blatchley (1926):
Size. Length, 9.5 to 12 mm.; width, 2.2 to 3.5 mm.
Color. Head fuscous with a median and two lateral lines reddish-yellow;
antennae pale, the first and fourth segments darker. The pronotum dull yellow
sprinkled with fuscous dots and punctures; disk marked with a pair of fuscous,
slightly divergent lines. The scutellum fuscous, the tip pale. Elytra with
numerous small fuscous blotches; membrane pale, mottled with pale fuscous
blotches. Beneath with sides fuscous and middle reddish-brown. Femora
mottled, sometimes with yellow rings.
Structural Characteristics: An elongate-oblong species. Head elongate-
triangular, almost as long as the pronotum. First segment of antennae shorter
than the head, second and fourth subequal, third slightly shorter. Pronotum
subquadrangular, slightly longer than wide, lateral margins straight, hind mar-
gins subtruncate, not toothed. Elytra as wide as the abdomen, the connexi-
vum not exposed; membrane reaching tip of the abdomen. Fi'ont and middle
coxae and all tibiae unarmed; hind femora moderately swollen and with a row
of stout spines beneath on the outer margin. The scent-gland orifices obsolete.
This species has not been recorded from Kansas before.
Distribution. The writer has seen but one specimen from Kansas, and that
one was taken in Wallace county.
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 393
Genus Stachyocnemus Stal.
One species of this genus occurs in North America north of Mex-
ico. This one is found in Kansas.
Stachyocnemus apicalis (Dallas).
(PI. LXri, Figs. G, 0.4.)
l>allas, "William S. List of the Specimens of Heriiipterous Insects in the British Museum:
Vol. II, p. 479; 1852; Alydus.
Size. Length, 7.5 to 8 mm.; width across humeri, 2 to 2.5 mm.
Color. General color yellowish grey or black; pronotum with a large brown
or piceous triangle on base, extending forward to the apex by a nan-ow me-
dian line; connexivum piceous, the upper front angle of each segment grayish-
yellow; antennae grayish-brown, the fourth segment darker; under surface and
femora varying from pale grayish sprinkled with fuscous dots to piceous.
SruucTUiUL Chahacteuistics. Scent-gland orifices obsolete; the shape of
the male genital capsule conceals the claspers; head triangular, much narrowed
and produced in front of antennae; antennae with first segment widened to tip,
second and third subcqual, slender, fourth longer and thicker than others. Pro-
notum as wide at base as long, with posterior margin bearing a mesal tooth.
Hemelytra reaching to or slightly surpassing the tip of abdomen in length.
Anterior and intermediate femora and tibiae slender and unarmed; posterior
femora thickened, attaining apex of abdomen and armed beneath with two
rows of acute teeth; posterior tibiae armed with two rows of strong spines.
This is the first time that this species has been recorded as occurring in
Kansas.
Distribution. This species has been taken in Clark and Morton counties.
SUBFAMILY CORIZIN^ (MAYR).
This subfamily is represented in North America north of Mexico
by three tribes. Representatives of all three of these tribes occur in
Kansas.
KEY TO THE TRIBES OP SUBFAMILY CORIZIN.E.
P.\QE
A. Anterior angle.f of prothorax projecting forwrird m an acute spine Harmostini, 393
AA. Anterior angles of prothorax obi use or rounded.
B. Body over 10 mm. long, hemelytra opaque Leptocorini, 399
BB. Bod\' not over 9 mm. long, hemelytra hyaline Corizini, 395
Tribe Harmostini (Stal).
Van Duzee lists three genera of this tribe as occurring in North
America north of Mexico. Two of these genera occur in Kansas.
key to KANSAS GENERA OF HARMOSTINI.
P.4GE
A. Abdomen extended laterally beyond the margins of hemelytra, pronotum with a dis-
tinct median impre.ssion Aufeius, 395
AA. Abdomen not extended laterally beyond the margins of hemelytra; pronotum with-
out a distinct median impres.sion Harmostes, 39-t
394 The University Science Bulletin.
Genus Harmostes Burmeister.
This genus is represented in North America north of Mexico by six
species. Two of them occur in Kansas.
KEY TO KANSAS SPECIES OF HARMOSTES.
PAGE
A. Basal segment of antenna scarcely or slightly surpassing apex of head ; second and
third segments subequal fraterculus, 394
AA. Basal segment of antenna surpassing the apex of head about one-half its length ;
second segment shorter than the third reflexulus, 39i
Harmostes reflexulus (Say).
(PI. LXII, Figs. 2, 2.4.)
Say, Thomas. Descriptions of new species of Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America ;
New Harmony, Ind. : p. 10; 1832. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural
Society: Vol. XVII, p. 768; 1857 (reprinted by Fitch). The Complete Writings of
Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America: Vol. I, p. 323; Syromastes.
Original Description :
"Body reddish-brown, with rather large, confluent punctures; head not ex-
tending more than half the length of the basal joint of the antenna, obviously
carinate between the antennae; tubercles each side of the antennge; acute;
antennae, first joint robust, rough, much narrowed; second joint shorter than
the third; terminal joint half as long as the third; thorax, lateral margins a
little reflected, the edge concavely arcuated; posterior angles rounded;
anterior angles prominent, acute; scutel narrowed before the tip; hemelytra,
corium yellowish, rufous near the scutel; nervures very distinet; lateral edges
a little reflected; membrane hyaline; beneath, greenish-yellow feet pale
rufous; posterior thighs dilated, spinous beneath.
"Length, one-fourth of an inch.
"The rostrum hardly reaches the posterior coxae. The last joint of the
antennae is elongate-oval and much shorter than the preceding joint, as de-
fined by Latreille in this genus."
Length, 7.5 to 9 mm.; width, 2.2 to 2.7 mm.
Distribution. It has been collected in Atchison, Douglas, Bourbon, Osage,
Lyon, Riley, Dickinson, Jewell, Ellsworth, Reno, Norton, Hodgeman, Clark,
Rawlins, Cheyenne, Greeley, Hamilton, Morton, Stevens and Clark counties.
Harmostes fraterculus (Say).
Say, Thomas. Descriptions of new species of Heteropterous Hemiptera of North America ;
New Harmony, Ind.; p. 10; 1832. Transactions of the New York State Agricultural
Society: Vol. XVII, p. 768; 1857 (reprinted by Fitch). The Complete Writings of
Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America : Vol. I, p. 324 ; Syromastes.
Origin.al Description :
"Anterior point of the head extending nearly to the tip of the first joint of
the antennae.
"Inhabits Georgia and Indiana.
"Closely resembles the preceding species (H. reflexulus Say), but is smaller;
the anterior tip of the head extends nearly or quite to the tip of the first joint
of the antennae ; the lateral margin of the corium is very distinctly punctured
with black; the membrane is marked with a longitudinal obsolete brown line
and small points; the general color is darker; the tergum is sanguineous,
black at base.
"Length, less than one-fourth of an inch.
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 395
"A small specimen was sent to me by Mr. Oemler, from the vicinity of
Savannah, and I have obtained the two sexes in Indiana."
This species has not been reported from Kansas before.
Distribution. This species has been taken in Douglas county.
Genus Aufeius Stal.
This genus is represented in North America north of Mexico by
one species. This one is found in Kansas.
Aufeiiis impressicollis Stal.
(PI. LXir, Figs. 8, 8a.)
stal, Carl. Enumeratio Hemipterorum : Vol. I, p. 222; 1870.
Origin.^l Description (translated by writer) :
'Tale yellowish-gray, sprinkled with fuscous, apical segment of antennae and
disk of mesosternum fuscous or black. Male, female, 5 to 6 mm. long; width
of thorax. IV2 to 2 mm.
"Habitat: Mexico, Texas. (Mus. Holm.)
"First segment of antennae sparsely granulated, second and fourth segments
equal in length, the third scarcely longer. Head without distinct punctures,
sides granulated. Thorax di.^tinctly punctated and sprinkled w-ith fuscous,
disk impressed on both sides with short red lines; anterior part depressed;
lateral margin sinuate before the middle, minutely crenulated. Scutellum
totally punctated. Hemelytra hyaline, membranaceou.s, veins opaque and
elevated, frequently sprinkled with fuscous, exterior veins of the corium
granulated on both sides. Membrane transparent, immaculate. The under-
side occasionally sprinkled with minute fuscous and sides of pectus and venter
supplied with densely fuscous sprinkled lines. Pectus distinctly punctated.
Apex of abdomen of male narrowly truncate; of the female widely truncate,
last ventral segment of the male with apex sinuate, in female produced to apex
of abdomen, subrounded medially. Legs variegated fuscous."
Distribution. This species has been taken in Douglas, Riley, Kingman,
Decatur, Sheridan, Gove, Rawlins, Logan, Kearny and Finney counties.
Tribe Corizini (Stal).
This tribe is represented in North America north of Mexico by one
genus {Coriziis Fallen). This genus is represented by fourteen
species, five of which occur in Kansas.
KEY TO THE KANSAS SPECIES OF CORIZUS
PAGE
A. Transverse impression of pronotum ending in a loop viridicatus, 396
AA. Transverse impression of pronotum not ending in a loop.
B. Last segment of the abdomen short and broad, its apex truncate in female,
evenly rounded in male hyalinus, 396
BB. Last segment of the abdomen distinctlj- longer, its apex acute or rounded in
female, obtusely rounded in male.
C. Scutellum broad at tip, rounded indentatus, 398
CC. Scutellum narrow at the tip and pointed.
D. Connexivimi unspotted lateralis, 398
DD. Connexivum spotted sides, 397
396 The University Science Bulletin.
Corizus hyalinus (Fabricius).
(PL LXII, Figs. 3, 3a.)
Fabricius, Johann Christian. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta, secundum classes,
ordines, genera, species, adjectis synonymis, locis, observationibus : Vol. IV, p. 3 68;
1794; Lygmiis.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"A black Lygseus with margins of the thorax reddish; elytra hyaline with
apex fuscous; hyaline punctures.
"Habitat: An island of America. Doctor Pflug.
"Small. Antennae black. Head black, vertex with reddish punctures.
Thorax black, lateral margins reddish. Scutellum black, apex reddish. Elytra
hyaline, apex fuscous with large hyaline punctures. Wings white. Body black
beneath with red lines. Legs black."
Size. Length, 5.5 to 6.4 mm.
Color. Above yellow, red, or sometimes very dark, ornamented with darker
markings; sternum black; transverse suture of pronotum prominent and black;
connexivum not distinctly spotted.
Structural Characteristics. Posterior lateral angles of metapleiu'a pro-
duced into an acute rounded angle; scutellum narrow and acute apically, sides
nearly straight ; transverse suture of pronotum prominent and black ; wings
extending much beyond the apex of the abdomen; last segment of the ab-
domen short, truncate in the female, evenly rounded in the male.
This species is cosmopolitan in distribution, but has not been reported
from Kansas before.
Distribution. It has been taken in Atchison, Douglas, Miami. Allen, Riley,
Sedgwick, Reno and Logan counties.
Corizus viridicatus Uhler.
Uhler, Philip Reese. Notices of the Hemiptera of the Western Territories of the United
States, chiefly from the Surveys of Dr. F. V. Hayden (in F. V. Hayden : Preliminary
Report of the United States Geological Survey of Montana and Portions of Adjacent
Territories for 1871) : p. 404 ; 1872.
Original Description :
"Slender, form of C. truncatus, Ramb. Pale green; front of the face rather
blunt, the end of the tylus decurved; upper surface of the head with whitish,
sericeous pubescence, scabrous, uneven, minutely punctured; the underside
obsoletely wrinkled, finely pubescent. Antennae slender, clothed with remote
long hairs; the basal joint extending beyond the tylus, freckled with dark
brown, and usually with a short stripe on the underside; the apical joint
rather slender, hardly longer than the preceding, more or less orange, at base
paler; the second and third joints subequal, faintly streaked with brown both
above and below. Rostrum reaching not quite to the posterior coxae; the
middle line and the apical joint, excepting at its base, dark piceous. Face
and cranium sometimes with a few small spots and streaks of brown or black
on the middle and near the eyes. Pronotum with long pubescence, coarsely
punctured in irregular, transverse rows, the callosities forming a prominent
ridge nearly across the entire width; antepectus and pleura uneven, a little
less coai-sely punctured; the meso- and metapleura uneven, a little more
coarsely punctured; the posterior flap of the metapleura oblique truncated,
wth the upper angle rounded at tip, and, together with the acetublar caps,
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 397
minutely punctured. Legs greenish-yellow, the femora rather robust, dotted
with browTi in rows, those of the upper inward side sometimes confluent in a
large patch; tibise freckled with brown; at tip and the tips of each of the
tarsal joints brownish, the nails piceous. Scutellum uneven, irregularly, some-
what coarsely punctured, the lateral edge recurved, the tips sunken, and its
apex almost acute. Corium hyaline, rather finely punctured, the clavus some-
times blackish, or streaked with black; costal and base broadly coriaceous;
the nervures usually with a few blackish points and streaks; membrane hyaline.
Tergum black on the two or three basal segments, veiy coarsely punctured at
base, and a little less coarseb' on the disk; the apex with a black streak run-
ning from the penultimate segment to the tip, narrowing posteriorly; the ante-
penultimate segment often with two or three black dots on the disk; con-
nexivum immaculate, minutely punctured. Venter immaculate, minutely
wrinkled and shagreened, finely pubescent. The punctation of the surface
is sometimes brownish, either above, or both above and below.
"Length, 5-6 mm.; width across the humeri, 1% to 2 mm.
"This species is quite unlike any of the others thus far discovered in the
United States, in slenderness and neatness of proportions, as well as the
bright freshness of its colors when recent. It inhabits Colorado, Nebraska,
and Dakota."
This species is closely related to Corizus crassicornis Linnaeus.
The writer has found but one specimen that has been collected in Kansas.
That one was collected in Rawlins county.
There are no records that this species has been collected in Kansas before.
Corizus sidce (Fabricius).
(PI. LXII, Figs. 4, 4a.)
Fabricius, Johann Christian. Entomologia systematica emendata et aucta, secundum classes,
ordines, genera, species, adjectis synonymis, locis, observationibus : Vol. IV, p. 1G9;
1794; LygcEus.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"An ash-colored Lygceus, sprinkled with fuscous; elytra hyaline, fuscous
punctate; antennae clavate.
"Habitat : South America. Doctor Pflug.
"Small. Antenna} pale, last segment stout, fuscous. Head, thorax, scutellum,
body and legs ash-colored, sprinkled with fuscous. Elytra whitish-hyalme with
many scattered fuscous punctures. Wings white, immaculate. Abdomen coal
black above with an ash-colored band."
Size. Length of female, 5.6 to 6.2 mm.; male, 4.4 to 5.5 mm. Width of fe-
male, 2.9 to 3.1 mm.; male, 2 to 2.5 mm.
Color. The general color varies from dark brown to gray or reddish-yellow,
usually rather thickly covered over with very small brown or brightish-red
spots; dark line from head extends back on the pronotum, widens and fades
out; small black spots cover the body and legs.
Structur.^l Ch.^racteristics. Head narrowly triangular; first segment of
antennae scarcely reaching apex of the head; abdomen short and much wider
than the thorax; wings longer than the abdomen.
Distribution. It has been collected in Douglas, Wilson, Riley and Decatur
counties.
398 The University Science Bulletin.
Corizus lateralis (Say).
(PI. LXII, Figs. 9, 9.4.)
Say, Thomas. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: IV, p. 320;
1825. Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America: 11,
p. 245 ; Coreus.
Original Description :
"Pale reddish-brown, punctured; hemelytra with spotted nen'ures; feet,
pale, spotted.
"Body somewhat hairy, pale reddish-brown, with much dilated approximate
punctures; head somewhat unequal, two obsolete impressed lines between the
antennae, a blackish spot behind the eye; eyes dusky, pale before; antennae
brownish, with sparse hairs; terminal joint as long as the preceding one, di-
lated, with cinereous pubescence; thorax with three obsolete dusky spots be-
fore, and an impunctured whitish line abbreviated before; scutel with a longi-
tudinal, impunctured whitish line; hemelytra, nervures with black spots, in-
terstitial spaces membranaceous; membranaceous tip immaculate, whitish be-
neath, with a distinct lateral red line; feet hairy, pale; thighs spotted with red-
dish-brown; pectus rufous; venter yellowish or rufous.
"Length, more than one-fourth inch."
Scutellum constricted near apical third, coarsely not densely punctate, its
edges raised and apex subacute. Sixth dorsal segment of female broadly tri-
angular with apex rounded; sixth dorsal segment of male prolonged, sub-
spatulate. Length, 5 to 7.5 mm.; width across humeri, 2 to 3 mm.
Distribution. Has been collected in Doniphan, Leavenworth, Johnson, Mi-
ami, Bourbon, Allen, Douglas, Wilson, Riley, Butler, Sedgwick, Sumner, King-
man, Reno, Norton, Graham, Clark, Lane, Scott, Rawlins, Cheyenne, Morton
and Stevens counties.
Corizus indentatus Hambleton.
Hambleton, J. C. Annals of the Entomological Society of America: Vol. I, p. 139; 190S.
Origin.\l Description :
"Somewhat resembling scidatus, but smaller and more hairy. Length of fe-
male, 4.5 to 6 mm.; width, 2 to 3 mm. Male, length, 4.5 to 5 mm.; width,
2 to 2.5 mm.
"Head: Antenniferous tubercles small but rather sharp, very close to the
eyes. Rostral lobes short and obscure. First segment of antennae reaches a
little beyond the apex of the head. Upper surface rough and tubercular.
"Pronotum tubercular, especially in the region of the transverse suture,
which is often difficult to trace on this account. This suture forms a rather
deep depression on either side of the median line. Scutellum rather broad
and rounded at apex; with borders slightly raised near the end, which is not
excavated.
"Abdomen but little wider than pronotum. Genitalia pretty much as in
scutatus, though the entire sixth segment of the female is relatively shorter,
and the ventral plate in the male is not so narrow at its middle point. Wings
a little longer than abdomen. Whole insect covered with rather dense hair.
"Color, reddish-brown with no di.stinctive markings. The pronotum is some-
times irregularly blotched with black, and its posterior border with the base of
the scutellum, dark or almost black. Beneath the color is lighter, often tinged
with yellow and minutely spotted with red. Sternum black, and often a dark
brown line on either side of abdomen below, near the borders. The first and
second segments of disk of abdomen are black, and the remaining four may
be black also, but usually brown. The third has two small spots on the an-
Deay: Coreid^ of Kansas. 399
terior margin and the fourth a rather large oval spot at its center; the fifth
has two smaller oblique spots at its anterior margin and several small round
spots below these; the sixth with the conventional yellow lateral stripes and
the long black spot between them. Connexivum alternating dark and light,
sometimes one predominating and at others the other. The dark portions are
frequently ornamented with one or more small round spots of a lighter color.
The legs are reddish-yellow spotted with brown. Wing veins with a few brown
spots. Membrane with a slight reddish tinge."
In so far as the writer can ascertain, but one specimen of this species has
been collected in Kansas. That one was taken in Riley county, and is in the
entomological collection at the Kansas State Agricultural College.
This is the first time that this species has been recorded as having been col-
lected in Kansas.
Tribe Leptocorini Van Duzee.
Van Duzee lists two genera under this tribe in his catalogue. Rep-
resentatives of both of these genera are found in Kansas.
key to the KANSAS GENERA OF LEPTOCORINI.
PAGE
A. Bucculae less than liiilf the leii<;th of the head; lostruiii scarcely passing hind
coxae Lcptocoris, 399
AA. Bucculae reaching the ba.se of the head; rostrum reacliing to or be>'ond the second
abdominal £e;,'ment Jadera, 400
Genus Leptocoris Halm.
This genus is represented in North America north of Mexico by
one species. This one is found in Kansas.
Leptocoris trivittatus (Say).
(PI. LXI, Figs. 1, lA.)
Saj', Thomas. Journal of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia: IV, p. 322;
1825. Complete Writings of Thomas Say on the Entomology of North America: II,
p. 246 ; Lygceus.
Original Description :
"Black, thorax trilineate, and hemelytra margined with rufous.
"Body black; eyes and stemmata sanguineous; thorax mutic; two indented
transverse lines near the head, of which the anterior one is curved in the mid-
dle; three bright rufous lines, of which two are marginal; posterior edge ob-
scurely rufous, hemelytra, coriaceous portion with a rufous exterior and poste-
rior margin, membranaceous tip immacidate ; trochanter rufous : tergum rufous
with three lateral black punctures; venter, margin and middle rufous.
"Length, nine-twentieth inch."
Length of species examined, 11 to 13.5 mm.; width, 3 to 4 mm.
This is the common box-elder bug. It is more numerous in the autumn.
It does considerable damage to the leaves of the box elder {Acer negundo L.)
and is also said to damage fruit such as peaches, plums and apples.
Distribution. It has been taken in Douglas, Riley, Lincoln, Stafford, Rush,
Ellis, Meade, Finnej^ Sheridan, Thomas, Logan, Cheyenne, Sherman and Mor-
ton counties.
400 The University Science Bulletin.
Genus Jadera Stal.
Van Duzee reports that there are three species of this genera found
in North America north of Mexico. Only one {Jadera hoematoloma)
of these three is found in Kansas.
Jadera hoematoloma (Herrich-Schaeffer).
(Pi. LXI, Figs. 3, 3a.)
Herrich-Schaeffer, Gottlieb August Wilhelm. Die Wanzenartigen Insecten : Vol. VIII, p.
103, Fig. 873; 1848; Leptocoris.
Original Description (translated by the writer) :
"A black Leptocoris, with the lateral margins of thorax and all the upper
part of the abdomen bright red; eyes and ocelli brown.
"A long, rather pointed oval along each side. The ^ving covers extended
somewhat convexly. The fore margin of thorax thrown up into a broad roll,
punctured with large round cells. Dull black; eyes and ocelli rust red; the
side margins of the thorax and the entire free margin of the abdomen bright
scarlet red.
"This species has the same habitat as the Lygaeidse; the head is distinctly
three-parted anteriorly; the fore margin of the thorax is thrown up into a
broad roll; the membrane has a vein running across the base and many partly
anastomized longitudinal veins. The wing covers extend far beyond the abdo-
men. Antennae, head, and the anterior half of the thorax, likewise the legs,
are clothed with long bristlelike hairs.
"From Mexico; from Sturm."
Distribution. It has been collected in Douglas, Riley, Cloud, Decatur and
Sherman counties.
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 401
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
AsHMEAD, WiLLUM H. 1888. A proposed classification of the Hemiptera.
Entomologica Americana, Vol. IV, pp. 65-69. Classification of Arthropods
and key to divisions and families of Hemiptera.
Baker, Carl F. 1908. Preliminary remarks on American Corizini (Hemip-
tera). Canadian Entomologist, Vol. XL, pp. 241-244. Discussion of the
subgenera (as genera).
Banks, N.-vthan. 1910. Catalogue of the Nearctic Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
Philadelphia. Gives partial synonymy and bibliography.
B.-iRBER, Harry G. 1911. Descriptions of some new Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
Journal of the Xew York Entomological Societj^ Vol. XIX, pp. 23-31. In-
cludes synopsis of Alydus.
1918. A new species of Leptoglossus. Bulletin of the Brookh'n Ento-
mological Society, Vol. XIII, pp. 35-39.
1926. Notes on Coreids in the collection of the U. S. National Mu-
seum with description of a new Catorhintha (Hemiptera-Heteroptera).
Journal of the Xew York Entomological Society, Vol. XXXIV, pp. 209-216;
June.
Bergroth, Ewald. 1890. Note on the genus Protenor Stal. Entomologica
Americana, Vol. VI, p. 217.
1905. Rhynchola neotropica. Revue d'Entomologie, Vol. XXIV, pp.
104-112. Note on American Coreid tribes.
Blatchley, Willis Stanley. 1926. Heteroptera, or true bugs, of eastern
North America, pp. 208-287; text figs. A thorough discussion of the species
found there.
Buchan-Hepburn, a. 1878. Abnormal antennae in Hemiptera. Entomolo-
gist's Monthly Magazine, Vol. XIV, p. 256.
BuRMEiSTER, HERMANN Carl Conrad. 1832-1855. Handbuch der Entomologie.
Berlin. 5 volumes. Rhj-nchota, in (Vol. II; 1835).
China, W. E. 1924. A preliminary revision of the Oriental species of Lepto-
consa Latr. (Hemiptera, Coreida^.) Bulletin of Entomological Research,
Vol. XIV, pp. 235-249; 14 figures. Introduces the study of the male
claspers.
Chittenden, F. H. 1898. A new squash bug. Canadian Entomologist, Vol.
XXX, pp. 239-240. Anasa armigera discussed as injurious about Washing-
ton, D. C., with notes on its life history and range.
Crevecceur, Fred F. 1905. Additions to the list of the Hemipterous fauna of
Kansas. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science, Vol. XIX, pp.
232-237. Annotated list with numerous plant records.
Dallas, William Sweetland. 1851-1852. List of the specimens of Hemip-
terous insects in the collection of the British Museum. London. 2 parts,
15 plates.
De Geer, Carl. 1773. Memoires pour servir a I'histoire des Insects. Stock-
holm. Hemiptera in Vol. III.
Distant, William Lucas. 1880-1893. Insecta; Rhynchota; Hemiptera-Heter-
optera. Vol. I. In Biologia Centrali-Americana.
1901a. Revision of the Rhynchota belonging to the family Coreidse in
the Hope collection at Oxford. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of
London, Vol. I. pp. 325-335.
19016. Rhvnchotal Notes IX. Heteroptera: Fam. Coreida;. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History. Vol. VII, pp. 416-432.
Engelhardt, George P. 1912. A Hemipteran on carrion. Journal of the New
York Entomological Society, Vol. XX, p. 294. Habits of Merocons ty-
phosus (Fabr.).
402 The University Science Bulletin.
Fabricius, Johann Christian. 1775. S.vstema entomologiae sistens insectorum
classes, ordines, genera, species, adjectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus,
obser\ationibiis. Flensburgi et Lipsise; 832 pp.
1794. Entoniologia systematica emendata et aucta, secundum classes,
ordines, genera, species, adjectis sj'nonymis, locis, observationibus. Hafnise.
4 vols. (Supplementum, Hafnise. 1797; 2 vols., 572 pp.)
1803. Systema Rhyngotrum secundum ordines, genera, species, adjectis
synonymis, locis, observationibus. Brunsvigae; 314 pp.
Fitch, Asa. 1857. Fourth report on the noxious and other insects of the state
of New York. Transactions of the New York Agricultural Society, Vol.
XVII, pp. 687-814; illus. Includes reprint of Say, 1831-1832.
Fracker, S. B. 1918. The Alydina^ of the United States. Annals of the Ento-
mological Society of America, Vol. XI, pp. 255-280; Pis. 24, 25.
1919. Chariesterus and its Neotropical relatives (Coreidae Heteroptera).
Annals of the Entomological Society of America, Vol. XII, pp. 227-230,
Fig. 1.
1923. A review of the North American Coreini (Heteroptera). Annals
of the Entomological Society of America, Vol. XVI, pp. 165-173, Fig. 1,
PI. 10.
Gibson, Edmund H. 1917a. The Collection of the Hemiptera in the United
States National Museum. Journal of Economic Entomologv, Vol. X, pp.
502-503.
19176. Key to the species of Leptoglossus Guer. occurring north of
Mexico (Heteroptera, Coreidae). Psyche, Vol. XXIV, pp. 69-73.
1917c. The genus Harmonies Burmeister (Coreidae, Heteroptera).
Entomological News, Vol. XXVIII, pp. 439-450.
1919. Notes on the North American species of Corizus (Coreidae, Het-
eroptera). Canadian Entomologist, Vol. LI, pp. 89-92. Key and general
discussion.
Gibson, E. H., and Holdridge, Abby. 1918a. Notes on the North and Central
American species of Acanthocephala Laporte. Canadian Entomologist, Vol.
L, pp. 237-240.
19186. The genus Narnia Stal and a key to the genera of Anisoscelini
A. and S. (Coreidae, Heteroptera). Psyche, Vol. XXV, pp. 1-4.
GiRAULT, A. Arsene. 1904. Avasa tristis De Geer. History of confined adults
another egg parasite. Entomological News, Vol. XV, pp. 335-337.
1906. The method of feeding of Leptoglossus. The Entomological
News, Vol. XVII, pp. 382-383.
Gmelin, Johann Friedrich. 1788-1793. Caroli a Linne Systema Naturae.
Lipsiae. 3 Tomes in 10 volumes. Hemiptera in Tome I, Vol. IV, pp. 2041-
2224. The 13th edition of the "Systema" edited by Gmelin.
Grossbeck, John A. 1912. Types of insects, except Lepidoptera and Formi-
cidae, in the American Museum of Natural Histoiy, additional to those pre-
viouslv listed. Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History,
Vol. XXXI, pp. 353-379.
Hambleton, J. C. 1908. The genus Corizus, with a review of the North and
Middle American species. Annals of the Entomological Society of America,
Vol. I, pp. 133-152, Pis. 8-11.
1909. Life History of Corizus lateralis Sav. Annals of the Entomo-
logical Society of America, Vol. II, pp. 272-276, PI. 29.
Hbidemann, Otto. 1902. Note on Stachyoc7iemus apicalk, in District of
Columbia. Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, Vol.
V, p. 32.
1905. Description of a now Anasa from North America. Proceedings of
the Entomological Society of Washington, Vol. VII, pp. 11-12.
1910. New species of Leptoglossus from North America (Hemiptera-
Coreidae). Proceedings of the Entomological Society- of Washington, Vol.
XII, pp. 191-197, Pis. 7-8.
Deay: Coreid^ of Kansas. 403
Henshaw, Samuel. 1894. Bibliographical Notes, VI. Biologia Centrali-
Americana: Rhynchota; Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Vol. I, bv W. L. Distant.
Psyche, Vol. VII, pp. 134, 135. Detailed table of content and list of genera
fixed.
1903. The Hemiptera described by Philip Reese Uhler. Psyche, Vol.
X, pp. 31-42, 85-92, 122-125, 224-238.
Herrich-Sch.^effer, Gottlieb August Wilhelm. 1835. Nomenclator ento-
mologicus. Verzeichniss der europaischen insecten; zur Erleichterung des
Tauschverkehrs mit Preisen versehen. Gegensburg. 2 vols. Hemiptera,
Vol. I, pp. 35-116.
HoRVATH, Geza von. 1911. Nomenclature des families des Hemipteres. An-
nales Musei Nationalis Hungarici, Vol. IX, pp. 1-34.
Howard, Leland O. 1882. Strange habit of Metapodius jcmoratus Fab.
American Naturalist, Vol. XVI, pp. 597, 598. Suspending empty skins of
prey.
1898. The Box-elder plant bug. Circular of the U. S. Department of
Agriculture, Division of Entomology (N. S.), 28, 3 pp., 1 fig.
Hubbard, H. G. 1899. Insect fauna of the Giant Cactus of Arizona. Psyche,
Vol. VIII, Suppl. I, pp. 1-14.
Hunter, W. D., Pratt, F. C, and Mitchell, J. D. 1913. The principal cactus
insects in the United States. Bulletin of the U. S. Department of Agricul-
ture, Division of Entomology (N. S.), Vol. 113, 71 pp.; 8 plates, 8 figures.
Jones, Thomas H. 1916. Notes on Anasa andrewsii Guer., an enemy of cu-
curbits. The Journal of Economic Entomology, Vol. IX, pp. 431-434. Life
History and economic importance.
Kirkaldy, George Willis. 1910. Hemiptera new and old. No. 3. Canadian
Entomologist, Vol. XLII, pp. 62-65.
Leach, William Elford. 1815. Hemiptera, in (Brewster's Edinburgh En-
cyclopaedia, Vol. IX). First proposal of certain family names, etc.
Lethierry, L., and Sevkrin, G. 1893-1896. Catalogue general des Hemipteres.
Bruxelles and Berlin. Coreida? are in Vol II.
Linne, Carl von. 1758-1759. Systema Naturae. Holmiae. 2 volumes. In-
sects in Vol I. 1758. Engelmann facsimile reprint, 1894; Leipsic.
LuncER, Otto. 1900. Bugs (Hemiptera) injurious to our cultivated plants.
Bulletin of the Minnesota Agricultural Experiment Station, No. 69, 259 pp.,
16 plates. 200 figures.
M.'Vlloch, John Russell. 1918. Pyn-hotes ha'matoloma H. S. and Leptocoris
irivittatus Say in Illinois (Hemiptera-Coreidse). The Entomological News,
Vol. XXIX, p. 284.
Montandon, a. L. 1893. Notes on American Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Pro-
ceedings of the United States National Museum, Vol. XVI, pp. 45-52.
Notes on Alydus.
1899. Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Earn. Coreidae. Notes et descriptions
de trois nouvelles especes americaines. Bulletin de la Societe (Roumaine)
des Sciences de Bucareat-Roumanie, Vol. VIII, pp. 190-195.
Moore, George A. 1917. (Review of Van Duzee's "check list.") Canadian
Entomologist, Vol. XLIX, p. 33.
Muir, F. 1926. Some remarks on Dr. Hem Singh-Pruthi's paper on the
morpholosv of the male genitalia in Rhynchota. Proceedings of the
Hawaiian^Entomological Society, Vol. VI, No. 2, pp. 323-334; July.
OsBORN, Herbert and Drake, Carl J. 1915. Additions and notes on the
Hemiptera-Heteroptera of Ohio. Ohio Naturalist, Vol. XV, pp. 501-508,
Fig. 1.
OsBORN, Herbert and Ball, Elmer D. 1897. Contributions to the hemipter-
ous fauna of Iowa. Proceedings of the Iowa Academy of Sciences, Vol. IV,
pp. 172-234, pis. 19-36.
Parshley, Howard Madison. 1916. A new lis^t of North American Hemip-
tera. Psyche, Vol. XXIII, pp. 128-129. Review of Van Duzee's check list.
404 The University Science Bulletin.
1918. Review of Van Duzee's "Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America,
north of Mexica, excepting the Aphididae, Coccidae and Aleurodidae." Sci-
ence (N. S.), Vol. XLVII, pp. 292,293.
1923. Key to the families of Heteroptera, pp. 383-385; Coreidse, Aly-
didae, Corizidse, pp. 737-783, in (Britton, 1923, The Hemiptera of Con-
necticut).
1924. General catalogue of the Hemiptera (prospectus). The Entomo-
logical News, Vol. XXXV, pp. 292-293.
1925. A bibliography of the North American Hemiptera-Heteroptera.
Contains a list of periodicals.
PoPENOE, E. A. 1885. Contributions to a knowledge of the Hemiptera fauna
of Kansas. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science, Vol. IX, pp.
62-64. List of species without data determined by Uhler.
PuTON, AuGusTE. 1871. Les Coreides de MM. Mulsant et Rey., etude sur
cette famille. Annales de la Societe Entomologique de France (5), Vol. I,
pp. 303-314.
RiBAUT, H. 1921. Notes sur les Hemipteres-Heteropteres (V-X). Bulletin de
la Societe d'histoire Naturelle de Toulouse, Vol. XLIX, pp. 301-311, 30
figures. Genitalia of Corizus crassicornis.
Reuter, Odd Morran.al. 1900. Heteroptera palsearctica nova et minus cognita
descripsit. II : Ofversigt af Finska Vetenskaps-Societatens Forhandlingar,
Vol. XLII, pp. 268-281. Includes synonymy of Cormierk.
Riley, William Albert. 1907. Notes on the structure of insects. The Ameri-
can Naturalist, Vol. XLI, pp. 727-729. Ovaries of Hemiptera.
Say, Thomas. 1825. Descriptions of new hemipterous insects collected in the
expedition to the Rocky Mountains, performed by order of Mr. Calhoun,
Secretary of War, under command of Major Long. Journal of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. IV, pp. 307-345.
■ 1831-1832. Descriptions of new species of heteropterous Hemiptera of
North America. New Harmony. 39 pp.
lS59o. The complete writings of Thomas Say on the entomology of
North America, with a memoir of the author by George Ord. Edited by
John L. Leconte, M.D. New York. 2 vols., illus.
— — — 18596. American entomologj'. A description of the insects of North
America, by Thomas Say; with illustrations drawn and colored after nature.
Boston. 2 vols., illus.
Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. 1879. Catalogue of scientific serials of all coun-
tries including the transactions of learned societies in the natural, physical
and mathematical sciences, 1633-1876. Cambridge, Mass.
Singh-Pruthi, Hem. 1925. The morphology of the male genitalia in Jihyn-
chota. The Transactions of the Entomological Society of London, Pts. I,
II; Aug. 7.
SiGNORET, Victor. 1859. Monographic du genre Corizus. Annales de la So-
ciete Entomologique de France (3), Vol. VII, pp. 75-105.
Smith, John Bernh.\rd. 1909. A report on the insects of New Jersey. An-
nual report of the New Jersey state museum, 1909. Hemiptera, by Barber,
Heidemann and de la Torre-Bueno, on pp. 131-170.
Snow, Francis H. 1904. Lists of Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera and He-
miptera collected in Arizona by the entomological expeditions of the Uni-
versity of Kansas in 1902 and 1903. Kansas University Science Bulletin, II
(XII), pp. 323-350.
1906a. Some results of the University of Kansas entomological ex-
peditions to Galveston and Brownsville, Tex., in 1904 and 1905. Tran.sac-
tions of the Kan.sas Academy of Science, Vol. XX, Pt. I, pp. 136-154. He-
miptera-Heteroptera, determined bv Van Duzee and Heidemann, on pp.
151-154.
19066. Some results of the University of Kansas entomological ex-
peditions to Arizona in 1904 and 1905. Transactions of the Kan.sas Acad-
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 405
emy of Science, Vol. XX, Pt. I, pp. 155-181. Hemiptera-Heteroptera, de-
termined by Van Duzee and Heidemann, on pp. 176-181.
1907. Results of the entomological collecting expedition of the Uni-
versity of Kansas to Pima county, Arizona, in June and July, 1906. Trans-
actions of the Kansas Academy of Science, Vol. XX, Pt. 2, pp. 140-164.
Hemiptera-Heteroptera, determined by Van Duzee, on pp. 158-160.
Stal, Carl. 1854. Nya Hemiptera. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska Veten-
skaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, Vol. XI, pp. 231-255.
1859a. Till kannedomen om Coreida. Ofversigt af Kongliga Svenska
Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, Vol. XVI, pp. 449-475.
18596. Hemiptera. Species novas. Konglika Svenska Fregattens Eu-
genies resa omkring jorden. Vol. Ill (Zoologi, Insekter), pp. 219-298,
Pis. 3, 4.
1860-1862. Bidrag till Rio Janeiro-traktens Hemipter-fauna. Kongliga
Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien Handlingar, Vol. II, No. 7, pp. 1-84; Vol.
Ill, No. 6, pp. 1-75.
1862-1864. Hemiptera Mexicana enumeravit speciesque novas des-
cripsit. Entomologische Zeitung hrsg. von dem entomologischen Vereine zu
Stettin, Vol. XXIII, pp. 81-118, 273-281, 289-325, 437-462.
1865. Hemiptera nova vel minus cognita. Annates de la Societe En-
tomologique de France, (4) Vol. V, pp. 163-188.
-1867. Bidrag till Hemipterernas Systematik. Ofversigt af Kongliga
Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademiens Forhandlingar, Vol. XXIV, No. 7, pp.
534-551. Coreida Americana, pp. 534-541, subfamily key. Conspectus gen-
erum Alydidum Americae, pp. 542-543. Conspectus generum Coreidum
Americse, pp. 543-551.
1868. Hemiptera Fabriciana. Gabricianska Hemipterarter, efter de i
Kopenhavn och Kiel forvarade typeremplaren granskade och beskrifne.
Kongliga Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien Tandlingar, Vol. VII, No. 11,
pp. 1-148.
1870. Enumcratio Hemipterorum. Bidrag till en foreteckning ofver
alia hittils kanda Hemiptera. jemte systematiska meddelanden. Kongliga
Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien Handlingar, Vol. I.., No. 1, pp. 125-228.
Numerous specific keys of the Coreidae of America.
Summers, H. E. 1891. The true bugs, or Heteroptera, of Tennessee. Bulletin
of the Tennessee Agricultural Experiment Station, Vol. IV, pp. 75-96, 14
figures.
T.\YLOR, Leland H. 1918. The thoracic sclerites of Hemiptera and Heterop-
tera. Annals of the Entomological Society of America, Vol. XI, pp. 225-
250, Pis. 20-23.
ToRRE-BuExo, Jose Rollix de la. 1908. Notes on Heteroptera. Canadian
Entomologist, Vol. XL, pp. 165-167. Describes nymph of Euthochtha
galeator.
1909. Some recent contributions to hemipterology. Canadian Ento-
mologist, XLI, pp. 294-296, 309-312. Reviews with summaries and a phylo-
genetic tree of families.
1912. A new Corizus from the northeastern United States (Hemiptera,
Coreida). The Entomological News, Vol. XXIII, pp 217-219.
Tower, D. G. 1913. The external anatomy of the squash bug, Anasa tristis
De G. Annals of the Entomological Society of America. Vol. VI, pp. 427-
437, Pis. 55-58.
1914. The mechanism of the mouth parts of the .squash bug, Anasa
tnstis De Geer. Psyche, Vol. XXI, pp. 99-108, Pis. 1, 2.
Tucker, Elbert, S. 1907«. Some results of desultory collecting of insects m
Kansas and Colorado. List of Hemiptera-Heteroptera. Kansas University
Science Bulletin, Vol. IV, pp. 51-62.
19076. Contributions towards a catalogue of the insects of Kansas.
Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science, Vol. XX, Pt. II, pp.
190-201.
406 The University Science Bulletin.
1912. Further records of insects personally collected in Kansas and
Colorado. Transactions of the Kansas Academy of Science, Vol. XXV, pp.
54-62.
Uhler, Philip Reese. 1860. Hemiptera of the North Pacific exploring ex-
pedition under Com'rs Rodgers and Ringorold. Proceedings of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 1860, pp. 221-231.
1861n. Descriptions of four species of Hemiptera collected by the
Northwestern boundary survey. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, 1861, pp. 224-286.
1861 &. Descriptions of a few new species of Hemiptera, and observa-
tion upon some already described. Proceedings of the Entomological So-
ciety of Philadelphia, Vol. I, pp. 21-24.
1871. A list of Hemiptera collected in eastern Colorado and Northeast-
ern New Mexico, by C. Thomas, during the expedition of 1869. In (U. S.
Geological Survey of Wyoming, pp. 471-472. Washington).
1872. Notices of the Hemiptera of the western territories of the United
States, chiefly from the surveys of Dr. F. V. Hayden. In Hayden, Pre-
liminary Repoit of the U. S. Geological Survey of Montana, pp. 392-423.
Washington.
1875. Report upon the collections of Hemiptera made in portions of
Nevada, Utah, California, Colorado, New Mexico and Arizona during the
vears 1871, 1873 and 1874. Report of the U. S. Geological Survey of the
Territories, Vol. V, pp. 829-842, PI. 42.
1876. List of Hemiptera of the region west of the Mississippi river, in-
cluding those collected during the Hayden explorations of 1873. Bulletin of
the U. S. Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories, Vol. I, pp.
269-361, Pis. 19-21.
1877. Report upon the Hemiptera collected during the years 1874, 1875.
Annual Report of the Chief of Engineers to the Secretary of War for 1877,
pp. 1-22-1,334.
1878. Notices of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera in the collection of the
late T. W. Harris, M.D. Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural
History, Vol. XIX, pp. 365-446.
1884. Order IV. Hemiptera. Standard Natural History, Vol. II, pp.
204-296, 1 plate. Figures 286-343, and Riverside Natural History, Vol. II, pp.
204-296 (1888). A very comprehensive and valuable general account of the
order.
1886. Check list of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of North America.
Brooklyn. 34 pp.
V.AN DiizEE, Edward Payson. 1915. New genera and species of North Ameri-
can Hemiptera. Pomona Jovu'nal of Entomology, Vol. VII, pp. 109-121.
1916. Check list of the Hemiptera (excepting the Aphididge, Aleu-
rodida^ and Coccidae) of America, north of Mexico. New York (New York
Entomological Society), 111 pp.
1917. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America north of Mexico ex-
cepting the Aphididse, Coccida? and Aleurodid;©. University of California
publications. Entomology, Vol. II, xiv plus 902 pp.
1918. New species of Hemiptera, chiefly from California. Proceedings
of the California Academy of Science (4), Vol. VIII, pp. 271-308. Includes
key for Harmostes.
W^ATERHOUSE, Charees Owen. 1902. Index Zoologicus. An alphabetical list
of names of genera and subgenera proposed for use in zoology as recorded
in the "Zoological Record," 1900, together with other names not in-
cluded in the "Nomenclator Zoologicus" of S. H. Scudder. London. 421 pp.
1912. Index zoologicus No. II, etc. 1900-1910. London. 324 pp.
AVeiss, Harry B. 1922. A summary of the food habits of North American
Hemii)tera. Bulletin of the Brooklvn Entomological Societv, Vol. XVI,
pp. 116-118 (1921).
WoRTHLEY, H. N. 1923. The squash bug in Massachu.setts. The Journal of
Economic Entomology, Vol. XVI, pp. 73-79, Figs. 2, 3.
INDEX.
PAGE
Acanthocephala 375
terminalis 376
Acanthocephalini 375
albicinctus 378
alternatus, Archimerus 380
Alydinai 387
Alydini 387
Alydus 388
conspersus 391
eurinus 390
pilosulus 391
pluto 389
tonientosus 390
Anasa 384
armigera 386
repetita 385
tristis 384
Anisoscelini 376
Anisoscelis 377
antennator, Chariesterus 382
apicalis 393
Archimerus 380
alternatus 380
armigera, Anasa 386
Aufeius 395
impressicollis 395
Catorhintha 384
nipndica 384
guttula 384
Chariesterini 382
Chariesterus 382
antennator 382
Chelinidea 383
vittiger 383
Chelinidini 382
Cimex 377
clypealis, Leptoglossus 378
conspersus, Alydus 390
corculus, Leptoglossus 377
Coreidai 372
Coreinae 374
Coreini 375
Coriomeris 386
humilis 386
26—3341
(407)
408 The University Science Bulletin.
PACE
Coriscidae 387
Corizinse 393
Corizini 393
Corizus 395
hyalinus 396
indentatus 398
lateralis 398
sidae 397
viridicatus 396
curtulus. Tollius 392
Darmistus 387
subvittatus 388
Dasycoris 386
eurinus, Alydus 390
Euthochtha 381
galeator 381
fraterculus, Harmosles 394
galeator, Euthochtha 381
genital capsule 373
guttiila, Catorhintha 3S4
hsematoloma, Jadera 400
Harmcstes 394
fraterculus 394
reflexulus 394
Harmostini 393
huiiiilis, Coriomeris 386
hyalinus, Corizus 396
impressicollis, Aufeius 395
indentatus, Corizus 398
Introduction 371
Jadera btematolonia ., 400
Megalotomus 5-spinosus 388
mendica, Catorhintha 384
Merocorinse .' 374
Merocoris 374
distinctus 374
Metapodius 376
Micrely trini 387
Mictini 379
Mozena 379
obesa 379
lateralis, Corizus 398
Leptocorini 387
Leptocoris 399
trivittatus 399
Lc])tocorisiui 387
Leptoglossus , . . . 376
clypealis 378
corciilus 377
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas. 409
PAGE
oppositus 37g
phyllopus 377
Lygajiis 396
obesa, Mozena 379
oppositus, Leptoglossus 378
phyllopus, Ivoptoglossus 377
pilosulus, Alydus 391
pluto, Alydus 3S9
Pseudophloeinip 386
quinquespinosus, Megalotomus 388
repetita, Anasa 385
reflexulus, Harmostes 394
sid;£ , Corizus 397
Stachyocnemus 393
apicalis 393
subvittatus, Darmistus 388
Surcapsular iiooks 373
Tollius 392
curtulus 392
tomentosus, Alydus 390
tristis, Anasa ' 384
trivittatus, rveptocoris 399
vittiger, Cheliuidca 383
viridicatus, Corizus 396
410 The University Science Bulletin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE LX.
Leptoglossus phyllopus (Linnaeus).
Fig. 1. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 1a. Left clasper, cephalolateral aspect.
Euthochtha galeator (Fabricius).
Fig. 2. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 2.^. Left clasper, median aspect.
Leptoglossus oppositus (Say).
Fig. 3. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 3.A. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Merocoris distinctus Dallas.
Fig. 4. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 4.4. Left clasper, ventral aspect. (Scale 2 X the above.)
Archimerus alternatus (Say).
Fig. 5. Genital cap.sule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 5a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Leptoglossus clypealis Heidemann.
Fig. 6. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 6a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Acanthocephala terminalis (Dallas).
Fig. 7. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 7a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Mozena obcsa Montandon.
Fig. 8. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 8a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas.
411
PLATE LX.
u
412 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LXI.
LepLocoris triviltaius (Say).
Fig. 1. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 1a. Left clasper. lateral aspect.
Chelinidea vittiger Uhler.
Fig. 2. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 2a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Jadera hcematoloma (H.-S.).
Fig. 3. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 3a. Left clasper, lateral aspect.
Chariesterics antennator (Fabricius).
Fig. 4. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 4a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Anasa armigera (Say).
Fig. 5. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 5a. I^eft clasper, caudolateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Catorhintha mendica Stal.
Fig. 6. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 6a. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Ai^asa tristis (De Geer).
Fig. 7. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 7a. Left clasper, cephalolateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Anasa repetita Heidemann.
Fig. 8. Genital capsule of male, donsal aspect.
Fig. Sa. Left clasper, caudolateral aspect.
Deay:' Coreid.e of Kansas.
413
PLATE LXI.
"^ 6
414 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LXII.
Coriomeris humilis (Uhler).
Fig. 1. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 1a. Left clasper, dorsal aspect.
Harmostes reflexulus (Say).
Fig. 2. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 2.\. Left clasper, lateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
(yOrizus hyalijius (Fabricius).
Fig. 3. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 3a. Left clasper, lateral aspect.
Corizus sidce (Fabricius).
Fig. 4. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 4a. Left clasper, lateral aspect.
Alydus pilosulus H.-S.
Fig. 5. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect, cl, clasper; sh, sur-
capsular hook.
Fig. 5a. Left clasper, lateral aspect.
Stachyocnernus apicalis (Dallas).
Fig. 6. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 6a. Left clasper, lateral aspect.
Alydus eurinus (Say).
Fig. 7. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 7a. Left clasper, lateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Aufeius impressicollis Stal.
Fig. 8. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 8a. Left clasper, lateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Corizus lateralis (Say).
Fig. 9. Genital capsule of male, ventral aspect.
Fig. 9a. Left clasper, lateral aspect. (Scale, 2 X above.)
Megalotot/rus 5-spinosus (Say).
Fig. 10. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 10a. Left clasper, lateral aspect'.
Dannistns subvittatus Stal.
Fig. 11. Genital capsule of male, caudal aspect.
Alydus phito Uhler.
Fig. 12. Genital capsule of male, dorsal aspect.
Fig. 12a. Left cla.sper, lateral a-spect. (Scale, 2 X above.) .
Deay: Coreid.e of Kansas.
415
PLATE LXII.
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII.] April, 1928. [No. 6.
The Genus Scolops (Homoptera. Fulgoridae).*
E. P. BREAKEY, Department of Entomology.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
INTRODUCTIOX 417
Distribution 41 g
Life History Notes 418
Habitat and Hosts 419
Specific Characters 420
Wing Venation 421 ■
Descriptions 422
Teclinique for Preparing Specimens 423
Male Genitalia 424
Species in Synonymy 425
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT OF THE SUBGENUS SCOLOPS 429
SYSTEMATIC TREAT.MEXT OF THE SUBGENUS BELOXOCHARIS 448
INTRODUCTION.
WHILE niakin<; a systematic study of the FulgoricUio indigenous
to the Middle West, the writer became aware of the fact that
much confusion and uncertainty existed among taxonomic workers
as to tlie species in the genus Scolops. In many publications species
have been erroneously named and classified. Few writers working
with the group have had a clear species concept for the genus, and
as a result the mistakes of a predecessor have often been perpetuated.
While it is true that several workers have had such a conception,
their findings and conclusions have not been published. It was with
the aim of untangling the situation and of bringing the genus up-to-
date that the following studies were undertaken.
The writer wishes to acknowledge his indebtedness to those who
have assisted him in his work: To Dr. P. B. Lawson, at whose sug-
* Suljmitted to the Dcptirtment of Entomology and to the graduate faculty of the Univer-
sity of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Arts.
(417)
418 The University Science Bulletin.
gestions the studies were undertaken and under whose guidance the
work was done, he feels the greatest obligation and deepest grat-
itude; to Dr. H. B. Hungerford, whose sympathetic interest has
been a source of continuous inspiration; to Dr. E. D. Ball, who was
so generous in the loaning of material, and whose suggestions added
much to the progress of the studies; to Mr. W. E. China, of the
British Museum, who so graciously extended the assistance he could
command; and to each of the following, for the loan of much valu-
able material: Prof. Herbert Osborn, Prof. C. P. Gillette, Prof. Z. P.
Metcalf, Mr. W. J. Gerhard, Dr. S. A. Rohwer, and Dr. T. H. Prison
he is very grateful.
DISTRIBUTION.
The genus Scolops Schaum, as known at present, is limited to
North America. It is best known from the plains region of the tem-
perate zone lying just east of the Rocky Mountains, although its
range is now indicated by the following outlying points: Maine on
the northeast; Florida on the southeast; Monterey, Mexico, on the
south; Nogales, Ariz., on the southwest; California on the west;
and Enderby, British Columbia, on the northwest. Uhler's genus
Belonocharis, which will be treated as a subgenus in this paper, is
known only from west of the Rocky Mountains. The range of this
group seems to be typically west of and outside of that of the former.
Representatives of Belonochans have been examined from Tia
Juana, Mexico, on the south; Wenatchee, Wash., on the north; and
Rifle, Colo., on the east.
LIFE HISTORY NOTES.
No work seems to have been done toward detemiining the life
histories of the insects in this interesting group. According to tlie
labels on the specimens before the writer, adults occur throughout
the summer in this locality from the middle of June to the last of
September. Three pairs in copula are before the writer, one pair of
S. hesperius bearing the date August 8, and two pairs of S. sulcipes
bearing the date August 10. Females of several species that were
known to be carrying ova were selected for dissection, with the hope
of finding some suggestions as to oviposition habits. All were dated
late in August or early in September. The ova were found to be
large and few in number, measuring on the average from Inim. to
1.25 mm. in length, and about 0.5 mm. at the greatest diameter. The
greatest number of ova taken from any one individual was 12 and
the least 5, while the average was around 7. The ova were elongate-
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 419
oval in shape and quite granulose in appearance. It hardly seems
probable that the eggs are inserted in the woody tissues of plants,
for the ovipositor of the female is certainly not constructed for such
an operation, since the blades are thin and membranous. From this
point all is speculation as to how and where the eggs are placed.
Copulation. Attachment for the copulatory act is made about
as follows : The eighth abdominal sternite of the female has become
divided along the median line, and from the mesal ends of the halves
there projects caudad a pair of appendages, the valves of the ovi-
positor. These apparently have little to do with the sexual act itself.
The posterior margin of each half of this sternite is notched mesad,
and it is these narrowed portions that the male grips by placing the
hooks of his parameres in the notches on the caudal margins, and
bringing the anterior margins of the sternite up against his pygofer
hooks. Having done this he is now on his back. The seventh ab-
dominal sternite of the female is provided with a well developed
ridge on the anterior margin. The anal plate of the male is bifid on
the caudal extremity, and the two halves are turned down forming
a pair of hooks. An additional hold on the female is secured by
placing these hooks on the anal plate over the ridge on the anterior
margin of the seventh abdominal sternite of the female. The aedea-
gus of the male is then inserted between the valves of the ovipositor.
(SeePl. LXIII, Fig. 4.)
HABITAT AND HOSTS.
The liabitat of the group seems to be restricted typically to moist
places near the edge of woodland and to low spots in the prairies that
have been undisturbed, and where vegetation has been allowed to
make a rank growth. The presence of these insects seems to depend
more upon the nature of the vegetation than upon its topographical
location, for the writer has had veiy profitable collecting on hilltops
on the prairies, far removed from any such moist situations. S.
sulcipes seems to prefer Solidago and Helianthus, although it is often
found in places where Ambrosia artemisifolia is dominant. 5. pun-
gens has been secured in quantities from nearly pure stands of Am-
brosia artemisifolia. S. luridus was secured from nearly pure stands
of Artemisia, probably ludoviciana, early in September. They are
rarely taken in grasslands, and are not to be taken in quantities as
are the species of other groups. Since they are collected by the
sweeping method it is difficult to say on what particular plants they
are living, for the vegetation swept normally consists of a variety
420 The University Science Bulletin.
of species. It has been found that short, swift strokes of the net,
well down into the vegetation, brought the best results, since the in-
sects are shy and very agile in their movements.
SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.
Since confusion has existed among many writers as to what con-
stituted good specific characters, a survey was made of the group to
determine what characters were specific and to what extent they
were reliable.
Veins of Tegmina. The presence or absence of fuscous markings
on the costal cell of the elytra proved to be constant for the species.
On these characters it was possible to separate the species of the
genus into two nearly equal groups. In some species the veins of
the tegmina are concolorous, while in others they are marked in
various ways and degrees. Forking of the veins does not offer char-
acters that vary widely enough between the species to be useful.
Head and Process. In a number of species the head is set close
up against the pronotum, while in others it is more distant, with
somewhat of a constriction behind the eyes. The length of the
cephalic process as compared with that of the front, its width as
compared with that of the vertex, and its general shape, offer good
specific characters. To say that the process is long or short, stout
cr slender, is ambiguous; but to limit the temi "long" to mean as
long as the front or longer, and "stout" to mean three-fourths as
wide as the vertex or wider, conveys meanings that are tangible.
The above terms and others that appear in the descriptions, in-
cluded as a part of this paper, have been restricted in their meanings,
in so far as possible. (See PI. LXIII, Fig. 1.)
Color. Colors and color patterns furnish excellent auxiliary char-
acters. The insect can be considered as having a typical ground
color on which are imposed fuscous markings which vary greatly in
number, size, density of color, shape of outline, and position on the
body, among the species, but are typical within the species. The
ground color, together with the fuscous markings, give to the insect
a characteristic appearance. It is possible for these fuscous mark-
ings to vary greatly in density of coloring, as is shown by the ex-
treme case of S. pungens. This is truly, in several respects, a widely
varying species, as will be pointed out later. Some species are seem-
ingly devoid of color patterns, while others are richly supplied. The
presence or absence of fuscous bands on the fore and middle tibiae
have proven of value as specific characters.
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 421
Male Genitalia. Studies of the male genitalia of the group re-
vealed specific characters which are practically constant within the
species, as shown by the examination of a long series of individuals,
in each case where abundant material made such possible, and which
will add much to the definiteness of classification. The characters
are not at all difficult of access in case one needs to appeal to them in
definitely placing an Insect systematically. The accompanying draw-
ings are a valuable part of the paper, for there it has been possible to
give information many pages of writing would fail to disclose.
Sexual Variation. The difference in the sizes of the sexes is
much more pronounced in some species than in others. The males of
S. grossus appear to have about half the body bulk of the females,
while those of >S. sulcipes are normally only slightly smaller than the
females. In every known case but one the relative body measure-
ments hold regardless of the difference in the sizes of the two sexes.
The cephalic process of the male of S. jlavidus var. pellos var. n. is
not typical of the species, being proportionally much shorter At
first this unusual variation was thought to be due to some accident
the insect had had during metamorphosis, but on careful examina-
tion the process seems to have had normal development.
Dimorphism. Considerable confusion has arisen in the past due
to the fact that both macropterous and brachypterous forms occur
in the same species, and at the same time. The brachypterous form
is by far the more common, and at the present time certain species
are known only from that form, while the other form probably ex-
ists and will come to light in the future.
WING VEXATION.
Metcalf*, in 1913, discussed the wing venation of the Fulgoridae,
from which studies the following summary for the genus Scolops
will be drawn :
Costa of the fore wing is typically unbranchcd, usually of some-
what less extent than subcosta. Subcosta lies parallel with radius
for its entire length, and both are unbranchcd. Media is typically
two-branched, although these branches may divide again before
reaching the apex of the wing. Cubitus is typically two-branched,
while the first anal vein is unbranchcd. The second anal vein is
unbranchcd, while the third anal vein forks once, the inner branch
uniting with the second anal vein toward the apex.
* Metcalf, Z. P. The Wing Venation of the Fulgoridae. Annals of the Entomological So-
ciety of America: VI, No. 3; 1913.
422 The University Science Bulletin.
Costa of the hind wing is present only as a weak vein at the
base of the wing. Subcosta appears merely as a weak vein lying
parallel with the radius along its base. Radius is typically un-
branched, although in this group it shows a tendency to branch near
the apex of the wing. Media is typically two-branched, as is also
cubitus. The first anal vein is unbranched, as is also the second anal
vein which lies parallel with it, while the third anal vein is typically
three-branched. (See PI. LXIII, Fig. 2. )
DESCRIPTIONS.
When preparing a monograph of any group it is desirable, when
possible, to point out specific characters when describing and re-
describing the various species, excluding as many of those characters
of a general nature as possible. It is possible to do this by following
a uniform plan in writing the descriptions. One must also bear in
mind that it is often the combination of specific characters rather
than the characters themselves that is important in determining a
species. The terminology used is very important, and an effort
has been made to be consistent and strict in the use of terms, em-
ploying those that have come to be accepted and used by the au-
thorities working in related fields.
Measurements. Body measurements have been employed only
as gross indicators. The length of the body has been restricted to
mean the distance from the sulcus to the tip of the telson. The
term "sulcus" as here used refers to the transverse groove that sep-
arates the front from the cephalic process. Wing lengths have not
been used since they were found to be too variable. Body width has
been restricted to mean the greatest width across the body just
caudad of the tegulse. The length of the front means its greatest
length, which includes the latero-posterior angles. Comparative
measurements have proven much more reliable and therefore are
much to be preferred to actual measurements. Such have been used
whenever they were found to offer specific characters.
Color. To describe a color or color combination has presented
one of the most difficult phases of the present studies. In describ-
ing the color charateristics of each species the writer has striven
for consistency and accuracy, knowing full well that what may be
interpreted by one reader in one way may receive a different inter-
pretation from another. Whenever possible the coloring of recently
collected material has been made the basis of the description.
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 423
TECHNIQUE FOR PREPARING SPECIMENS.
The most satisfactory method for preparing material for study-
is about as follows: After the labels have been removed from the
mounted specimens, it is placed, pin and all, in boiling water and
allowed to remain for a few minutes only. Care should be taken to
have the heat so regulated that the water is not bubbling. If the
specimen is mounted on a paper point it will come loose ; and if not,
it will be easy to remove the pin from the relaxed insect without
causing damage. The labels should be placed on a pin, together with
a number corresponding to that on a bottle to which the relaxed
specimen is transferred, and preserved for future use and reference.
A quantity of a solution of ten per cent alcohol is placed in the
bottle containing the relaxed specimen. After the specimen has re-
mained in this solution over night it is sufficiently relaxed for study.
To mount the specimen for study it is necessary to pin it down
on a paraffin dish in such a way that a true lateral view of the
genitalia may be obtained. A suitable paraffin dish may be prepared
by filling the lid of a small tin box with paraffin, and as the paraflSn
cools making a depression in it by pressing with the thumb. The
specimen is pinned on its left side near the margin of this depression
by first inserting a pin in the groove between the middle and hind
coxse; second, by lifting the wings on the right side and inserting
a pin under them on a slant, so that it holds the wings from over the
genitalia and prevents the specimen from sliding up on the first pin;
and third, by placing a pin on either side of the head in such a way
that the specimen is made rigid. The specimen need not suffer
the least injury, since it is not necessary to pierce the body wall
or appendages. With the specimen fixed in this position it is ready
for examination under the binocular. Enough water should now be
placed in the depression to completely cover the specimen so that
a clear, undistorted view is obtained. The genitalia can be opened
by pulling the anal plate and parameres away with a dissecting
needle.
As soon as the necessary studies have been made the specimen
should be returned to its vial, and absolute alcohol added in place
of the former solution, for desiccation. After remaining in the ab-
solute alcohol for twenty-four hours, xylol should be substituted,
and it allowed to stand for another twenty-four hours. From the
xylol it can be remounted as before and the proper labels returned.
By following such a procedure the specimen is damaged very little,
27—3341
424 The University Science Bulletin.
if any. Greenish colorings will be destroyed, but the fuscous color-
ings and markings will be practically unchanged. Some bleaching
will result from the absolute alcohol, but this is much to be preferred
to removing the genitalia from the specimen. The genitalia of holo-
type specimens have been studied by the above method, when one
would hesitate to undertake such studies if to do so it were necessary
to remove the genitalia, with the subsequent damage to the specimen.
MALE GENITALIA.
The male genitalia of the genus fall typically into three groups.
For the sake of comparison and reference these will be designated as
the sulcipes group, the grossus group, and the Belonocharis group.
In structure they are typical of the Dictyophorinse, and consist
primarily of a median tubular organ, the aedeagus, and a pair of
lateral appendages, the parameres. The nomenclature adopted is
essentially that accepted and used by the authorities of to-day.
iEDEAGiTS. This organ in Scolops seems to consist of a pair of ap-
pendages, subsequently united dorsally and ventrally, in the form of
a tube. Such a development is not so evident in Belonocharis. In
Scolops the distal ends of these appendages have bladelike structures
that are stiffened with chitin. These have been termed the ventral
blades, and show characters of structure that are constant for the
species, which should aid materially in classification and in arrang-
ing the species phylogenetically. Dorsad of the ventral blades and
between them project the conjunctiva appendages. These append-
ages are present and well developed in Beloncharis, while the ventral
blades are entirely wanting. In the sulcipes group the conjunctiva
appendages are short and do not extend beyond the ventral blades,
but in the other groups they are longer and have a characteristic ap-
pearance for each. Those of Belonocharis are well developed and
stand almost at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the a?deagus.
The identity of the grossii-s group is readily established by the ap-
pearance of these appendages, which are slender, long, and bent
dorso-cephalad until they point in almost the same direction as the
longitudinal axis of the aedeagus. The shape of the unchitinized part
of the aedeagus depends much on the relaxing, and cannot be relied
upon for specific characters.
Pygofer Hooks. It will be noted that the latero-posterior angles
of the pygofer in Scolops have been drawn out and folded laterally,
so that a stout, heavily chitinized hook has been fonned. Belono-
charis docs not have such a hook, for while the latero-posterior angles
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 425
have been drawn out, no lateral bending has taken place. These
hooks, in general appearance and relative position with respect to the
pygofer, offer auxiliary characters that are of value in placing a
species systematically.
Parameres. These are a pair of appendages that lie on either side
of the aedeagus, inclosing it laterally and ventrally when it is not in
use. The lateral hooks on these appendages are not set so far
caudad in Belonockaris as in Scolops. The parameres offer char-
acters in shape and appearance that are constant for the species.
Anal Plate. The tenth (X) abdominal segment constitutes a
flattened, bilobed organ which has been designated as the anal plate.
Attached to the eleventh (XI) segment is the telson (anal style).
The anal plate is more or less bifid dorsad, folded somewhat vent-
rally, forming a dorsal covering over the aedeagus and parameres
when the genitalia are not in use. This organ offers characters in
outline that are of specific value, but fails to show group differences.
(See PI. LXIII, Fig. 5.)
SPECIES IN SYNONYMY.
With a large series of specimens available for examination, repre-
senting S. spurciis Uhler and S. desiccatus Uhler, it became increas-
ingly difficult to determine the dividing line between the two. Nu-
merous specimens were studied from north, south, east and west;
and one extreme, represented by *S. spurcus, gradually graded over
into the other, represented by S. desiccatus, when external characters
were used. An examination of the male genitalia of a long series of
specimens taken from both extremes disclosed no essential specific
differences. It appeared that Uhler had described as two distinct
species the extremes of a widely distributed species as represented
by a brachypterous form from Texas and a macropterous form from
Maryland.
To carry the studies to their final conclusion, the types were se-
cured from the National Museum. Uhler had made females holo-
types ; but along with these came males from the same localities as
the types and of the same form, bearing determination labels in the
same handwriting as that on the type labels. These male specimens
were prepared for study, and lateral views of the opened genitalia
were drawn. When these drawings were compared they proved to
be nearly identical. With the genitalia as a working base the species
was studied in greater detail, and the following conclusions were
reached: The species is a widely varying one, both as regards body
426 The University Science Bulletin.
size and color density. The color pattern remains essentially the
same as do the proportionate body measurements. The apparent
size of the insect varies much, due partly to the appearance of a
number of macropterous individuals and undersized brachypterous
males. Certain specimens appear almost black, while others have a
yellowish-grey appearance. A careful examination shows the differ-
ence to be almost wholly a matter of color density, the pattern re-
maining essentially the same. Scolops desiccatus then is a synonym
of S. spurcus.
About the time these studies were finished Mr. Z. P. Metcalf for-
warded for study the holotype of his >S. parvuhis. When examined
the genitalia of this specimen proved to be almost identical in every
detail with those of S. spurcus Uhler and *S. desiccatus Uhler. Since
this specimen was a small brachypterous male, its actual body meas-
urements would not agree with those given by Uhler for spurcus,
but the color pattern was essentially the same as were the compara-
tive body measurements. When compared with the types of S. spur-
cus and S. desiccatus, outside of being smaller in size, it displayed
no essential specific differences. It, too, is a synonym of S. spurcus
Uhler.
S. spurcus Uhler must be a synonym of Gemiar's pungens. The
following arguments will be cited in support of the above conclusion:
In describing pungens Germar gives its size as half that of Dicty-
ophora pannonica Cruez. Specimens of D. pannonica were meas-
ured, and it was found that the body length was about 12 mm.,
which would give /S. pungens a body length of 6 mm., and Uhler gives
5.5 to 6 mm. as the body length of >S. spurcus. Germar states that S.
pungens has "a slender, upturned stylus a little longer than half the
length of the body, with the apex truncated." Such a description
would fit the frontal process of Uhler's spurcus very well, and does
not contradict his description in the least. The description of the
thorax of S. pungens, while not so detailed, is essentially that of S.
spurcus. Yellowish is given as the ground color of S. pungens, which
would more nearly fit S. desiccatus than ;S. spurcus. In describing
the elytra of S. pungens, Germar states that they are "yellowish,
with white and black points, tlie apical margin variegated with fus-
cous." Such a description would fit the elytra of either S. spurcus or
S. desiccatus.
Kentucky was given as the type locality of S. pungens, and of the
species known to occur there, the description of the process rules out
all but S. sulcipes Say and S. spurcus Uhler. Since the apical mar-
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 427
gins of the elytra of S. siilcipes cannot be considered as being varie-
gated with fuscous, and the tip of the process cannot be considered
truncated, in the sense that it is in *S. spurcus, Germar certainly did
not have S. sulcipes before him when he wrote his description.
Fowler's cockerelli is another species about which much uncer-
tainty has existed. The original description means little or nothing.
Fowler states that his description was based on a single female speci-
men collected on the northern frontier of Mexico, but Mr. W. E.
China, of the British Museum, finds that this specimen is a male.
Specimens of the following species, which seemed to be close to S.
cockerelli, namely, S. maculosus Ball, S. perdix Uhler, S. uhleri Ball,
S. robustus Ball, S. snowi sp. n., and S. austrinus sp. n., were sent to
Mr. China for comparison with the type. Mr. China very graci-
ously made the comparisons requested, and in discussing his findings
wrote: ">S. cockerelli comes nearest to robustus, but the insect is
broader across the base of the tegmina, and the cephalic process is
longer and thicker than in robustus." He also went to the trouble to
prepare many drawings to illustrate the difference that existed be-
tween the type of S. cockerelli and the species sent for comparison.
Dr. F. H. Snow, while on one of his trips into the Southwest, col-
lected many specimens of the insects in this and allied groups, among
them two species of Scolops new to science and a good series of S.
robustus, all of which were secured in Southern Arizona. An ex-
amination of the specimens of S. robustus revealed that they varied
somewhat in size, and that the process became proportionately longer
and stouter as the size increased. It was found that a somewhat
similar variation occurred among the cotypes, but a careful study
of the genitalia of specimens from the extremes removed any doubt
about their not being the same species.
A male specimen of this species, that seemed to represent the ex-
treme in its large size, was found in the entomological collections of
the Kansas State Agricultural College, bearing a simple label marked
"Tex." This specimen was compared with the cotypes of >S. robustus
Ball, and although it presented no essential specific differences, it
was thought that it might represent Fowler's cockerelli. The geni-
talia were found to be identical with those of a cotype specimen of
robustus. A drawing of the lateral view of the genitalia was pre-
pared and sent, together with the specimen, to Mr. China, of the
British Museum. Mr. China was kind enough to relax the type of
cockerelli and to prepare a drawing of its genitalia from the same
view. The drawings are doubtless of the same species. The few dif-
428 The University Science Bulletin.
ferences that exist are due to the fact that the type of S. cockerelli
was not subjected to the same treatment in preparation for study
as had been used with the specimen from Texas. Mr. China
very carefully compared the two specimens and summarized his find-
ings. The differences that he found are immaterial, for the most
part, since the present studies have shown that such can be expected
to be found within the species. The following statements taken from
his letter are important and worthy of record: "Genitalia very
similar to those of S. cockerelli, but there are slight differences
in the parameres. ... In coloring the two specimens are almost
identical." S. cockerelli then is a synonym of S. robustus.
Scolops fumidus (Uhler) exists in both the macropterous and bra-
chypterous forms. The brachypterous form is small and distinctly
oval in appearance, while the macropterous form is larger, with very
long and widely flaring wings. It is evident from Uhler's description
that he had only brachypterous males before him while writing.
Van Duzee's piceiis must be a macropterous female of Uhler's
jumidus. There is so much difference in the size that the mistake
was natural. Both brachypterous and macropterous specimens are
before the writer. That both are the same species there is no doubt.
The macropterous female fits Van Duzee's description, and the
brachyterous male fits Uhler's description, and both will fit either
description very well. S. piceus Van Duzee then is a synonym of
S. fumidus (Uhler).
As a result of these studies the following species new to science
have been added to the genus: S. pruinosus sp. n., 5. snowi sp. n.,
S. austrinus sp. n., S. lundus sp. n., *S. immanis sp. n., S. flavidus
sp. n., ;S. stonei sp. n., and S. flavidus var. pellos var. n.
These studies have also established the following synonymy: S.
parvulu-s Metcalf = S. desiccatus Uhler = S. spurcus Uhler = S.
pungens Germar; S. cockerelli Fowler = S. rohustu^ Ball; and S.
piceus Van Duzee ^ 5. juinidus Uhler.
KEY TO THE SUBG'ENEK.\ OF THE GENUS SCOLOPS.
PAGE
A. Fore and middle tibis not foliaceous, not broader than those of hind legs. Vertex
and pronotuiii in same plane. Eyes approximating pronotum Srolops Schauui, 429
AA. Fore and middle tibia foliaceous. Vertex above plane of jironotum. Eyes distant
from pronotum Belonocharis Uhler, 448
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 429
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT OF THE SUBGENUS SCOLOPS.
key to the genus scolops.
Note. — Cephalic process long; as long as front or longer. Cephalic process stout; three-
fourths as wide as vertex or wider when measured at sulcus.
PAGE
A. Costa and costal cell of elytra with fuscous markings.
B. Veins of corium concolorous.
C. Elytra with numerous cross- veins apically.
D. Longitudinal veins margined with narrow, dark bands; cross- veins
strong, numerous; cephalic process slender S. sulcipes Say, 443
DD. Longitudinal veins margined with fuscous dots in pairs ; cross-
veins weak, less numerous; cephalic process stout, S. osborni Ball, 442
CC. Elytra without numerous cross-veins apically.
E. Cephalic process slender, less than half as wide as vertex
when measured at sulcus ; fore and middle tibiae twice banded
with blackish -fuscous S. austrinus sp. n., 437
EE. Cephalic process stout, three-fourths as wide as vertex when
measured at sulcus; fore and middle tibia; not banded with
fuscous S. vanduzei Ball, 439
BB. Veins of corium not concolorous.
F. Cephalic process long ; form not robust.
G. Cephalic process about one-half as wide as vertex,
sides parallel; form elongate-oval; color brown-
ish S. perdix Uhler, 431
GG. Cephalic process about three- fourths as wide as
vertex, sides divergingly curved posteriorly ; form
broadly oval; color greyish-testaceous to blackish.
S. pungeDg Germar, 438
FF. Cephalic process short ; form robust.
H. Median carina of front ending at sulcus;
process not rugose, not inflated anteriorly.
I. Cephalic process stout, as broad as ver-
tex when measured at sulcus, curved
upward, sides converging anteriorly ;
color yellowish S. hesperius Uhler, 435
II. Cephalic process slender, less than
three- fourths as wide as vertex when
measured at sulcus, straight sides,
nearly parallel ; color fuscous.
S. rohustus Ball, 434
HH. Median earnia of front continuing on pro-
cess to tip ; process rugose, inflated ante-
riorly.
J. Veins of elytra prominently marked
with blackish - fuscous ; color, a rich
brown S. grossus Uhler., 445
JJ. Veins of elytra nearly concolorous,
sometimes faintly marked with
small whitish points ; color, pale
brownish to straw yellowish.
jS. immanis sp. n., 447
AA. ("^osta and costal cell broadly whitish, unmarked.
B. Veins of elytra concolorous.
C. Cephalic process long and stout, as wide as vertex when measured at
sulcus.
D. Process inflated anteriorly ; longitudinal veins of elytra margined
with faint fuscous bands S. luridus sp. n., 440
DD. Sides of process converging anteriorly; longitudinal veins of ely-
tra not margined with fuscous bands S. jiavidus sp. n., 441
430 The University Science Bulletin.
PAGE
CC. Cephalic process short and stout, not as wide as vertex when measured
at sulcus.
E. Elytra covered with a silvery pruinosity ; color light straw-
yellow, faintly marked with fuscous S. pruinosus sp. n., 435
EE. Elytra, a dark reddish-brown; body pale yellowish, un-
marked ; process of male very short and stout, that of female
as in typical S. flavirlus S. flai-idus var. pellos var. n., 442
BB. Veins of elytra not coneolorous.
F. Cephalic process long.
G. Process slender, about two-thirds as wide as ver-
tex when measured at sulcus, sides strictly parallel.
H. Costa, the forks of cubitus, and the first
anal vein broadly white, unmarked ; form
robust S. uhleri Ball. 444
HH. Excepting costa, all veins of elytra marked
alike with brownish -fuscous throughout;
elongate-oval S. stonei sp. n., 432
GG. Process stout, three- fourths as wide as vertex
when measured at sulcus, sides not parallel.
I. Process parallel-margined, often slightly
inflated at tip, elytra maculate with
blackish -fuscous and white.
S. 77iaciilosus Ball, 44G
11. Process tapering anteriorly, elytra red-
di.sh brown /S. snowi sp. n., 433
FF. Cephalic process short.
J. Color, light green; veins of elytra
darker, alternately interrupted with
whitish ; costa paler, greenish.
S. vindis Ball, 430
JJ. Color dark reddish - fuscous ; veins
of elytra irregularly marked with
fuscous; costa conspicuously
broadly white, S. angustatus Uhler, 430
Scolops angustatus Uhler.
(PI. LXIII, Figs. 6, 6a.)
Uhler. Bui. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. : I, p. 350; 1876.
Cephalic process very short, very slender; form elongate-oval; color a dark,
rich, reddish brown; costa broadly white, unmarked.
Structur-al Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process short and slender, straight, shorter than front in ratio of seven to ten,
nan-ower than vertex in ratio of one to three, sides parallel; tip truncate,
polished. Vertex broad, somewhat convex, polished; caudal margin some-
what carinate at extremities, median carina obsolete; lateral margins prom-
inently carinate, convergingly curved till over sulcus, then continuing on
process parallel to tip. Margins of front straight, converging anteriorly, ab-
ruptly constricted to sulcus, then continuing on process parallel to tip; three
carinae of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Lateral
margins of pronotum carinate, straight; submarginal carinse becoming obsolete
anteriorly; caudal margin veiy broadly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center;
central disc broader than long in ratio of four to three ; lateral margins carinate,
very broadly arcuated laterally, convergingly curved anteriorly; median carina
prominent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of nine to seven; lateral
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 431
margins of central disc carinate, median carina faintly indicated. Cubitus and
media forking unequally, both well removed apically from junction of second
and third anal veins, median further back.
Color Characteristics. Beneath, orange yellow, more or less uniformly in-
fuscated; above, a rich, reddish brown. Vertex shining, a pair of blackish-
fuscous spots anteriorly. Front and ventral compartments of process pale
yellowish, lateral compartments of front irrorate with fuscous. Process dark
brown laterally and dorsally, latero-dorsal carinse lightly yellowish. Pronotum
lightly guttate with fuscous; a transverse series of six blackish-fuscous spots
broadly arcuated anteriorly. A piceous-black spot between ventral extremity
of postocular process and eye, none behind antenna, but another ventrad of
center of epipleura. Scutellum guttate with fuscous, a pair of blackish indented
points near apex of disc. Tegulse clouded with fuscous. Elytra usually a rich
brown; veins lighter, interrupted with fuscous; costa broadlj^ white, unmarked;
a light area along the proximal branches of cubitus and media apically; radial
cell darker.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male and female 6 mm.; process, 1
to 1.3 mm.; greatest width, 2.6 to 3 mm.
Specimens are before the writer from many parts of the United States.
Locality Records. British Columbia, Colorado, Connecticut, Dakotas,
District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Iowa, Indiana, Kansas, Louisiana, Mary-
land, Massachusetts, Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Jersey, New York,
Ohio, Oregon. The names in italics are additional to those listed by Van
Duzee.*
Scolops perdix Uhler.
(PI. LXIII, Figs. 7, 7a.)
Uhler. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. : I, p. 400; 1900.
Cephalic process long, very slender, straight; form elongate, elytra narrow,
nearly parallel-sided; general color dark greyish-testaceous.
Structural CharvVcteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and slender, as long as front, a little less than half as wide as
vertex when measure at sulcus, parallel-margined. Vertex convex, shining;
median carina wanting; caudal margin faintly carinate, straight; lateral
margins carinate, prominent, straight, nearly parallel, abruptly converging till
over sulcus, then continuing on process parallel to tip. Lateral margins of
front carinate, straight, nearly parallel, abruptly constricted to sulcus and con-
tinuing on process parallel to tip ; five carinae of front equally prominent, three
middle carinse becoming obsolete before sulcus. Lateral margins of pronotum
carinate, straight; submarginal carinse becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal
margin narrowly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center; central disc as broad
as long; lateral margins carinate, nearly parallel, sinuate mesad near centers,
convergingly rounded anteriorly; median carina present, acute. Scutellum
broader than long in ratio of four to five, margins of central disc carinate,
median carina indicated. Cubitus and media branching unequally, cubitus
near junction of second and third anal veins, media farther back toward apex.
Color Characteristics. Greyish-testaceous, darkly infuscated; elytra grey-
* Van Duzee, E. P. Catalog of The Hemiptera : II Homoptera.
432 The University Science Bulletin.
ish-hyaline, veins whitish, sparingly marked with large blackish-fuscous spots,
costal cell broadly whitish, but always a few fuscous spots on costa. Wings
smoky to hyaline, veins darker. Beneath greyish-testaceous, guttate with
brownish; fore and middle tibiae twice banded with brownish. Vertex shining,
a dark crescentric spot anteriorly, interrupted in center. Front and lateral
compartments of process pale yellowish, immaculate. Sides of pronotum ir-
rorate with blackish fuscous, a piceous-black indented spot each side of median
carina on central disc. Scutellum guttate with blackish-fuscous laterally, a
pair of piceous-black indented points apically. Tegulse darkly clouded with
fuscous. A large piceous-black spot between ventral extremity of postocular
process and ej^e, another behind each antenna, prolonged to postocular process,
and a third ventrad of center of epipleura.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male and female 5.6 mm.; process,
1.6 to 2 mm.; greatest width 2.6 mm.
Locality Records. Arizona, Colorado, District of Columbia, Florida, Illinois,
K(m,sas, Maryland, Massachusetts, Mississippi, New Jerse.y, New York, North
Carolina, South Carolina, Virginia. A fine series of specimens were present
on which to base the redescription. Italics indicates those locality records not
listed by Van Duzee. The Arizona record is questionable and perhaps comes
from the fact that S. snoui sp. n. has been called S. perdix Uhler.
Scolops stonei sp. n.
(PI. LXIII, Figs. 8, 8a.)
In many respects resembling S. uhleri Ball, but much less robust, the elytra
longer and narrower apically, which results in a more slender and apparently
longer insect.
Structural Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and slender, longer than front in ratio of seven to five, two-
thirds as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, nearly parallel-margined,
straight; tip truncate, polished. Vertex convex, narrow, highly polished;
caudal margin faintly carinate, straight ; lateral margins carinate, broadly
arcuated laterally over eyes, prominently sinuate in front of eyes, then contin-
uing on process nearly parallel to tip. Margins of front subparallel, carinate,
sinuate slightly mesad between eyes, constricted somewhat to sulcus, con-
tinuing on process diverging a little toward tip;' five carinae equally prominent,
median carina ending at sulcus. Lateral margins of pronotum carinate,
straight; submarginal carinse becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin
prominently arcuated anteriorly, scarcely incised at center; central disc
broader than long in ratio of seven to six; lateral margins carinate, straight,,
broadly converging anteriorly, median carina prominent. Scutellum broader
than long in ratio of eight to seven, lateral margins of disc carinate, median
carina nearly obsolete. Cubitus and media forking unequally, cubitus near
junction of .second and third anal veins, media well back toward apex.
Color Characteristics. Greenish-white, heavily marked with blackish-
fuscous. Vertex shining, a blackish-fuscous crescent anteriorly, interrupted in
center. Front and ventral compartments of process pale, a little guttate with
brownish; sides of process much darkened with blackish-fuscous, latero-dorsal
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 433
carinae broadly whitish, a blackish-fuscous strip between. Sides of pronotum
heavily guttata with blackish-fuscous, a large, round, piceous-black spot on
central disc each side of median carina. Scutellum guttate with fuscous later-
ally; central disc mostly pale, a pair of blackish indented points near apex.
Tegulse darkly clouded with fuscous. Elytra heavily marked with blackish-
fuscous; veins lighter, interrupted with blackish-fuscous points; costa broadly
white, unmarked. A large, piceous-black spot between postocular process and
eye, another behind each antenna prolonged to that between postocular pro-
cess and eye, a third ventrad of center of epipleura represented only by inden-
tation. Epipleurse heavily and darkly infuscated. Beneath guttate with fuscous.
Fore and middle tibise twice banded fascous.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5.5 mm., female 6 mm.; pro-
cess, male 2 mm., female 2.5 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female 3 mm.
Described from 24 specimens— 20 from Sanford, Fla., E. D. Ball; 2 from
Biloxi, Miss., C. J. Drake; 1 from Wilmington, N. C, Osborn and Metcalf;
and 1 from Georgia in the P. R. Uhler collection; 16 males and 8 females.
Holotype, male; allotype and paratypes in the entomological collections of
the University of Kansas, paratype No. 41,346 in the collections of the
National Museum, paratype in the collection of Z. P. Metcalf, and paratypes
in the collection of E. D. Ball.
Scolops snowi sp. n.
(PI. LXIII, Figs. 9, 9a.)
Resembling S. perdix Uhler, but lighter and more robust, with a longer and
stouter process; elytra dark, fusco-hyaline, veins obsoletely and sparingly
interrupted with whitish; costal border broader and whiter, lacking the black-
ish-fu.scous flecks found in that species.
Structural Chaiucteristics. Head constricted behind eyes. Cephalic pro-
cess long, slender, straight, five-sevenths as wide as vertex when measured at
sulcus, longer than front in ratio of five to four, sides converging anteriorly;
tip truncate, polished. Vertex somewhat convex; caudal margin carinate,
straight; median carina nearly obsolete; lateral margins carinate, acute, arcu-
ated laterally over eyes, sinuate in front of eyes, and continuing on process
nearly parallel to tip. Margins of front converging anteriorly, sinuate mesad
between eyes, abruptly constricted at sulcus, and continuing on process straight
to tip ; five carinse equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Lateral
margins of pronotum carinate, slightly sinuate; submarginal carinae bending
back and joining lateral margins of disc near posterior end; caudal margin
broadly arcuated anteriorly; central disc broader than long in ratio of four to
three; lateral margins carinate, slightly sinuate mesad; median carina promi-
nent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of four to three; lateral margins
of central disc carinate, median carina nearly obsolete. Cubitus and media
forking unequally, cubitus near junction of second and third anal veins, media
well back toward apex.
Color Characteristics. Elytra dark, fusco-hyaline, veins obsoletely and
sparingly interrupted with whitish, a large, blackish-fuscous spot just anterior
to junction of cubitus and media, a row of blackish-fuscous spots on apical
margins, costa broadly white, unmarked. Wings white to brownish, veins
434 The University Science Bulletin.
darker. Beneath pale, yellowish-green, guttate with brownish; fore and middle
tibite twice banded with brown. Vertex shining, a dark crescentric spot an-
teriorly, interiTipted in center. Lateral compartments of front guttate with
brownish, those of process unifoi-mly dark brown; central compartments of
front and process pale yellowish, immaculate. Sides of pronotum somewhat
granulose, guttate with blackish-fuscous; a small black spot each side of me-
dian carina of central disc; another somewhat crescent-shaped, against each
lateral margin on outer side next eye. Scuttellum guttate with brownish; a
pair of small, blackish-fuscous points near apex. A prominent blackish-fus-
cous spot between ventral extremity of postocular process and eye, another
behind each antenna prolonged to postocular process, and a third ventrad of
center of epipleura.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5 mm., female 6 mm.; process,
1.7 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female 3 mm.
Described from 8 specimens from southern Arizona, F. H. Snow; and 4
specimens from Logan canyon, Utah, 2 from Richfield, Utah, and 2 from
Soldier, Utah, E. D. Ball; 10 males and 6 females. Holotype, male; allotype
and paratypes deposited in the entomological collections of the LTniversity of
Kansas; paratypes in the collection of E. D. Ball.
Scolops robustus Ball.
(PI. LXIV, Figs. 1, la.)
Ball. Can. Ent. ; XXXIV, p. 150 ; 1902.
Cockcrelli Fowler. Biol. Centr. Am., Hoinop. : I, p. 122; 1904; Ornithissus.
Body distinctly broadly oval, of a grayish-testaceous color; cephalic process
very short and slender, about half as long as front and not over half as wide
as vertex when measured at sulcus, tapering slightly anteriorly, straight.
Structur.4l Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process short, slender, straight; sides nearly parallel, constricted at immediate
tip ; tip truncate, polished. Vertex very moderately convex, caudal margin not
carinate, median carina obsolete; lateral margins carinate, acute, flattened
laterally over eyes, abruptly constricted till over sulcus, then continuing on
process nearly parallel to tip. Margins of front converging anteriorly, abruptly
constricted to sulcus, continuing on process nearly parallel to tip; five carinae
of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Lateral margins
of pronotum carinate, broadly rounded, submarginal carinse becoming obsolete
anteriorlj^; caudal margin broadly arcuated anteriorly, very slightly incised
at center; central disc broader than long in the ratio of four to three, lateral
margins convergingly curved anteriorly, median carina prominent. Scutellum
broader than long in ratio of five to three, lateral margins of central disc carin-
ate, median carina usually obsolete or nearly so. Cubitus and media of corium
usually forking equally near junction of second and third anal veins.
Color Char-vcteristics. Greyish-testaceous above and below, more or less
guttate with brownish; elytra yellowish-hyaline, irregularly marked with fus-
cous blotches along veins; veins prominent, lighter, seldomly interrupted with
blackish fuscous, conspicuously lighter anterior to forking of cubitus and me-
dia; costal vein and cell mostly whitish, basal half of costal cell suffused with
brown toward base; wings whitish, diaphanous. Fore and middle tibiae banded
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 435
with fuscous. Vertex shining, a pair of small blackish spots anteriorly. Pro-
cess gi'eenish or smokj^ the carinse pale. Lateral compartments of front and
process guttate with brown which becomes denser and darker anteriorly, cen-
tral compartments unmarked. Pronotum distinctlj^ lighter, sides marked with
blackish-fuscous spots, a large, round, pitch-black spot each side of median
carina of central disc. Scutellum guttate with blackish-fuscous laterally, central
disc pale yellowish, a pair of blackish indented points near apex. A small,
round, blackish-fuscous spot between ventral extremity of postocular process
and eye. Epipleura heavily guttate with blackish-fuscous.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.3 to 4.6 mm., female 5.3 mm.;
process, male 1 mm., female 1.15 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female
2.6 mm.
The writer had before him specimens from Arizona, Colorado, Kansas, Ne-
braska, Texas and Utah. To this list must be added Mexico, the type lo-
calitj' of Fowler's cockerelli. The only locality record listed by Van Duzee for
Balls robustus is Colorado. The series of specimens used in writing this de-
scription contained 6 cotype specimens of S. robiMStus Ball. Elsewhere in this
paper the synonymy of these species has been adequately discussed.
Scolops pndnosus sp. n.
(PI. LXIV, Figs. 2, 2a.)
Resembling S. robustus Ball in form and somewhat in appearance, but larger
and lighter, with a longer and stouter process, and covered with a distinct
pruinosity that persists.
Structur-al Char.acteristics. Head somewhat constricted behind eyes.
Cephalic process short and stout, three-fourths as wide as vertex when measured
at sulcus, shorter than front in ratio of eight to eleven, and tapering but
slightly to tip; tip truncate, transversely carinate on doi-sal margin. Vertex
slightly convex, shining; caudal margin straight, slightly carinate; median
carina present, obtuse, sometimes appearing to extend as faint light line on
process; lateral margins carinate, prominent, slightly arcuated laterally over
ej'es, sinuate in front of eyes, and continuing on process nearly parallel tip to
tip; tip transversely carinate on dorsal margin. Margins of front subparallel,
carinate, abruptly constricted to sulcus; five carinse equallj^ prominent, median
carina fading out at sulcus. Lateral margins of pronotum carinate, straight ;
submarginal carinse bending back to lateral margins of disc at centers; caudal
margin broadly arcuated anteriorly; central disc broader than long in ratio of
four to three, lateral margins carinate, arcuated laterally, median carina
prominent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of five to three; margins of
central disc carinate, median carina present. Cubitus and media forking about
equally near junction of second and third anal veins, media5+4 forking again
before apex.
Color Characteristics. Light straw yellow, faintly guttate with fuscous,
elytra covered with a silvery pruinosity; the large, round, pitch-black spots on
disc of pronotum conspicuous; beneath, pale, guttage with faint brownish.
Vertex shining, a blackish-fuscous spot each side of median carina anteriorly.
Lateral compartments of front and process made darker by irregular patches
and spots of blackish-fuscous, which increases in density toward tip of process,
making it much darker laterally and anteriorly. Central compartments of
436 The University Science Bulletin.
process pale, immaculate. Sides of pronotum irregularly marked with blackish-
fuscous; a large, round, piceous-black spot on central disc each side of median
carina, another of irregular shape against each lateral margin on outer side next
eye. A pair of black, indented points near apex of scutellum; sides of scutel-
lum irregularly marked with blackish-fuscous. A prominent black spot between
ventral extremity of postocular process and eye, another behind each antenna,
and a third ventrad of center of epipleura. Veins of elytra concolorous, mar-
gined each side with faint, irregularly placed, fuscous spots, a row of fuscous
dots on apical margin; costal border broadly white, unmarked. Fore and
middle tibiae faintly twice banded with fuscous.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5.3 mm., female 7 mm.; process
1.6 mm.; greatest width, male 2.6 mm., female 3.3 mm.
Described from 7 specimens taken at Wray and Julesburg, Colo., E. D. Ball;
2 males and 5 females. Holotype, male; allotype and paratypes deposited in
the entomological collections of the University of Kansas, paratypes in the
collection of E. D. Ball, and paratype in the collections of the Colorado State
Agricultural College. The silvery pruinosity of this insect seems to be a unique
character for the genus.
Scolops viridis Ball.
(PI. LXIV, Figs. 3, 3a.)
Ball. Can. Ent. : XXXIV, p. 149; 1902.
Cephalic process long and very slender, parallel-margined; of much the
same form as S. perdix Uliler, but larger; color light green, veins of elytra
marked with pale smoky spots.
Structural Charactteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and slender, a little longer than front and not more than half as
wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, parallel-margined, sometimes ap-
pearing a little inflated at tip; tip truncate, polished. Vertex broad, convex,
polished; caudal margin faintly carinate, straight; lateral margins carinate,
acute, nearly straight, subparallel, converging till over sulcus, then diverging
a little and continuing on process parallel to tip. Margins of front nearly
straight, subparallel, faintly carinate, abruptly constricted to sulcus and con-
tinuing on process nearly parallel to tip; three middle carinse equally
prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Pronotum somewhat wrinkled,
lateral margins faintly carinate, broadly rounded; submarginal carinse becoming
obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin broadly arcuated anteriorl.y, incised at cen-
ter; central disc broader than long in ratio of four to three; lateral margins
carinate, straight, converging a little anteriorly, median carina present, obtuse.
Scutellum broader than long in ratio of four to three; lateral margins of central
disc carinate, median carina only indicated. Cubitus and media usually fork-
ing about equally near junction of second and third anal veins.
Color Characteristics. Light green, irrorate with smoky-fuscous; veins
of elytra bright green, alternately interrupted with whitish and pale smoky-
fuscous; costa very pale green, unmarked. A pair of black spots on disc of
pronotum, another on scutellum apically. Wings whitish, diaphanous.
Len(7th. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5 mm., female 5.6 mm.; process
1.6 to 2 mm.; greatest width 2.6 mm.
Description based on numerous specimens from Colorado and Utah, includ-
ing 5 cotypes. The Utah record is additional to that listed by Van Duzee.
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 437
Scolops austrinus sp. n.
(PI. LXIV, Figs. 4, 4a.)
Resembling S. robustus Ball somewhat in appearance, but lighter, and larger,
with longer wings which results in a less globular appearance, and with a much
longer process.
Structural Char.\cteristics. Head constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long, slender, less than half as wide as vertex measured at sulcus, as
long as front, parallel-sided, and usually bent upward; tip truncate, polished.
Vertex convex, broad, highly polished; caudal margin slightly carinate at
extremities; median carina obsolete; lateral margins carinate, prominent,
arcuated laterally over eyes, prominently sinuate in front of ey6s, and con-
tinuing on process parallel to tip. Margins of front somewhat carinate, con-
verging anteriorly, abruptly constricted to sulcus, continuing on process straight
to tip; three carinse of front equally prominent, median carina of front con-
tinuing beyond sulcus for a short distance. Lateral margins of pronotum
carinate, straight; submarginal carinse bending back toward lateral margins of
central disc; caudal margin broadly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center;
central disc as broad as long; lateral margins carinate, broadly converging
anteriorly, median carina prominent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of
five to three; central disc flat, lateral margins somewhat carinate, median
carina absent. Cubitus and media forking somewhat unequally near junction
of second and third anal veins, media before cubitus.
Color Char.\cteristics. Pale straw yellow or tarnished ivory, lightly guttate
with brownish and sparingly marked with blackish-fuscous. Vertex glossy, a
blackish-fuscous spot anteriorly, usually interrupted in center. Front and ven-
tral compartments of i)rocess pale, nearly immaculate; lateroventral carinse
of process dark, broadly bordered with blackish-fuscous; latero-dorsal carinas
broadly light, a blackish-fuscous strip between. Sides of pronotum heavily
marked with blackish-fuscous; a large, round, piceous-black sj^ot on central
disc each side of median carina. Scutellum guttate with fuscous laterally;
central disc pale, unmarked, except for pair of blackish indented points near
apex. Tegulse clouded with fuscous. A large, piceous-black spot between
postocular process and eye, another behind each antenna, prolonged to dark
markings on pronotum, a third that varies in prominence ventrad in center of
epipleura. Veins of elj'tra lighter, concolorous, usually margined each side with
minute fuscous spots; apical areoles heavily marked with brownish. Wings
fusco-diaphanous, veins lighter. Fore and middle tibiae heavily twice banded
with blackish-fuscous.
Length. From sulcus to lip of telson, male 5 mm., female 6 mm.; process,
male L15 mm., female 1.3 mm.; greatest width, male 2.6 mm., female 3 mm.
Described from 5 .specimens from Tucson, Ariz., F. H. Snow; 2 from Tucson,
Ariz., C. N. Ainslie, in the collection of Herbert Osborn; and 9 from Nogales,
Ariz., F. W. Nunenmacher, in the collection of W. J. Gerhard; 8 males and
8 females. Holotj'pe, male; allotype and paratypes deposited in the entomo-
logical collections of the University of Kansas. Paratypes in the collections
of Herbert Osborn and W. J. Gerhard.
438 The University Science Bulletin.
Scolops pungens (Germar).
(PL LXIV, Figs. 5, 5a.)
Germar. Thon's Ent. Archiv. : II, p. 47: 1S30 ; Flata.
Spzircus Uhler. Tran,?. Md. Acad. Sci. : I, p. 403 ; 1900.
Desiccatus Uhler. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. : I, p. 407; 1900.
Parvulus Metcalf. Jl. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. ; XXXVIII, p. 175; 1923.
Brachypterous form broadly oval; macropterous form elongate, elytra nearly
parallel-margined, flaring posteriorly; process long, stout, upturned; color, dull,
smoky-whitish to greyish-testaceous, evenly peppered with dark fuscous points.
Structural Ch.\r.acteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long, usually longer than front in ratio of six to five, stout, not more
than three-fourths as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, upturned,
tapering gently toward tip. Vertex convex, shining; caudal margin not cari-
nate; lateral margins carinate, prominent, arcuated laterally over eyes, sinuate
in front of eyes, diverging till over sulcus, then converging again and continu-
ing on process subparallel to tip; tip truncate, polished, transversely carinate
on dorsal margin. Margins of front nearly straight, converging anteriorly,
abruptly constricted to sulcus and continuing on process converging a little
to tip; five carinse of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus.
Lateral margins of pronotuni carinate, broadly rounding anteriorly; submar-
ginal carinse becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin broadly arcuated
anteriorly, incised at center; central disc broader than long in ratio of four to
three; lateral margins carinate, converging rapidly anteriorly; median carina
present, prominent. Scutelliuri broader than long in ratio of four to three;
lateral margins of central disc usually carinate, median carina sometimes
present, usually indicated. Cubitus and media branching about equallj^ near
junction of second and third anal veins, media usualty a little anterior to
cubitus.
Color Ch.^racteristics. Dull, smoky-whitish to greyish-testaceous, fresh
specimens often showing greenish, evenly peppered above and below with
minute, dark, fuscous flecks, which var.y greatly in density, causing some
specimens to appear almost black, others a solid yellow. Veins of elytra
saddled with small fuscous markings of even distribution. Vertex shining,
infuscated anteriorly, sometimes entirely' darkened. Brownish marks on pro-
notum increase in density laterally resulting in piceous-black callosities behind
eyes. All geminate indentations present, pitch-black.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.6 to 6 mm., female 5.3 to 6.3
mm.; process, male L15 to 2 mm., female 1.6 to 2.3 mm.; greatest width, male
2.3 to 3 mm., female 2.6 to 3.3 mm.
The above description is based on a very long series of specimens from
various parts of the United States and Mexico. The Mexican record consists
in a specimen taken at Monterey, Mexico, in the entomological collections of
the Illinois Natural History Survey. The synonj-my of this species has been
adequately discussed elsewhere.
Locality Records. Colorado, District of Columbia, Florida, Illinois, Indiana,
Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mexico, Mississippi, Missouri,
Nebraska, New Jereey, North Carolina, North Dakota. Ohio, Pennsylvania,
South Carolina, Texas, Wiscoyisin. Italics indicates locality records not listed
bv Van Duzee.
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 439
Scolops hesperius Uhler.
(PI. LXIV, Figs. 6, 6a.)
Uhler. Bui. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. : I, p. 349; 1876.
Cephalic process short and very stout, tapering anteriorly, bent upward;
form robust; color pale yellowish, veins of elytra dotted with fuscous.
Structural Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process short and stout, shorter than front and as wide, or wider, than ver-
tex when measured at sulcus. Vertex scarcely convex, slightly wrinkled, me-
dian carina sometimes indicated; caudal margin faintly carinate, arcuated a
little anteriorly; lateral margins prominently carinate, nearly straight, con-
tinuing on process converging to tip. Lateral margins of front nearly straight,
carinate, sinuate a little mesad between eyes, subparallel, constricted a little
to sulcus, continuing on process converging a little toward tip; three median
carinae of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Pronotum
granulose; lateral margins carinate, broadly rounded; submarginal carinae be-
coming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin broadly arcuated anteriorly, in-
cised at center; central disc as broad as long; lateral margins carinate, nearly
straight, sinuate a little mesad, converging anteriorly; median carina present,
acute. Scutellum smooth, broader than long in ratio of three to two, lateral
margins carinate, median carina usually indicated. Cubitus and media forking
equally near junction of second and third anal veins.
Color Characteristics. Pale yellowish, more or less tinged with fuscous;
geminate indentations present, but uncolored; front and process pale yel-
lowish, sometimes yellowish-green, unmarked; eyes usually reddish; legs longi-
tudinally striped with fuscous; pronotum and scutellum somewhat guttate with
fuscous; veins of elytra dotted and spotted with fuscous; wings white.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 6 mm., female 6.6 mm.; process,
1.6 mm.; greatest width, 3 mm.
In describing this species specimens have been examined from California,
Colorado, Ka)isas, Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota, and Texas. In ad-
dition to this list Van Duzee adds Idaho. Italics indicate locality records not
listed by Van Duzee.
Scolops vanduzei Ball.
(PI. LXIV, Figs. 7, 7a.)
Ball. Can. Ent. : XXXIV, p. 150; 1902.
Cephalic process long and very stout, bent upward; form broadly oval;
color yellowish-testaceous, veins of elytra light, margined each side with nar-
row nearly continuous fuscous stripes.
Structural Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and stout, as long as front and very nearly as wide as vertex when
measured at sulcus. Vertex convex; median carina present, obtuse; caudal
margin slightly carinate, straight; lateral margins carinate, acute, arcuated
laterally over eyes and continuing on process converging a little toward tip;
tip truncate, transversely carinate on dorsal margin. Lateral margins of front
carinate, subparallel, constricted a little to sulcus, then continuing on process
parallel to tip, abruptly converged at immediate tip; five carinse of front
equally prominent; median carina continuing on process to tip, faint. Pro-
28—3341
440 The University Science Bulletin.
notiim a little graniilose; lateral margins carinate, broadly rounded; submarginal
carinse bending back to lateral margins of central disc caiidad of centers; cau-
dal margin broadly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center; central disc broader
than long in ratio of four to three, lateral margins carinate, nearlj^ straight,
converging anteriorly; median carina present, acute. Scutellum broader than
long in ratio of four to three; margins of central disc carinate, median carma
only indicated. Cubitus and media forking unequally cubitus near junction
of second and third anal veins, media usually a little farther back on corium.
Color Ch.\r.\cteristics. Yellowish-testaceous, a little guttate with fuscous.
Vertex shining, a jiiceous-black crescentic spot anteriorly ; a pair of small
deeply indented points, piceous-black in color, on disc of jironotiuii, another
on scutellum apically. A piceous-black spot between postocular process and
eye. another behind each antenna, minute, and a third ventrad of center of
epipleura. Front pale j^ellowish, immaculate; lateral compartments of process
guttate with blackish-fuscous which increases in density anteriorly. Legs longi-
tudinally striped with fuscous. Veins of elytra concolorous, margined each side
with narrow, nearly continuous stripes. Wings white, diaphanous.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5 mm., female 6 mm.; process,
L6 mm.; greatest width, 2.6 mm.
Descrii:>tion based on specimens from Colorado and Nebraska, including 4
cotypes. A specimen from Colorado is unusually dark due to an increase in
the density of the fuscous markings. The Colorado record is an addition to
the record given by Van Duzee.
Scolops luridiis sp. n.
(PI. LXV. Fips. 1, la.)
Resembling *S. hcsperiiis Uhler somewhat in form and ajipeai'ance, but lighter
and larger, distinctly lurid, nearly concolorous, a few dark markings in apical
areas of elytra, and with a longer and stouter process.
Structural Char.acteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long, as long as front, and as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus,
straight, appearing somewhat inflated; tip truncate, polished. Vertex very
slightly convex, finely wrinkled; caudal margin straight, carinate; median cari-
nate; median carina present, obtuse; lateral margins carinate, acute, very
slightly arcuated laterally over eyes, sinuate in fi'ont of eyes, and continuing
on process nearly parallel to tip. Margins of front somewhat carinate, nearly
parallel, constricted somewhat to sulcus, diverging anteriorly on process and
con\erging again near tip, producing an inflated appearance; three carinjB
equally prominent; median carina continuing on process nearly to tip. Lateral
margins of pronotum somewhat carinate, straight; submarginal carinse bending
back and joining lateral margins of cential disc caudad of center; caudal mar-
gin narrowly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center; central disc nearly as broad
as long; lateral margins carinate, nearly parallel, convergingly rounded an-
teriorly; median carina prominent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of
three to two; margins of central disc carinate, median carina nearly obsolete.
Cubitus and media forking about equally near junction of second and third
anal veins.
Color Characteristics. Brightly lurid above and below, veiy nearl}^ con-
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 441
colorous, often with leddi.-h or greenish casts, eyes distinctly- reddish, A'eins
of elytra concolorous, fuscous areas limited to faint, narrow bands bordering
longitudinal veins and to apical areoles. Costa broadly white, unmarked.
Wings smoky; veins dark, bordered with w'hite.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 6 mm., female 7 mm.; process,
male 1.6 mm., female 2 mm.; greatest width, male 3 mm., female 3.3 mm.
Described from 18 specimens mostly from Sumner county, Kansas, E. P.
Breakey; and 2 from Riley county, Kansas, G. A. Dean; 14 males and 6 fe-
males. Holotype, male; allotype and paratypes deposited in the entomo-
logical collections of the University of Kansas, and paratypes in the entomo-
logical collections of the Kansas State Agricultural College. The nearly con-
colorous appearance of this species together with its lurid color, its large size,
and inflated appearance of its process, ought to aid materially in its de-
termination.
Scolops flavidus sp. n.
(PI. LXV, Figs. 2, 2a.)
Of niU(li ihe same appearance as S. luridus Breakey, l)ut smaller and lighter,
with a long and stout pioce s that tajjcrs rapidly to the ti]). giving it a pointed
aitpcarance.
Stki'ctuu.al Ch.\i;.\(tei{istics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and stout, long-n- than front in ratio of six to five, three-fourths
as wide as vertex wlnni ineasui-ed at sulcus, straight, sides converging rapidly
to tip; tip narrow(>d almost to vertical, obtuse carina. Vertex nearly flat, very
finely wrinkled: caudal margin straight, somewhat carinate; median carina
scarcely visible; lateral margins carinate, acute, nearl.y straight, converging
slightly anteriorly, flattened laterally over eyes, and continuing on process
straight to tip. Margins of front carinate. nearly straight, constricted somewhat
beyond sulcus, and continuing on process as rapidly converging, straight lines
to tip; submargina! carime i)arallcling those of margins to sulcus, then diverg-
ing somewhat to tip; median carina becoming obsolete on process. Lateral
margins of luonotum somewhat carinate, straight; submarginal carina be-
coming obsolete anteriorly; cavulal margin broadly arcuated anteriorly, in-
cised at center; central disc broader than long in ratio of four to three; lateral
margins carinate, nearly straight, broadly converging anteriorly, often slightly-
sinuate mesad in posterior half; a carina originating from each at this point,
I)rojecting mesad, and becoming obsolete near median keel. Scutellum broader
than long in ratio of five to three; margins of central disc carinate, median
carina nearly obsolete. Cubitus and media forking unequally, the points of
branching forming an oblique line across corium with junction of the second
and third anal veins.
Color Characteristics. Pale yellow, almost completely devoid of darker
marking?. The most nearly concolorous species yet known for the genus.
Some specimens with a fuscous cloud near the origin of media and cubitus.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5.3 mm., female 6.3 mm.; pro-
cess, male 1.6 mm., female 2 mm.; greatest width, male 3 mm., female 3.6 mm.
Described from 7 specimens from Eugene, Oregon, J. A. Hyslop, 4 males
and 3 females, in the collection of Herbert Osborn. Allotype and paratypes in
the entomological collections of the University of Kansas.
442 The University Science Bulletin.
Scolops fiavidus var. pellos var. n.
(PI. LXV, Figs. 5, 5a.)
Resembling S. flavidm Breakey somewhat in form, but smaller, and in gen-
eral appearance darker, the pale yellowish body presenting a marked contrast
to the dark, reddish-brown elytra.
Structural Characteriistics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process of male short, shorter than front in ratio of two to three, stout, three-
fourths as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, straight; that of female
long, longer than front in ratio of five to three; stout, very nearly as wide as
vertex when measured at sulcus, straight. Vertex nearly fiat; caudal margin
carinate, straight ; median carina present, obtuse, continuing on process as light
line; lateral margins carinate, acute, nearly straight, sinuate in front of eyes,
continuing on process straight to tip, converging at immediate tip ; tip truncate,
polished. Margins of front nearly straight, carinate, subparallel, somewhat
sinuate between eyes, constricted slightly to sulcus, and continuing on process
nearly parallel to tip. Lateral margins of pronotum somewhat carinate, broadly
rounded, submarginal carinse becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin
broadly arcuated anteriorly, and incised at center. Central disc very nearly
as broad as long; lateral margins carinate, sinuate mesad in posterior half,
a carina originating from each at this point, projecting mesad, and becoming
obsolete near median keel. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of four to
three, margins of central disc carinate, median carina nearly obsolete. Cubitus
and media forking unequally, cubitus near junction of second and third anal
veins, media farther back on corium.
Color Char.\cteristics. Body mostlj^ of a bright, pale straw yellow; elytra
of a bright, nearly uniform, reddish-brown; costa broadly yellowish-white, un-
marked. Lateral and dorsal surfaces of process stained with reddish-brown,
which increases in density anteriorly. Legs somewhat stained with reddish-
brown. Wings uniformly whitish, diaphanous.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.6 mm., female 5.3 mm.; pro-
cess, male 1 mm., female 2 mm.; greatest width, male 2.6 mm., female 3 mm.
Described from two specimens from Eugene, Ore., J. A. Hyslop, in the col-
lection of Herbert Osborn. Holotype, male; holotype in the collection of
Herbert Osborn, allotype in the entomological collections of the University of
Kansas. The reddish-brown elytra of this insect on the bright, yellowish
body, together with the marked structural differences in the process of the
sexes, should aid materially in its determination.
Scolops osborni Ball.
(PI. LXV, Figs. 4, 4a.)
Ball. Can. Ent. : XXXIV, p. 147; 1902.
Largest species of the genus; form broadly oval; color very pale yellowish;
cephalic process very long and stout, bent upward, and tapering anteriorly to
a thick point.
Structural Characteristics. Head constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and stout, a little longer than front, as wide as vertex when
measured at sulcus, and regularly tapering anteriorly. Vertex convex, slightly
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 443
wrinkled, median carina present, obtuse; caudal margin carinate straight; lat-
eral margins carinate, prominent, arcuated a little laterally over eyes, con-
tinuing on process converging to tip. Lateral margins of front straight, sub-
parallel, constricted a little to sulcus and continuing on process, converging a
little toward tip. Lateral margins of pronotum carinate, slightly sinuate
mesad; submarginal carinse becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin
broadly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center; central disc as broad as long,
lateral margins carinate, sinuate mesad at centers, broadly rounding anteriorly,
median carina present, acute. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of three to
two; lateral margins of central disc carinate, carinse abruptly bent mesad and
united anteriorly; median carina wanting. Veins of elytra doubly furcate,
reticulations numerous apically.
Color Ch.'VR-acteuistics.' Elytra pale yellowish, veins concolorous, margined
each side with regularly placed pairs of fuscous dots. Wings whitish, veins
darker. Beneath j-ellowish, heavil}'' infuscated. Fore and middle tibiae twice
banded with blackish-fuscous. Front and process yellow, nearly immaculate;
pronotum and scutellum yellowish, tinged with green, lightly infuscated; a
large pitch-black spot behind each ej'e of nearly same diameter as eye, a
transverse scries of four small pitch-black spots on scutellum, arcuated pos-
teriori}'. Tegulse infuscated.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 7 mm., female 10 mm.; process,
2.3 mm.; greatest width, 3.3 to 3.6 mm.
Description based on a fine series of specimens from Kansas and Nebraska.
In his original description of the species Ball records Ohio as a locality record.
The Nebraska record is an addition to the records given by Van Duzee.
Scolops sulcipes (Say),
(PI. LXV, Figs. 3, 3a.)
Say. Jl. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. : IV, p. 335; 1S25; Fulgora.
Cephalic process very long, upturned, tapering to a slender point; elytra
denseb' reticulated apically; color grayish-testaceous to reddish-brown; veins
of elytra lighter, margined each side with blackish-fuscous bands.
Structural Characteristics. Head constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long, longer than front in ratio of five to seven, nearly as wide as ver-
tex when measured at sulcus, sides nearly straight and converging anteriorly to
a slender point. Margins of front carinate, usually straight, subparallel; five
carinse of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Vertex
scarcely convex, shining; caudal margin faintly carinate at extremities; lateral
margins carinate, straight, converging anteriorly and continuing on process
nearly straight to tip. Lateral margins of pronotum carinate, broadly rounded
anteriorly; submarginal carinse becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin
arcuated narrowly anteriorly, incised at center; central disc narrow, a little
more than three-fourths as broad as long, lateral margins carinate, nearly
parallel, sinuate mesad near centers; median carina present, acute. Scutellum
broader than long in ratio of five to three, margins of central disc carinate,
median carina only indicated. Brachypterous form broadly oval ; macropterous
form elongate-oval, elj'tra nearly parallel-margined, flaring posteriorly.
Color Characteristics. Heavily infuscated above and below. Cephalic
444 The University Science Bulletin.
process blackish-fuscous, carinas pale yellowish. A pair of blackish-fuscous
points on vertex anteriorly, another on disc of pronotum, and a third apically
on disc of scutellum. A large piceous-black callosity behind each eye, and a
smaller one behind each antenna; piceous-black spots between postocular
processes and eyes and ventrad of centers of epipleuree. Fore and middle
tibia? twice banded with blackish-fuscous. Veins of elytra concolorous, mar-
gined each side with blackish-fuscous bands.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.6 to 6 mm., female 6-7 mm.;
process. 1.6 to 2 mm.; greatest width, male 2.6 to 3 mm., female 3-4 mm.
The above description is based on a very long series of specimens from the
United States and Canada.
LocALiTy Records. Arizona, British Columbia, Colorado, Connecticut, Dis-
trict oj Columbia, Florida, Illinois, Iowa, Kansas, Manitoba, Maine, Mary-
land, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, New Jersey, New York, New Mexico,
North Carolina. North Dakota, Ohio, Ontario. Oregon, Pennsylvania, Quebec,
Rhode Island, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Washington, Wisconsin. Italics indicate
locality records not listed by Van Duzee.
Scolops iihleri Ball.
(PI. LXV, Figs. 6, 6a.)
Ball. CaiiEnt.: XXXIV, p. 148; 1902.
Cephalic process very long, nearly half longer than front, parallel-margined,
about half as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus; form robust; elytra
short, broadly rounded apically; general coloring dark brown, longitudinally
marked with whitish bars on elytra.
Structural Characteristics. Head constricted behind eyes. Cephalic pro-
cess long and slender, longer than front in ratio of seven to five, a little wider
than vertex when measured at sulcus, parallel-margined; tip truncate, polished.
Vertex convex, broad, highly polished; caudal margin not carinate; lateral
margins crainate, arcuated laterally ever eyes, sinuate in front of eyes, continu-
ing on process parallel to tip. Margins of front carinate, converging anteriorly,
sinuate mesad between eyes, constricted somewhat to sulcus, continuing on
process, diverging slightly toward tip, constricted at immediate tip; three
carince of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus.. Pronotum
veiy short, very broadly arcuated anteriorly; lateral margins faintly carinate,
Straiglht ; submawginal carinse becoming absolete anteriorly ; central disc
broader than long in ratio of four to three; lateral margins carinate, converg-
ing anteriorly, sinuate mesad, broadly rounding anteriorly; median carina
prominent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of three to two, lateral
margins of disc carinate, median carina obsolete. Elytra broadly rounded
apically; cubitus and media forking imequally, both well removed apically
from junction of second and third anal veins, media further back.
Color Characteristics. Beneath, pale soiled yellow; above, darker, longi-
tudinally marked with whitish bars. Vertex shining, a blackish-fuscous cres-
cent anteriorly, interrupted in center. Front and ventral compartments of
proees.s pale yellowish, a httle guttate with fuscous; sides of process much
darkened with blackish-fuscous; latero-dorsal carintp broadly whitish, a dark
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 445
strip between. Sides of pronotum a little guttate with blackish-fuscous; a
large, round, piceous-black spot on central disc each side of median carina.
Scutellum guttate with fuscous, a pair of blackish indented points near apex
of disc. Tegulae usually clouded with fuscous. Elytra mostly dark brown;
costa and radius broadly white, unmarked; both branches of cubitus and
third anal vein broadly white, unmarked; remaining veins broadly dark brown,
interrupted with small whitish points. Ventral halves of epipleuraj heavily
infuscated. A piceous-black spot between postocular process and eye, a
large one of irregular sha]ie behind each antennae, prolonged dorsally, a third
\entrad of centers of epipleurae. Beneath somewhat infuscated.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.3 mm., female 5 mm.; pro-
cess, male 2 mm., female 2.3 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female 2.6 mm.
The writer had before him specimens from Colorado and Utah, including
4 type specimens. A s])ecimen from Utah is ver>^ lightly colored, the fuscous
markings being very dim, but the color pattern is typical of the species,
and an e.xamination of the genitalia definitely places it systematically.
Locality Recohd. Arizona, Colorado, and Utah. At present the range
of the species is limited to the Rocky Mountain states.
Scolops grossus Uhler.
(PI. LXVI, Fig.s. 2, 2a.)
Uhler. Bui. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv. : I, p. 3:>0 ; 1870.
Cephalic process very stout, rugose, heavily guttate with brownish ; form
robust; color a rich brown to yellowish; veins of elytra coarse, prominently
marked with blackish fuscous.
STiutTURAL Cn.AiutTERisTics. Head somewhat constricted behind eyes.
Cephalic process short and stout, shorter than front in ratio of five to six, very
nearly as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, somewhat inflated toward
tip, constricted at immediate tip, bent upward, rugose; tip prominently ver-
tically carinate. Vertex nearly flat, rugose; caudal margin somewhat carinate,
arcuated a little anteriorly; lateral margins carinate, flattened laterally over
eyes, sinuate in fiont of eyes, diverged till o\er sulcus, continuing on process
nearly parallel, then converged at immediate tip. Margins of front carinate;
those of female subparallcl, those of male converged anteriorly; sinuate mesad
between eyes, constricted somewhat to sulcus, continuing on process diverging,
then quickly constricted at tip, producing a decided inflated appearance; three
carinae of front equally prominent, median carina continuing on process to
tip. Pronotum rugose, the sides a little granulose, lateral margins somewhat
carinate, nearly straight, submarginal carinas bending back toward lateral
margins of central disc at posterior ends; caudal margin broadly arcuated
anteriorly, incised at center; central disc broader than long in ratio of five to
four; lateral margins carinate. straight, convergingly rounded anteriorly,
median carina prominent. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of five to
four; central disc flat, margins carinate, median carina present. Cubitus and
media forking unequally, cubitus near junction of second and third anal veins,
media farther back toward apex.
Color Ch.ar.\cteristics. Of a rich brown to 3'ellowish. Front, process, ver-
446 The University Science Bulletin.
tex, and pronotum heavily guttate with dark brown; scutellum and elytra
clouded with dark brown; veins of elytra prominently marked with blackish
fuscous; geminate indentations present, but inconspicuously colored. Be-
neath, light brown, guttate with darker. Wings smoky brown, veins darker.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.6 mm., female 6.3 mm.;
process, male 1.3 mm., female 2 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female
3.3 mm.
Specimens are before the writer from western Kansas, eastern Colorado and
Texas. This species shows the greatest differences in the relative sizes of the
sexes, and is conspicuous for its massive, rugose, dark-colored process.
Locality Records. California, Colorado, Idaho, Kansas, New Jersey and
Texas. Some of these records are questionable. It would be surprising if this
species occurred in New Jersey, and the writer doubts the authenticity of the
California record.
Scolops maculosus Ball.
PL LXVI, Figs. 1, la).
Ball. Can. Ent. : XXXIV, p. 148; 1902.
Cephalic process long and very stout, bent upward; form narrowly oval;
elytra maculate with blackish-fuscous and whitish spots.
Structural Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process long and stout, as long as front and as wide as vertex when measured
at sulcus, usually parallel-margined, sometimes appearing a little inflated at
tip. Vertex convex, shining, caudal margin not carinate; lateral margins
carinate, acute, arcuated somewhat laterally over eyes, diverging till over
sulcus, then converging again and continuing on process parallel to tip : Margins
of front straight, somewhat carinate, converging anteriorly, constricted some-
what to sulcus, then continuing on process parallel to tip ; three median carinas
of front equally prominent, median carina ending at sulcus. Lateral margins
of pronotum somewhat carinate, broadly rounded; submargined carinse be-
coming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin very broadly arcuated anteriorly;
incised at center; central disc broader than long in ratio of four to three;
lateral margins carinate, usually nearly straight, sometimes a little sinuate
mesad near centers, very broadly rounding anteriorly. Scutellum broader than
long in ratio of eight to five; lateral margins of central disc carinate, median
carina usually only indicated. Media and cubitus forking about equally near
junction of second and third anal veins.
Color Characteristics. Greyish testaceous, guttate with blackish fuscous
above and below, elytra maculate with blackish fuscous and whitish, costa
broadly white, unmarked. Vertex shining, a blackish-fuscous crescentic spot
anteriorly, often interrupted in the center. Front often greenish yellow, lateral
compartments of front and process made darker by irregular patches and spots
of blackish fuscous which increases in density toward tip of process, making
it appear darker laterally and anteriorly; central compartments of front and
process unmarked. Sides of pronotum irregularly marked with blackish fus-
cous; a large, round piceous-black spot each side of median carina on central
disc, another between postocular process and eye, a third behind each an-
tenna, and a fourth ventrad of center of epipleura. Scutellum guttate with
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 447
blackish fuscous laterally, a pair of piceous-black spots on central disc apically.
Tegulse almost black. Veins of elj'tra alternately inteiTupted with large black-
ish-fuscous and whitish spots, a series of blackish-fuscous spots along apical
margin. Wings smoky, veins darker.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.6 mm., female 5 mm.; pro-
cess, 1.6 mm.; greatest width, 2 to 2.3 mm.
Description based on a good series of specimens from Colorado and New
Mexico, including 5 cotypes. The New Mexican record is additional to that
given by Van Duzee.
Scolops immanis sp. n.
(PI. LXVI, Figs. 3, 3a.)
Resembling S. grossus Uhler, but of a less robust form, and lighter, elytra
nearly concolorous, the veins lacking the prominent, dark fuscous markings so
characteristic of that species.
Structub.\l Characteristics. Head not constricted behind eyes. Cephalic
process short and stout, shorter than front in ratio of four to five, six-sevenths
as wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, inflated toward tip, constricted
at immediate tip, and bent upward; rugose; tip prominently vertically cari-
nate. Vertex nearly flat, rugose; caudal margin somewhat carinate, arcuated a
little anteriorly; lateral margins carinate, nearly straight, flattened laterally
over eyes, sinuate in front of eyes, diverging until over sulcus, then converging
again toward tip. Margins of front faintly carinate, subparallel, sinuate me-
sad between eyes, constricted somewhat to sulcus, continuing on process, di-
verging, then quickly converged at tip, producing a decided inflated appear-
ance; three carinas of front equally prominent, median carina continuing on
proce.-5s to tip. Pronotum nigose; lateral margins somewhat carinate, straight,
submarginal carinse bending back toward lateral margins of central disc at
posterior ends; caudal margin narrowly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center;
central disc as broad as long; lateral margins carinate, straight, convergingly
rounded anteriorly, median carina prominent. Scutellum broader than long
in ratio of four to three, smooth; central disc slightly concave, margins cari-
nate, median carina present. Cubitus and media forking on oblique line with
junction of second and third anal veins, cubitus further apically.
Color Characteristics. Pale brownish to straw yellow. Front, process,
vertex, and pronotum greenish. Heavily guttate with dark brown. Scutellum
clouded with green and brown. Geminate indentations mostly wanting, only
those ventrad of centers of epipleurse present. Beneath, light brown, guttate
with darker; legs heavily guttate with green and brown. Elytra pale brownish,
unmarked; veins nearly concolorous, unmarked on male, but sparingly in-
terrupted with minute whitish points on female. Wings diaphanous, veins
darker.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5 mm., female 6.3 mm.; process,
male 1.3 mm., female 1.6 mm.; greatest width, male 2.4 mm., female 3 mm.
Described from 1 male and 2 females from Scott county, Kansas, R. H. Bea-
mer. Holotype, male; allotype and paratype deposited in the entomological
collections. University of Kansas.
448 The University Science Bulletin.
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT OF SUBGENUS BELONO-
CHARIS.
Subgenus Belonocharis Uhler.
Uliler. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci. : I, p. 145; 1891.
In describing this group as a genus Uhler named many characters
that are not generic, and failed, for the most part, to point out those
that could be relied upon to identify the group. Opinions differ
greatly as to the amount of variation necessary to warrant the erec-
tion of a genus. At present the writer doesn't think that the species
now known to belong in this group display enough essential dif-
ferences to warrant their complete separation from the genus Scolops.
The principal ways in which these insects differ from Scolops are as
follows: The plane of the vertex is above that of the pronotum, the
eyes are distant from the pronotum, the fore and middle tibiae are
foliaceous, and the genitalia of the males show distinct differences
in structure, as will be seen from an examination of the accompany-
ing drawings. That these insects possess simpler structures than
those of Scolops is shown by the greater simplicity of the male gen-
italia, and the fact that media is seldom branched before the apex.
The following species are recognized as belonging to this group:
S. fumidus (Uhler), *S. pallidus Uhler, and S. abnormis Ball.
KEY TO THE SUBGENUS BELONOCHARIS.
PAfiE
A. Cephalic proces.s slender, les.s than three- fourths as wide as vertex when measured
at sulcus, tapering anteriorly ; latero-dorsal carinae broadly white.
B. Ground color black ; media usually forking before apex of clavus.
,S. fumidus Uhler, 448
BB. Groimd color pale yellowish ; nietlia rarely forking before apex of clavus.
.S. pallidum Uhler, 449
AA. Cephalic process stout, as wide, or wider, than vertex when measured at sulcus,
inflated ; all carina- dark lirownish <S. abnormis Ball. 4.')0
Scolops fumidus (Uhler).
(PI. LXVI, Figs. 4, 4a.)
Uhler. Trans. Md. Acad. Sci.: I, p. 14G; 1801; Belo?ioch(iris.
Piceus Van Duzee. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist.; H, p. 35; 1914.
Piccous black, marked with whitish; cephaUc process slender and tapering;
brachypterous form broadly oval, macropterous form much larger, wings
broadly flaring posteriorly.
Stritctural Characteristics. Head constricted behind eyes, eyes distant
from pronotum. Cephalic process as long as front or longer, three-fifths as
wide as vertex when measured at sulcus, bent upward and tapering anteriorly'.
Vertex slightly convex, shining; caudal margin very faintly carinate, straight;
lateral margins very prominently carinate, nearly straight, converging an-
teriorly-, sinuate^ mesad in front of eyes, then broadly flattened laterally over
Breakey: The Genus Scolops. 449
sulcus, and continuing on i)rocess convergingly straight to tip. Front very
broad, much narrowed anteriorly; lateral margins carinate, nearly straight,
abruptly constricted to sulcus, then continuing on process subparallel to tip;
five carinae equally prominent, median carina becoming obsolete near sulcus,
reappearing again near tip. Pronotum rugose; lateral margins carinate, broadly
rounded; submarginal carina; becoming obsolete anteriorly; caudal margin
broadly arcuated anteriorly, incised at center; central disc broader than long
in ratio of four to three; lateral margins carinate, sinuate mesad at centers,
broadly rounded anteriorly; median carina present, acute. Scutellum broader
than long in ratio of seven to five; central disc somewhat concave, lateral
margins slightly carinate, median carina obsolete. Media and cubitus forking
unequally, cubitus near junction of second and third anal veins, media farther
back apically.
Color Characteristics. Black, marked with whitish; elytra uniformly
smoky hyaline, excepting costa which is much darker. Beneath guttate with
whitish. Cei)halic i)roccss piceous black, latero-dorsal and latero-ventral carinas
broadly whitish. Vertex piceous black, shining. Pronotum and tegulse macu-
late with whitish. Disc of scutellum broadly whitish mesally and anteriorly.
Front broadly wliitish ventrally, guttate with whitish anteriorly.
Length. From sulcus to tip of tclson, male 4 mm., female 5.6 mm.; process,
1 to 1.3 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female 3 mm.
Description based on specimens from California collected and loaned by
Dr. E. D. Ball. A discussion of the synonymy of this species occurs elsewhere
in this paper.
Scolops pallidum Uhler.
(PI. LXVr, Figs. 5, 5a.)
Uhler. Trans. Md. Arad. Sci. : I, p. 404; 1900.
Pale yellowish gray, more or less marked with fu.?cous; cephalic process long
and slender, tapering somewhat anteriorly, usually bent upward; form narrowly
oval.
Structural Characteristics. Head constricted behind eyes, eyes distant
from pronotum. Cephalic process longer than front, two-thirds as wide as
vertex when measured at sulcus, bent upward and tapering somewhat an-
teriorly. Vertex nearly flat, somewhat rugose; caudal margin faintly carinate,
straight; lateral margin prominently carinate, acute, straight, converging till
over sulcus, then continuing on process subparallel to tip ; five carina;- of front
equally prominent, median carina becoming obsolete before sulcus. Pronotum
rugose, lateral margins carinate, broadly rounded; submarginal carina; bending
back to lateral margins of central disc near centers; caudal margin narrowly
arcuated anteriorly, scarcely incised at center. Scutellum broader than long
in ratio of seven to five; central disc somewhat concave, lateral margins
carinate, median carina wanting, a pair of large, round, indented points
apically. Media not forking before apex, cubitus forking before junction of
second and third anal veins.
Color Ch.aracteristics. Pale yellowish gray, more or less infuscated; elytra
almost white, the veins usually dotted with fuscous in various degrees of dark-
ness, a fuscous cloud or two apically. Cephalic process blackish fuscous, latero-
dorsal carina; broadly whitish. Vertex heavily infuscated. Pronotum more or
450 The University Science Bulletin.
less maculate with blackish fuscous. Scutellum pale yellowish gray, guttata
with blackish fuscous laterally, a pair of large, round fuscous spots apically.
Front and ventral compartments of process pale yellowish, usually guttate with
fuscous.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 4.6 mm., female 5.3 mm.;
process, 1.6 to 2 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female 2.6 mm.
Description based on specimens from California, Colorado, Mexico, and
Utah. Van Duzee questions the Colorado and Utah records. Specimens from
both places have been studied and that they represent this species is without
question. The specimens from Colorado were taken at Rifle, which is on the
western slope of the mountains.
Scolops abnormis Ball.
(PI. LXVI, Figs. 6, 6a.)
Ball. Can. Ent. : XXXIV, p. 149; 1902.
Pale yellowish, guttate with fuscous; cephalic process long and very stout,
inflated, bent upward; form broadly oval.
Structural Char.acteristics. Head constricted behind eyes, eyes distant
from pronotum. Cephalic process longer than front, as wide as vertex when
measured at sulcus, or wider, bent upward and inflated somewhat anteriorly.
Vertex nearly flat, rugose; caudal margin not carinate, median carina some-
times present; lateral margins veiy prominently carinate, straight, nearly
parallel, continuing on process convergingly straight to tip. Front slender,
narrowed anteriorly; lateral margins carinate, straight, constricted a little to
sulcus, then continuing on process, diverging a little toward tip, abruptly con-
verged at immediate tip; five carinae of front equally prominent, median
carina becoming obsolete before sulcus. Pronotum rugose; lateral margins
carinate, broadly rounded; submarginal carinae bending back to lateral margins
of central disc caudad of centers; caudal margin broadly arcuated anteriorly,
scarcely incised at center; central disc broader than long in ratio of four to
three, lateral margins carinate, nearly straight, converging anteriorly; median
carina present, acute. Scutellum broader than long in ratio of four to three;
central disc somewhat concave, lateral margins carinate, roundly converged
anteriorly, median carina wanting. Media not forking before apex, cubitus
forking near junction of second and third anal veins.
Color Char.'\cteristics. Pale greyish testaceous, body more or less guttate
with browish ; elytra pale yellowish white, the veins usually dotted and spotted
with blackish fuscous, often unmarked. Cephalic process brown, with small,
light maculations. Vertex infuscated; a pair of indented points on disc of
pronotum, another on scutellum apically, colored to various degrees of dark-
ness. Front pale yellowish, unmarked.
Length. From sulcus to tip of telson, male 5 mm., female 5.6 mm.; pro-
cess, male L6 mm., female 2.6 mm.; greatest width, male 2.3 mm., female 3 mm.
Description based on a fine series of specimens from California, Washington
and Oregon. This species displays a great variation in the density of the fus-
cous markings, some specimens appearing to be nearly concolorous. Italics in-
dicates locality records not listed by Van Duzee.
PLATES.
(451)
452 The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LXIII.
n 1
Cephalic Process
Copulatory Attachment
IX X XI Telson
Postocular Process
Pygofer Hook
Breakey: The Genus Scolops.
453
PLATE LXIV.
454
The University Science Bulletin.
PLATE LXV.
S. flavidus var. pellos
Holotype
5
Breakey: The Genus Scolops.
455
PLATE LXVI.
29—3341
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII.] April, 1928. [No. 7.
Study of the Life History and Spotting Habits of
Eutettix chenopodii (Homoptera, Cicadellidse).*
ISETTA PEARL CARPENTER, Department of Entomology.
CONTENTS.
PAGE
INTRODUCTION 457
Historical Sketch 457
Methods of Study 458
LIFE HISTORY NOTES 459
Description of Species 459
Distribution 459
Hosts 459
Hibernation 460
Mating and Oviposition 460
Nymphs 473
Description of Egg and Nymphal Instars 476
Adults 477
STUDIES IN SPOTTING 478
Character of the Spotting 478
Life History and Spotting 479
Adults and Spotting 480
BIBLIOGRAPHY 481
INTRODUCTION.
HISTORICAL SKETCH.
SBORN (1), in 1887, was the first to associate the character-
0
istic spotting on Chenopodiimi album with the leaf hopper,
Eutettix strobi Fitch. He considered the reddish injury on the plant
a natural protection to the reddish nymphs of this species. Brunner
(2), in 1891, stated that this species was "very partial" to Cheno-
podium album and described its injury. Forbes and Hart (3), noted
that " it causes the dark purple spotting often seen on the leaves of
lamb's-quarter, and probably a similar discoloration common on
* Submitted to the Department of Entomology and the faculty of the Graduate School of
the University of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master
of Arts.
(457)
458 The University Science Bulletin.
beet leaves." Ball (4), in 1907, stated that the nymphs live on
lamb's-quarter, where their punctures cause purple spots on the
leaves. He found there were two broods in a season, adults appear-
ing in June and again in August. Fenton (5), in 1924, described
the injury as a series of distinct crimson-colored spots more or less
circular in outline, the tissue of the leaf being convex in the dis-
colored area. Spotting was found to be more distinct on the lower
side where the areas were concave. The spots were located at any
point on the leaf that might become confluent. The margin of the
affected leaves curled under and the plants became stunted and
dwarfed. His attempts to rear a third generation in 1920 failed.
Lawson (6), in 1920, reported this species producing purple spots
on Chenopodium in a widely distributed area in the state of Kansas,
METHODS OF STUDY.
This study on the life history and spotting habits of Eutettix che-
nopodii Osborn, formerly called Eutettix strobi (Fitch), extended
from May 28 to September 15, 1926. Both adults and nymphs of
the first generation were observed in the vicinity of the University
of Kansas, chiefly on lamb's-quarter {Chenopodium album L.),
which grew abundantly along the Kansas river.
Observations were made from specimens collected and reared on
various plants in the insectary. Daily records were kept, and in
some instances two or three observations were made within a twenty-
four hour period.
Lamb's-quarter, pigweed [Amaranthus hybridus and A. blitoides)
and purslane plants [Portulaca oleracea) were secured from locali-
ties free from Eutettix chenopodii. All other plants used were grown
from seed.
An attempt was made to rear Scaphoideus nymphs found on the
same plants and under the same conditions as Eutettix chenopodii,
but these all proved unsuccessful. Evidently these nymphs, while
living sometimes on the same hosts, obtain their food from other
plants, as all that were started in the insectary died within a few
days.
In the study of the injury produced on the leaves of the host
plants, the greatest of care was exerted in order to avoid any pos-
sible infestation of healthy plants from infected ones. Controls were
run along with each host plant used, and in no case did these reveal
spotting or signs of curling.
Caepenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii. 459
LIFE HISTORY NOTES.
DESCRIPTION OF SPECIES.
Dr. P. B. Lawson, in his paper on the Cicadellidse of Kansas, gives
the following description of this species:
"Form: Length, 4.5 to 5.2.5 mm. Vertex one-fourth longer on middle than
next the eye, two and one-half times as wide as long, with a faint transverse
depression, and broadly rounded apically. Pronotum over twice as wide as
long, lateral margins rather short. Elj'tra moderately long.
''Color: Vertex, pronotum and scutellum var>'ing from yellowish irrorate
with brown to reddish brown. Elytra usually milky white with bands of brown
at base, and across apical half of clavus. Frequently these bands are so run
together as to give the entire elytra a brownish appearance. Face the color
of the vertex.
"External genitalia : Female, last ventral segment long, lateral angle broadly
rounding, posterior margin notched on either side of a small median notched
lobe which gives the appearance of two median teeth; pygofers broad, nearly
or quite equalling the ovipositor, sparsely spined. Male, valve broad, rounded
posteriori}- ; plates broad basally, then rapidly narrowed, ending in elongate
filamentous tips which exceed the pygofers.
"Internal male genitalia: St^'les large, triangular, broad basally, terminal
process slightlj- convex on mesal margin, posteriorly straight on outer margin;
connective very stout, Y-shaped, arms about equalling the basally broadened
stem; oedagus with a wide, doreal process to anal tube membrane, terminal
portion composed of a broad median straplike and terminally bifid process and
a pair of lateral narrower and acutely pointed processes.''
DISTRIBUTION.
Specimens have been examined from Massachusetts, Connecticut
(Britton), New York (Van Duzee), Niagara, Canada (Osborn),
Pennsylvania (Wirtner), Ohio (Osborn), Iowa (Osborn, Ball), Mis-
souri (Heid. coll., Osborn colU), Nebraska (Bruner), Kansas (Snow,
Crev.), Colorado (Gill, Ball), Utah (Ball), Texas (College Station,
Sanderson; Victoria, U. S., N. M.)
Chenopodium album is a native of Europe and is introduced every-
where in this country. Undoubtedly the distribution of this insect is
limited onl^^ by the range of this plant.
This species is one of the most widely distributed of the leaf hop-
pers in Kansas. Dr. P. B. Lawson has noted them in eighteen coun-
ties across the state. The writer has observed many of them, also, in
two more counties, Wyandotte and Leavenworth.
HOSTS.
This species may be found on a number of hosts. Lamb's-quarter
{Chenopodium album) is its normal host, but it will live and pro-
460 The University Science Bulletin.
duce the same results on beet {Beta vulgaris), and chard {Beta vul-
garis, var. cicla) and pigweed {Amaranthus hyhridus and A. blitoi-
des). In the field, nymphs have also been observed spotting purs-
lane {Portulaca oleracea) and woiTnseed {Chenopodium ambrosi-
oides var. anthelminticum) . In the insectary, the insect was reared
on all the above plants except the wormseed. Observations in the
field revealed the characteristic markings also on another pigweed
{Amaranthus retroflexus) and peppergrass {Lepidium virginicum) .
HIBERNATION.
Nymphs in the third, fourth and fifth instars were observed in
the field as late as September 15. In all probability, all of those that
emerged as adults were the ones to overwinter. It is thought they
overwinter under grass and leaves on the ground.
MATING AND OVIPOSITION.
In producing a third generation, seventy-six pairs of mated adults
were caged on the various host plants (charts 1-5). The period of
copulation varied from forty minutes to two hours and forty min-
utes. One pair of adults was observed to mate within a few hours
of their emergence into the adult stage. Adults mated but once.
Ovipositing was watched both in the field and in the insectary and
the following observations made:
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
461
oa
3
-a
03
I
■<
K
O
00
-o
03
hC
C
a
£?
2
.2
w
^^ oo
II
I
1
-a
1
s
1 adult partly eaten by pill bugs
7-27.
1 adult missing 7-29.
o
1
OS
§
IE
o
o
c
-a
o
7
c
o
03
"S
s
1 adult missing 7-31.
1 adult placed in cage to hibernate
8-11.
^ Is
Condition of plant.
be
£ op
B
O
s
is:
It
c: bfi
BJS
J.
"TSoo
MMM
B
a;
§
'b
B
O
c;>
□0
C3
oooo
11
_S_C8
.S.S
aa
CO CD
1— t 1—1
Ml .
coS>>ot^
1 B C :3 1
t^ rt S3 0) QO
■O-o-o —-a
oi'rt'sa 2 s
.S.2.2 K «
00
c
a--
**- -^
C8 ~
_0J O
>>B
Total
number
of
eggs
hatched.
(N
C<1
■*
00
.i. a
CO
t*
r*
CO
M
lO
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
(M
1
00
I
OOCVI
oo
J'irst
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
o
1
COCO
S52
ot,
OS-*
1
1
1
o
CD
1
to
1
CO
1
so
to
1
1
05
(M
.1
00
o
g
e
i
r
T
1
1^
CO
1
1
1
-
(M
C»"
■*
IC
so
t'
462
The University Science Bulletin.
p
z
la
o
U
i
C3
T3
o
1
i
««-i
o
1
.2
w
00 •^
"O GO
a —
03
O
(D
bO
-3
G
"o.
<
1^
1
05
-a
03
QJ
T3
-
-o
<
s
=
•a
<1
T
■a
<
1
g
tr.
-a
<1
o
1
1
o
o
o6
CS « o
« > o
-a
S
7 "
00^
S " c
-a
s
>.
a
a
-S
" s
0) o
Is
1
as
-0_B
!■§
Is
o. o
to ^
CU CJ
ts >>
oj'S
1-
1
OS
CJ
B
1
OJ
E
■>-
-a
B
03
31- a1
1= J3
cq
o>
CO
.i. e
o -S
^^1
iO
«
^
CD
•- " S B O M »
1— 1
OO '
«gco
c<5>0
1
QO
Jo
Oi o
1 ^
00
OiCC
00
•43
1
OO Ci3
O
y
(X, "
OS
1
1
CO
1
OO
CO
1
00
1
00
S
-3
•a
OS
o
§
CO
B
.2
2
c
-a C
c a-
11
^ E
1°
o-
s
_o
2
C
a> .
ID C
g|
il
- g
-a 03
B
o
ca
CJ
E .
-o C
s i
il
B
2
CJ
-a iS
oi
C to
£j=
■?^
1°
7
00
o
2
0)
•O t."
i|
- a
g o
CO
1
OO
B
CJ
B
CJ •
■a tT
!»
g o
ot
B
O
1
O
c
B CO
- E
1°
1°
00
OS
o
-
CO
^
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
463
o
o
S
w
o
M)
C
OS
E
U-i
O
s
1
00
-c
-o
■=
-o
1
-^
a
-c
c:
s
Male missing 8-12.
Female dead 8-13.
Male placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
Female dead 7-28.
Male dead 8-9.
1 adult dead 9-14.
1 adult placed in cage to hibernate
9-14.
Male missing 8-11.
Male and female placed in cage to
hibernate 8-13.
C3
C
o
QJ
CS
T3
OJ
<i
C8
"E
■n M
<
CS
a
o
a
.2
1
-a-a
c c
QO 1
■i.i =
-g-ok-l
--5
Total
number
of
eggs
hatched.
m
.J. c
>.2
O -4^
^1
eo
00
eo
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
First
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
«oo
00 S
CO
00 o
7i
00 t^
ti
_c
:s
Placed
in
cage.
CO
1
o
1
CO — '
Ci
i
00
"3
-a
03
O
s
c
s
o
1
1^
bO
CO
'1
"-3
C<1
0^
1
1~-
-a
a
J
03
C-1
1
oo
■5.
s
2
1°
lO
5C
t^
QO
464
The University Science Bulletin.
o
03
i
C4-I
O
CO
S
Female dead 8-5.
Male dead 8-12.
-T3 OJ
oi,
1
B
O
CD
"3.
S
"3
■o
<:
Male dead 7-23.
Female placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
Male escaped 7-24.
Female placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
t>;
^1
II
+^
1b
s
1
.s
U
03 00
<
B
.2
a
o
O
g 23
§ 1 ot.
i s 1
g " s
g g ■?
M .^^ >
d o 1 o
C3 OQO —
K ^ ^
c
CS
&
c
c
11
-o-a
.^ .k^
c a
03 rt
EC
= B
•ES
So
CO —J
II 2
— ^ 1
>o ^
^ti. -^
^. .^
" 37-S
S 22
?? r- ^
-SI'S
£g.S
« S c
— U
CO
z
>>
'S
B
oi
1
!>■
C
O
u.
hC
o
k.
"e
03
>>
J3
■*^
c
B
0^
Total
number
of
eggs
hatched.
t~
.i. c
> o
to
■<**
"5
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
0-*
2
, 1
OO
First
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
7-22
7-30
12
(On third
plant)
tlfe
o
CO
si
00
to
..2— =3
CM "
to
to
1
t^
to
to
to
»— I
I
t^
CO
1
o
g
a
1
tc
1
2
1
tc
1
1
c<3
£
a;
IN
«
"^
lO
to
r^
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
465
o
o
s
OS
I
Pi
<
K
o
■3
e
1
w
OJ
a
0
■3.
"3
Female missing 8-22.
Male placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
1
00
bl
1
0
g
i
F
Male missing 8-12.
Female placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
7
OD
b£
C
"i
'a
S
cS
B
^
CD
IS
0
«
B
■a
1
CO
a
!«
Male partly eaten 8-5.
Female escaped 8-9.
Male eaten 8-12.
Female placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
c-i
■it
-a S
"3 "3
CO CO
■oO
s
0
QJ
M
C3
B
-0
03
■3.
i
Cm
a
.2
e
6
t~ 6C00
111
T3-OT3
«*.. .^ ..^
« a c
.2 n «
CO
1
00
B
"a
1
1
It
>■ >
T2
B B
CO CO
1
00
>>
g =« S 1
« £ C E
CO ^ T 2
00 c^-S
Sin <li c.
sgJI
1
00
c
CU
.*^
g
a
0^
1 >>
00 a
-. CO
1 a
i'g
>>
"3
CU
C
Total
number
of
eggs
hatched.
00
CO
CO
■^
Cq
> 0
OS
00
■*
t^
-— 1
»r3
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
occ
T
00
1
00
00
co»—
T
00
COCM
1
00
First
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
00 C<l
1
Oeo
CO
1
00
0,^
CO
^1
■■S
■'I
06
0= s a
CM . .
1 cS=! CO
■X3
1
05
7
05
CO
CCI
1
■3
1
*o
i
1
a
2
a-
1
00
CO
s
0
1
00
0^
0(
)
a
i
c
-
(M
cc
Tt^
466
The University Science Bulletin.
3
I
QQ
S
C3
3
C3
tn
"3
03
.«
a
Cm
O
b
-2
GQ
1 adult missing 7-31.
1 adult dead 7-26.
1
Q
CI
1
-a
S
f
1
OO
1
CO
1
s
03
a
CO
-o
1
o
m
1
■a
C3
ID
o
m
CO
oV
cooo
^■^
C3-T3
"s a
00 Oi
T3-T3
03 C8
1— ( 1— <
1
OO
-a
OO-H
.2-S
Condition of plant.
CO
1
c
CO
1
oo
to
o
-c
1
g
-o
o
>
&
o
CO
g
0)
1
<n
T
oo
>>
.a
c
ca
CO
1
oo
>>
.a
"3
s
S
1
00 -S.
^ OJ
C3 M
aj C
J3 03
»i-3
C a
ca o
O
CO
1
§
£«>
O >.
|S
ill
CO
1
00
>.
-*^
o
J=
c
CO
!
00
>,
a
Total
number
of
eggs
hatched.
w
> 2
o -S
^ a.
m
OS
en
CO
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
Occ
CO
[
O— 1
2
First
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
.1
COCO
1
toco
(M
1
a
" C bD
S-2
to
1
to
1
1
lr>-
1
7
1
CO
1
CO
1
g
a
a:
7
1^
■
7
3
5
■
CC
1
1>
_a
IS
1
1
a
C
1
C
1
c^
1
o
e
2 J
S ^
a
o
c .
.2"
ll
-a o*
i-f
a^
o
<1^ .
6^
-
c-
1
C'
3
•^a
U"
)
«
>
1>
oc
o-
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
567
i-i
o
2
o
I
J3
B
"3
O
.2
1
•s
Cm
O
1
.S
1
OS
3
T
00
s
-a
E
"s «
■Sfi
1 dead 7-25.
1 dead 7-26.
1 dead 7-27.
Male dead 7-25.
Female dead 7-30.
Female missing 8-4.
1 adult missing 7-31.
1 adult dead 9-14.
2 adults placed in cage to hibernate
9-14.
1
00
e
S
■5
•a
0
C
•e
s
i
"S
cc
■3
■<
CO
\
0 1
, TO
-TZJ (U
C3T3
1
o
o
•^
'•B
a
o
>>
a
'H
3
a
-a
09
E»
II
1
oo
a
a
n
(
00
>>
■§.
"3
B
a
o
:r
CD
1
.S
a
o
1
o
11
C
--^
EE7
111
ta OS ^
'ca'S S
« j
1
00
Total
number
of
, eggs
hatched.
^
•y
eo
t^
■TJ*
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
First
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
CO
00 ^^
r
Sf
^
ah
ei
oS
en
•a
CO
1
03
1
1
CO
CO
1
00
CO
CS
1
tr-
• 1
00
1
00
2
-a
C3
c—
O
g
a
B
cc
O
to
CO
<a
:3
i-
a
CS
1
lg
CO '-2
£ fe
2 e
J- o
>Sg
-eg
CO b.
II
a
'a
£
a
E
C^
a;
OS
S
C<]
1
£
c
c
£
i
a
CS
o
S
C
OS
s
CO
1
QC
-0"
£
bD
S
2
ee
CS
1
t>
p,
CS
QC
1
oc
U5
1
s
0
c
3
Cv
■^
w;
SC
t^
468
The University Science Bulletin.
S
Pi
K
O
-o
bj)
C3
B
o
..^
CO
W
•
Is
Adults placed on beet, 12, 8-9.
1
00
a
<L
s
c
i
-a
IS
cc
1
bjD
.s
1
-o
e
C3
E
c
o
-3
^ .
J-g
-§^
-<
1— <
.2
C3
3
7
a
c
'i
Male escaped 7-30.
Female placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
i
c
ta
■p.
"o
c
o
■+3
1
o
O
7
00
a
M C
a o
ITS he
o
:r
tn
1
O
K
COC<I
C^J 1
1 I-i.
c p
s.s
II
i^_;oo 1
gJJJ
>> o
.5 aJ
c
a
2
>
00
t^
'^
C<1
oo
> 2
o'-E
C-l
05
GO
"^
00
•- U S 6 O M o
^1 i "J
into
1
o: CO
00
1
00
OO
oo CO
1
oo
1 "O t, ■
C5 g c o
COQO
T
CO
1
OCO
1
1
c
1 2
(1. "
CO
1
o
1
a.
1
1
1
-5
B
T
2
T
o-
I
1
g.
1
1
1
o
s
S c
CN
c^
■^
»c
tc
t>-
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
469
w
1
Zq
s
cri
03
3
C
T3
o
O
a
T3
T
CiD
<u
oo
c
u
e3
c
*-n
^
flj
a
^
o
-T3
O. HM
1 CO
C3
-a
St3 5
^^ ^ ro
i i5
s
g a) 3
1
1
"a
<
a, « «
Oim'
<*i
coi-!
a
1 1
a
ti(X)
"S.
S c
C*4
03 aj
O
ca "S
,
G
V a
CO
_o
m rr,
**S
t^
> M
1
00
-3
T
cS v
1
a
o
O
^^
6
a
J3
a
g
a
3
s
WJ
cx
Z
o
O
1
i|.-&l
■ QO
"S
o S ® iic 'i^
^
H 3 «-S
fe
C J3
be
'p.
a
o
> 2
o VS
OO
•
::2
-M
"3
"U
00 lO
1
00
>
^ c ja
l-H
W
o
7 s'
C3 5 c o
si
c
C3
IS
■a
m
^
1— f
C) o
<M
CO
"CM
oo
1
1
J3-- =3
t^
t*
Ah "
a
o
CO
c
o3
-S
.2m
a>
3
rf
■§
OS .
a
<*->
c -S
o
" !s
(M
lJ
CD
i
-a □•
(MT3
I C
^-1 c<3
M ft
ticM
OJ
O
e
^
H
^^
I-.
fe
H. .
1
6^
00
o> 1
O
1
1
470
The University Science Bulletin.
1
g
o
.2
w
^«
11
■T3T3
o
1
«
CD
1
CO
1
-o
o
cq
CO
1
t^
-a
■a
-^
o
PQ
Female missing 7-30.
Male dead 7-30.
Female dead 8-1.
Male missing 8-6.
oo
00
■§
■rr
e
-a
c:
C3
03
Female placed in cage to hibernate
8-13.
Male dead 7-30.
Female dead 8-1.
One missing 7-30.
1 placed in cage to hibernate 8-13.
O
00
s
-a
3
5
Condition of plant.
S
— >i
a =8
ij
CQPh
CO
a
D-,
oo
c
"S
a
o
c
Oi .
?7
&>>
CO
>>
3
1
1
oo
1
^«
Sot
II
1
c
0,
CO
1
00
>>
.a
3
c
03
o
CO
1
s
>
J
?
CO
1
00
>>
.^
C
Total
number
of
eggs
hatched.
-J. s
> 2
■^
First
hatching
and
number
of
eggs
hatched.
-
First
appear-
ance and
number
of eggs.
CDCQ
CO
1
til
1
1— 1
05
1
1
o
CD
1
oo
.4
CO
1
00
OO
1
oi,
o
a
g
a
CC
1
o
a
1
13
1
1
2
1
B
—
oo
1
oo
J
oc
1>
.-.£■2
S == =3
.iS H c
SiSg
C3 B O
OC
a
1
OC
(V
1
M
■&
i
Mo
6^
1
Cv
c^
5
■^
ir
te
>
t^
oc
c-
Caepenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii. 471
Observations on Egg Laying. The eggs are inserted in the
tissues of the upper surface of the leaf, just under the epidermis.
The female slowly creeps to the edge of the leaf and places her front
pair of legs, one on one side of the leaf and the other on the opposite
side just a short distance past the edge. After placing the beak on
the edge of the leaf to brace herself firmly, the body is bent so as to
bring the tip of the abdomen down, with the ovipositor just touching
the surface of the leaf. The inner valves of the ovipositor are then
unsheathed from the outer ones and by a sawing movement a small
slit is made in the epidermis. By grasping the leaf more firmly with
the hind legs, the ovipositor is inserted its whole length into the
opening already made. The egg passes between the valves of the
ovipositor into the small chamber made for it, and the ovipositor is
withdrawn and again sheathed. She may repeat this process in a
few seconds or may v/ait several hours.
Position of the Eggs. From 30 to 120 seconds are usually con-
sumed in placing one egg. Most of this time is used in preparing the
chamber. The eggs have no special arrangement. Sometimes they
are in rows, but usually they are placed singly and irregularly, al-
though they may touch each other at the ends. However, each egg
is placed in a separate puncture. They may be placed anywhere on
the flat surface of the leaf as well as near the edge. Observations on
beet and chard revealed eggs and egg punctures quite numerously at
the base and the petiole in preference to the leaf edge.
Number of Eggs. The largest number of eggs from one female
adult was forty-three and the smallest number was one. Only
twenty-six pairs of the mated adults produced eggs. The number of
eggs in one leaf varied from one to eighteen according to the size of
the leaf. The average number of eggs that hatched from twenty-
four pairs of adults was fourteen. One hundred forty-six eggs were
laid on beet leaves and forty on lamb's-quarter. Eggs were found
on all of the hosts with the exception of purslane.
Effect of Oviposition on the Leaves. Oviposition affects the
leaves but slightly. The small punctures or egg chambers turn white
or yellow, but otherwise the leaf grows naturally and appears nor-
mal, unless it is quite small and has very many punctures made in it,
Preoviposition Period. From chart 6 the preoviposition period,
the length of the egg stage, and the number of eggs hatched may be
obtained.
30—3341
472
The University Science Bulletin.
CHART 6. — Showing the length by days of preoviposition period, length of egg stages, and number of eggs
hatched by mated adults of the third generation from July 16 to September 14, 1926.
Plant
Cage No.
of mated
adults.
Preovi-
position
period.
Egg stage.
Number
of eggs
hatched.
Beet
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
10
11
12
17
3
7
7
Ifi
3
5
5
6
11
6
8
9
12
5
25
10
10
43
8
4
8
21
27
6
Total
77
7
42
8.4
146
Average
18 2
Chard
1
3
4
9
10
13
14
15
6
5
26
8
4
7
11
11
25
11
9
10
9
7
8
3
29
1
2
Total
56
9 3
68
9
75
Average
10 7
Purslane
3
7
Total :
7
7
Average
Lamb's quarter
1
5
6
10
14
15
5
9
13
13
7
14
9
4
23
1
16
Total
61
10 1
13
6.5
40
Average
13 3
1
2
5
6
7
9
IC
12
9
8
5
8
8
11
9
10
11
11
10
9
g
17
1
29
28
18
Total
61
8.7
60
10
20 pairs
of mated
adults.
101
Average
16 8
31 pairs
of mated
adults.
24 pairs
of mated
adults.
Summary:
Beet
7
9 3
10 1
8.7
7
8 4
9.7
6.5
10
18 2
Chard
10 7
Lamb's quarter
13 3
Pigweed
16 8
Purslane
General average
8-4
8 6
14 7
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii. 473
From thirty-one mated adults the average length of the preovi-
position period on all host plants was 8.4 days. The shortest period
was three days, and the longest period twenty-six days. This period
was the shortest on beet and the longest on lamb's quarter.
Incubation Period. The time required for the incubation of the
eggs in the same brood averaged 8.6 days for the eggs from twenty
pairs of adults. The shortest incubation period was four days, the
longest eleven days. Incubation was completed most quickly, aver-
aging 6.5 days, on lamb's ciuarter. Ten days were required on pig-
weed.
Emergence from the Egg. From one to twelve minutes are con-
sumed by the nymphs while emerging from the egg. The head ap-
pears first at the tiny opening in the epidermis of the leaf made when
the egg was inserted. This is followed by part of the body which
sways forward, backward, and sideways every few seconds with
brief rest periods in between. Gradually more of the body appears.
The first pair of legs are soon dried. As soon as the second pair be-
comes visible, the nymph widens the angle of swaying, continuing
this motion until the first two pairs of legs rest on the surface of
the leaf. After firmly securing a foothold, the rest of the body is
pulled from the egg with several hard tugs. As soon as completely
dry, which is only a few seconds, these small nymphs are able to
hop about from one leaf to another. When walking about on a leaf,
they frequently go sideways, somewhat similar to a crab.
NYMPHS.
Length of Nymphal Life. During their nymphal life, these leaf
hoppers molted five times and became adults in thirty-one days in
the second generation and thirty-four days in the third generation.
Of the eleven individuals of the third generation becoming adults,
the average nymphal period was but thirty-two days. (Chart 7.)
In the second generation, the shortest nymphal stage observed was
twenty days and the longest forty-six days, while in the third gen-
eration this stage varied from twenty-five to forty-four days. Chart
8 shows the records and average length of each instar, the tendency
being for the life of the instar to lengthen progressively with the age
of the nymph.
474
The University Science Bulletin.
CHART 7.—
Length of instars.
No. of generation.
First instar.
Second instar.
Third instar.
Longest.
Shortest.
Average.
Longest.
Shortest.
Average.
Longest.
Shortest.
Average.
Second
*7
'7
7
10
4
6-7
12
3
6 6
Third
18
2
5.8
111
15
2
5.5
78
12
2
6 5
Number of nvmphs
52
* One nymph only.
CHART 7.— CONCLTOED.
No. of generation.
Fourth instar.
Fifth instar.
Nymphal period.
Longest.
Shortest.
Average.
Longest.
Shortest.
Average.
Longest.
Shortest.
Average.
Second
9
3
5 4
8
3
5.5
31 2
1
Third
12
4
7.4
26
14
5
8.7
11
44
25
33 9
Number of nymphs
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
475
CHART 8. — Length of instars of third generation.
Number.
1
2
3
4
5
Number.
1
2
3
4
5
1
5
5
•1
5
•3
7
»7
•5
•4
4
4
5
5
4
5
6
4
5
7
5
•4
8
*5
8
*2
•4
7
»5
•4
*4
6
*4
*5
6
76
6
5
5
6
5
5
4
6
4
5
5
*6
4
•2
5
6
•4
7
5
6
5
7
6
5
•1
6
•1
8
6
5
6
5
7
5
4
5
5
4
6
*3
5
5
6
•2
4
5
•3
5
5
5
*11
*2
*2
•3
*2
5
•2
5
*7
•4
5
12
13
9
5
•2
5
♦3
•2
5
•7
•4
7
5
*2
4
5
4
4
3
•1
*6
4
4
3
3
10
•7
8
8
•8
•16
2
4
6
*3
77
3
78
7
•12
g
4
•1
79
5
80
6
4
4
*9
81
7
82
8
83
*7
5
•5
4
9
84 .
•3
10
*4
6
•2
•1
5
5
6
7
•2
•4
4
85
U
3
*10
86
12
87
13
88 . .
5
*3
14
3
4
3
8
*7
*9
6
9
•is'
11
89
15
90
*0
4
16
91
*4
17
92
18
93
6
6
*8
4
*1
4
5
6
9
6
8
14
19
94
20
4
4
♦2
95
21
96
9
10
22
4
4
•8
97
23
98
5
3
7
•7
24.
5
*1
99
25
100
26
101
3
12
•14
27
4
3
*10
102
28
103
*3
4
6
2
5
•0
5
*7
7
9
4
7
29
104
11
12
•13
7
•11
12
30
105
•0
31
•1
106
32
107
10
•14
33
108
34
•3
•3
*3
6
*3
•3
•3
•3
»3
7
•2
6
6
7
*1
•2
•2
8
*5
7
6
•1
•1
*1
•1
5
4
5
5
7
7
*2
4
5
5
5
4
*5
5
6
5
4
109
•3
35
110
36
Ill
5
6
7
10
6
6
5
•10
9
37
3
4
•3
112
•3
38
113
5
39
114
40
115
41
116
•14
•8
8
42
117
43
4
6
•4
118
7
•0
44
119
45
4
4
5
3
•5
2
8
*5
120
6
•7
5
6
6
46 ..
121
47....
*2
122
48
123
10
9
•3
49
124
6
10
•1
50
125
51 ..
3
•8
126
52
127
53
4
3
*1
•7
128
54
129 ...
55
130
56 .
131
6
•6
57
132
58
133
•3
59
3
3
3
•8
5
5
5
6
*5
*1
7
■■*9'
134
60
135
"*4"
7
*2
11
10
61
136
62
137
4
•10
63
10
*1
8
14
138
64
139
11
•6
•2
65
140
66
4
3
4
3
4
3
•5
6
•3
5
*14
141
67
142
•0
68
6
7
143
69
144
70
*1
145
10
•0
71
146
72
3
6
3
3
9
*3
7
•9
9
*12
147
73
148
•2
•1
74
*2
149
75
150
476
The University Science Bulletin.
CH.4RT 8.— Length of instars of third e^neratipn— Concluded
Number.
1
2
3
4
5
Number.
1
2
3
4
5
151
*4
8
*2
9
5
•2
10
*4
*1
8
*1
*3
*3
*5
•4
*5
*3
5
9
*4
*5
*3
•2
*2
176
*6
*7
6
•5
*4
*9
6
♦7
:\
*\
6
*4
*7
*5
*5
18
'1
*4
3
2
*2
9
9
*8
152
6
8
9
*2
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
153
6
6
6
8
154
15
12
*9
12
155
*1
156
157
4
5
6
9
*1
158
159 . .
160
*1
161
162
6
7
8
*3
163
188
189
190-
164
165 .
166
191
192
167
*1
168. . . .
13
11
*2
5
193
169
*2
194
170
195
*1
9
171
196
197 ...
12
*4
172
173
198
199
10
*5
8
*4
174
175
ii
7
7
*1
200
* Starred numbers indicate time of death.
Description of the Nymphs. The first nymphs were a deep
red color when fully developed and expanded, with small white
markings and many white dots covering the body. As they grew
larger and older, they became lighter in color, some of the fifth in-
stars being almost pink. The ;terminal abdominal segment was
usually pink in all instars. The red eyes and almost transparent
legs and antennse were constant throughout the nymphal life.
The first three instars bore metathoracic setae. The first instar
showed setae on the last two abdominal segments only, the second
instar showing them on seven segments of the abdomen, and the
third instar showing not only the abdominal setae but also the en-
larged mesothoracic wing pads.
The fourth and fifth instars did not have metathoracic setae, but
did show the abdominal spines. In the fourth instar both the meso-
thoracic and metathoracic wing pads were apparent. In the fifth
instar the wing pads extended to the fourth abdominal segment.
DESCRIPTION OF EGG AND NYMPH.IL INSTARS.
Average individuals were selected for the descriptions of the
various instars.
Egg. Length, 1 mm.; width, 0.25 mm. Elongate and slightly
curved, the anterior end being somewhat less rounded. Color, light
yellow, almost white at first; just before hatching becoming a deeper
yellow; eye spots distinct two to three days before hatching.
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii. 477
First Instar. Length, 1 mm.; width, 1.25 mm. Antennae 2.25
mm., elongate white. Two metathoracic spines and four spines on
each of last two abdominal segments white. Color, deep reddish
purple, with many small white spots; eyes, brick red.
Second Instar. Length, 1.5 mm.; width, 15 mm. Four spines on
last seven abdominal segments, two near the middle line, two follow-
ing the lateral line. Mesothoracic wing pads evident; body long
and narrow. Color, brick red, with increase of white spots, usually
a narrow white band down middorsal line; last abdominal segment
pale pink.
Third Instar. Length, 2.5 mm.; width, 0.75 mm. Abdominal
spines present; mesothoracic wing pads covering first abdominal
segment. Color, similar to second instar with enlargement of white
spots; caudal edge of each abdominal segment showing white band.
Fourth Instar. Length, 3 mm.; width, 1.25 mm. Metathoracic
spines absent. Spines present on second and third pair of legs;
abdominal segments with spines; mesothoracic and metathoracic
wing pads covering first two abdominal segments. Color, abdomen
darker red than third instar; thorax, pink.
Fifth Instar. Length, 4 nnn.; width, 1.5 mm. Metathoracic
spines absent. Wing pads extending to fourth abdominal segment.
Color, dorsally pale pink, becoming darker caudally on lateral por-
tions of first five abdominal segments; wing pads white. Ventrally
thorax darker than abdomen, latter in the first three segments white,
last three pale pink.
ADULTS.
Male, length 4.5 mm.; width, 1.5 mm. Female, length 4.9 mm.;
width 1.4 mm. The sexes cannot only be distinguished one from
the other by their size, but also by their color. Both adults are
typically brownish white in appearance, but the male shows the
darker color of the two. Both the face and the vertex are of a pale
yellow color.
Number of Broods. There are three broods in a season. (Chart
9.) The nymphs of the first generation appear in early April.
Adults of this generation were found in the field the first of June.
From these, two more generations were reared in the insectary, the
adults of the second generation appearing the middle of July and of
the third generation the middle of August. The adults of the third
generation were placed in hibernating cages in the early part of
September.
478
The University Science Bulletin.
Adults were never observed mating more than once. They were
long-lived, one adult living from the middle of June until the middle
of August. Both the nymphs and adults are found on the underside
of the leaves, sometimes three or four on one leaf. Molting occurs
also on the underside of the leaves where the molted skins are at-
tached firmly. Plants growing in the direct sunlight are more apt
to be infested than those in the shade.
CHART 9. — Showing the time of year in which eggs, nymphs, and adults of each generation appear.
Number of generation.
Eggs.
Nymphs.
Adults.
First
April 5 to April 15
April 11 to May 31
May 31 to June 10
Second
June 10 to June 20
June 20 to July 15
July 15
Third
July 16 to July 26
July 26 to September 2
September 2
STUDIES IN SPOTTING.
CHARACTER OF SPOTTING.
The puncture of Eutettix chenopodii on Chenopodium album and
the other host plants produces crimson-colored spots. These are
usually round in outline, especially when first made. They soon
become wrinkled and raised; that is, the leaf tissue from above
grows convex and from below concave. On the under surface of the
leaf the color is somewhat lighter.
Location of Spots on Leaves. The spots may occur anywhere
on the surface of the leaf depending upon the feeding of the nymph.
They do not follow the venation of the leaf, and very pretty patterns
are sometimes made by the nymphs as they gradually move in
circles or lines across the sm*face.
Often the spots run together and cover a large part or even all
of a leaf, both small and large ones often becoming entirely red.
This is cjuite characteristic on pigweed and small Chenopodium
album, plants.
Curling of Leaves. The margin of the affected leaves usually
curls under and sometimes the whole leaf rolls up. Unless the plant
is vigorous before becoming infected, it will be stunted. On young
plants in the insectary, curling and stunting is very noticeable, and
a number of the plants die from this cause. The time elapsing on
chard leaves between the first curling and the final rolling up of
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii. 479
the leaf is eight days. Curling of leaves is followed by the gradual
loss of the green color and the death of the leaf.
Stems of plants were sometimes affected, especially at the nodes.
Nymphs kept in vials were given fresh lamb's-quarter or pigweed
daily. Spots were discernible the following day, although they were
sometimes faint. Nymphs reared on entire plants made spots that
were easily visible the following day. Faintness of the coloring in
the first instance was due probably to the fact that the leaves were
drying out in the vials. If many spots appeared on one leaf, at a
time, they usually were small and about the size of a pin point.
LIFE HISTORY AND SPOTTING.
An attempt was made to discover the effect upon the leaves by
the various instars. Each nymph as soon as hatched was placed in
a small vial with a cotton stopper. Daily observations were made
of the nature and the number of spots. Fresh leaves were fed the
nymphs daily, also. All nymphs reaching the fifth instar were caged
on potted plants to allow more freedom.
Two hundred individuals were started. From chart 10 it was
found that from 111 individuals living through the first instar, 30
spotted the leaves with an average of 6.7 spots for each individual.
In 5 cases the spots developed during the first twenty-four hours
after being fed upon by the insect. It is of interest to note that 8
individuals lived through the first instar without producing any
spots, although they were often noticed feeding.
Seventy-eight individuals lived through the second instar, with
47 of them spotting the leaf, an average of 12.6 spots to each. Again
5 individuals spotted the leaves during the first twenty-four hours
of incubation, while 31 failed to produce any spots at all.
The average number of spots per individual produced in the third
instar was increased to 24.4 each, with 39 out of 52 individuals
spotting, and 13 apparently having no effect upon the leaves.
A decrease in the average number of spots by each individual was
discovered in the fourth instar, the average being only 21.1 spots in
each individual. This may be explained by the fact that all of the
nymphs that spotted failed to live through the instar, 31 spotting
and but 26 living through this instar. Eiglit nymphs spotted leaves
during the first twenty- four hours.
An increase developed during the fifth instar, even though more
individuals produced spotting than lived through the instar, the
numbers being 17 to 11. However, these averaged 64.1 spots to
480
The University Science Bulletin.
each nymph, with five spotting the leaf during the first twenty-four
hours.
From these observations, it is evident that the ability to spot the
leaves increases with the age of the nymph. Also the per cent of
individuals causing injury and living through each instar increased
with the age of the instar.
ADULTS AND SPOTTING.
One adult was caged on a beet plant from the first of June until
the middle of August without spotting. Forty-six mated pairs of
adults on beet, chard, lamb's-quarter and purslane for from four to
eight .weeks failed to show any spots. This would prove that the
injury results from the nymphal stages entirely.
CHART 10.-
-Summary of spots made during
each instar.
Number.
1
2
3
4
5
Number.
1
2
3
4
5
1
18
96
20
19
32
*44
2
1
98
7
1
13
1
7
10
7
♦261
4
2
1
99
6
8
101
10
11
21
103
12
7
104
23
13
*60
10
1
14
16
*44
8
9
■■g"
11
6
*53
3
105
15
106
16
3
107
22
17
110
1
26
6
11
8
3
1
14
6
7
30
13
11
20
20
2
' 111
*58
16
39
211
*80
21
26
*77
22
5
7
6
6
18
15
28
4
1
7
15
112
24
113
4
27
20
114
31
116
37
117
43
5
118
9
2
45
24
120
10
*221
46
2
33
*40
12
35
121.
47
123 ...
51
124
10
15
54
125
60
4
4
1
5
17
131
61
134
137
2
62
16
*57
1
63
19
28
1
138
139
140
4
14
64
7
17
21
4
5
1
66
20
4
30
*12j"
68
20
2
12
143
69
148
152
6
70
5
8
37
13
1
36
72
17
29
154
74
22
8
8
25
157
168
8
*74
*41
*125
75
1
.
76
169
1
77
175
78
8
2
97
177
178
2
7i)
18
27
3
24
31
16
*95
80
1
187
23
83
3
9
192
196
5
84
3
6
22
7
86
1
198
91
16
199
Totals...,
2
92
19
19
1
8
28
28
25
'3'
2
93
t
t
t
t
t
94
95
* Where many spots appeared. t See Chart 11.
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
481
CHART 11. — Summary of spots made during each iiistar.
Total number of spots in each instar
Total number of individuals spotting in each instar. .
Average number of spots made by each individual ..
Total number of individuals living through each instar,
Percent of individuals living through each instar that
spotted ,
First
instar.
203
30
6.7
111
27 02
Second
instar.
594
47
12.6
78
60 2
Third
instar.
952
39
24.4
52
75
Fourth
instar.
655
31
21.1
26
ICO
Fifth
instar.
'1091
17
64
11
100
* Where many spots appeared.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1. Fitch. 1851. Bythoscopus strobi. Homop. N. Y. St. Col., p. 58.
2. OsBORN, Herbert. 1887. Note on Eutettix strobi, affecting leaves of
Chenopodium. Science. Vol.X:166.
3. Brunner, Lawrence. 1891. Report on Nebraska Insects. Bulletin U. S.
Div. Ent. O. S. 23:17.
4. Forbes, S. A., and Hart. The Economic Entomology of the Sugar Beet.
in, Agr. Exp. Station, 60:424.
5. Ball, E. D. 1907. The genus Eutettix. Davenport Academy of Science,
Vol. XII, pp. 27-94.
6. Lawson, p. B. 1920. The Cicadellidaj of Kansas. Science Bulletin, Uni-
versity of Kansas, Vol. XII, No. 1.
7. Fenton, F. a. 1924. Notes on the Biology of Eutettix strobi (Fitch).
Iowa Academy of Science, Vol. XXXI, pp. 437-440.
8. OsBORN, Herbert. 1923. Eutettix chenopodii. Ohio Jour. Sci., Vol. XXIII,
p. 161.
482 The University Science Bulletin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE LXVII
Fig. 1. Egg.
Fig. 2. Top of leaf showing position of egg.
Fig. 3. Edge of leaf showing position of egg.
Fig. 4. Leaf showing twelve eggs.
Fig. 5. Upper part of lamb's-quarter plant, badly infested.
Fig. 6. Leaf showing spotting a,nd curling.
Fig. 7. First instar.
Fig. 8. Second instar.
Fig. 9. Third instar.
Fig. 10. Fourth instar.
Fig. 1L Fifth instar.
Fig. 12. Adult female.
Fig. 13. Adult male.
Carpenter: A Study of Eutettix Chenopodii.
483
PLATE LXVII
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIIL] April, 1928. [No. 8.
Further Studies on the Reaction of Opalina to Various
Laboratory Culture Media.
MARY E. LARSOX and FREU W. ALLEX, Jr., Department of Zoology, University
of Kansas.
INTRODUCTION.
THE possibility of growing a parasite outside of its normal host
is of the utmost importance in order to study that parasite and
to determine its life cycle. During the last twenty years a large num-
ber of papers have appeared in which this phase of parasitological
research has been emphasized. The technique and culture media
have been improved to such an extent that the time does not seem
far distant when all pathogenic protozoa can be grown outside of
the host.
The intestinal flagellates of various animals, including man, have
very readily responded to such treatment, and the first published
reports deal more or less with this class of single-celled animals.
About 1910 Dock and Bass successfully cultured the malarial para-
site, but it was not until 1925 that the veiy interesting and import-
ant pathogenic sarcodine, Endamoeha histolytica {dysenteric) was
grown in an artificial medium by Boeck and Drbohlav ('25, 3). So
successful was the culturing of this ameba on an especially prepared
medium that the cultures in the first series of experiments retained
their pathogenicity for seven months and more. The organisms
were subcultured every forty-eight hours, and at the end of the
seven months kittens inoculated with these amebas soon developed
serious amebiasis. Different species of the parasitic ciliates have
also been cultured. There is only one ciliate, Balantidium coli,
pathogenic to man, and it has been reported as being successfully
cultured. It is interesting to note that parasitic protozoa represent-
ing all classes of the phylum have finally been induced to grow and
multiply on artificial media.
(485)
486 The University Science Bulletin.
METHODS AND MATERIAL.
For some time in the Zoology Department at the University of
Kansas some attention has been given to the study of the ciliate,
Opalina obtrigonoidea, parasitic in the cloaca of the common leopard
frog, Rana pipiens. In this series of experiments 166 Rana pipiens
were examined, and of these 80 proved to be heavily enough para-
sitized for use.
A paper published by one of us (Larson '28, 6) contains a com-
plete account of how the opalinas were obtained, how the media were
made up, and how the cultures were prepared and examined. The
same technique was followed in this series, and so the details will
not be repeated.
It will suffice to mention that it is very necessary to use well
sterilized culture dishes, instruments, etc. It is of the utmost im-
portance to use care in handling these organisms in order to avoid
contamination.
Several of the media used in the previous experiments were modi-
fied, and therefore those details will be explained. The media most
often modified were Cleveland's, Putter's, Locke's and Ringer's. To
75 cc. of Putter's fluid was added 25 cc. of blood serum, or 90 cc. of
the first and 10 cc. of the second. Loeffler's blood serum was used,
and was made up by using one gram of the dry powder to 100 cc. of
distilled water heated to 42° C. Piitter's fluid was also modified by
adding 250 milligrams of dextrose to 250 cc. of the medium. The
main constituent of Putter's medium is Rochelle salts and this was
added to Locke's in the same proportion as given in the original
formula for Putter's fluid.
Locke's and Putter's were also modified by the addition of egg
albumen. To the well beaten white of one egg, 500 cc. of either
medium was added and kept in a hot-water bath for 30 minutes.
This preparation should be stirred occasionally and then filtered.
Some cultures were set up somewhat differently from those reported
in the previous paper, since in these experiments the entire absence
of the cloacal wall and cloacal content was desired. All of these
cultures correspond to those called "clear" in the previous experi-
ments. The number of cultures made from the opalinas in one
cloaca was dependent upon the relative number present. In short,
each culture dish contained the medium and the opalinas free from
fecal material, and most of the bacteria. The number of bacteria
present can be very much reduced by passing the opalinas through
several changes of the medium. This can easily be done by trans-
ferring the parasite from dish to dish by means of a capillary pipette.
Larson and Allen: Culture ]\Iedl\ Studies. 487
DISCUSSION.
As suggested in the introduction, all classes of protozoa have
been successfully cultured, nevertheless less work has been done on
the ciliates than on any of the others. That was the first thing
considered when Opalina obtrigonoidea was chosen for these experi-
ments; secondly, this parasite is fairly easy to secure. A con-
tinuous supply of material is a veiy important factor in any line
of investigation.
In the published paper (Larson, '28, 6), "Reaction of Opalinas to
Various Laboratory Culture Media," the following conclusions were
arrived at: (1) Opalina obtngonoidea can be maintained outside
of the host for various lengths of time, depending upon the culture
medium used. (2j Piitter's fluid is the best of the culture fluids
not having blood serum in the original formula. (3) Of the more
common laboratory media Locke's fluid is best, with a 33V-? per cent
sea water a close second. (4) Of all the media tried in this series
of experiments, a modified serum-saline-citrate proved to be the
best for keeping opalinas in process of division and growth outside
of their normal host. (5) Any one of the common laboratory media
will probably prove to be more effective if serum is added. (6)
When culturing with a fluid which does not contain blood serum, a
piece of cloacal wall materially helps to increase the longevity of
the opalinas in the culture.
Because of the efficacy of Cleveland's solution of serum-saline-
citrate, it was decided to try adding blood serum or egg-albumen to
some of the other laboratory maintaining fluids such as Locke's and
Ringer's, also Piitter's. Piitter's fluid was developed by the German
investigator. Putter, in 1905, and has proven to be an excellent main-
taining medium for opalinas. It was developed for the specific
purpose of "growing opalinas." The food supply for these organisms
is undoubtedly one of the prime factors entering into the problem.
Allowing the cloacal content to remain in the culture seems to cause
eventually too rapid a multiplication of bacteria. Our first work
brought out conclusively the fact that the culture lived longest when
there was none or very little of the cloacal content present but with
a piece of the cloacal wall in it.
The addition of egg albumen or blood serum in certain definitely
worked out proportions materially increased the longevity of the
opalinas. This fact makes subculturing more simple because one
is not dependent upon a supply of fresh cloacal wall when replenish-
31—3341
488 The University Science Bulletin.
ing the medium in the mass cultures or in making new cultures from
the original ones. The following summary shows the results ob-
tained.
Increase in Ion-
Medium, gevity. in hours.
Putter's (90 cc.) and blood serum (10 cc.) 72
Putter's and egg albumen 48
Locke's and egg albumen 24
Locke's (90 cc.) and blood serum (10 cc.) 24
Putter's and dextrose None
Ringer's and blood serum None
Ringer's and egg albumen None
These are the results from mass cultures where no subculturing
was done. Fresh medium was occasionally added because there was
some evaporation, in spite of the fact that the culture dishes were
always covered.
In Putter's fluid the opalinas maintained themselves in mass cul-
tures and without subculturing for sixty-six hours. The addition of
the blood serum increased the maintaining power of the medium
seventy-two hours. In Locke's fiuid the opalinas lived sixt}' hours,
l)ut with the addition of the blood serum to the medium its main-
taining power was increased. For furtlier details concerning other
experiments with whicli comparisons are made in this tabic the
reader is referred to an earlier paper (Larson '28, 3).
We regret that at present it is impossible to give a table of meas-
urements for the individual opalinas after fission in the culture
medium. (We expect to clear up this matter in the near future.)
That would answer the question: Had there been actual growth of
the daughter opalina after division? We felt that there must have
been some increase in the total bulk of opalina protoplasm. We
made numerous observations on opalinas in the process of fission and
were quite confident that, owing to the favorable condition of the cul-
tures, especially those that were maintained so long by subculturing,
the opalinas which had divided some hours previously were not
noticeably smaller than opalinas which had not divided.
Some cultures were subcultered every second or third day. This
was more or less dependent upon the condition of the culture. The
following sample protocols will serve as illustrations for a great
number of experiments worked out in the course of this investigation.
A. Putter's medium (90 cc.) and .serum (10 cc).
March 9, original culture divided into six cultures.
March 11, each culture was subdivided.
March 13, each culture was subdivided.
March 15, oacli cultiu'e was subdivided.
Larson and Allen: Culture Medl\ Studies. 489
On March 18 culture C of this series of six cultures was in excellent
condition, and division had been so rapid that on this date it was
divided into four new cultures with fresh medium added. The fol-
lowing is a history of these cultures:
I. Subcultured March 21. All opalinas dead March 23.
II. Not subcultured. Almost all opalinas dead March 23. Culture
was destroyed.
III. Subcultured March 20, 22. 24. Almost all opalinas dead March
24. Culture wa.^ destroyed.
IV. Subcultured March 23, 25, 27. On the 29th so few opalinas were
livins that the culture was destroyed.
B. Flitter — Egg medium.
Four cultures made from original culture April 7.
Each culture had the following history: Subcultured April 9, 12, 14,
16, 18, 19, 23. 25.
On April 14 the C culture of these four cultures was so loaded with
opalinas that three new cultures were put together in fresh medium
and this culture lasted until April 30.
In all of these experiments where subculturing was done, it is
understood to mean the transfer of all the opalinas by a capillary
pipette from the old culture medium into a well sterilized watch
glass filled with fresh medium of the kind used in the set.
An interesting condition was noticed in one set of cultures where
a modified Cleveland's medium had been used. This modification
was a 0.1 per cent of sodium citrate instead of 1 per cent as used by
Cleveland. The rate of fission was apparently stimulated to an
abnormal degree. In the springtime the division of opalinas is
normally quite rapid, and it was in that season that these conditions
were observed, but this division was verj' different from all other
divisions which we observed macroscopically. Before the parent
opalina had completed its fission each of the daughter opalinas had
begun division. This peculiar condition was carried to such an
extreme that the dividing opalinas presented the appearance of a
ball composed of eight or more individuals, none of them completely
separated. In some cases they looked like the spokes of a wheel,
radiating from a common center. Someone not acquainted with the
cultures might have called these dividing opalinas colonial protozoa.
We hope to be able to repeat this experiment and to arrive at some
conclusion concerning the exact cause of this peculiar condition.
It has been considered very important by several investigators
that the media used for maintaining opalinas be made oxygen-free or
nearly so. We found it possible, however, to grow opalinas fairly
successfully without removing the oxygen from the media. Se"\'oral
of the media were boiled in the process of preparation, all media
490 The University Science Bulletin.
were kept tightly corked, all cultures well covered, and special pre-
cautions were taken in making the transfers. This tended toward
eliminating oxygen.
Dr. A. A. Schaeffer, of the Department of Zoology at the Uni-
versity of Kansas, offered many helpful suggestions during the
course of these experiments.
CONCLUSIONS.
1. The addition of egg albumen or blood serum to any of the
more generally used laboratory media will increase considerably the
maintaining power of the media.
2. putter's medium with the addition of blood serum was found
to be the best maintaining fluid. The addition of the egg albumen
did not apparently increase its powers for longevity to such a great
extent as the serum, but it did increase it beyond straight Piitter's.
3. The maintaining power of Locke's medium is increased several
hours by the addition of blood serum or egg albumen.
4. The addition of either egg albumen or blood serum does away
with the necessity of retaining the cloaca! wall or content in the cul-
ture. This undoubtedly reduces the bacterial count, a very neces-
sary factor to consider in any kind of culture work.
5. Subculturing the opalinas makes it possible to keep a culture
a month or more for study. It is best to subculture systematically
every 24 to 48 hours, depending upon the condition of the culture.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1. Boyd, Mark F. 1918. A note on the cultivation of trichomonas intesti-
nalis. Jour, of Parasit, Vol. 6, 168-170.
2. Barrett, H. P. and Nancy Y.arbrough. 1921. A method for the culti-
vation of Balantidium coll. Amer. Jour, of Trop. Med., Vol. 1, 161-164.
3. BcECK, Wm. C. and J. Drbohlav. 1925. The cultivation of Endamceha his-
tolytica. Amer. Jour, of Hygiene, Vol. 5.
4. Cleveland, L. R. 1925. Toxicity of oxygen for Protozoa in \ivo and in
vitro; animals defaunated without m.jury. Biol. Bull., Vol. 48, 455-468.
5. HoGUE, M. J. 1921. Waskia ijitcstinnlis, its cultivation and cyst forma-
tion. Jour. Amer. Med. Assn., Vol. 77, 112-113.
6. Larson, Mary E. 1928. Reaction of opalinas to -sarious laboratory media.
Tran. Amer. Micro. Soc, Vol. 47. 1-10.
7. Putter, A. 1905. Die Atmung der Protozoen. Zeitschr. f. Allgem.
Physiol., Vol. 5, 566-612.
8. Tyler, R. A. 1926. The cultnation of Opalma. Science, Vol. 54, 383-384.
•i t
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII.] April, 1928. [No. 9.
A Studj' of the Parasites of the Digestive Tract of
Thirty-five Dogs.
C. RUTH SHAW, Department of Zoology.
INTRODUCTION.
THE purpose of this paper is to give a survey of the incidence of
parasitism in the digestive tract of a random selection of thirty-
five dogs from this locaHty. It is of considerable importance in
the field of parasitology to have as complete a record as possible of
the parasites of all animals in a given locality. All of these dogs
had been used previously for experimentation, but in no case had
the digestive tract been disturbed. Arrangements were made so
that it was possible to make examination of the tract immediately
after the death of the animal.
It is surprising how many parasites are harbored by the dog.
There are clinical records of cases w'here children have actually
contracted helminthiasis, as the result of playing with an infested
pet dog. The larval stage of a very common dog tapeworn, Dipy-
lidnmi caninuin, develops within the flea or louse which is so
thoroughly ''at home" on the dog. The accidental ingestion of such
an infected flea or louse by a dog or man results in the development
of the adult tapeworm in the individual ingesting the flea or louse.
This particular tapeworm has been reported (Hall '15, 3) from an
astonishingly large number of persons in the United States. The
majority of such, and similar infections, have been in children.
The writer is greatly indebted to the Department of Physiology
of the University of Kansas for the supply of material needed. All
dogs were obtained through them.
Miss Mary E. Larson, assistant professor of zoology of the Uni-
versity of Kansas, was of great assistance in making this study.
Her suggestions were of great value, and are greatly appreciated.
(491)
492 The University Science Bulletin.
LITERATURE.
To the literature on this subject of parasites of the digestive tract
of the dog Maurice C. Hall, of the Zoological Division, of the
Bureau of Animal Industry of the United States Department of
Agriculture, at Washington, D. C, has been the foremost contribu-
tor. Dr. B. M. Underbill, in his book entitled "Parasites and
Parasitosis of Domestic Animals." sets forth in good form a valu-
able classification and brief discussions of the various parasites.
Many other books and bulletins contain material on this subject,
though they are not specially devoted to this field of parasitology.
METHOD OF PROCEDURE.
After the dogs had been killed by excessive etherization the
digestive tracts were removed and immediately dropped into normal
saline solution. The material was thus kept in excellent condition
until it was possible for the examination to be made. Generally,
examination was made within the next liour or so. In order to
examine the tract carefully it was taken from the normal saline
and placed on a dissecting tray. Then, beginning at the posterior
end (the lower portion of the large intestine) the tract was slit
lengthwise. After laying the digestive canal open, the intestinal con-
tents were removed and examined. The walls of the tract were
scraped with a scalpel. All macroscopic animal life was removed by
the use of forceps and placed in normal saline for subsequent killing
and fixing with corrosive sublimate. After the parasites had been
fixed they were placed in seventy per cent alcohol with iodine (the
iodine was used to remove the excess of the sublimate) for twenty-
four hours. The forms were then preserved in seventy per cent alco-
hol for further examination and identification. It was often possible
to make further observations as to the condition of the dogs intern-
ally and externally.
DISCUSSION.
The macroscopic parasites found during the examination of the
digestive tract of thirty-five dogs were tapeworms, hookworms, eel-
worms and whipworms. Tapeworms and hookworms were very
frequent, while the eelworms and whipworms were not so often
found. Following is a table showing the number and per cent of
the total number of dogs infected by each of the different types of
parasites:
Shaw: Parasitism ix Dogs. 493'
Common name of Number of dogs Per cent of dogs
parasite. . infected. infected.
Tapeworms 29 83
Hookworms 29 83
Eelworms 5 14
Whipworms 4 11
It is evident that tapeworms and hookworms were both present in
the greater portion of the dogs, but hookworms were not always
present if the dog had tapeworms, or tapeworms always present if
the dog had hookworms. The following table shows how frequently
some of the different types were found in the same host:
Parasites found ;n tlie Number of dogs Per cent of dogs
same iiost. infected. infected.
Tapeworms and hookworms 18 51 .43
Tapeworms, hookworms and eelworms... 5 14.29
Tapeworms, hookworms and whipworms, 3 8.57
Hookworms and whipworms 1 2.86
Hookworms (only) 2 5.71
Tapeworms (only) 3 8.57
No parasites 3 8.57
Total 35 100.00
As to the identification of these various forms little difficulty was
encountered except in that of the tapeworms. In determining the
genus and species of each form B. M. Underhill's book of 1920,
"Parasites and Parasitosis of the Domestic Animals," was found to
be exceedingly helpful.
The hookworm, which occurred so frequently, was of the species
Ankylostoma canina (syn. Dochmius trigonocephalus; Uncinaria
trigonocephalus ; Uncinaria canina), (Underhill '20, 8), and belongs
to the family Strongylidse of class Nematoda. The number of
individual hookworms found in one dog ranged from four to hun-
dreds, or more than could readily be picked out and counted. The
fact that hookworms are so small made it difficult for one to be sure
that all present were found. Generally, each worm was securely
fastened to the intestinal wall in the midst of a bloody and inflamed
area, which was the result of its activity. As shown in the table
above, hookworm infections were usually accompanied by tapeworm,
eelworm, or whipwomi infection. In every case there were prac-
tically twice as many female as male worms. Ankylostoma canina is
the only kind of hookworm that occurs frequently in the dog of this
country. Another species, Uncinaria stenocephalia has been re-
ported, but the report has not been confirmed.
Ankylostoma canina produces an affection (Underhill '20, 8) in
dogs which is analogous to ankylostomiasis or hookworm disease
494 The University Science Bulletin.
of man, caused by Ankylostoma duodenale. Underbill states that
the depression and indifference which result from such infection
cause the lack of zest occasionally seen in hunting dogs. The disease
usually attacks hunting packs in kennels, where reinfection is easy
and the result is that the dogs become anemic, and soon almost
worthless, unless treatment is instituted.
It is easy to see how hookworm infection may become common in
kennels, but it is truly surprising that it is so frequent among the
ordinary city dogs and house pets. Even in the latter cases the in-
fection may become quite severe as can readily be observed by the
characteristic harshness and loss of luster of their coats. It is
fortunate indeed that this species of dog hookworm apparently
never infects man.
The one species of eel worm, or ascarid, common in the dog is
Belascaris marginata, of the family Ascaridse of class Nematoda.
It is most frequently found in young dogs of three or four months,
and it is thought probable that about thirty per cent (Underbill
'20, 8) of all puppies harbor the worm in the small intestines. But
in our dogs, all of which were adults, Belascaris marginata was found
in only five of the thirty-five, or fourteen per cent of the group. In
one of these only one eelworm was found, but in the others the
number ranged from four to nineteen.
The symptoms of eelworm infection are much like those caused
by the presence of tapeworms. These symptoms are emaciation,
irregular appetite and diarrhea or constipation. The infection of
one parasite alone may be disastrous, while with two different kinds,
such as eelworms and tapeworms, in a single host, fatal obstruction
of the intestinal canal would be the expected results. The intestinal
canal of one of the dogs examined was so filled with tapeworms that
it seemed impossible that the tract had been able to carry on the
process of elimination. Tangled in with this very great mass of
tapeworms were a number of eelworms.
The whipwoiTn found in dogs is Trichuris depressiuscuhis (syn.
Trichocephalus depressiusculus) , (Underbill '20, 8), of the family
Tricbinellidae of class Nematoda. This peculiar worm was found to
occupy the extreme tips of the ceca of four of the thirty-five, or
eleven per cent of the dogs examined. They were not found in great
numbers; the average per dog was eight worms. Each case of whip-
woiTn infection was accompanied by hookworm infection. There is
no knowledge of these worms of the dog being of any pathogenic
Shaw: Parasitism in Dogs. 495
importance, but the whipworm of man, Trichuris trichura, has been
suggested as playing a part in the development of a diseased ap-
pendix (Chandler '20, 1).
The life cycle, the abundance, and the appearance of the tape-
worms of class Cestoda make them of greater interest than the
above-considered forms. They were found in eighty-three per cent
of the dogs examined, and in the majority of these cases they were
quite abundant. The following table gives the names and the fre-
quency of the different tapeworms found. Identification was made
on external characters principally. Underbill's book was the main
source of descriptions.
Number of dogs Range in numbers
Name of tapeworm. infected. of worms per dog.
Dipylidium 23 2-50
TcEuia pisiformis 11 1-46
Taenia hydatigena 3 1-16
Midticeps 8 2-17
Unclassed ones (very small) 5 2-200
It was impossible to determine the species of Midticeps. There
are possibilities of two species of this genus being present {Multi-
ceps midticeps and Midticeps serialis). However, the chances are
that the majority are Midticeps serialis. Underbill '20, 8, says that
dogs having access to butchers' offal are often infected with Multi-
ceps multiceps and Taenia hydatigena, the cystic forms of which are
harbored in organs of sheep; while hunting dogs and those which
roam about are more frequently infected with Multiceps serialis and
Taenia pisiformis, which Ivdve their larval stages in rabbits. With
all the modern equipment used by the butchers and packing houses
to-day the accessibility of dogs to the wastes of the various animals
is greatly reduced. Unless the cyst of Multiceps multiceps is ob-
tained from the sheep of such places it is hard to imagine where
they could get them, since very few sheep are raised in this terri-
tory. There are, howe^•er, many rabbits in this region of the coun-
try, so that all the dogs would easily have access to the cysts of
Multiceps serialis. The scarcity of sheep in this territory probably
also explains the fact that there were comparatively few dogs in-
fected by Taenia hydatigena.
It is difficult to determine the species of the genus Dipylidium
without making microscopic examination. Dipylidium caninum is
quite generally accepted as the most common species of this genus.
The fact that the cystic stage of Dipylidium caninum, the double-
pored tapeworm, is in the flea or louse of the dog may explain the
very great frequency of the presence of this genus of tapeworms.
496 The University Science Bulletin.
Dipylidium was found in twenty-three, or seventy-nine per cent,
of the twenty-nine dogs infected with tapeworms ; or in sixty-five per
cent of the thirty-five dogs examined. Some were only five or
six inches long, and were ciiiite slender, though mature. Others were
fifteen inches long, and the mature and gravid proglottids were large.
These worms were always found in considerable numbers whenever
present at all.
Some of the specimens of Taenia pisiformis had some very peculiar
proglottids. Many of the worms were made up (wholly or partially)
of proglottids, which were almost circular in shape and were only
loosely attached to each other. The "chain" of such proglottids
was extremely easy to break. Perhaps this condition was due to
some degeneracy that was taking place in the tapeworm; but the
writer has no definite explanation to offer.
The muscular activity of the individual gravid proglottids was
often noticed with interest. In one instance, a number of them were
placed in a water glass of normal saline solution and their peculiar
activity was watched closely for four hours. After being unobserved
for ten hours some of them were found to be still moving, but the
movement was quite slow, and all died within the next two hours.
An interesting tapeworm is the three-sided one found in one dog
(dog 26), which was very heavily infested with worms. This dog
was host to ninety good-sized tapeworms besides the hundreds of
the so-called small "unclassified ones." This somewhat unusual
worm is eight inches long (preserved; during fixation it had no doubt
contracted a great deal). Each proglottid, from the youngest to the
most mature, is triangular in cross section. Dr. Maurice C. Hall
says it "is one of the trihedral tapeworms, and this form of abnor-
mality has been reported a number of times for a number of species."
This one is of the species Toenia pisiformis.
The tapeworms recorded as "unclassified ones" were small, not
more than two and a half inches long, and cjuite slender. Some of the
forms were mature, as was readily observed by the shape and the
structure of the posterior proglottids. In one dog only two of them
Avere found, while in another there were about two hundred. At first
glance they resembled immature members of the species Dipylidium
caninum, but the fact that these small forms were mature makes it
very unlikely that this was the case. Hall and Wigdor ('18, 5) , make
reference to a species which may be the worm under consideration
here. This tapeworm is called Dipylidium sexcoronatum, and is
thought to l)e almost as common in Detroit, Mich., as Dipylidium
Shaw: Parasitism in Dogs. 497
caninum. The description given by the above authors in this paper
was not sufficient to determine whether or not the worms found here
were of the same species. The frequency is sufficient to suggest the
possibility of these worms being D. sexcoronatum found to be com-
mon in Detroit. They are undoubtedly of the genus Dipylidium, as
they are double-pored, but the author is as yet unable to determine
the species.
It was found that each parasite had a characteristic distribution
in the digestive tract. The tapeworms were generally found in one
great mass, and were usually all in the ileum. Only in one instance
was there only a single tapeworm {Taenia 'pisijormis) , and it was
near the pylorus (Sisson '17, 6). Only gravid proglottids, which had
been shed, were found in the cecum or colon. The hookworms were
usually scattered the full length of the small intestine, but if there
were only a few, they were in the ileum. A few times some were
found in the cecum, or the anterior region of the colon. Once a few
were found in the stomach. The eelworms seemed to have no par-
ticular choice as to what region they occupied except that it be in
the small intestine. When they were quite numerous the younger
ones occurred anterior to the large ones. The whipworms were
always found at the extreme tip of the cecum.
Dogs serve as intermediate hosts to parasites which cause a
great economic loss in the raising of domestic animals. The "gid"
parasite (Hall 10, 2 and '20, 4) which occurs in the brain or spinal
cord of sheep, is the cystic stage of Multiceps multiceps, a tapeworm
of the dog. Dogs should be kept free from tapeworms of any kind,
and various means of treatment for removal may be used (Hall '20
4). If infection, of any type of parasites, is realized it would be
advisable to administer treatment. The parasitism of dogs is a
decidedly serious problem worthy of thoughtful consideration. We
are all so familiar with the habits of the dog that the possibilities of
it being a carrier of disease cannot be overlooked.
CONCLUSIONS.
1. Most of the dogs of this territory are infested with a number
of different kinds of parasitic worms of the digestive tract.
2. The parasites found in the digestive tract of the thirty-five
dogs examined were tapeworms, hookworms, eelworms, and whip-
worms.
3. Eighty-three per cent of the dogs examined were infected
with tapeworms.
498 The University Science Bulletin.
4. Different species of the cestode genera Dipylidium, Tcenia and
Multiceps were found in these dogs.
5. Eighty -three per cent of the dogs examined had hookworm in-
fection. All hookworms were of the species Ankylostojna canina.
6. Fifty-one per cent of the dogs had both tapeworm and hook-
worm infection; but all dogs having tapeworm infection did not
have hookworm or other parasitic infection.
7. Five per cent of this group of dogs were infected with eel-
worms of the species Belascaris marginata.
8. Four per cent of the dogs were infected with whipworms of
the species Trichuris depressiusculus.
9. Eight and one-half per cent of the thirty-five dogs harbored
no parasites in the digestive tract.
10. Few sheep are raised in this territory; therefore, few tape-
worms of the species Multiceps multiceps and Tcenia hydatigena
were found, because they must have the sheep to harbor their
cystic stages.
11. The parasitism of dogs 'is a problem worthy of consideration.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
1. Chandler, Asa C. 1920. Animal parasites and human disease, pp. 178-184.
2. Hall, Maurice C. 1910. The gid parasite and allied species of the cestode
genus Multiceps. U. S. Dept. of Agri., Bull. 125, Part 1.
3. Hall, M.\urice C. 1915. The dog as a carrier of parasites and disease. U.
S. Dept. of Agri., Bull. 260; Nov. 23.
4. Hall, Maurice C. 1920. Parasites and parasitic diseases of sheep. U. S.
Dept. of Agri., Farmers' Bull. 1150, pp. 20-33.
5. H.ALL, Maurice C, and Wigdor, Meyer. 1918. A bothriocephalid tapeworm
from the dog of North Amei'ica, with notes on cestode parasites of dogs.
Journ. of Amer. Vet. Med. As.sn.; June.
6. SissoN, Septimus. 1917. The anatomy of the domestic animals, pp.
498-502.
7. Stiles, Ch. W.\rdell and Hassall, Albert. 1912. Index-catalogue of medi-
cal and veterinary zoolog.v. Hygienic Laboratory, Bull. No. 85; July.
8. Underhill, B. M. 1920. Parasites and parasitosis of domestic animals,
pp. 178-184.
THE UNITERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII. ] April, 1928. [No. 10.
Relations Between Plants and Birds in the Missouri
River Region.
JEAN LINSDALE, Department of Zoology.
IN making a study of the birds of a small area bordering the
Missouri river in northeastern Kansas special attention was given
to the recording of facts bearing upon the relations of particular
kinds of plants to birds. All observations herein recorded were
made within one and one-half miles of the old townsite of Geary,
Doniphan county, Kansas, and between 1921 and 1925.
Although it is now generally recognized that the vegetation of a
region has an important and well-defined influence upon the bird
life of the region, there are few published papers which deal with
this phase of bird study. Since so few studies of bird life have been
made from this viewpoint, it is thought desirable to record observa-
tions somewhat in detail rather than to make general statements
without presenting the data on hand which indicate the nature of
the relationships that exist between the various kinds of plants and
the birds of the region.
Particular plants of this area were found to influence certain birds
by furnishing: (1) Suitable nesting sites; (2) food; (3) shelter,
resting places, screen; (4) nesting materials.
A brief account of other factors which influence birds in ways
similar to plants is added.
INFLUENCE OF IMPORTANT PLANT GENERA.
Acer. Two of the species of larger trees of the area belonged to
this genus. The white maple (Acer saccharinum) was a common
tree where it had been planted in 3^ards and in other places near
houses. The trees were usually not crowded so that there was plenty
of room for the tops to become large and for large limbs to develop.
(499)
500 The University Science Bulletin.
A few birds gathered insect food from the branches of the maples.
This tree did not furnish especially suitable nesting sites, and only
a few species nested in it. One nest of the mourning dove was found
thirty feet from the ground on a large sloping limb of a maple. A
blue jay's nest was found on a similar limb three inches in diameter.
Another was seen building a nest in a crotch made by two limbs and
twenty feet from the ground. A third nest of the blue jay was
twenty-five feet from the ground. The Baltimore oriole placed
nests in the ends of drooping branches. A nest of this species was
placed ten feet from the ground. A red-eyed vireo's nest was found
hanging from a horizontal fork of a limb three-eighths of an inch
in diameter, seven feet from the ground, in a tree forty feet high
that was growing on the bar east of the lake. Robins built a nest
four feet from the end of a small branch in the top of a maple.
The box elder [Acer negundo) was more generally distributed
over the area than was the maple. This tree was found in yards,
along the road on the lower part of the bluff, along the creek and
ravines, and in the older parts of the bar. In addition to the
supply of insect food on its leaves and branches, the crop of seeds
of this tree furnished some food for winter seed-eating birds such as
cedar waxwings. Most individuals of this species were not large.
A mourning dove's nest was found ten feet from the ground on
a liorizontal limb. Yellow-billed cuckoos nested in similar sit-
uations. Bronzed grackles were found nesting in the tops of tress
of this species that were growing along a creek. A cardinal's nest
was found six feet from the ground in a small, bushy box elder.
Rose-breasted grosbeaks nested on horizontal limbs ten feet from
the ground and in a position similar to that selected by one pair of
summer tanagers for a nest site. A red-eyed vireo built a nest nine
feet from the ground in a medium-sized tree along the lower part
of the bluff. Robins nested in an upright crotch twelve feet from
the ground and on a horizontal limb fifteen feet from the ground.
Blue jays nested in a crotch near the top of a tree and thirty feet
from the ground.
Ambrosia. Several kinds of weeds, including Atnbrosia, Cannabis,
Amaranthus, Chenopodium, Melilotus and Rumex grew in dense
tangles in patches of waste ground over all the area, and especially
in fence rows, roadsides, on waste parts of the bar, in fields that
were not well cultivated or that were not planted to crops, and in
artificial clearings on the bluff. These dense growths were from
Linsdale: Plants axd Birds — Relations. 501
five to ten feet high. During the summer there was some insect
food on these plants, but they were of most use to birds in furnishing
nest sites. The indigo bunting and dickcissel were common nesters
in these weeds. Their nests were usually placed from two to four
feet from the ground. Redwinged blackbirds nested in patches of
rumcx that grew near the lake.
In August and early September these weeds furnished an abundant
supply of insect food and many resting places for the smaller species
of migrating birds. Some of the more frequent species in these
flocks were the orchard oriole, Baltimore oriole, indigo bunting,
dickcissel, blue-headed vireo. Bell's vireo. worm-eating warbler,
Nashville warbler, orange-crowned warbler, Tennessee warbler. Ken-
tucky warbler, mourning warbler, ^Maryland yellow-throat, yellow-
breasted chat, Wilson's warbler. Canada warbler, catbird, and west-
ern house wren.
During the winter months many of the seed-eating birds spent
their time feeding on the large crop of seeds produced by these
weeds. The species which regularly fed there at this time are:
Downy woodpecker, red-winged blackbird, purple finch, goldfinch,
pine siskin, Harris' sparrow, white-throated sparrow, tree sparrow,
slate-colored junco, song sparrow, Lincoln's sparrow, swamp spar-
row, fox sparrow, towhee, cardinal, indigo bunting. English sparrow,
mourning dove, and chickadee. The winter wren, golden-crowned
kinglet, and ruby-crowned kinglet were sometimes found in the
weeds.
Celtis. The hackberry [Ccltis occidentalis) is not a dominant
tree of the region, but it exerts an influence upon the bird life. The
larger trees of this region were found in yards and along the creek.
Others grew along the bluff and especially along its lower part. In
addition to the usual amount of insect food found on the foliage of
this tree, there was each year a crop of fruit which ripened in the
fall and which was on the tree through the winter. Cedar waxwings
and robins were seen feeding on the fruit of this tree.
A nest of the mourning dove was found on a hackberry limb thirty
feet from the ground. Orchard orioles nested on the end of a branch
fifteen feet from the ground.
Cercis. The redbud (Cercis canadensis) is one of the more im-
portant of the smaller trees of this region to birds. It is found
along the creeks and in sprout fields, and as an invader on the river
bluffs. It grows usually as a small, spreading tree with a rounded
502 The University Science Bulletin.
top and many branches. In the more crowded situations this tree
grows taller and with fewer branches. In this form the tree is less
favorable for use by birds than it is when rounded. During the lat-
ter half of April redbud trees are in flower, and they attract many
small insects, which in turn attract the flocks of small, migrating,
insect eating birds, many of which do most of their feeding at about
the level of the tops of redbud trees.
Several species of small summer residents found suitable nesting
sites in redbud trees. A nest of the mourning dove w^as found on a
leaning main trunk and nine feet from the ground. This tree fur-
nished one of the most favorable nest sites for the yellow-billed
cuckoo, five nests being found in the bushy tops from four to twelve
feet from the ground. A nest of the cardinal was found in a fork
three and one-half feet from the ground. A nest of the yellow-
breasted chat was found four feet from the ground on a redbud
sprout. A natural cavity, four and one-half feet from the ground,
in a main trunk of a redbud, held a nest of a tufted titmouse.
Cornus. The rough-leaved dogwood (Cornus asperifolia) was
one of the most abundant of the secondary trees, both on the bluff
and in the later stages of growth on the bar. Dogwoods were also
found growing in the bottom-land timber along the creek. The tree
usually grew with a spreading top of many branches that were cov-
ered with a thick growth of leaves. These trees were usually not
over fifteen feet high.
In addition to the insect food that birds find in the leaves and on
the branches of dogwood, there is a large crop of white fruit that
ripens in August of each year, and which is a popular food supply
for large flocks of birds that gather before and during the first
movements toward the south in the fall. This fruit ripens about
the last of August and usually hangs on the tree until it is eaten by
the birds. Some of the species most often seen feeding on the fruit
of dogwood are the kingbird, catbird and brown thrasher. A red-
bellied woodpecker was seen picking the fruit, which it ate.
A screech owl was found hiding in the thick tops of a thicket of
dogwood that was growing along the lower edge of the bluff.
At least eight species of birds found suitable nesting sites among
the branches of the dogwood. Two nests of the yellow-billed cuckoo
were found on horizontal branches five and si.\ feet from the ground.
Two nests of the cardinal were found in dogwood sprouts, and two
nests of the indigo bunting were found in the thick tops of small dog-
woods. These nests were well hidden by the leaves. A pair of red-
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 503
eyed vireos nested on the end of a limb of dogwood five feet from
the ground. Two nests of Bell's vireo were found at the ends of
lower branches of dogwoods on the bar and within three feet of the
ground. Yellow-breasted chats nested on a dogwood sprout and
three feet from the ground. A nest of the brown thrasher was found
in the top of a dogwood eight feet from the ground. Two nests of
the wood thrush were found in forks of a main trunk seven feet
from the ground.
Hicoria. Several species of hickory trees were found in the timber
on the bluff. Hicoria ovata was the most common of these, and
affected the bird life a little more than did the other species. The
hickory is one of the largest trees in this region, the size being partly
dependent upon the thickness of the soil covering over the rocks and
the nearness of other trees. When the trees grow close together the
trunks are limbless for several feet, and the tops are small and con-
sist of few branches.
Several species of birds hunted over the trunks and limbs for in-
sect food in winter, and hunted in the leafy branches in summer.
Not many species of birds nested in hickory trees. The larger
trees, so far as is known, furnished nesting sites for only two species
of birds. Two nests of the ruby-throated hummingbird were found
on small horizontal branches twenty feet from the ground. A nest
of a pair of scarlet tanagers was found on a larger limb twenty feet
from the ground. A nest of the cardinal was found six feet from the
ground on a hickory 'sprout. A pair of red-eyed vireos built a nest
near the end of a branch of a sprout and eight feet from the ground.
Juglans. The black walnut is one of the larger trees in the richer
portion of ground along the creek, in low places on the bluff, and in
yards. When not too crowded this tree produced a large crown with
large branches. Some large walnut trees that were dying furnished
good perches for woodpeckers and flycatchers and other birds that
require exposed perches for considerable periods of time. The large
tops furnish feeding grounds for many small species of insect-eating
birds during the spring migrations. The walnut prefers rather rich
soil, and it usually grows where the soil is sufficiently deep for a
large tap root to be sent down.
This tree furnishes poorer nesting facilities than do some of the
other kinds of large trees. Mourning dove's nests were found on
horizontal limbs ten feet from the ground and twenty-two feet
from the ground. A nest of the yellow-billed cuckoo was found on
a small lower limb of a walnut that was seven feet from the ground.
32—3341
504 The University Science Bulletin.
Three nests of the Baltimore oriole were located on the ends of
walnut limbs at heights of from twelve to thirty feet from the
ground. A nest of the dickcissel was four feet from the ground on
a walnut sprout. A pair of blue-gray gnat catchers built a nest in
the crotch of a small limb twenty feet from the ground. A robin's
nest was found on a horizontal limb twenty feet from the ground.
Madura. The Osage orange, or hedge {Madura pomiferum) , is
not a native tree in this part of Kansas, but it has been introduced,
and it furnishes an excellent protection for many kinds of birds as
well as very good nest sites for some. This plant is usually set out
in rows to serve as fences to mark the boundaries of fields and
pastures. Sometimes it is kept closely cut back, and its growth
regulated so that it makes a dense low thicket. Some trees were
found growing singly in pastures where they had grown up after
escaping from the fences. These trees were usually the center of a
small thicket, which was always popular with thicket-inhabiting
birds. Most of the Osage-orange trees on the area studied are in
fences that have not been trimmed or otherwise disturbed. Most of
these fences are along roads, and they have a belt on either side of
from ten to twenty feet that has grown up with shrubs and weeds
that meet the lower branches of the trees in the fence, and so make
the tangle more dense.
In addition to the birds that find food and protection from the
wind and predatory animals, there are several species that use these
thickets for nesting sites. These nests of the "mourning dove were
found in Osage-orange trees. A yellow-billed cuckoo's nest was
found eight feet from the ground on a horizontal limb of one of these
trees. Cardinals nested six feet from the ground in a hedge fence.
A pair of Bell's vireos built a nest five feet from the ground on the
end of a limb of a tree in a fence. Brown thrashers built a nest
five feet from the ground, but in the center of a fence, and near the
main trunk of a tree.
Morns. The red mulberry [Morus rubra) grew scattered through-
out the timber as a small tree which was not important for birds.
This tree in summer produces a large crop of soft fruit that is used
as food by birds; but the number of trees in this area was small
and the trees themselves were not large enough to produce a fruit
crop of sufficient size to influence the feeding of many birds. A
red-bellied woodpecker was seen hovering at one tree and picking
the ripe berries, which it ate.
Mulberry trees seemed to be unsuitable for nesting sites, and only
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 505
one nest was found in one. This was a cardinal's nest that was
eleven feet from the ground and which was shaded by a vine.
Nelumbo. The chinquapin, or lotus {Nelumbo lutea) , was an im-
portant plant in the stages of the lake when the water was shallow,
and it contributed largely to the filling up of the lake. The leaves
usually started to grow rather late in the spring, and they could not
be seen above the water until about the first of June. The plants
grew rapidly, and within a few weeks the large leaves, two feet or
more in width, and the stalks, four or five feet high, were grown
and the large yellowish-white flowers were produced. Most of the
flowers were gone before the end of August. During September the
large heads, three to five inches in diameter and containing twenty
to forty seeds each, grew and ripened. During the first part of
October the plants dried up and died. The material in the stem and
leaves was added to the bottom of the lake. This plant grew in
large patches that rapidly spread into all parts of the lake where
the water was of suitable depth.
The lotus was of value to birds for the food which it produced in
the seeds and as a screen for the birds that feed in the shallow water
and on the mud. In the winter crows spent a great deal of time at
the lake, feeding on the lotus seeds which they picked out of the
heads. They obtained these either from the mud at the edge of the
lake or from the ice in the lake. Wood ducks that fed in these
patches of plants may have eaten some of the seeds. Other birds
that were found in the lotus patches, probably because of the need
for a screen and possibly because other kinds of food were more
abundant there than elsewhere, are: Shoveller, bittern, great blue
heron, green heron, sora, coot, Wilson's snipe, solitary sandpiper,
spotted sandpiper, killdeer and the Louisiana water thrush. In the
fall red- winged blackbirds settled on the stems of this plant to roost
and to rest. Spotted sandpipers were a few times seen walking on
floating leaves of the lotus.
Platamis. The sycamore {Plataniis occidentalis) grows in the
timber along the creek and near the lower edge of the bluff, both
on the bar and on the bluff. The sprouts of this tree are bushy
and are suitable for nesting. The medium-sized trees are spindling
and have little-spreading limbs, and are not especially desirable for
nest locations. The limbs of the larger trees, which grow in places
where they are not crowded, are nearly horizontal and some of them
are near the ground. These furnish many desirable nest sites.
506 The University Science Bulletin.
Two nests of the kingbird were found twelve feet from the ground
in sycamores. One was on a horizontal limb and was in a fork next
to the main trunk. Nests of the wood pewee were found near the
ends of limbs that were twenty-two feet and thirty feet from the
ground. A nest of the cardinal was found seven feet from the
ground on a horizontal limb of a small sycamore. Indigo buntings
nested three feet from the ground on a sycamore sprout. A natural
cavity near the ground in a large sycamore near Doniphan lake was
used by a nesting pair of prothonotaiy warblers. Tall sycamore
trees along the lower edge of the bluff were favorite singing perches
and feeding places for small birds, and especially the parula warbler.
Polygonum. In the early part of the summer of 1923, when the
lake was nearly dry, a large part of its bed was covered with a dense
growth of smartweed. Later, when the overflow from the river
flooded the lake, the smartweed remained and continued to grow
until fall, when the plants died, and after the seeds were mature fell
into the water. They did not grow in the summer of 1924. In the
fall of 1923 several kinds of birds were flushed regularly from the
patches of smartweed. Some of them may have been feeding on the
seeds of Polygonum. The birds most frequently seen were mallard,
blue-winged teal, bittern, great blue heron and coot.
Populus. The Cottonwood (Populus deltoides) was one of the
dominant trees on the bar along the river. It was found in varying
sizes from very young saplings to trees forty or fifty feet high.
Nearly all of the taller trees were along the lower edge of the bluff
or along the creek where the soil had not been disturbed for a num-
ber of years. Nearly all of the trees of this species were between
fifteen and twenty years old and had trunks about eight inches in
diameter.
The medium-sized cottonwood trees furnished food and resting
places for a large number of species of smaller birds at all seasons.
Black-crowned night herons were frequently found roosting, during
the day, in the tops of cottonwoods. Various species of hawks used
these trees as lookout perches.
This tree was not especially desirable for nesting. Most birds
did not find suitable sites in its branches. Green herons nested in a
fork twenty feet from the ground. Yellow-billed cuckoos nested near
the main trunk on a limb fifteen feet from the ground. Five nests
of the crow were found, from ten to twenty feet from the ground,
in cottonwood trees on the bar. One of these nests was used for
nesting during a second season by a pair of long-eared owls. Car-
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 507
dinals nested six feet from the ground in a small cottonwood that
had fallen over and whose leaves had dried. Orchard orioles nested
in the top of one of these trees. A nest of the indigo bunting was
found nine feet from the ground in a cottonwood sapling. The
warbling vireo, although no nests were found, preferred and was
usually found in the tops of medium-sized cottonwoods on the bar.
Bell's vireo nested five feet from the ground in the end of a branch
of a small sapling. A nest of brown thrashers was fastened between
two trunks of cottonwood at a height of four feet from the ground.
Prunus. A few peach trees were found in the orchards, as well
as a few plum and cherry trees. There were a few wild plum and
wild cherry trees on the bar and along the roads. These trees were
present in too small numbers to have much influence upon the bird
life. In the summer most of them bore fruit that attracted birds.
A catbird was seen carrying ripe cherries from an orchard.
Brown thrashers built a nest four feet from the ground in the
center of a plum thicket. Mourning doves built on a horizontal limb
of a peach tree in an orchard.
Pyrus. Apple trees [Pyrv^ malus) were planted in orchards at
most of the houses within the area. These trees were nearly all old,
and as they had not been trimmed or properly cared for, many of
them were dead or dying. The insects that came to the flowers on
the trees in the spring attracted many birds, and apple orchards that
were not regularly sprayed furnished an abundant supply of insect
food throughout the summer. The wild crab-apple trees that grew
on the bluff were also good feeding grounds for many small species
of birds.
The low and wide-spreading limbs of the apple trees furnished
desirable nest sites for several species of birds. Mourning doves
nested twelve feet from the ground in an apple tree. A nest of the
kingbird was found in a fork twelve feet from the ground. Rose-
breasted grosbeaks nested in the center of the crown of an apple
tree and about fifteen feet from the ground. A catbird's nest was
found nine feet from the ground in the center of a bushy top of a
small tree. Robins nested thirteen feet from the ground in the top
of an apple tree. Downy woodpeckers and bluebirds nested in holes
that had been made by the woodpeckers in the main trunks and
large limbs of apple trees.
Quercus. Oak trees of several species {Quercus rubra, Q. macro-
carpa, Q. coccinea, and Q. alba) make up 'the most abundant and
most iniportant trees on the bluff. Oaks were also found along the
508 The University Science Bulletin.
creek. Oak sprouts came up in the cut-over fields that were not
kept in cultivation. Some of the largest trees on the area were oaks.
The size of the tree depended on the nature of the soil as well as the
age of the tree. The trees which grow near the outcrops of rock,
where the soil is thin, are usually smaller than those that grow in
deeper soil. The trees are usually crowded, so that they are tall and
have small tops with few branches near the ground. Large num-
bers of birds find insect food on oak trees, on the leaves in summer
and on the trunk and limbs in winter. Blue jays and red-headed
woodpeckers ate the acorns that ripened in the fall.
Oaks of all sizes are suitable for nesting, and a large number of
species prefer to build their nests in them. A mourning dove was
seen building a nest on a horizontal limb of an oak fifteen feet from
the ground and fifteen feet from the main trunk. A nest of Cooper's
hawk was found thirty feet and another twenty-five feet from the
ground. Both were in forks of the main trunks of medium-si/.ed
oak trees. A red-tailed hawk's nest was found twenty-five feet from
the ground in a fork of an oak tree whose trunk was one foot in
diameter at the base. Yellow-billed cuckoos selected a variety of
nesting situations in oaks. One nested four and one-half feet from
the ground in a sprout. Another nested on a horizontal limb ten
feet from the ground. It was five feet from the main trunk. A
third nest was found in the top of a tree and twenty feet from the
ground. Seven nests of the ruby-throated hummingbird were found
saddled on small twigs near the ends of oak limbs and from ten to
twenty-five feet from the ground. Two nests of the wood pewee
were found on horizontal limbs of oaks that were twenty feet above
the ground. A pair of Acadian flycatchers built a nest six feet from
the ground in the end of a lower limb of a medium-sized oak. The
material in the nest was chiefly staminate flowers of oak. A crow's
nest was found twenty feet from the ground in a fork of an oak.
Baltimore orioles were seen feeding young in a nest at tl.ie end of a
limb in the top of a tree thirty-five feet high. A nest of the field
sparrow was found three feet from the ground in an oak sprout eight
feet high. Cardinals nested five feet from the ground in an oak
sprout. Two nests of the summer tanager were found on horizontal
limbs about fifteen feet from the ground. A red-eyed vireo's nest
was found hanging from the end of a lower limb of an oak and five
and one-half feet from the ground. Brown thrashers nested three
feet from the ground in a sprout. Tufted titmice nested in a natural
cavity in the main trunk of an oak and five and one-half feet from
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 509
the ground. Three nests of the blue-gray gnatcatehers were found
near the ends of limbs in the tops of oak trees and twenty feet from
the ground. A wood thrush's nest was §een eight feet from the
ground on a lower horizontal limb.
Trees of this genus furnish much better nest sites than any others
that grow on the bluff in this region.
Rhus. Several species of this genus were found in the area. Su-
mac {Rhus glabra) was found frequently as a good-sized shrub, that
grew at the edges of the timber on the bluff, in pastures and in clear-
ings in the timber. A large supply of seeds ripened in the fall and
stayed on the plant during the winter. Robins and bluebirds were
seen feeding on these seeds. The poison ivy {Rhus toxicodendron)
climbed o\'er the trees in the timber. It also produced a fruit
which birds ate.
Yellow-billed cuckoos nested four and one-half feet from the
ground in sumac. A pair of indigo buntings nested four feet from
the ground in sumac.
A cardinal's nest was found in a vine of poison ivy that was
climbing up the trunk of a cottonwood. The nest was nine feet from
the ground.
Ribcs. Two or more species of gooseberry {Ribes sp.) grew as
important plants in the secondary layer of vegetation of the tim-
ber on the bluff, along the creek, and on the bar. Clumps of these
plants growing together often made dense thickets five or six feet
high and several feet in diameter. In these, protected by a dense
cover of leaves and by the many thorns on the stems, catbird'* and
brown thrashers nested.
Rosa. Wild rose bushes grew in clumps on the older parts of the
bar. in the timber on the bluff, and along the creek. Each clump
furnished a good protection because of the many sharp thorns.
Sometimes these roses climbed over other plants or objects. A yel-
low-billed cuckoo nested six feet from the ground in one of these
vines. A nest of the cardinal was found five feet from the ground
in the top of a rose bush. Yellow-breasted chats nested in wild rose
bushes.
Salix. The willows were dominant trees in the early stages in the
development of the bar along the river. They normally cover the
bars for the first few years after they are formed. Willows, of all
sizes from the small saplings to trees thirty or more feet in height,
were present on the bar during the period of this study. Several
species were present. Some were found in a narrow line along the
510 The University Science Bulletin.
creek. Plants of this genus were used by birds for the important
activities of nesting, resting, and hunting food more times than were
plants of other genera in this area.
Possible reasons for this apparent popularity of the genus Salix
are the great number of individuals of this genus on the area and
the great variety of form of those plants due to difference in age.
Plants of this genus had an influence upon some important activity
of at least seventy-one species of birds during the time that these
studies were being made. A great number of these birds were seen
feeding on the numerous insects that were found on the willows.
These feeding birds were especially numerous in the late summer
and during the early fall migrations. Some birds were seen picking
bagworms from coccoons in winter. Most of the growth of willows
on this bar took place during the first fifteen years after the bar was
formed. During this time they were being continually thinned.
After they stopped growing other trees, especially Populus, over-
topped them and crowded them out.
Several species of birds, especially flycatchers, used willows as
perches where they waited for flying insects to come near. Others
rested in the trees. Owls and herons used them in this way.
Willows provided a variety of situations suitable for nesting sites.
Mourning doves nested on a dead willow stump that was two feet
above the water in the lake. A nest of the yellow-billed cuckoo was
found in a similar location, and one was found seven feet from the
ground in a living tree. A red-winged blackbird's nest was found in
a willow four feet above the water of the lake. Two other nests of
this species were five feet from the ground in willows growing on the
bar. A pair of orchard orioles built a nest thirteen feet from the
ground in the top of a willow. A nest of the Baltimore oriole was
seen in the top of a large willow tree. Nests of the cardinals were
found in willows three, five, eight and ten feet from the ground. Two
nests of the indigo bunting were located in willows, and were about
five feet from the ground. Four nests of the Bell's vireo were found
that were fastened to the ends of small twigs, from two and one-
half to five feet from the ground, in small willow saplings. Yellow
warbler's nests were found five and eight feet from the ground in
forks of the main tioinks of slender willows. Two nests of the
yellow-breasted chat were found in forks of small willows two and
one-half feet from the ground. A catbird's nest was found in the
fork of a small willow tree four feet from the ground. A nest of the
wood thrush was fastened fifteen feet from the ground and adjacent
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 51]
to the main trunk of a willow on the bar. Birds that nested in
cavities of dead willows are: Tree swallow, prothonotary warbler,
downy woodpecker, western house wren, chicadee, and bluebird.
Sambuciis. The elder {Sambucus canadensis) was a common
shrub in pastures and sprout fields, in thickets at the edge of the
timber on the bluff, and was prominent in the secondary layer of
shrubs on tlie bar. It was also found in clearings in the timber and
along the roads. This plant produces a rich crop of fruit in late
summer, and several kinds of birds fed on it. The berries are dark
red and hang in clusters in the tops of the bushes. The bushes were
not high, and did not furnish especially good nesting sites for birds,
but four smaller species found them suitable.
Acadian flycatchers built a nest, hanging from the end of a branch
five feet from the ground. Four nests of the cardinal were found,
four to six feet from the ground, which were placed in forks in the
centers of the bushes. Indigo buntings nested one and one-half feet
from the ground in a small elder. Three nests of the dickcissel were
found from two to four feet from the ground in the forks of elder.
Symphoricarpos. The coral berry {Symphoricarpos orbiculatus)
was a common, small shrub at the edges of the timber, in partial
clearings, along roads, and in pastures. It grew in scattered bunches
or in small clumps that were from three to five feet high. The stems
of the plant are small and tough. The small leaves are close together
and make a good screen. Five species of birds nested in these
bushes.
A nest of the field sparrow was found one and one-half feet from
the ground in a clump of coral berry. Three nests of the cardinal
were found from three to four feet from the ground. Three indigo
bunting's nests were found that were one, two and two and one-half
feet from the ground. A white-eyed vireo's nest was seen that was
two feet from the ground. Two nests of the yellow-breasted chat
were two and two and one-half feet respectiveh' from the ground.
Typha. The cat-tail {Typha latifolia) grew in and around the
lake in dense patches that were almost pure stands. The old growth
each year did not fall back entirely to the ground, and the new
gro^^i:h was added to make the thicket more dense. This made a
good hiding place for the birds usually found in such situations.
Birds found an abundance of insect food in patches of cat-tail as
well as good cover and, for a few species, good nesting sites. For
every use this was one of the more important plant genera on the
area. The activities of at least twenty-five species of birds were
512 The University Science Bulletin.
found to be related to Typha. Grebes, ducks, herons, rails, coots,
snipe, sandpipers and water thrushes swam or waded among the cat-
tails to feed or to hide. Tree, song, Lincoln's, and swamp sparrows,
Maryland yellowthroats, and winter wrens fed or rested among the
stems of cat-tail that were out of the water, more frequently in
winter and during the migration seasons than in the summer. Pur-
ple martins and tree swallows roosted in large numbers in the cat-
tail thickets in the fall.
Yellow-headed blackbirds, red-winged blackbirds and prairie-
marsh wrens were found nesting among the cat-tails, usually over
the water. A few other species may have nested there, or probably
will in future seasons if the growth is allowed to continue and ac-
cumulate. Most of the species which nested in the cat-tails required
some growth from the previous season to help support and hide
their nests. The new growth of a single season is not sufficiently
dense.
Ulmus. Two species of elm were found — the white elm [Ulmus
americana) and the slippery elm {Ulmus julva) . The white elm is
a dominant tree in the timber on the bluff. It is common along the
creek, and is found in the farmyards. Under favorable conditions
this is one of the largest trees in the area. The trunks, branches
and leaves supply an abundance of insect food for many species of
birds. The leaves are especially dense and furnish hiding places for
birds like the screech owl.
In some of the older elms there were cavities in which several
species of birds nested. Six nests of the mourning dove were found
from six to thirty feet from the ground in elms. Those near the
ground were in smaller trees. One nest of the yellow-billed cuckoo
was found ten feet from the ground on a horizontal limb of a small
elm. A ruby-throated hummingbird's nest was seen on a small
twig of an elm fifteen feet from the ground. Four nests of the blue
jay were found in elm trees. One was twelve feet from the ground in
a fork near the main trunk. The others were on limbs that were
horizontal or nearly horizontal and were from twenty-five to thirty
feet from the ground. A crow's nest was found in a fork of the main
trunk of a medium-sized elm and twenty-five feet from the ground.
A nest of a pair of orchard orioles was placed in the end of a lower
limb and seven feet from the ground. Four nests of the cardinal
were found in elms. Three of them were in saplings, and were from
three to six feet from the ground. The other was in a low, drooping
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 513
limb of a large tree, and was within nine feet of the ground. A
white-eyed vireo's nest was found one and one-half feet from the
ground and hanging from a small twig of a sapling. A small tree
had a catbird's nest saddled on a branch next to the main trunk and
six feet from the ground. A nest of the blue-gray gnatcatcher was
placed twenty-five feet from the ground and was saddled on a small
limb near the top of the tree. Three nests of the wood thrush were
found on lower limbs of elms. They were all about twelve feet from
the ground. A robin nested in an elm and twenty feet from the
ground.
Vit2s. The wild grape {Vitis vulpina) w^as found as a climber
throughout the timbered land on the bluff, along the creek, and on
the bar. It also grows along fence rows and roads. By means of
tendrils the vine grows over trees, bushes, fences and other objects
so that the leaves may reach the light above. The large leaves help
to make a dense shade over whatever the vine covers.
Screech owls rested in the dense shade of the grapevine during the
day. In late summer and early fall many of these vines bore a
heavy crop of fruit, which was eaten by several species of birds.
The tendrils and shreds of bark provided materials for nest building
for birds, especially the cardinal. The birds that built nests in grape
vines are: Yellow-billed cuckoo, cardinal, indigo bunting and the
yellow-breasted chat. As a rule the nests were placed in shaded
portions of the vines. The grape was the most important vine for
the birds of the area.
INFLUENCE OF OTHER ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS.
B.\BE GROUND.
Bare ground was found on some of the newly formed islands in
the river, along the recently exposed portions of the lake shore, in
the roads, in farmyards, and in freshly plowed or burned fields. No
birds were found nesting in these situations within the limits of this
area. Pelicans and Canada geese rested on the exposed ground in
the center of the river. Wading birds, ducks, terns, gulls, herons
and swallows were often seen in late summer and early fall resting
on the mud at the edge of pools of w^ater in the lake.
Some species of birds chose these patches of bare ground for feed-
ing. Insects were common in those places that were moist, and most
of those species of shore birds which rested on the flats also fed there.
In the newdy ploughed ground there was a supply of insect food,
which the Franklin's gull, black tern, crow, red-winged blackbird,
514 The University Science Bulletin.
bronzed grackle, cowbird, robin and bluebird hunted at various
times. These birds usually fed in flocks. Single birds of those spe-
cies which nested near houses were frequently seen running over the
bare ground of the yards, picking up nest material or food particles.
A few species, such as the mourning dove, bobwhite, prairie horned
lark, and blue jay habitually fed in the bare parts of the roads in
the vicinity.
CUT BANKS.
Cut banks were found along some parts of the roads, where they
had been cut by road graders; along the edges of the river; and
along the creek. The cuts along the creek were the largest, some of
them being over fifty feet high. These high banks were cut through
deposits of loess, and so it was possible for them to be almost vertical.
Birds used these vertical banks chiefly as nest locations. The
belted kingfisher, bank swallow and rough-winged swallow nested
in holes of their own excavation. Phoebes and Carolina wrens built
their nests in shallow cavities in some of the banks.
A few birds used the crevices and nooks of the cuts as roosting
places.
OPEN W^ATER.
An account of the extent and character of the open water of this
area has been given in a previous paper* Many species of aquatic
birds showed a preference for this part of the habitat in their feed-
ing and resting activities.
buildings; bridges; posts.
An account* has been given of the number and character of the
buildings and bridges of the area and of their influence upon bird
life by providing suitable nest sites for several species. Nearly
every field was fenced and was surrounded with a line of wooden
posts. Some of these posts had cavities in which chickadees and
bluebirds nested. Many passerine birds used the fence posts as
perches where they rested and sang. Occasionally a bird found
some insect food on a fence post.
trees; holloav stumps.
The dead remains of trees were found throughout the timber of
the area. They were used as perches by many birds, especially
those flycatching species which required an unobstructed view of the
surrounding air so that they might locate approaching insects. For
* Wilson Bulletin (vol. 40, 1928, pp. 157-177).
Linsdale: Plants and Birds — Relations. 5.15
other birds such as the robin, cardinal, and brown thrasher, these
dead branches were favorite singing perches.
Most of the cavities in the trees were small, so that the birds
which nested in them were chiefly limited to the smaller species such
as the screech owl, the woodpecker, the titmice, the crested fly-
catcher, and the bluebird. Carolina wrens nested in the tops of low
stumps.
ANIMALS.
Cowbirds were seen in small groups which followed herds of graz-
ing cattle and horses in pastures in their search for food.
Berkeley, Cal., January 15, 1928.
THE UNIYEESITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
VoL.XVIIL] April, 1928. [No. 11.
I
Birds of a Limited Area in Eastern Kansas.
,TEAN M. LINSDALE, Department of Zoology.
T IS the object of this report to set forth the significant facts and
inferences which were obtained in 200 days of field work upon the
environmental relations of the birds of a small area of ground chosen
to typify the region of the Missouri river in Kansas. The work ex-
tended from August, 1921, until May, 1925. Unless stated other-
wise, all the observations herein recorded were made within one and
one-half miles of the townsite of Geary, Doniphan county, Kansas.
For each species of bird known to have occurred within the limits
of this area at the time of this study an attempt is made to give con-
cisely the facts learned which bear upon its frequency of occurrence
and relative abundance; its local or habitat distribution; the factors
which determine its presence and habitat distribution; and its an-
nual cycle of activity. The area chosen proved to be an especially
favorable one for such a study, because little was known of the bird
life of that part of Kansas. ,A great variety of habitat conditions
was present there, partly due to the influence of the Missouri river ;
and rapid changes in the habitat and their resulting effects upon the
bird life could be studied.
A discussion of the habitat divisions of the area and of the gen-
eral features of environmental relations of the birds has been given
in the Wilson Bulletin (Vol. 40, 1928, pp. 157-177). For an account
of the mammals of this area see the Journal of Mammalogy (Vol. 9,
1928, pp. 140-149). See Copeia (No. 164, 1927, pp. 75-82), for a
brief treatment of the amphibians and reptiles of the area.
DISCUSSION OF SPECIES.
Podilymbus podiceps (Linnaeus).
Pied-billed Grebe. (5.5.)*
The pied-billed grebe was generally found feeding and resting in
the open water of the lake, although on two occasions birds of this
* Numbers in parentheses are percentages of frequence, which were obtained by dividing
the number of days on which the species was recorded by the total number of days on which
observations were made.
(517)
518 The University Science Bulletin.
species were seen among scattered growths of Typha. Usually a
single bird was seen ; the largest number found together at one time
being three. Two different times grebes were found in flocks of coot.
This bird was found in spring from April 21 until May 13, and
ill the fall from August 25 until November 18.
Lams argentatus Pontoppidan.
Herring Gull. (8.)
During the migrations this gull stopped to feed in the shallow
water and on the mud at the edge of the lake. It was often seen
resting on small sand bars in the river, on the ice of the lake, or on
the mud at the edge of the lake.
In early spring this bird was usually seen singly or in small groups.
About fifty were standing in the shallow water of the lake on April
1, 1923. A flock of about twenty-five came in and stopped, balanc-
ing themselves with outstretched wings for a moment after lighting.
On the afternoon of April 6, 1923, a loose flock was seen flying down
the river near the west bank. When flying, these birds almost al-
ways kept over the water.
The first record for this bird in 1923 is February 18. The first
1924 record is February 22. The latest spring record is May 3, 1924.
Larus delawarensis Ord.
Ringed-billed Gull. (3.5.)
A few of these birds were flying over the lake or standing in the
shallow water on April 14, 15 and 26, 1923. On June 10 and 12,
1923, one stayed at the edge of a small pool in the center of the lake
bed. A bird in immature plumage was shot on the river by duck
hunters on November 3, 1923. This bird was given to the museum
of the University of Kansas.
Larus franklini Richardson.
Franklin's Gull. (2.5.)
Large flocks of Franklin's gull were feeding in long lines back of
plows in fields near the river on May 9 and 17, 1924. Several flocks
were flying north over the lake on April 21 and May 18, 1924. On
this late date they flew so high tliat they were almost out of sight,
and they called as they flew over. Duck hunters shot one out of a
flock on the river on September 16, 1923.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 519
Larus Philadelphia (Ord.).
Bonaparte's Gull. (.5.)
Duck hunters shot two Bonaparte's gulls in a small flock that was
flying down the river early in the morning of November 9, 1924,
Sterna forsteri Nuttal.
Forster's Tern. (2.)
Two males were collected from a flock that was feeding over
Roundy lake on August 25, 1921. The terns were still numerous on
the lake on August 27.
A small flock of Forster's terns was resting on a wire fence and
in the shallow water at the edge of Doniphan lake on May 4, 1924.
Sterna antillanim (Lesson).
Least Tern. (21.)
A few of these birds were present during the early part of each
summer. Throughout August of 1922 they were seen daily, but in
August of 1923 only a few were seen.
Least terns were most often seen feeding at small pools cut off
from the river, over the river, or over the lake. Several were
watched that were feeding over the lake on August 9, 1922. They
were securing small fish about two inches long, by diving from a
height of about fifteen feet, and they were carrying them toward the
river. Single birds arrived and left at frequent intervals.
On August 14, young terns appeared at the lake and attempted to
catch fish. The adults were busy feeding the young. While being
fed each young tern settled on the surface of the water and the adult
approached and gave it food, but did not itself alight. Adults fed
young as late as August 23.
When young birds were numerous during the last part of August,
they were often seen sitting on the mud at the edge of the lake and
among the feeding sandpipers.
From the direction that adults carried food from the lake, it was
suspected that they had nests on some of the sandbars of the river
in the summer of 1922, and that the nests were chiefly east of the
lake. There was little evidence that they nested in the vicinity in
the summer of 1923.
There was little tendency for these birds to form compact flocks
except when resting on the mud.
The earliest summer record is June 4, 1923, when two or three
33—3^41
520 The University Science Bulletin.
were circling over the river and catching fish. In 1922, this tern was
last seen on September 7; in 1923, September 4 is the latest record.
Chlidonias nigra surinamensis (Gmelin).
Black Tern. (15.)
Usually, not more than half a dozen black terns were seen in one
day. The largest number seen in one day was on June 3, 1923.
when over one hundred were flying over the edge of Doniphan lake.
These birds were less restrictive in their choice of feeding grounds
than were the other species of terns. They fed over the river, over
the lake, on the mud at the edge of the lake, and once (May 17,
1924) they were seen following a plow in a field south of the lake
and picking insects from the ground.
The black terns used logs, fence posts, and the mud around the
lake for resting places. Sometimes they flew over the water and
stayed within two feet of the surface and at other times they flew
very high. Several times terns were seen sailing over the water with
set wnngs.
The earliest date of occurrence in the spring is May 3. 1924. One
was seen in immature plumage on June 23, 1922. As late as June
28, 1923, several were seen flying over the lake. In the fall of 1922
they were seen from August 9 until September 7. The only fall
record for 1923 is August 25, when three were feeding over a pool
along the river. The only 1924 fall record is for September 3, when
one was seen feeding over the lake.
Phalacroco7'ax auritus auritus (Lesson).
Double-erested Cormorant. (1.)
Two double-crested cormorants were swimming in Doniphan lake
on May 8, 1924, and one on May 18, 1924.
Pelecanus erythrorhynchos Gmelin.
White Pelican. (5.)
A flock of pelicans was seen resting on a sand bar in tlie river on
April 21, 1924. On May 8, 9 and 10, 1924, a small flock was seen
which was in almost the same place in the river each day. The
birds were standing in the water and close together. Another flock
was noted on a sand bar in the river on May 17, 1924. A flock was
seen circling and flying north over the bluffs on April S, 1923.
Pelicans were seen flying south in the fall on September 10 and 24,
and October 7, 1922, and on September 10, 1923.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 521
Mergits americanus Cassin.
Merganser. (3.5.)
The merganser was generally seen in pairs, swimming in the icy
water of the river, altiiough on two occasions it was seen on the lake.
A female was shot on the river on November 18, 1922, by Mr. Frank
Whittaker. This is the earliest fall record. March 3, 1923, when
several pairs were feeding on the lake, is the latest spring record.
Mergus serrator Linnaeus.
Red-breasted Merganser. (5.)
Two red-breasted mergansers were killed on the river by duck
hunters on November 17, 1923. The head of one of them w^as
examined and preserved and is now in the collection of the Uni-
versity of Kansas.
Anas platyrhynchos Linnaeus.
Mallard. (23.5.)
The number of mallards present on the area varied from a few, to
several thousand, depending upon the time of year and the favor-
ableness of the season.
On December 2, 1922, a male was flushed from beneath a small
bush that was hanging over the water on the creek one-half mile
above the bridge. It rose from the water and flew a few feet, where
it settled on a small pool. It repeatedly dived and swam back and
forth for nearly half an hour until it was killed just before dark.
Mallards were seen feeding at various times on the lake, on the
creek, in pools on the bar, and on the river.
On June 12, 1922, three were flushed on the north side of the lake
that may have been young, just able to fly. They were in a small
pond that was cut off from the rest of the lake.
The flocks that were on the lake on February 22, 1924, were
divided into pairs. Throughout the spring the pairs of Mallard on
the lake appeared to stay together. Most of the small flocks that
were seen in the summer were made up entirely of males.
In the spring migrations of both 1923 and 1924 the largest num-
ber of mallards was seen during March. This bird was seen as late
as June 7, 1923, and May 17, 1924.
On March 15, 1924, a flock that was flying up the edge of the
river valley turned when it came to the creek and flew up the creek
valley as far as it could be seen.
522 The University Science Bulletin.
Anas rubripes Brewster.
Black Duck. (1.5.)
Duck hunters killed a female on the river, two miles south, on
November 3, 1923. Another was killed at the same place on the next
day. Several were reported killed on the lake, earlier in the season.
The three that were examined had feet of the same color as those of
the mallard.
Chaulelasmus streperus (Linnaeus).
Gadwall. (1.)
Duck hunters killed a female on the lake on November 4, 1923.
On March 29, 1924, three were feeding in the northwest part of the
lake.
Mareca americana (Gmelin).
Baldpate. (1.)
One was killed on the river by hunters on October 27, 1922. An-
other was seen swimming with mallards in a small pool near the
bluff and north of the lake, on March 29, 1924.
Nettion carolinense (Gmelin).
Green-winged Teal. (6.)
The green-winged teal fed in the shallow water at the edges of
the lake during the migration seasons. It was generally present in
small flocks.
The earliest spring record for this duck is March 3, 1923, and
the latest spring record is April 21, 1924. Some were killed on the
lake on October 29, 1923, and November 29, 1924.
Querquedula discors (Linnaeus).
Blue-winged Teal. (21.5.)
The blue-winged teal was one of the most common ducks during
the seasons of migration. During each season it was found in small
flocks that stayed to feed on the lake and on the sloughs on the bar.
On the lake it fed in the shallow water, on the mud around the edge,
and in the growth of Typha. On September 12, 1923, several single
birds were flushed from the large patch of Polygonum that was grow-
ing in the lake.
After the middle of April, flocks of this bird tended to break up
into pairs.
This duck was found from April 2 until June 2, 1923, and from
April 5 until May 30, 1924. In the fall it was one of the first ducks
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 523
to arrive. It was present in the fall of 1922 from August 21, when
a flock of about twenty was feeding on the lake, until October 29.
In 1923 it was observed as late as November 18.
Spatula clypeata (Linnaeus).
Shoveler. (11.)
The shoveler was usually seen in small numbers feeding in the
shallow water at the edge of the lake or on the mud nearby. On
March 3, 1923, several pairs were feeding on the lake in water deep
enough that they had to tip to reach the bottom.
All of this species that were seen in the spring were segregated into
pairs of male and female. The shoveler was present from March
3 until May 13, 1923, and from March 29 until May 30, 1924. It
was recorded on November 7 and 9, 1924.
Dafila acuta tzitzihoa ( Vieillot) .
American Pintail. (12.)
Pintail stopped in large numbers to feed in the shallow water of
the lake. Often when the lake was covered with ice in the spring,
flocks of this duck were seen standing on the ice, as on March 15,
1924. There was some open water in the lake at this time.
On the morning of February 22, 1924, there were several hundred
on the lake, and they kept coming in in small flocks. These flocks
tended to break up into, pairs consisting of a male and a female.
There was often as many as a dozen pairs in the air at one time.
In the flight, the male generally followed the female.
The dates of occurrence in the spring are between January 29 and
June 3, 1923, and between February 22 and May 3, 1924. Fall
records are September 24 and October 29, 1922.
Aix sponsa (Linna3us).
Wood Duck. (12.5.)
The wood duck was seen more often and in greater numbers in
1921 and 1922 than in 1923 and 1924. During August, 1922, small
groups were often seen flying down the river in the evening. At
other times they were feeding in small groups or singly in the weeds
or patches of Nelumbo in the lake.
A large flock was seen on the lake from August 25 to 27, 1921.
On June 14, 1922, a group of six, that was flying over the lake,
settled on the water. From August 5 until September 24, 1922,
small flocks were seen frequently on the lake and on the river.
524 The University Science Bulletin.
Dates on which this duck was found in 1923 are August 23 and
September 5, 8 and 12. On October 11, 1924, a small flock was seen
on the lake.
Marila americana (Eyton).
Redhead. (5.)
On the afternoon of April 21, 1924, a pair of redheads was swim-
ming alone on the lake.. Later they joined a small flock of Marila
affinis. These birds were tame and allowed a close approach.
Marila affinis (Eyton).
Lesser Scaup Duck. (6.5.)
A female lesser scaup duck that was shot on April 7. 1923, on a
pool below a spring, had its stomach filled with shells of small
snails. These birds were usually found in small flocks on the lake.
They were most often found in the deeper parts of the lake, although
at times they were found in the shallow water. One was killed on
the river on November 17, 1923.
Dates of migration are between April 7 and June 3, 1923; Novem-
ber 4 and 17, 1923; and February 22 and May 29, 1924.
Marila collaris (Donovan).
Ring-necked Duck. (.5.)
Hunters killed a ring-necked duck on the lake on November 17,
1923.
Chc72 hyperboreus hyperboreiis (Pallas).
Snow Goose. (.5.)
A flock of about thirty birds that was flying down the river in a
loose, irregular line on March 3, 1923, was identified as belonging
to this form.
Branta canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus).
Canada Goose. (3.)
March 3, 1923, three large flocks were seen on the river. One
flock of about one hundred and fifty settled on a large sand bar in
the river. April 2, 1923, ten birds were seen flying up the river
in a loose line. They flew very fast with the strong wind. On
February 3, 1924, a flock of 23 was seen flying northwest up the
creek valley. On March 1, 1924, a small flock was flying north-
west early in the morning. Some were heard calling overhead at
night on March 28, 1924.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 525
A flock of twenty-five stayed in the vicinity for nearly a week in
the middle of March, 1925. They stayed on sand bars in the river
during the day and just before dark they flew out each evening to a
large wheat field on a hill where they stayed until morning, when
they returned to the river.
A flock was flying down the river on November 9, 1924.
Botaunis lentiginosus (Montagu).
Bittern. (4.)
Single birds of this species were flushed from patches of Polygo-
num, Nelumbo, and other plants at the edge of the lake on Septem-
ber 4 and 10, 1922, September 8 and 12, 1923, and October 6, 1923.
Ixobrychus exilis (Gmelin).
Least Bittern. (1.5.)
A least bittern was flushed from a small patch of Typha in the
south part of the lake in the middle of the forenoon of June 13, 1922.
On August 12, 1922, one was shot at six o'clock in the morning. It
was perched on a stem of Typha and about eight inches from the
water. Several were flushed from patches of Typha in shallow water
in the north part of the lake on May 30, 1924.
Ardea herodias herodias Linnaeus.
Great Blue Heron. (39.5.)
Great blue herons were often seen standing in the water or feed-
ing at the lake. They were found in patches of Typha, Polygonum,
Nelmnbo, as well as in the open water and on the mud flats. They
were sometimes seen on sand bars in the river or at the edges of
pools that were cut off from the river. A few times in late summer
they were found feeding along the creek.
Usually not more than six of these birds were seen in a single day.
Although individuals of this heron were present during the entire
summer, they were not found actually nesting. On May 6, 1923,
three single birds of this species were seen flying to the river from a
westerly direction over the bluff. They arrived about ten minutes
apart, and may have been from some nesting ground.
On JNIarch 30, 1923, one was seen in the center of the lake at sun-
rise and another was feeding in the water there at about ten o'clock
in the morning. The water was about eight inches deep. The bird
flew a short distance, and after alighting it reached into the water
for a fish which it swallowed. The swallowing was accompanied
526 The University Science Bulletin.
by rather violent jerks of the neck. After a few minutes the bird
moved and captured another small fish. This fish was thrown into
the air and caught three or four times and then swallowed head
first. The heron left after about ten minutes.
The latest fall record for this bird is October 29, 1922. The earli-
est spring record is March 29, 1924. In 1923 it was first seen on
March 30.
This heron was often heard calling on the lake, especially in late
summer and early fall.
Florida coerulea (Linnaeus).
Little Blue Heron. (1.)
On September 2, 1924, a single little blue heron in white plumage
was feeding on the mud and in the shallow water at the edge of
Doniphan lake, and on September 3 a loose flock of twelve, in the
white plumage, was seen at the edge of Roundy lake.
Butorides virescens vircscens (Linnaeus).
Green Heron. (36.5.)
As a rule, only one or two green herons were seen in one day, but
in August and early September they were more numerous, and
groups of twelve or more birds w^ere often seen. One such a group
was seen that was in water about three inches deep in the lake on
August 14, 1922. Some were wading in the edge of the Typha and
were even climbing among the stems of that plant. The birds
squawked as they moved about. When a shotgun was fired nearby
the birds did not fly, and they appeared to be not disturbed. Some-
times these herons rested on the mud at the edge of the water, some-
times on the piles of drift along the river or the creek, and sometimes
in the willow and cottonwood trees on the bar.
This heron fed at the edge of the lake, often in patches of the vari-
ous kinds of vegetation along the creek, along the river, and in pools
on the bar.
The only nest that was seen of this species was found on June 5,
1923. It was in the top of a small cottonwood on the bar near the
mouth of the creek. It was about one hundred yards from the river.
The nest was near the main trunk of the tree and was about twenty
feet from the ground. There were eggs in the nest, but the number
was not determined. The sitting bird left when the nest was ap-
proached and returned in about fifteen minutes. The weeds that
were growing beneath the nest were covered with white excreta of
this species.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 527
April 28, 1923, is the earliest date on which this bird was recorded
in spring, and September 2-1, 1922, is the latest date of its recorded
presence in the fall.
Nycticorax nycticorax ncevius (Boddsert).
Black-crowned Night Heron. (7.5.)
This heron was flushed from the tops of cottonwoods along the
river and from the exposed mudflats around the edges of the lake.
It was found in trees more often than were the other herons, and
when flying it was usually at higher altitudes than were the others.
It appeared to be more wild than the others, and it squawked more
than they did.
Several were seen on the lake on August 25, 1921. On June 19,
1922, four in immature plumage flew from some Typha at the edge
of the lake to the trees near by. In the fall of 1922 this species
was seen on August 11, 23 and 31, and September 4, 7 and 10. In
1923 it was found on May 13 and June 5, 6 and 10. In 1924 it
was found on April 21 and May 30.
This bird was usually present in small, compact flocks of fewer
than eight individuals.
Rallus virginianus Linnaeus.
Virginia Rail. (1.5).
On September 10, 1923, a female of this species was found in a
weedy pasture. It had been crippled, but was able to run. There
was a telephone wire on the north side of the pasture which the
bird may have hit in its migration flight. On September 3, 1924.
one was flushpd that was in Typha at the edge of the lake.
Porzana Carolina (Linnaeus).
Sora. (4.)
Soras were flushed in Typha and Nelwnho at the edge of the lake.
Dates of occurrence in spring are between May 8 and 17, and in
the fall between August 28 and September 12.
Fulica americana Gmelin.
Coot. (16.5.)
The number of coot present at one time varied from a few to
several hundred. This species was found in the open water of the
lake, on the mud at the edge, and in the Nelwmbo and Typha.
Usually the flocks were not very compact. When the birds were
feeding they often dived and picked up food from the bottom. A
528 The University Science Bulletin.
large flock that was feeding on the mud at the edge of the lake on
May 17, 1924, ran into the water when it was approached.
In the spring these birds were often heard calling, and they were
rather tame. In the fall, when many were shot by duck hunters,
they became very wild and hard to approach.
In 1922 a group of seven was present on the lake as late as June
19, when they were seen swimming in the edges of patches of Typha.
April 4, 1924 is the earliest spring record for this species, and
November 30, 1923, is the latest date of its recorded occurrence in
the fall. The earliest fall record is September 6, 1923.
Stegariopus tricolor Vieillot.
Wilson's Phalarope. (1.5.)
A few individuals of this species w-ere feeding with the sand-
pipers at the edge of Doniphan lake on May 11, 13 and 20, 1923,
and on May 8, 1924.
Gallinago delicata (Ord.)
Wilson's Snipe. (5.)
This bird was found in small numbers, usually less than four,
and it preferred those portions of the lake shore that were grown up
with vegetation. It was also found at the edges of pools on the bar
below springs and along sloughs.
Spring records are between April 2, 1923, and May 8, 1924. Fall
dates of occurrence are October 29, 1922, and November 8, 1924,
when one was seen at the edge of a pool in the creek.
Limnodromus griseus scolopaceus (Say).
Long-billed Dowitcher. (1.)
A single bird was feeding at the edge of the lake on September 4,
1922. Two birds at the edge of Doniphan lake on May 18. 1924,
were approached to within fifty feet.
Micropalama himantopus (Bonaparte).
Stilt Sandpiper. (.5.)
One shot out of a small flock in the shallow water at the edge
of Doniphan lake on May 18, 1924.
Pisobia maculata (Vieillot).
Pectoral Sandpiper. (18.)
The pectoral sandpiper was found in flocks whicli varied in size
from one or two birds up to several hundred and which fed in the
shallow watci' and on the mud at tlie edge of the lake.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 529
In the spring of 1923 this sandpiper was present from March 30
until June 7. In the fall of 1922 it was present from August 10 un-
til October 8.
Pisobia fuscicollis (Vieillot).
White-rumped Sandpiper. (3.)
This bird was feeding with other sandpipers at the edge of the
lake on August 22, 28 and 31, and September 7, 1922; June 7, 1923;
and May 18, 1924.
Pisobia minutilla (Vieillot).
Least Sandpiper. (13.5.)
This sandpiper fed on the mud around the lake in larger numbers
than any of the other species of sandpipers. Records of its oc-
currence in spring are between May 3, 1924, and June 7, 1923.
In the fall of 1922 it was present between August 9 and September
10.
Ereunetes jmsillus (Linnseus).
Semipalmated Sandpiper. (4.)
The semipalmated sandpiper was found in about the same places
and at about the same time as the least sandpiper.
Limosa hcemastica (Linnseus).
Hudsonian Godwit. (1.)
On May 13, 1923, a flock of nine was wading along the west side
of Doniphan lake in water about four inches deep. Another that
was crippled stayed by itself on the mud, but not in the water.
When it was approached to within ten yards it would fly out over
the water and sail back to shore. A small pool of blood was left
'after each stop. Once it squatted on the ground until it was ap-
proached closely. The flock separated at one time and a part flew
a short distance along the edge of the lake.
On May 17, 1924, two stopped witli other shore birds on the north
edge of the lake.
Totanus melanoleucus (Gmelin).
Greater Yellowlegs. (2.)
The greater yellowlegs was found on the lake on September 4
and 7, 1922; April 14, 1923; and April 21, 1923. Only a few in-
dividuals were seen at each time.
530 The University Science Bulletin.
Totanus jiavipes (Gmelin).
Yellowlegs. (18.5.)
In the spring and fall the yellowlegs fed at the lake both in the
shallow water and on the mud at the edge. On April 21, 1924,
some were seen feeding on the mudflats along the river.
On April 28, 1923, these birds made much more noise and were
much more restless than they had been two weeks before.
On August 14, 1922, a large flock flew to the lake and settled at
about six o'clock in the evening.
Usually several small flocks fed at the lake at one time. On
March 30, 1923, the earliest spring record was made, and the latest
spring record was made on June 3, 1923. In the fall this bird was
seen between August 10, 1922, and October 11, 1924. None was seen
in the fall of 1923.
Tringa solitaria solitaria Wilson.
Solitary Sandpiper. (8.)
Although not so many indi\'iduals of this species were noted as of
the other species of sandpipers, they were found in a greater variety
of situations. Usually single birds were found. They were most
often found at the edge of the lake. On August 2, 1922, one was
feeding along the creek above the bridge. It flew down the creek
when it was disturbed. On September 4, 1922, one was feeding at
the edge of a Nelumbo patch at the edge of the lake. One was
flushed at the edge of a small opening in Typha on August 21, 1923.
One was seen on the mud at the edge of a pool cut off from the river,
near the mouth of the creek, on September 8, 1923. Two were
seen at a marshy place below a spring on April 28, 1923. May 17,
1924, is the latest recorded date of occurrence in the spring.
Catoptrophoriis seinipalmatus semipalmatus (Gmelin).
Willet. (1.)
A male flew to the lake at five o'clock on the afternoon of August
22, 1922, and settled in water about three inches deep. The bird was
shot after it had started to bathe. It permitted a close enough ap-
proach to be shot with No. 10 shot.
On May 18, 1924, a crippled willet was seen on the mud at the
edge of Doniphan lake. It would not allow a close approach, but
it staggered when it attempted to run or to start flight. It flew
out over the water and returned to the shore several times.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 531
Trytigites subi-uficollis (Vieillot).
Buff -breasted Sandpiper. (.5.)
On August 27, 1921, two birds of this species were shot out of a
group of four at the edge of Doniphan lake. They w^ere feeding
farther away from the water than were the other kinds of sand-
pipers. Both the birds that were collected were males.
Actitis macularia (Linnaeus).
Spotted Sandpiper. (18.5.)
This sandpiper fed along the creek, along the river, at the edges
of pools on the bar, and among patches of Nelumbo. Individuals
were frequently seen resting on boxes and logs in the lake. On
August 23, 1921, some were seen feeding on the tops of leaves of
Nelumbo that were floating in the lake. Spotted sandpipers were
found throughout the summer, although they were more plentiful
during the migration seasons. The earliest record is May 3, 1924,
and the latest fall record is September 10, 1922.
Nuincnius americanus Bechstein.
Long-billed Curlew. (.5.)
A long-billed curlew was seen with sandpipers at the edge of
Doniphan lake on May 8, 1924.
Squatarola squatarola cynosure e Thayer and Bangs.
American Black-bellied Plover. (2.5.)
An adult came to the lake on August 21, 1922. It ran through
water about two inches deep with a peculiar jerking motion. It
called several times and flew away towards the river with some
yellowlegs. On August 23 one was seen in about the same place. On
August 28 three were feeding on the north side of the lake. About
half the time they were on the shore about fifty yards from the
water and the remainder of the time they were in water about three
inches deep. They were very shy and it was difficult to approach
them. After about three hours of stalking one was killed. The
two remaining birds left in the direction of the river. Two birds
were seen at the lake on August 31 which were very shy.
One was seen in water three inches deep at the edge of Doniphan
lake on June 3, 1923. It did not fly far when it was disturbed, and
it called onlv once or twice.
532 The University Science Bulletin.
Oxyechus vociferus (Linnaeus).
Killdeer. (16.)
The killdeer was often seen, with other waders, feeding on the mud
around the lake. These birds usually kept a little farther back from
the water than did the other waders. The groups of killdeer were
usually not large, the largest flocks being found in the fall and being
composed of about twelve birds.
Spring records for this bird are between March 15 and June 23.
Pall records are between August 13 and October 30. ^
Charadrius semipalmatus Bonaparte.
Semipalmated Plover. (7.)
This bird was found feeding around the edges of the lake, both
near the edge of the water and at a little distance back from the
shore.
Dates of occurrence in the spring are between May 3, 1924, and
June 7, 1923. Fall migration dates are between August 11, 1922,
and September 7, 1922. This, bird was not seen during the fall in
other years.
■ Colinus virginianus virginianus (Linniaeus.)
Bobwhite. (17.5.)
The bobwhite was not numerous. Never were more than one
covey or one or two pairs seen in a single day, and although the
bird was probably present throughout the year, none was seen in
November or February.
This bird fed in weed patches and deserted fields along the sides
of the hills, along the roads, and in the timber on the bluff. Some-
times it was found in the willows on the bar. In the mornings it
was often heard calling along the creek or on the bar, and more fre-
quently between May and September than at any other time.
A pair was flushed from an unfinished nest on June 10, 1922. The
nest was in a heavy growth of grass on the side of a ravine on the
bluff. The nest was nearly finished and opened to the south.
All of this species that were seen between the first of October
and the first of May were in coveys that were made up of from
eight to twenty birds. During the rest of the year individuals or
pairs were seen, and these were most often noted along the roadsides.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 533
Zenaidura macroura carolinensis (Linnaeus).
Mourning Dove. (84.5.)
Several mourning doves were seen daily throughout the year ex-
cept during the winter, when they were present in much smaller
numbers. They fed in all parts of the area where they could find
food. Most of their food was obtained from the ground or from
plants that produced seeds near the ground. The mourning dove
was often seen gleaning food from the roads, from barn lots, from
weed patches, from pastures, from mud flats near the lake, from
granaries, from fields, and from open places both on the bluff and
on the bar. Mourning doves rested upon dead or leafless limbs of
trees, on buildings and bridges, and on telephone wires. When mov-
ing from one place to another these birds were often seen flying
high above the tops of the trees.
On April 22, 1924, a pair was seen building a nest in an Osage
orange tree along a road east of the center of the area. On May 3,
1924, an adult was brooding an egg in a nest ten feet from the ground
on a liorizontal limb of a box elder that was in a yard.
A pair was watched that was working on a nest at eight a. m. on
May 6, 1923. The nest was in a tree in a yard, and was on a hori-
zontal limb twelve feet from the ground. The female stayed on the
nest while the male made trips to the ground in the edge of an or-
chard about fifty feet away to get material. Each trip required
from ten to sixty seconds. When returning to the nest with ma-
terial the bird did not fly directly to the nest, but first stopped in
some other part of the tree usually at the end of a dead limb and
about ten feet from the nest. After about ten seconds it would fly
to within one foot of the nest. Instead of lighting directly on the
nest the bird usually settled on the back of its mate and then lowered
its head, bringing the material for the nest near to and below the
head of the female. The female then took the straw or sticks in
her bill and arranged them in the nest. She turned after each trip
so that the nest was built evenly all the way round. A few times
the male laid the material directly on the nest. He always left im-
mediately after the female took the sticks. No trace of this nest
could be found on May 13.
On May 19, 1923, a pair was building a nest twelve feet from the
ground in an Osage orange along a road. One bird was on the nest
and one carried material. The same pair was working on this nest
on the next day.
A nest containing two eggs was found in an apple tree in an or-
534 The University Science Bulletin.
chard on June 7, 1923. It was twelve feet from the ground. As the
brooding adult left the nest it flew low but did not touch the ground.
An adult was brooding on a nest fifteen feet from the ground in
an elm tree on June 8, 1922.
A mourning dove was seen on a nest with two eggs that was on
a leaning willow stump in the north part of the lake on June 19,
1922. The nest was two feet above the water and about one hundred
yards from the shore. Whether or not the young were successful
in reaching shore was not determined,
A partially completed nest was found nine feet from the ground
on the main trunk of a redbud that was leaning at a forty-five degree
angle. The tree was on the lower part of the bluff. An adult was on
the nest, but it flew to a small limb near the ground and about fif-
teen feet away when it was approached.
An adult was brooding on a nest twenty-two feet from the ground
and four feet from the end of a limb of a walnut in a yard on June
23, 1923. On June 26 another adult was found brooding on a nest
forty-five feet from the ground and near the end of a branch of a
honey locust that was twenty-five yards from the walnut.
A single adult was gathering material from the ground in a yard
and carrying it to a limb eleven feet from the ground in a peach
tree in an orchard in the morning of June 24, 1923. The same bird
was carrying material and working on this nest on June 26.
A nest was found thirty feet from the ground and four feet from
the end of a limb of a large elm along a road on June 30, 1923. An
adult was brooding at 7:30 a.m., and another adult was perched
on a limb three feet away.
On July 1, 1923, a nest was seen in a maple in a yard, which also
contained nests of the blue jay and the Baltimore oriole. This nest
was thirty feet from the ground, and was on a limb that was nearly
forty-five degrees from the horizontal.
The latest nest record for this species is July 18, 1923, when a
nest was found that was thirty feet from the ground and three feet
from the main trunk of a hackberry in the E. V. Roundy yard. An
adult was brooding.
These birds were often found in groups of three, especially in
early fall. Larger flocks were noted in late summer, as when several
small flocks were seen along a road on August 28, 1923. On August
29, 1923, some flocks were feeding in the wheat stubble on the hills
north of the lake. Occasionally, during the winter, flocks numbering
from twelve to fifteen were found feeding in weed patches along the
edge of the bar or along the creek in sheltered places.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 535
Cathartes aura septentrionalis Wied.
Turkey Vulture. (38.)
From one to twelve turkey vultures were seen almost daily in the
summer, soaring over the bluffs or over the river valley. They
were not often seen except when flying. Once one was seen resting
on some drift on a sand bar in the river. At one time one was seen
perched in a cottonwood tree on the bar, and on another occasion
one was seen in the top of a medium sized dead tree near the top of
the bluff.
On June 6, 1923, a nest was found in a hole in the top ledge of
limestone of the bluff and three-fourths of a mile south of the cen-
ter of the area. The hole was two feet across at the opening and
w'as ten feet deep. Its floor sloped down at an angle of about forty-
five degrees from the horizontal. The opening was shaded by small
shrubs and larger trees. In the morning when the nest was found
the brooding adult scrambled back to the far comer of the hole. It
was too dark in the hole to distinguish objects in the nest. In the
afternoon when a flashlight was used the adult refused to leave the
nest. When small pieces of rock were thrown into the hole the bird
moved a little, and one young bird could be seen and apparently
three eggs. These may have been parts of eggs. The shells ap-
peared to be dark brow^n and no spots could be seen. The young
bird was white and downy. A large amount of dark brown, semi-
solid food material with a \-ery disagreeable odor was regurgitated
by the brooding bird when it was disturbed.
April 5, 1924, is the earliest spring record for the turkey vulture,
and September 24. 1922. is the latest fall record.
Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus).
Marsh Hawk. (12.)
Usually, only one marsh hawk was seen at one time, but pairs
w^ere seen on a few occasions. The status of this bird may be shown
best by a summary of its occurrence by months.
On January 24. 1923, one was chased over the river and into the
willows by a crow, (^ne was seen on each of the three days follow-
ing. On February 18, 1923, two were flushed from the thick growth
of small willows between the lake and the river. They flew up the
river together. One was seen flying over the bar on February 5,
1924. None was seen in May. Marsh hawks were seen flying over
the bar on March 3 and 31, 1923. One or two crows were seen fly-
34—3341
536 The University Science Bulletin.
ing at the bird seen on the latter date. April dates are 1 in 1923, and
19 and 21 in 1924. On June 13, 1922, one was flying north over
the willows in the afternoon. On June 21 a female was flying low
over the willows, and on June 22 one was flushed in the tall grass
between the lake and the river. There are no July records. On
August 10, 1922, one that was hunting around the lake scared away
a small flock of sandpipers. An adult was flying over the willows
near the mouth of the creek on August 14, 1922. On August 23,
1923, one, in the reddish phase, flew low over the bar near the river.
There are five records for September. On September 8, 1923, one
flew low over the lake and was chased by a whole flock of swallows
late in the afternoon. One flew low over the willows on October 7,
1922. There are no records for either November or December.
Accipiter velox (Wilson).
Sharp-shinned Hawk. (.5.)
A sharp-shinned hawk was flushed from the ground near a
marshy place at the foot of the bluff on May 12, 1923. It flew into
the willows on the bar, where it stopped. Another flew over the bar
on February 14, 1925.
Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte).
Cooper's Hawk. (15.5.)
Single Cooper's hawks when seen were usually flying over the
tops of the trees on the bluff, on the bar, or low over the fields. On
August 25, 1921, one was shot in a tree w^iich stood about half way
to the top of the bluff.
On June 7, 1922, a female was brooding five downy young in a
nest thirty feet from the ground in a red-oak tree at the side of a
road on the bluff. The nest was in a fork of the main trunk of the
tree, which was six inches in diameter. While the tree was being
climbed the adult made three swoops to within a few feet of my head
and called several times. The next day the female was seen going
to the nest at six o'clock in the evening. She was seen in a near-by
tree on the 10th. On June 18 an adult circled around the nest.
The white, downy feathers of the young birds could be plainly seen
from the ground. A male was carrying food in the direction of the
nest on June 21. On June 26 the five young, whose feathers were
now about half grown, were shot out of the nest. Their stomachs
were filled with the remains of two chickens of a size which would
probably M'eigh about half a pound.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 537
A nest was found fifteen feet from the ground in an oak tree in
a ravine on the Whittaker farm on June 11, 1922. It held five
bluish-green eggs. They were fresh. The female was not on the
nest in the morning, but was incubating at five o'clock in the
evening.
A Cooper's hawk was seen flying high over the willows on January
26, 1923. One flew into the group of trees near the house on the
Whittaker farai on February 3, 1924. On April 14, 1923, one, flying
west over the lake, caused a small flock of yellowlegs to rise and
call, but it flew on without stopping. On April 15 one was chasing a
red-tailed hawk over the bluff.
Late fall dates for this bird are November 17 and 18, 1923. One
that had not been dead for a long time was found on the shore of
the lake on November 30, 1922.
Buteo borealis borealis (Gmelin).
Red-tailed Hawk. (32.)
In the summer not more than one or two of this species were seen
in a single day, but in winter and the seasons of migration it became
more numerous, and several were often seen at one time. It was
most often seen flying over the bluff and the bar. Sometimes it was
found resting in the tops of tall trees. On May 10, 1924, one was
flying among the trees and near the ground on the bluff. On April
15, 1923, one was chased out of the timber on the bluff by a Cooper's
hawk.
A red-tailed ha\Nk flew from a nest in a tree near the top of the hill
one-quarter of a mile northeast of the E. V. Roundy house on March
31, 1923. At first the bird stopped in a nearby tree and called
several times; then it moved on to other trees and finally circled
overhead several times; but it did not leave the vicinity. Two hours
later, when it was approached, the bird left the nest directly. The
nest was twenty-five feet from the ground and was in the top of an
oak tree that was one foot in diameter at the base. On April 1,
when the tree was climbed, the nest contained three eggs. The
female stayed nearby and called while the nest was being examined.
On April 7, the nest had one whole egg with a large hole in the side
and one egg with a larger hole lay on the ground. No hawks were
near. The material in the nest was disarranged.
On March 20, 1925, a nest was found in the timber onc-cjuarter of
a mile north of the nest that had been found in 1923. The female
called from a near-by tree, but was not seen on the nest which ap-
538 The University Science Bulletin.
peared to be nearly finished. Some new material was seen hang-
ing over the edge.
A female was brooding on a nest in the top of a tree in the bottom
of a ravine on the bluff on March 18, 1925. The bird left the nest
and flew overhead and called when persons passed througli the tim-
ber near the nest tree.
On June 4, 1923, two young of this species were seen with one
adult in the timber on the bluff. The young birds were able to fly.
The adult was calling in the vicinity.
Some individuals of this species were seen every month in the year.
Buteo lineatus lineatiis (Gmelin).
Red-shouldered Hawk. (13.)
Red-shouldered hawks were more common in August and Septem-
ber than at other times of the year. They were seen flying over the
bluff or perched in trees on the bluff or on the bar.
A female that was shot on August 16, 1922, had a small frog and
parts of several large insects in its stomach. Another was taken on
September 2, 1922. Its stomach was empty.
This hawk was present in other seasons of the year on May 6
and 12, 1923; July 6, 17 and 18, 1923; and November 18, 1923.
Buteo swainsoni Bonaparte.
Swainson's Hawk. (.5.)
Two Swainson's hawks soared over the bluff most of the afternoon
of April 1, 1923.
Buteo platypterus (Vieillot).
Broad-winged Hawk. (8.)
The few records of this species are between April 21, 1924, and
May 10, 1924, and between August 5, 1923, and September 1, 1923.
It was usually found resting in trees on the bar or along the lower
part of the bluff.
Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis (Gmelin).
Rough-legged Hawk. (1.5.)
A rough-legged hawk was watched feeding over a field. It was
flying from one hundred to one hundred and fifty feet above the
ground, and was frequently poising. Once it dropped straight to the
ground, but rose again in a few seconds.
On October 21, 1923, one was circling high over the bar. On De-
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 539
cember 1, 1922, one was perched in the top of a tree in a small patch
of timber on a hill one-half mile west of the bluff.
Haliceetus leucocephalus lencocephalus (Linnaeus).
Bald Eagle. (2.)
On January 29, 1923, crows chased a bald eagle over the bluff
toward the lake where it stopped in a tree. Crows flew after one
on February 17 and 18, 1923. On March 3, 1923, calling crows sur-
rounded two that were in a tree on top of the bluff near the lake.
The eagles flew short distances along the bluff, but they were always
followed by the crows.
Cerchneis sparveria sparveria (Linnaeus).
Sparrow Hawk. (1.5.)
An immature bird of this species was shot from the top of a small
tree on the Whittaker farm on September 5, 1922. On September
10, 1923, one was seen on the telephone wires along the road two
miles west of the river. On September 1, 1924, one was seen along
the road one mile west of the river.
Pandion haliceetus carolinensis (Gmelin).
Osprey. (.5.)
On August 11, 1922, one was flying high over the lake. It was
moving south and towards the river.
Asio wilsonianus (Lesson) .
Long-eared Owl. (.5.)
On March 30, 1924, a nest of this species was found twelve feet
from the ground in a one-year-old crow's nest that was in a cotton-
wood on the bar. The tree was eight inches in diameter at the
base. One owl was on the nest and another was in a willow about
twenty feet away. When the bird on the nest was approached it
stood up and, with spread wings, fluffed out its feathers. It flew off
a distance of about twenty yards and called for a few minutes and
then left. There were five fresh eggs in tlie nest.
Asio flammeus (Pontoppidan).
Short-eared Owl. (3.)
A scattered flock of about twenty short-eared owls was found
south of the lake and about one-quarter of a mile from the river
on December 2, 1922. At this point the grass was about eighteen
inches high and the willow trees were scattered. Others were found
540 The University Science Bulletin.
at the same place on January 25 and 26, 1923, and on March 3,
1923. Pellets were collected from this place and their contents
examined. They contained many skulls of Microtus ochrogaster,
Peromyscus spp., Reithrodontomys megalotis dychei, Mus muscidus
musculus, Cryptotis parva, Blarina brevicauda, one Cardinalis cardi-
nalis cardinalis, some Agelaius phoenicens, and some small Fringil-
lidse.
Strix varia varia Barton.
Barred Owl. (2.)
A barred owl was flushed from a tree on the lower part of the bluff
northwest of the lake on October 21, 1923. It flew across a small
clearing and stopped in a cottonwood on the bar, where it was
watched for about fifteen minutes. About an hour later the bird
was again flushed from a tree on the lower part of the bluff. One
was flushed from near this place on November 4, 1923. It flew
north along the lower part of the bluff. The crows found the owl
a few seconds after it moved. and they began coming and calling.
Cryptoglaux acadica acadica (Gmelin).
Saw- whet Owl. (.5.)
A female saw-whet owl was shot on March 30, 1923. It was sit-
ting on a small branch of a willow and was close to and on the
southeast side of the main trunk. The branch was four feet from
the ground. The tree was twenty-five yards from the lower edge
of the bluff and on the bar. The bird was shot at four o'clock in the
afternoon, and its stomach contained the remains of a mouse.
Otus asio asio (Linnaeus).
Screech Owl. (23.)
The screech owl was present throughout the year, and was fre-
quently heard calling at night.
One in the gray color phase was killed in the E. V. Roundy barn
in January, 1924. Another gray one was seen at a hole, ten feet
from the ground, in a small tree below the road on the bluff. A
group of smaller birds, that were calling, surrounded it. One was
found in an old house northwest of the lake on April 14, 1923.
Scattered pellets on the floor showed that the bird had been using the
roost for several days. On April 22, 1924, one was flushed from a
clump of roots under an overhanging creek bank. Several, which
probably made up a family group, called and flew about in a yard
on May 10, 1924. There were several holes in trees in the yard
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 541
that probably would have been suitable nesting places for this
species. On May 13, 1923, one was found perched on a leafy branch
in the top of a large elm tree along a road. On May 19, one week
later, one was seen on the same branch. On the afternoon of June
15, 1923, one was flushed from the center of a thicket of dogwood
and grapevine along the lower edge of the bluff. On August 27,
1923, one was flushed from the top of a tree along the lower part
of the blufif.
Bubo virginianus virginianus (Gmelin).
Great Horned Owl. (2.)
Although this bird should have been found, and it probably was
present throughout the year, there are records for its occurrence in
only seven months. A great horned owl was found sitting in an
open nest, with eggs, in the spring of 1922, by Mr. Charles Regnary
The bird was shot.
Coccyzus americanus americanus (Linnaeus).
Yellow-billed Cuckoo. (62.5.)
The yellow-billed cuckoo, although a very common summer resi-
dent in this locality, was not seen in as large numbers as some other
birds that were not so common. It is shy and solitary, and was more
often heard calling than it was seen. It fed in the tops of the trees
along the bluff, along the creek, and in the willows on the bar. A
large number of nests was found, and accounts of some are given
here to show the range in the nesting habits of this bird in this lo-
cality.
The earliest nest that was found was not complete on June 9, 1922.
On June 12, 1923, a nest was found, ten feet from the ground, on
a horizontal limb of an elm tree on the lower part of the bluff near
the mouth of the creek. It contained two eggs. Ten yards farther
south there was another nest with two eggs, which was ten feet
from the ground and in a redbud tree. This nest was more bulky
than the other. An adult carried a dead leaf to the nest in the red-
bud. Both nests were partly shaded by larger trees. On the thir-
teenth the nest in the elm tree contained broken shells and there was
no bird on the other nest. On this date an adult was found sitting
on a nest, seven feet from the ground, in a grapevine that was grow-
ing over a horizontal limb of a small partly dead elm tree at the
lower edge of the bluff. The bird left the nest, which contained two
eggs, when it was approached to within ten feet.
On June 16, 1922, a nest was found, four feet from the water, in
542 The University Science Bulletin.
a fork of a willow among the stumps in the north part of the lake.
No bird was on the nest, which contained three eggs.
An adult was flushed from a nest, with three eggs, that was seven
feet from the ground in a leaning pawpaw on the side of the bluff on
June 25, 1923. The bird flew to the ground when the tree was
shaken.
A nest was found on June 27, 1923, which was on a horizontal fork
of a lower limb of a walnut and seven feet from the ground. The tree
was near the top of the bluff northwest of the lake and was ten yards
from the edge of the timber. In the nest were three 3'oung birds with
black quills, and one egg. An adult came about one minute after
the nest was found, but after seeing an intruder, it stayed in a tree
about fifty feet away and called.
On June 29, 1923, a nest was found that was six feet from the
ground in a rose bush that was growing over a small walnut near
the top of the bluff. An adult was brooding four eggs. When dis-
turbed it flew to a tree fifteen feet away, and then, drooping and
shaking its wings as if they were broken, it flew on farther.
On June 30, 1923, a nest was found in a box elder along a road
by a cornfield. The nest was eight and one-half feet from the
ground, in twigs near a horizontal limb one inch in diameter. An
adult that was brooding three eggs left when the limb was shaken.
Another adult that was in the tree also, left when the tree was ap-
proached to within thirty feet. On the same date a nest was found
eight and one-half feet from the ground in an Osage orange tree
along a road. The nest was a little to one side of a horizontal limb
and was partly shaded. An adult that was brooding four eggs flew
off slowly when an intruder stood near the nest.
On July 3, 1923, a nest was found five feet from the ground in an
oak sprout along a road. The nest contained one egg and two young
birds with black quills. The brooding adult left when it was ap-
proached to within three feet. One of the young birds opened its
mouth for food. On July 9 this nest was empty and its floor was
covered with scales from the young birds. Another nest was found
on July 3 that was in a dogwood one hundred yards north of this
one. It was five feet from the ground and contained two eggs. No
bird was near. On July 9 there were four eggs but no bird was seen.
On July 14, 1923, a nest was found, four feet from the ground in a
redbud six feet high, in a sprout field southeast of the lake. The nest
was made of sticks and held four eggs. An adult was brooding. The
sprout was surrounded by a thick growth of N^egetation.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 543
A nest five and one-half feet from the ground in a grapevine that
was running over an ironwood. was found on July 15, 1923. There
were five eggs in the nest. The sitting bird left when the vine was
touched.
On July 18, 1923, a nest was found, four and one-half feet from
the ground, in sumac in a hog pasture which was on top of a hill.
An adult was on the nest which held two eggs and three young, one
of which had its eyes open, one had its eyes partly opened, and one
had its eyes shut. This nest was two inches deep on the outside.
A nest was found seven feet from the ground in a small willow,
between the creek and a cornfield, on the bar. The nest had three
eggs. The sitting adult left when approached to within fifteen feet.
An adult was sitting closely on two eggs in a nest, six feet from
the ground, that was found in a rough-leaved dogwood on the bluft'
on August 28, 1922. On September 2 there were young in the nest.
The parent stayed on the nest until it was touched, and then flew
only a short distance. It appeared to be not excited. The adult was
on the nest on September 6. On September 10 the nest was empty.
On September 9, 1923, an adult was brooding on a nest in the top
of a medium-sized oak tree on the bluff. The nest was twenty feet
from the ground.
In all, thirty nests of this species were found in the two seasons.
During th(> migrations, especially in the fall, this cuckoo was
frequently found feeding with groups of the smaller transients. This
bird was late in arriving in the spring, and was not seen before May
19 in 1923, and May 17 in 1924. In the fall the last one was seen
on October 12, 1924.
Coccyzus erythrophthalmus (Wilson).
Black-billed Cuckoo. (3.)
On May 19, 1923, a black-billed cuckoo was shot from the top of
a small tree on the lower part of the bluff. One was seen near the
ground in the willows on June 7 and one on June 10, 1923. On June
23, 1923, one was seen along the lower part of the bluff that was
carrying something in its mouth. On August 23, 1923, one was seen
resting in the top of a small tree on the lower part of the bluff near
the lake. It flew low over the bar about fifteen minutes later. On
September 4, 1924, one was shot on the lower part of the bluff near
the lake. It had part of a cicada in its mouth.
544 The University Science Bulletin.
Ceryle alcyon alcyon Linnaeus).
Belted Kingfisher. (25.)
Rarely were more than one or two kingfishers seen in a single
day. This species was often seen feeding at the lake, along the
creek, and at pools, on the bar, below springs. Its rattling cry
could usually be heard as it flew up or down the creek. On April 20,
1924, one called and stopped in a tree along the creek, where there
were some holes in the bank in which it might nest.
One was seen on March 30, 1923, and one on March 29, 1924.
There is a record for March 21, 1925. The latest fall record is
October 8, 1922.
Dryobates villosus villosus (Linnaeus).
Hairy Woodpecker. (39.5.)
From one or two to half a dozen hairy woodpeckers were seen on
each day that the species was observed. In the summer months
they fed in the trees on the bluff, along the creek, and on the bar.
During the winter months a good share of this bird's time was spent
in weed patches with small seed-eating birds, where it obtained food
in addition to that which it got from the trees and the tree trunks
in the timber.
Two birds were making trips with food to a tree in the creek
bottom on April 29, 1923. They took turns going into the hole,
which was twenty feet from the ground and on the southwest side
of the tree trunk. Once one waited for the arrival of the other
before kaving, but usually each was in the hole for a short time only,
and one did not wait for the return of the other. They made trips
from 11:30 until noon.
One was feeding in a shed near the creek on February 5, 1924.
Dryobates pubescens medianus (Swainson).
Downy Woodpecker. (89.)
Several of these woodpeckers were seen almost every day that
records were kept. They fed over the whole area where there was
enough vegetation to insure a food supply. In the fall and winter
they were nearly always prominent in the small flocks of birds that
moved through the timber and the weed patches in search of food.
The call note of this bird and the sound which it made in picking
for food was always an indicator that a feeding flock of birds was
near.
On January 28, 1923, one was seen going to roost in a hole in a
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 545
tree, growing in a yard, at five o'clock in the afternoon. It flew out
after the limb was struck several times with a gas pipe.
One was digging a hole in a large elm at the side of a road on
May 4, 1924. On May 12, 1924, a pair was seen on a dead willow
along the creek. The female was working on a nest, twenty-five
feet from the ground and on the southeast side of the trunk. The
male approached the female, and both flew to a near-by tree where
mating took place, and the female returned to work at the nest. On
May 19 one of the pair entered the nest three times within half an
hour.
Young birds called loudly in a nest, eight feet from the ground
in an apple tree, in an orchard on June 3, 1923. An adult was seen
carrying food to them. On June 4 a bird flew out of a hole in an
apple tree thirty-six steps away from this nest. On this date a
nest was found in a dead stump in the bottom of a ravine which
contained young. The nest hole was fifteen feet from the ground.
Both parents came and called very nervously in the vicinity.
A nest was found on June 7, 1923, that was seven feet from the
ground in a willow stump on the north side of the lake. Young
birds inside the stump called loudly, and the parents called excitedly
from near-by stumps. The young were still in the nest on June 12.
A group, probably made up of the birds of one family, was found
feeding along the blilff as early as June 26, 1923.
Sphyrapiciis varius varins (Linnaeus).
Yellow-bellied Sapsucker. (.5.)
One that was watched, that was feeding on a tree trunk on the
bluff on March 18, 1925, flew after other birds, especially wood-
peckers, that came near.
Melanerpes erythrocephalus (Linnaeus).
Red-headed Woodpecker. (65.5.)
Red-headed woodpeckers were more restricted in their local dis-
tribution than were the other species of woodpeckers, and so they
were present in fewer numbers than were the other species. In sum-
mer they were found feeding in the larger, leafy and dead or dying
trees. In winter the few that were present lived chiefly on acorns,
which w^ere produced in abundance in this area. One that was killed
on the Whittaker farm on October 24, 1924, was carrying acorns.
These woodpeckers were often found in the large dead trees at the
edges of openings in the timber. These trees were used as perches
546 The University Science Bulletin.
from which the birds made short flights into the air to catch flying
insects. One was seen taking corn from a crib on July 1, 1923. This
species was commonly found on telephone poles along the roads.
An adult was flushed from a hole in a dead tree along a road on
June 6, 1923. On June 8 a pair was feeding young birds in a hole
in another tree. The parents were feeding young in this nest on
June 28 and 30. On July 9 they were feeding their young in a tree
across the road from the nest. On July 11 these young were seen
as far as two hundred yards from the nest tree. On August 21, 1922,
an adult was feeding young in a nest twenty-five feet from the
ground in a dead tree along a road.
The regular summer residents were present between March 21 and
September 24. Dates of winter occurrence are January 24 and
February 17, 1923, and October 25, 1924.
Centurus carolimis (Linnseus.)
Red-bellied Woodpecker. (65.)
This woodpecker was found in small numbers almost daily
throughout the year. It was most often seen in the timber along the
bluff near the creek. Yards and orchards were frequented regularly.
Although most of the feeding was done in these places, the bird was
seen a few times feeding in other situations. On June 8, 1923, a pair
was seen gathering food from the ground in a road. On February
7, 1924, one was eating corn at a crib in a yard. One flew into a
mulberry tree along the bluff on July 7, 1923, and picked off two
ripe berries which it ate. It picked one of the berries while on the
wing. One was feeding on dogwood berries on the lower part of the
bluff on September 8, 1923.
A red-bellied woodpecker was calling, in a hole twelve feet from
the ground, in a willow stump along the creek on April 21, 1924. It
left when the stump was hit. On April 29, 1923, one flew to a hole
in the top of a tall, dead stump on the north side of the creek. An-
other bird left, and for about ten minutes the arrival stayed on the
side of the stump. Then it w^ent inside and stayed, with its head
out, for about ten minutes. On May 12 an adult came and entered
this hole. After a few minutes another came, and the first bird left.
It returned after about five minutes, and after it stuck its head into
the hole the other bird left. This bird entered and remained for as
long as the hole was watched — about fifteen minutes. On May 19,
1923, a parent was feeding young birds at this nest. It entered the
nest hole with food three times within eight minutes. On each trip
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 547
it went in a different direction to get the food. An adult was seen
carrying food to tliis nest on June 3, 1923, and on June 8.
A parent was feeding young in a hole in a living elm in a ravine
along the bluff on June 15, 1922. A family of young, just out of the
nest, was being fed near there on June 21.
Parents were seen feeding young, just able to fly, on June 6, 1922,
and on June 25, 1923. The last mentioned family was seen in an
orchard, and was composed of birds which were able to fly, but that
had trouble in getting a foothold on the limbs on which they alighted.
A red-headed woodpecker was observed to chase a red-bellied
woodpecker out of a large dead tree along a road on September 4,
1923.
Colaptes auratiis luteiis Bangs.
Northern Flicker. (38.)
The northern flicker was present in small numbers, but it was
not so numerous as to be found daily. Individuals were found feed-
ing in the timber along the bluff, on the bar, along the creek, and in
yards. A few times it was seen on the ground or on dead stumps.
On September 4, 1923, one was seen going to roost in the side of a
building where there was a hole, in Doniphan. The loud call note
of this bird was often heard on the bluff.
One flew out of a hole, thirty feet from the ground, in a dead
stump at the edge of the lake on June 10, 1923. On June 12 a bird
flew out of the same stump wlien the base was hit with a stick. This
stump was blown into the water by a storm on June 27.
Although this species was present throughout the year, it was
found in greater numbers during the seasons of migration than at
other times. Flocks were seen moving south in the fall. A flock of
over a dozen birds was in the Roundy yard at six o'clock in the
morning of September 24, 1922. On October 7, 1922, a large flock
was moving in a loose formation down the river. They stopped in
the cottonwoods and other trees as they moved. A flock was scat-
tered in the tops of the trees and slowly moving south on the lower
part of the bluff on October 11, 1924. On February 17, 1923, a
flock of fifteen or twenty was feeding half way to the top of the bluff.
Antrostomus vociferus vocijerus (Wilson).
Whippoorwill. (46.)
Birds of this species were heard calling in the timber at night
during the summer. Once, May 3, 1924, one was heard calling in
the daytime. This was at nine in the morning. Occasionally one or
548 The University Science Bulletin.
two were flushed from the ground in thick growths on the bluff. On
August 26, 1921, one was shot out of a tree on the side of the bluff.
It was perched crosswise on the limb which was twenty-five feet
from the ground.
On June 16, 1923, two eggshells were found on the ground among
growths of dogwood on the bar north of the lake.
A whippoorwill was flushed from one egg, on the ground twenty-
five yards from the edge of the timber on the bluff west of the lake,
on June 14, 1923. The bird flew about thirty feet and settled on the
ground. Then it flew on a few feet and stopped on a limb of brush
and perched, with its body parallel to the limb. It then flew in a
circle toward the edge of the timber. The timber at this place was
rather open underneath, there being few weeds or saplings. Elm,
walnut and oak trees were growing near by. The egg was light with
a few splotches. On June 21 there were two eggs. On this date the
adult fluttered away when approached, moving only about two feet
at a time and acting as if its wings were broken. An adult was
sitting on the eggs on June 28. It flew off and went to a small piece
of brush about ten yards away where it sat with dropping wings.
The eggs were being incubated on July 3, nineteen days after the
first one was found, but on July 6 a diligent search showed no traces
of either eggs or young.
April 18, 1924, was the earliest date on which this species was
heard calling, and September 10, 1923, is the latest date on which it
was heard in the fall.
Chordeiles virginianus virginianus (Gmelin).
Nighthawk. (7.)
Nighthawks were found only during migrations. They were
nearly always found in flocks that flew in a southwesterly direction
over the lake, and fed as they moved over the water in the fall flight.
Even when not flying over the lake they usually moved in the same
direction, i. e., southwest. In the afternoon of August 27, 1921, one
was shot from a horizontal limb in a large tree in a yard. Most of
the flying birds were seen in the evening or late afternoon.
The only record for spring is May 17, 1924, when one bird was
seen. Fall records are between August 23 and September 23.
C hcetura pelagica (Linnaeus).
Chimney Swift. (59.)
Chimney swifts were seen flying over the tops of the trees on the
bluff and on the bar, over the lake, and over groups of farm build-
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 549
ings. Only a small number was present except during the time of
migration.
Young birds, nearly ready to leave the nest, were seen in a nest
in a chimney in the E. V. Roundy house on July 18, 1923. The
nest was eight feet below the top of the chimney. Adults were
flying overhead.
April 22, 1924. is the earliest date of occurrence in the spring,
and October 11, 1924, is the latest fall record.
Archilochus colubris (Linnaeusl.
Ruby-throated Humming Bird. 45.5.)
Humming birds were not conspicuous, and so they were not seen
every day. The species became very common in late summer and
during the early fall migrations. In summer this species fed at
flowers in gardens and on tiie bluff. In the late part of the season
individuals extended the territory over which they ranged, and were
found often in fields and on the bar. In August and early Septem-
ber they spent a great part of their time on the bar, feeding at the
jewelweed which blooms at that season. A part of their time was
spent resting on dead limbs and flying after one another. On August
14, 1922, one was seen flying through a cornfield. One was hovering
at the end of a water pipe at a spring and drinking water on Septem-
ber 6, 1922. Birds of this species were usually found alone, the
largest group found together at one time being three. This group
was seen feeding in the willows on August 10, 1922.
The short, squeaky call note of this bird was heard several times.
All the humming bird's nests that were located, except one, were
on the bluff. That nest was in the creek-bottom timber.
On June 10, 1922, a nest was found saddled on a horizontal twig
three-eighths of an inch in diameter at the end of a branch of a large
oak tree at the side of a road. The nest was twelve feet from the
ground. A female spent most of an hour on near-by twigs. On
June 17 the nest was empty. On June 24 the female was sitting on
the nest. On June 26 no bird was in sight and the nest, which con-
tained two eggs, was removed by cutting the twig which supported
it. On August 5 a nest was found on another twig which was two
feet away from the location of the one found first. The second nest
appeared to be smaller than the first one had been. No bird was
near.
On June 4, 1923, a female was building a nest fifteen feet from the
ground in an ironwood tree in the timber along the creek. The
550 The University Science Bl'lletin.
limb which held the nest was three-fourths of an inch in diameter.
The nest was found at 2:30 p. m. The bird worked until 2:40 p. m.,
when it stopped and was not again seen until 3, when it resumed
nest building. From twenty seconds to two minutes were required
for eacli trip to gather material, and about twenty seconds were
spent at the nest on each trip. The bird, with the new material to
be added, stood at the edge of the nest and added the material to
the outside of the wall and to the limb, drawing the bill from one
side to the other in the process. At least a part of the nest material
was gathered from trees while the bird was on the wing.
On June 18, 1923, a nest was being built twenty feet from the
ground on a branch of a hickory tree that was one- fourth inch in
diameter. The nest was eight feet from the main trunk. The tree
was on the top shelf of the bluff. After bringing coarse material for
three trips, and placing it on top and at the edge of the nest, the
bird brought some finer material which it drew from the limb over
the outside of and toward the edge of the nest. Then it brought more
coarse material. There were a few rest periods which the bird spent
on near by dead twigs. The material was gathered from near the
ground and while the bird was on the wing. Another nest was found,
twenty-five feet from the ground, in an oak tree on the side of the
bluff on that day. A female visited it once while it was being
watched.
An adult was seen brooding on a nest on a horizontal limb of an
oak tree on the side of the bluft'. The nest was eighteen feet from the
ground and on a branch which was three-eighths of an inch in di-
ameter. The female left the nest once to fly after a tufted titmouse
that came near.
A nest was found, saddled on a triple horizontal fork of a hickory
tree on the side of the bluff on July 2, 1923. A bird went to the nest
once, then left and after sitting on a dead limb for a few minutes, it
returned to the nest and began brooding. One brooding adult left its
nest several times to chase a Kentucky warbler from the tree whicli
held the nest.
On July 14, 1923, a nest was found twelve feet from the ground
and two feet from the end of a limb of an oak tree on the bluff west
of the lake. The female left the nest when it was approached, but
stayed in the vicinity for several minutes.
The season of summer residence of the ruby-throated humming
bird extended from May 19 until September 15, 1923. In 1922 the
last bird seen was noted on September 7.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 551
Tyrannus tyrannus (Linnaeus).
Kingbird. (44.5.)
A few kingbirds were present all summer on the ground studied,
but the species was much more common during the seasons of migra-
tions. In summer this bird was found along roads, in trees at the
edge of timber on the bluff, in yards, and along creeks. It fed most
often in places where flying insects were abundant. On August 18,
1923, seven were feeding from the top of a dead tree at the edge of
a cornfield. They singly made trips, some of them more than one
hundred yards in length, over the cornfield, where they caught in-
sects. In the latter part of August and first of September, 1923, a
flock stayed in the dogwood trees along the lower part of one por-
tion of the bluff. Here the birds fed on the ripened berries. During
the fall season of migration this bird was seen daily in trees and
bushes along the river, creek and lake. From these perches the
birds flew out over the water to catch insects.
Kingbirds were found occasionally on telephone wires along the
roads and on wire fences. On May 17, 1924 one was making feed-
ing trips from a dead stick in a patch of Typha in the lake. On
August 30, 1923, several were flying over the lake. They settled in
the thick growth of weeds in the water. On May 8, 1924, two flocks
of about ten each were seen in a field along a road.
The kingbird did not commonly nest within the limits of the area
studied, but a few nests were located near by where conditions were
similar to those within the area. On June 17, 1922, a nest was found
twelve feet from the ground in an apple tree on the Whittaker farm.
Here one adult was brooding two eggs and one was perched on the
top of the tree. On June 23, 1923, two nests were found, each about
twelve feet from the ground, in sycamore trees at the edge of Doni-
phan lake. One was on a horizontal limb and was eight feet from
the main trunk, and one was in a crotch formed by a branch and the
main trunk.
May 6, 1923, is the earliest spring record for this species and Sep-
tember 10, 1923, is the latest date of occurrence in the fall. The
latest record in 1922, is September 10.
Myiarchus crinitus (Linnaeus).
Crested Flycatcher. (37.5.)
A few pairs of crested flycatchers nested in the timber along the
bluff each summer. They fed along the bluff, in the willows on the
35—3341
552 The University Science Bulletin.
bar, and in the timber along the creek. They were frequently found
perched in the tops of dead trees.
Although there is no actual nesting record, there is some evidence
that these birds nested in holes in trees on the bluff. On June 13,
1923, a pair was watched at a stump in which there was a hole. Each
in turn called and, with rapidly moving wings, hovered before
the other.
The period of summer residence of this bird extended from April
29 to September 15 in 1923. In 1923 it was not found after Septem-
ber 4. Crested flycatchers were present in small numbers in the
flocks of small transients, which fed together in the early part of the
fall migrations.
Sayornis phaebe (Latham).
Phoebe. (31.)
The phaebe is rather restrictive in its clioicc of habitat. As there
were not suitable locations for a large number, only a few pairs
remained to nest in this area. These stayed in the vicinity of build-
ings, especially those that were not used a great deal, bridges, and
a few cut banks that were suitable. Near these places, tlie birds
perched on dead branches or other supports and waited for suitable
insect food to come near.
On April 15, 1923, a pair was building a nest on top of a stringer
in a hog shed. Only one bird brought material to the nest. It
gathered sticks from the ground and carried them into the shed
from different directions. This bird's mate stayed within one hun-
dred yards of the nest. After four or five trips to the nest the bird
flew to a near-by box elder tree to feed. It hovered near, and picked
off insects from the twigs and buds. The air was too cool for many
flying insects, the temperature being forty degrees. An adult was
on the nest on April 28 and on May 13. On May 19 the nest was
empty. A nest in this shed in the 1924 season had four eggs on
May 11. A bird was near, but none was on the nest.
A nest was found four feet from the ground on a wall of rock
along the creek on April 22, 1924. It contained five eggs. The rock
projected out over the nest.
On April 28, 1923, a nest was found on the side of a vertical bank
of loess along the creek. The lower part of the nest was composed
chiefly of mud, and it was lined with moss. There were three eggs.
This nest was on a level with and was five feet away from one in
a similar position that had been built and used during the previous
season. On May 12 there were four eggs in the 1923 nest.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 553
A nest with three eggs was found in an old deserted house on
June 5, 1923. No birds were near. A bird was brooding on June 13.
On June 27 the nest was empty.
A phoebe was catching insects at a small pool in a ravine on July
10, 1923. The insects were on the surface of the pool. This was
one of the hottest days of the season.
A small flock was perched in the willows, where they were catch-
ing insects over the water, in the northeast part of the lake, on
August 23, 1922.
During the migrations this bird was often seen, in the tops of
trees along the bluff, in flocks of other migrating birds. It was
most numerous in those situations during the last part of August.
In 1923 this bird was first seen on March 30. In 1924 the earliest
record is March 29. The first was seen in 1925 on March 19. The
latest fall record is September 24, 1922.
Nuttallornis borealis (Swainson).
Olive-sided Flycatcher. (2.)
This flycatcher was found on only four days, all of which were
in the fall. On August 27, 1921, one was shot out of the top of a
tree on the side of the bluff. Its loud call attracted attention to
the bird. On September 3, 1924, one of two young birds was shot
in the top of a large dead tree in a yard. One was feeding from the
top of a dead tree along a road on the bluff on September 8, 1923,
and one was seen in the same kind of a location on September 11,
1923.
Myiochanes viret^s (Linnaeus).
Wood Pewee. (47.5.)
A few individuals of the wood pewee were seen daily in the
summer. They were distributed uniformly through the timber on
the bluff and along the creek. They were usually seen in the tops
of the larger trees. The locations of individuals of this species
•were most easily determined by hearing their distinctive call note.
On June 21, 1922, a nest was found on a fork of a horizontal limb
of an oak tree and twenty feet from the ground. One bird was
perched in the top of the tree. Another flew out from the nest, and
the two flew after a blue jay and chased it from the vicinity of the
nest.
A nest was found on June 25, 1923, which was near the end of a
limb of a large sycamore at the edge of the bar. The nest was
554 The University Science Bulletin.
twenty -two feet from the ground. An adult that was on the nest left
and flew to a near-by Cottonwood on the bar. An adult was brooding
on this nest on June 30.
A wood pewee chased a blue jay away from an oak tree on the
bluff in which there was a nest twenty feet from the ground on June
28, 1923.
Adults of this species were heard calling in a sycamore tree in
w^hich there was a nest thirty feet from the ground and on a limb
one-half inch in diameter which sloped upward, making an angle of
more than forty-five degrees with the horizontal. The nest was
fifteen feet from the main trunk and four feet from the end of the
limb. It was partially shaded. No other trees were growing near,
the nest tree. There were downy young in the nest.
The latest record for 1922 is August 30. None were seen after
August 27 in 1923. In 1923 the first was found on May 19. The
first 1924 record is May 18.
Empidormx virescens (Vieillot).
Acadian Flycatcher. (5.)
A few pairs of this species were summer residents of the area.
They were found on the lower parts of the bluff and in the ravines.
A nest was found along the lower edge of the bluff on June 14,
1922. It was hanging near the end of a branch of an elder and was
fi^'e feet from the ground. There were three eggs in the nest. In
the lower part of the nest, covered with some of the nest material,
there was an egg of the cowbird. The eggs and the female were
taken on June 15. The eggs were slightly incubated.
On June 26, 1923, a nest was found hanging in the end of a branch
of an oak and six feet from the ground. The tree was on the side of
a ravine, and was twenty yards from the edge of the timber near
the top of the bluff. The nest was two feet from the end of the limb
and fifteen feet from the main trunk of the tree. It was made al-
most entirely of the dried staminate flowers of oak. Some of these
hung by the ends and gave the nest a ragged appearance. There
were two young in the nest covered with white dow^n. Each had
feather tracts and their eyes were not yet open. One adult was
brooding and another w^as calling from near by. The bird on the
nest left when it was approached to within ten feet.
The only record for the migration season is August 29, 1922, when
one was taken on the side of the bluff.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 555
Empidonax trailli alnorum Brewster.
Alder Flj-catcher. (4.5.)
One was found in the willows north of Doniphan lake on June 7,
1921. Dates on which this bird was taken are August 22, 1921; Au-
gust 25, 1922; August 21. 1921; August 31, 1922; September 1, 9 and
10, 1922; April 28, 1923; and May 19, 1923. It was usually found
with other small transients in willows and the smaller trees on the
bar.
Empidonax minimus. (W. H. & S. F. Baird).
Least Fb^catcher. (8.5.)
The least flycatcher was a fairly common transient. It was found
with other small birds on the lower part of the bluff, along the creek,
and on the bar. It was usually feeding or calling near the ground.
Several collected. The records are between April 28 and May 20,
1923, and May 8 and 17, 1924. Fall records are between August 23
and September 4, 1922.
Otocoris alpestris praticola Henshaw.
Prairie Horned Lark. (2.)
The prairie horned lark is a resident on the cleared portions of
the hills which are back away from the river. It was rarely found
within the bounds of the area studied. On April 8, 1923, Mr. Frank
Whittaker reported that he had found a nest with five eggs the pre-
vious week. It was on the ground in a wheat field on his farm. His
description of the nest, eggs and bird agreed with that of this species.
The location and the season make it almost certain that he found
the nest of this species.
Two were seen along a road on June 22, 1922.
Pica pica hudsonia (Sabine).
Magpie. (.5.)
A magpie was killed on the Whittaker farm in January of 1922.
The bird was mounted and is the property of a man named Byer
who lives in Troy, Kan. For several days before the bird was killed
it was seen with flocks of crows flying up and down creeks on the
farm.
Cyanocitta cristata cristata (Linnaeus).
Blue Jay. (93.5.)
Several blue jays were seen daily throughout the year, but they
were much more conspicuous and more easy to locate in the winter.
In the summer they were found scattered over the bluffs and along
556 The University Science Bulletin.
the creeks wherever there was timber, and occasionally one or two
were seen in the willows on the bar. This species was often seen in
the trees around houses and farm buildings. During the winter it
was found along the bluff and the creek, where it fed on or near the
ground most of the time. Individuals were often seen high in the air
flying from one part of the area to another. The loud call of this
bird was heard for long distances over the bluff and across the
valley.
Although a few pairs nested on the bluff away from houses, all
the nests that were found were in large trees in yards or very near
farm buildings. The nests were much closer together near the build-
ings than they could have been in other parts of the area, according
to the number of pairs that were resident in the whole area. It is
evident that these birds made a definite choice for those suitable
nesting sites that were near a human habitation.
On April 20, 1924, a pair was building a nest twenty feet from
the ground in a maple tree in a yard near a farmhouse. One of the
pair brought material and gave it to the other, and that bird placed
it on the nest. On the same day another bird carried material to
a nest on a horizontal limb of a large elm along a road. This nest
was twenty-five feet from the ground. On May 8 two more nests
were located in the yard in which the first mentioned was found.
An adult was working on a nest in a large maple and twenty-five
feet from the ground. An adult was brooding on the other nest,
which was also twenty-five feet from the ground, and which was
in an elm tree. On May 17 another adult was brooding in another
elm close by along a road. This nest was thirty feet from the ground,
and was on a limb which sloped upward at an angle of forty-five
degrees from the horizontal. All five of these nests were within
one hundred yards of one point, and all were occupied at one time.
A blue jay was carrying straw to a large elm on April 28, 1923.
A nest was seen in the yard, mentioned above, on June 3, 1923.
It was twelve feet from the ground on a limb of an elm that sloped
up at an angle of sixty degrees from the horizontal. The tree was
within fifteen feet of a house. No birds were seen near. An adult
was on the nest on June 4. On June 5 at 1 p. m. a bird brought food
to the one on the nest and then left. A blue jay chased a robin out
of this tree on June 15. That was the third time that that pair of
blue jays had been known to clash with robins in that season. The
parents were feeding young in this nest on June 22. Three young
were seen in the nest on July 3. The wing feathers of one were pro-
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 557
jecting one-fourth inch beyond the sheaths. The feathers of an-
other were still in their sheaths. Two of the young opened their
mouths for food when they were disturbed. The backs of the young
were covered with a dark-colored down. The nest was made of
sticks and was lined with rootlets. After a few minutes one of the
parents came and called excitedly. On July 8 the young birds called
loudly while they were being fed. More than one was fed at each
trip of a parent to the nest. On July 9 the young were seen standing
in the nest and exercising their wings. On July 10 the young crawled
out on a limb at least a foot away from the nest. Just after a rain
on July 11 the birds crawled out of the nest and were flapping their
wings. A large pilot snake was seen crawling up the tree. After
an attempt to knock the snake out of the tree with rocks failed, a
trip was made into the tree after it, but it had already reached the
nest and had the head of one of the young birds in its mouth. The
bird cried out two or three times. After it was pried out of the
snake's mouth it fell to the ground dead. When the snake was
dropped to the ground it at first started to crawl toward the dead
young bird, but it later changed its course and crawled rapidly away.
One of the remaining young birds fell out of the nest half an hour
later. After it was dried it was thrown into the tree where it clung
to one of the branches. Later, it crawled along the limb, but it
finally fell to the ground and hopped away into the weeds near by.
Neither parent was near the nest all this time. All the young were
thoroughly wet after the rain. The remaining young bird was seen
in the tree and near the nest on the morning of July 12. The parents
were present in the morning, but the nest was empty in the after-
noon, and no trace of the family was seen afterward.
On June 14, 1923, a nest was found thirty feet from the ground
in a maple tree that was thirty-six steps away from the tree in which
the last-described nest was located and which was in the same yard.
An adult was calling excitedly, and a young bird just out of the
nest was perched on a small limb of the tree and about five feet
from the ground. The tail of the young bird had not yet grown out.
Its color was lighter than that of the adult.
A nest was found in a box-elder tree in the above mentioned yard
on June 16, 1922.
The earliest indication of flocking of birds of this species was
noticed on July 13. 1923. when a group of four was flying together
down the creek valley. Two of the group stopped in the tops of a
large tree and began calling, while the other two kept on their way.
558 The University Science Bulletin.
On July 14 a larger flock was calling loudly from the trees along
the creek. Small flocks were found in the spring until about the
first of April, when they began to break up into pairs for the com-
ing nesting season.
This was one of the most quarrelsome species of bird in the area,
and it was often either attacking other species or being the object
of attack. The robin, wood pewee, blue-gray gnatcatcher, red-
eyed vireo, and some other species showed at various times a ten-
dency to be unfriendly with the blue jay.
Corvus brachyrhynchos hrachyrhynchos Brehm.
Crow. (98.5.)
The crow is one of the dominant birds of the area. Some in-
dividuals were found almost every day during the work. The num-
ber present varied from a few scattered pairs to flocks of several
thousand, according to the time of year. This was one of the most
conspicuous species present, and its presence could nearly always
be determined with a few minutes' observation.
Crows fed on the bluff, in fields, on the bar, on newly-formed sand
bars in the river, and at the lake. Especially in the winter large
flocks were to be found at all times of the day in some part of the
lake or perched in the near-by trees on the bar. The birds walked
on the mud at the edge of the water, and when the water was low
or was frozen they scattered over the lake and picked up various
kinds of plant and animal food.
On March 30, 1923, one was seen flying over the lake. It paused
in the center and stopped in the shallow water. It then moved a
short distance and picked up an object from the water which it car-
ried to the shore and began eating. The bird was driven from its
meal, which upon investigation proved to be a gar pike [Lepidosteus
platystomus) about eight inches long. Another crow picked up some
small object in the water, which it carried to the shore and began
eating in the same way. Two other attempts to catch fish, that were
made by crows flying across the lake, were failures.
The large crop of Nelumbo seeds that was produced each year
furnished an easily obtainable food supply for the flocks of winter-
ing crows. The stalks which bore the ripened seeds did not usually
fall below the surface of the shallow water in which the plant grew,
and it was easy for a crow to pull off one of the heads full of seeds
and carry it to some place on the shore to pick them out to be eaten.
Sometimes the seeds were not carried away to be eaten, but they
Linsdale: Birds ix Eastern Kansas. 559
were pulled out of the heads, cracked and eaten where they were
found. Empty shells of the seeds of this plant and empty heads
were found scattered over the bar and the bluff near the lake. From
the first of December until the first of April this plant furnished one
of the important sources of food for the wintering crows. Of course,
several other kinds of food were available at the lake and near
by on the bluff and on the bar, but they were usually present in
lesser abundance.
On January 27, 1923, a large flock of crows was feeding in a
burned-over field. Another flock was feeding on the ground in the
willows near the lake, where the leaves and weeds had been burned.
On January 28, 1923, a crow was feeding on a rabbit that had been
used to bait a trap.
About two hundred crows were feeding all day of March 30, 1923,
on a ten-acre cleared field on the bar that was being plowed. The
field was being plowed in one "land" from the outside to the center.
The feeding crows were watched when three-fourths of the field had
been plowed. They were scattered entirely around the field and
were chiefly on the inside furrow, or the one that had been plowed
last. Those birds in front of the plow moved ahead and those be-
hind kept close, so that practically all the exposed dirt was searched
over by the feeding birds. In one trip of rapid walking around one
of the open furrows thirteen white grubs, three beetles {Lachno-
sterna) , one pupa of a beetle, and another kind of insect larva, were
picked up, and a like number of earthworms was seen. This was
probably very much less than the amount eaten by the crows in each
furrow. The total amount of animal life eaten in this field in a
day must have been large. The birds were continually arriving
and leaving, but the number feeding did not change greatly. The
near-freezing temperature might have killed the grubs if the crows
had not been present. These birds were much more tame in this
field than in other parts of the bar.
A stomach of a crow that was shot on January 26, 1923, contained
one part insects (Hemiptera) and thirt^'-three parts corn. The
stomach of one shot on January 27, 1923, contained eight parts corn,
one part insects, and a few spiders. One that was collected on Jan-
uary 28, 1923, had in its stomach the equivalent of .six grains of
corn and one grain of wheat. At the time when these birds were
collected, practically all of the corn from the vicinity in which they
were feeding had been gathered, and they could have obtained
scarcely any except that which had been left in the field and which
560 The University Science Bulletin.
was waste. The contents of four other stomachs that were taken
from birds that were killed in the winter were much the same as
these except that two of them contained the remains of seeds of
Nelumbo lutea.
Not a single instance of damage by the feeding of crows was noted
in this area during the time of observation, and the facts obtained
show that within this area and at the time of these observations the
crow was almost entirely beneficial.
A large flock was feeding on the carcass of a dead pig that was
on the bar on February 6, 1924.
On winter days crows were often found perched in trees on the
bar or on the bluff, where they were usually in small flocks that were
calling. Although there were no winter roosts within this area, crows
were seen flying up the creek valley nearly every morning in winter,
and some were seen flying down the valley toward the east nearly
every evening. Usually they flew over the river and a little north of
east.
On March 2, 1924, one was chasing another into the air and one
was calling. The flocks were not so condensed, and the birds called
more than they had at other times during the winter.
At one place on the bar, on March 31, 1923, a crow gave a call
note of alarm. Immediately several hundred others assembled from
every side, but after flying overhead and calling for a few minutes
they left. Fifty yards away a nest was found that appeared to be
one of the season and unfinished. Another nest was found on the
bar on the south side of the creek. Near it an adult called and left.
On April 1, 1923, a nest was found thirty-five yards away from the
last-mentioned nest, and another was found fifty yards from the
latter. Another bunch of new nest material was found in a near-by
tree. All the nests were in cottonwood trees, and they were unoc-
cupied. All the crows that were noted seemed to be restless and to
be preparing to nest. Often pairs would leave a flock to fly after
one another. On April 7 another nest was found in the group on
the bar south of the creek. It was twelve feet from the ground in a
cottonwood tree and contained one egg. One of the nests in this
group was empty, one held three eggs, and another held five eggs.
The crows flew from the nests without making much noise. One bird
was sitting on one of the nests on April 28.
On April 20, 1924, a brooding adult left a nest that was twenty-
five feet from the ground in a medium-sized elm along the creek.
The bird did not flv until the tree was struck.
Linsdale: Birds ix Eastern Kansas. 561
A family of young crows, just able to fly, was found with a pair
of noisy adults in the timber near the bluff on May 29, 1924. A fam-
ily of young birds was leaving a nest, on the bar. that was fifteen
feet from the ground on June 8, 1922.
A nest was found twenty feet from the ground in an oak tree in
a ravine on the Whittaker farm on June 11, 1922. The nest was one
hundred yards from a Cooper's hawk nest. There were three or
four young birds, without feathers, in the nest. No adults were seen
near by in the morning or in the evening.
Large flocks of crows were usually found on the area from early
fall until early spring. When moving from one place to another
the flocks did not usually move together, but moved in smaller
groups that followed one another.
On February 17, 1923, a mounted great horned owl was placed in
a tree near an old house on the bluff north of the lake. At 3:30,
or one hour after the skin was placed in the tree, the crows dis-
covered it and began calling. Within five minutes twenty-five or
thirty were calling in the near-by trees. At 3:36 one of the birds
was shot. Most of the others left. After one minute they began
to return. Then they left, except three which stayed for five
minutes. They may have noticed a movement in tiie building or
they may have discovered the fraud. Whenever an owl or a hawk
was flushed it was usually discovered and surrounded by a flock of
crows within a few minutes.
A much larger number of crows was present during the winter
and the seasons of migration than during the summer, when thej^
were usually scattered.
Molothrns^ater ater (Boddaert).
Cowbird. (45.)
The cowbird was found almost daily during the summer. It was
usually found singly or in small groups of three or four. It was
found in willows on the bar, along the creek, and in trees on the
bluff, as well as on the ground in the fields and pastures, where it
was often associated with feeding herds of stock.
Females of this species were often seen in the summer, crawling
among the branches of trees on the bluff and on the bar, searching
every limb, presumably for nests of other birds, in which the cow-
birds might lay their eggs. Species in whose nests cowbird's eggs
were found or that were seen feeding young cowbirds are: Em-
pidonax virescens, Spiza americana, Cyanea passerina, Vireosylva
562 The University Science Bulletin,
olivacea, Icteria virens virens, Geothlypis tnchas trichas, Thryotho-
rus ludovicianus ludovidanus , Hylocichla miistelina, and Cardinalis
cardinalis cardinalis.
The latest record of a young bird is August 31, 1923, when one
was being fed by a cardinal. Young were being fed by a Carolina
wren on June 17, 1923.
During the seasons of migration this species was found mixed in
the flocks of other kinds of Icteridae that flew over and fed in the
fields during the day. The earliest record is April 1, 1923, and the
last fall record is November 4, 1923, when some were seen in flocks
of grackles.
Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus (Bonaparte).
Yellow-headed Blackbird. (1.)
On May 4, 1924, a yellow-headed blackbird was seen along a
slough near the lake on the bar, and one was in a small tree near
Doniphan lake. There were several in the Typha in the lake on
May 17.
One nest of this species was found in Typha in the lake on May
30, 1924. It was in a clump of stems, and was two feet above the
water. There was no bird on the nest, which contained the shells of
some broken eggs of this blackbird.
Agelaius phceniceus phoenicens (Linnaeus).
Red-winged Blackbird. (63.)
Not enough specimens of this species have been collected at this
location to determine the seasonal occurrence of each of the four
subspecies that are found here at some time in the year.
In summer this bird was common in suitable parts of the area,
and in the migration seasons it was very common in flocks. Part
of the time in the winter one or more subspecies were common.
In summer this bird was found in colonies around the lake, in
the willows near the mouth of the creek, and at the marshy places
below springs on the bar. At other times it was more general in its
distribution, being found in trees along the bluff, on the bar, or in
yards, and sometimes on telephone wires along roads. Once a
flock was resting on piles of drift that were on the bar. On March
30, 1923, one was feeding on the ground in a burned-over clover field.
On February 3, 1924, about four hundred came to a weed patch
near the creek on the bar. They came in flocks of about fifty, and
the flocks arrived from a few seconds to several minutes apart. All
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 563
settled together. After a few minutes they flew to the tops of cotton-
wood trees near by, and then left in small flocks which flew toward
the east. Nearly all were females. On March 29, 1924, some large
flocks were seen feeding on the ground and in cornfields on the bar.
In the evening of March 1, 1924, some birds of this species were
going to roost in the Typha in the lake. Small flocks kept moving
from one part of the lake to another until it was too dark for them
to be seen across the lake. Some stopped in the Typha in the even-
ing of September 22, 1923. A few were seen to stop in patches of
Nehtmbo in the lake.
This blackbird was rather closely restricted to the immediate
vicinity of its nesting ground in the summer. Few were seen away
from there.
On May 29, 1924, three nests with fom- eggs each, one nest with
three eggs, and several unfinished nests, were found in the Typha
growing out of the water south of the lake. The nests were from two
to three feet from the ground. Near all of them adults were calling,
but only one female was seen on a nest. On May 30 three nests
with four eggs each, one nest with three eggs, and one nest with one
egg, were found in the Typha that was growing in the water of the
lake. Some females were seen gathering nesting material, and
several nests were found that were just started, as well as several
that were nearly finished. Those nests that were nearly finished
were wet. Several of the nests were within sight of others and two
were within twelve feet of one another. The nests were from six
inches to two and one-half feet above the water. Adults came near
and called when the nests were approched, but they were not very
noisy.
A nest was found on June 5, 1923, which was five and one-half
feet from the ground, in a willow ten feet high that was growing one
hundred yards from the bluff on the bar. A female was sitting on
four eggs. Another nest with four eggs was found in a willow near
the mouth of the creek. It was six feet from the ground.
A nest was found two feet from the ground in Typha in a marshy
place on the bar on June 9, 1922. A female was brooding.
On June 12, 1922, a nest was found with five young that was four
feet from the water in a willow at the edge of the lake. A nest
containing three eggs was found in Typha at the lake on June 14,
1922.
On June 27, 1923, a female was seen at the edge of the lake
564 The University Science Bulletin.
carrying a straw, and another was seen carrying an excreta sac
w'hich it dropped while flying.
The earliest date on which flocks of this bird were seen in the
summer is July 17, 1923. In the early spring it was found in flocks
as late as April 22, 1924. During the seasons of migration it often
joined with other members of its family, especially with the bronzed
grackle, in large flocks, which fed over the country together in the
daytime and went to roost together in the evening. In the fall these
flocks were often seen flying east down the creek valley just before
dark. Several small flocks sought protection from cold in thickets
of willows on the bar on March 4, 1923.
After the nesting season these birds were moulting, and they were
not often seen, except singly, until about the middle of September.
On September 5, 1923, most of those that were seen flying across the
lake were tailless.
Sturnella magna magna (Linnseus).
Meadow Lark. (4.5.)
Since within this area there was an almost total lack of conditions
that resembled prairie, there were few meadow larks. Most of those
that were seen were in the upland fields and pastures. Some were
seen along the roads within the area.
On October 7, 1922, one was flushed on the flat and nearly bare
ground on the south side of the lake. Another was found in almost
the same location on November 18, 1923. Although the bird was
silent, and thus could not be identified by its notes, it is believed,
on account of its light color, to have been Sturnella neglecta.
A meadow lark was carrying nesting material in a small blue-
grass pasture near the north edge of the area on June 20, 1922.
Icterus spurius (Linnaeus).
Orchard Oriole. (30.5.)
A few individuals of this bird were seen almost daily during the
entire summer season. It was found in the trees along the bluff,
along the creek, on the bar, and in yards around the houses. During
the early fall migrations it was found feeding with small transients
in the weed patches along the creek. Two young males perched in
the tops of clumps of Typha in the south part of the lake on June
27, 1923. They sang, and after a few seconds, flew on toward the
river. Birds of tins species often chose a perch near the top of a
tree from which to sing.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 565
A pair was seen feeding a young bird just out of the nest in the
E. V. Roundy yard on June 19, 1922. On July 3, 1923, one carried
a straw to a nest in the top of a cottonwood near the creek at the
edge of the bar. A pair was seen mating in the top of a medium-
sized tree in the E. V. Roundy yard on June 4. A nest was found
thirteen feet from the ground in the top of a willow on the south
side of Doniphan lake on June 7, 1923. A female flew off the nest.
After five minutes the male came and perched in a near-by tree.
On June 26, 1923, a female brought straw and wove it into the
beginning of a nest at the end of a hackberry in the E. V. Roundy
yard. This nest was fifteen feet from the ground.
Young birds were seen leaving a nest on July 16, 1923.
A small flock was feeding in weeds along the creek on September
13, 1923.
The first arrival in the spring was noted on May 6, 1923. In the
fall none was seen after September 15, 1923.
Icterus galb)da (Linnaeus).
Baltimore Oriole. (52.)
The Baltimore oriole was found daily in the summer, and usually
several were seen each day. It was most common in the large trees
around the farm buildings, but it was also found along the bluff and
in the trees on the bar. In the fall it sometimes fed in weed patches
along the creek.
A female was working on a nest ten feet from the ground in the
end of a drooping branch of a maple in a yard on June 4, 1923. A
male was singing near by. An incomplete nest was found in the top
of a willow tree on the bar on June 6, 1922. * A pair of orioles chased
a blue jay away from the vicinity, after which the male sang from
a near-by tree.
A male was feeding young in a nest at the end of a drooping limb
of a large elm in a yard on June 14, 1922. On June 17, 1922, a
nest with young was found thirty-five feet from the ground in the
top of an oak tree in the timber on the side of a hill north of the
lake. Both adults brought food to the young, which called loudly.
A nest with young birds was found in a yard on June 26, 1922. It
was twelve feet from the ground. Young birds were found in nests
as late as July 18, 1923.
Several birds of this species, that were seen together in an oak
tree on the bluff on June 29, 1923, may have been the young of a
.single family. Small flocks were seen in the tops of trees along the
566 The University Science Bulletin.
bluff, and with other transients, on May 10, 1923, and May 12, 1923.
They stayed in compact flocks. In the fall this species was often a
conspicuous part of the feeding and migrating flocks of small birds.
On August 27, 1923, this bird was the most common transient in the
flock which was feeding in the tops of the trees along the lower
part of the bluff. These birds were calling and keeping close to-
gether as they fed.
May 6, 1923, is the earliest record for the spring. The latest fall
record is September 6, 1923. In 1922 it was last seen on Septem-
ber 2.
Euphagus carolinus (Muller).
Rusty Blackbird. (2.5.)
One of two rusty blackbirds in a small tree along the lower part
of the bluff was shot on April 7, 1923. On November 4, 1923, flocks
were seen with other blackbirds in the tops of cottonwood trees along
the lower part of the bluff north of the lake. The species was seen
on November 17 and 18, 1923. On December 1, 1922, one flew from
the top of the E. V. Roundy barn to a corn crib.
Quiscaliis quiscula ceneus Ridgway.
Bronzed Grackle. (19.5.)
In summer the bronzed grackle was infrequently seen within the
area studied. It was abundant during the seasons of migration, and
sometimes flocks of several thousand were seen. A few were occa-
sionally seen in winter.
Most of the birds of this species that were seen were flying over
the area. Sometimes they stopped in the tops of the trees in yards
or along the bluff. In the evening of November 3, 1923, several
large flocks were flying south along the bluff to a place where
they were gathering for the night. Just before dark, on October 20,
1923, small flocks of from one hundred to two hundred birds formed
an almost continuous line, flying over the lake from the southeast
to the willows on the north edge of the lake. They kept moving
back and forth, in flocks, from the edge of the water to the trees.
The noise that the flock made could be heard plainly on the bluff
west of the lake. Large pine trees near houses were favorite resting
places for this bird.
Three were feeding among leaves on the ground on the bluff near
the lake on January 24, 1923. One of these appeared to have a
broken wing.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 567
One that was seen in the yard at 6:30 in the morning of June 13,
1923, was eating corn at a sheller.
The nest of this species, that was found nearest to the area, was
twenty feet from the ground in the top of a box elder along the
creek, near Doniphan. An adult was seen flying to the nest on June
17, 1923. Another adult was carrying food near the same creek.
Several good-sized flocks were seen flying down the river on
October 28, 1922. They appeared to be following the west bank.
Just before dark on that day a flock, stretching in a thin line from
the west bluff out over the river as far as it could be seen with a
four-power glass, flew down the river. It was flying at a consider-
able height. On November 8 and 9, 1924, several flocks were seen
flying up the creek valley in the morning and down the valley and
east over the river in the late afternoon and evening.
The greatest number of this species was present in the spring dur-
ing the last of March and the first of April, and in the fall from
early September until late in November, but small numbers were
present throughout the year.
Carpodacus purpureus purpureus (Gmelin).
Purple Finch. (9.5.)
Purple finches were present in groups of two or tiiree flocks of
twenty or thirty. They fed in winter in the weed patches along the
creek, on the bar, and in the trees and near the ground on the lower
part of the bluff. Flocks were often found resting and singing in the
willows on the bar and in the small trees on the lower part of the
bluff.
This bird was found from October 20, 1923, the earliest fall rec-
ord, until May 6, 1923, the latest record for the spring. There are
no records for December.
Astragalinus tristis tristis (Linnaeus).
Goldfinch. (82.)
Goldfinches were seen almost daily. In tlie summer this bird was
found in pairs and at other times of the year it was in small flocks.
It fed at the edge of the timber, along the roads, in weeds and wal-
lows on the bar, in timber along the creek and on the bluff, in
patches of Typha at the lake, in fields and in yards. Weed patches
were the favorite feeding grounds in winter.
Individuals were several times found bathing in pools in the creek.
No nests were located, although pairs of this species were seen
together throughout the summer.
36—3341
568 The University Science Bulletin.
In the fall migration these birds joined the flocks of feeding birds
that were present on the bar and along the creek. In the spring they
were found with transients singing and feeding in the tops of the
trees as they were coming into leaf.
Spinus pinus (Wilson).
Pine Siskin. (8.5.)
The pine siskin was present during the winter in flocks, which
were usually not large. It fed with other sparrows in the weeds and
trees on the bar, along the lower part of the bluff, and along the
creek. Many times it was found with purple finches or other species
of the small winter residents.
Records of the occurrence are in the winter months betw^een No-
vember 3 and March 16.
Passer domesticiis (Linnaeus).
English Sparrow. (99.5.)
This sparrow was conspicuous, and was seen daily because it was
always present in the vicinity of farm buildings. In other parts of
the habitat it was not present throughout the year. It was most
numerous in yards and around buildings in the summer. In the
winter it joined the flocks of native sparrows to feed in patches of
weeds along the creek. Compact flocks were often found in brush
piles on the bar in the winter. Many were feeding in a millet patch
on August 23, 1923.
The English sparrow nested in holes and nooks about buildings
and bridges and in holes in trees in yards. Birds were seen carry-
ing nesting material as late as July 19, 1923. On July 4, 1923, a nest
containing one egg was found that was built on the nest of a robin
that was in an apple tree in an orchard.
Passerculus sandioichensis savanna (Wilson).
Savannah Sparrow. (1.5.)
This bird was found only three times. One was shot in the top
of a small tree on the lower part of the bluff on April 8, 1923. Other
records are for birds in the willows on the bar on April 21 and 22,
1924.
Ammodramus savannarum australis Maynard.
Grasshopper Sparrow. (2.)
This sparrow was found in summer in fields on the Whittaker
farm. One was shot in an alfalfa field on September 5, 1922.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 569
Passerherbulus lecontei (Audubon).
Leconte's Sparrow. (1.5.)
Single birds of this species were seen in the weeds at the side of
a road on April 1 and 7, 1923. One was shot in grass in a marshy
place on the bar north of the lake on April 17, 1923.
Chondestes grammacus grammacus (Say).
Lark Sparrow. (4.5.)
A few single lark sparrows were found in pastures and fields and
along roads. On June 9, 1922. an adult was brooding four young
in a nest on the ground. This nest was in a weed patch at the top
of a vertical bank on the Whittaker farm.
One was seen in the brush along the creek on May 8, 1924. An-
other was seen in a sandy field at the edge of Doniphan lake on May
13, 1923. The only fall record is for September 3, 1922.
Zonotrichia querula (Xuttall).
Harris' Sparrow. (14.5.)
The Harris' sparrow was found during the winter in small scat-
tered flocks in brushy and weedy places on the bar, on the bluff, and
along the creek. Piles of brush on the recently cleared ground on
the bar and on the bluff were favorite places of refuge for small
groups of these birds. On March 30, 1923. one was feeding on the
ground in a burned-over clover field.
In the spring this sparrow was present between Januaiy 25 and
May 13, 1923, and between February 7 and May 8, 1924. Fall dates
are between October 20 and December 2, 1923, and October 28 and
29, 1922.
Zonotrichia leucophrys gambeli (Nuttall.)
Gambel's Sparrow. (.5.)
One was shot at the top of tiie creek bank on the bar on May 4,
1924. Another was seen in a brush pile on the bar on March 21,
1925.
Zonotrichia albicollis (Gmelin).
White-throated Sparrow. (8.5.)
The white-throated sparrow was usually found in small groups of
from two to six individuals. It fed in weed patches along the lower
part of the bluff, along the creek, and in the brushy places on the bar.
It was sometimes found with Harris' sparrow.
The records of occurrence in the spring are between April 8 and
570 The University Science Bulletin.
May 13, 1923, and April 5 and May 3, 1924. In the fall this bird
was found between October 6 and November 3, 1923.
Spizella monticola monticola (Gmelin).
Tree SpaiTow. (22.)
The tree sparrow was one of the most common winter residents of
the area. It was found in considerable numbers daily throughout
the winter, and it was usually present in loose flocks that were feed-
ing. It fed among weeds on the bar and on the bluff, and in Typha
near the lake.
October 21, 1923, and April 14, 1923, are the earliest and latest
dates of winter occurrence of the tree sparrow in this area.
Spizella passerina passerina (Bechstein).
Chipping Sparrow. (2.)
Although one or two pairs of chipping sparrows probably nested
within the limits of the area studied, no nests were found, and in-
viduals were seen only four times. On April 22, 1924, a pair was
seen in trees in a yard. One was shot in an alfalfa field on May 12.
1923. One was singing in the top of a tree in a yard on June 11,
1922. Another was singing in the top of a tree in a yard on June 28,
1922.
Spizella pallida (Swainson).
Clay-colored Sparrow. (.5.)
One was shot that was singing in brush and shrubbery along a
road on April 20, 1924.
Spizella pusilla pusilla (Wilson) .
Field Sparrow. (34.)
Several pairs of field sparrows nested in suitable parts of this
area. This bird was found in brushy fields, in openings in the tim-
ber on the bluff and on the bar, in brush at the edge of timber, and
in clearings along the creek. It was more often heard singing than
it was seen. It was heard singing as late as September 6, 1923.
On June 14, 1923, a nest was found one and one-half feet from
the ground in a clump of coral berry in the edge of a pasture on top
of the bluff. It contained one egg. Another was found three feet
from the ground on a horizontal limb of an oak sprout eight feet
high on July 18, 1923. The nest was shaded and contained two eggs.
April 7, 1923, and March 19, 1925, are the two earliest records of
spring arrival. October 11, 1924, is the latest fall record.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 571
Junco hyemalis hyemalis (Linnaeus).
Slate-colored Junco. (30.)
Throughout the winter this bird fed in large groups in weeds and
brush on the bar, on the bluff, and along the creek. Although it was
nearly always on or near the ground, it was sometimes found in the
tops of trees. It was sometimes found in brush piles.
In the winter juncos were often flushed in the evening after they
had gone to roost in small holes in banks along the roads or on the
bluff. They seemed to prefer places that were protected from the
wind and where there was a ground cover of loose leaves. Sometimes
they were found at night in the tops of shocks of corn in the fields.
On January 12, 1923, some were seen going to roost as early as 4:30
in the afternoon.
This species contributed the largest number of individuals to
the large flocks of seed-eating winter resident birds.
Juncos, before they left in the spring, were often heard singing
from perches in trees.
The earliest date of arrival in the fall is September 24, 1922. In
the spring the bird was found as late as April 22, 1924.
Melospiza melodia melodia (Wilson).
Song Sparrow. (26.5.)
Several individuals of this species were seen on each day of work
in the winter. They were found scattered singly or in small
groups that fed near the ground on the bar and on the bluff. They
preferred the vicinity of the lake, and were often flushed from
thickets of Typha or from weed patches near the water. These
growths may have been used for their protective value as hiding
places more than for feeding. Birds that were flushed while feeding
near by nearly always flew hurriedly to these thickets.
Singing birds were heard in both the fall and the spring.
October 7, 1922, is the earliest fall record, and May 12, 1923, is the
latest record for the presence of this bird in the spring. Most of
the song sparrows left before the middle of April in both years.
Melospiza lincolnii lincolnii (Audubon).
Lincoln's Sparrow. (13.)
The Lincoln's sparrow was found singly, or in small groups of two
or three individuals, near the ground in brushy growths on the bar
and in the timber on the bluff. It was also found in the fields and
along roads. Some were seen in the wet, grassy places on the bar
572 The University Science Bulletin.
and in the growths of Typha around the lake, which were good
hiding places.
In the fall of 1922 this bird was seen on September 24, October
8 and 28, and December 1. In the spring of 1923 it was found on
March 30, April 14, 28 and 29, and May 5, 6, 12 and 19. November
3 is the only fall date for 1923. In the spring of 1924 the bird was
seen on February 8 and from April 19 until May 17.
Melospiza georgiana (Latham).
Swamp Sparrow. (8.)
Not more than two or three individuals of this species were seen
in a single day. During the migrations the bird was found chiefly
in the Typha and grass in wet places around the lake and on the
bar. It was found a few times in wTeds on the bar around the edges
of fields or along the creek. On April 8, 1923, one was caught in
a mouse trap that was baited with bacon and set among Typha
plants below a spring along the bluff.
The fall dates of migration are between October 20, 1923, and
December 1, 1922. The spring dates are between March 3, 1923, and
May 12, 1923, with the larger number of them in April.
Passerella iliaca iliaca (Merrem).
Fox Sparrow. (12.5.)
Small flocks of the fox sparrow were frequently found in the
winter, and especially when the bird was migrating. It fed with
other seed eaters in the weed patches on the bar and on the bluff,
and was usually in the drier portions of the area. Although most
of their feeding was on the ground, flocks of this species were fre-
quently seen moving through the tops of the trees. They sought
protection in the piles of brush that were left in clearings over the
winter.
October 21, 1923, is the first date of occurrence in the fall. There
are no December records. In the spring the fox sparrow was seen
as late as April 14, 1923.
Pipilo erythrophthalmus erythophthalmus (Linnaeus).
Towhee. (21.5.)
A few pairs of the towhee were present at all seasons of the year,
but the bird was never conspicuous or numerous. It was found in
all the months except January, September and December, when it
was probably overlooked.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 573
This bird fed singly or in pairs on or near the ground in brushy
places on the bar, along the creek, and especially along the lower
edge of the bluff.
A male was heard singing in a small tree along the creek on May
18, 1924, and another was singing in the lower part of the bluff on
June 15, 1923. Others were singing in this location on June 20 and
21, 1922.
No nests were located. Two young birds of the season were seen
near the ground in the willows on the bar on July 19, 1923.
Cardinalis cardinalis cardinulis (Linnseus).
Cardinal. (100.)
The cardinal was the most numerous and the most evenly dis-
tributed species of bird within the area. This is the only species
that was found every day that observations were made. From ten
to fifty or even more of these birds were always found in a day's
work.
During the summer they fed over the whole area where the cover-
ing of vegetation was suitable for them to find a food supply. In
the winter cardinals joined the other seed eaters and fed in the weed
patches on the bar and along the creek. Of course, some were found
in other parts of the area, but the larger number spent most of
their time in those places where the food was more plentiful and
where there was greater protection from disagreeable weather.
On the night of December 2, 1922, several were flushed from their
roosting places in brush piles and small bushy trees and vines on
the side of the bluff. On March 29, 1923, one was seen that was
going to roost in the evening in the tangle of roots under an over-
hanging bank along the creek.
The loud whistle of this bird was heard on clear days in all parts
of the year. It was heard on some of the coldest days of the winter
and some of the hottest days of the summer. On March 4, 1923,
two males were singing in trees on the bluff that were less than fifty
yards apart. Two were singing from the tops of oak trees one
hundred yards apart on the side of the bluff on April 7, 1923.
One was bathing in a pool in the creek on July 7, 1923.
Evidence of the approaching nesting season was noted in the ac-
tivity of this bird early in the spring. On April 8, 1923, two males
were chasing the same female through the tops of trees on the bluff.
By the fourteenth the birds were less conspicuous than they had
been, and they were found in pairs that were scattered over the
bluff and the bar.
574 The University Science Bulletin.
A female was brooding on a nest in roots under an overhanging
bank along the creek on April 20, 1924. The nest was seven feet
above the level of the creek bed. It contained three eggs.
On April 28, 1923, a female flew from an empty and unfinished
nest in roots four feet below the top of another overhanging bank
along the creek. A nest with one egg was found in a vertically
hanging grapevine over the creek on May 8, 1924. The nest was
seven feet above the water in the creek.
A nest was found four feet from the ground in some brush on the
lower part of the bluff on May 11, 1924. It contained two eggs of
the cardinal and one of the cowbird. On the ground near by there
was another egg of the cardinal, which was broken. A female was
near by.
On May 12, 1923, a nest was found in a leafless sapling on a slope
of a ravine on tlie bluff. In it there were two eggs which had holes
in their sides one-fourth inch by three-eighths inch in diameter.
Each was about half empty. Otherwise the nest appeared to be un-
disturbed. It was six feet from the ground. This is an example of
the dangers which come to nests that are placed in too conspicuous
places. On the same day a female was found sitting on a nest five
and one-half feet from the ground in a grapevine under a leaning
tree on the lower part of the bluff. Another female was brooding
three eggs in a nest three feet from the ground in a small scrubby
tree on the lower part of the bluff.
On May 26, 1923, a female was sitting on four eggs in a nest in
a rosebush along the bluff near the lake. The nest was five feet from
the ground. The brooding female did not fly until she was ap-
proached closely enough to be touched. She then called very ner-
vously.
A nest was found three feet from the ground in a willow near
Doniphan lake on June 3, 1923. There was one egg in the nest, but
no bird was in sight.
On June 7, 1923, a brooding female flew from a nest six feet from
the ground in the top of a fallen cottonwood, which had its leaves
at this time. Tiie tree was on the bar northeast of the lake.
On June 8, 1922, a nest was found four feet from the ground in a
clump of elder near a creek. Of the three eggs that had been in the
nest only one was left. The others probably had been thrown out
by cattle walking through the brush. Another bird was carrying
straw and starting a nest three feet from the ground in an elm sprout
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 575
at the side of a road. On June 13 there was one egg in tlie nest.
A female was brooding young in this nest on June 28.
A nest was found on June 9, 1922, which was six feet from the
ground, in a box elder on the side of a pasture ravine on the Whit-
taker farm. It contained four eggs, one of which was a cowbird's
egg. On the same farm a female was sitting on another nest in an
Osage orange tree. This nest was six feet from the ground and had
three eggs in it.
A female was sitting on an empty nest six feet from the ground
in a shrub covered with a grapevine that was growing on the side of
the bluff on June 10, 1922. On June 16 there were two eggs in the
nest. On June 10, 1923, a female was brooding two young with
wing quills that were in a nest four feet from the ground in coral
berry along the lower edge of the bluff. The female flew off when
the busli was touched and called nervously from a near-by perch.
On June 13 the wing feathers of these birds were beginning to break
through the sheaths.
A female was brooding on a nest seven feet from the ground in
a grapevine that was growing on a horizontal limb of a small syca-
more that was growing at the lower edge of the blufT. The bird left
the nest when the vine was touched.
On June 14, 1923, a nest was found three feet from the ground in
a leaning dogwood on top of the bluff. The nest was made of leaves,
grasses, stems and grapevine strippings. There were three young,
with wing feathers showing one-fourth inch beyond their sheaths.
They called when they were disturbed, but later became quiet. One
of them opened its red-lined mouth. An adult male, with a cater-
pillar in its mouth, called anxiously near by. A pair of chats came
and called.
A female was sitting on a nest nine feet from the ground in ivy
that was growing on the trunk of a cottonwood at the edge of a
clearing on the bar near the lake on June 19, 1922.
On June 24, 1922, a female was building a nest ten feet from the
ground in a willow which was one hundred yards from the edge of
the bluff and on the bar.
A pilot snake was taken out of a nest in a grapevine which was
growing on a large willow along the creek on July 4, 1923. The
nest was ten feet from the ground. Both parents called excitedly
from near by.
On July 6, 1923, a female was flushed from a nest eleven feet
576 The University Science Bulletin.
from the ground in a grapevine that was growing over a mulberry
on the lower part of the bluff near the lake. The nest was near the
top of the tree. A male called near by. Another female was work-
ing on a nest twelve feet from the ground on a leaning horizontal
limb of a small tree in the bottom of a ravine north of the lake on
July 10, 1923, one of the hottest days of the summer. A male that
was in the same tree left with the female. Work on the nest had
just started.
A pair was building a nest in a drooping limb of an elm tree along
the creek on July 13, 1923. The nest was nine feet from the ground
and was shaded by the rest of the tree. The female gathered the
material from the ground and from among the roots of fallen trees
on the opposite side of the creek, and from one hundred to two
hundred yards away, and carried it directly to the nest. On each
trip the male followed fifteen or twenty feet behind the female and
stopped ten or twenty feet beyond where the female stopped. The
birds were watched between 10:30 and 11:30 in the morning.
A pair called nervously near a nest five feet from the ground
in a leafless willow on the bar on July 17, 1923. The nest was made
of fine twigs and was fastened to the main trunk by small branches.
It contained one egg.
A nest with three eggs was found six feet from the ground in a
hickory sprout ten feet high at the edge of the timber on top of the
bluff on July 19, 1923. The nest was on a horizontal limb and was
unshaded. A female was brooding three eggs.
August 25, 1923, is the latest date on which a nest was found with
eggs. The nest found then was five and one-half feet from the
ground in an oak sprout at the side of the road, and it contained two
eggs. It was unshaded. The brooding female left when approached
to within ten feet and called nervously.
A pair was feeding a young cowbird on the bluff on August 31,
1923. A young cardinal, just out of a nest, was seen on September
13, 1923.
Cardinals were frequently found in flocks during the winter.
These flocks were made up of birds of both sexes and were rather
compact. They moved through the tops of the trees or fed with
other sparrows along the creek, on the bluff, or on the bar. In
March these flocks broke up into pairs that began to prepare for the
coming nesting season.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 577
Hedymeles ludovicianus (Linnaeus).
Rose-breasted Grosbeak. (33.)
The rose-breasted grosbeak was represented during the nesting
season by only a few pairs of adults. It was found in orchards, in
trees around farm buildings, along the bluff, and in trees along the
creek. In the season it became more numerous, and was found with
other transients on the bar and in other parts of the area. These
birds usually fed in the tops of the trees, and when singing the
males chose perches in the tops of living or dead trees.
A nest was located seventeen feet from the ground in the top of
an apple tree in an orchard on June 13, 1923. It was in a fork of
an upright limb, and was made almost entirely of the tendrils of
grape. Three young birds, several days old and covered with light
gray down, were in the nest. A male called very nervously and
flew about the tree when the nest was disturbed. No female was
seen. A pair of robins seemed to be concerned about the welfare of
the nest, for they came to the vicinity of the nest and called when
it was disturbed.
A dead female was hanging from the edge of a nest ten feet from
the ground in a box elder along a creek at Doniphan on June 17,
1923.
First records for this species in the spring are May 5, 1923,
and May 4, 1924. In the fall it was seen as late as September 10,
1922, and September 15, 1923. Small groups of feeding transients
were seen together in the fall as early as August 24, 1923, when
they were in trees along the creek. Usually this species did not
form compact flocks, but was scattered among the larger flocks
of other small transients.
Passerina cyanea (Linnseus).
Indigo Bunting. (65.5.)
The indigo bunting was one of the most numerous summer
resident birds of the area. It was uniformly distributed over the
terrestrial part of the area, and especially chose those places where
the covering of vegetation was composed of brushy shrubs. It
preferred the edges of clearings, roadsides, the weedy boundaries of
fields, and overgrown fields of weeds and sprouts. Although usually
near the ground, it was sometimes found in the tops of trees.
A female was seen carrying straw in an opening in the timber
578 The University Science Bulletin.
near the top of the bluff on June 4, 1923. Mating pairs were seen
on June 8 and 12, 1923.
A female was brooding three eggs and one egg of the cowbird in
a nest which was two feet from the ground in a coral berry along
a fence on June 13, 1923. There was a thick growth of nettles
four feet high surrounding the nest.
■ A nest with four young about half grown was found in a small
bush along a road on the bluff on June 16, 1922. On the same day
another nest was found in a coral berry along the same road. It
was one foot from the ground, and held two young about the same
age as those in the other nest. The parents were very shy, and
did not come near the nest for over half an hour after it was found
except once, when the female flew over it. A loosely built nest, that
was nearly hidden by leaves, was found five and one-half feet from
the ground in the top of a dogwood on the bar north of the lake on
June 16, 1923. A female that was sitting on three eggs and one
cowbird's egg did not leave until she was almost touched. Both
birds called excitedly.
On June 19, 1922, a female was brooding three eggs and one
cowbird's egg in a nest nine feet from the ground in a crotch of the
main trunk of a young cottonwood. The nest was on the bar, and
twenty-five yards from the lower edge of the bluff.
A female was calling near a nest one and one-half feet from the
ground in a small elder in a sprout field on top of the bluff on
June 26, 1923. In the nest were four young and one egg of the
cowbird. The nest was shaded.
A nest was found six feet from the ground in a grapevine on the
bluff on June 28, 1923. A female that was brooding three eggs
fiew off and called when approached.
On June 7, 1923, a nest was found three feet from the ground in
the edge of the willows on the bar. It was in a small sycamore
sprout, and contained two young and one young cowbird. The
cowbird was about twice as large as the young buntings, and was
very much more active. The nest was twisted out of shape by the
activity of the young cowbird.
Four nests were found in weeds on the bar on July 17, 1923. One
was three feet from the ground at the side of a cow path through
wild hemp about five feet high, and growing in a dense thicket.
There were two eggs in this nest. Another was four feet from the
ground and was fastened between two stalks of hemp. It contained
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 579
two eggs that were nearly white, each of which had a few spots of
brown pigment near the larger end. The spots were small. The
brooding female left when approached to within ten feet. The
third nest was twenty-five yards from the second, and was four
feet from the ground. It was fastened between three stalks of hemp.
The female was brooding three light eggs. She left when approached
to within five feet. The fourth nest was three feet from the ground
in a thistle. It hung between two leaves of the plant. There were
three small young in this nest. The female came with food after
several minutes. Both parents called in the vicinity.
A female was seen carrying a caterpillar in the edge of the timber
on top of the bluff on July 19, 1923.
A nest was found August 18, 1923. that was five feet from the
ground in a clump of weeds near the creek on the bar. The brooding
female would not leave the four eggs in the nest until she was almost
touched. Then she flew near the ground and fluttered as if with
broken wings. There were young birds in this nest on August 30.
A nest was found four feet from the ground in sumac along a
road on August 23, 1922. It contained four young, whose wing
feathers had sheaths that were nearly ready to break. On August
23, 1923, a female with some young, just able to fly. was found in
the center of a cornfield on the bar. The parent called nervously.
The young birds perched on the stalks of corn and about half way
to the top.
Records of arrival in spring are May 6, 1923, and May 8, 1924.
The latest fall records are October 8, 1922. and October 7. 1923.
Spiza americana (Gmelin).
Dickcissel. (36.5.)
Several pairs of this species nested in suitable parts of the area.
The bird was usually found in summer in weedy fields and openings
on the bar and on the bluff. It was also found in brushy places in
pastures, along roads, and in the border of brush at the edge of
timber, especially on the top of the bluff.
This bird was often heard singing at night as well as in the day-
time. It usually sang from a low perch.
A nest was located two feet from the ground in an elder in a
pasture on the Whittaker farm on June 9, 1922. It contained three
young and one egg.
On June 12, 1923, a nest was found one foot from the ground in a
580 The University Science Bulletin.
blackberry bush that was three feet high, and growing in the strip
of weeds and shrubs between a wheat field and the timber on top
of the bluff. The nest was little shaded, and contained five eggs and
one cowbird's egg. The female on the nest flew off when disturbed
and called with the male for a few seconds. Then both left.
A female was brooding four eggs in a nest four feet from the
ground and in an elder in a brushy field on top of the bluff on June
13, 1923. The sitting bird called once or twice and left. The nest
was partially shaded by a bush at the edge of the clump.
On June 22, 1923, a male w^ith a young bird just able to fly was
seen in a tliick growth of sweet clover in a hog pasture on top of
the bluft\ An adult with young was found in the tops of trees on
the lower part of the bluff on July 9, 1923.
On July 14, 1923, a nest w^as found, three and one-half feet from
the ground, in the crotch of an elder which was growing at the side
of a road. The bush, which w^as about five feet high, shaded the
nest. There were four young with down. The parents were
perched on a telephone wire overhead. The female brought food
and approached the nest after about five minutes. The male was
singing. It left its perch to fight with another male about twenty
yards away.
A pair was found on July 19, 1923, with young just able to fly.
They were in the weeds along the creek. A young bird flew from a
nest three feet from the ground in a thistle near the creek on the
bar on August 23, 1923. A young bird was killed in the weeds along
a slough on the bar on August 31, 1922.
April 28, 1923, is the earliest record for the arrival in the spring.
September 7, 1922, and September 13, 1923, are late dates in the
fall.
Piranga erythromelas (Vieillot).
Scarlet Tanager. (6.5.)
A few pairs of this tanager were summer residents within the
limits of this area. All of them were found on the bluff, and they
spent nearly all tlieir time in the tops of the trees there.
Four different males were heard singing in one section of the
bluff one-quarter of a mile long on May 6, 1924. On May 12, 1923,
a pair was seen on the bluff. A second male approached and was
chased away by the first, which then returned to the female. On
July 14, 1923, a male was singing in a tree over the road near the
creek. Its song was so low that it could scarcely be heard on the
ground directly under the tree.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 581
On June 15, 1922, a nest was found twenty feet from the ground
in a shellbark hickory on the lower part of the bluff. The nest was
small, and was placed on a horizontal limb one and one-half inches
in diameter. The female was sitting very closely and did not leave
the nest when sticks were thrown into the tree or when other noises
were made below the tree. Finally, she was driven off by kicking
the base of the tree. She flew a short distance to another tree and
called nervously.
May 6, 1923, is the earliest spring record for this bird.
Piranga rubra rubra (Linnaeus).
Summer Tanager. (9.5.)
The summer tanager was represented, in summer, in this area by
only a small number of nesting pairs. This bird was inconspicuous
and was not frequently seen. It was found in trees in farm yards,
along the creek, and on the bluff.
On June 16, 1922, a pair was seen four or five times flying about in
a yard, and especially in a box elder in which there was a nest of a
pair of blue jays. On June 18 the female was seen carrying ma-
terial to this tree, where she was building a nest on a horizontal
limb ten feet from the ground. She kept calling all day. The male
was not seen. The female was working on the nest on June 19. On
June 21 and 22 she was heard calling in the yard, but was not seen
near the nest. The female was sitting on the nest most of the day
on June 23, when both adults were near the nest. Once the male
was seen giving the female food about ten feet away from the nest.
On June 26 there were three eggs in the nest.
A nest was found on a horizontal limb in the top of an oak tree
on the bluff west of the lake on June 21, 1923. When the tree was
hit the female flew off the nest and to a near-by tree, where she
called for several minutes.
On July 15, 1923, a nest was found fourteen feet from the ground
in the end of an oak limb along a road near the creek. The nest
was one and one-half feet from the end of the limb and twenty
feet from the main trunk. The brooding female flew off the nest
when the limb was hit with a stick, but she stayed in the vicinity
and called. The nest was less than half way to the top of the tree.
The earliest record of arrival is April 28, 1923.
582 The University Science Bulletin.
Progne subis subis (Linnaeus).
Purple Martin. (30.)
A few migrating martins were seen in the spring of each year. In
the early summer a few stragglers were seen flying over, but they
did not rest on the area. Later they came to the lake to feed and
rest, so that in some days in the fall there were many thousands on
the lake at one time. They fed on the flying insects that were found
over the water and which they caught while on the wing. They
were usually in flocks with other swallows.
Although none nested within this area, martins were common
through the summer in all the near-by towns.
On September 23, 1922, this species was the most abundant of the
swallows which were feeding over the lake. The birds were scattered
and flying close to the water until six o'clock in the evening, when
they rose and began flying in a dense flock. The north edge of the
flock, above the south edge of the lake, appeared to be more dense
than any other edge. The flock was at least half a mile long, but
not quite so wide. The birds could not be seen distinctly, and were
estimated to be about one hundred yards above the ground. The
flock kept moving, and the birds continued to mill until 6:30. At
this time they started to fly down to the cat-tails below in a com-
pact, dense, and swiftly moving single column of birds which
"poured" straight down to the thicket of cat-tails. After about one-
third of the flock had gone down the downward flight was stopped
for about one minute. Then it continued until about lialf the re-
maining birds had gone down. Then the downward flight was again
halted for about a minute, after which all the rest of the birds went
to roost in the Typha in the same manner as the preceding ones had
done. Firing a shotgun caused no movement or excitement among
the birds. Walking among the roosting birds caused them to rise
a little and to fly on ahead a few steps, but they would not leave.
By this time it was too dark to see them distinctly.
Another peculiar flight habit of this species was noted, which
may throw some light on the origin of this complex evening flight.
Often, while this and other swallows were feeding near the surface
of the water in the daytime, small hawks would fly in and attempt to
catch one of the birds. Whenever a hawk came all the swallows
would gather into a compact flock, which would rise and fly after the
hawk until it retired. Then the birds would return to the lake and
begin feeding in the usual manner. The flight which takes place
before the birds go to roost at night may have been used so often to
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 583
escape hawks that it became a habit, and is used even when there
is no hawk present.
The earliest spring record for the purple martin is April 19, 1924-.
September 23, 1922, is the latest that it was seen in the fall.
Petrochelidon lunifrons lunifrons (Say).
Cliff Swallow. (12.5.)
This swallow was most often seen feeding, with other species of
the family, over the water at the lake during the spring, and
especially the fall migration seasons. It was nearly always much
more numerous in the fall. Usually not so many of this species were
present as of the other swallows.
Some were flying over the river on May 10, 1924. The only other
spring record is for May 29, 1924, when some were feeding over the
lake. In the fall this bird was present from August 24 until Septem-
ber 12, 1923.
Hirundo erythrogaster Bodda^rt.
Barn Swallow\ (38.)
The barn swallow nested in barns and other buildings in the vicin-
ity. In summer it was seen, in small groups, flying over fields and
even over the timber, and sometimes it fed over the water of the
lake. Its numbers on the lake increased throughout the summer
from the middle of June until the middle of September. This bird
rested on telephone wires along the roads, on willow snags around
the lake, and on the stems of Nelmnho in the lake. Some were seen
on the mud south of the lake on September 7, 1922.
On June 9, 1922, a nest was found on the side of a stringer in a
barn on the Wh'ittaker farm. It contained young birds. A bird
started to build a nest in a hog shed on the E. V. Roundy farm early
in the morning of June 8, 1923. It carried mud from a wet place
below a near-by spring. The nest was never completed.
A great many barn swallows were feeding over the lake on October
7, 1922. The flock was compact and flew against the strong north
wind, in its feeding, until it reached the north side of the lake. Then
the w4iole flock would quickly fiy to the south side of the lake and
slowly work back to the north. New individuals continued to arrive.
Once the flock was disturbed by a hawk.
On October 11, 1924, many small flocks were noted flying south
over the lake. When they reached the north side of the lake, the
flocks came down to the surface of the water and continued their
flight across to the south side, where they rose again and flew on to
37—3341
584 The University Science Bulletin.
the south. Some small flocks were seen flying south high over
fields on the bluff on October 12, 1924.
On August 30, 1923, and September 10, 1922, this was the most
numerous swallow of those feeding over the lake.
The first record for 1923 is April 28; for 1924 is April 21. In 1922
the last fall record is October 7. In 1924 the last fall record is
October 12.
Iridoprocne bicolor (Vieillot).
Tree Swallow. (36.5).
Thousands of tree swallows were sometimes present in the seasons
of migration. Of these, a few pairs remained to nest where condi-
tions were favorable. When feeding, this bird was usually found
over the water of the lake. Sometimes it fed on the mud at the
edge of the water as on September 7, 1922. A few times it was seen
feeding over fields on top of the bluff or pver the willows on the bar.
On June 10, 1922, one was seen flying over the creek. Flocks of this
species rested on telephone wires along the roads and in the dead
willows in the lake.
This bird was found nesting in the summers of 1922, 1923 and
1924. This is tlie only record of which I know of the nesting of this
species in Kansas.
On June 7, 1923, a nest was found in a hole in a leaning willow
stump fifty yards from the edge of the water on the land at the
south side of Doniphan lake. The hole was six feet from the ground.
The nest was lined with chicken feathers. A female flew out of the
nest to a near-by stump where a male came and they mated.
A pair was seen mating on a dead willow on the north edge of the
lake on May 30, 1924.
A pair of adults was feeding young birds in a nest three feet above
the water in a hole in a willow stump in the north part of the lake
on June 12, 1922. On each trip the parent at the nest did not leave
until the other one arrived.
On June 13, 1922, another nest, with young which were being fed
by adults, was found in another willow stump near the one found
on June 12. Another nest was found in a hole in a stump that was
two feet above the water. This nest was built of fine strips of bark
covered with chicken feathers from one to four inches long. A side
of the stump was torn away and the nest, with the five white eggs
which it contained, was taken out. An adult returned to the stump
and attempted to find the nest. It stayed at the stump for over half
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 585
an hour. Parents were still feeding young in nests in the willow
stumps on June 16.
The presence of water near the nest site seems to be a necessary
condition for the nesting of this bird in this locality, since in the
season of 1923, when the lake was nearly dry, it did not nest there,
but nested at Doniphan lake, four miles away, where there was
water. In the spring of 1924 there was water in the lake, and the
tree swallow again nested there in the same stumps as in 1922.
Small flocks that were flying south over the lake on October 11,
1924, flew low over the water to feed.
The earliest spring record for this species is April 5, 1924, when
one was flying close to the water in the center of the lake. The latest
fall record is October 21, 1923.
Kiparia riparia (Linna'us).
Rank Swallow. (17.)
A small number of bank swallows was present during the summer.
The species became much more numerous in the fall. It fed over
the water of the lake, over the river, and over the creek. This species
was found a few times with other swallows on telephone wires along
the roads.
The earliest spring record is May 10, 1924. The latest fall records
are for September 10 of botii 1922 and 1923.
Stclgidopteryx serripennis (Audubon).
Roush-win<ied Swallow. (37.)
A few individuals were seen frequently during the summer, and
they helped make up the large flocks of migrating swallows in the
spring and fall. This bird fed over the lake, over the river, over
fields and pastures, over the bluff, and, especially in summer, over
the water in the creek.
The rough-winged swallow rested on telephone wires and fences
along the roads, on drift in the river, and in trees and on snags at
the edge of the lake and the creek.
One was seen flying out of a hole in a vertical bank along the
creek on June 15, 1922. One was hovering at the entrance of a hole
in the bank of the creek on May 18, 1924.
In 1923 the first was seen on April 15. The earliest spring record
in 1924 is April 19. The latest fall record is October 20, 1923.
586 The University Science Bulletin.
Bombydlla cedrorwm Vieillot.
Cedar Waxwing. (7.)
The cedar waxwing was found in groups of from one or two to
about one hundred individuals. It was usually found in the tops of
the trees on the bluff or on the bar.
The stomach of one that was killed on August 23, 1922, contained
a snail and a berry of some wild fruit. Some were feeding on hack-
berries on March 3, 1923.
This bird was found very irregularly. It was recorded on the
following dates: January 29, 1923; March 3 and 30, 1923; April
29, 1923; May 6, 12 and 19, 1923; and May 8 and 12, 1924;
June 5, 1923,; August 23, 1922; September 7, 1923; and November
30, 1923.
Lanius ludovicianus migrans W. Palmer.
Migrant Shrike. (5.)
Migrant shrikes were not found within the area in summer, al-
though the bird nested along the roads through the surrounding
farm land. It was usually found in Osage orange or in other thickets
along the roads or perched on telephone wires. A group of five or
six was seen on the wires along a road two miles west of the area
on July 14, 1923.
There are only two records for the seasons of migration. On
March 30, 1923, one was eating insects on the ground in a field that
was being plowed and on which crows wei^e feeding. On September
2, 1922, one was shot in the brush on the lower part of the bluff at
six o'clock in the morning.
Vireosylva olivacea (Linnseus).
Red-eyed Vireo. (58.5.)
Red-eyed vireos were evenly distributed during the summer over
the bluff, along the creek, and on the older portions of the bar.
This bird was usually found in the tops of the trees. It was heard
singing throughout the summer.
A nest was found five feet from the ground in a dogwood on the
bar north of the lake on June 7, 1923. It was made of coarse ma-
terial and contained three eggs and one cowbird's egg. Two adults
were perched near by. Another nest was found on the same day
seven feet from the ground in a tall maple on the bar east of the
lake. It was hanging from a fork of a horizontal limb three-eightfis
of an inch in diameter and was made of paper and strips of the
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 587
inner bark of a tree. It contained three eggs. The adult called two
or three times from a near-by perch. On June 16 the adult stayed
on the nest until it was almost touched. In the nest at this time
were one young and two eggs.
On June 28, 1923, a nest was found five and one half feet from
the ground in the end of a branch of an oak on the bluff west of the
lake. The brooding bird slipped off the nest quietly. In the nest
were four eggs and one egg of the cowbird. On July 6 a young cow-
bird was trampling two young vireos in this nest. There was an
unhatched egg in the nest.
An adult was feeding two young cowbirds just out of the nest on
August 22, 1923.
A bird was building a nest nine feet from the ground in a box
elder on the lower part of the bluff northwest of the lake on June
19, 1922.
Some young birds were calling loudly in a nest fifteen feet from
the ground in a tree along the creek on August 23, 1921.
In the fall this bird was one of the most numerous in the flocks
of migrating birds which fed in the brush along the lower part of
the bluff and in the willows on the bar. Dates of first occurrence in
the spring are May 6, 1923, and May 3, 1924. Late fall records are
September 10, 1922, and September 14, 1923.
Vireosylva philadelphica Cassin.
Philadelphia Vireo. (1.)
One was collected in the willows on the bar with other vireo and
warbler transients on September 2, 1922. Another was shot in the
same location on September 24, 1922.
I know of no other records for this species in Kansas, and of no
other fall records for it in the Kansas City region.
Vireosylva gilva gilva (Vieillot) .
Warbling Vireo. (29.5.)
This vireo was found in considerable numbers in both the spring
and fall, but only a few pairs stayed through the summer.
In summer this bird was usually found on the bar near the lake
or in groves of medium-sized cottonwood trees. In the summer of
1923 a pair stayed in a group of cottonwood trees near the edge of
the bar all summer, but their nest was not located. The bird was
sometimes seen in apple trees in orchards.
588 The University Science Bulletin.
While migrating this bird fed with other vireos and warblers on
the bluff, along the creek, and in the weeds and trees on the bar.
The warbling vireo was first seen in 1923 on May 5, and in 1924
on May 3. In 1922 the last was seen on September 10, and in 1923
on September 15.
Lanivireo fiavijrons (Vieillot).
Yellow-throated Vireo. (3.)
One was shot in the timber on the bluff on April 29, 1923. A pair
was heard singing on the lower part of the bluff on May 3, 3924
On July 14, 1923, one was singing in the tops of the trees on the
bluff west of the north edge of the lake. One was collected on the
bluff on August 23, 1921. Another was seen in the willows on the
bar with other transients on September 2, 1922.
Lanivireo solitarius solitarius (Wilson).
Blue-headed Vireo. (4.5.)
One was shot in a tree on the bluff on May 6, 1923. Another was
shot that was feeding in the brush on the bluff August 29, 1922.
Others were feeding in weeds and willows on the bar, along the
creek, and on the bluff on September 2, 10 and 24, 1922; September
7, 14 and 15, 1923; and October 7, 1923. Generally only one or two
were found together and they were in flocks of small transients.
Vireo griscus griseus (Boddaert).
White-eyed Vireo. (29.5.)
This vireo was found in the brush along the lower edge of the
bluff, at the edge of the timber on the bluff, and in small clearings
in the timber throughout the summer. About fifteen pairs nested
wdthin the area. The bird was nearly always found near the ground,
even when singing.
On June 12, 1922, a pair of adults was seen with food near a large
rock at the west edge of the lake. The nest could not be found,
although a diligent search was made. On April 8, 1923, the nest
was found in a bush of coralberry and two feet from the ground.
A pair with food in their mouths was calling excitedly in some
brush in the timber about half way to the top of the bluff on June
29, 1923. The nest was located one and one-half feet from the
ground, in the end of a branch of an elm eight feet high. It was
partly shaded. Bits of rotted wood were fastened to the outside of
tfie nest in which there was a young cowbird whose wing feathers
were one-fourth inch beyond their sheaths. The adults stayed near
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 589
the nest and called and sang, sometimes on limbs as high as twenty-
feet. On July 6 adults were feeding a young cowbird on the bluff
one hundred yards west of this nest. The nest was empty. On the
outside it measured three and one-half inches deep and two and
one-quarter inches wide. Inside measurements w^ere two and one-
half inches deep and one and three-fourths inches wide. It was
lined with fine grasses.
In the fall and in the spring this bird fed with other small tran-
sients in the willows on the bar and in the brush on the bluff.
The earliest spring record is May 6, 1923, and the latest fall record
is September 13, 1923.
Vireo bellii bellii Audubon.
Bell's Vireo. (45.)
The Bell's vireo is a very characteristic bird of the growths of wil-
low thickets that grow on the newly formed bars along the Mis-
souri river. The type specimen of this species was collected in the
bottom lands across the Missouri from where this work was done.
(Harris 1919, p. 313.)
In summer this vireo was found in willows on the bar, along fences
of Osage orange, in the farm land, and in the fields of sprouts on
top of the bluff. During the migrations it joined other small tran-
sients that fed on the bar and the lower part of the bluff.
On June 5, 1923, a nest was found five feet from the ground in a
small Cottonwood east of the mouth of the creek on the bar. It was
made of coarse material and held four eggs. The brooding bird
flew off the nest when disturbed and began singing in the tree in
which the nest was located.
A nest was found two and one-half feet from the ground in a
dogwood three feet high near the east edge of the willows north of
the lake on June 7, 1923. It was made chiefly of cottony material,
with some leaves on the outside and some fine plant material on
the inside. The adult, which was brooding three eggs, slipped off
the nest quietly, but returned after about two minutes and called.
Then it sang.
Three nests were located on June 8, 1923. One was on a lower
branch of a dogwood five feet high that was growing east of the lake.
It was three feet from the ground, and was shaded by other shrubs
and trees. There were four eggs in the nest. The brooding bird
left when approached to within twenty feet. Another nest w^as in
the top of a slender willow five feet high, w^hich was surrounded by
590 The University Science Bulletin.
willows ten to twelve feet high and by some weeds. The nest was
made of grass and leaves and was grayish in color. On the outside
it measured two and three-fourths inches deep and two and one-half
inches wide. There were four sparsely spotted eggs in the nest. No
bird was seen on the nest, but one was calling nervously thirty feet
away. The third nest was one hundred yards from the second one,
and was five feet from the ground in a willow seven feet high. It
was hanging from a fork of a branch and was reddish in color. There
were three eggs in the nest, but no bird was seen near.
On June 9, 1922, an empty nest was found five feet from the
ground in the end of a branch of Osage orange along a lane on the
Whittaker farm. No birds were seen. An adult was brooding three
eggs in this nest on June 17. The bird left when the nest was ap-
proached to within two feet.
A nest was found one and one-half inches from the main trunk of
a willow and four and one-half feet from the ground on June 10,
1923. The tree was ten feet high and was growing on a line between
the willows and the Typha on the south side of the lake. There
were three eggs in the nest. A bird was singing near by, but none
was on tlie nest. Another bird was seen building a nest, two and
one-half feet from the ground, in a small brushy willow. This was
at a point fifty yards from the edge of the willows southeast of the
lake.
The earliest spring record is May 3, 1924. The last record for
1922 is September 5; the last 1923 record is September 6.
Mniotilta varia (Linnaeus).
Black-and-white Warbler. (12.)
The black-and-white warbler was usually found in small groups
of two or three, which fed on the main trunks and branches of trees
on the bluff and about ten feet from the ground in the willows on
the bar.
Only two birds were seen in the summer months. A male was
feeding on the trunks of trees in a ravine on the bluff on June 10,
1922. Another bird was seen flying through some oak timber north
of the lake on June 17, 1922.
In the spring transients were present between April 28, 1923, and
May 20, 1923. Migrants were more numerous in the fall, and were
found through a longer period of time. They were seen almost
daily with other fall transients. The records are between August
23, 1921 and 1922, and September 15, 1923.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 591
Protonotaria citrea (Boddaert).
Prothonotar>' Warbler. (16.)
A small colony of less than a dozen pairs of this warbler nested
in holes in willow snags on the north side of the lake each summer.
During the nesting season these birds were rarely found in any
other part of the area. Here they flew back and forth from stump
to stump singing, feeding, and carrying on other activities of their
daily life.
On June 12, 1923, a nest was found four feet from the ground in
a willow stump five feet high, at the edge of an open place on the
northeast side of the lake. The nest was made of grasses and was
built up to with.in a few inches of the opening. The female, that
was brooding four eggs, flew off the nest and sang. A male was
singing near by. The opening of the nest hole was irregular and
was large. It was two and one-half inches wide and six inches high
in its greatest dimensions. The stump was at the edge of the lake
bed, but there was no water in sight.
Another nest was found one hundred yards away in a hole six
feet from the ground in a stump eight feet high. The opening was
two inches in diameter, and the nest was three and one-half inches
below the lower edge of the opening. The nest contained eggs, but
the number could not be determined. A female that was on the nest
flew off when the stump was hit with a stick and attempted the
broken wing ruse until she was about thirty feet away, when she
flew and began calling more excitedly than had the bird at the last
nest. There was grass and Polygonum growing around the stump,
but there was no water within sight.
A third nest was five and one-half feet from the ground in a
nearly dead willow stump seven feet high that stood north of the
lake. The opening of the nest hole was one and one-half inches
in diameter. The next was three and one-half inches below the
opening, and it contained at least four eggs. There was a dense
growth of Polygonum three feet high around the stump. The brood-
ing female flew off the nest and attempted the broken wing ruse.
Both parents called excitedly. There was a chickadee's nest in a
similar stump fifteen feet away.
In 1922 there was standing water around the stumps in which the
nests were found in 1923. The number of nesting birds appeared to
be about the same for both seasons. On June 16, 1922, a nest was
found five feet above the water in a hole in a willow stump in the
592 The University Science Bulletin.
north part of the hike. The nest was made of grass and was two
inches below the opening. There were three eggs in the nest. Both
the male and the female stayed near. On June 19 both parents were
feeding young birds in this nest.
After the end of the nesting season in June very few of these birds
were seen until the migration started in August. A female was seen
along the edge of the river near the mouth of the creek on June
29, 1923. None was seen in July. In the fall migration it was found
from August 3 until September 10 in 1922. At this time of year it
fed with other warblers on the bluff and on the bar, but was not
found on the nesting ground. It was also found on the bluff and on
the bar during the spring migration. The earliest record for the
spring is May 5, 1923.
Helmitheros vermivorus (Gmelin).
Worm-eating Warbler. (1.)
One was singing in the tops of the trees in a ravine on the bluff in
the middle of the morning of July 11, 3923. One was shot with other
transients in the tall weeds in the edge of the willows on the bar on
September 10, 1922.
Vermivora pinus (Linnaeus).
* Blue-winged Warbler. (2.)
One was singing in the tops of trees half way to the top of the
bluff on June 16, 1923. It moved around within one hundred and
fifty yards of where it was first heard.
One was found on the lower part of the bluff on August 18, 1923.
Another was taken on the bluff on August 26, 1921. One was shot in
the willows on September 4, 1922.
Vermivora ruficapilla ruficapilla (Wilson).
Nashville Warbler. (9..5.)
This warbler was found during the migrations, sometimes in con-
siderable numbers, as on September 13, 1923, when it was the most
common small transient noted. It fed in the tops of the shrubs and
the smaller trees on the bluff and in tiie trees and weeds on the bar
and along the creek.
Not so many were seen in the spring as in the fall. May 6 and 12,
1923, are the only spring dates, and only one bird was seen on each
of these. In the fall the first was found August 27, 1921; August
24, 1922; and August 23, 1923. It was present until September 24
in 1922.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 598
Vermivora celata celata (Say).
Orange-crowned Warbler. (4.5.)
This warbler was found in the trees on the bluff on April 28. 1923;
May 5, 6'and 12, 1923; May 10, 1924; October 6 and 7, 1923; and
October 12, 1924. It was usually seen on the lower part of the bluff.
Vermivora peregrina (Wilson) .
Tennessee Warbler. (3.5.)
The Tennessee warbler fed with other migrating warblers in weeds
and willows on the bar and along the creek and in the trees on the
bluff. Usually not many individuals were seen in a single day.
Spring records are between May 6 and 19, 1923. In the fall the
bird was found on August 31, 1923; October 8, 1922; and October
11, 1924.
Compsothlypis americana pusilla (Wilson).
Northern Parula Warbler. (17.)
A few pairs of this bird stayed all summer to nest along the lower
portions of the bluff, where they were heard singing in the tops of
the large and medium-sized trees. They also fed among the branches
of these trees. On June 28, 1922, an adult male was seen feeding
young just able to fly, in willows on the bar along the lower edge of
the bluff and near the mouth of the creek.
During the migrations this bird was found on the brushy, lower
part of the bluff and on the bar with other warblers, but chiefly on
the bluff. The earliest record for spring is April 19, 1924. The last
one was seen, in 1923, on September 13.
Dendroica cestiva cestiva (Gmelin).
Yellow Warbler. (18.)
This is another warbler that was represented in the area in sum-
mer by only a few nesting pairs. During the nesting season it was
restricted almost entirely to the growth of willows and cottonwoods
on the bar. The birds fed and nested in the tops of these trees.
On June 7, 1923, a nest was found eight feet from the ground in
a willow on the south side of Doniphan lake. The brooding female
returned to the nest, which held five eggs, about five minutes after
she was flushed from it. The male stayed near by, but did not move
very nervously. The nest was in the same tree with, and five feet
below, a nest of the orchard oriole.
A nest was found fi^'e feet from the ground in a crotch of a
594 The University Science Bulletin.
willow twelve feet high on the bar southeast of the lake on June 8.
1923. The nest was made of closely woven grayish material. The
outside diameter was larger at the center than at the rim. Inside,
there were five eggs. A pair of adults was seen near, but not on the
nest. On June 10 the female was on the nest. The male came and
called when she was frightened off the nest.
During the migrations this bird was found with other transients
on the bluff and along the creek. A few were seen in trees in yards.
The first spring record is for April 28, 1923. None was seen in the
fall later than September 5, 1922. On August 28, 1923, one was seen,
alone, along a fence of Osage orange six miles northwest of the area.
Dendroica coronata (Linnseus).
Myrtle Warbler. (8.5.)
This warbler was found in small flocks in trees in yards, along the
bluff, along the creek, and on the bar, both in the spring and fall
migrations.
The records for spring are between April 21, 1924, and May 20,
1923. Fall records are from October 20, 1923, to November 8, 1924.
Dendroica 'magnolia (Wilson).
Magnolia Warbler. (1.)
One was shot out of a flock of migrating warblers in trees on the
lower part of the bluff on May 19, 1923. Another was shot near
the same location on May 20, 1923.
Dendroica, cerulea (Wilson).
Cerulean Warbler. (1.)
One was seen in a tree in a ravine on the bluff on June 13, 1922.
Another was singing in the middle branches of a medium-sized tree
along a road on the lower part of the bluff on June 26, 1922.
Dendroica striata (J. R. Forster).
Black-poll Warbler. (.5.)
One was collected from a small flock of migrating warblers that
was feeding in the trees in a farm yard on the evening of August 27,
1923.
Dendroica f us ca (Miiller).
Blackburnian Warbler. (.5.)
One was shot in a medium-sized tree on the lower part of the
bluff on September 3, 1923.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 59r)
Dendroica virens (Gmelin).
Black-throated Green Warbler. (1.)
One was taken in the top of a tree along the creek on August 28,
1923, and another was found in a flock of migrating warblers along
the creek on September 13, 1923.
Dendroica vigorsi (Audubon).
Pine Warbler. (.5.)
One was shot out of a flock of other warblers in the top of a tree
along the creek on September 13, 1923.
Seiurus aurocapilliis (Linnaeus).
Ovenbird. (3.)
In the spring and fall the ovenbird was found near the ground
on the lower part of the bluff and on the bar with small transients.
No evidence of its nesting was found. One was singing near the
ground on the lower part of the bluff on May 4, 1924. The only
other spring record is for May 20, 1923. Fall dates of occurrence
are between August 9, 1922, and September 14. 1923. On the last
date several were seen in willows on the bar.
Seiurus novehoracensis notabilis Ridgway.
Grinnell's Water Thrush. (8.5.)
Grinnell's water thrush was found singly at the edge of the lake,
along a slough on the bar, and at the edge of a pool below a spring.
Sometimes it was found in patches of Nelumbo or of Typha growing
in moist or wet soil at the edge of the lake.
On May 6, 1923, one flew into a yard from the bar and called once
or twice. Then it flew back among the trees on the bar where it was
lost. Spring records are between this date and May 19, 1923. One
was seen at a spring north of the lake on May 11, 1923. Two were
seen along the creek on May 18, 1924.
In the fall this bird was more restricted to the vicinity of the
lake than in the spring. Migration records are between August 21
and September 4, 1922.
Seiurus nwticilla (Vieillot).
Louisiana Water Thrush. (.5.)
A pair was seen along a branch of the creek near the west edge
of the area on April 20, 1924.
596 The University Science Bulletin.
Oporornis fonnosus (Wilson).
Kentucky Warbler. (27.5.)
Kentucky warblers were rather unevenly distributed over the
bluff and along the creek during the nesting season. They were
found in those places where the undergrowth was dense, or where
there was a canopy of shade overhead. These birds spent most of
their time on the ground. Nesting pairs became very nervous when
their territory was entered, and would often call excitedly when
certain sections of the timber wTre disturbed.
One was seen bathing in water below a spring on June 14, 1922.
On May 6, 1923, several were flying and chasing each other on the
side of a ravine on the bluff. Some of them sang from trees.
On June 30, 1923, a nest was found on the ground between two
weed stalks that were seven inches apart. It was made of sticks
and leaves and was lined with finer material. Both parents were
carrying food in the morning. The nest was not found until 4:30 in
the afternoon. The brooding female ran out on the ground, with
drooping wings, when she was approached to within two feet. She
ran about ten feet and then flew. During the hour and a half that
the search for the nest was made, the male stayed within twenty
yards of the nest and called excitedly. Once he brought food but
ate it himself. He. stayed in the trees, and twenty or more feet from
the ground. The male was chased away from one small tree several
times by a brooding female humming bird which had a nest there.
These birds used two call notes, one of which was much more harsh
than the other. In the nest were two young with their wing feathers
still in the sheaths. The yellow color below showed plainly. On
July 2 the nest and young birds were gone and one of the support-
ing weeds was broken. The parents were still in the vicinity, but
they were not nearly so nervous as they had been two days pre-
viously.
In the spring and tlie fall this warbler joined other members of
the family in migrating flocks that moved and fed over the bluff,
along the creek, and on the bar.
The first spring record is for April 29, 1923. In the fall this
species was found as late as September 14, 1923.
Oporornis Philadelphia (Wilson).
Mourning Warbler. (8.)
During the years when this study was made the mourning warbler
was much more common at this point on the Missouri river than it
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 597
has been found to be by observers in other parts of the valley in
other years. Because of its reported scarcity in other parts of the
valley all the records for this area are given here.
On May 19, 1933, at least twenty-five, most of them males, were
seen near the ground in willows on the bar and along the lower edge
of the bluff. On May 20, 1923, this was the most numerous of the
migrating warblers. It was found on May 10. 17, 29 and 30, 1924.
Fall dates are August 23 and 24, 1921; August 29 and 31, 1922;
September 2, 4, 7 and 10, 1922; and September 13 and 14, 1923.
The bird which was taken on August 29, 1922, was bathing at a
spring on the lower part of the bluff. Others were found near the
ground on the bar and on the bluff.
Geothlypis trichas trichas (Linnaeus).
Maryland Yellowthroat. (23.)
A few pairs of this yellowthroat nested on the ground studied.
They were found in weedy and grassy growths near water on the
bar and along the creek. One was found at the edge of the timber
on top of the bluff on July 6, 1923.
On June 7, 1923, a nest was found in sedges north of the lake. It
was built on dead plants six inches from the ground and was partly
shaded. The top was open. The female, which was brooding five
eggs, flew silently away when she was flushed.
Another nest was found in sedges on the bar north of the lake on
June 12, 1923. This nest was one foot from the ground. It con-
tained three young with feathers, one unhatched egg, and one cow-
bird's egg. Both parents were seen near by with food, but they
would not go near the nest for about half an hour. The female
stayed about twice as far away from the nest as the male, and both
called excitedly. The young were not out of the nest on June 16.
The cowbird's egg was still in the nest and the male was calling
near by.
On June 12, 1923, a nest was found in grass growing two and one-
half feet high northeast of the lake where there was a scattered
growth of Typha. The ground had been burned over during .the
preceding winter. The female was brooding, five eggs. She did not
flush from the nest until she was almost touched.
In the migration season this species joined other warblers on the
bar and on the bluff, but it was nearly always found near the ground.
The earliest spring record is May 3, 1924. September 14. 1923, is
the latest fall record.
598 The University Science Bulletin.
Icteria virens virens (Linnseus).
Yellow-breasted Chat. (34.)
Chats were found daily throughout the summer. They were found
wherever there were thick tangles of undergrowth in the timber on
the bluff, on the bar, in pastures, in cleared land, and in timber along
the creek. Usually they kept near the ground and were hard to lo-
cate except by their call.
Several times in the summer this bird was found bathing at a
spring or in water below the spring. On May 12, 1923, one sang as
it flew from the bar to the bluff and accompanied the song by a
peculiar jerking of the tail.
A nest was found on June 5, 1923, that was two and one-half feet
from the ground in a willow about four feet high on the south side of
the lake. One bird was sitting on three eggs in the nest and another
was perched in the top of a small tree ten yards away.
On June 8, 1923, a nest was found two and one-half feet from
the ground in a fork of a willow five feet high that was south of the
lake. The nest was made of grass and was nearly as coarse as the
usual red-winged blackbird's nest. It was about four inches in out-
side diameter. There were three eggs. The brooding bird did not
leave the nest until it was approached to within five feet.
In a clearing on the bar north of the lake a nest was found two
and one-half feet from the ground in a rosebush on June 12, 1923.
This clearing had grown up in Equisetum which was three feet high.
The nest was partially shaded b}^ the rosebush, but not by trees.
There were four young in the nest, the largest of which had a V-
shaped patch of down which ran from the top of the wings. The
brooding adult flew off the nest when approached to within thirty
feet and called in the vicinity.
On June 12, 1923, a nest was found two and one-half feet from
the ground in a clump of coralberry. This was in an opening on
the bluff. No bird was seen, but there was one egg in the nest and
one cowbird's egg. There were no more eggs on June 13. On June
18 there were three chat's eggs and one cowbird's egg, and an adult,
which left when approached to within three feet, was sitting on them.
There were young birds in the nest on June 28. Neither parent was
seen near the nest when it was visited on July 2. One of the
young birds opened its mouth for food. The nest was empty on
July 10.
On June 13, 1923, a nest was found three and one-half feet from
the ground in a dogwood which was growing in an unplowed field on
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 599
top of the bluff. In the nest were three newly hatched young and
one egg. Neither parent was seen.
A nest was found with four eggs on June 16, 1923, that was five
and one-half feet from the ground, in the top of a small grapevine
which grew on the side of a cottonwood fifteen feet high. The tree
was in the Equisetum north of the lake on the bar. The outside of
the nest was made of leaves and coarse stems. The brooding bird
left when approached to within eight feet, and then called from a
distance. On the same day another nest, with four eggs, was found
in a grapevine on a small dead willow stump on the bar north of the
lake. The brooding bird left this nest silently and flew near the
ground when approached to within ten feet.
A nest was found in a field of sprouts on top of the bluff west of
the lake on June 29, 1923. It was four feet from the ground and
contained five eggs. Both parents came and called much like cat-
birds.
The latest date on which an occupied nest was found was July 19,
1923. The nest was three feet from the ground in a thistle in a
patch of weeds between the willows and a cornfield on the bar. It
was partly shaded and contained four eggs. The brooding female
left the nest when approached to within five feet. A male was sing-
ing near by.
A chat was seen in a hedge fence along a road near the creek on
September 6, 1923. Two were seen in willows on the bar on Sep-
tember 5, 1922. One was shot in some weeds along a slough on the
bar on August 31, 1922. A female that was shot on August 27, 1921,
had eaten a large number of pokeberries. These are the only records
for the occurrence of this species in the fall. Very few were seen
in July or August.
May 6, 1923, is the earliest record for the spring.
Wilsonia piisilla pusilla (Wilson).
Wilson's Warbler. (11.5.)
Wilson's warbler was found frequently in migrations, and was
present in varying numbers from one or two up to about fifty in-
dividuals, which is the number found on September 6, 1922, when
this species was the most common warbler in the area.
It was found feeding and moving through the tops of the trees on
the bluff, on the bar, and along the creek, usually within ten feet
of the ground. In the spring this warbler preferred the bluff for a
38—3341
600 The University Science Bulletin.
feeding ground, and in the fall it preferred the willows and growths
of weeds on the bar and along the creek.
In the spring this warbler was found between May 10, 1924, and
May 19, 1923. The period of migration for this species extended
over a longer period in the fall, and the birds were found from
August 23, 1921, and August 25, 1922, until September 10, 1922,
and September 14, 1923.
Wilsonia canadensis (Linnaeus).
Canada Warbler. (2.)
A Canada warbler was seen in low bushes on the bluff north of
the lake on May 20, 1923.
Two were collected near a spring along the lower edge of the
bluff on August 23, 1921. On August 24, 1921, one was taken in
the willows on the bar. One was shot in a thick growth of willows
on the bar on August 27, 1923. Weeds were thick under the trees at
this place.
Seto'phaga ruticiUa (Linna?us).
Redstart. (19.)
Several pairs of redstarts stayed all summer along the bluff and
on the bar, but no nests were found. They fed and sang in the tree
tops, especially along the roads on the bluff, throughout the month
of June. On July 6, 1923, one flew to an oak sprout in a field en
top of the bluff.
On August 30, 1922, one became entangled in a spider's web in
some bushes on the lower part of the bluff and was struggling to
free itself, when a gun was fired near by, which caused it to put
forth greater exertions, and by so doing to gain its freedom.
During the season of migration this bird was found on the bluff
and in the weeds and willows on the bar and along the creek. In the
spring it arrived in April (April 28, 1923). It was most numerous
from the middle of August until the middle of September. On Sep-
tember 10, 1922, this was the most abundant transient warbler that
was feeding on the bar. Most of the redstarts were feeding about
fifteen feet from the ground. September 15, 1923, is the latest fall
record for this species.
Mimu-s polyglottos polyglottos (Linnaeus).
Mocking Bird. (1.)
One was seen along a road eight miles from the area on June 24,
1922, and there is one record for the area on August 23, 1921.
Linsdale: Birds ix Eastern Kansas. 601
Dumetella carolinensis (Linnaeus).
Catbird. (36.)
The catbird was not found over the whole area in summer, but it
was common in those portions where the amount and character of
the cover of plants was suited to its habits. In summer this bird was
found along the creek, in orchards, in thickets on the bar and on the
bluff, and in fields of sprouts. It was frequently seen on or near the
ground in farmyards.
One was seen carrying a ripe cherry near Doniphan lake on June
25, 1922. Another was eating a large insect in the creek bed on July
18, 1923.
A nest was found six feet from the ground in a small elm on the
creek bank on June 10. 1922. The nest, which contained one egg,
was well shaded.
On June 7, 1923, a nest was found four feet from the ground on the
side of a willow tree at the edge of Doniphan lake. The nest con-
tained one egg. An adult was calling near by.
On June 22, 1923, a nest was found three feet from the ground in
a gooseberry bush in a small pasture near the creek. The nest was
empty. Remains of a young bird, with wing feathers which pro-
jected one-half inch beyond their sheaths, lay on the ground. The
bird had been partly eaten by some animal.
A bird was seen carrying nesting material on June 25, 1923. Its
nest was found on July 3. It was nine feet from the ground in the
center of an apple tree in an orchard. An adult was brooding three
eggs. Both birds of the pair called near by.
In the spring and fall catbirds joined other small birds to feed on
the bluff, on the bar, and along the creek. The first in the spring
was seen on ]\Iay 6. 1923. October 7, 1922, is the latest record in
the fall.
Toxostoma rufum (Linnaeus).
Brown Thrasher. (31.5.)
The brown thrasher was found in thick growths of shrubbery along
the roads, along the creek, on the bluff, and on the bar. It usually
fed and spent most of its time in the brush near the ground, but it
sometimes selected a perch on the highest branch of a tall tree from
which to sing.
On May 29, 1924, a nest was found four feet from the ground in
a gooseberry bush in a small brushy pasture near the creek. No
bird was seen near, but there were two eggs in the nest.
An adult was brooding three eggs in a nest six feet from the
602 The University Science Bulletin.
ground in a vine which was growing over a dead stump on the lower
part of the bluff on June 13, 1923. There were young in the nest on
June 26. One parent was on the nest and the other was near by.
This nest was empty on July 5. Another nest was found on July 5
that was seven and one-half feet from the ground, on a leaning trunk
of a small dogwood fifteen yards west of the empty nest. There
were two eggs in this nest and a pair of adults calling from near by.
On June 20, 1922, a nest was found five feet from the ground in an
Osage orange along a road. It contained three eggs. A pair of
adults was near.
A bird was brooding four eggs in a nest six feet from the ground
in a plum thicket near Doniphan lake on June 22, 1922. It did not
leave until the nest was touched.
An empty nest was found four feet from the ground between two
Cottonwood trees on the bar on June 29, 1923. A pair of adults was
seen near, one of which had a caterpillar in its mouth. On July 4
the nest contained one egg. An adult was brooding on July 6.
On June 30, 1923, a nest was found five feet from the ground in
the brushy top of a dead, fallen apple tree in a dogwood thicket at
the edge of a small clearing on the bluff. An adult, which was brood-
ing four eggs, did not move until the bush was touched. It then
called from a near-by perch.
A nest was found three feet from the ground in an oak sprout five
feet high in a pasture on top of the bluff on July 18, 1923. A parent
was brooding two recently hatched young and one egg. The nest
was rather shallow. The sprout was surrounded by sprouts and
sweet clover.
Brown thrashers were found scattered through flocks of smaller
transients in the fall. The earliest spring record is April 14, 1923.
In the fall none was seen after October 7, 1922.
Thryothorus ludoviciamis ludovicianus (Latham).
Carolina Wren. (89.)
The Carolina wren was present throughout the year in all parts of
the area that are timbered. It chose especially those places where
the undergrowth was thick or where there were piles of brush, logs,
or of some other kinds of trash. It usually fed near the ground and
was found in pairs or singly. This bird sang throughout the winter.
A female was building a nest in a hole in a bank at the edge of a
small opening in the timber on the bluff on April 28, 1923. She made
about one trip a minute after material, which she got from a place
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 603
on the ground and about ten yards away. She went to the nest by
the same route each time. The male was singing in the top of a
small tree twenty feet away. It left when disturbed, but returned
six minutes later. On INIay 12 there was one wren's egg and one
cowbird's egg in the nest. An adult was brooding.
Another nest was found in a hole in a bank on April 28, 1923.
This one was at the side of a road near the creek, and contained
young which the parents were feeding. The nest was empty on
May 5.
On May 13, 1923, a nest was found in a hole in a cut at the side
of a road near the E. Y. Roundy house. The hole was about a foot
deep and did not run straight. An adult was sitting closely upon
four eggs. By May 19 two of the eggs had hatched, and on May
20 three were hatched. On April 21, 1924, an adult was flushed from
a nest in the same hole. There were young birds in the nest on May
3 and 8, but the nest was empty on May 17.
A nest was found in a hollow stump nine inches high and eight
inches in diameter on the bluff on June 21, 1922. The nest was
roofed over and was made of moss, leaves and grass. In the nest
were four young and one egg. The brooding bird left immediately
when disturbed and did not return for five minutes. Then she left
again and returned in another five minutes. No sound was made by
the parent bird. Only one adult was seen.
On August 28, 1923, a nest was found in a washed-out hole in a
vertical bank of the creek. It was ten feet above the bed of the
creek and six feet below the top of the bank. The nest contained
partly feathered young birds. One parent brought food, called a few
times, and left.
Empty nests were found on tops of stumps, in bridges, and in the
tops of sheds. One was seen feeding two young cowbirds on June
17, 1922. Family groups were frequently seen along the bluff at
various times during the summer.
Troglodytes aedon "parkmanii Audubon.
Western House Wren. (49.5.)
Several pairs of this wren spent the summer around the various
groups of farm buildings on the area. A few were found on the bar,
in orchards, and along the creek during the summer. The birds
stayed close to their nesting sites.
A pair was seen at the opening of a tin-can nest that was nailed
to the side of a garage, on May 6, 1923. Parents were feeding young
604 The University Science Bulletin.
birds in this nest on June 13 and 14. Two were singing in the dead
willow stumps northeast of the lake on June 12, 1923. A partly built
nest was found in a hole in one of the stumps. It was five and one-
half feet from the ground.
Adults were feeding young in the cornice of a schoolhouse on June
14, 1923.
On June 17, 1923, one was cleaning out material from a hole in a
dead limb ten feet from the ground in a box elder in a yard. This
was at 5:30 in the evening. The bird was taking out feathers and
sticks and dropping them to the ground near the hole. Once it be-
came entangled in a straw, but its extra exertions caused it to free
itself.
One flew into a hole in a partially dead apple tree that was twelve
feet from the E. V. Roundy house and eight feet from the ground,
on July 7, 1923. The bird would not leave the nest when the tree
was hit. Another was singing in the same tree.
On July 11, 1923, one was sitting on five eggs in a crevice in a
porch. Later in the season the young birds from this nest were
killed by a cat.
In the fall this bird joined small transients in the weeds on the
bar, along the creek, and on the bluff. Then it was found singly
or in small groups and it fed near the ground.
April 19, 1924, is the earliest record and October 11, 1924, is the
latest record in the fall for this species. Birds that were seen in the
fall were not plentiful and they were usually silent.
N annus hiemalis hiemalis (Vieillot).
Winter Wren. (2.5.)
One was seen in a thick growth of grass and Typha along the
north edge of the lake in the morning of March 3, 1923. It was very
restless and stayed near the ground. On February 5, 1924, two were
seen along the road on the lower part of the bluff. Another was
found in the same location on November 17, 1923. On October 24,
1924, one was found on the lower part of the bluff north of the lake.
It was shot, and in its stomach were found parts of seeds and small
insects.
Cistothorus stellaris (Naumann).
Short-billed Marsh Wren. (.5.)
One that was singing was shot in the grass and weeds south of
the willow snags north of the lake bed on May 12, 1923. It was
close to the ground.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 605
Telmatodytes palustris iliaais Ridgway.
Prairie Marsh Wren. (8.)
Several pairs of this wren spent the summer in the growth of
Typha latifolia that grew in and around the lake. More were found
in the fall than in the spring.
On May 30, 1923, several empty nests were found in Typha in
the lake, and the adults were singing near by.
On June 12, 1923, one was found in weeds along a fence north of
the lake on the dry part of the bar.
On August 21, 1922, an adult and young, which had no tail, were
found in the Typha south of the lake. On August 28, 1922, a young
bird with tail feathers about half grown was shot south of the lake.
Singing birds were seen on September 10, 1922.
In the spring this bird was found in the marshy, wet places below
the springs at the edge of the bar. The earliest spring record is
April 28, 1923. None was seen in the fall after October 8, 1922.
Certhia faniiiiaris aniericana Bonaparte.
Brown Creeper. (11.)
Brown creepers were found feeding on the trunks of trees on the
bluff, on the bar, along the creek, in orchards and in yards, through-
out the winter. They were found singly or in small groups, which
were usually scattered, and with larger groups of other birds that
moved through the timber feeding.
On November 3, 1923, one moved over the surface of a log, a fence
post and the trunk of a tree in turn. Some that were feeding on
January 31, 1924, spent about half their time on the ground.
This species was noted in the fall on October 28, 1922; October
21, 1923; and October 24, 1924. The latest spring record is April
15, 1923.
Sitta cawlinejisis carolinensis Latham.
White-breasted Nuthatch. (10.)
Altliough this bird was probably present throughout the year, it
was most numerous during the winter months, when it was found
in the timber along the creek and on the bar. A few were seen on
the bar in willows. It was found singly or in small groups of less
than four individuals, and could nearly always be located by its call.
Some that were found along the creek on November 17, 1923, spread
their wings and tails and called when near each other.
606 The University Science Bulletin.
Sitta canadensis Linnaeus.
Red-breasted Nuthatch. (3.)
This nuthatch was found feeding with flocks of sparrows in weeds
on the bar and along the creek and in trees along the creek in the
winter. Usually from one to three were seen on each occasion.
Three were seen together on November 3, 1923. Others were
seen on January 12, 1924; February 1 and 4, 1924; March 16, 1924;
and April 20, 1924.
Bceolophus bicolor (Linnaeus).
Tufted Titmouse. (90.)
The tufted titmouse was found wherever there were trees in the
area. Pairs were evenly distributed during the nesting season.
Several were found in nearly every day's work. It fed among the
branches of the trees. On April 14, 1923, one brought a moth to a
limb of a small tree and after holding it for a few seconds fed it to
another adult.
A family of young was found with their parents along the creek on
June 15, 1922. An adult was feeding young in a hole in a natural
cavity of a tree at the edge of the E. V. Roundy yard on May 19,
1923. The nest was four feet from the ground.
On June 16, 1923, a nest was found five and one-half feet from the
ground in a hole in an oak tree on the bluff which was ten inches in
diameter. The brooding adult did not fly out when the tree was
pounded, but left when its mate called from near by. There were
five eggs in the nest. The hole was six inches in diameter, and was
filled with leaves and fur up to the lower edge of the opening. The
opening was irregular and was ten inches high by two inches wide.
The nest was empty on June 28.
A nest was found in a natural cavity in a redbud near the top of
the bluff west of the lake on June 28, 1923. The trunk of the tree
was six inches in diameter and the hole was three inches in diameter.
Tlie top of the nest was seven inches below the bottom of the open-
ing. In the nest were five young with wing cjuills one-eighth of an
inch long. One of them opened its mouth for food. Both parents
called in a near-by tree. The nest was empty on July 6.
A pair was seen carrying nesting material on April 19, 1924.
They were flying along the creek.
In August and September birds of this species joined the flocks
of small transients which fed in the timber. Flocks of variable size.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 607
but not large, were to be found through the winter until the warm
weather of early spring, when the pairs were again distributed
through the timber.
Penthestes atricapillus atricapillus (Linnaeus).
Chickadee. (98.5.)
The chickadee was one of the most common birds of the area,
being found nearly every day that records were kept. This bird was
found over all types of the land where there was sufficient vegeta-
tion for it. It fed in the trees and shrubs in the timber, and even in
the brush and weeds near the ground.
On April 14, 1923, a pair was carrying material from a hole in the
underside of a limb in a tree on the bank of the creek. The birds
always perched on a near-by weed before entering the hole. On
each trip they carried the material to a different place before
dropping it. Sometimes both birds were in the hole at the same
time. An adult was flushed from the nest on May 12. Both birds
called nervously.
A chickadee made several trips to a hole in a stump on the lower
part of the bluff on April 15, 1923. On each trip it came out and
dropped something from its bill. Several feathers were lying
scattered around the stump on the ground. On April 28 an adult
could be seen on a nest in the hole, i)ut it would not flush from the
stump. On May 12 the adult flew off the nest when a finger was
poked into the hole and, with its mate, called nervously.
A pair was working at a dead stump on an elm along a road on
May 13, 1923. They were flying alternately to a hole ten feet from
the ground. One was heard picking at wood on the inside. After
picking a few minutes it flew with some pieces of wood in its bill
which it dropped from a near-by branch. This was repeated several
times. A pair was seen carrying material to a hole in the top of a
fence post along a road on May 19, 1923.
A nest, with five young nearly ready to fly, was found in a hole
five feet from the ground on June 7, 1923. It was in a willow
stump on the bar on the north side of the lake. The nest was made
chiefly of rabbit fur. An adult came with a caterpillar in its mouth
and called.
An adult was brooding at least three eggs in a nest in a dead
willow stump on the north side of the lake on June 8, 1923. When
the stump was hit with a stick the bird flew off and called excitedly.
608 The University Science Bulletin.
On June 12 the sitting bird flew off this nest when it was approached
to within ten feet.
A pair was seen feeding young in a nest in a hole fifteen feet
from the ground in a dead cottonwood stump along a road on the
bluff on June 9, 1922.
In the fall and in the winter chickadees joined flocks of small
birds that fed through the timber in the trees and in the weeds.
They were nearly always a part of these flocks, and were not often
seen, except with other birds, in those seasons.
Penthestes atricapillus septentrionalis (Harris).
Long-tailed Chickadee.
Two chickadees that were collected on February 18, 1923, be-
longed to this form.
Regulus satrapa satrapa Lichtenstein.
Golden-crowned Kinglet. (13.)
The Golden-crowned kinglet was found singly or in small groups
on the bluff, on the bar, and along the creek during the winter. It
fed among the branches of the trees and in the weeds near the
ground. On January 31, 1924, one was feeding on the ground at
the edge of a pool along the creek. One was feeding in bunches of
grass along the creek on January 15, 1924. In especially stormy
weather these birds preferred to stay in the branches of coniferous
trees where there was more protection from the wind than in the
bare deciduous branches.
October 20, 1923, is the earliest fall date of occurrence and April
7, 1923, is the latest record for the spring.
Regulus calendula calendula (Linnaeus).
Ruby-crowned Kinglet. (13.5.)
This kinglet was found in about the same types of habitat as its
near relative, but it was present in a little greater numbers and at
slightly different seasons.
Although this species nests much farther north than does the
last, it arrives at this area earlier in the fall and leaves later in the
spring, and it was not found in this region in winter. Fall records
are between September 14, 1923, and October 29, 1922. In the
spring it was found from March 30, 1923, until May 12, 1923.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 609
Polioptila aerulea ccerulea (Linnaeus).
Blue-gray Gnat Catcher. (40.5.)
This bird was found commonly in the timber on the bluff in the
summer. It usually fed in the tops of the trees and the higher
shrubs.
On June 4, 1923, a nest was found in a walnut tree along a road
on the bluff. Material was being added to the outside of the nest
which had just been started on a limb twenty feet from the ground.
Both the adults scolded vigorously when a red-eyed vireo came near,
and they continued to do so until the vireo left. Another nest that
was nearly finished was found two-thirds of the way to the top of
an oak along a road on the same day. Both birds of the pair were
calling in the tree.
A sitting bird flew off a nest twenty-five feet from the ground in
an elm tree along a road on June 6, 1923.
A pair was building a nest two feet below the top of an oak tree
twenty feet high on June 12, 1923. The tree was on the bluff. The
nest was on top of a limb five-eighths of an inch in diameter. Both
birds of the pair brought material and added it to the nest. Each
stood in the center of the nest and added the new material to the out-
side by drawing the bill upwards from the branch. The birds called
occasionally while working on the nest.
One was seen carrying nest material on June 14, 1922. On this
day one tried to chase a hawk out of a tree on the bluff. One flew
after a blue jay on the bluff on June 26, 1923.
During the season of migration this bird was also found along the
creek and on the bar in the trees. The earliest spring record is
April 19. ]924. In the fall of 1922 this bird was found as late as
September 1, and in the fall of 1923 it was found as late as Septem-
ber 15.
Hylocichla mustelina (Gmelin).
Wood Thrush (48.)
Wood thrushes were seen daily throughout the summer, and were
distributed over the parts of the area more suitable for nesting.
They were usually found feeding on or near the ground in the tim-
ber where the shade was rather dense, either on the bar, along the
creek, or on parts of the bluff. Early morning and late evening were
the times of day at which there was greatest song activity. They
usually sang from low perches, but sometimes selected the tops of
610 The University Science Bulletin.
trees, and even the tops of dead trees, where they were conspicuous
for their evening songs.
On June 4, 1923, a nest was found nine feet from the ground on
a lower limb of a linden tree on the bluff. The outside of the nest
was made chiefly of leaves. The sitting adult did not leave until
it was touched with a stick. Another nest was found twelve feet
from the ground in a small elm tree in a shaded ravine on the bluff.
The bird left the nest when the tree was shaken.
A nest was found twelve feet from the ground in a lower limb of
a large elm tree on the lower part of the bluff on June 12, 1923. The
brooding bird clucked as it left the nest when the limb was hit. An-
other nest was found on the lower limb of an elm tree along the
lower edge of the bluff on the same day. This one was twenty feet
from the ground, and was two-thirds of the way to the top of the
tree. The brooding bird left the nest but stayed near by and called
from limbs that were fifteen or twenty feet from the ground.
A bird was seen carrying food on June 16, 1923. A pair was seen
feeding young on the lower part of the bluff on June 26, 1923. An-
other pair was found, with young birds just out of the nest, on the
bluff on June 29, 1923. Adults were seen feeding young cowbirds
on June 30 and July 5, 1923.
On July 4, 1923, a nest was being built six and one-half feet from
the ground in a dogwood on the side of a ravine on the bluff.
On July 14, 1923, a nest was found eight feet from the ground on
a lower horizontal limb of an oak tree on the side of a hill and
along a road. An adult was brooding. On July 19 the nest con-
tained two thrush's eggs and two cowbird's eggs.
An adult was flushed from a nest next to the main trunk of a
willow and eight feet from the ground on August 2, 1922. The nest
was fifty feet from the creek on the bar.
An adult was brooding three eggs in a nest seven feet from the
ground in a dogwood half way to the top of a ravine on the bluff
on August 9, 1922. The bird left the nest reluctantly and fluttered
near by. The nest was shaded. Another bird that was near by kept
up a low clucking.
During the migrations this thrush was often found singly with
small birds that were feeding near the ground on the bar or on the
bluff. The earliest record of occurrence is May 3, 1924. None was
seen later than September 15, 1923.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 611
Hylocichla alicicB alicue (Baird).
Gray-cheeked Thrush. (1.5.)
Gray-cheeked thrushes were collected near the ground on the lower
part of the bluff on May 12, 13 and 20, 1923.
Hylocichla ustulata swainsoni (Tschudi).
Olive-backed Thrush. (2.5.)
All the records for this bird are of transients that were seen near
the ground on the low^r part of the bluff from May 6 to May 20,
1923, and from May 3 to May 30, 1924.
Hylocichla guttata pallasii (Cabanis).
Hermit Thrush. (.5.)
A hermit thrush was seen on the lower part of the bluff on April
6, 1925.
Planesticus migratorius migratorius (Linnaeus).
Robin. (68.5.)
Several pairs of the robin were found in summer in farm yards
and in orchards near houses. A few were found in timber along the
creek. Few were present during the winter, and they were usually
in sheltered places in the timber on the bluff or along the creek.
Some flocks were seen feeding on hackberries on February 17 and
18, 1923. On March 30, 1923, about fifty were feeding on the ground
in a burned-over clover field. One picked a berry from a rosebush
on the lower part of the bluff on March 31, 1923. One was feeding
on the ground in a plowed field near the creek on April 14, 1923. A
robin was feeding on the ground in a freshly cut alfalfa field on June
5, 1923. Some were eating pokeberries on November 4, 1923, and on
Februaiy 7, 1924, one was feeding on sumac that was growing at the
side of a road.
On February 17, 1923, a flock was found roosting in the tops of
some rather exposed small trees along the edge of the bluff. Robins
were often seen perched in the tops of tall trees. From these perches
they called and sang.
An adult was sitting on four eggs in a nest twelve feet from the
ground in the center of a box-elder tree in a yard on May 13, 1923.
When it was disturbed the bird called loudly. Another came, and
both appeared to be very nervous. One of the pair was standing on
the edge of the nest on May 19.
A robin was seen carrying straw to start a nest in a maple tree in
612 The University Science Bulletin .
a yard on June 7, 1922. The nest was nearly finished by evening.
On June 8, 1923, a bird was building a nest in the top of a maple tree
in a yard. It brought some of the material from a point at least
one hundred and fifty yards away from the nest.
One adult was feeding another on June 16, 1923.
Although the species was present throughout the year, there was a
noticeable movement of robins in the migrating seasons. They
flocked with the small transients that fed on the bar and on the
bluff. Flocks were frequently seen flying high down the creek val-
ley or in some other direction in the evening of days in the winter or
in a migration season.
Sialia sialis sialis (Linnaeus).
Bluebird. (43.5.)
Bluebirds w^re found in summer in orchards, in small clearings
on the bluff, on the bar, in pastures where there were trees, and along
roads and fences between fields. Nesting pairs were scattered, be-
cause they required a suitable cavity in which to place their nests.
A pair was seen in the center of a cornfield in which the corn was
three inches high, on June 12, 1923. A large flock was found in a
pasture on July 14, 1923. Some were feeding on the ground. Some
were in living and dead trees, and some were perched on the tops
of fence posts. The number of individuals present in the winter,
when they were usually found in small groups of four or five, was
smaller than at other seasons.
On April 1, 1923, one brought a large insect to a female which was
on a limb of a stump along a road. The female took the insect and
the pair flew across the road together. A nest was built in the stump,
but it was never used. A pair was seen at a hole in a partially
buried tree trunk in the creek bottom on April 14, 1923. The female
was in the hole most of the time, while the male was perched on a
weed two feet away or at the entrance of the nest hole. Both left
and returned to the tree several times. The male was calling. On
April 28 the female was brooding and would not leave the nest when
the trunk was pounded. The male was perched on top of a tree fifty
yards away. On April 29 the female left the nest when it was ap-
proached to within six feet. The male was seen carrying a cater-
pillar near the nest on May 12.
A family of young birds, just out of the nest, was found with
adults along a slough on the bar on May 30, 1924.
A female was sitting on five eggs in a nest in a post along a road
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas. 6] 3
on June 17, 1922. The nest hole was six feet from the ground. An-
other nest was found in a post near Doniphan lake on June 7, 1923.
This one was three feet from the ground and it contained three eggs.
A nest was found in an apple stump near a road on the lower part
of the bluff on June 11, 1923. The nest was seven feet from
the ground. A female flew out of the hole when the stump was hit.
The nest was four inches below the opening. Its contents were not
determined. On June 22 the pair was feeding young in the nest.
Young birds were heard calling in the nest on June 28. On June 30
the nest was empty.
A nest was found on July 1, 1923, that was four feet from the
ground in a fence post between a pasture along a creek and a corn-
field. The nest was made of grasses, and was four inches below the
opening. It contained four eggs. There was a bird near, but none
on the nest.
Small flocks of the size of family groups were found together from
the time the first young left the nest in summer until they were
separated into pairs in the following spring.
Berkeley, C.\l., January 15, 1928.
614
The University Science Bulletin.
Fig. 1. Map of the area studied. The 800-foot contour linj roughly marks the divi-
sion between tlie bluff and the river bottom. Scale : one inch equals one mile.
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas.
615
03
c
o
is
>
Building
Yard
Field
+ :
Pasture
O
Road
>
I— 1
Orchard
<
Sprouts
Timber edge ...
1— 1
<
Bluff
Creek timber
Salix-Pop
<
Slough
+
Typha
CO
W
Lake shore
+ +
+ +
Lake
+ + +
+ + + +
+
+
+
-f
O
Creek
+
>H
River
+ + + +
+
+ + + + +
+
rt
e
o
December
: : + :
»— 1
o
November
+
+ +
+ + + + +
+
October
+
+
+
+ +
September
+
+ +
+
+
August
+
+ + +
+
M
O
July
+
June
+ +
+ +
+
w
May
+ + : +
+
+ + +
+
w
Pi
o
o
o
w
April
+ + + +
: + +
+
4
March. .
: +
; +
: +
. + + 4
February
: +
: +
: +
January
; +
: +
o
<
m
o
<
<
J.
-
■p
i
i
:
3
I 2
3 P
3 =
so
3
i
J -
3 *
° .
Z P
3
S i
3.
I ^
3 P
t
" !
5 •*
5
3 (
i i
! :
q p
1
c
: 1
q C
3
3
3
3
3
S J
3 .
i ^
5 S
1 .
i
a
0
C
': 1
<
5 P
1
3
3
n
-
3 ■i
5 P
3 _
s ^
3 C
'. E
: \
i
I"
i
3 C
3
>
i
5
39—3341
616
The University Science Bulletin.
CO
c
,o
*m
'>
■3
if
Building
Yard
Field
+ :
Pasture
Road
Orchard
Sprouts
Timber edge. . .
Bluff
Creek timber —
Salix-Pop
+ +
Slough
+
+ :
+
Typha
+ +
+ + + 4-
Lake shore
+ +
+
+ + + +
+
,o
Lake
+ + + + + + +
+
+ +
1
Creek
+
+
O
[4
River
+
+ +
+
+
ITI
J3
o
December
a
<
November
+ +
+ +
+
§
October
+
+ +
+
+
o
September
+
+ +
+
+ + + + + +
August
+
+
+ +
+ +
+
o
c
July
; +
+ :
o
June
+
+ +
+
+ +
+ +
May
+ + +
+
+ +
+ +
+
April
+ + +
+ +
+
+
+ +
+ +
+
+ +
+
February
+
+
+
January
+
Q
S
£
O
Ed
S
•<
a
c
'%
I
5
t-.
a
>
o
■a
o
-13
2
3
•a
o
3
C3
GQ
c
-o
0)
c
c
s
s
§
3
3
G,
S
a
o
*-•
c
§
a
J3
QJ
3
'^2
c
S
c
c
£
-C
3
s
S
'c
>
2
s
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas.
617
c
2
'—
■>
=3
'.3
Building
Yard
Field
Pasture
Road
Orchard
Sprouts
Timber edge . .
Bluff
Creek timber
Salix-Pop
Slough
+
+ '.
+ .
Tvpha
+
+
■
a
Lake shore
+ + + + + + + + + +
+ + + + + +
z
Lake
+
+
+ + + +
+
1
Creek
+
+
4
rh
Oh
River
4
J3
e
o
December
r1
November
+
+
October
+
+
+
+
w
o
o
September
+
+
+ + + +
+ + +
4-
+ + + +
. + + + + +
July
4-
o
June
+
+ + + +
: +
; +
+ + + + + + + + + +
; + + +
: 4- 4
April
+
: +
: +
: + + +
March
'; +
: +
February
January
m
O
a
S
C
•
S -
O L
a.
u
■a
3 .
3.
o
E 'i
1 -
M F
5
i
o
3
s
-
Q f
■
-
en
5
y 1.
ID
1h =
3.
3
1 •
- n
i -
G
■
1 -
5*
rt -
03
o
3
2.
C
2 :
s
3
0
5
3
3
3
1
o
3,
3
3
1 *
1
3 «
i
u
3
c
3
1. -
5.
3
i :
a
S '
1
n 1-
3
3
o
618
The University Science Bulletin.
en
s
*>
1
Building
+
Yard
+
Field
+
+
Pasture
+
+ :
Road
+ +
+ ;
Orchard
+
Sprouts
Timber edge ....
+ +
Bluff
+ + + ■ +
+ + + + + + +
Creek timber
+ + : :
: : +
Salix-Pop
+ + + + + + + +
+
Slough
+
+
Typha
+
o
Lake shore
+ + +
+
Lake
+
+
+
+
1
Creek
+
River
+
o
i
December
+ +
+
+
November
: +
+ + +
o
October
+
+ +
+
+ + ;
+
O
September
+ + + + + +
+ + +
+
+ :
PS
August
+ + + + + + +
+ + +
+
+
July
; : : + + + :
+ + +
O
June
+ + + + + + +
+ +
+
May
+ + + + + :+ + + +
+
+
+ + + +
+ +
+
+
+ +
+
: +
+
February
: +
+ + + +
+
January
+ +
+
+ +
+ +
o
a
m
o
s
>
o
"p
-a
.—
1
u
5
>
_o
"o
-o
a
a
E
1
i
o
>
c
'S
o
■ >
>
M
o
c
c
CO
s
a
'fc-
o
o
O
-o
o
■1
Pi
CD
"c
o
CQ
c
1
c
o
s
J=
■T3
U
61
a;
bl
3
•a
1
s
o
1
a:
I"
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas.
619
.2
Building
+
4-
+
+
+
+
Yard
+ ;
4- :
+ 4-4-4-4- :
+ +
Field
Pasture
4- :
Road
+
+
Orchard
+
4- 4- .
+
Sprouts
4-
Timber edge. . . .
4-
+
+
Bluff
+
+ + 4- +
+ 4- 4- + 4- 4-
Creek timber
+ + + ;
4- 4- + 4- 4- 4-
Salix-Pop
+ + + +
4- +
+ 4-4-
+
+
Slough
4-
Typha
4-
Q
P
Lake shore
4-
1
o
Lake
4-
4-
+ +
o
1
03
Creek
4-
Cd
a
<
w
ft,
o
River
4-
J3
C
O
December
+
+ +
+ +
+ +
November
+
+ ;
+ +
+ +
October
+
+ + +
4- + + + 4- 4-
+
o
September
+ + + + + + + + + + 4- + +
August
+ + + + + + + 4- + + + + +
m
July
+ 4-+ :4-4-4-4-4-4-4-
+
f)
o
June ...
4.4. + -f-4- + + + + + 4-
+
May
4- :+4- + 4-4-4-4-4-4-4-4-
April
4- 4-
: 4- + 4- 4- 4- 4- 4-
+
+ +
+ +
; 4- + 4- 4- 4- +
February
. 4-
: + + + + +
January
• +
: 4-
:+ + + + +
i
n
H
s
c
2
: 1
n
N
1 1
3 t.
2 a
5 a
\ 1
1 a
c
<
\ i
5 ^
-
\ %
J J.
3 J.
' t
= C
1 ^
1 1
2 "a
3 S-
c
J 1
3 5
(i
G
; -^
[ %
3 j
; c
-. c
: i
3 C
: c
; Q
: -t
3 %
i "Z
i c
? 1
c t
e
? i
5 3
3 T
I I.
- c
: t.
5 1
s
620
The University Science Bulletin.
2
o
O
I
CO
W
O
CO
«
O
<:
o
:z
(x)
K
OS
!=
U'
o
o
s
.2
Building
+
Yard
+ + + +
+
+ +
+ ;
Field
+ +
+
+ +
+ :
Pasture
+ ;
+
: +
Road
: +
+
+
+
+
+ +
Orchard
+ +
Sprouts
Timber edge. . . .
+
Bluff
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + +
+ ;
Creek timber. . . .
+ + + +
+ : +
+ + + +
+
Salix-Pop
+ + + +
+ + + +
+ + +
+ :
Slough
+
+ + :
Typha. . .
+ +
Lake shore
+
+ : +
Lake
+
+
+
+ + :
Creek
+
+
River
+
+
1
December
+ +
+ :
November
+ + +
+ +
October
+ + +
+ +
September
+ + + + + +
+ +
+ + +
+ +
August
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + +
+ +
July. . .
+ + + +
+ + :
+ + +
+ +
June
+ + + +
+ + +
+
+ + +
+ +
May
+ + + +
+
+ + :
+ + + + +
April
+ +
+ + +
+ + +
+ :
March
+
+ + +
+ :
February
+
+ +
+ :
January
+ + +
+ :
i
b
O
m
S
■<
t-
'£
h
c
'e
g
1
)
-a
'£
C
W
a
>
0,
' 1
&
-c
a
-a
■?
C
c
1-
>
1-
c
u
c
<
1-
en
a.
c
c
c
'c
>
1. "~
0 z.
P5
c
1-
C
IS
t-
c
■c
1
1
-g
c
's
-a
Pi
o
e3
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas.
621
D
Z
I
o
O
I
cc
a
o
W
o
<
o
o
z
OS
PS
o
o
.2
*2
IS
Building
+
+
•
Yard
+ + + +
+
+
+
+
Field
+
+
+
+
+
-h
Pasture
+
+
Road
+
+
+ + +
+ :
Orchard
Sprouts
+
Timber edge. . . .
+
Bluff
+ + + + + + + + +
+
+ + :
Creek timber
+ + ; + ; + + + :
+ +
+ +
Salix-Pop
+ + + + + + + + +
+ + + + :
Slough
+
+ :
Typha
+
+
+ :
Lake shore
+
Lake
+
Creek
+
River
e
o
December
+ +
4- + +
+
+ :
November
+ + + + + +
+
+ + :
October
+ + +
+
+
+ + :
September
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
August
+ +
+
+
+
July
+ +
+
+
+
+
June . . . .
+ +
+
+
+
+
+
+
May . ...
+ +
+ + +
+
+ + + 4-
+
April
+ + + +
+ +
+
+
+ + +
March
+ + + + +
+
+ :
February
: + + + +
+
+ :
January
+ + + + +
+
+ :
m
O
H
S
■<
1
c
1
i
c
p:
.x:
>
£
C
i
(X
- -c
c
C
*5
a
S
L.
r-
C
cc
C
pi
S
c
u
C
c
) g
3
c
\
rt
Q
J
U
r
s
c
c-
C
tr
• >"
"a
c
c
£
u
a
C
rt
s
i
' \
T,
C
a
c
o
1
. .1
■1
5
622
The University Science Bulletin.
i
o
is
>
Building
;
+
Yard
+ ;
+ + + ; :
+ + ■
+
Field
+ +
+ + + ;
+ + :
4-
Pasture
+ + + :
; +
+
Road
+ + + :
+ ;
+ :
+ +
+ +
Orchard
+ :
+ :
+ + + + :
+
Sprouts
+
+ ;
+ ;
+ + ;
Timber edge ...
+ :
+ ;
+ :
+ + ;
Bluff
+ + + + :
+ + + + + + + + + :
Creek timber
+ + + + + + + + + + + + + : :
Salix-Pcp
+ + + + + + + + + + +
+
+
Slough
+ + + ■
+ +
Typha
+ + +
+
4-
Lake shore
+
H
Lake
+
+
o
Creek
W
1— 1
o
K
o
River
+ :
c
o
December
+ + + +
4- +
November
+ + + + + + +
§
October
+ + + + + + + +
+
September
. + +
+
+ + + + +
+ + +
August
: +
+ + + + + + + + + +
rrt
o
July
: +
. + + + + + + + + ; +
o
June
: +
: + + + + + + + + + +
May
: +
: + + +
: + + + + + + : + + +
April
+ + + + + + + + +
+
: + +
: +
March
: + + + + + + + +
February
: + + +
: + + +
January
: + +
: + + +
s
m
Go
o
a
<
i
5
Q C
3
i
3
3
)
3
5 c«
i
3 0
s
3
1 !
i
3
1
<
I i
i -1
s 1
2 i
■
•
■■
•
•
I '
J P
3
3 C
3 i
i "^
I .1
I i
^ 1
3 .£
3
3 0
1
■s
-a
1 ..
i =
1 i
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas.
623
00
§
>
'■5
-*^
s
\3
W
Building
+
Yard
+ +
+
+ +
Field
+
+
Pasture
+
+
Road
+ + +
+
+
Orchard
+
+
Sprouts
+
+
Timber edge. . . .
+ +
Bluff
+
+ + + +
+ + + + + + + + + +
Creek timber
; +
+ + + :+ + + + + : : :
Salix-Pop
+
+ +
+
+ + + + + + + + + +
Slough
+
+
Typha
+
a
m
Lake shore
+
e
Lake
+ + +
+
o
02
Creek
+ + +
o
»
a,
CO
a
o
<
River
+. +
§
December
November
+
October
+
O
September
+ + + + 4- + 4- + + + + + + + + + 4-
August
+ + + + + +
+ + + + + + + : + +
t>
July
+ + + : + +
+ +
+ +::+::
Q
°
June
+ + + + + +
+
+ + + +
+
May
+ + + +
+
+ + + + + + +
+
April
+
+ +
+
+
March
+ 4-
February
January
4-
c
ci
3
1
'i
i
c
c
c '5
c
° 1
c
2
c
u
■>
1.
>
c
>
c
^ 1
p.
c
1
■c
c
i
'>
J.
c
1
c
t
-c
1
I
9
■>
a
c
c
K
1-
4
«
>
c
c
c
c
1
p-
c
S
1
1-
S
1
i
5
1
624
The University Science Bulletin.
1
Building
Yard
+ +
+
+
Field
Pasture
Road
+
Orchard
+
Sprouts
Timber edge
+
Bluff
+ + + + + +
+
+
+ + +
Creek timber
+ : + + +
+ + :
+ + +
Salix-Pop
+ + + + +
+ +
+ + +
Slough. . . .
+
+ + +
Typha. . . .
+
+
o
O
2
Lake shore
+
1
O
Lake
+
1
o
Creek
+
River
o
December
o
<:
November
+
§
October
+ +
+
September
+ + +
+ + + + +
+ + +
August
+ + +
+
+
+ +
+ + +
O
B
July
+ +
+
+
June
+ +
+
+
+
May
+ + + + + +
+ +
+ + +
April
+
+ + +
+ +
March
February
January
a
S
m
O
S
•<
&
a
o
i
u
c
0
C
' 1
a
a.
—
>
.2
c
a
a,
c
u
c
-C
u.
c
'c
«
a
X
C
£;
a
c:
£
123
a
a
"a
c
C
h-3
t
>
::
e:
c
*c
O
1
_o
*S
>>
s
1
o
Linsdale: Birds in Eastern Kansas.
625
o
*5
■>
i
Building
*
: + +
Yard
: +
: +
:+ + + + +
Field
Pasture
+
Road . .
+
: + + + + + +
+
Orchard
: + :
+ +
+
+
Sprouts
+
: +
: +
Timber edge. . . .
+
: +
+ :
Bluff
+ + + +
■ + + + + +
+ + + + +
Creek timber
+ + ; +
+ + + +
+ + + + +
Salix-Pop
+ + + +
+ + + +
+ + + + + + +
Slough
+
+
+
Typha
+
: +
+
0
Lake shore
o
Lake
1
Creek
1
a
O
««!
O
River
j3
c
o
December
+
+ +
+ +
November
+ : +
+ + + + +
October
+ + + + +
+ + +
+ +
O
September
+ +
+
+ + + +
+
+ +
ei
PS
August
+ + + + + + + + +
+
+
+ +
s
o
July
+
+ : + + + +
+ +
Cj
O
June ...
+
+ + + + + +
+
+ +
May
+ + + +
+ + + +
+ +
+ +
April
+
+ + +
+ +
+ + +
March
+ ; + .
+ + + + +
February
+ : + •
+ + + + +
January
+ : : ■
+ + + + +
a
a
m
§
sa
s
CS
-a
S
1
o
1
g;
O
—
c
a
-a
a
c
O
Urn
-a
u
IS
§
s
o
1-
m
ci
•-<
6
1
1
o E
s .s
s
a
£
a
-3
O
%
si
S
o
's
PL,
O.
O
o
m
a
=
-o
on
1
IS
J3
B
•a
a
1
1
-a
c
'a
H
s
-c
626
The University Science Bulletin.
z
o
o
I
CO
s
(x)
PLh
cc
a
o
<;
o
O
Pi
o
c
o
T3
Building .
Yard
Field
Pasture .
Road.
Orchard
Sprouts .
Timber edge .
Bluff.
Creek timber.
Salix-Pop
Slough
Typha.
Lake shore .
Lake
Creek.
River .
December .
November.
October .
September.
August .
July.
June.
May.
April.
March.
February
January
»
+
+
+
+ +
+ +
+
+
+ +
+ + + 4- + + + + +
+ + + +
+ + + +
4-
+
+ +
+ + +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ + + +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
4-
M Ji
-W
a
^
OJ
T3
^
a
o
ft
o
o
c
V
>,
JD
+ + +
+ +
4- 4-
4- 4-
a -s
O
O
m
^ o o W
J2
o ^
Pi oa
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII.] April, 1928. [No. 12.
Reactions of the Formamidines. XII: Some Derivatives
of Desoxybenzoin.
F. B. DAIXS and JOHN OLIN, Department of Chemistry.
IN a previous ^=;ci"Jes of papers, (1) it has been shown that one of
the characteristic properties of compounds containing the acid
methylene grouping was their ability to react with disubstituted
formamidines, producing a carbon-carbon linking, and yielding an
amino-methylene derivative, as follows:
X X
\ \
CH2 + RN :CH-NHR = C :CH-NHR -|- RNH2.
/ /
Y Y
Such reactions were found to occur in the case of open-chain com-
pounds such as aceto-acetic ester, bcnzoyl-acetic ester, c^'ano-acetic
ester, and acctyl-acetone; and also with the heterocyclic thiazoli-
dones, pyrazolones, isoxazolones and imidazolones.
The following work shows that the methylene hydrogen of the
grouping CgHs-CH-'-CO- in desoxybenzoin (benzyl-phenyl ketone)
may be replaced, with difficulty, forming reactive amino-methylene
derivatives of the type CeHs-CO-CCCeH.^) iCH-NHR. In general,
the ease of reaction is determined by the acidity of the methylene
grouping; thus compounds containing the complex CO-CH2-CO
substitute the hydrogen of the -CH2-readily and smoothly. On the
other hand, experiments with camphor have failed to yield an
amino-methylene derivative.
EXPERIMENTAL.
PREPARATION OF BENZYL-PHEXYL KETONE. (2.)
Benzoin was heated with zinc dust in glacial acetic acid for
twenty-four hours. The reaction mixture was then poured into cold
water and the oil which separated extracted with ether. This solu-
(627)
628 The University Science Bulletin.
tion was then dried with calcium chloride, the ether distilled off,
and the residue fractionated under reduced pressure. An average
yield of sixty per cent pure desoxybenzoin, boiling at 185-190° at
15 mm. and melting at 55° was thus obtained, a yield decidedly
better than afforded by other methods.
ANILIDOMETHYLENE-DESOXYBENZOIN.
PhCOC(Ph):CHNHPh.
A mixture of diphenyl formamidine (24 grams) and desoxyben-
zoin (24 grams) was heated at 155° in a distilling flask under re-
duced pressure for two hours. An oil distilled over, which proved to
be aniline. The temperature of the bath was then raised to 190°
for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was then treated with dilute
acid to remove any unchanged formamidine a.i,)<^''<Jvieii purified by
recrystallizations from alcohol.
Analyses: Calculated for C:2iHi70N; N, 4.67%.
Found: 4.63% and 4.55%.
The yellow compound, w^iich melted at 93.5°, is identical wath the
one obtained by Wislicenus and Ruthing by the action of aniline
upon formyl desoxybenzoin, Ph-CO-C(Ph) :CHOH. (3.)
p-TOLYL-AMINO-METHYTENE-DESOXYBENZOIN.
This compound, together with p-toluidine, was formed by heating
under reduced pressure desoxybenzoin with di-p-tolyl formamidine.
The monoclinic crystals from alcohol melted at 132°.
Analyses: Calculated for C22H19ON; N, 4.47%.
Found: 4.43% and 4.51%.
p-METHOXY-PHENYL-AMINO-METHYLENE-DESOXYBENZOIN.
PhCOC(Ph) iCH-NH-CeHjOCHs.
Under like conditions at 165°, desoxybenzoin and di-p-anisyl
formamidine gave a very poor yield of the above compound, cubical
crystals from alcohol, with a melting point of 127°.
Analyses: Calculated for C22HioOi'N; N, 4.26%.
Found: 4.31%.
The general reaction involved in all of the above reactions is
as follows:
Ph-C0-C(Ph)H2 + RN-CH-NHR = Ph-CO-C(Ph) :CHNHR + RNH2.
The yields are unsatisfactory; the best obtained was 14% with
di-p-tolyl formamidine, while the results with the di-o-tolyl and
Dains and Olin: Formamidines. 629
di-p-ethoxyphenyl formamidines were negative. The trouble seems
due to the difficulty of finding the optimum temperature of reaction
in each case and the case with which deep-seated decomposition
products are formed.
REACTIONS OF THE AMINO-METHYLENE DERIVATIVES.
(a) Acids and Alkalies.
The p-tolyl compound was unaltered after boiling for four hours
with 15% sulphuric acid, or for one hour with 20% sodium hydrox-
ide solution.
(b) Alcoholic Potash.
When refiuxed for two hours with alcoholic potassium hydroxide
solution, tht^'^^olyl compound was broken down into p-toluidine
and benzoic acid.
(c) Acetyl Derivative. (C22Hi80N)COCH3.
The p-tolyl derivative was heated for ten hours with acetic
anhydride. The excess of anhydride was decomposed with warm
water, and the resulting solid crystallized from hot alcohol. It
melted at 111°.
Analyses: Calculated for C24H21O2N; N, 3.94%.
Found: 3.71% and 3.67%.
Warming with dilute potassium hydroxide splits off the acetyl
group, yielding the original paratolyl-amino-methylene-desoxyben-
zoin. Such an acetyl compound could be either a p-tolyl acetamino
derivative such as:
COCH3
/
PhCO-C(Ph) :CH-N
\
C7H7
Or more probably the acetate of the enol form :
Ph-C-OCO-CHs
II
Ph-C-CH:NC7H7
(d), Action of Bromine upon Anilido-methylene-desoxybenzoin.
P-Bromo-phenyl-amino-methylene-desoxybenzoin.
One mole of bromine was added to a cooled solution of anilido-
methylene-desoxybenzoin in chloroform. One standing, a crystal-
line yellow compound separated out which melted, with decomposi-
tion at 144°. This, when treated with water, lost hydrobromic acid
and gave a bromo compound which melted at 167° after recrystal-
lization from alcohol.
630 The University Science Bulletin.
Analyses: Calculated for C2iHi70NBr; N, 3.66%.
Found: N, 3.73% and 3.86%.
The substance when boiled with alcoholic potash gave benzoic
acid and parabromoaniline. This fact, together with the analysis,
shows the validity of the above formula. The probable mechanism
of the reaction is as follows:
PhC-OH Ph-C-OH
II +Br2= li =
PhC-CH rNCeHs Ph-C-CH :N(Br2)-C6H5
(enol form)
Ph-C-OH Ph-C-OH
II =11 +HBr.
Ph-C-CH :N(HBr)CGH4Br Ph-C-CH : N-C^HiBr
(e) Synthesis of Ring Compounds -■«-
1-4-5 Triphenyl Pyrazole.
It was shown in earlier papers that the grouping R-CO-CH:
CH-NHR' will condense in the enol form with hydrazines and yield
pyrazoles (4)- This is true in the present case, since the anilido-
methylene compound when boiled with phenyl-hydrazine in alco-
holic solution gave the well-known 1-4-5 triphenyl pyrazole (m.p.
212°). (5.)
PhC-CH:NPh HoN Ph-C-CH -N
II -f I = II ■ I +PhNH2.
PhC-OH H-N-Ph Ph-C N-Ph
Analyses: Calculated for C21H10N2; N, 9.46%.
Found: 9.41%.
The same pyrazole and paratoluidine were obtained when p-tolyl-
amino-methylene-desoxybenzoin was treated under similar condi-
tions with phenyl hydrazine.
4-5 Diphenyl Pyrazole.
The p-tolyl derivative when heated with hydrazine sulphate and
potassium carbonate in alcoholic solution combined readily to give
p-toluidine and the 4-5 diphenyl pyrazole (m.p. 158°).
Analyses: Calculated for Ci5Hi2N2; N, 12.72%.
Found: 12.61% and 12.64%.
Synthesis of 4-5 Diphenyl Isoxazole.
HC CPh
II II
N-O-CPh
Dains and Olin: Formamidines. 631
Paratolyl-amino-methylene-desoxybenzoin (ten grams) and hy-
droxylamine hydrochloride (5 grams) were heated for four hours in
a mixture of alcohol (25 cc.) and pyridine (lOcc). On pouring into
an excess of cold dilute hydrochloric acid, an oil separated which
soon solidified. The filtrate contained p-toluidine and the solid
after recrystallization melted at 74.5°.
Analyses: Calculated for C1.5H11ON; N, 6.34%.
Found: 6.18% and 6.44%.
The compound when boiled for a few minutes with 15% sodium
hydroxide was hydrolyzed into benzoic acid and small amounts of
an oil with the odor of benzyl cyanide. The identity of the com-
pound is proven, then, as 4-5 diphenyl isoxazole, both by its analy-
ses, its decor./ position products, and its analogy with the synthesis
of other iso.-azoies by Dains and Griffith. (6.)
SUMMARY.
(1) Certain derivatives of R-amino-methylene desoxy benzoin
have been synthesized.
(2) Their behavior with acids, alkalies, acetic anhydride and bro-
mine has been studied.
(3) They have been found to give, with phenyl hydrazine, hydra-
zine and hydroxylamine, pyrazole and isoxazole ring compounds.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(1) Ber. d. chem. Ges. 35, I, 496 (1902).
Jouinal American Chemical Society: 31, 1148 (1909); 35, 959, 970 (1913);
38, 1510, 1841 (1916); 40, 562 (1918); 43, 613, 1200 (1921); 44, 2310
(1922).
K. U. Science Bulletin 15. 265 (1924) ; C. A. 20. 600.
(2) Fuillard and Tissot: Chem. Cent. 1891, II, 166.
(3) Ann. 379. 231 (1911).
(4) Journal American Chemical Society, 31, 1153 (1909).
(5) Ann. 379. 231 (1911).
(6) Journal Am. Chem. Society 35, 960 (1913).
(7) The authors wish to thank the Research Committee of the University of
Kansas for a grant which was of essential aid in this investigation.
40—3341
THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS
SCIENCE BULLETIN
Vol. XVIII.] April, 1928. [No. 13.
I. Synthesis of Thiazane Derivatives.
II. Reactivity of Various Alkyl Bromides With
Diphenyl Thiourea.*
FLsj.f'XC' G. MOORE and F. B. DAIXS, Department of Chemistry.
Part I.
Synthesis of Thiazane Derivatives.
THE meta-thiazanes are six membered heterocyclic ring com-
pounds consisting of four carbon atoms with a nitrogen and
sulphur atom meta to each other.
The following formula illustrates the simplest reduced meta-thia-
zane ring and its numbering:
12 3 4 5 6
S - CHo - NH - CH2 - CHo - CHo
(a) Derivatives of this type were first synthesized by F. Foer-
ster (j) by the action of trimethylenc dibromide upon thiocarba-
nilide. which gave 2-phenylimino-3-i)henyl-l-3-thiazane.
S-C:NCoH5-X-CeH5
I I
CHo - CHo - CHo
(6) They have been obtained, also, by the interaction of tri-
methylene dibromide (3) or chlorobromide (3) with thioamides.
ic) And from gamma halogenated amines with carbon disulphide,
alkali rhodanides, mustard oils or thioamides (4)-
(d) The loss of water from gamma-oxy-thioureas (5) and various
syntheses involving the loss of water from thioderivatives [6, 7, 8)
has resulted in the same type of ring closure.
* From a thesis submitted to the graduate faculty of the University of Kansas in partial
fulfiUment of the requirements for the degree of doctor of philosophy.
(633)
634 The University Science Bulletin.
In the chemical laboratory of the University of Kansas such
meta-thiazanes have been prepared easily and smoothly from alpha-
propanol-alpha-beta-diaryl thioureas, RNHCSNRCH.CH.CH^OH.
When such compounds are heated with acids, the ring is closed,
yielding 2-arylimino-3-aryl-m-thiazanes [9), S-C(NR)NRCH,CH2
CH,.
The present paper is a study of some interesting derivatives of
these thiazanes which contain an hydroxyl group in position 5 and
have the general formula:
S - C(NR) - N - R
CH2-CH2O-HCH2
6 5 4
EXPERIMENTAL.
SYNTHESE OF 2-ARYL-IMIXO-3-ARYL-5-HYDROXY-1. 3-THIAZANES
FROM AMINES, EPICHLORHYDRIX AXD MUSTARD OILS.
The general reactions involved in this synthesis are as follows:
Cohn and Friedlander ili) have shown that epichlorohydrin adds
to primary amines with the formation of a gamma-chloro-beta-hy-
droxy derivative of a secondary propyl-aryl-amine.
p-on
I. RNH2 + CH2 - CH - CH2CI = RXHCHo . CH2OH - CH2CI.
Aryl-isothiocyanates (11) have been found to unite with the sub-
stituted amine> forming a thiourea.
II. RNHCSX(R)CH2CH0HCH2C1.
which is too unstable to be isolated, but with loss of hydrogen chlo-
ride goes over to the 5-hydroxy thiazane.
In practice the following general procedure has been found advis-
able. Alcoholic solutions of the amine and epichlorohydrin are al-
lowed to stand in a covered beaker for twelve hours or more and the
mustard oil dissolved in alcohol is then added. The solution on
slow evaporation in the air gradually deposited crystals mixed wuth
a semi-solid residue. This mass is extracted at water-bath tempera-
ture with dilute hydrochloric acid (1:5), the extraction being re-
peated with fresh acid if necessary.
The acid solution is cooled, allowed to stand over night and fil-
tered from the insoluble residue.
The clear filtrate is now poured into an excess of ice-cold dilute
ammonium hydroxide, and the solid thiazane, after drying, is puri-
fied by repeated crystallizations from alcohol and from benzene.
Moore and Daixs: Thiazane Derivatives. 635
The product, insoluble in acid, was found to consist of substituted
thioureas from the mustard oil and unchanged amine and unidenti-
fied oily residues.
THIAZANES SYNTHESIZED.
2-PHEXYL IMIN0-3-P-BR0M0 PHEXYL-5-HYDROXY-l, S-THIAZANE.
S-C:N C6H5-X CeHiBr
CHo - CHOH - CHo
Materials Used.
4
34.4 g. p-bromo aniline.
18.5 g. epichlorohydrin.
27 g. phenj'l mustard oil.
lOOcc. alcohol.
The yield of thiazane was 20 grams, which melted after recrystal-
lization from alcohol or benzene at 177°.
Analyses: Calculated for Ci.Hj.ON.SBr; X, 7.71.
Found: N, 7.52%, 7.36.
The hydrochloride had a melting point of 191°.
From the acid-insoluble portion in this preparation was isolated
4-bromo-diphenyl-thiourea.
2-p-TOLl'L IMIXO-3-BETA-XAPHTHYL-5-HYDROXY-1, 3-THIAZAXE.
Materials Used.
15 g. beta-naphthyl amine.
10 g. epichlorohydrin.
12 g. ji-tolyl isothiocyanate.
200 cc. alcohol.
The yield was six grams, with a melting point of 152° when crys-
tallized from alcohol.
Analyses: Calculated for CoiH.yONoS; N, 8.05.
Found: N, 8.23.
2-p-TOLYL IMIXO-3-PHEXYL-5-HYDROXY-1, 3-THIAZANE.
Materials Used.
50 g. aniline.
50 g. epichlorohydrin.
80 g. p-tolyl isothiocyanate.
100 cc. alcohol.
The thiazane which was obtained in 44% yield was purified from
alcohol and had a melting point of 139°.
Analyses: Calculated for Ci,H,,ON,S; N, 9.40.
Found: N, 9.43, 9.21.
636 The University Science Bulletin.
2-o-TOLYL IMINO-3-o-TOLYL-5-iri^DROXY-l, 3-THIAZANE.
Materials Used.
107 g. o-toluidine.
92.5 g. epichlorohydrin.
149 g. o-tolyl mustard oil.
250 cc. alcohol.
The thiazane from alcohol had a melting point of 139° to 140°
and only 22 grams of the pure base were isolated.
Analyses: Calculated for Ci,H,,ON,S; N, 8.98%.
Found: N, 9.21%, 8.87%.
SYNTHESES OF 2-ARYL IMIXO-3-ARYL-5-HYDROX7-1, 3-THIA-
ZANES FROM DI-SUBSTITUTED THIOUREAS AND EPJCHLO-
ROHYDRIN.
In previous papers (I4) it was shown that thiocarbanilide and
epichlorohydrin gave the same diphenyl hydroxy thiazane that
could be formed from aniline, epichlorohydrin and phenyl isothio-
cyanate. Further work has indicated that the mechanism of the re-
action betw^een the thiourea and epichlorohydrin is as follows:
First, a thioether is formed:
RNH
I. RNHCSNHR + CICH2CH - CHo = RN - C - S - CH2CH - CHo = A.
Second, the ethylene oxide groui^ing can add to the RNH group,
thus closing the ring and yielding the thiazane or the thioether can
react with water and give an oxyurea RNHCONHR and a mer-
captan:
A + H2O = RNHCONHR + HSCHoCH - CHo or HSCHoCHOH . CHoOH
The evidence for the above series of reactions is the fact that
thiazanes identical with those previously obtained and oxyureas
were isolated and positive proof of the formation of a mercaptan ob-
tained. The observation that thioureas are disulphurized by boiling
in aqueous solution with ethylene chlorohydrin would seem to con-
firm the above explanation. The following case will illustrate the
general experimental method:
2-PHENYL IMINO-3-PHENYL-5-HYDROXY-1, 3-THIAZANE.
Materials Used.
50 gr. thiocarbanilide.
25 g. epichlorohydrin.
100 cc. alcohol.
The mixture was heated for eight hours on the water bath. The
Moore and Dains: Thiazane Derivatives. 637
alcohol was then distilled off. From the residue in the flask was
isolated diphenyl urea, m. p. 234-5° and the thiazane (19), with a
melting point of 175°.
Analyses: Calculated for CieH,„ON,S; N, 9.86.
Found: N, 9.82, 9.95.
2-P-TOLYL IMINO-3-P-TOLYL-5-HYDROXY-1, 3-THIAZANE.
Materials Used.
30 g. di-p-tolyl thiourea.
21 g. epichlorohydrin,
50 cc. alcohol.
The mixture was heated for two hours and then extracted with
dilute hydrochloric acid to remove the base. The purified thiazane
weighed 12 grams and melted at 142-142.5°.
Analyses: Calculated for CigHooOoNgS; N, 8.98.
Found: 8.77, 8.76.
The residue, insoluble in acid, was di-p-tolyl urea.
2-o-TOLYL IMINO-3-0-TOLYL-5-HYDROXY-1, 3-THIAZANE.
Materials Used.
00 g. (ii-o-tolyl thiourea.
42 g. epichlorhydrin.
100 cc. alcohol.
The mixture was heated until everything went into solution.
From the reaction product was isolated di-o-tolyl urea and the thia-
zane, 19 gms. This, after recrystallization from alcohol, melted at
139-140°.
Analyses: Calculated for CigH.oON.S; N, 8.98.
Found: N, 9.21, 9.16.
DI-m-XYLYL IMINO-3-m-XYLYL-5-HYDROXY-l, 3-THIAZANE.
Epichlorohydrin and the di-xylyl thiourea gave the usual prod-
ucts, di-xylyl urea and the thiazane which after purification from
alcohol melted at 146°.
Analyses: Calculated for C.oHo.ON.S; N, 8.24.
Found: N, 8.24.
REACTIONS OF THE 5-HYDROXY-TEIAZANES.
1. Oxalic Acid.
Equal amounts of dehydrated oxalic acid and di-p-tolyl-hydroxy-
thiazane were heated at 140° for an hour with the hope that a mole
of water might be si)lit off, leaving an unsaturated ring compound.
No reaction occurred and the thiazane was recovered unchanged.
638 The University Science Bulletin.
2. Hydrochloric Acid.
The thiazane was unaffected on boiling for eight hours with hy-
drochloric acid (1:1).
3. Methyl Iodide.
No definite products were isolated when the diphenyl thiazane
was allowed to stand with or heated at its boiling point with methyl
iodide.
4- Oxidation of the Diphenyl-H ydroxy-Thiazane .
The thiazane (26 g.) was dissolved in 100 cc. glacial acetic acid,
diluted with 200 cc. water. To this a solution of potassium per-
manganate was slowly added. The permanganate was reduced, but
the only definite product isolated was a little unchanged iliiazxne.
It was thought that the secondary alcohol group might be oxi-
dized to a keto grouping, but instead the ring is evidently dis-
rupted. An effort was made to synthesize such a keto compound
S-C ^(NRJ-NR-CH^COCHa as follows:
ACTION OF ALPHA, GAMMA DICHLORO ACETONE ON
THIOCARBANILIDE.
Thiocarbanilide (45 g.) and the dichloroacetone (25.4 g) were dis-
solved in 550 cc. of dry acetone and the mixture allowed to stand in
a stoppered flask. After four days wartlike growths of light brown
crystals began to appear. In the course of 12 days some 50 g. of the
salt had separated from the solution.
STUDY OF THE HYDROCHLORIDE.
Some of the crystalline material from the foregoing reaction was
pulverized and kept over the week end in a desiccator containing
HoSO^, connected with suction, before weighing out samples for
analyses and study of properties.
SOLUBILITY.
The solubility of this material in various solvents was observed.
With water it gave an acid solution and a curdy-white residue.
Alcohol readily dissolved it. In chloroform it first dissolved, but
very quickly a chalk-white precipitate formed. It was sparingly or
slowly soluble in benzene, toluene, petroleum ether, and ether. Ace-
tone dissolved it more readily.
MELTING POINT OF SALT.
The melting point of the material dried in the desiccator was:
darkened, 155° ; blackened, 185° ; fused, 187°. Melting point of some
Moore and Dains: Thiazane Derivatives. 639
of the material precipitated from chloroform solution, after washing
with chloroform and drying, was: darkened, about 150°; blackened,
about 180°; fused, 186-187°. A sample of the original growth of
crystals, after washing with acetone, crystallizing from alcohol,
again washing with acetone, gave as melting point: darkened, 160-
170°; fused, 188-190.5°. Some of the material dried in the desic-
cator, crystallized from benzene, washed with acetone, gave as melt-
ing point: darkened, 185-190°; fused, 195-196°.
This data on melting points, the results of solubility tests, and the
method of formation, with the following analysis, point to these
wartlike deposits being a hydrochloride of a base.
AMOU^'T OF HYDROGEN CHLORIDE IX THE HYDROCHLORIDE.
bome of this hydrochloride was suspended in water and its acidity
determined by running in a measured amount of NaOH solution and
titrating back with H^SO^ solution. "With methyl red as indicator:
found 12.22% and 11.62% HCl. With phenolphthalein as indica-
tor: found 12.16% and 12.35% HCl. Average of all determinations
is 12.21% HCl.
TOTAL CHLORINE IX THE HYDROCHLORIDE.
The amount of chlorine in the hydrochloride was determined by
the liquid annnonia method do). The first set of analyses gave
23.56% and 23% and 29% of CI. The second set of determinations
gave 20.40% and 20.33% of CI. It was thought that the variation
in analyses of the two sets of samples might be due to variation in
the period of drying.
HYDROCHLORIDE CONTINUES TO LOSE WEIGHT ON HEATING.
A weighing bottle filled with the hydrochloride was placed in a
drying oven at 50-60°. At the end of 27 days the sample was still
losing weight.
Day of Weight of bottle Day of Weight of bottle
experiment. and sample, grams. experiment. and sample, grams.
1 14.0402 22 12.3524
3 13.0975 23 12.3436
7 12.8451 24 12.3367
9 12.8251 25 12.3339
16 12.5149 27 12.3271
20 12.3784 28 12.3240
21 12.3594
NITROGEN IN THE HYDROCHLORIDE.
The amount of nitrogen in the hydrochloride was determined by
the Gunning method: found 8.17% and 8.16%.
640 The University Science Bulletin.
STUDY OF THE BASE.
The hydrochloride was dissolved in dilute hydrochloric acid, fil-
tered from a little insoluble portion and the filtrate poured into an
ice-cold ammonium hydroxide solution. A white precipitate was
obtained which was purified by repeated crystallization from ben-
zene and acetone. The resulting base contained chlorine and melted
at 152°.
The results of the following analyses show that the original com-
pound contains two atoms of chlorine, one in the form of hydrogen
chloride and the other rather loosely bound in the molecule. The
most probable explanation is that the dichloroacetone reacts with
the thiocarbanilide in the enol form yielding 2-phenyl i;,Tiino-3-
phenyl-4-chloro methyl-thiazolin.
C0H5NH HO C-CH2CI CeH^X — C-CHoCl
I + II =H20+ II HCl
C6H5N:C-SH CI CH CeHsNrC-S-C-H
Analyses: Calculated for the salt CiJIigNoSCl, HCl:
N = 8.31 ; HCl = 10.83 ; CU'rr 21.07.
Found: N = 8.17; HCl = 12.21; CU = 20.40;
8.16. 20.33.
Calculated for the free base: Ci^H^.N^SCl; N = 9.32. Found:
9.20.
Confirmatory evidence for such a thiazol synthesis was found in
the work of Traumann {16), who obtained 2-phenyl imino-3-
phenyl-4-methyl thiazolin by the action of monochloroacetone upon
thiocarbanilide.
SUMMARY.
1. A number of 2-aryl imino-3-aryl-5-hydroxy-l, 3-thiazanes
have been made from aryl amines, epichlorohydrin and aryl mus-
tard oils.
3. It has been shown that epichlorohydrin will disulphurize thio-
ureas, converting them into the corresponding oxygen ureas.
4. The action of various reagents upon the hydroxy thiazane has
been studied.
5. Dichloroacetone was found to give, with diphenyl thiourea, a
thiazolin.
I
Moore and Dains: Studies in Reactivity. 641
Part II.
Reactivity of Various Alkyl Bromides with Diphenyl
Thiourea.
PRELIMINARY NOTICE.
N the hope that light might be thrown on the nature of the reac-
tion between thiocarbanilide and dichloracetone, a study was
made of the speed of reactivity of various alkyl bromides with thio-
carbanilide. This was done to determine, if possible, which type of
alkyl bromide reacted most readily with the -SH group in one of
the tautomeric forms of diphenylthiourea.
Earlier work {17), as well as more recent investigations in this
laboratory (18), has shown that a characteristic reaction of sub-
stituted thioureas is their ability to add directly alkyl halides yield-
ing thioethers according to the type reaction.
R NHCSNHR + RX = R NHC(SR)NR . HX
From the hydrogen halide salts thus formed, the action of alkalies
sets free the thiourea ethers, with the formation of an alkali halide.
This alkali halide may be extracted from the other products with
water. The measure of the amount of halide in the aqueous solu-
tion should give a measure of the amount of thiourea and alkyl
halide which reacted.
METHOD OF PROCEDURE.
The reactions were allowed to take place in a three-necked flask.
In the center neck was inserted a water condenser, in the top of
which was inserted a small-bore tube to serve as an air condenser.
In a second neck was inserted a short-stemmed thermometer, the
bulb of which was always kept below the surface of any solution in
the flask. In the third neck was inserted a 10 cc. pipette, the inner
end dipping into any solution in the flask, the outer end being
closed with a short rubber tube and clamp. All insertions were
made through tight-fitting corks.
All the reactions were carried out in acetone solution. The cal-
culated weight of thiocarbanilide was put in the flask. About three-
fourths of the proper amount of acetone was added. The connec-
tions were adjusted and the flask immersed in a water bath. The
temperature of this bath was kept at 65-70°. When the solution be-
gan to boil, 5 cc. of the alkyl bromide in about half of the remainder
642 The University Science Bulletin.
of the acetone was carefully poured in through the water condenser
and washed down with the balance of the acetone.
The proportions of the three components of the reaction mixture
were 2,000 g. acetone: 1 mol of thiocarbanilide: 1 mol of alkyl halide.
In each case 5 cc. of the alkyl halide was used. The densities of the
alkyl halides necessary for the calculations were taken from Beil-
stein. The weight of each alkyl hadile being fixed by the product of
its density by the volume, 5 cc, the amounts of acetone and thiocar-
banilide were calculated to make the right proportions.
From time to time 10 cc. portions of the boiling solution were
drawn out and run into flasks containing 10 cc. of saturated sodium
bicarbonate solution and 10 cc. of water. After thorough shaking,
precipitated material was removed by filtration and washed on th
filter until free from halides, using sufficient wash water to make
filtrate and washings 100 cc.
Determinations of the halogen in these filtrates was made by the
Volhard method.
RESULTS.
The net results of these reactions between alkyl bromides and
thiocarbanilide in acetone solution are shown in the following table,
all time being measured from the beginning of the reaction involved:
Per cent
Bromide. Time. reacted. Remarks.
Ethyl 2 hrs. 9.62 At end of 3 hrs. 10 min. 12.48 per cent re-
acted ; equilibrium not reached.
N-propyl 2 hrs. 12.15 At end of 2 hr.s. 30 min. 12.48 per cent
reacted ; equilibrium not reached.
Iso-propyl 2 hrs. 3.01 This was equilibrium; reached by end of
10 min.
N-butyl 2 hrs. 5.72 .\t end of 3 hrs., 7.82 per cent reacted;
equilibrium not reached.
Iso-butyl li hrs. 5.00+ Equilibrium.
Sec-butyl 1 hr. 1 . 80" Equilibrium.
Ter-butyl i hr. 68.29 Maximum per cent reacted commenced to
decline.
SUMMARY.
Within the limits of this work, one may arrange these bromides as
to relative reactivity with thiocarbanilide in acetone solution in
this order:
1. Ter-butyl. 5. Iso-butyl.
2. N-propyl. 6. Iso-propj'I.
3. Ethyl. 7. Sec-butyl.
4. N-butyl.
Moore and Dains: Studies in Reactivity. C43
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(1) F. FoERSTER. Ber. 21, 1872 (1888).
(2) Gabriel, Heymann. Ber. 23, 157 (1890; Bcr. 24, 783 (1891); Kahan, Ber.
30, 1320 (1897).
(3) PINKU.S. Ber. 26, 1077 (1893); Rehlander, Ber. 27, 2160 (1894); Saul-
mann, Ber. 33, 2635 (1900).
(4) Gabriel, Layer. Bcr. 23, 87 (1890); Luchmann, Ber. 29, 1429-30 (1896);
Kahan, Bcr. 30, 1320-21 (1897).
(5) Kahan. Ber. 30, 1324 (1897).
(6) Langlet. Ber. 24, 3851 (1891).
(7) Hale, Brill. Am. Soc. 34, 295 (1912).
(8) Gabriel. Ber. 49, 1111, 1113 (1916).
(9) Dains, Brewster, Blair, Thompson. J. A. C. S., 44, 2640 (1922).
(10) Dains, Brewster, Blair, Thompson. J. A. C. S., 44, 2641 (1922).
(11) Dains, Brewster, Blair, Thompson. J. A. C. S., 44, 2641 et seq. (1922).
(12) CoHN, Friedlander. Ber. 37, 3035 (1804).
(13) W. Weith. Ber. 6, 210 et seq. (1873).
(14) Dains, Brewster. J. A. C. S., 47, 1985 (1925).
(15) Dains, Brewster. J. A. C. S., 42, 1573 (1920).
(16) Tr-WMANN. a. 249, 51 (1888).
(17) Glaus. Ber. 7, 235 (1874) and 8, 41 (1875); Bernthsen, Klinger, Ber. 11,
492 (1878) and 12, 574 (1879); Bernthsen, Friese, Ber. 15, 566 (1882);
Will, Ber. 14, 1485 (1881) and 15, 338 (1882); Rathke, Ber. 14, 1774
(1881); Evers, Ber. 21, 962 (1888).
(18) Dains, Thompson. Kansas Universitj- Science Bulletin 13, 117 (1922).
n
12-3341
Publications of the University of Kansas.
Recently adopted postal regulations require mailing of bulletins weiehing over 8 ounces by
parcel post, with additional charge of two cents for each package. In transmitting postage
for mailing of such overweight Science Bulletins, find proper amount of postage for your zone
by weight indicated and add 2 cents.
Volume. KANSAS UNIVERSITT QUABTERLT.
I No. 1, postage, 6 cents. Nos. 2, 3, supply exhausted. No. 4, post-
age, 6 cents.
11 Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.
Ill Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. No. 3, postage, 8 cents. No. 4, weight
12 ounces; parcel-post rate.
rV No, 1, weight 9 ounces; parcel-post rate. No, 2, postage, 6 cents.
Nos. 3, 4, supply exhausted.
V Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. Vol. V consists of only two numbers.
■VI,A...Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.
VI, B.. .No. 1, postage, 8 cents. No. 2, postage, 6 cents. No. 3, postage, 4
cents. No. 4, postage, 6 cents.
VII, A.. .Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.
VII, B.. .Nos. 1-2, postage, 6 cents. No. 3, postage, 4 cents. No. 4, postage,
8 cents.
VIII, A.. .No. 1, weight, 9 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces;
parcel-post rate. No. 3, postage, 6 cents. No. 4, postage,
6 cents.
VIII, B... No. 1, postage, 4 cents. Publication of Series B was suspended
with this number.
IX No. 1, weight, 10 ounces; parcel-post rate. No. 2, weight, 10
ounces; parcel-post rate. No, 3, weight, 9 ounces; parcel-
post rate. No. 4, postage, 6 cents.
X Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, postage each, 6 cents.
Volume. SCIENCE BULLETIN.
I Nos, 1-4, postage, 6 cents. Nos. 5-9, postage, 8 cents. Nos. 10-12,
weight, 10 ounces; parcel -post rate.
II Nos. 1-3, weight, 20 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 4-9, weight, 9
ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 10-15, weight, 20 ounces;
parcel -post rate.
Ill Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos, 7-10, weight,
25 ounces ; parcel-post rate.
IV Nos. 1-6, weight, 19 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 7-20, weight, 28
ounces; parcel-post rate.
V Nos. 1-11, weight, 33 oimces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 12-21, weight,
27 ounces; parcel-post rate.
VI No. 1, weight, 27 ounces; parcel-post rate. Nos. 2-7, weight, 19
oimces; parcel-post rate.
VII Nos. 1-17, weight, 50 ounces; parcel-post rate.
VIII Nos. 1-10, weight, 52 ounces; parcel-post rate.
IX Nos. 1-21, weight, 54 ounces; parcel-post rate,
X Nos, 1-15, weight, 17 ounces; parcel-post rate.
XI No, 1, weight, 20 ounces; parcel-post rate.
XII Nos. 1-2, weight, 19 oimces; parcel-post rate.
XIII Pt. I, Nos. 1-9, postage, 6 cents. Pt, II, Nos, 10-15, weight, 9
ounces; parcel-post rate,
XIV Nos, 1-21, weight, 34 ounces; parcel-post rate,
XV Nos, 1-6, weight, 18 ounces; parcel-post rate,
XVI Nos. 1-6.
XVII Pt. I, No. 1, Pt. II, Nos. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7.
The Kansat Vniversitv Quarterly and the Science Bulletin will be sent in exchange for
other publications of like character, or will be sent on receipt of the amount of postage men-
tioned above, or may be sent by express, charges collect. Separates of all articles in_ the
Science Bulletin not out of print are available. Applications should be made to Science
BtMetin, Library of the University of Kansas.
BULLETINS OF I'Ki- vRTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGT,
"Two Grain Insects." V. L. Kellogg (with F, H. Snow).
"Common Injurious Insects of Kansas." V. L. Kellogg.
"The Horn Fly of Cattle." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow).
"The More Destructive Grasshoppers of Kansas." Hunter and Snow.
"Scale Insects Injurious to Orchards." S. J. Hunter.
"Alfalfa, Grasshoppers, Bees; Their Relationships." S. J. ]^unter.
"The Honej' Bee and Its Food Plants in Kansas." S. J. Hunter.
"The Green Bug and Its Natural Enemies." S. J. Hunter.
"Report of Results of University Research Commission on Horse Plague."
S. J. Hunter, A. L. Skoog, AV. K. Trimble, N. P. Sherwood.
"Orchard Problems and How to Solve Them." H. B. Hungerford.
"Studies in Kansas Insects." Bulletin 11.
1. Grasshoppers; Melanopli of Kansas. P. W. Claassen.
2. Grasshoppers; (Edipodinse of Kansas. R. H. Beamer.
3. Dragonflies of Kansas. C. H. Kennedy.
4. Scale Insects Injurious to Fruit and Shade Trees. P. B. Lawson-
5. Spring Cankerworm and Its Control. W. H. Wellhouse.
"Insect Pests About the House." H. B. Hungerford.
Applications should be made to the State Entomologist, University of
Kansas.
STATE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF KANSAS.
Volume.
I, 1896 General Stratigraphy of Eastern Kansas; exhausted.
II, 1897 General Geology of Western Kansas; exhausted.
Ill, 1898 Special Report on Coal; exhausted.
rV, 1898 Upper Cretaceous Paleontology; exhausted.
V, 1899 Gypsum and Gypsum Cement Plasters; exhausted.
VI, 1900 Carboniferous Invertebrates, Cretaceous Fishes; exhausted.
VII, 1902 Special Report on Mineral Waters; exhausted.
VIII, 1904 Special Report on Lead and Zinc; exhausted.
IX, 1909 Special Report on Oil and Gas; exhausted.
Bulletin 1, 1913. .Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas; exhausted.
Bulletin 2, 1915 . . Crj'stalline Rocks in Kansas ; exhausted.
Bulletin 3, 1917. .Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas; exhausted.
Bulletin 4, 1918. .Environment of Camp Funston.
Bulletin 5, 1918. .Elk City Gas Field.
Bulletin 6, 1918. .OU and Gas Resources of Kansas.
Part 1. General Geology of Oil and Gas.
1920. Part 2. Geology of Kansas.
Part 5. Allen and Neosho Counties.
Part 6. Wilson and Montgomery Counties.
Bulletin 7,1921. .Geology of El Dorado Oil and Gas Field.
Bulletin 8, 1921 . .Economic Geology of the Arkansas City District.
Bulletin 9, 1924. .Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology of the Comanchean
and "Dakota" Formation of Kansas.
Bulletin 10, 1925. .Geology of Russell County, Kansas, with special reference to
oil and gas resources.
Bulletin 11, 1926. .Geologic Investigation in Western Kansas, with Special Ref-
erence to Oil and Gas Possibilities.
Bulletin 12, 1927. .Geology of Anderson County.
Bulletin 13, 1927. .Underground Resources of Kansas.
MINER.VL RESOUECES OF KANSAS.
Report for 1897, 1898, 1900-'01, 1902; exhausted.
Report for 1899,, 1903; postage, 4 cents each. |^|'
The reports and bulletin? of the State Geological Survey of Kansas and the reports on the ^wPP
Mineral Resources of Kansas are for free distribution on receipt of the proper postage, or
may be sent by express, charges collect. Where weights are given consult your postmaster
for parcel-post rates. Applications should be made to the State Geologist.
r^
3 2044 093 361 905
^ate Due
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11